6 Usc

(Release Point 117-26)

TITLE 6—DOMESTIC SECURITY
Chap.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Sec.

Homeland Security Organization
National Emergency Management
Security and Accountability for Every Port
Transportation Security
Border Infrastructure and Technology Modernization
Cybersecurity

101
701
901
1101
1401
1500

EDITORIAL NOTES
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior Title 6, Surety Bonds, was enacted by act July 30, 1947, ch. 390, §1, 61 Stat. 646, and was repealed
by act Sept. 13, 1982, Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), 96 Stat. 1068, 1085.
Sections 1 to 5 were repealed by Pub. L. 92–310, title II, §203(1), June 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 202.
Section 1, acts July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 646; Oct. 31, 1951, ch. 655, §13, 65 Stat. 715, related to
custody of official bonds.
Section 2, act July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 647, directed examination at least once every two years of
sufficiency of sureties on official bonds.
Section 3, acts July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 647; Sept. 3, 1954, ch. 1263, §15, 68 Stat. 1231, related to
renewal of bonds and continuance of liability.
Section 4, act July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 647, related to notice of delinquency of principal. The
provisions of the section were reenacted by section 260 of Pub. L. 92–310, which was classified to section
497a of former Title 31. See section 3532 of Title 31, Money and Finance.
Section 5, act July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 648, related to limitation of actions against sureties.
Sections 6 to 13 were repealed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, 1085.
Section 6, acts July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 648; Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 683, §2, 69 Stat. 620; June 6, 1972,
Pub. L. 92–310, title II, §203(2), 86 Stat. 202, related to surety companies as sureties. See section 9304 of
Title 31, Money and Finance.
Section 7, act July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 648, related to appointment of agents and service of process
with regards to surety companies as sureties. See section 9306 of Title 31.
Section 8, act July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 649, related to deposit of copy of charter of surety company
before transacting business under sections 6 to 13 of this title. See section 9305 of Title 31.
Section 9, act July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 649, related to quarterly statements of surety companies filed
with Secretary of the Treasury. See section 9305 of Title 31.
Section 10, act July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 649, related to jurisdiction over surety companies with
regards to suits on bonds. See section 9307 of Title 31.
Section 11, act July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 649, provided sanctions for nonpayment of a judgment by
surety company. See section 9305 of Title 31.
Section 12, act July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 649, estopped a surety company to deny its corporate
powers, etc. See section 9307 of Title 31.
Section 13, act July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 650, provided for fining of surety companies for their failure
to comply with law. See section 9308 of Title 31.
Section 14, acts July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 650; Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 683, §1, 69 Stat. 618, which related
to purchase of bonds to cover officers and employees of Federal Government, was repealed by Pub. L.
92–310, title II, §203(1), June 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 202.
Section 15, act July 30, 1947, ch. 390, 61 Stat. 650, which related to bonds and notes of United States in
lieu of recognizance, stipulation, bond, guarantee, or undertaking and contractors' bonds, was repealed by Pub.
L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068, 1085. See sections 9301 and 9303 of Title 31, Money and
Finance.

CHAPTER 1—HOMELAND SECURITY ORGANIZATION

Sec.

101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
106.
111.
112.
113.
114.
115.

Definitions.
Construction; severability.
Use of appropriated funds.
National biodefense strategy.
Biodefense analysis and budget submission.
Update of national biodefense implementation plan.
SUBCHAPTER I—DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY
Executive department; mission.
Secretary; functions.
Other officers.
Sensitive Security Information.
Trade and customs revenue functions of the Department.
SUBCHAPTER II—INFORMATION ANALYSIS
PART A—INFORMATION AND ANALYSIS; ACCESS TO INFORMATION

121.
121a.
122.
123.
124.
124a.
124b.
124c.
124d.
124e.
124f.
124g.
124h.
124i.
124j.
124k.
124l.
124m.
124m–1.
124n.
125.
126.

Information and Analysis.
Homeland Security Intelligence Program.
Access to information.
Terrorist travel program.
Homeland Security Advisory System.
Homeland security information sharing.
Comprehensive information technology network architecture.
Coordination with information sharing environment.
Intelligence components.
Training for employees of intelligence components.
Intelligence training development for State and local government officials.
Information sharing incentives.
Department of Homeland Security State, Local, and Regional Fusion Center Initiative.
Homeland Security Information Sharing Fellows Program.
Rural Policing Institute.
Interagency Threat Assessment and Coordination Group.
Transferred.
Classified Information Advisory Officer.
Departmental coordination on counter threats.
Protection of certain facilities and assets from unmanned aircraft.
Annual report on intelligence activities of the Department of Homeland Security.
Department of Homeland Security data framework.
PART B—INFORMATION SECURITY

131 to 134. Transferred.
141.
Procedures for sharing information.
142.
Privacy officer.
143 to
145.Transferred.
146.
Cybersecurity workforce assessment and strategy.
147 to 151. Transferred.
PART C—OFFICE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

161.
162.
163.
164.
165.

Establishment of Office; Director.
Mission of Office; duties.
Definition of law enforcement technology.
Abolishment of Office of Science and Technology of National Institute of Justice;
transfer of functions.
National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Centers.

181.
182.
183.
184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
189.
190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
195.
195a.
195b.
195c.
195d.
195e.
195f.
195g.

SUBCHAPTER III—SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN SUPPORT OF HOMELAND
SECURITY
Under Secretary for Science and Technology.
Responsibilities and authorities of the Under Secretary for Science and Technology.
Functions transferred.
Conduct of certain public health-related activities.
Federally funded research and development centers.
Miscellaneous provisions.
Homeland Security Advanced Research Projects Agency.
Conduct of research, development, demonstration, testing and evaluation.
Utilization of Department of Energy national laboratories and sites in support of
homeland security activities.
Transfer of Plum Island Animal Disease Center, Department of Agriculture.
Homeland Security Science and Technology Advisory Committee.
Homeland Security Institute.
Technology clearinghouse to encourage and support innovative solutions to enhance
homeland security.
Enhancement of public safety communications interoperability.
Office for Interoperability and Compatibility.
Emergency communications interoperability research and development.
National Biosurveillance Integration Center.
Promoting antiterrorism through international cooperation program.
Social media working group.
Transparency in research and development.
EMP and GMD mitigation research and development and threat assessment, response,
and recovery.
Countering Unmanned Aircraft Systems Coordinator.
SUBCHAPTER IV—BORDER, MARITIME, AND TRANSPORTATION SECURITY
PART A—BORDER, MARITIME, AND TRANSPORTATION SECURITY RESPONSIBILITIES
AND FUNCTIONS

201.
202.
203.
204.
205.

Repealed.
Border, maritime, and transportation responsibilities.
Functions transferred.
Surface Transportation Security Advisory Committee.
Ombudsman for immigration detention.
PART B—U.S. CUSTOMS AND BORDER PROTECTION

211.
212.
213.
214.
215.
216.
217.
218.
220.
221.
222.
223.
224.

Establishment of U.S. Customs and Border Protection; Commissioner, Deputy
Commissioner, and operational offices.
Retention of Customs revenue functions by Secretary of the Treasury.
Preservation of Customs funds.
Separate budget request for Customs.
Definition.
Protection against potential synthetic opioid exposure.
Allocation of resources by the Secretary.
Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Business Travel Cards.
Methamphetamine and methamphetamine precursor chemicals.
Requirements with respect to administering polygraph examinations to law enforcement
personnel of U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
Advanced Training Center Revolving Fund.
Border security metrics.
Other reporting requirements.
PART C—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

231.
232.
233.
234.
235.
236.
237.
238.
239.
240.
241.
242.
243.
244.

Transfer of certain agricultural inspection functions of the Department of Agriculture.
Functions of Administrator of General Services.
Functions of Transportation Security Administration.
Preservation of Transportation Security Administration as a distinct entity.
Coordination of information and information technology.
Visa issuance.
Information on visa denials required to be entered into electronic data system.
Office for Domestic Preparedness.
Office of Cargo Security Policy.
Border Enforcement Security Task Force.
Prevention of international child abduction.
Department of Homeland Security Blue Campaign.
Maritime operations coordination plan.
Maritime security capabilities assessments.
PART D—IMMIGRATION ENFORCEMENT FUNCTIONS

251.
252.
253.
254.
255.
256.
257.

Transfer of functions.
Establishment of Bureau of Border Security.
Professional responsibility and quality review.
Employee discipline.
Report on improving enforcement functions.
Sense of Congress regarding construction of fencing near San Diego, California.
Report.
PART E—CITIZENSHIP AND IMMIGRATION SERVICES

271.
272.
273.
274.
275.
276.
277.
278.
279.

Establishment of Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services.
Citizenship and Immigration Services Ombudsman.
Professional responsibility and quality review.
Employee discipline.
Transition.
Report on improving immigration services.
Report on responding to fluctuating needs.
Application of Internet-based technologies.
Children's affairs.
PART F—GENERAL IMMIGRATION PROVISIONS

291.
292.
293.
294.
295.
296.
297.
298.

Abolishment of INS.
Voluntary separation incentive payments.
Authority to conduct a demonstration project relating to disciplinary action.
Sense of Congress.
Director of Shared Services.
Separation of funding.
Reports and implementation plans.
Immigration functions.
PART G—U.S. CUSTOMS AND BORDER PROTECTION PUBLIC PRIVATE PARTNERSHIPS

301.
301a.
301b.
301c.
311.
312.
313.
314.
314a.
315.

Fee agreements for certain services at ports of entry.
Port of entry donation authority.
Current and proposed agreements.
Definitions.
SUBCHAPTER V—NATIONAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
Definitions.
Definition.
Federal Emergency Management Agency.
Authority and responsibilities.
FEMA programs.
Functions transferred.

316.
317.
318.
319.
320.
321.
321a.
321b.
321c.
321d.
321e.
321f.
321g.
321h.
321i.
321j.
321k.
321l.
321m.
321n.
321o.
321o–1.
321p.
321q.
322.

331.

341.
342.
343.
344.
345.
346.
347.
348.
349.
350.

Preserving the Federal Emergency Management Agency.
Regional offices.
National Advisory Council.
National Integration Center.
Credentialing and typing.
The National Infrastructure Simulation and Analysis Center.
Evacuation plans and exercises.
Disability Coordinator.
Department and Agency officials.
National Operations Center.
Repealed.
Nuclear incident response.
Conduct of certain public health-related activities.
Use of national private sector networks in emergency response.
Use of commercially available technology, goods, and services.
Procurement of security countermeasures for Strategic National Stockpile.
Model standards and guidelines for critical infrastructure workers.
Guidance and recommendations.
Voluntary private sector preparedness accreditation and certification program.
Acceptance of gifts.
Integrated public alert and warning system modernization.
Integrated public alert and warning system.
National planning and education.
Coordination of Department of Homeland Security efforts related to food, agriculture,
and veterinary defense against terrorism.
Continuity of the economy plan.
SUBCHAPTER VI—TREATMENT OF CHARITABLE TRUSTS FOR MEMBERS OF THE
ARMED FORCES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER GOVERNMENTAL
ORGANIZATIONS
Treatment of charitable trusts for members of the Armed Forces of the United States
and other governmental organizations.
SUBCHAPTER VII—MANAGEMENT
Under Secretary for Management.
Chief Financial Officer.
Chief Information Officer.
Chief Human Capital Officer.
Establishment of Officer for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties.
Consolidation and co-location of offices.
Quadrennial homeland security review.
Joint task forces.
Office of Strategy, Policy, and Plans.
Workforce health and medical support.
SUBCHAPTER VIII—COORDINATION WITH NON-FEDERAL ENTITIES; INSPECTOR
GENERAL; UNITED STATES SECRET SERVICE; COAST GUARD; GENERAL
PROVISIONS
PART A—COORDINATION WITH NON-FEDERAL ENTITIES

361.

Office for State and Local Government Coordination.

371.

Repealed.

381.

Functions transferred.

PART B—INSPECTOR GENERAL
PART C—UNITED STATES SECRET SERVICE

382.
383.

Use of proceeds derived from criminal investigations.
National Computer Forensics Institute.
PART D—ACQUISITIONS

391.
392.
393.
394.
395.
396.

Research and development projects.
Personal services.
Special streamlined acquisition authority.
Unsolicited proposals.
Prohibition on contracts with corporate expatriates.
Lead system integrator; financial interests.

411.
412.
413.

Establishment of human resources management system.
Labor-management relations.
Use of counternarcotics enforcement activities in certain employee performance
appraisals.
Homeland Security Rotation Program.
Homeland Security Education Program.
Use of protective equipment or measures by employees.
Rotational cybersecurity research program.

PART E—HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

414.
415.
416.
417.

PART F—FEDERAL EMERGENCY PROCUREMENT FLEXIBILITY

421.
422.
423.
424.
425.
426.
427.
428.

Definition.
Procurements for defense against or recovery from terrorism or nuclear, biological,
chemical, or radiological attack.
Increased simplified acquisition threshold for procurements in support of humanitarian
or peacekeeping operations or contingency operations.
Increased micro-purchase threshold for certain procurements.
Application of certain commercial items authorities to certain procurements.
Use of streamlined procedures.
Review and report by Comptroller General.
Identification of new entrants into the Federal marketplace.
PART G—SUPPORT ANTI-TERRORISM BY FOSTERING EFFECTIVE TECHNOLOGIES

441.
442.
443.
444.

Administration.
Litigation management.
Risk management.
Definitions.
PART H—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

451.
452.
453.
453a.
453b.
453c.
454.
455.
456.
457.
458.
459.
460.
461.
462.
463.

Advisory committees.
Reorganization.
Use of appropriated funds.
Additional uses of appropriated funds.
Requirement to buy certain items related to national security interests from American
sources; exceptions.
Disposition of equines unfit for service.
Future Years Homeland Security Program.
Miscellaneous authorities.
Military activities.
Regulatory authority and preemption.
Office of Counternarcotics Enforcement.
Office of International Affairs.
Prohibition of the Terrorism Information and Prevention System.
Review of pay and benefit plans.
Office of National Capital Region Coordination.
Requirement to comply with laws protecting equal employment opportunity and
providing whistleblower protections.

464.
464a.
464b.
464c.
464d.
464e.
465.
466.
467.
468.
469.
469a.
470.
471.
472.
473.

Federal Law Enforcement Training Centers.
Repealed.
Staffing accreditation function.
Student housing.
Additional funds for training.
Short-term medical services for students.
Joint Interagency Task Force.
Sense of Congress reaffirming the continued importance and applicability of the Posse
Comitatus Act.
Coordination with the Department of Health and Human Services under the Public
Health Service Act.
Preserving Coast Guard mission performance.
Fees for credentialing and background investigations in transportation.
Collection of fees from non-Federal participants in meetings.
Disclosures regarding homeland security grants.
Annual ammunition report.
Annual weaponry report.
Cyber Crimes Center, Child Exploitation Investigations Unit, Computer Forensics Unit,
and Cyber Crimes Unit.
PART I—INFORMATION SHARING

481.
482.
483.
484.
485.
486.

Short title; findings; and sense of Congress.
Facilitating homeland security information sharing procedures.
Report.
Authorization of appropriations.
Information sharing.
Limitation of liability.
PART J—SECURE HANDLING OF AMMONIUM NITRATE

488.
488a.
488b.
488c.
488d.
488e.
488f.
488g.
488h.
488i.
491.
492.
493.
494.
495.
496.
511.
512.
513.

Definitions.
Regulation of the sale and transfer of ammonium nitrate.
Inspection and auditing of records.
Administrative provisions.
Theft reporting requirement.
Prohibitions and penalty.
Protection from civil liability.
Preemption of other laws.
Deadlines for regulations.
Authorization of appropriations.
SUBCHAPTER IX—NATIONAL HOMELAND SECURITY COUNCIL
National Homeland Security Council.
Function.
Membership.
Other functions and activities.
Staff composition.
Relation to the National Security Council.
SUBCHAPTER X—CONSTRUCTION
Information security responsibilities of certain agencies.
Construction.
Federal air marshal program.
SUBCHAPTER XI—DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE DIVISIONS
PART A—EXECUTIVE OFFICE FOR IMMIGRATION REVIEW

521.
522.

Legal status of EOIR.
Statutory construction.

PART B—TRANSFER OF THE BUREAU OF ALCOHOL, TOBACCO AND FIREARMS TO THE
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE

531.
532.
533.

Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives.
Explosives Training and Research Facility.
Transferred.
SUBCHAPTER XII—TRANSITION
PART A—REORGANIZATION PLAN

541.
542.
543.

Definitions.
Reorganization plan.
Review of congressional committee structures.
PART B—TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

551.
552.
552a.
553.
554.
555.
556.
557.

Transitional authorities.
Savings provisions.
Savings provision of certain transfers made under the Homeland Security Act of 2002.
Terminations.
National identification system not authorized.
Continuity of Inspector General oversight.
Incidental transfers.
Reference.
SUBCHAPTER XII–A—TRANSPORTATION SECURITY
PART A—GENERAL PROVISIONS

561.

Definitions.
PART B—TRANSPORTATION SECURITY ADMINISTRATION ACQUISITION
IMPROVEMENTS

563.
563a.
563b.
563c.
563d.
563e.
563f.

5-year technology investment plan.
Acquisition justification and reports.
Acquisition baseline establishment and reports.
Inventory utilization.
Small business contracting goals.
Consistency with the Federal Acquisition Regulation and departmental policies and
directives.
Diversified security technology industry marketplace.
PART C—MAINTENANCE OF SECURITY-RELATED TECHNOLOGY

565.
571.
572.
573.
574.
575.
576.
577.
578.
579.
580.
590.

Maintenance validation and oversight.
SUBCHAPTER XIII—EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS
Emergency Communications Division.
National Emergency Communications Plan.
Assessments and reports.
Coordination of Department emergency communications grant programs.
Regional emergency communications coordination.
Emergency Communications Preparedness Center.
Urban and other high risk area communications capabilities.
Definition.
Interoperable Emergency Communications Grant Program.
Border interoperability demonstration project.
SUBCHAPTER XIV—COUNTERING WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION OFFICE
Definitions.
PART A—COUNTERING WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION

591.

Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office.

PART B—MISSION OF THE OFFICE

591g.
591h.
592.
592a.
593.
594.
595.
596.
596a.
596b.

Mission of the Office.
Relationship to other Department components and Federal agencies.
Responsibilities.
Technology research and development investment strategy for nuclear and radiological
detection.
Hiring authority.
Testing authority.
Repealed.
Contracting and grant making authorities.
Joint annual interagency review of global nuclear detection architecture.
Securing the Cities program.

597.

Chief Medical Officer.

PART C—CHIEF MEDICAL OFFICER

SUBCHAPTER XV—HOMELAND SECURITY GRANTS
601.

Definitions.
PART A—GRANTS TO STATES AND HIGH-RISK URBAN AREAS

603.
604.
605.
606.
607.
608.
609.
609a.

Homeland security grant programs.
Urban Area Security Initiative.
State Homeland Security Grant Program.
Grants to directly eligible tribes.
Terrorism prevention.
Prioritization.
Use of funds.
Nonprofit Security Grant Program.
PART B—GRANTS ADMINISTRATION

611.
612.
613.
621.
622.
623.
624.
625.
626.
627.
628.
629.

641.
642.
643.
644.
645.
645a.

Administration and coordination.
Accountability.
Identification of reporting redundancies and development of performance metrics.
SUBCHAPTER XVI—CHEMICAL FACILITY ANTI-TERRORISM STANDARDS
Definitions.
Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards Program.
Protection and sharing of information.
Civil enforcement.
Whistleblower protections.
Relationship to other laws.
CFATS regulations.
Small covered chemical facilities.
Outreach to chemical facilities of interest.
SUBCHAPTER XVII—ANTI-TRAFFICKING TRAINING FOR DEPARTMENT OF
HOMELAND SECURITY PERSONNEL
Definitions.
Training for Department personnel to identify human trafficking.
Certification and report to Congress.
Assistance to non-Federal entities.
Victim protection training for the Department of Homeland Security.
Human trafficking assessment.
SUBCHAPTER XVIII—CYBERSECURITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE SECURITY AGENCY
PART A—CYBERSECURITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE SECURITY

651.

Definitions.

652.
652a.
653.
654.
655.
656.
657.
658.
659.
660.
661.
662.
663.
664.
665.
665a.
665b.
665c.
665d.
665e.
665f.

Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency.
Sector Risk Management Agencies.
Cybersecurity Division.
Infrastructure Security Division.
Enhancement of Federal and non-Federal cybersecurity.
NET Guard.
Cyber Security Enhancement Act of 2002.
Cybersecurity recruitment and retention.
National cybersecurity and communications integration center.
Cybersecurity plans.
Cybersecurity strategy.
Clearances.
Federal intrusion detection and prevention system.
National asset database.
Duties and authorities relating to .gov internet domain.
Intelligence and cybersecurity diversity fellowship program.
Joint cyber planning office.
Cybersecurity State Coordinator.
Sector risk management agencies.
Cybersecurity Advisory Committee.
Cybersecurity education and training programs.
PART B—CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE INFORMATION

671.
672.
673.
674.

Definitions.
Designation of critical infrastructure protection program.
Protection of voluntarily shared critical infrastructure information.
No private right of action.

§101. Definitions
In this chapter, the following definitions apply:
(1) Each of the terms "American homeland" and "homeland" means the United States.
(2) The term "appropriate congressional committee" means any committee of the House of
Representatives or the Senate having legislative or oversight jurisdiction under the Rules of the
House of Representatives or the Senate, respectively, over the matter concerned.
(3) The term "assets" includes contracts, facilities, property, records, unobligated or unexpended
balances of appropriations, and other funds or resources (other than personnel).
(4) The term "critical infrastructure" has the meaning given that term in section 5195c(e) of title
42.
(5) The term "Department" means the Department of Homeland Security.
(6) The term "emergency response providers" includes Federal, State, and local governmental
and nongovernmental emergency public safety, fire, law enforcement, emergency response,
emergency medical (including hospital emergency facilities), and related personnel, agencies, and
authorities.
(7) The term "EMP" means an electromagnetic pulse caused by a nuclear device or nonnuclear
device, including such a pulse caused by an act of terrorism.
(8) The term "executive agency" means an executive agency and a military department, as
defined, respectively, in sections 105 and 102 of title 5.
(9) The term "functions" includes authorities, powers, rights, privileges, immunities, programs,
projects, activities, duties, and responsibilities.
(10) The term "GMD" means a geomagnetic disturbance caused by a solar storm or another
naturally occurring phenomenon.
(11) The term "intelligence component of the Department" means any element or entity of the
Department that collects, gathers, processes, analyzes, produces, or disseminates intelligence

information within the scope of the information sharing environment, including homeland security
information, terrorism information, and weapons of mass destruction information, or national
intelligence, as defined under section 3003(5) of title 50, except—
(A) the United States Secret Service; and
(B) the Coast Guard, when operating under the direct authority of the Secretary of Defense or
Secretary of the Navy pursuant to section 3 1 of title 14, except that nothing in this paragraph
shall affect or diminish the authority and responsibilities of the Commandant of the Coast
Guard to command or control the Coast Guard as an armed force or the authority of the Director
of National Intelligence with respect to the Coast Guard as an element of the intelligence
community (as defined under section 3003(4) of title 50.2
(12) The term "key resources" means publicly or privately controlled resources essential to the
minimal operations of the economy and government.
(13) The term "local government" means—
(A) a county, municipality, city, town, township, local public authority, school district,
special district, intrastate district, council of governments (regardless of whether the council of
governments is incorporated as a nonprofit corporation under State law), regional or interstate
government entity, or agency or instrumentality of a local government;
(B) an Indian tribe or authorized tribal organization, or in Alaska a Native village or Alaska
Regional Native Corporation; and
(C) a rural community, unincorporated town or village, or other public entity.
(14) The term "major disaster" has the meaning given in section 5122(2) of title 42.
(15) The term "personnel" means officers and employees.
(16) The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Homeland Security.
(17) The term "State" means any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth
of the Northern Mariana Islands, and any possession of the United States.
(18) The term "terrorism" means any activity that—
(A) involves an act that—
(i) is dangerous to human life or potentially destructive of critical infrastructure or key
resources; and
(ii) is a violation of the criminal laws of the United States or of any State or other
subdivision of the United States; and
(B) appears to be intended—
(i) to intimidate or coerce a civilian population;
(ii) to influence the policy of a government by intimidation or coercion; or
(iii) to affect the conduct of a government by mass destruction, assassination, or
kidnapping.
(19)(A) The term "United States", when used in a geographic sense, means any State of the
United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands,
Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, any possession of
the United States, and any waters within the jurisdiction of the United States.
(B) Nothing in this paragraph or any other provision of this chapter shall be construed to modify
the definition of "United States" for the purposes of the Immigration and Nationality Act [8 U.S.C.
1101 et seq.] or any other immigration or nationality law.
(20) The term "voluntary preparedness standards" means a common set of criteria for
preparedness, disaster management, emergency management, and business continuity programs,
such as the American National Standards Institute's National Fire Protection Association Standard
on Disaster/Emergency Management and Business Continuity Programs (ANSI/NFPA 1600).
(Pub. L. 107–296, §2, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2140; Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §612(d), Oct. 4,

2006, 120 Stat. 1410; Pub. L. 109–347, title VI, §613, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1943; Pub. L. 110–53,
title V, §502(a), title IX, §901(d), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 310, 371; Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title
XIX, §1913(a)(1), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2684.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out below and Tables.
Section 3 of title 14, referred to in par. (11)(B), was redesignated section 103 of title 14 by Pub. L.
115–282, title I, §103(b), Dec. 4, 2018, 132 Stat. 4195, and references to section 3 of title 14 deemed to refer
to such redesignated section, see section 123(b)(1) of Pub. L. 115–282, set out as a References to Sections of
Title 14 as Redesignated by Pub. L. 115–282 note preceding section 101 of Title 14, Coast Guard.
The Immigration and Nationality Act, referred to in par. (19)(B), is act June 27, 1952, ch. 477, 66 Stat. 163,
as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 12 (§1101 et seq.) of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality. For
complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1101 of Title 8 and
Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2016—Pars. (7) to (20). Pub. L. 114–328 added par. (7), redesignated former pars. (7) and (8) as (8) and
(9), respectively, added par. (10), and redesignated former pars. (9) to (18) as (11) to (20), respectively.
2007—Pars. (9) to (17). Pub. L. 110–53, §502(a), added par. (9) and redesignated former pars. (9) to (16) as
(10) to (17), respectively.
Par. (18). Pub. L. 110–53, §901(d), added par. (18).
2006—Par. (6). Pub. L. 109–347 inserted "governmental and nongovernmental" after "local".
Pub. L. 109–295 inserted "fire," after "safety,".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE
Pub. L. 107–296, §4, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2142, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification]
shall take effect 60 days after the date of enactment [Nov. 25, 2002]."
SHORT TITLE OF 2020 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title III, §301, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2291, provided that: "This title [enacting
section 216 of this title] may be cited as the 'Synthetic Opioid Exposure Prevention and Training Act'."
Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title VI, §601, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2294, provided that: "This title [enacting
section 124m–1 of this title and provisions set out as a note under section 124m–1 of this title] may be cited as
the 'Counter Threats Advisory Board Act of 2019'."
Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title VII, §701(a), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2295, provided that: "This title
[enacting section 195g of this title] may be cited as the 'DHS Countering Unmanned Aircraft Systems
Coordinator Act'."
Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title IX, §901, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2297, provided that: "This title [enacting
section 665 of this title, amending sections 609 and 652 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes
under section 665 of this title] may be cited as the 'DOTGOV Online Trust in Government Act of 2020' or the
'DOTGOV Act of 2020'."
Pub. L. 116–116, §1, Mar. 2, 2020, 134 Stat. 110, provided that: "This Act [amending section 124h of this
title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 121 of this title] may be cited as the 'DHS Field
Engagement Accountability Act'."
Pub. L. 116–108, §1, Jan. 24, 2020, 133 Stat. 3294, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 609a of this
title and amending section 603 of this title] may be cited as the 'Securing American Nonprofit Organizations
Against Terrorism Act of 2019'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2019 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 116–94, div. L, §101, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 3089, provided that: "This division [amending
section 659 of this title] may be cited as the 'DHS Cyber Hunt and Incident Response Teams Act of 2019'."

Pub. L. 116–2, §1, Jan. 18, 2019, 133 Stat. 5, provided that: "This Act [amending provisions set out as a
note under section 621 of this title] may be cited as the 'Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards Program
Extension Act'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2018 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 115–387, §1, Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5162, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 350, 590,
591, 591g, 591h, 596b, and 597 of this title, amending sections 113, 195b, 195c, 315, 321q, 592, 593, 594,
596, and 596a of this title, repealing sections 321e, 591, and 595 of this title, and enacting provisions set out
as notes under section 591 of this title] may be cited as the 'Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Act of
2018'."
Pub. L. 115–331, §1, Dec. 19, 2018, 132 Stat. 4484, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 126 of this
title] may be cited as the 'Department of Homeland Security Data Framework Act of 2018'."
Pub. L. 115–278, §1, Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4168, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification]
may be cited as the 'Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency Act of 2018'."
Pub. L. 115–254, div. H, §1601, Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3522, provided that: "This division [enacting
section 124 of this title and section 104 of Title 14, Coast Guard] may be cited as the 'Preventing Emerging
Threats Act of 2018'."
Pub. L. 115–125, §1, Feb. 14, 2018, 132 Stat. 315, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 242 of this
title and provisions set out as a note under section 242 of this title] may be cited as the 'Department of
Homeland Security Blue Campaign Authorization Act'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2017 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 115–79, §1, Nov. 2, 2017, 131 Stat. 1258, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 218 of this
title, amending section 211 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 218 of this title and
section 1185 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 1185
of Title 8] may be cited as the 'Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Business Travel Cards Act of 2017'."
Pub. L. 115–43, §1, June 30, 2017, 131 Stat. 884, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 321q of this
title] may be cited as the 'Securing our Agriculture and Food Act'."
Pub. L. 115–38, §1, June 6, 2017, 131 Stat. 855, provided that: "This Act [amending section 341 of this
title] may be cited as the 'DHS Stop Asset and Vehicle Excess Act' or the 'DHS SAVE Act'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2016 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 114–321, §1, Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat. 1623, provided that: "This Act [amending section 318 of this
title] may be cited as the 'RESPONSE Act of 2016'."
Pub. L. 114–304, §1, Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat. 1519, provided that: "This Act [amending section 195c of
this title and section 8606 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse] may be cited as the 'United
States-Israel Advanced Research Partnership Act of 2016'."
Pub. L. 114–285, §1, Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat. 1453, provided that: "This Act [amending section 464 of this
title] may be cited as the 'Federal Law Enforcement Training Centers Reform and Improvement Act of 2015'."
Pub. L. 114–279, §1, Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat. 1413, provided that: "This Act [enacting part G of subchapter
IV of this chapter, amending section 221 of this title and section 4451 of Title 19, Customs Duties, and
repealing provisions set out as a note under section 211 of this title] may be cited as the 'Cross-Border Trade
Enhancement Act of 2016'."
Pub. L. 114–143, §1, Apr. 11, 2016, 130 Stat. 327, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 321o of this
title and provisions set out as a note under section 321o of this title] may be cited as the 'Integrated Public
Alert and Warning System Modernization Act of 2015'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2015 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §201, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2956, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle
A (§§201–211) of title II of div. N of Pub. L. 114–113, amending sections 131, 148, and 149 of this title and
enacting provisions set out as notes under section 131 of this title] may be cited as the 'National Cybersecurity
Protection Advancement Act of 2015'."
Pub. L. 114–80, §1, Nov. 5, 2015, 129 Stat. 646, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 195d of this
title] may be cited as the 'DHS Social Media Improvement Act of 2015'."
Pub. L. 114–22, title III, §301, May 29, 2015, 129 Stat. 251, provided that: "This title [enacting section 473
of this title and section 2421 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, amending section 187 of this title,
repealing former section 2421 of Title 18, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 473 of this
title] may be cited as the 'Human Exploitation Rescue Operations Act of 2015' or the 'HERO Act of 2015'."

SHORT TITLE OF 2014 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 113–284, §1, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3089, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 468 and
612 of this title, enacting provisions set out as a note under section 612 of this title, and amending provisions
set out as a note under section 70101 of Title 46, Shipping] may be cited as the 'DHS OIG Mandates Revision
Act of 2014'."
Pub. L. 113–282, §1, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3066, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 148 to 150
of this title and provisions set out as notes under sections 148 and 149 of this title and formerly set out as a
note under section 3543 of Title 44, Public Printing and Documents] may be cited as the 'National
Cybersecurity Protection Act of 2014'."
Pub. L. 113–254, §1, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2898, provided that: "This Act [enacting subchapter XVI of
this chapter and enacting and repealing provisions set out as notes under section 121 of this title] may be cited
as the 'Protecting and Securing Chemical Facilities from Terrorist Attacks Act of 2014'."
Pub. L. 113–246, §1, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2880, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 146 of this
title and provisions set out as a note under section 146 of this title] may be cited as the 'Cybersecurity
Workforce Assessment Act'."
Pub. L. 113–245, §1, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2871, provided that: "This Act [enacting subchapter XII–A of
this chapter and provisions set out as notes under section 561 of this title] may be cited as the 'Transportation
Security Acquisition Reform Act'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2013 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 112–265, §1, Jan. 14, 2013, 126 Stat. 2435, provided that: "This Act [amending section 455 of this
title and section 530C of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure] may be cited as the 'Investigative
Assistance for Violent Crimes Act of 2012'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2012 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 112–205, §1, Dec. 7, 2012, 126 Stat. 1487, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 240 of this
title and provisions set out as a note under section 240 of this title] may be cited as the 'Jaime Zapata Border
Enforcement Security Task Force Act'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2011 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 111–376, §1, Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 4104, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 221 of this
title and provisions set out as a note under section 221 of this title] may be cited as the 'Anti-Border
Corruption Act of 2010'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2010 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 111–271, §1, Oct. 12, 2010, 124 Stat. 2852, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 613 of this
title] may be cited as the 'Redundancy Elimination and Enhanced Performance for Preparedness Grants Act'."
Pub. L. 111–258, §1, Oct. 7, 2010, 124 Stat. 2648, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 124m of this
title and section 435d of Title 50, War and National Defense, amending sections 121 and 124k of this title and
section 403–1 of Title 50, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 124m of this title and sections
435 and 435d of Title 50] may be cited as the 'Reducing Over-Classification Act'."
Pub. L. 111–245, §1, Sept. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 2620, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 321n of this
title, amending sections 453 and 464 of this title, and repealing section 464a of this title] may be cited as the
'First Responder Anti-Terrorism Training Resources Act'."
Pub. L. 111–140, §1, Feb. 16, 2010, 124 Stat. 31, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 592 and 596a
of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 592 of this title] may be cited as the
'Nuclear Forensics and Attribution Act'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2008 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 110–412, §1, Oct. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 4336, provided that: "This Act [amending section 609 of this
title] may be cited as the 'Personnel Reimbursement for Intelligence Cooperation and Enhancement of
Homeland Security Act of 2008' or the 'PRICE of Homeland Security Act'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2007 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 110–53, §1(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 266, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification]
may be cited as the 'Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2006 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §671(a), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1433, provided that: "This section [enacting

subchapter XIII of this chapter] may be cited as the '21st Century Emergency Communications Act of 2006'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2004 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7001, Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3775, provided that: "This title [see Tables for
classification] may be cited as the '9/11 Commission Implementation Act of 2004'."
Pub. L. 108–458, title VIII, §8301, Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3867, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle C
(§§8301–8306) of title VIII of Pub. L. 108–458, amending sections 111, 142, and 345 of this title and section
8I of the Inspector General Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95–452, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government
Organization and Employees, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 112 of this title] may be
cited as the 'Homeland Security Civil Rights and Civil Liberties Protection Act of 2004'."
Pub. L. 108–330, §1, Oct. 16, 2004, 118 Stat. 1275, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 113, 342,
and 454 of this title and sections 901 and 3516 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and enacting provisions set
out as notes under section 342 of this title and sections 901 and 3516 of Title 31] may be cited as 'Department
of Homeland Security Financial Accountability Act'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2003 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 108–7, div. L, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 532, provided in part that: "This division [enacting sections
103 and 552a of this title and section 8I of the Inspector General Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95–452, set out in the
Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, amending sections 113, 162, 164, 188, 395,
453, and 551 of this title, section 8D of the Inspector General Act of 1978, sections 1103 and 1356 of Title 8,
Aliens and Nationality, and section 300aa–33 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, redesignating
section 8I of the Inspector General Act of 1978 as section 8J, repealing section 371 of this title and former
section 8J of the Inspector General Act of 1978, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 521 of this
title, section 1356 of Title 8, and section 300aa–33 of Title 42, and repealing provisions set out as a note under
section 300aa–33 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Homeland Security Act Amendments of 2003'."
SHORT TITLE
Pub. L. 107–296, §1(a), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for
classification] may be cited as the 'Homeland Security Act of 2002'."
Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2221, formerly title II, §211, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2150; renumbered
§2221, Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(H), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle B
(§§2221–2225) of title XXII of Pub. L. 107–296, enacting part B of subchapter XVIII of this chapter] may be
cited as the 'Critical Infrastructure Information Act of 2002'."
Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §861, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2238, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle G
(§§861–865) of title VIII of Pub. L. 107–296, enacting part G of subchapter VIII of this chapter] may be cited
as the 'Support Anti-terrorism by Fostering Effective Technologies Act of 2002' or the 'SAFETY Act'."
For short title of part I of subchapter VIII of this chapter as the "Homeland Security Information Sharing
Act", see section 481(a) of this title.
Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1001(a), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2259, provided that: "This title [enacting
subchapter X of this chapter and sections 3531 to 3537 and 3538 of Title 44, Public Printing and Documents,
amending section 2224 of Title 10, Armed Forces, sections 278g–3 and 278g–4 of Title 15, Commerce and
Trade, section 11331 of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and sections 3504 to 3506 of Title
44, and repealing section 11332 of Title 40 and provisions set out as notes under section 3531 of Title 44] may
be cited as the 'Federal Information Security Management Act of 2002'."
[For another Federal Information Security Management Act of 2002, see section 301(a) of Pub. L. 107–347,
title III, Dec. 17, 2002, 116 Stat. 2946, set out as a note under section 101 of Title 44, Public Printing and
Documents.]
PROHIBITION ON REGULATORY AUTHORITY
Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1913(e), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2687, provided that: "Nothing in this
section [enacting sections 195f and 321p of this title, amending this section, sections 121 and 311 of this title,
and section 712 of Title 14, Coast Guard, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 121 of this
title], including the amendments made by this section, shall be construed to grant any regulatory authority."
NATIONAL COMMISSION ON TERRORIST ATTACKS UPON THE UNITED STATES
Pub. L. 107–306, title VI, Nov. 27, 2002, 116 Stat. 2408, as amended by Pub. L. 108–207, §1, Mar. 16,
2004, 118 Stat. 556, provided that:
"SEC. 601. ESTABLISHMENT OF COMMISSION.

"There is established in the legislative branch the National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the
United States (in this title referred to as the 'Commission').
"SEC. 602. PURPOSES.
"The purposes of the Commission are to—
"(1) examine and report upon the facts and causes relating to the terrorist attacks of September 11,
2001, occurring at the World Trade Center in New York, New York, in Somerset County, Pennsylvania,
and at the Pentagon in Virginia;
"(2) ascertain, evaluate, and report on the evidence developed by all relevant governmental agencies
regarding the facts and circumstances surrounding the attacks;
"(3) build upon the investigations of other entities, and avoid unnecessary duplication, by reviewing
the findings, conclusions, and recommendations of—
"(A) the Joint Inquiry of the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate and the Permanent
Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives regarding the terrorist attacks of
September 11, 2001, (hereinafter in this title referred to as the 'Joint Inquiry'); and
"(B) other executive branch, congressional, or independent commission investigations into the
terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, other terrorist attacks, and terrorism generally;
"(4) make a full and complete accounting of the circumstances surrounding the attacks, and the extent
of the United States' preparedness for, and immediate response to, the attacks; and
"(5) investigate and report to the President and Congress on its findings, conclusions, and
recommendations for corrective measures that can be taken to prevent acts of terrorism.
"SEC. 603. COMPOSITION OF COMMISSION.
"(a) MEMBERS.—The Commission shall be composed of 10 members, of whom—
"(1) 1 member shall be appointed by the President, who shall serve as chairman of the Commission;
"(2) 1 member shall be appointed by the leader of the Senate (majority or minority leader, as the case
may be) of the Democratic Party, in consultation with the leader of the House of Representatives (majority
or minority leader, as the case may be) of the Democratic Party, who shall serve as vice chairman of the
Commission;
"(3) 2 members shall be appointed by the senior member of the Senate leadership of the Democratic
Party;
"(4) 2 members shall be appointed by the senior member of the leadership of the House of
Representatives of the Republican Party;
"(5) 2 members shall be appointed by the senior member of the Senate leadership of the Republican
Party; and
"(6) 2 members shall be appointed by the senior member of the leadership of the House of
Representatives of the Democratic Party.
"(b) QUALIFICATIONS; INITIAL MEETING.—
"(1) POLITICAL PARTY AFFILIATION.—Not more than 5 members of the Commission shall be
from the same political party.
"(2) NONGOVERNMENTAL APPOINTEES.—An individual appointed to the Commission may not
be an officer or employee of the Federal Government or any State or local government.
"(3) OTHER QUALIFICATIONS.—It is the sense of Congress that individuals appointed to the
Commission should be prominent United States citizens, with national recognition and significant depth of
experience in such professions as governmental service, law enforcement, the armed services, law, public
administration, intelligence gathering, commerce (including aviation matters), and foreign affairs.
"(4) DEADLINE FOR APPOINTMENT.—All members of the Commission shall be appointed on or
before December 15, 2002.
"(5) INITIAL MEETING.—The Commission shall meet and begin the operations of the Commission
as soon as practicable.
"(c) QUORUM; VACANCIES.—After its initial meeting, the Commission shall meet upon the call of the
chairman or a majority of its members. Six members of the Commission shall constitute a quorum. Any
vacancy in the Commission shall not affect its powers, but shall be filled in the same manner in which the
original appointment was made.
"SEC. 604. FUNCTIONS OF COMMISSION.
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The functions of the Commission are to—
"(1) conduct an investigation that—
"(A) investigates relevant facts and circumstances relating to the terrorist attacks of September 11,

2001, including any relevant legislation, Executive order, regulation, plan, policy, practice, or procedure;
and
"(B) may include relevant facts and circumstances relating to—
"(i) intelligence agencies;
"(ii) law enforcement agencies;
"(iii) diplomacy;
"(iv) immigration, nonimmigrant visas, and border control;
"(v) the flow of assets to terrorist organizations;
"(vi) commercial aviation;
"(vii) the role of congressional oversight and resource allocation; and
"(viii) other areas of the public and private sectors determined relevant by the Commission
for its inquiry;
"(2) identify, review, and evaluate the lessons learned from the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001,
regarding the structure, coordination, management policies, and procedures of the Federal Government,
and, if appropriate, State and local governments and nongovernmental entities, relative to detecting,
preventing, and responding to such terrorist attacks; and
"(3) submit to the President and Congress such reports as are required by this title containing such
findings, conclusions, and recommendations as the Commission shall determine, including proposing
organization, coordination, planning, management arrangements, procedures, rules, and regulations.
"(b) RELATIONSHIP TO INTELLIGENCE COMMITTEES' INQUIRY.—When investigating facts and
circumstances relating to the intelligence community, the Commission shall—
"(1) first review the information compiled by, and the findings, conclusions, and recommendations of,
the Joint Inquiry; and
"(2) after that review pursue any appropriate area of inquiry if the Commission determines that—
"(A) the Joint Inquiry had not investigated that area;
"(B) the Joint Inquiry's investigation of that area had not been complete; or
"(C) new information not reviewed by the Joint Inquiry had become available with respect to that
area.
"SEC. 605. POWERS OF COMMISSION.
"(a) IN GENERAL.—
"(1) HEARINGS AND EVIDENCE.—The Commission or, on the authority of the Commission, any
subcommittee or member thereof, may, for the purpose of carrying out this title—
"(A) hold such hearings and sit and act at such times and places, take such testimony, receive
such evidence, administer such oaths; and
"(B) subject to paragraph (2)(A), require, by subpoena or otherwise, the attendance and testimony
of such witnesses and the production of such books, records, correspondence, memoranda, papers, and
documents, as the Commission or such designated subcommittee or designated member may determine
advisable.
"(2) SUBPOENAS.—
"(A) ISSUANCE.—
"(i) IN GENERAL.—A subpoena may be issued under this subsection only—
"(I) by the agreement of the chairman and the vice chairman; or
"(II) by the affirmative vote of 6 members of the Commission.
"(ii) SIGNATURE.—Subject to clause (i), subpoenas issued under this subsection may be
issued under the signature of the chairman or any member designated by a majority of the
Commission, and may be served by any person designated by the chairman or by a member designated
by a majority of the Commission.
"(B) ENFORCEMENT.—
"(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of contumacy or failure to obey a subpoena issued under
subsection (a), the United States district court for the judicial district in which the subpoenaed person
resides, is served, or may be found, or where the subpoena is returnable, may issue an order requiring
such person to appear at any designated place to testify or to produce documentary or other evidence.
Any failure to obey the order of the court may be punished by the court as a contempt of that court.
"(ii) ADDITIONAL ENFORCEMENT.—In the case of any failure of any witness to comply
with any subpoena or to testify when summoned under authority of this section, the Commission may,
by majority vote, certify a statement of fact constituting such failure to the appropriate United States

attorney, who may bring the matter before the grand jury for its action, under the same statutory
authority and procedures as if the United States attorney had received a certification under sections
102 through 104 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (2 U.S.C. 192 through 194).
"(b) CONTRACTING.—The Commission may, to such extent and in such amounts as are provided in
appropriation Acts, enter into contracts to enable the Commission to discharge its duties under this title.
"(c) INFORMATION FROM FEDERAL AGENCIES.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Commission is authorized to secure directly from any executive
department, bureau, agency, board, commission, office, independent establishment, or instrumentality of the
Government, information, suggestions, estimates, and statistics for the purposes of this title. Each
department, bureau, agency, board, commission, office, independent establishment, or instrumentality shall,
to the extent authorized by law, furnish such information, suggestions, estimates, and statistics directly to
the Commission, upon request made by the chairman, the chairman of any subcommittee created by a
majority of the Commission, or any member designated by a majority of the Commission.
"(2) RECEIPT, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND DISSEMINATION.—Information shall only be
received, handled, stored, and disseminated by members of the Commission and its staff consistent with all
applicable statutes, regulations, and Executive orders.
"(d) ASSISTANCE FROM FEDERAL AGENCIES.—
"(1) GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION.—The Administrator of General Services shall
provide to the Commission on a reimbursable basis administrative support and other services for the
performance of the Commission's functions.
"(2) OTHER DEPARTMENTS AND AGENCIES.—In addition to the assistance prescribed in
paragraph (1), departments and agencies of the United States may provide to the Commission such services,
funds, facilities, staff, and other support services as they may determine advisable and as may be authorized
by law.
"(e) GIFTS.—The Commission may accept, use, and dispose of gifts or donations of services or property.
"(f) POSTAL SERVICES.—The Commission may use the United States mails in the same manner and
under the same conditions as departments and agencies of the United States.
"SEC. 606. NONAPPLICABILITY OF FEDERAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE ACT.
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall not apply to the
Commission.
"(b) PUBLIC MEETINGS AND RELEASE OF PUBLIC VERSIONS OF REPORTS.—The Commission
shall—
"(1) hold public hearings and meetings to the extent appropriate; and
"(2) release public versions of the reports required under section 610(a) and (b).
"(c) PUBLIC HEARINGS.—Any public hearings of the Commission shall be conducted in a manner
consistent with the protection of information provided to or developed for or by the Commission as required
by any applicable statute, regulation, or Executive order.
"SEC. 607. STAFF OF COMMISSION.
"(a) IN GENERAL.—
"(1) APPOINTMENT AND COMPENSATION.—The chairman, in consultation with vice chairman,
in accordance with rules agreed upon by the Commission, may appoint and fix the compensation of a staff
director and such other personnel as may be necessary to enable the Commission to carry out its functions,
without regard to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive
service, and without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title
relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates, except that no rate of pay fixed under this
subsection may exceed the equivalent of that payable for a position at level V of the Executive Schedule
under section 5316 of title 5, United States Code.
"(2) PERSONNEL AS FEDERAL EMPLOYEES.—
"(A) IN GENERAL.—The executive director and any personnel of the Commission who are
employees shall be employees under section 2105 of title 5, United States Code, for purposes of chapters
63, 81, 83, 84, 85, 87, 89, and 90 of that title.
"(B) MEMBERS OF COMMISSION.—Subparagraph (A) shall not be construed to apply to
members of the Commission.
"(b) DETAILEES.—Any Federal Government employee may be detailed to the Commission without
reimbursement from the Commission, and such detailee shall retain the rights, status, and privileges of his or
her regular employment without interruption.
"(c) CONSULTANT SERVICES.—The Commission is authorized to procure the services of experts and

consultants in accordance with section 3109 of title 5, United States Code, but at rates not to exceed the daily
rate paid a person occupying a position at level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5,
United States Code.
"SEC. 608. COMPENSATION AND TRAVEL EXPENSES.
"(a) COMPENSATION.—Each member of the Commission may be compensated at not to exceed the daily
equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay in effect for a position at level IV of the Executive Schedule under
section 5315 of title 5, United States Code, for each day during which that member is engaged in the actual
performance of the duties of the Commission.
"(b) TRAVEL EXPENSES.—While away from their homes or regular places of business in the
performance of services for the Commission, members of the Commission shall be allowed travel expenses,
including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in the same manner as persons employed intermittently in the
Government service are allowed expenses under section 5703(b) [5703] of title 5, United States Code.
"SEC. 609. SECURITY CLEARANCES FOR COMMISSION MEMBERS AND STAFF.
"The appropriate Federal agencies or departments shall cooperate with the Commission in expeditiously
providing to the Commission members and staff appropriate security clearances to the extent possible
pursuant to existing procedures and requirements, except that no person shall be provided with access to
classified information under this title without the appropriate security clearances.
"SEC. 610. REPORTS OF COMMISSION; TERMINATION.
"(a) INTERIM REPORTS.—The Commission may submit to the President and Congress interim reports
containing such findings, conclusions, and recommendations for corrective measures as have been agreed to
by a majority of Commission members.
"(b) FINAL REPORT.—Not later than 20 months after the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 27,
2002], the Commission shall submit to the President and Congress a final report containing such findings,
conclusions, and recommendations for corrective measures as have been agreed to by a majority of
Commission members.
"(c) TERMINATION.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Commission, and all the authorities of this title, shall terminate 30 days
after the date on which the final report is submitted under subsection (b).
"(2) ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIVITIES BEFORE TERMINATION.—The Commission may use the
30-day period referred to in paragraph (1) for the purpose of concluding its activities, including providing
testimony to committees of Congress concerning its reports and disseminating the final report.
"SEC. 611. FUNDING.
"(a) TRANSFER FROM THE NATIONAL FOREIGN INTELLIGENCE PROGRAM.—Of the amounts
authorized to be appropriated by this Act [see Tables for classification] and made available in public law
107–248 [see Tables for classification] (Department of Defense Appropriations Act, 2003) for the National
Foreign Intelligence Program, not to exceed $3,000,000 shall be available for transfer to the Commission for
purposes of the activities of the Commission under this title.
"(b) ADDITIONAL FUNDING.—In addition to the amounts made available to the Commission under
subsection (a) and under chapter 2 of title II of the Emergency Wartime Supplemental Appropriations Act,
2003 (Public Law 108–11; 117 Stat. 591), of the amounts appropriated for the programs and activities of the
Federal Government for fiscal year 2004 that remain available for obligation, not more than $1,000,000 shall
be available for transfer to the Commission for purposes of the activities of the Commission under this title.
"(c) DURATION OF AVAILABILITY.—Amounts made available to the Commission under this section
shall remain available until the termination of the Commission."
1

See References in Text note below.

2

So in original. A closing parenthesis probably should precede the period.

§102. Construction; severability
Any provision of this chapter held to be invalid or unenforceable by its terms, or as applied to any
person or circumstance, shall be construed so as to give it the maximum effect permitted by law,
unless such holding shall be one of utter invalidity or unenforceability, in which event such provision

shall be deemed severable from this chapter and shall not affect the remainder thereof, or the
application of such provision to other persons not similarly situated or to other, dissimilar
circumstances.
(Pub. L. 107–296, §3, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2141.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.

§103. Use of appropriated funds
Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, any report, notification, or consultation
addressing directly or indirectly the use of appropriated funds and stipulated by this chapter to be
submitted to, or held with, the Congress or any Congressional committee shall also be submitted to,
or held with, the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives
under the same conditions and with the same restrictions as stipulated by this chapter.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVII, §1714, as added Pub. L. 108–7, div. L, §103(5), Feb. 20, 2003, 117
Stat. 529.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 1714 of Pub. L. 107–296 amended section 300aa–33 of Title 42, The Public Health and
Welfare, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 108–7, div. L, §102(a), Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 528.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
NOTIFICATIONS FOR REPROGRAMMING OR TRANSFER OF FUNDS
Pub. L. 109–90, title V, §503(e), Oct. 18, 2005, 119 Stat. 2082, provided that: "Hereafter, notwithstanding
any other provision of law, notifications pursuant to this section or any other authority for reprogramming or
transfer of funds shall be made solely to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of
Representatives."

§104. National biodefense strategy
(a) Strategy and implementation plan required
The Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, the Secretary of
Homeland Security, and the Secretary of Agriculture shall jointly develop a national biodefense
strategy and associated implementation plan, which shall include a review and assessment of
biodefense policies, practices, programs and initiatives. Such Secretaries shall review and, as
appropriate, revise the strategy biennially.
(b) Elements

The strategy and associated implementation plan required under subsection (a) shall include each
of the following:
(1) An inventory and assessment of all existing strategies, plans, policies, laws, and interagency
agreements related to biodefense, including prevention, deterrence, preparedness, detection,
response, attribution, recovery, and mitigation.
(2) A description of the biological threats, including biological warfare, bioterrorism, naturally
occurring infectious diseases, and accidental exposures.
(3) A description of the current programs, efforts, or activities of the United States Government
with respect to preventing the acquisition, proliferation, and use of a biological weapon,
preventing an accidental or naturally occurring biological outbreak, and mitigating the effects of a
biological epidemic.
(4) A description of the roles and responsibilities of the Executive Agencies, including internal
and external coordination procedures, in identifying and sharing information related to, warning
of, and protection against, acts of terrorism using biological agents and weapons and accidental or
naturally occurring biological outbreaks.
(5) An articulation of related or required interagency capabilities and whole-of-Government
activities required to support the national biodefense strategy.
(6) Recommendations for strengthening and improving the current biodefense capabilities,
authorities, and command structures of the United States Government.
(7) Recommendations for improving and formalizing interagency coordination and support
mechanisms with respect to providing a robust national biodefense.
(8) Any other matters the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Health and Human Services,
the Secretary of Homeland Security, and the Secretary of Agriculture determine necessary.
(c) Submittal to Congress
Not later than 275 days after December 23, 2016, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of
Health and Human Services, the Secretary of Homeland Security, and the Secretary of Agriculture
shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees the strategy and associated implementation
plan required by subsection (a). The strategy and implementation plan shall be submitted in
unclassified form, but may include a classified annex.
(d) Briefings
Not later than March 1, 2017, and annually thereafter until March 1, 2025, the Secretary of
Defense, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, the Secretary of Homeland Security, and the
Secretary of Agriculture shall provide to the Committee on Armed Services of the House of
Representatives, the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, the
Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on
Agriculture of the House of Representatives a joint briefing on the strategy developed under
subsection (a) and the status of the implementation of such strategy.
(e) GAO Review
Not later than 180 days after the date of the submittal of the strategy and implementation plan
under subsection (c), the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a review of the
strategy and implementation plan to analyze gaps and resources mapped against the requirements of
the National Biodefense Strategy and existing United States biodefense policy documents.
(f) Appropriate congressional committees defined
In this section, the term "appropriate congressional committees" means the following:
(1) The congressional defense committees.
(2) The Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the
Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate.
(3) The Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives and the Committee
on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate.
(4) The Committee on Agriculture of the House of Representatives and the Committee on
Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry of the Senate.

(Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title X, §1086, Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2423; Pub. L. 116–92, div. A, title
XVII, §1704, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 1797.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2017, and not as part
of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
AMENDMENTS
2019—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 116–92 substituted "March 1, 2025" for "March 1, 2019".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
"CONGRESSIONAL DEFENSE COMMITTEES" DEFINED
Congressional defense committees means the Committees on Armed Services and Appropriations of the
Senate and the House of Representatives, see section 3 of Pub. L. 114–328, 130 Stat. 2025. See note under
section 101 of Title 10, Armed Forces.

§105. Biodefense analysis and budget submission
(a) Annual analysis
For each fiscal year, beginning in fiscal year 2023, the Director of the Office of Management and
Budget, in consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall—
(1) conduct a detailed and comprehensive analysis of Federal biodefense programs; and
(2) develop an integrated biodefense budget submission.
(b) Definition of biodefense
In accordance with the National Biodefense Strategy, the Director shall develop and disseminate
to all Federal departments and agencies a unified definition of the term "biodefense" to identify
which programs and activities are included in the annual budget submission required under
subsection (a).
(c) Requirements for analysis
The analysis required under subsection (a) shall include—
(1) the display of all funds requested for biodefense activities, both mandatory and
discretionary, by agency and categorized by biodefense enterprise element, such as threat
awareness, prevention, deterrence, preparedness, surveillance and detection, response, attribution
(including bioforensic capabilities), recovery, and mitigation; and
(2) detailed explanations of how each program and activity included aligns with biodefense
goals and objectives as part of the National Biodefense Strategy required under section 104 of this
title.
(d) Submittal to Congress
The Director, in consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall submit to
Congress the analysis required under subsection (a) for a fiscal year concurrently with the President's
annual budget request for that fiscal year.
(Pub. L. 116–283, div. A, title III, §363, Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 3547.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the William M. (Mac) Thornberry National Defense Authorization Act for
Fiscal Year 2021, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

§106. Update of national biodefense implementation plan
(a) In general
The Secretaries of Health and Human Services, Defense, Agriculture, Homeland Security, and all
other Departments and agencies with responsibilities for biodefense, such as the Department of State,
in consultation with the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs and the Director of
the Office of Management and Budget, as appropriate, shall jointly, after reviewing the biodefense
threat assessment described in subsection (d) and any relevant input from external stakeholders, as
appropriate, update the National Biodefense Implementation Plan developed under section 104 of
this title to clearly document established processes, roles, and responsibilities related to the National
Biodefense Strategy.
(b) Specific updates
The updated National Biodefense Implementation Plan shall—
(1) describe the roles and responsibilities of the Federal departments and agencies, including
internal and external coordination procedures, in identifying and sharing information between and
among Federal departments and agencies, as described in section 104(b)(4) of this title and
consistent with the statutory roles and authorities of such departments and agencies;
(2) describe roles, responsibilities, and processes for decisionmaking, including decisions
regarding use of resources for effective risk management across the enterprise;
(3) describe resource plans for each department and agency with responsibility for biodefense to
support implementation of the strategy within the jurisdiction of such department or agency,
including for the Biodefense Coordination Team, as appropriate;
(4) describe guidance and methods for analyzing the data collected from agencies to include
non-Federal resources and capabilities to the extent practicable; and
(5) describe and update, as appropriate, short-, medium-, and long-term goals for executing the
National Biodefense Strategy and metrics for meeting each objective of the Strategy.
(c) Submittal to Congress
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of
Agriculture, and the Secretary of Homeland Security shall, not later than 6 months after the date of
the completion of the assessment in subsection (d)(1)(A), submit the updated Implementation Plan to
the appropriate congressional committees.
(d) Updated biodefense threat assessment
(1) In general
The Secretaries of Health and Human Services, Defense, Agriculture, and Homeland Security,
shall jointly, and in consultation with the Director of National Intelligence, and other agency heads
as appropriate—
(A) conduct an assessment of current and potential biological threats against the United
States, both naturally occurring and man-made, either accidental or deliberate, including the
potential for catastrophic biological threats, such as a pandemic;
(B) not later than 1 year after January 1, 2021, submit the findings of the assessment
conducted under subparagraph (A) to the Federal officials described in subsection (d)(1)and 1
the appropriate congressional committees described in subsection (e);
(C) not later than 30 days after the date on which the assessment is submitted under
subparagraph (B), conduct a briefing for the appropriate congressional committees on the
findings of the assessment;
(D) update the assessment under subparagraph (A) biennially, as appropriate, and provide the
findings of such updated assessments to the Federal officials described in subsection (d)(1) and
the appropriate congressional committees; and
(E) conduct briefings for the appropriate congressional committees as needed any time an

assessment under this paragraph is updated.
(2) Classification and format
Assessments under paragraph (1) shall be submitted in an unclassified format and include a
classified annex, as appropriate.
(e) Appropriate congressional committees defined
In this section, the term "appropriate congressional committees" means the following:
(1) The Committees on Armed Services of the House of Representatives and the Senate.
(2) The Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the
Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate.
(3) The Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives and the Committee
on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate.
(4) The Committee on Agriculture of the House of Representatives and the Committee on
Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry of the Senate.
(5) The Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives and the
Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate.
(6) The Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on
Foreign Relations of the Senate.
(f) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to alter, limit, or duplicate the roles, responsibilities,
authorities, or current activities, as established in statute or otherwise through existing practice or
policy, of each Federal department or agency with responsibilities for biodefense or otherwise
relevant to implementation of the National Biodefense Strategy.
(Pub. L. 116–283, div. A, title III, §364, Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 3548.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the William M. (Mac) Thornberry National Defense Authorization Act for
Fiscal Year 2021, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
1

So in original.

SUBCHAPTER I—DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY
§111. Executive department; mission
(a) Establishment
There is established a Department of Homeland Security, as an executive department of the United
States within the meaning of title 5.
(b) Mission
(1) In general
The primary mission of the Department is to—
(A) prevent terrorist attacks within the United States;
(B) reduce the vulnerability of the United States to terrorism;
(C) minimize the damage, and assist in the recovery, from terrorist attacks that do occur
within the United States;
(D) carry out all functions of entities transferred to the Department, including by acting as a

focal point regarding natural and manmade crises and emergency planning;
(E) ensure that the functions of the agencies and subdivisions within the Department that are
not related directly to securing the homeland are not diminished or neglected except by a
specific explicit Act of Congress;
(F) ensure that the overall economic security of the United States is not diminished by efforts,
activities, and programs aimed at securing the homeland;
(G) ensure that the civil rights and civil liberties of persons are not diminished by efforts,
activities, and programs aimed at securing the homeland; and
(H) monitor connections between illegal drug trafficking and terrorism, coordinate efforts to
sever such connections, and otherwise contribute to efforts to interdict illegal drug trafficking.
(2) Responsibility for investigating and prosecuting terrorism
Except as specifically provided by law with respect to entities transferred to the Department
under this chapter, primary responsibility for investigating and prosecuting acts of terrorism shall
be vested not in the Department, but rather in Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies
with jurisdiction over the acts in question.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title I, §101, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2142; Pub. L. 108–458, title VIII, §8302,
Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3867.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov.
25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2004—Subsec. (b)(1)(G), (H). Pub. L. 108–458 added subpar. (G) and redesignated former subpar. (G) as
(H).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
TRANSFER OF CERTAIN OPM AUTHORITY TO DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY
Pub. L. 109–295, title V, §513, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1378, provided that: "Notwithstanding any other
provision of law, the authority of the Office of Personnel Management to conduct personnel security and
suitability background investigations, update investigations, and periodic reinvestigations of applicants for, or
appointees in, positions in the Office of the Secretary and Executive Management, the Office of the Under
Secretary for Management, Analysis and Operations, Immigration and Customs Enforcement, the Directorate
for Preparedness, and the Directorate of Science and Technology of the Department of Homeland Security is
transferred to the Department of Homeland Security: Provided, That on request of the Department of
Homeland Security, the Office of Personnel Management shall cooperate with and assist the Department in
any investigation or reinvestigation under this section: Provided further, That this section shall cease to be
effective at such time as the President has selected a single agency to conduct security clearance investigations
pursuant to section 3001(c) of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (Public Law
108–458; 50 U.S.C. 435b [now 50 U.S.C. 3341]) and the entity selected pursuant to section 3001(b) of such
Act has reported to Congress that the agency selected pursuant to such section 3001(c) is capable of
conducting all necessary investigations in a timely manner or has authorized the entities within the
Department of Homeland Security covered by this section to conduct their own investigations pursuant to
section 3001 of such Act."
[For transfer of all functions, personnel, assets, components, authorities, grant programs, and liabilities of
the Directorate for Preparedness, as constituted on June 1, 2006, including the functions of the Under
Secretary for Preparedness relating thereto, to the Federal Emergency Management Agency, with certain
exceptions, see section 315(a)(2), (b) of this title.]
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 109–90, title V, §516, Oct. 18, 2005, 119 Stat. 2084.

Pub. L. 108–334, title V, §518, Oct. 18, 2004, 118 Stat. 1318.
EXECUTIVE DOCUMENTS
EX. ORD. NO. 13286. AMENDMENT OF EXECUTIVE ORDERS, AND OTHER ACTIONS, IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSFER OF CERTAIN FUNCTIONS TO THE SECRETARY
OF HOMELAND SECURITY
Ex. Ord. No. 13286, Feb. 28, 2003, 68 F.R. 10619, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 13442, §1, Aug. 13, 2007,
72 F.R. 45877; Ex. Ord. No. 13753, §1, Dec. 9, 2016, 81 F.R. 90667, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
including the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (Public Law 107–296) [see Tables for classification] and
section 301 of title 3, United States Code, and in order to reflect the transfer of certain functions to, and other
responsibilities vested in, the Secretary of Homeland Security, the transfer of certain agencies and agency
components to the Department of Homeland Security, and the delegation of appropriate responsibilities to the
Secretary of Homeland Security, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13276, set out as a note under section 1182 of Title 8, Aliens and
Nationality.]
SEC. 2. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13274, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 49, Transportation.]
SEC. 3. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13271, formerly set out as a note under section 509 of Title 28, Judiciary
and Judicial Procedure.]
SEC. 4. [Amended and revoked Ex. Ord. No. 13260, set out as a note under section 3021 of Title 50, War
and National Defense.]
SEC. 5. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13257, set out as a note under section 7103 of Title 22, Foreign Relations
and Intercourse.]
SEC. 6. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13254, set out as a note under section 12501 of Title 42, The Public Health
and Welfare.]
SEC. 7. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13231, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.]
SEC. 8. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13228, set out as a note under section 3021 of Title 50, War and National
Defense.]
SEC. 9. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13223, set out as a note under section 12302 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 10. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13212, set out as a note under section 13201 of Title 42, The Public
Health and Welfare.]
SEC. 11. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13165, set out as a note under section 1701 of Title 21, Food and Drugs.]
SEC. 12. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13154.]
SEC. 13. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13133.]
SEC. 14. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13120, set out as a note under section 12304 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 15. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13112, set out as a note under section 4321 of Title 42, The Public Health
and Welfare.]
SEC. 16. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13100, set out as a note under section 341 of Title 21, Food and Drugs.]
SEC. 17. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13076, set out as a note under section 12304 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 18. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13011, set out as a note under section 11101 of Title 40, Public
Buildings, Property, and Works.]
SEC. 19. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12989, set out as a note under section 1324a of Title 8, Aliens and
Nationality.]
SEC. 20. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12985, set out as a note preceding section 1121 of Title 10, Armed
Forces.]
SEC. 21. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12982, set out as a note under section 12304 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 22. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12978, listed in a table under section 1701 of Title 50, War and National
Defense.]
SEC. 23. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12977, set out as a note under section 121 of Title 40, Public Buildings,
Property, and Works.]
SEC. 24. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12919, formerly set out as a note under section 2153 of the former
Appendix to Title 50, War and National Defense.]
SEC. 25. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12906, set out as a note under section 1457 of Title 43, Public Lands.]
SEC. 26. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12870, set out as a note under section 4727 of Title 15, Commerce and
Trade.]
SEC. 27. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12835, set out as a note under section 1023 of Title 15, Commerce and
Trade.]

SEC. 28. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12830, set out as a note preceding section 1121 of Title 10, Armed
Forces.]
SEC. 29. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12824, set out as a note under section 2736 of Title 14, Coast Guard.]
SEC. 30. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12807, set out as a note under section 1182 of Title 8, Aliens and
Nationality.]
SEC. 31. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12793, set out as a note preceding section 1121 of Title 10, Armed
Forces.]
SEC. 32. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12789, set out as a note under section 1364 of Title 8, Aliens and
Nationality.]
SEC. 33. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12788, set out as a note under section 2391 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 34. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12777, set out as a note under section 1321 of Title 33, Navigation and
Navigable Waters.]
SEC. 35. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12743, formerly set out as a note under section 12302 of Title 10, Armed
Forces.]
SEC. 36. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12742, set out as a note under section 82 of Title 50, War and National
Defense.]
SEC. 37. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12733, set out as a note under section 12304 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 38. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12728, set out as a note under section 12305 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 39. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12727, set out as a note under section 12304 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 40. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12699, set out as a note under section 7704 of Title 42, The Public Health
and Welfare.]
SEC. 41. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12657, set out as a note under section 5195 of Title 42, The Public Health
and Welfare.]
SEC. 42. [(a) to (i) amended Ex. Ord. No. 12656, set out as a note under section 5195 of Title 42, The
Public Health and Welfare.]
Without prejudice to subsections (a) through (i) of this section, all responsibilities assigned to specific
Federal officials pursuant to Executive Order 12656 that are substantially the same as any responsibility
assigned to, or function transferred to, the Secretary of Homeland Security pursuant to the Homeland Security
Act of 2002 (regardless of whether such responsibility or function is expressly required to be carried out
through another official of the Department of Homeland Security or not pursuant to such Act), or intended or
required to be carried out by an agency or an agency component transferred to the Department of Homeland
Security pursuant to such Act, are hereby reassigned to the Secretary of Homeland Security.
SEC. 43. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12580, set out as a note under section 9615 of Title 42, The Public Health
and Welfare.]
SEC. 44. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12555, set out as a note under section 2602 of Title 19, Customs Duties.]
SEC. 45. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12501, set out as a note under section 4101 of Title 15, Commerce and
Trade.]
SEC. 46. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12472, formerly set out as a note under section 5195 of Title 42, The
Public Health and Welfare.]
SEC. 47. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12382, set out as a note under section 901 of Title 47,
Telecommunications.]
SEC. 48. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12341, set out as a note under section 1522 of Title 8, Aliens and
Nationality.]
SEC. 49. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12208, set out as a note under section 1157 of Title 8, Aliens and
Nationality.]
SEC. 50. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12188, set out as a note under section 2171 of Title 19, Customs Duties.]
SEC. 51. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12160, set out as a note under section 3501 of Title 42, The Public Health
and Welfare.]
SEC. 52. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12148, set out as a note under section 5195 of Title 42, The Public Health
and Welfare.]
SEC. 53. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12146, set out as a note under section 509 of Title 28, Judiciary and
Judicial Procedures.]
SEC. 54. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12002, set out as a note under former section 4603 of Title 50, War and
National Defense.]
SEC. 55. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11965, set out as a note preceding section 1121 of Title 10, Armed
Forces.]
SEC. 56. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11926, set out as a note preceding section 1121 of Title 10, Armed
Forces.]

SEC. 57. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11858, set out as a note under section 4565 of Title 50, War and National
Defense.]
SEC. 58. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11800, formerly set out as a note under section 301a of Title 37, Pay and
Allowances of the Uniformed Services.]
SEC. 59. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11645, set out as a note under section 2943 of Title 14, Coast Guard.]
SEC. 60. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11623, set out as a note under section 3809 of Title 50, War and National
Defense.]
SEC. 61. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11448, set out as a note preceding section 1121 of Title 10, Armed
Forces.]
SEC. 62. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11446, set out as a note under section 7342 of Title 5, Government
Organization and Employees.]
SEC. 63. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11438, set out as a note under section 1124 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 64. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11366, set out as a note under section 12303 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 65. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11239, set out as a note under former section 1051 of Title 33, Navigation
and Navigable Waters.]
SEC. 66. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11231.]
SEC. 67. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11190, set out as a note under section 10149 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 68. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11139.]
SEC. 69. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11079, set out as a note under section 2603 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 70. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11046, set out as a note under section 7276 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 71. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11016, set out as a note under section 1129 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 72. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 10977.]
SEC. 73. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 10789, set out as a note under section 1431 of Title 50, War and National
Defense.]
SEC. 74. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 10694.]
SEC. 75. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 10637, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President.]
SEC. 76. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 10631, set out as a note under section 802 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 77. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 10554, set out as a note under section 772 of Title 10, Armed Forces.]
SEC. 78. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 10499.]
SEC. 79. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 10448.]
SEC. 80. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 10271, set out as a note under section 3819 of Title 50, War and National
Defense.]
SEC. 81. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 10179.]
SEC. 82. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 10163.]
SEC. 83. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 10113, set out as a note under section 418 of Title 37, Pay and
Allowances of the Uniformed Services.]
SEC. 84. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 4601.]
SEC. 85. Designation as a Defense Agency of the United States.
I hereby designate the Department of Homeland Security as a defense agency of the United States for the
purposes of chapter 17 of title 35 of the United States Code.
SEC. 86. Exception from the Provisions of the Government Employees Training Act.
Those elements of the Department of Homeland Security that are supervised by the Under Secretary of
Homeland Security for Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection through the Department's Assistant
Secretary for Information Analysis are, pursuant to section 4102(b)(1) of title 5, United States Code, and in
the public interest, excepted from the following provisions of the Government Employees Training Act as
codified in title 5: sections 4103(a)(1), 4108, 4115, 4117, and 4118, and that part of 4109(a) that provides
"under the regulations prescribed under section 4118(a)(8) of this title and".
SEC. 87. Functions of Certain Officials in the Coast Guard.
The Commandant and the Assistant Commandant for Intelligence of the Coast Guard each shall be
considered a "Senior Official of the Intelligence Community" for purposes of Executive Order 12333 of
December 4, 1981 [50 U.S.C. 3001 note], and all other relevant authorities.
SEC. 88. Order of Succession.
Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) of this section, the officers named in subsection (a) of this
section, in the order listed, shall act as, and perform the functions and duties of the office of, the Secretary of
Homeland Security (Secretary), if they are eligible to act as Secretary under the provisions of the Federal
Vacancies Reform Act of 1998, 5 U.S.C. 3345 et seq. (Vacancies Act), during any period in which the
Secretary has died, resigned, or otherwise become unable to perform the functions and duties of the office of
Secretary.

(a) Order of Succession.
(i) Deputy Secretary of Homeland Security;
(ii) Under Secretary for Management;
(iii) Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency;
(iv) Under Secretary for National Protection and Programs;
(v) Under Secretary for Science and Technology;
(vi) Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis;
(vii) Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
(viii) Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration;
(ix) Director of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement;
(x) Director of U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services;
(xi) Assistant Secretary for Policy;
(xii) General Counsel;
(xiii) Deputy Under Secretary for Management;
(xiv) Deputy Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
(xv) Deputy Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration;
(xvi) Deputy Director of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement;
(xvii) Deputy Director of U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services; and
(xviii) Director of the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center.
(b) Exceptions.
(i) No individual who is serving in an office listed in subsection (a) in an acting capacity, by virtue of so
serving, shall act as Secretary pursuant to this section.
(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the President retains discretion, to the extent permitted
by the Vacancies Act, to depart from this order in designating an acting Secretary.
SEC. 89. Savings Provision.
Except as otherwise specifically provided above or in Executive Order 13284 of January 23, 2003
("Amendment of Executive Orders, and Other Actions, in Connection With the Establishment of the
Department of Homeland Security") [6 U.S.C. 121 note], references in any prior Executive Order relating to
an agency or an agency component that is transferred to the Department of Homeland Security ("the
Department"), or relating to a function that is transferred to the Secretary of Homeland Security, shall be
deemed to refer, as appropriate, to the Department or its officers, employees, agents, organizational units, or
functions.
SEC. 90. Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect the authority of the Secretary
of Defense with respect to the Department of Defense, including the chain of command for the armed forces
of the United States under section 162(b) of title 10, United States Code, and the authority of the Secretary of
Defense with respect to the Department of Defense under section 113(b) of that title.
SEC. 91. Nothing in this order shall be construed to limit or restrict the authorities of the Central
Intelligence Agency and the Director of Central Intelligence pursuant to the National Security Act of 1947 [act
July 26, 1947, ch. 343; see Tables for classification] and the CIA Act of 1949 [probably means the Central
Intelligence Agency Act of 1949, act June 20, 1949, ch. 227; see Tables for classification].
SEC. 92. This order shall become effective on March 1, 2003.
SEC. 93. This order does not create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in
equity, against the United States, its departments, agencies, or other entities, its officers or employees, or any
other person.
[Reference to the Director of Central Intelligence or the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency in the
Director's capacity as the head of the intelligence community deemed to be a reference to the Director of
National Intelligence. Reference to the Director of Central Intelligence or the Director of the Central
Intelligence Agency in the Director's capacity as the head of the Central Intelligence Agency deemed to be a
reference to the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency. See section 1081(a) and (b) of Pub. L. 108–458,
set out as a note under section 3001 of Title 50, War and National Defense.]
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 13362
Ex. Ord. No. 13362, Nov. 29, 2004, 69 F.R. 70173, which designated additional officers for the Department
of Homeland Security order of succession, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13442, §2, Aug. 13, 2007, 72 F.R.
45878.

§112. Secretary; functions

(a) Secretary
(1) In general
There is a Secretary of Homeland Security, appointed by the President, by and with the advice
and consent of the Senate.
(2) Head of Department
The Secretary is the head of the Department and shall have direction, authority, and control over
it.
(3) Functions vested in Secretary
All functions of all officers, employees, and organizational units of the Department are vested in
the Secretary.
(b) Functions
The Secretary—
(1) except as otherwise provided by this chapter, may delegate any of the Secretary's functions
to any officer, employee, or organizational unit of the Department;
(2) shall have the authority to make contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements, and to enter
into agreements with other executive agencies, as may be necessary and proper to carry out the
Secretary's responsibilities under this chapter or otherwise provided by law; and
(3) shall take reasonable steps to ensure that information systems and databases of the
Department are compatible with each other and with appropriate databases of other Departments.
(c) Coordination with non-Federal entities
With respect to homeland security, the Secretary shall coordinate through the Office of State and
Local Coordination 1 (established under section 361 of this title) (including the provision of training
and equipment) with State and local government personnel, agencies, and authorities, with the
private sector, and with other entities, including by—
(1) coordinating with State and local government personnel, agencies, and authorities, and with
the private sector, to ensure adequate planning, equipment, training, and exercise activities;
(2) coordinating and, as appropriate, consolidating, the Federal Government's communications
and systems of communications relating to homeland security with State and local government
personnel, agencies, and authorities, the private sector, other entities, and the public; and
(3) distributing or, as appropriate, coordinating the distribution of, warnings and information to
State and local government personnel, agencies, and authorities and to the public.
(d) Meetings of National Security Council
The Secretary may, subject to the direction of the President, attend and participate in meetings of
the National Security Council.
(e) Issuance of regulations
The issuance of regulations by the Secretary shall be governed by the provisions of chapter 5 of
title 5, except as specifically provided in this chapter, in laws granting regulatory authorities that are
transferred by this chapter, and in laws enacted after November 25, 2002.
(f) Special Assistant to the Secretary
The Secretary shall appoint a Special Assistant to the Secretary who shall be responsible for—
(1) creating and fostering strategic communications with the private sector to enhance the
primary mission of the Department to protect the American homeland;
(2) advising the Secretary on the impact of the Department's policies, regulations, processes,
and actions on the private sector;
(3) interfacing with other relevant Federal agencies with homeland security missions to assess
the impact of these agencies' actions on the private sector;
(4) creating and managing private sector advisory councils composed of representatives of
industries and associations designated by the Secretary to—

(A) advise the Secretary on private sector products, applications, and solutions as they relate
to homeland security challenges;
(B) advise the Secretary on homeland security policies, regulations, processes, and actions
that affect the participating industries and associations; and
(C) advise the Secretary on private sector preparedness issues, including effective methods
for—
(i) promoting voluntary preparedness standards to the private sector; and
(ii) assisting the private sector in adopting voluntary preparedness standards;
(5) working with Federal laboratories, federally funded research and development centers, other
federally funded organizations, academia, and the private sector to develop innovative approaches
to address homeland security challenges to produce and deploy the best available technologies for
homeland security missions;
(6) promoting existing public-private partnerships and developing new public-private
partnerships to provide for collaboration and mutual support to address homeland security
challenges;
(7) assisting in the development and promotion of private sector best practices to secure critical
infrastructure;
(8) providing information to the private sector regarding voluntary preparedness standards and
the business justification for preparedness and promoting to the private sector the adoption of
voluntary preparedness standards;
(9) coordinating industry efforts, with respect to functions of the Department of Homeland
Security, to identify private sector resources and capabilities that could be effective in
supplementing Federal, State, and local government agency efforts to prevent or respond to a
terrorist attack;
(10) coordinating with the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection and the
Assistant Secretary for Trade Development of the Department of Commerce on issues related to
the travel and tourism industries; and
(11) consulting with the Office of State and Local Government Coordination and Preparedness
on all matters of concern to the private sector, including the tourism industry.
(g) Standards policy
All standards activities of the Department shall be conducted in accordance with section 12(d) of
the National Technology Transfer Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) and Office of
Management and Budget Circular A–119.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title I, §102, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2142; Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7402,
Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3850; Pub. L. 110–53, title IX, §902, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 371; Pub. L.
114–125, title VIII, §802(g)(1)(A)(i), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 210.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (b)(1), (2), and (e), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L.
107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified
principally to this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out
under section 101 of this title and Tables.
Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer Advancement Act of 1995, referred to in subsec. (g),
probably means section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995, which is
section 12(d) of Pub. L. 104–113, and which is set out as a note under section 272 of Title 15, Commerce and
Trade.
AMENDMENTS
2016—Subsec. (f)(10). Pub. L. 114–125 substituted "the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border
Protection" for "the Directorate of Border and Transportation Security".

2007—Subsec. (f)(4)(C). Pub. L. 110–53, §902(b), added subpar. (C).
Subsec. (f)(8) to (11). Pub. L. 110–53, §902(a), added par. (8) and redesignated former pars. (8) to (10) as
(9) to (11), respectively.
2004—Subsec. (f)(8) to (10). Pub. L. 108–458 added pars. (8) to (10).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
REQUIRED COORDINATION
Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7405, Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3851, provided that: "The Secretary of
Homeland Security shall ensure that there is effective and ongoing coordination of Federal efforts to prevent,
prepare for, and respond to acts of terrorism and other major disasters and emergencies among the divisions of
the Department of Homeland Security, including the Directorate of Emergency Preparedness and Response
and the Office for State and Local Government Coordination and Preparedness."
PROTECTIONS FOR HUMAN RESEARCH SUBJECTS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND
SECURITY
Pub. L. 108–458, title VIII, §8306, Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3869, provided that: "The Secretary of
Homeland Security shall ensure that the Department of Homeland Security complies with the protections for
human research subjects, as described in part 46 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations, or in equivalent
regulations as promulgated by such Secretary, with respect to research that is conducted or supported by the
Department."
1

So in original. Probably should be "Office for State and Local Government Coordination".

§113. Other officers
(a) Deputy Secretary; Under Secretaries
(1) In general
Except as provided under paragraph (2), there are the following officers, appointed by the
President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate:
(A) A Deputy Secretary of Homeland Security, who shall be the Secretary's first assistant for
purposes of subchapter III of chapter 33 of title 5.
(B) An Under Secretary for Science and Technology.
(C) A Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
(D) An Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency.
(E) A Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services.
(F) An Under Secretary for Management, who shall be first assistant to the Deputy Secretary
of Homeland Security for purposes of subchapter III of chapter 33 of title 5.
(G) A Director of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement.
(H) A Director of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency.
(I) Not more than 12 Assistant Secretaries.
(J) A General Counsel, who shall be the chief legal officer of the Department.
(K) An Under Secretary for Strategy, Policy, and Plans.
(2) Assistant Secretaries
If any of the Assistant Secretaries referred to under paragraph (1)(I) is designated to be the
Assistant Secretary for Health Affairs, the Assistant Secretary for Legislative Affairs, or the
Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs, that Assistant Secretary shall be appointed by the President
without the advice and consent of the Senate.
(b) Inspector General
There shall be in the Department an Office of Inspector General and an Inspector General at the
head of such office, as provided in the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.).

(c) Commandant of the Coast Guard
To assist the Secretary in the performance of the Secretary's functions, there is a Commandant of
the Coast Guard, who shall be appointed as provided in section 44 1 of title 14 and who shall report
directly to the Secretary. In addition to such duties as may be provided in this chapter and as
assigned to the Commandant by the Secretary, the duties of the Commandant shall include those
required by section 2 1 of title 14.
(d) Other officers
To assist the Secretary in the performance of the Secretary's functions, there are the following
officers, appointed by the President:
(1) A Director of the Secret Service.
(2) A Chief Information Officer.
(3) An Officer for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties.
(4) An Assistant Secretary for the Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office.
(5) Any Director of a Joint Task Force under section 348 of this title.
(e) Chief Financial Officer
There shall be in the Department a Chief Financial Officer, as provided in chapter 9 of title 31.
(f) Performance of specific functions
Subject to the provisions of this chapter, every officer of the Department shall perform the
functions specified by law for the official's office or prescribed by the Secretary.
(g) Vacancies
(1) Absence, disability, or vacancy of Secretary or Deputy Secretary
Notwithstanding chapter 33 of title 5, the Under Secretary for Management shall serve as the
Acting Secretary if by reason of absence, disability, or vacancy in office, neither the Secretary nor
Deputy Secretary is available to exercise the duties of the Office of the Secretary.
(2) Further order of succession
Notwithstanding chapter 33 of title 5, the Secretary may designate such other officers of the
Department in further order of succession to serve as Acting Secretary.
(3) Notification of vacancies
The Secretary shall notify the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of
the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives of any
vacancies that require notification under sections 3345 through 3349d of title 5 (commonly known
as the "Federal Vacancies Reform Act of 1998").
(Pub. L. 107–296, title I, §103, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2144; Pub. L. 108–7, div. L, §104(a), Feb.
20, 2003, 117 Stat. 529; Pub. L. 108–330, §3(d)(1)(A), Oct. 16, 2004, 118 Stat. 1276; Pub. L.
108–458, title VII, §7407(b), Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3853; Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §612(b), Oct.
4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1410; Pub. L. 109–347, title V, §501(b)(1), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1935; Pub. L.
110–53, title V, §531(b)(2), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 334; Pub. L. 110–388, §1, Oct. 10, 2008, 122
Stat. 4144; Pub. L. 112–166, §2(f)(5), Aug. 10, 2012, 126 Stat. 1285; Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII,
§802(g)(1)(A)(ii), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 211; Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §§1901(a),
1903(a), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2665, 2672; Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(1), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat.
4176; Pub. L. 115–387, §2(f)(1), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5168.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Inspector General Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 95–452, Oct. 12, 1978, 92 Stat.
1101, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Sections 2 and 44 of title 14, referred to in subsec. (c), redesignated sections 102 and 302, respectively, of
title 14 by Pub. L. 115–282, title I, §§103(b), 104(b), Dec. 4, 2018, 132 Stat. 4195, 4196, and references to

sections 2 and 44 of title 14 deemed to refer to such redesignated sections, see section 123(b)(1) of Pub. L.
115–282, set out as a References to Sections of Title 14 as Redesignated by Pub. L. 115–282 note preceding
section 101 of Title 14, Coast Guard.
This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (c) and (f), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296,
Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to
this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101
of this title and Tables.
The Federal Vacancies Reform Act of 1998, referred to in subsec. (g)(3), is section 151(a) of title I of div. C
of Pub. L. 105–277, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–611, which enacted sections 3345 to 3349d of Title 5,
Government Organization and Employees, repealed former sections 3345 to 3349 of Title 5, and enacted
provisions set out as a note under section 3345 of Title 5. For complete classification of this Act to the Code,
see Short Title of 1998 Amendment note set out under section 3301 of Title 5 and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a)(1)(H). Pub. L. 115–278 amended subpar. (H) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (H)
read as follows: "An Under Secretary responsible for overseeing critical infrastructure protection,
cybersecurity, and other related programs of the Department."
Subsec. (d)(4). Pub. L. 115–387 substituted "An Assistant Secretary for the Countering Weapons of Mass
Destruction Office" for "A Director for Domestic Nuclear Detection".
2016—Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 114–125, §802(g)(1)(A)(ii)(I), substituted "A Commissioner of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection." for "An Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security."
Subsec. (a)(1)(F). Pub. L. 114–328, §1903(a)(1)(A), inserted ", who shall be first assistant to the Deputy
Secretary of Homeland Security for purposes of subchapter III of chapter 33 of title 5" before period at end.
Subsec. (a)(1)(G). Pub. L. 114–125, §802(g)(1)(A)(ii)(II), substituted "A Director of U.S. Immigration and
Customs Enforcement." for "A Director of the Office of Counternarcotics Enforcement."
Subsec. (a)(1)(K). Pub. L. 114–328, §1903(a)(1)(B), added subpar. (K).
Subsec. (d)(5). Pub. L. 114–328, §1901(a), added par. (5).
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 114–328, §1903(a)(2), added subsec. (g).
2012—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 112–166 redesignated introductory provisions as introductory provisions of par.
(1), inserted par. (1) heading, substituted "Except as provided under paragraph (2), there" for "There",
redesignated pars. (1) to (10) as subpars. (A) to (J), respectively, of par. (1), and added par. (2).
2008—Subsec. (d)(3) to (5). Pub. L. 110–388 redesignated pars. (4) and (5) as (3) and (4), respectively, and
struck out former par. (3) which read as follows: "A Chief Human Capital Officer."
2007—Subsec. (a)(8) to (10). Pub. L. 110–53 added par. (8) and redesignated former pars. (8) and (9) as (9)
and (10), respectively.
2006—Subsec. (a)(2) to (4). Pub. L. 109–295, §612(b)(2), (3), redesignated pars. (3) to (5) as (2) to (4),
respectively, and struck out former par. (2) which read as follows: "An Under Secretary for Information
Analysis and Infrastructure Protection."
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 109–295, §612(b)(3), redesignated par. (6) as (5). Former par. (5) redesignated (4).
Pub. L. 109–295, §612(b)(1), added par. (5) and struck out former par. (5) which read as follows: "An
Under Secretary for Emergency Preparedness and Response."
Subsec. (a)(6) to (10). Pub. L. 109–295, §612(b)(3), redesignated pars. (7) to (10) as (6) to (9), respectively.
Former par. (6) redesignated (5).
Subsec. (d)(5). Pub. L. 109–347 added par. (5).
2004—Subsec. (a)(8) to (10). Pub. L. 108–458 added par. (8) and redesignated former pars. (8) and (9) as
(9) and (10), respectively.
Subsec. (d)(4), (5). Pub. L. 108–330, §3(d)(1)(A)(i), redesignated par. (5) as (4) and struck out former par.
(4) which read as follows: "A Chief Financial Officer."
Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 108–330, §3(d)(1)(A)(ii), (iii), added subsec. (e) and redesignated former subsec.
(e) as (f).
2003—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 108–7 reenacted heading without change and amended text generally. Prior to
amendment, text read as follows: "There is an Inspector General, who shall be appointed as provided in
section 3(a) of the Inspector General Act of 1978."
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Any reference to the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency in title VI of Pub. L.

109–295 or an amendment by title VI to be considered to refer and apply to the Director of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency until Mar. 31, 2007, see section 612(f)(2) of Pub. L. 109–295, set out as a
note under section 313 of this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2012 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 112–166, §6(a), Aug. 10, 2012, 126 Stat. 1295, provided that: "The amendments made by section 2
[see Tables for classification] shall take effect 60 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 10, 2012]
and apply to appointments made on and after that effective date, including any nomination pending in the
Senate on that date."
UNDER SECRETARY RESPONSIBLE FOR OVERSEEING CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE
PROTECTION, CYBERSECURITY AND RELATED PROGRAMS AUTHORIZED TO SERVE
AS DIRECTOR OF CYBERSECURITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE SECURITY
For authorization of individual serving as Under Secretary responsible for overseeing critical infrastructure
protection, cybersecurity and related programs on the day before Nov. 16, 2018, to continue to serve as
Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security on and after such date, see section 2(b)(1) of Pub. L.
115–278, Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4175, set out as a note under section 652 of this title.
1

See References in Text note below.

§114. Sensitive Security Information
Using funds made available in this Act, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall provide that
each office within the Department that handles documents marked as Sensitive Security Information
(SSI) shall have at least one employee in that office with authority to coordinate and make
determinations on behalf of the agency that such documents meet the criteria for marking as SSI:
Provided, That not later than December 31, 2005, the Secretary shall submit to the Committees on
Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives: (1) Department-wide policies for
designating, coordinating and marking documents as SSI; (2) Department-wide auditing and
accountability procedures for documents designated and marked as SSI; (3) the total number of SSI
Coordinators within the Department; and (4) the total number of staff authorized to designate SSI
documents within the Department: Provided further, That not later than January 31, 2006, the
Secretary shall provide to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of
Representatives the title of all DHS documents that are designated as SSI in their entirety during the
period October 1, 2005, through December 31, 2005: Provided further, That not later than January
31 of each succeeding year, starting on January 31, 2007, the Secretary shall provide annually a
similar report to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives
on the titles of all DHS documents that are designated as SSI in their entirety during the period of
January 1 through December 31 for the preceding year: Provided further, That the Secretary shall
promulgate guidance that includes common but extensive examples of SSI that further define the
individual categories of information cited under 49 CFR 1520(b)(1) through (16) and eliminates
judgment by covered persons in the application of the SSI marking: Provided further, That such
guidance shall serve as the primary basis and authority for the marking of DHS information as SSI
by covered persons.
(Pub. L. 109–90, title V, §537, Oct. 18, 2005, 119 Stat. 2088.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 109–90, Oct. 18, 2005, 119 Stat. 2064, known as the Department of
Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2006. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2006, and not as

part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
APPLICABILITY OF THIRD PROVISO
Pub. L. 114–113, div. F, title V, §510(b), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2514, provided that: "The third proviso
of section 537 of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2006 (6 U.S.C. 114), shall
hereafter not apply with respect to funds made available in this or any other Act."

§115. Trade and customs revenue functions of the Department
(a) Trade and customs revenue functions
(1) Designation of appropriate official
The Secretary shall designate an appropriate senior official in the office of the Secretary who
shall—
(A) ensure that the trade and customs revenue functions of the Department are coordinated
within the Department and with other Federal departments and agencies, and that the impact on
legitimate trade is taken into account in any action impacting the functions; and
(B) monitor and report to Congress on the Department's mandate to ensure that the trade and
customs revenue functions of the Department are not diminished, including how spending,
operations, and personnel related to these functions have kept pace with the level of trade
entering the United States.
(2) Director of Trade Policy
There shall be a Director of Trade Policy (in this subsection referred to as the "Director"), who
shall be subject to the direction and control of the official designated pursuant to paragraph (1).
The Director shall—
(A) advise the official designated pursuant to paragraph (1) regarding all aspects of
Department policies relating to the trade and customs revenue functions of the Department;
(B) coordinate the development of Department-wide policies regarding trade and customs
revenue functions and trade facilitation; and
(C) coordinate the trade and customs revenue-related policies of the Department with the
policies of other Federal departments and agencies.
(b) Study; report
(1) In general
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study evaluating the extent to
which the Department of Homeland Security is meeting its obligations under section 212(b) of this
title with respect to the maintenance of customs revenue functions.
(2) Analysis
The study shall include an analysis of—
(A) the extent to which the customs revenue functions carried out by the former United States
Customs Service have been consolidated with other functions of the Department (including the
assignment of noncustoms revenue functions to personnel responsible for customs revenue
collection), discontinued, or diminished following the transfer of the United States Customs
Service to the Department;
(B) the extent to which staffing levels or resources attributable to customs revenue functions
have decreased since the transfer of the United States Customs Service to the Department; and
(C) the extent to which the management structure created by the Department ensures
effective trade facilitation and customs revenue collection.
(3) Report

Not later than 180 days after October 13, 2006, the Comptroller General shall submit to the
appropriate congressional committees a report on the results of the study conducted under
subsection (a).
(4) Maintenance of functions
Not later than September 30, 2007, the Secretary shall ensure that the requirements of section
212(b) of this title are fully satisfied and shall report to the Committee on Finance of the Senate
and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives regarding
implementation of this paragraph.
(5) Definition
In this section, the term "customs revenue functions" means the functions described in section
212(b)(2) of this title.
(c) Consultation on trade and customs revenue functions
(1) Business community consultations
The Secretary shall consult with representatives of the business community involved in
international trade, including seeking the advice and recommendations of the Commercial
Operations Advisory Committee, not later than 30 days after proposing, and not later than 30 days
before finalizing, any Department policies, initiatives, or actions that will have a significant
impact on international trade and customs revenue functions.
(2) Congressional consultation and notification
(A) In general
Subject to subparagraph (B), the Secretary shall notify the appropriate congressional
committees not later than 60 days before proposing, and not later than 60 days before finalizing,
any Department policies, initiatives, or actions that will have a major impact on trade and
customs revenue functions. Such notifications shall include a description of the proposed
policies, initiatives, or actions and any comments or recommendations provided by the
Commercial Operations Advisory Committee and other relevant groups regarding the proposed
policies, initiatives, or actions.
(B) Exception
If the Secretary determines that it is important to the national security interest of the United
States to finalize any Department policies, initiatives, or actions prior to the consultation
described in subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall—
(i) notify and provide any recommendations of the Commercial Operations Advisory
Committee received to the appropriate congressional committees not later than 45 days after
the date on which the policies, initiatives, or actions are finalized; and
(ii) to the extent appropriate, modify the policies, initiatives, or actions based upon the
consultations with the appropriate congressional committees.
(d) Notification of reorganization of customs revenue functions
(1) In general
Not less than 45 days prior to any change in the organization of any of the customs revenue
functions of the Department, the Secretary shall notify the Committee on Appropriations, the
Committee on Finance, and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of
the Senate, and the Committee on Appropriations, the Committee on Homeland Security, and the
Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives of the specific assets, functions,
or personnel to be transferred as part of such reorganization, and the reason for such transfer. The
notification shall also include—
(A) an explanation of how trade enforcement functions will be impacted by the
reorganization;
(B) an explanation of how the reorganization meets the requirements of section 212(b) of this

title that the Department not diminish the customs revenue and trade facilitation functions
formerly performed by the United States Customs Service; and
(C) any comments or recommendations provided by the Commercial Operations Advisory
Committee regarding such reorganization.
(2) Analysis
Any congressional committee referred to in paragraph (1) may request that the Commercial
Operations Advisory Committee provide a report to the committee analyzing the impact of the
reorganization and providing any recommendations for modifying the reorganization.
(3) Report
Not later than 1 year after any reorganization referred to in paragraph (1) takes place, the
Secretary, in consultation with the Commercial Operations Advisory Committee, shall submit a
report to the Committee on Finance of the Senate and the Committee on Ways and Means of the
House of Representatives. Such report shall include an assessment of the impact of, and any
suggested modifications to, such reorganization.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title IV, §401, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1921; Pub. L. 114–125, title IX, §902, Feb.
24, 2016, 130 Stat. 223.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Security and Accountability For Every Port Act of 2006, also known as
the SAFE Port Act, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
AMENDMENTS
2016—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 114–125, §902(1), substituted "not later than 30 days after proposing, and
not later than 30 days before finalizing, any Department policies, initiatives, or actions that will have" for "on
Department policies and actions that have".
Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 114–125, §902(2), substituted "not later than 60 days before proposing, and not
later than 60 days before finalizing," for "not later than 30 days prior to the finalization of".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
DEFINITIONS
For definitions of terms used in this section, see section 901 of this title.

SUBCHAPTER II—INFORMATION ANALYSIS
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(A), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4176, struck out "AND INFRASTRUCTURE
PROTECTION" after "INFORMATION ANALYSIS" in subchapter heading.

PART A—INFORMATION AND ANALYSIS; ACCESS TO INFORMATION
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION

Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(B), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4177, struck out "and Infrastructure Protection"
after "Information and Analysis" in part heading.
Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §531(b)(3), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 334, substituted "Information and" for
"Directorate for Information" in part heading.

§121. Information and Analysis
(a) Intelligence and analysis
There shall be in the Department an Office of Intelligence and Analysis.
(b) Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis
(1) Office of Intelligence and Analysis
The Office of Intelligence and Analysis shall be headed by an Under Secretary for Intelligence
and Analysis, who shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the
Senate.
(2) Chief Intelligence Officer
The Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis shall serve as the Chief Intelligence Officer
of the Department.
(c) Discharge of responsibilities
The Secretary shall ensure that the responsibilities of the Department relating to information
analysis, including those described in subsection (d), are carried out through the Under Secretary for
Intelligence and Analysis.
(d) Responsibilities of Secretary relating to intelligence and analysis
The responsibilities of the Secretary relating to intelligence and analysis shall be as follows:
(1) To access, receive, and analyze law enforcement information, intelligence information, and
other information from agencies of the Federal Government, State and local government agencies
(including law enforcement agencies), and private sector entities, and to integrate such
information, in support of the mission responsibilities of the Department and the functions of the
National Counterterrorism Center established under section 119 of the National Security Act of
1947 [50 U.S.C. 3056], in order to—
(A) identify and assess the nature and scope of terrorist threats to the homeland;
(B) detect and identify threats of terrorism against the United States; and
(C) understand such threats in light of actual and potential vulnerabilities of the homeland.
(2) To carry out comprehensive assessments of the vulnerabilities of the key resources and
critical infrastructure of the United States, including the performance of risk assessments to
determine the risks posed by particular types of terrorist attacks within the United States
(including an assessment of the probability of success of such attacks and the feasibility and
potential efficacy of various countermeasures to such attacks).
(3) To integrate relevant information, analysis, and vulnerability assessments (regardless of
whether such information, analysis or assessments are provided by or produced by the
Department) in order to—
(A) identify priorities for protective and support measures regarding terrorist and other
threats to homeland security by the Department, other agencies of the Federal Government,
State, 1 and local government agencies and authorities, the private sector, and other entities; and
(B) prepare finished intelligence and information products in both classified and unclassified
formats, as appropriate, whenever reasonably expected to be of benefit to a State, local, or tribal
government (including a State, local, or tribal law enforcement agency) or a private sector
entity.
(4) To ensure, pursuant to section 122 of this title, the timely and efficient access by the

Department to all information necessary to discharge the responsibilities under this section,
including obtaining such information from other agencies of the Federal Government.
(5) To review, analyze, and make recommendations for improvements to the policies and
procedures governing the sharing of information within the scope of the information sharing
environment established under section 485 of this title, including homeland security information,
terrorism information, and weapons of mass destruction information, and any policies, guidelines,
procedures, instructions, or standards established under that section.
(6) To disseminate, as appropriate, information analyzed by the Department within the
Department, to other agencies of the Federal Government with responsibilities relating to
homeland security, and to agencies of State and local governments and private sector entities with
such responsibilities in order to assist in the deterrence, prevention, preemption of, or response to,
terrorist attacks against the United States.
(7) To consult with the Director of National Intelligence and other appropriate intelligence, law
enforcement, or other elements of the Federal Government to establish collection priorities and
strategies for information, including law enforcement-related information, relating to threats of
terrorism against the United States through such means as the representation of the Department in
discussions regarding requirements and priorities in the collection of such information.
(8) To consult with State and local governments and private sector entities to ensure appropriate
exchanges of information, including law enforcement-related information, relating to threats of
terrorism against the United States.
(9) To ensure that—
(A) any material received pursuant to this chapter is protected from unauthorized disclosure
and handled and used only for the performance of official duties; and
(B) any intelligence information under this chapter is shared, retained, and disseminated
consistent with the authority of the Director of National Intelligence to protect intelligence
sources and methods under the National Security Act of 1947 [50 U.S.C. 3001 et seq.] and
related procedures and, as appropriate, similar authorities of the Attorney General concerning
sensitive law enforcement information.
(10) To request additional information from other agencies of the Federal Government, State
and local government agencies, and the private sector relating to threats of terrorism in the United
States, or relating to other areas of responsibility assigned by the Secretary, including the entry
into cooperative agreements through the Secretary to obtain such information.
(11) To establish and utilize, in conjunction with the chief information officer of the
Department, a secure communications and information technology infrastructure, including
data-mining and other advanced analytical tools, in order to access, receive, and analyze data and
information in furtherance of the responsibilities under this section, and to disseminate
information acquired and analyzed by the Department, as appropriate.
(12) To ensure, in conjunction with the chief information officer of the Department, that any
information databases and analytical tools developed or utilized by the Department—
(A) are compatible with one another and with relevant information databases of other
agencies of the Federal Government; and
(B) treat information in such databases in a manner that complies with applicable Federal law
on privacy.
(13) To coordinate training and other support to the elements and personnel of the Department,
other agencies of the Federal Government, and State and local governments that provide
information to the Department, or are consumers of information provided by the Department, in
order to facilitate the identification and sharing of information revealed in their ordinary duties
and the optimal utilization of information received from the Department.
(14) To coordinate with elements of the intelligence community and with Federal, State, and
local law enforcement agencies, and the private sector, as appropriate.
(15) To provide intelligence and information analysis and support to other elements of the

Department.
(16) To coordinate and enhance integration among the intelligence components of the
Department, including through strategic oversight of the intelligence activities of such
components.
(17) To establish the intelligence collection, processing, analysis, and dissemination priorities,
policies, processes, standards, guidelines, and procedures for the intelligence components of the
Department, consistent with any directions from the President and, as applicable, the Director of
National Intelligence.
(18) To establish a structure and process to support the missions and goals of the intelligence
components of the Department.
(19) To ensure that, whenever possible, the Department—
(A) produces and disseminates unclassified reports and analytic products based on
open-source information; and
(B) produces and disseminates such reports and analytic products contemporaneously with
reports or analytic products concerning the same or similar information that the Department
produced and disseminated in a classified format.
(20) To establish within the Office of Intelligence and Analysis an internal continuity of
operations plan.
(21) Based on intelligence priorities set by the President, and guidance from the Secretary and,
as appropriate, the Director of National Intelligence—
(A) to provide to the heads of each intelligence component of the Department guidance for
developing the budget pertaining to the activities of such component; and
(B) to present to the Secretary a recommendation for a consolidated budget for the
intelligence components of the Department, together with any comments from the heads of such
components.
(22) To perform such other duties relating to such responsibilities as the Secretary may provide.
(23)(A) Not later than six months after December 23, 2016, to conduct an intelligence-based
review and comparison of the risks and consequences of EMP and GMD facing critical
infrastructure, and submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and the Permanent Select
Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Homeland
Security and Governmental Affairs and the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate—
(i) a recommended strategy to protect and prepare the critical infrastructure of the homeland
against threats of EMP and GMD; and
(ii) not less frequently than every two years thereafter for the next six years, updates of the
recommended strategy.
(B) The recommended strategy under subparagraph (A) shall—
(i) be based on findings of the research and development conducted under section 195f of this
title;
(ii) be developed in consultation with the relevant Federal sector-specific agencies (as defined
under Presidential Policy Directive-21) for critical infrastructure;
(iii) be developed in consultation with the relevant sector coordinating councils for critical
infrastructure;
(iv) be informed, to the extent practicable, by the findings of the intelligence-based review
and comparison of the risks and consequences of EMP and GMD facing critical infrastructure
conducted under subparagraph (A); and
(v) be submitted in unclassified form, but may include a classified annex.
(C) The Secretary may, if appropriate, incorporate the recommended strategy into a broader
recommendation developed by the Department to help protect and prepare critical infrastructure
from terrorism, cyber attacks, and other threats if, as incorporated, the recommended strategy

complies with subparagraph (B).
(e) Staff
(1) In general
The Secretary shall provide the Office of Intelligence and Analysis with a staff of analysts
having appropriate expertise and experience to assist such offices in discharging responsibilities
under this section.
(2) Private sector analysts
Analysts under this subsection may include analysts from the private sector.
(3) Security clearances
Analysts under this subsection shall possess security clearances appropriate for their work under
this section.
(f) Detail of personnel
(1) In general
In order to assist the Office of Intelligence and Analysis in discharging responsibilities under
this section, personnel of the agencies referred to in paragraph (2) may be detailed to the
Department for the performance of analytic functions and related duties.
(2) Covered agencies
The agencies referred to in this paragraph are as follows:
(A) The Department of State.
(B) The Central Intelligence Agency.
(C) The Federal Bureau of Investigation.
(D) The National Security Agency.
(E) The National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency.
(F) The Defense Intelligence Agency.
(G) Any other agency of the Federal Government that the President considers appropriate.
(3) Cooperative agreements
The Secretary and the head of the agency concerned may enter into cooperative agreements for
the purpose of detailing personnel under this subsection.
(4) Basis
The detail of personnel under this subsection may be on a reimbursable or non-reimbursable
basis.
(g) Functions transferred
In accordance with subchapter XII, there shall be transferred to the Secretary, for assignment to
the Office of Intelligence and Analysis and the Office of Infrastructure Protection under this section,
the functions, personnel, assets, and liabilities of the following:
(1) The National Infrastructure Protection Center of the Federal Bureau of Investigation (other
than the Computer Investigations and Operations Section), including the functions of the Attorney
General relating thereto.
(2) The National Communications System of the Department of Defense, including the
functions of the Secretary of Defense relating thereto.
(3) The Critical Infrastructure Assurance Office of the Department of Commerce, including the
functions of the Secretary of Commerce relating thereto.
(4) The National Infrastructure Simulation and Analysis Center of the Department of Energy
and the energy security and assurance program and activities of the Department, including the
functions of the Secretary of Energy relating thereto.
(5) The Federal Computer Incident Response Center of the General Services Administration,
including the functions of the Administrator of General Services relating thereto.

(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §201, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2145; Pub. L. 110–53, title V,
§§501(a)(2)(A), (b), 531(a), title X, §1002(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 309, 332, 374; Pub. L.
110–417, [div. A], title IX, §931(b)(5), Oct. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 4575; Pub. L. 111–84, div. A, title X,
§1073(c)(9), Oct. 28, 2009, 123 Stat. 2475; Pub. L. 111–258, §5(b)(1), Oct. 7, 2010, 124 Stat. 2650;
Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1913(a)(2), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2685; Pub. L. 115–278,
§2(g)(2)(C), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4177.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (d)(9), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov.
25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
The National Security Act of 1947, referred to in subsec. (d)(9)(B), is act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, 61 Stat.
495, which was formerly classified principally to chapter 15 (§401 et seq.) of Title 50, War and National
Defense, prior to editorial reclassification in Title 50, and is now classified principally to chapter 44 (§3001 et
seq.) of Title 50. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section is comprised of section 201 of Pub. L. 107–296. Subsec. (h) of section 201 of Pub. L. 107–296
amended section 3003 of Title 50, War and National Defense.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(C)(i), struck out "and Infrastructure Protection" after "Information and
Analysis" in section catchline.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(C)(ii), struck out "and infrastructure protection" after "Intelligence
and analysis" in heading and "and an Office of Infrastructure Protection" after "Office of Intelligence and
Analysis" in text.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(C)(iii)(I), struck out "and Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure
Protection" after "Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis" in heading.
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(C)(iii)(II), struck out par. (3). Text read as follows: "The Office
of Infrastructure Protection shall be headed by an Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection, who shall
be appointed by the President."
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(C)(iv), struck out "and infrastructure protection" after "information
analysis" and "or the Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection, as appropriate" after "the Under
Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis".
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(C)(v)(I), (II), struck out "and infrastructure protection" after
"intelligence and analysis" in heading and introductory provisions.
Subsec. (d)(5) to (22). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(C)(v)(III), (IV), redesignated pars. (7) to (24) as (5) to
(22), respectively, and struck out former pars. (5) and (6). Prior to amendment, pars. (5) and (6) read as
follows:
"(5) To develop a comprehensive national plan for securing the key resources and critical infrastructure of
the United States, including power production, generation, and distribution systems, information technology
and telecommunications systems (including satellites), electronic financial and property record storage and
transmission systems, emergency preparedness communications systems, and the physical and technological
assets that support such systems.
"(6) To recommend measures necessary to protect the key resources and critical infrastructure of the United
States in coordination with other agencies of the Federal Government and in cooperation with State and local
government agencies and authorities, the private sector, and other entities."
Subsec. (d)(23). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(C)(v)(V), redesignated par. (26) as (23). Former par. (23)
redesignated (21).
Subsec. (d)(23)(B)(i). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(C)(v)(VI), made technical amendment to reference in
original act which appears in text as reference to section 195f of this title.
Subsec. (d)(24). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(C)(v)(IV), redesignated par. (24) as (22).
Subsec. (d)(25). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(C)(v)(III), struck out par. (25) which read as follows: "To
prepare and submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the

Committee on Homeland Security in the House of Representatives, and to other appropriate congressional
committees having jurisdiction over the critical infrastructure or key resources, for each sector identified in the
National Infrastructure Protection Plan, a report on the comprehensive assessments carried out by the
Secretary of the critical infrastructure and key resources of the United States, evaluating threat, vulnerability,
and consequence, as required under this subsection. Each such report—
"(A) shall contain, if applicable, actions or countermeasures recommended or taken by the Secretary or
the head of another Federal agency to address issues identified in the assessments;
"(B) shall be required for fiscal year 2007 and each subsequent fiscal year and shall be submitted not
later than 35 days after the last day of the fiscal year covered by the report; and
"(C) may be classified."
Subsec. (d)(26). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(C)(v)(V), redesignated par. (26) as (23).
Subsecs. (e)(1), (f)(1). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(C)(vi), (vii), struck out "and the Office of Infrastructure
Protection" after "the Office of Intelligence and Analysis".
2016—Subsec. (d)(26). Pub. L. 114–328 added par. (26).
2010—Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 111–258 amended par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (3) read as
follows: "To integrate relevant information, analyses, and vulnerability assessments (whether such
information, analyses, or assessments are provided or produced by the Department or others) in order to
identify priorities for protective and support measures by the Department, other agencies of the Federal
Government, State and local government agencies and authorities, the private sector, and other entities."
2009—Subsec. (f)(2)(E). Pub. L. 111–84 made technical amendment to directory language of Pub. L.
110–417. See 2008 amendment note below.
2008—Subsec. (f)(2)(E). Pub. L. 110–417, §931(b)(5), as amended by Pub. L. 111–84, substituted
"National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency" for "National Imagery and Mapping Agency".
2007—Pub. L. 110–53, §531(a)(1), substituted "Information and" for "Directorate for Information" in
section catchline.
Subsecs. (a) to (c). Pub. L. 110–53, §531(a)(2), added subsecs. (a) to (c) and struck out former subsecs. (a)
to (c) which related to, in subsec. (a), establishment and responsibilities of Directorate for Information
Analysis and Infrastructure Protection, in subsec. (b), positions of Assistant Secretary for Information
Analysis and Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection, and, in subsec. (c), Secretary's duty to ensure
that responsibilities regarding information analysis and infrastructure protection would be carried out through
the Under Secretary for Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–53, §531(a)(3), substituted "Secretary relating to intelligence and analysis and
infrastructure protection" for "Under Secretary" in heading and "The responsibilities of the Secretary relating
to intelligence and analysis and infrastructure protection" for "Subject to the direction and control of the
Secretary, the responsibilities of the Under Secretary for Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection"
in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 110–53, §501(b)(1), inserted ", in support of the mission responsibilities of the
Department and the functions of the National Counterterrorism Center established under section 119 of the
National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 404o)," after "to integrate such information" in introductory
provisions.
Subsec. (d)(7). Pub. L. 110–53, §501(b)(2), added par. (7) and struck out former par. (7) which read as
follows: "To review, analyze, and make recommendations for improvements in the policies and procedures
governing the sharing of law enforcement information, intelligence information, intelligence-related
information, and other information relating to homeland security within the Federal Government and between
the Federal Government and State and local government agencies and authorities."
Pub. L. 110–53, §501(a)(2)(A), redesignated par. (8) as (7) and struck out former par. (7) which read as
follows: "To administer the Homeland Security Advisory System, including—
"(A) exercising primary responsibility for public advisories related to threats to homeland security; and
"(B) in coordination with other agencies of the Federal Government, providing specific warning
information, and advice about appropriate protective measures and countermeasures, to State and local
government agencies and authorities, the private sector, other entities, and the public."
Subsec. (d)(8). Pub. L. 110–53, §501(a)(2)(A)(ii), redesignated par. (9) as (8). Former par. (8) redesignated
(7).
Subsec. (d)(9). Pub. L. 110–53, §531(a)(3)(C), substituted "Director of National Intelligence" for "Director
of Central Intelligence".
Pub. L. 110–53, §501(a)(2)(A)(ii), redesignated par. (10) as (9). Former par. (9) redesignated (8).
Subsec. (d)(10). Pub. L. 110–53, §501(a)(2)(A)(ii), redesignated par. (11) as (10). Former par. (10)
redesignated (9).

Subsec. (d)(11). Pub. L. 110–53, §501(a)(2)(A)(ii), redesignated par. (12) as (11). Former par. (11)
redesignated (10).
Subsec. (d)(11)(B). Pub. L. 110–53, §531(a)(3)(D), substituted "Director of National Intelligence" for
"Director of Central Intelligence".
Subsec. (d)(12) to (17). Pub. L. 110–53, §501(a)(2)(A)(ii), redesignated pars. (13) to (18) as (12) to (17),
respectively. Former par. (12) redesignated (11).
Subsec. (d)(18). Pub. L. 110–53, §531(a)(3)(E), (F), added par. (18) and redesignated former par. (18) as
(24).
Pub. L. 110–53, §501(a)(2)(A)(ii), redesignated par. (19) as (18). Former par. (18) redesignated (17).
Subsec. (d)(19). Pub. L. 110–53, §531(a)(3)(F), added par. (19).
Pub. L. 110–53, §501(a)(2)(A)(ii), redesignated par. (19) as (18).
Subsec. (d)(20) to (23). Pub. L. 110–53, §531(a)(3)(F), added pars. (20) to (23).
Subsec. (d)(24). Pub. L. 110–53, §531(a)(3)(E), redesignated par. (18) as (24).
Subsec. (d)(25). Pub. L. 110–53, §1002(a), added par. (25).
Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 110–53, §531(a)(4), substituted "provide the Office of Intelligence and Analysis and
the Office of Infrastructure Protection" for "provide the Directorate" and "assist such offices in discharging"
for "assist the Directorate in discharging".
Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 110–53, §531(a)(5), substituted "Office of Intelligence and Analysis and the Office
of Infrastructure Protection" for "Directorate".
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–53, §531(a)(6), substituted "Office of Intelligence and Analysis and the Office of
Infrastructure Protection" for "Under Secretary for Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection" in
introductory provisions.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2009 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 111–84, div. A, title X, §1073(c), Oct. 28, 2009, 123 Stat. 2474, provided that the amendment by
section 1073(c)(9) is effective as of Oct. 14, 2008, and as if included in Pub. L. 110–417 as enacted.
REGULATIONS
Pub. L. 109–295, title V, §550, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1388, as amended by Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title
V, §534, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2075; Pub. L. 111–83, title V, §550, Oct. 28, 2009, 123 Stat. 2177; Pub. L.
112–10, div. B, title VI, §1650, Apr. 15, 2011, 125 Stat. 146; Pub. L. 112–74, div. D, title V, §540, Dec. 23,
2011, 125 Stat. 976; Pub. L. 113–6, div. D, title V, §537, Mar. 26, 2013, 127 Stat. 373; Pub. L. 113–76, div. F,
title V, §536, Jan. 17, 2014, 128 Stat. 275, required interim final regulations establishing risk-based
performance standards for security of chemical facilities and requiring vulnerability assessments and the
development and implementation of site security plans for chemical facilities, prior to repeal by Pub. L.
113–254, §4(b), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2919. See section 627 of this title.
[Pub. L. 113–254, §4(b), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2919, provided that the repeal of section 550 of Pub. L.
109–295, formerly set out above, is effective as of the effective date of Pub. L. 113–254, which is the date that
is 30 days after Dec. 18, 2014. See section 4(a) of Pub. L. 113–254, set out as an Effective and Termination
Dates note under section 621 of this title.]
DHS COMPONENT USAGE OF THE HOMELAND SECURITY INFORMATION NETWORK
Pub. L. 116–116, §4, Mar. 2, 2020, 134 Stat. 111, provided that:
"(a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Mar. 2, 2020], the
Chief Information Officer, in consultation with the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis, and in
accordance with the functions and responsibilities assigned to the Under Secretary under title II of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 121 et seq.), shall—
"(1) develop policies and metrics to ensure effective use by components of the Department of the
unclassified Homeland Security Information Network (referred to in this section as 'HSIN'), or any
successor system; and
"(2) develop policies for posting unclassified products on HSIN, or any successor system.
"(b) TECHNICAL ENHANCEMENTS.—The Chief Information Officer, in consultation with the Chief
Intelligence Officer, shall assess and implement, as appropriate, technical enhancements to HSIN to improve
usability, including search functionality, data analysis, and collaboration capabilities."
DEADLINE FOR INITIAL RECOMMENDED STRATEGY

Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1913(c), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2687, provided that: "Not later than
one year after the date of the enactment of this section [Dec. 23, 2016], the Secretary of Homeland Security
shall submit the recommended strategy required under paragraph (26) of section 201(d) of the Homeland
Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 121(d)), as added by this section."
ENHANCED GRID SECURITY
Pub. L. 114–94, div. F, §61003(c), Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1778, provided that:
"(1) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection:
"(A) CRITICAL ELECTRIC INFRASTRUCTURE; CRITICAL ELECTRIC INFRASTRUCTURE
INFORMATION.—The terms 'critical electric infrastructure' and 'critical electric infrastructure
information' have the meanings given those terms in section 215A of the Federal Power Act [16 U.S.C.
824o–1].
"(B) SECTOR-SPECIFIC AGENCY.—The term 'Sector-Specific Agency' has the meaning given that
term in the Presidential Policy Directive entitled 'Critical Infrastructure Security and Resilience', numbered
21, and dated February 12, 2013.
"(2) SECTOR-SPECIFIC AGENCY FOR CYBERSECURITY FOR THE ENERGY SECTOR.—
"(A) IN GENERAL.—The Department of Energy shall be the lead Sector-Specific Agency for
cybersecurity for the energy sector.
"(B) DUTIES.—As head of the designated Sector-Specific Agency for cybersecurity, the duties of the
Secretary of Energy shall include—
"(i) coordinating with the Department of Homeland Security and other relevant Federal
departments and agencies;
"(ii) collaborating with—
"(I) critical electric infrastructure owners and operators; and
"(II) as appropriate—
"(aa) independent regulatory agencies; and
"(bb) State, local, tribal, and territorial entities;
"(cc) serving as a day-to-day Federal interface for the dynamic prioritization and coordination of
sector-specific activities;
"(dd) carrying out incident management responsibilities consistent with applicable law (including
regulations) and other appropriate policies or directives;
"(ee) providing, supporting, or facilitating technical assistance and consultations for the energy sector to
identify vulnerabilities and help mitigate incidents, as appropriate; and
"(ff) supporting the reporting requirements of the Department of Homeland Security under applicable law
by providing, on an annual basis, sector-specific critical electric infrastructure information."
[Reference to a Sector Specific Agency (including any permutations or conjugations thereof) deemed to be
a reference to the Sector Risk Management Agency of the relevant critical infrastructure sector and have the
meaning give such term in section 651(5) of this title, see section 652a(c)(3) of this title, enacted Jan. 1, 2021.]
CYBERSECURITY COLLABORATION BETWEEN THE DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE AND THE
DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY
Pub. L. 112–81, div. A, title X, §1090, Dec. 31, 2011, 125 Stat. 1603, provided that:
"(a) INTERDEPARTMENTAL COLLABORATION.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of Homeland Security shall provide
personnel, equipment, and facilities in order to increase interdepartmental collaboration with respect to—
"(A) strategic planning for the cybersecurity of the United States;
"(B) mutual support for cybersecurity capabilities development; and
"(C) synchronization of current operational cybersecurity mission activities.
"(2) EFFICIENCIES.—The collaboration provided for under paragraph (1) shall be designed—
"(A) to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of requirements formulation and requests for
products, services, and technical assistance for, and coordination and performance assessment of,
cybersecurity missions executed across a variety of Department of Defense and Department of Homeland
Security elements; and
"(B) to leverage the expertise of each individual Department and to avoid duplicating, replicating,
or aggregating unnecessarily the diverse line organizations across technology developments, operations,
and customer support that collectively execute the cybersecurity mission of each Department.
"(b) RESPONSIBILITIES.—
"(1) DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY.—The Secretary of Homeland Security shall
identify and assign, in coordination with the Department of Defense, a Director of Cybersecurity

Coordination within the Department of Homeland Security to undertake collaborative activities with the
Department of Defense.
"(2) DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE.—The Secretary of Defense shall identify and assign, in
coordination with the Department of Homeland Security, one or more officials within the Department of
Defense to coordinate, oversee, and execute collaborative activities and the provision of cybersecurity
support to the Department of Homeland Security."
CYBERSECURITY OVERSIGHT
Pub. L. 111–259, title III, §336, Oct. 7, 2010, 124 Stat. 2689, which related to cybersecurity oversight and
provided for notification of cybersecurity programs, program and information sharing reports, provisions for
the detailing of personnel, and provisions for further planning to recruit, retain, and train a highly-qualified
workforce to secure the networks of the intelligence community, terminated on Dec. 31, 2013.
TREATMENT OF INCUMBENT UNDER SECRETARY FOR INTELLIGENCE AND ANALYSIS
Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §531(c), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 335, provided that: "The individual
administratively performing the duties of the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis as of the date of
the enactment of this Act [Aug. 3, 2007] may continue to perform such duties after the date on which the
President nominates an individual to serve as the Under Secretary pursuant to section 201 of the Homeland
Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 121], as amended by this section, and until the individual so appointed
assumes the duties of the position."
REPORTS TO BE SUBMITTED TO CERTAIN COMMITTEES
Pub. L. 110–53, title XXIV, §2403, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 547, provided that: "The Committee on
Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate shall receive the reports required by the following
provisions of law in the same manner and to the same extent that the reports are to be received by the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate:
"(1) Section 1016(j)(1) of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorist [Terrorism] Prevention Act of 2004 (6
U.S.C. 485(j)(1)).
"(2) Section 511(d) of this Act [121 Stat. 323].
"(3) [Former] [s]ubsection (a)(3)(D) of section 2022 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [former 6
U.S.C. 612(a)(3)(D)], as added by section 101 of this Act.
"(4) Section 7215(d) of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (6 U.S.C.
123(d)).
"(5) Section 7209(b)(1)(C) of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 [Pub. L.
108–458] (8 U.S.C. 1185 note).
"(6) Section 804(c) of this Act [42 U.S.C. 2000ee–3(c)].
"(7) Section 901(b) of this Act [121 Stat. 370].
"(8) Section 1002(a) of this Act [amending this section].
"(9) Title III of this Act [enacting sections 579 and 580 of this title and amending sections 194 and 572
of this title]."
SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION PROJECT
Pub. L. 110–53, title XXIV, §2404, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 548, provided that:
"(a) DEMONSTRATION PROJECT REQUIRED.—Not later than 120 days after the date of enactment of
this Act [Aug. 3, 2007], the Secretary of Homeland Security shall—
"(1) establish a demonstration project to conduct demonstrations of security management systems
that—
"(A) shall use a management system standards approach; and
"(B) may be integrated into quality, safety, environmental and other internationally adopted
management systems; and
"(2) enter into one or more agreements with a private sector entity to conduct such demonstrations of
security management systems.
"(b) SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DEFINED.—In this section, the term 'security management
system' means a set of guidelines that address the security assessment needs of critical infrastructure and key
resources that are consistent with a set of generally accepted management standards ratified and adopted by a
standards making body."
EXECUTIVE DOCUMENTS

EX. ORD. NO. 13231. CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE PROTECTION IN THE INFORMATION
AGE
Ex. Ord. No. 13231, Oct. 16, 2001, 66 F.R. 53063, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 13284, §2, Jan. 23, 2003,
68 F.R. 4075; Ex. Ord. No. 13286, §7, Feb. 28, 2003, 68 F.R. 10620; Ex. Ord. No. 13385, §5, Sept. 29, 2005,
70 F.R. 57990; Ex. Ord. No. 13652, §6, Sept. 30, 2013, 78 F.R. 61818, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
and in order to ensure protection of information systems for critical infrastructure, including emergency
preparedness communications and the physical assets that support such systems, in the information age, it is
hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. The information technology revolution has changed the way business is transacted,
government operates, and national defense is conducted. Those three functions now depend on an
interdependent network of critical information infrastructures. It is the policy of the United States to protect
against disruption of the operation of information systems for critical infrastructure and thereby help to protect
the people, economy, essential human and government services, and national security of the United States,
and to ensure that any disruptions that occur are infrequent, of minimal duration, and manageable, and cause
the least damage possible. The implementation of this policy shall include a voluntary public-private
partnership, involving corporate and nongovernmental organizations.
SEC. 2. Continuing Authorities. This order does not alter the existing authorities or roles of United States
Government departments and agencies. Authorities set forth in 44 U.S.C. chapter 35, and other applicable law,
provide senior officials with responsibility for the security of Federal Government information systems.
(a) Executive Branch Information Systems Security. The Director of the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) has the responsibility to develop and oversee the implementation of government-wide policies,
principles, standards, and guidelines for the security of information systems that support the executive branch
departments and agencies, except those noted in section 2(b) of this order. The Director of OMB shall advise
the President and the appropriate department or agency head when there is a critical deficiency in the security
practices within the purview of this section in an executive branch department or agency.
(b) National Security Information Systems. The Secretary of Defense and the Director of Central
Intelligence (DCI) shall have responsibility to oversee, develop, and ensure implementation of policies,
principles, standards, and guidelines for the security of information systems that support the operations under
their respective control. In consultation with the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs and
the affected departments and agencies, the Secretary of Defense and the DCI shall develop policies, principles,
standards, and guidelines for the security of national security information systems that support the operations
of other executive branch departments and agencies with national security information.
(i) Policies, principles, standards, and guidelines developed under this subsection may require more
stringent protection than those developed in accordance with section 2(a) of this order.
(ii) The Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs shall advise the President and the
appropriate department or agency when there is a critical deficiency in the security practices of a
department or agency within the purview of this section.
(iii) National Security Systems. The National Security Telecommunications and Information Systems
Security Committee, as established by and consistent with NSD–42 and chaired by the Department of
Defense, shall be designated as the "Committee on National Security Systems."
(c) Additional Responsibilities. The heads of executive branch departments and agencies are responsible
and accountable for providing and maintaining adequate levels of security for information systems, including
emergency preparedness communications systems, for programs under their control. Heads of such
departments and agencies shall ensure the development and, within available appropriations, funding of
programs that adequately address these mission systems, especially those critical systems that support the
national security and other essential government programs. Additionally, security should enable, and not
unnecessarily impede, department and agency business operations.
SEC. 3. The National Infrastructure Advisory Council. The National Infrastructure Advisory Council
(NIAC), established on October 16, 2001, shall provide the President, through the Secretary of Homeland
Security, with advice on the security and resilience of the critical infrastructure sectors and their functional
systems, physical assets, and cyber networks.
(a) Membership. The NIAC shall be composed of not more than 30 members appointed by the President,
taking appropriate account of the benefits of having members:
(i) from the private sector, including individuals with experience in banking and finance, transportation,
energy, water, communications, health care services, food and agriculture, government facilities, emergency
services organizations, institutions of higher education, environmental and climate resilience, and State, local,
and tribal governments;

(ii) with senior executive leadership responsibilities for the availability and reliability, including security
and resilience, of critical infrastructure sectors;
(iii) with expertise relevant to the functions of the NIAC; and
(iv) with experience equivalent to that of a chief executive of an organization.
Unless otherwise determined by the President, no full-time officer or employee of the executive branch
shall be appointed to serve as a member of the NIAC. The President shall designate from among the members
of the NIAC a Chair and a Vice Chair, who shall perform the functions of the Chair if the Chair is absent or
disabled, or in the instance of a vacancy in the Chair.
(b) Functions of the NIAC. The NIAC shall meet periodically to:
(i) enhance the partnership of the public and private sectors in securing and enhancing the security and
resilience of critical infrastructure and their supporting functional systems, physical assets, and cyber
networks, and provide reports on this issue to the President, through the Secretary of Homeland Security, as
appropriate;
(ii) propose and develop ways to encourage private industry to perform periodic risk assessments and
implement risk-reduction programs;
(iii) monitor the development and operations of critical infrastructure sector coordinating councils and their
information-sharing mechanisms and provide recommendations to the President, through the Secretary of
Homeland Security, on how these organizations can best foster improved cooperation among the sectors, the
Department of Homeland Security, and other Federal Government entities;
(iv) report to the President through the Secretary of Homeland Security, who shall ensure appropriate
coordination with the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, the Assistant to
the President for Economic Policy, and the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs under the
terms of this order; and
(v) advise sector-specific agencies with critical infrastructure responsibilities to include issues pertaining to
sector and government coordinating councils and their information sharing mechanisms.
In implementing this order, the NIAC shall not advise or otherwise act on matters pertaining to National
Security and Emergency Preparedness (NS/EP) Communications and, with respect to any matters to which the
NIAC is authorized by this order to provide advice or otherwise act on that may depend on or affect NS/EP
Communications, shall coordinate with the National Security and Telecommunications Advisory Committee
established by Executive Order 12382 of September 13, 1982, as amended.
(c) Administration of the NIAC.
(i) The NIAC may hold hearings, conduct inquiries, and establish subcommittees, as appropriate.
(ii) Upon request of the Chair, and to the extent permitted by law, the heads of the executive
departments and agencies shall provide the NIAC with information and advice relating to its functions.
(iii) Senior Federal Government officials may participate in the meetings of the NIAC, as appropriate.
(iv) Members shall serve without compensation for their work on the NIAC. However, members may
be reimbursed for travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by law for
persons serving intermittently in Federal Government service (5 U.S.C. 5701–5707).
(v) To the extent permitted by law and subject to the availability of appropriations, the Department of
Homeland Security shall provide the NIAC with administrative services, staff, and other support services,
and such funds as may be necessary for the performance of the NIAC's functions.
SEC. 4. Judicial Review. This order does not create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity, against the United States, its departments, agencies, or other entities, its
officers or employees, or any other person.
EXTENSION OF TERM OF NATIONAL INFRASTRUCTURE ADVISORY COUNCIL
Term of National Infrastructure Advisory Council extended until Sept. 30, 2021, by Ex. Ord. No. 13889,
Sept. 27, 2019, 84 F.R. 52743, set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in
the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Previous extensions of term of National Infrastructure Advisory Council were contained in the following
prior Executive Orders:
Ex. Ord. No. 13811, Sept. 29, 2017, 82 F.R. 46363, extended term until Sept. 30, 2019.
Ex. Ord. No. 13708, Sept. 30, 2015, 80 F.R. 60271, extended term until Sept. 30, 2017.
Ex. Ord. No. 13652, Sept. 30, 2013, 78 F.R. 61817, extended term until Sept. 30, 2015.
Ex. Ord. No. 13585, Sept. 30, 2011, 76 F.R. 62281, extended term until Sept. 30, 2013.
Ex. Ord. No. 13511, Sept. 29, 2009, 74 F.R. 50909, extended term until Sept. 30, 2011.
Ex. Ord. No. 13446, Sept. 28, 2007, 72 F.R. 56175, extended term until Sept. 30, 2009.
Ex. Ord. No. 13385, Sept. 29, 2005, 70 F.R. 57989, extended term until Sept. 30, 2007.

Ex. Ord. No. 13316, Sept. 17, 2003, 68 F.R. 55255, extended term until Sept. 30, 2005.
EX. ORD. NO. 13284. AMENDMENT OF EXECUTIVE ORDERS, AND OTHER ACTIONS, IN
CONNECTION WITH THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND
SECURITY
Ex. Ord. No. 13284, Jan. 23, 2003, 68 F.R. 4075, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
including the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (Public Law 107–296) [see Tables for classification], and the
National Security Act of 1947, as amended (50 U.S.C. 401 et seq.) [now 50 U.S.C. 3001 et seq.], and in order
to reflect responsibilities vested in the Secretary of Homeland Security and take other actions in connection
with the establishment of the Department of Homeland Security, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13234.]
SEC. 2. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13231, set out above.]
SEC. 3. Executive Order 13228 of October 8, 2001 ("Establishing the Office of Homeland Security and the
Homeland Security Council") [50 U.S.C. 3021 note], is amended by inserting "the Secretary of Homeland
Security," after "the Secretary of Transportation," in section 5(b). Further, during the period from January 24,
2003, until March 1, 2003, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall have the responsibility for coordinating
the domestic response efforts otherwise assigned to the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security
pursuant to section 3(g) of Executive Order 13228.
SEC. 4. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13224, listed in a table under section 1701 of Title 50, War and National
Defense.]
SEC. 5. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13151, set out as a note under section 5195 of Title 42, The Public Health
and Welfare.]
SEC. 6. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13122, set out as a note under section 3121 of Title 42, The Public Health
and Welfare.]
SEC. 7. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13048, set out as a note under section 501 of Title 31, Money and
Finance.]
SEC. 8. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12992, set out as a note under section 1708 of Title 21, Food and Drugs.]
SEC. 9. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12881, set out as a note under section 6601 of Title 42, The Public Health
and Welfare.]
SEC. 10. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12859, set out as a note preceding section 101 of Title 3, The President.]
SEC. 11. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12590, set out as a note under former section 1201 of Title 21, Food and
Drugs.]
SEC. 12. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12260, set out as a note under section 2511 of Title 19, Customs Duties.]
SEC. 13. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11958, set out as a note under section 2751 of Title 22, Foreign Relations
and Intercourse.]
SEC. 14. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 11423, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President.]
SEC. 15. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 10865, set out as a note under section 3161 of Title 50, War and National
Defense.]
SEC. 16. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13011, set out as a note under section 11101 of Title 40, Public
Buildings, Property, and Works.]
SEC. 17. Those elements of the Department of Homeland Security that are supervised by the Department's
Under Secretary for Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection through the Department's Assistant
Secretary for Information Analysis, with the exception of those functions that involve no analysis of foreign
intelligence information, are designated as elements of the Intelligence Community under section 201(h) of
the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [Pub. L. 107–296, amending 50 U.S.C. 3003] and section 3(4) of the
National Security Act of 1947, as amended (50 U.S.C. 401a[(4)]) [now 50 U.S.C. 3003(4)].
SEC. 18. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12333, set out as a note under section 3001 of title 50, War and National
Defense.]
SEC. 19. Functions of Certain Officials in the Department of Homeland Security.
The Secretary of Homeland Security, the Deputy Secretary of Homeland Security, the Under Secretary for
Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection, Department of Homeland Security, and the Assistant
Secretary for Information Analysis, Department of Homeland Security, each shall be considered a "Senior
Official of the Intelligence Community" for purposes of Executive Order 12333 [50 U.S.C. 3001 note], and all
other relevant authorities, and shall:
(a) recognize and give effect to all current clearances for access to classified information held by those who
become employees of the Department of Homeland Security by operation of law pursuant to the Homeland
Security Act of 2002 or by Presidential appointment;

(b) recognize and give effect to all current clearances for access to classified information held by those in
the private sector with whom employees of the Department of Homeland Security may seek to interact in the
discharge of their homeland security-related responsibilities;
(c) make all clearance and access determinations pursuant to Executive Order 12968 of August 2, 1995 [50
U.S.C. 3161 note], or any successor Executive Order, as to employees of, and applicants for employment in,
the Department of Homeland Security who do not then hold a current clearance for access to classified
information; and
(d) ensure all clearance and access determinations for those in the private sector with whom employees of
the Department of Homeland Security may seek to interact in the discharge of their homeland security-related
responsibilities are made in accordance with Executive Order 12829 of January 6, 1993 [50 U.S.C. 3161
note].
SEC. 20. Pursuant to the provisions of section 1.4 of [former] Executive Order 12958 of April 17, 1995
("Classified National Security Information"), I hereby authorize the Secretary of Homeland Security to
classify information originally as "Top Secret." Any delegation of this authority shall be in accordance with
section 1.4 of that order or any successor Executive Orders.
SEC. 21. This order shall become effective on January 24, 2003.
SEC. 22. This order does not create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or
equity, against the United States, its departments, agencies, or other entities, its officers or employees, or any
other person.

GEORGE W. BUSH.
EX. ORD. NO. 13636. IMPROVING CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE CYBERSECURITY
Ex. Ord. No. 13636, Feb. 12, 2013, 78 F.R. 11739, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. Repeated cyber intrusions into critical infrastructure demonstrate the need for
improved cybersecurity. The cyber threat to critical infrastructure continues to grow and represents one of the
most serious national security challenges we must confront. The national and economic security of the United
States depends on the reliable functioning of the Nation's critical infrastructure in the face of such threats. It is
the policy of the United States to enhance the security and resilience of the Nation's critical infrastructure and
to maintain a cyber environment that encourages efficiency, innovation, and economic prosperity while
promoting safety, security, business confidentiality, privacy, and civil liberties. We can achieve these goals
through a partnership with the owners and operators of critical infrastructure to improve cybersecurity
information sharing and collaboratively develop and implement risk-based standards.
SEC. 2. Critical Infrastructure. As used in this order, the term critical infrastructure means systems and
assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the United States that the incapacity or destruction of such
systems and assets would have a debilitating impact on security, national economic security, national public
health or safety, or any combination of those matters.
SEC. 3. Policy Coordination. Policy coordination, guidance, dispute resolution, and periodic in-progress
reviews for the functions and programs described and assigned herein shall be provided through the
interagency process established in Presidential Policy Directive–1 of February 13, 2009 (Organization of the
National Security Council System), or any successor.
SEC. 4. Cybersecurity Information Sharing. (a) It is the policy of the United States Government to increase
the volume, timeliness, and quality of cyber threat information shared with U.S. private sector entities so that
these entities may better protect and defend themselves against cyber threats. Within 120 days of the date of
this order, the Attorney General, the Secretary of Homeland Security (the "Secretary"), and the Director of
National Intelligence shall each issue instructions consistent with their authorities and with the requirements
of section 12(c) of this order to ensure the timely production of unclassified reports of cyber threats to the U.S.
homeland that identify a specific targeted entity. The instructions shall address the need to protect intelligence
and law enforcement sources, methods, operations, and investigations.
(b) The Secretary and the Attorney General, in coordination with the Director of National Intelligence, shall
establish a process that rapidly disseminates the reports produced pursuant to section 4(a) of this order to the
targeted entity. Such process shall also, consistent with the need to protect national security information,
include the dissemination of classified reports to critical infrastructure entities authorized to receive them. The
Secretary and the Attorney General, in coordination with the Director of National Intelligence, shall establish
a system for tracking the production, dissemination, and disposition of these reports.
(c) To assist the owners and operators of critical infrastructure in protecting their systems from
unauthorized access, exploitation, or harm, the Secretary, consistent with [former] 6 U.S.C. 143 [now 6 U.S.C.

655] and in collaboration with the Secretary of Defense, shall, within 120 days of the date of this order,
establish procedures to expand the Enhanced Cybersecurity Services program to all critical infrastructure
sectors. This voluntary information sharing program will provide classified cyber threat and technical
information from the Government to eligible critical infrastructure companies or commercial service providers
that offer security services to critical infrastructure.
(d) The Secretary, as the Executive Agent for the Classified National Security Information Program created
under Executive Order 13549 of August 18, 2010 (Classified National Security Information Program for State,
Local, Tribal, and Private Sector Entities), shall expedite the processing of security clearances to appropriate
personnel employed by critical infrastructure owners and operators, prioritizing the critical infrastructure
identified in section 9 of this order.
(e) In order to maximize the utility of cyber threat information sharing with the private sector, the Secretary
shall expand the use of programs that bring private sector subject-matter experts into Federal service on a
temporary basis. These subject matter experts should provide advice regarding the content, structure, and
types of information most useful to critical infrastructure owners and operators in reducing and mitigating
cyber risks.
SEC. 5. Privacy and Civil Liberties Protections. (a) Agencies shall coordinate their activities under this
order with their senior agency officials for privacy and civil liberties and ensure that privacy and civil liberties
protections are incorporated into such activities. Such protections shall be based upon the Fair Information
Practice Principles and other privacy and civil liberties policies, principles, and frameworks as they apply to
each agency's activities.
(b) The Chief Privacy Officer and the Officer for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties of the Department of
Homeland Security (DHS) shall assess the privacy and civil liberties risks of the functions and programs
undertaken by DHS as called for in this order and shall recommend to the Secretary ways to minimize or
mitigate such risks, in a publicly available report, to be released within 1 year of the date of this order. Senior
agency privacy and civil liberties officials for other agencies engaged in activities under this order shall
conduct assessments of their agency activities and provide those assessments to DHS for consideration and
inclusion in the report. The report shall be reviewed on an annual basis and revised as necessary. The report
may contain a classified annex if necessary. Assessments shall include evaluation of activities against the Fair
Information Practice Principles and other applicable privacy and civil liberties policies, principles, and
frameworks. Agencies shall consider the assessments and recommendations of the report in implementing
privacy and civil liberties protections for agency activities.
(c) In producing the report required under subsection (b) of this section, the Chief Privacy Officer and the
Officer for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties of DHS shall consult with the Privacy and Civil Liberties
Oversight Board and coordinate with the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
(d) Information submitted voluntarily in accordance with [former] 6 U.S.C. 133 [now 6 U.S.C. 673] by
private entities under this order shall be protected from disclosure to the fullest extent permitted by law.
SEC. 6. Consultative Process. The Secretary shall establish a consultative process to coordinate
improvements to the cybersecurity of critical infrastructure. As part of the consultative process, the Secretary
shall engage and consider the advice, on matters set forth in this order, of the Critical Infrastructure
Partnership Advisory Council; Sector Coordinating Councils; critical infrastructure owners and operators;
Sector-Specific Agencies; other relevant agencies; independent regulatory agencies; State, local, territorial,
and tribal governments; universities; and outside experts.
SEC. 7. Baseline Framework to Reduce Cyber Risk to Critical Infrastructure. (a) The Secretary of
Commerce shall direct the Director of the National Institute of Standards and Technology (the "Director") to
lead the development of a framework to reduce cyber risks to critical infrastructure (the "Cybersecurity
Framework"). The Cybersecurity Framework shall include a set of standards, methodologies, procedures, and
processes that align policy, business, and technological approaches to address cyber risks. The Cybersecurity
Framework shall incorporate voluntary consensus standards and industry best practices to the fullest extent
possible. The Cybersecurity Framework shall be consistent with voluntary international standards when such
international standards will advance the objectives of this order, and shall meet the requirements of the
National Institute of Standards and Technology Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. 271 et seq.), the National
Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (Public Law 104–113), and OMB Circular A–119, as
revised.
(b) The Cybersecurity Framework shall provide a prioritized, flexible, repeatable, performance-based, and
cost-effective approach, including information security measures and controls, to help owners and operators of
critical infrastructure identify, assess, and manage cyber risk. The Cybersecurity Framework shall focus on
identifying cross-sector security standards and guidelines applicable to critical infrastructure. The
Cybersecurity Framework will also identify areas for improvement that should be addressed through future

collaboration with particular sectors and standards-developing organizations. To enable technical innovation
and account for organizational differences, the Cybersecurity Framework will provide guidance that is
technology neutral and that enables critical infrastructure sectors to benefit from a competitive market for
products and services that meet the standards, methodologies, procedures, and processes developed to address
cyber risks. The Cybersecurity Framework shall include guidance for measuring the performance of an entity
in implementing the Cybersecurity Framework.
(c) The Cybersecurity Framework shall include methodologies to identify and mitigate impacts of the
Cybersecurity Framework and associated information security measures or controls on business
confidentiality, and to protect individual privacy and civil liberties.
(d) In developing the Cybersecurity Framework, the Director shall engage in an open public review and
comment process. The Director shall also consult with the Secretary, the National Security Agency,
Sector-Specific Agencies and other interested agencies including OMB, owners and operators of critical
infrastructure, and other stakeholders through the consultative process established in section 6 of this order.
The Secretary, the Director of National Intelligence, and the heads of other relevant agencies shall provide
threat and vulnerability information and technical expertise to inform the development of the Cybersecurity
Framework. The Secretary shall provide performance goals for the Cybersecurity Framework informed by
work under section 9 of this order.
(e) Within 240 days of the date of this order, the Director shall publish a preliminary version of the
Cybersecurity Framework (the "preliminary Framework"). Within 1 year of the date of this order, and after
coordination with the Secretary to ensure suitability under section 8 of this order, the Director shall publish a
final version of the Cybersecurity Framework (the "final Framework").
(f) Consistent with statutory responsibilities, the Director will ensure the Cybersecurity Framework and
related guidance is reviewed and updated as necessary, taking into consideration technological changes,
changes in cyber risks, operational feedback from owners and operators of critical infrastructure, experience
from the implementation of section 8 of this order, and any other relevant factors.
SEC. 8. Voluntary Critical Infrastructure Cybersecurity Program. (a) The Secretary, in coordination with
Sector-Specific Agencies, shall establish a voluntary program to support the adoption of the Cybersecurity
Framework by owners and operators of critical infrastructure and any other interested entities (the "Program").
(b) Sector-Specific Agencies, in consultation with the Secretary and other interested agencies, shall
coordinate with the Sector Coordinating Councils to review the Cybersecurity Framework and, if necessary,
develop implementation guidance or supplemental materials to address sector-specific risks and operating
environments.
(c) Sector-Specific Agencies shall report annually to the President, through the Secretary, on the extent to
which owners and operators notified under section 9 of this order are participating in the Program.
(d) The Secretary shall coordinate establishment of a set of incentives designed to promote participation in
the Program. Within 120 days of the date of this order, the Secretary and the Secretaries of the Treasury and
Commerce each shall make recommendations separately to the President, through the Assistant to the
President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism and the Assistant to the President for Economic
Affairs, that shall include analysis of the benefits and relative effectiveness of such incentives, and whether
the incentives would require legislation or can be provided under existing law and authorities to participants in
the Program.
(e) Within 120 days of the date of this order, the Secretary of Defense and the Administrator of General
Services, in consultation with the Secretary and the Federal Acquisition Regulatory Council, shall make
recommendations to the President, through the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and
Counterterrorism and the Assistant to the President for Economic Affairs, on the feasibility, security benefits,
and relative merits of incorporating security standards into acquisition planning and contract administration.
The report shall address what steps can be taken to harmonize and make consistent existing procurement
requirements related to cybersecurity.
SEC. 9. Identification of Critical Infrastructure at Greatest Risk. (a) Within 150 days of the date of this
order, the Secretary shall use a risk-based approach to identify critical infrastructure where a cybersecurity
incident could reasonably result in catastrophic regional or national effects on public health or safety,
economic security, or national security. In identifying critical infrastructure for this purpose, the Secretary
shall use the consultative process established in section 6 of this order and draw upon the expertise of
Sector-Specific Agencies. The Secretary shall apply consistent, objective criteria in identifying such critical
infrastructure. The Secretary shall not identify any commercial information technology products or consumer
information technology services under this section. The Secretary shall review and update the list of identified

critical infrastructure under this section on an annual basis, and provide such list to the President, through the
Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism and the Assistant to the President for
Economic Affairs.
(b) Heads of Sector-Specific Agencies and other relevant agencies shall provide the Secretary with
information necessary to carry out the responsibilities under this section. The Secretary shall develop a
process for other relevant stakeholders to submit information to assist in making the identifications required in
subsection (a) of this section.
(c) The Secretary, in coordination with Sector-Specific Agencies, shall confidentially notify owners and
operators of critical infrastructure identified under subsection (a) of this section that they have been so
identified, and ensure identified owners and operators are provided the basis for the determination. The
Secretary shall establish a process through which owners and operators of critical infrastructure may submit
relevant information and request reconsideration of identifications under subsection (a) of this section.
SEC. 10. Adoption of Framework. (a) Agencies with responsibility for regulating the security of critical
infrastructure shall engage in a consultative process with DHS, OMB, and the National Security Staff to
review the preliminary Cybersecurity Framework and determine if current cybersecurity regulatory
requirements are sufficient given current and projected risks. In making such determination, these agencies
shall consider the identification of critical infrastructure required under section 9 of this order. Within 90 days
of the publication of the preliminary Framework, these agencies shall submit a report to the President, through
the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, the Director of OMB, and the
Assistant to the President for Economic Affairs, that states whether or not the agency has clear authority to
establish requirements based upon the Cybersecurity Framework to sufficiently address current and projected
cyber risks to critical infrastructure, the existing authorities identified, and any additional authority required.
(b) If current regulatory requirements are deemed to be insufficient, within 90 days of publication of the
final Framework, agencies identified in subsection (a) of this section shall propose prioritized, risk-based,
efficient, and coordinated actions, consistent with Executive Order 12866 of September 30, 1993 (Regulatory
Planning and Review), Executive Order 13563 of January 18, 2011 (Improving Regulation and Regulatory
Review), and Executive Order 13609 of May 1, 2012 (Promoting International Regulatory Cooperation), to
mitigate cyber risk.
(c) Within 2 years after publication of the final Framework, consistent with Executive Order 13563 and
Executive Order 13610 of May 10, 2012 (Identifying and Reducing Regulatory Burdens), agencies identified
in subsection (a) of this section shall, in consultation with owners and operators of critical infrastructure,
report to OMB on any critical infrastructure subject to ineffective, conflicting, or excessively burdensome
cybersecurity requirements. This report shall describe efforts made by agencies, and make recommendations
for further actions, to minimize or eliminate such requirements.
(d) The Secretary shall coordinate the provision of technical assistance to agencies identified in subsection
(a) of this section on the development of their cybersecurity workforce and programs.
(e) Independent regulatory agencies with responsibility for regulating the security of critical infrastructure
are encouraged to engage in a consultative process with the Secretary, relevant Sector-Specific Agencies, and
other affected parties to consider prioritized actions to mitigate cyber risks for critical infrastructure consistent
with their authorities.
SEC. 11. Definitions. (a) "Agency" means any authority of the United States that is an "agency" under 44
U.S.C. 3502(1), other than those considered to be independent regulatory agencies, as defined in 44 U.S.C.
3502(5).
(b) "Critical Infrastructure Partnership Advisory Council" means the council established by DHS under 6
U.S.C. 451 to facilitate effective interaction and coordination of critical infrastructure protection activities
among the Federal Government; the private sector; and State, local, territorial, and tribal governments.
(c) "Fair Information Practice Principles" means the eight principles set forth in Appendix A of the National
Strategy for Trusted Identities in Cyberspace.
(d) "Independent regulatory agency" has the meaning given the term in 44 U.S.C. 3502(5).
(e) "Sector Coordinating Council" means a private sector coordinating council composed of representatives
of owners and operators within a particular sector of critical infrastructure established by the National
Infrastructure Protection Plan or any successor.
(f) "Sector-Specific Agency" has the meaning given the term in Presidential Policy Directive–21 of
February 12, 2013 (Critical Infrastructure Security and Resilience), or any successor.
SEC. 12. General Provisions. (a) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and
subject to the availability of appropriations. Nothing in this order shall be construed to provide an agency with

authority for regulating the security of critical infrastructure in addition to or to a greater extent than the
authority the agency has under existing law. Nothing in this order shall be construed to alter or limit any
authority or responsibility of an agency under existing law.
(b) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect the functions of the Director of
OMB relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals.
(c) All actions taken pursuant to this order shall be consistent with requirements and authorities to protect
intelligence and law enforcement sources and methods. Nothing in this order shall be interpreted to supersede
measures established under authority of law to protect the security and integrity of specific activities and
associations that are in direct support of intelligence and law enforcement operations.
(d) This order shall be implemented consistent with U.S. international obligations.
(e) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its
officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.

BARACK OBAMA.
[Reference to the National Security Staff deemed to be a reference to the National Security Council Staff,
see Ex. Ord. No. 13657, set out as a note under section 3021 of Title 50, War and National Defense.]
[Reference to a Sector Specific Agency (including any permutations or conjugations thereof) deemed to be
a reference to the Sector Risk Management Agency of the relevant critical infrastructure sector and have the
meaning give such term in section 651(5) of this title, see section 652a(c)(3) of this title, enacted Jan. 1, 2021.]
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 13650
Ex. Ord. No. 13650, Aug. 1, 2013, 78 F.R. 48029, was transferred to a note set out under section 621 of this
title.
EX. ORD. NO. 13691. PROMOTING PRIVATE SECTOR CYBERSECURITY INFORMATION
SHARING
Ex. Ord. No. 13691, Feb. 13, 2015, 80 F.R. 9349, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. In order to address cyber threats to public health and safety, national security, and
economic security of the United States, private companies, nonprofit organizations, executive departments and
agencies (agencies), and other entities must be able to share information related to cybersecurity risks and
incidents and collaborate to respond in as close to real time as possible.
Organizations engaged in the sharing of information related to cybersecurity risks and incidents play an
invaluable role in the collective cybersecurity of the United States. The purpose of this order is to encourage
the voluntary formation of such organizations, to establish mechanisms to continually improve the capabilities
and functions of these organizations, and to better allow these organizations to partner with the Federal
Government on a voluntary basis.
Such information sharing must be conducted in a manner that protects the privacy and civil liberties of
individuals, that preserves business confidentiality, that safeguards the information being shared, and that
protects the ability of the Government to detect, investigate, prevent, and respond to cyber threats to the public
health and safety, national security, and economic security of the United States.
This order builds upon the foundation established by Executive Order 13636 of February 12, 2013
(Improving Critical Infrastructure Cybersecurity), and Presidential Policy Directive–21 (PPD–21) of February
12, 2013 (Critical Infrastructure Security and Resilience).
Policy coordination, guidance, dispute resolution, and periodic in-progress reviews for the functions and
programs described and assigned herein shall be provided through the interagency process established in
Presidential Policy Directive–l [sic] (PPD–l [PPD–1]) of February 13, 2009 (Organization of the National
Security Council System), or any successor.
SEC. 2. Information Sharing and Analysis Organizations. (a) The Secretary of Homeland Security
(Secretary) shall strongly encourage the development and formation of Information Sharing and Analysis
Organizations (ISAOs).
(b) ISAOs may be organized on the basis of sector, sub-sector, region, or any other affinity, including in
response to particular emerging threats or vulnerabilities. ISAO membership may be drawn from the public or
private sectors, or consist of a combination of public and private sector organizations. ISAOs may be formed
as for-profit or nonprofit entities.
(c) The National Cybersecurity and Communications Integration Center (NCCIC), established under section

226(b) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (the "Act"), shall engage in continuous, collaborative, and
inclusive coordination with ISAOs on the sharing of information related to cybersecurity risks and incidents,
addressing such risks and incidents, and strengthening information security systems consistent with sections
212 and 226 of the Act.
(d) In promoting the formation of ISAOs, the Secretary shall consult with other Federal entities responsible
for conducting cybersecurity activities, including Sector-Specific Agencies, independent regulatory agencies
at their discretion, and national security and law enforcement agencies.
SEC. 3. ISAO Standards Organization. (a) The Secretary, in consultation with other Federal entities
responsible for conducting cybersecurity and related activities, shall, through an open and competitive
process, enter into an agreement with a nongovernmental organization to serve as the ISAO Standards
Organization (SO), which shall identify a common set of voluntary standards or guidelines for the creation
and functioning of ISAOs under this order. The standards shall further the goal of creating robust information
sharing related to cybersecurity risks and incidents with ISAOs and among ISAOs to create deeper and
broader networks of information sharing nationally, and to foster the development and adoption of automated
mechanisms for the sharing of information. The standards will address the baseline capabilities that ISAOs
under this order should possess and be able to demonstrate. These standards shall address, but not be limited
to, contractual agreements, business processes, operating procedures, technical means, and privacy
protections, such as minimization, for ISAO operation and ISAO member participation.
(b) To be selected, the SO must demonstrate the ability to engage and work across the broad community of
organizations engaged in sharing information related to cybersecurity risks and incidents, including ISAOs,
and associations and private companies engaged in information sharing in support of their customers.
(c) The agreement referenced in section 3(a) shall require that the SO engage in an open public review and
comment process for the development of the standards referenced above, soliciting the viewpoints of existing
entities engaged in sharing information related to cybersecurity risks and incidents, owners and operators of
critical infrastructure, relevant agencies, and other public and private sector stakeholders.
(d) The Secretary shall support the development of these standards and, in carrying out the requirements set
forth in this section, shall consult with the Office of Management and Budget, the National Institute of
Standards and Technology in the Department of Commerce, Department of Justice, the Information Security
Oversight Office in the National Archives and Records Administration, the Office of the Director of National
Intelligence, Sector-Specific Agencies, and other interested Federal entities. All standards shall be consistent
with voluntary international standards when such international standards will advance the objectives of this
order, and shall meet the requirements of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995
(Public Law 104–113), and OMB Circular A–119, as revised.
SEC. 4. Critical Infrastructure Protection Program. (a) Pursuant to sections 213 and 214(h) of the Critical
Infrastructure Information Act of 2002, I hereby designate the NCCIC as a critical infrastructure protection
program and delegate to it authority to enter into voluntary agreements with ISAOs in order to promote
critical infrastructure security with respect to cybersecurity.
(b) Other Federal entities responsible for conducting cybersecurity and related activities to address threats
to the public health and safety, national security, and economic security, consistent with the objectives of this
order, may participate in activities under these agreements.
(c) The Secretary will determine the eligibility of ISAOs and their members for any necessary facility or
personnel security clearances associated with voluntary agreements in accordance with Executive Order
13549 of August 18, 2010 (Classified National Security Information Programs for State, Local, Tribal, and
Private Sector Entities), and Executive Order 12829 of January 6, 1993 (National Industrial Security
Program), as amended, including as amended by this order.
SEC. 5. Privacy and Civil Liberties Protections. (a) Agencies shall coordinate their activities under this
order with their senior agency officials for privacy and civil liberties and ensure that appropriate protections
for privacy and civil liberties are incorporated into such activities. Such protections shall be based upon the
Fair Information Practice Principles and other privacy and civil liberties policies, principles, and frameworks
as they apply to each agency's activities.
(b) Senior privacy and civil liberties officials for agencies engaged in activities under this order shall
conduct assessments of their agency's activities and provide those assessments to the Department of Homeland
Security (DHS) Chief Privacy Officer and the DHS Office for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties for
consideration and inclusion in the Privacy and Civil Liberties Assessment report required under Executive
Order 13636.
SEC. 6. National Industrial Security Program. [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 12829, set out as a note under
section 3161 of Title 50, War and National Defense.]
SEC. 7. Definitions. (a) "Critical infrastructure information" has the meaning given the term in section

212(3) of the Critical Infrastructure Information Act of 2002.
(b) "Critical infrastructure protection program" has the meaning given the term in section 212(4) of the
Critical Infrastructure Information Act of 2002.
(c) "Cybersecurity risk" has the meaning given the term in section 226(a)(1) of the Homeland Security Act
of 2002 (as amended by the National Cybersecurity Protection Act of 2014).
(d) "Fair Information Practice Principles" means the eight principles set forth in Appendix A of the National
Strategy for Trusted Identities in Cyberspace.
(e) "Incident" has the meaning given the term in section 226(a)(2) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002
(as amended by the National Cybersecurity Protection Act of 2014).
(f) "Information Sharing and Analysis Organization" has the meaning given the term in section 212(5) of
the Critical Infrastrucure Information Act of 2002.
(g) "Sector-Specific Agency" has the meaning given the term in PPD–21, or any successor.
SEC. 8. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law or Executive Order to an agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget relating to budgetary,
administrative, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of
appropriations. Nothing in this order shall be construed to alter or limit any authority or responsibility of an
agency under existing law including those activities conducted with the private sector relating to criminal and
national security threats. Nothing in this order shall be construed to provide an agency with authority for
regulating the security of critical infrastructure in addition to or to a greater extent than the authority the
agency has under existing law.
(c) All actions taken pursuant to this order shall be consistent with requirements and authorities to protect
intelligence and law enforcement sources and methods.
(d) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its
officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.

BARACK OBAMA.
[Reference to a Sector Specific Agency (including any permutations or conjugations thereof) deemed to be
a reference to the Sector Risk Management Agency of the relevant critical infrastructure sector and have the
meaning give such term in section 651(5) of this title, see section 652a(c)(3) of this title, enacted Jan. 1, 2021.]
1

So in original. The comma probably should not appear.

§121a. Homeland Security Intelligence Program
There is established within the Department of Homeland Security a Homeland Security
Intelligence Program. The Homeland Security Intelligence Program constitutes the intelligence
activities of the Office of Intelligence and Analysis of the Department that serve predominantly
departmental missions.
(Pub. L. 112–277, title V, §501, Jan. 14, 2013, 126 Stat. 2476.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2013, and not as part of
the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

§122. Access to information
(a) In general
(1) Threat and vulnerability information

Except as otherwise directed by the President, the Secretary shall have such access as the
Secretary considers necessary to all information, including reports, assessments, analyses, and
unevaluated intelligence relating to threats of terrorism against the United States and to other areas
of responsibility assigned by the Secretary, and to all information concerning infrastructure or
other vulnerabilities of the United States to terrorism, whether or not such information has been
analyzed, that may be collected, possessed, or prepared by any agency of the Federal Government.
(2) Other information
The Secretary shall also have access to other information relating to matters under the
responsibility of the Secretary that may be collected, possessed, or prepared by an agency of the
Federal Government as the President may further provide.
(b) Manner of access
Except as otherwise directed by the President, with respect to information to which the Secretary
has access pursuant to this section—
(1) the Secretary may obtain such material upon request, and may enter into cooperative
arrangements with other executive agencies to provide such material or provide Department
officials with access to it on a regular or routine basis, including requests or arrangements
involving broad categories of material, access to electronic databases, or both; and
(2) regardless of whether the Secretary has made any request or entered into any cooperative
arrangement pursuant to paragraph (1), all agencies of the Federal Government shall promptly
provide to the Secretary—
(A) all reports (including information reports containing intelligence which has not been fully
evaluated), assessments, and analytical information relating to threats of terrorism against the
United States and to other areas of responsibility assigned by the Secretary;
(B) all information concerning the vulnerability of the infrastructure of the United States, or
other vulnerabilities of the United States, to terrorism, whether or not such information has been
analyzed;
(C) all other information relating to significant and credible threats of terrorism against the
United States, whether or not such information has been analyzed; and
(D) such other information or material as the President may direct.
(c) Treatment under certain laws
The Secretary shall be deemed to be a Federal law enforcement, intelligence, protective, national
defense, immigration, or national security official, and shall be provided with all information from
law enforcement agencies that is required to be given to the Director of National Intelligence, under
any provision of the following:
(1) The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (Public Law 107–56).
(2) Section 2517(6) of title 18.
(3) Rule 6(e)(3)(C) of the Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure.
(d) Access to intelligence and other information
(1) Access by elements of Federal Government
Nothing in this subchapter shall preclude any element of the intelligence community (as that
term is defined in section 3003(4) of title 50,1 or any other element of the Federal Government
with responsibility for analyzing terrorist threat information, from receiving any intelligence or
other information relating to terrorism.
(2) Sharing of information
The Secretary, in consultation with the Director of National Intelligence, shall work to ensure
that intelligence or other information relating to terrorism to which the Department has access is
appropriately shared with the elements of the Federal Government referred to in paragraph (1), as
well as with State and local governments, as appropriate.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §202, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2149; Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(D), Nov.

16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4177.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is Pub. L. 107–56, Oct. 26, 2001, 115 Stat.
272, known as the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept
and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 or the USA PATRIOT Act. For complete classification of this Act to the
Code, see Short Title of 2001 Amendment note set out under section 1 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal
Procedure, and Tables.
The Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure, referred to in subsec. (c)(3), are set out in the Appendix to Title
18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
This subchapter, referred to in subsec. (d)(1), was in the original "this title", meaning title II of Pub. L.
107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2145, which enacted this subchapter, amended sections 1030, 2511, 2512,
2520, 2701 to 2703, and 3125 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, sections 10102 and 10122 of Title
34, Crime Control and Law Enforcement, and section 3003 of Title 50, War and National Defense, and
enacted provisions set out as a note under section 101 of this title and listed in a Provisions for Review,
Promulgation, or Amendment of Federal Sentencing Guidelines Relating to Specific Offenses table set out
under section 994 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. For complete classification of title II to the
Code, see Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsecs. (c), (d)(2). Pub. L. 115–278 substituted "Director of National Intelligence" for "Director of
Central Intelligence".
1

So in original. There probably should be a closing parenthesis after "50".

§123. Terrorist travel program
(a) Requirement to establish
Not later than 90 days after August 3, 2007, the Secretary of Homeland Security, in consultation
with the Director of the National Counterterrorism Center and consistent with the strategy developed
under section 7201,1 shall establish a program to oversee the implementation of the Secretary's
responsibilities with respect to terrorist travel.
(b) Head of the program
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall designate an official of the Department of Homeland
Security to be responsible for carrying out the program. Such official shall be—
(1) the Assistant Secretary for Policy of the Department of Homeland Security; or
(2) an official appointed by the Secretary who reports directly to the Secretary.
(c) Duties
The official designated under subsection (b) shall assist the Secretary of Homeland Security in
improving the Department's ability to prevent terrorists from entering the United States or remaining
in the United States undetected by—
(1) developing relevant strategies and policies;
(2) reviewing the effectiveness of existing programs and recommending improvements, if
necessary;
(3) making recommendations on budget requests and on the allocation of funding and
personnel;
(4) ensuring effective coordination, with respect to policies, programs, planning, operations, and
dissemination of intelligence and information related to terrorist travel—
(A) among appropriate subdivisions of the Department of Homeland Security, as determined
by the Secretary and including—

(i) United States Customs and Border Protection;
(ii) United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement;
(iii) United States Citizenship and Immigration Services;
(iv) the Transportation Security Administration; and
(v) the United States Coast Guard; and
(B) between the Department of Homeland Security and other appropriate Federal agencies;
and
(5) serving as the Secretary's primary point of contact with the National Counterterrorism
Center for implementing initiatives related to terrorist travel and ensuring that the
recommendations of the Center related to terrorist travel are carried out by the Department.
(d) Report
Not later than 180 days after August 3, 2007, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall submit to
the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on
Homeland Security of the House of Representatives a report on the implementation of this section.
(Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7215, Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3832; Pub. L. 110–53, title VII, §722,
Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 348.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 7201, referred to in subsec. (a), is section 7201 of Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, Dec. 17, 2004, 118
Stat. 3808, which enacted section 1776 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality, and provisions set out as notes
under section 1776 of Title 8 and sections 3024 and 3056 of Title 50, War and National Defense.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, and also as
part of the 9/11 Commission Implementation Act of 2004, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of
2002 which comprises this chapter.
AMENDMENTS
2007—Pub. L. 110–53 reenacted section catchline without change and amended text generally, substituting
provisions relating to establishment of a program to oversee the implementation of the Secretary's
responsibilities with respect to terrorist travel not later than 90 days after Aug. 3, 2007, and relating to the
head of the program, such official's duties, and report on implementation for provisions relating to
establishment of a program to oversee the implementation of the Department's responsibilities with respect to
terrorist travel.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
NATIONAL STRATEGY TO COMBAT TERRORIST TRAVEL
Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1908, Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2678, provided that:
"(a) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of Congress that it should be the policy of the United States
to—
"(1) continue to regularly assess the evolving terrorist threat to the United States;
"(2) catalog existing Federal Government efforts to obstruct terrorist and foreign fighter travel into, out
of, and within the United States, and overseas;
"(3) identify such efforts that may benefit from reform or consolidation, or require elimination;
"(4) identify potential security vulnerabilities in United States defenses against terrorist travel; and
"(5) prioritize resources to address any such security vulnerabilities in a risk-based manner.
"(b) NATIONAL STRATEGY AND UPDATES.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 23,
2016], the President shall submit to the majority leader of the Senate, the minority leader of the Senate, the
Speaker of the House of Representatives, the majority leader of the House of Representatives, the minority

leader of the House of Representatives, and the appropriate congressional committees a national strategy to
combat terrorist travel. The strategy shall address efforts to intercept terrorists and foreign fighters and
constrain the domestic and international travel of such persons. Consistent with the protection of classified
information, the strategy shall be submitted in unclassified form, including, as appropriate, a classified
annex.
"(2) UPDATED STRATEGIES.—Not later than 180 days after the date on which a new President is
inaugurated, the President shall submit to the majority leader of the Senate, the minority leader of the
Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the majority leader of the House of Representatives,
the minority leader of the House of Representatives, and the appropriate congressional committees an
updated version of the strategy described in paragraph (1).
"(3) CONTENTS.—The strategy and updates required under this subsection shall—
"(A) include an accounting and description of all Federal Government programs, projects, and
activities designed to constrain domestic and international travel by terrorists and foreign fighters;
"(B) identify specific security vulnerabilities within the United States and outside of the United
States that may be exploited by terrorists and foreign fighters;
"(C) delineate goals for—
"(i) closing the security vulnerabilities identified under subparagraph (B); and
"(ii) enhancing the ability of the Federal Government to constrain domestic and international
travel by terrorists and foreign fighters; and
"(D) describe the actions that will be taken to achieve the goals delineated under subparagraph
(C) and the means needed to carry out such actions, including—
"(i) steps to reform, improve, and streamline existing Federal Government efforts to align
with the current threat environment;
"(ii) new programs, projects, or activities that are requested, under development, or
undergoing implementation;
"(iii) new authorities or changes in existing authorities needed from Congress;
"(iv) specific budget adjustments being requested to enhance United States security in a
risk-based manner; and
"(v) the Federal departments and agencies responsible for the specific actions described in
this subparagraph.
"(4) SUNSET.—The requirement to submit updated national strategies under this subsection shall
terminate on the date that is seven years after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 23, 2016].
"(c) DEVELOPMENT OF IMPLEMENTATION PLANS.—For each national strategy required under
subsection (b), the President shall direct the heads of relevant Federal agencies to develop implementation
plans for each such agency.
"(d) IMPLEMENTATION PLANS.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The President shall submit to the majority leader of the Senate, the minority
leader of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the majority leader of the House of
Representatives, the minority leader of the House of Representatives, and the appropriate congressional
committees an implementation plan developed under subsection (c) with each national strategy required
under subsection (b). Consistent with the protection of classified information, each such implementation
plan shall be submitted in unclassified form, but may include a classified annex.
"(2) ANNUAL UPDATES.—The President shall submit to the majority leader of the Senate, the
minority leader of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the majority leader of the House
of Representatives, the minority leader of the House of Representatives, and the appropriate congressional
committees an annual updated implementation plan during the ten-year period beginning on the date of the
enactment of this Act [Dec. 23, 2016].
"(e) DEFINITION.—In this section, the term 'appropriate congressional committees' means—
"(1) in the House of Representatives—
"(A) the Committee on Homeland Security;
"(B) the Committee on Armed Services;
"(C) the Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence;
"(D) the Committee on the Judiciary;
"(E) the Committee on Foreign Affairs;
"(F) the Committee on Appropriations; and
"(2) in the Senate—
"(A) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs;
"(B) the Committee on Armed Services;

"(C) the Select Committee on Intelligence;
"(D) the Committee on the Judiciary;
"(E) the Committee on Foreign Relations; and
"(F) the Committee on Appropriations.
"(f) SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN RECEIPT.—The definition under subsection (e) shall be treated as
including the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives and the
Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate for purposes of receipt of those portions
of—
"(1) the national strategy (including updates thereto), and
"(2) the implementation plan (including updates thereto),
required under this section that relate to maritime travel into and out of the United States."
1

See References in Text note below.

§124. Homeland Security Advisory System
(a) Requirement
The Secretary shall administer the Homeland Security Advisory System in accordance with this
section to provide advisories or warnings regarding the threat or risk that acts of terrorism will be
committed on the homeland to Federal, State, local, and tribal government authorities and to the
people of the United States, as appropriate. The Secretary shall exercise primary responsibility for
providing such advisories or warnings.
(b) Required elements
In administering the Homeland Security Advisory System, the Secretary shall—
(1) establish criteria for the issuance and revocation of such advisories or warnings;
(2) develop a methodology, relying on the criteria established under paragraph (1), for the
issuance and revocation of such advisories or warnings;
(3) provide, in each such advisory or warning, specific information and advice regarding
appropriate protective measures and countermeasures that may be taken in response to the threat
or risk, at the maximum level of detail practicable to enable individuals, government entities,
emergency response providers, and the private sector to act appropriately;
(4) whenever possible, limit the scope of each such advisory or warning to a specific region,
locality, or economic sector believed to be under threat or at risk; and
(5) not, in issuing any advisory or warning, use color designations as the exclusive means of
specifying homeland security threat conditions that are the subject of the advisory or warning.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §203, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §501(a)(1), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
306.)

§124a. Homeland security information sharing
(a) Information sharing
Consistent with section 485 of this title, the Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for
Intelligence and Analysis, shall integrate the information and standardize the format of the products
of the intelligence components of the Department containing homeland security information,
terrorism information, weapons of mass destruction information, or national intelligence (as defined
in section 3003(5) of title 50) except for any internal security protocols or personnel information of
such intelligence components, or other administrative processes that are administered by any chief
security officer of the Department.
(b) Information sharing and knowledge management officers
For each intelligence component of the Department, the Secretary shall designate an information

sharing and knowledge management officer who shall report to the Under Secretary for Intelligence
and Analysis regarding coordinating the different systems used in the Department to gather and
disseminate homeland security information or national intelligence (as defined in section 3003(5) of
title 50).
(c) State, local, and private-sector sources of information
(1) Establishment of business processes
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis or the Director
of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, as appropriate, shall—
(A) establish Department-wide procedures for the review and analysis of information
provided by State, local, and tribal governments and the private sector;
(B) as appropriate, integrate such information into the information gathered by the
Department and other departments and agencies of the Federal Government; and
(C) make available such information, as appropriate, within the Department and to other
departments and agencies of the Federal Government.
(2) Feedback
The Secretary shall develop mechanisms to provide feedback regarding the analysis and utility
of information provided by any entity of State, local, or tribal government or the private sector that
provides such information to the Department.
(d) Training and evaluation of employees
(1) Training
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis or the Director
of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, as appropriate, shall provide to
employees of the Department opportunities for training and education to develop an understanding
of—
(A) the definitions of homeland security information and national intelligence (as defined in
section 3003(5) of title 50); and
(B) how information available to such employees as part of their duties—
(i) might qualify as homeland security information or national intelligence; and
(ii) might be relevant to the Office of Intelligence and Analysis and the intelligence
components of the Department.
(2) Evaluations
The Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis shall—
(A) on an ongoing basis, evaluate how employees of the Office of Intelligence and Analysis
and the intelligence components of the Department are utilizing homeland security information
or national intelligence, sharing information within the Department, as described in this
subchapter, and participating in the information sharing environment established under section
485 of this title; and
(B) provide to the appropriate component heads regular reports regarding the evaluations
under subparagraph (A).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §204, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §501(a)(1), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
307; amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(E), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4177.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This subchapter, referred to in subsec. (d)(2)(A), was in the original "this title", meaning title II of Pub. L.
107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2145, which enacted this subchapter, amended sections 1030, 2511, 2512,
2520, 2701 to 2703, and 3125 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, sections 10102 and 10122 of Title
34, Crime Control and Law Enforcement, and section 401a of Title 50, War and National Defense, and
enacted provisions set out as a note under section 101 of this title and listed in a Provisions for Review,

Promulgation, or Amendment of Federal Sentencing Guidelines Relating to Specific Offenses table set out
under section 994 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. For complete classification of title II to the
Code, see Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsecs. (c)(1), (d)(1). Pub. L. 115–278 substituted "Director of the Cybersecurity and
Infrastructure Security Agency" for "Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection" in introductory
provisions.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
RECEIPT OF INFORMATION FROM UNITED STATES SECRET SERVICE
Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §502(b), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 311, provided that:
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis shall receive from the United
States Secret Service homeland security information, terrorism information, weapons of mass destruction
information (as these terms are defined in Section [sic] 1016 of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism
Prevention Act of 2004 (6 U.S.C. 485)), or national intelligence, as defined in Section [sic] 3(5) of the
National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 401a(5)) [now 50 U.S.C. 3003(5)], as well as suspect information
obtained in criminal investigations. The United States Secret Service shall cooperate with the Under Secretary
for Intelligence and Analysis with respect to activities under sections 204 and 205 of the Homeland Security
Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 124a, 124b].
"(2) SAVINGS CLAUSE.—Nothing in this Act [see Tables for classification] shall interfere with the
operation of Section [sic] 3056(g) of Title 18, United States Code, or with the authority of the Secretary of
Homeland Security or the Director of the United States Secret Service regarding the budget of the United
States Secret Service."

§124b. Comprehensive information technology network architecture
(a) Establishment
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis, shall establish,
consistent with the policies and procedures developed under section 485 of this title, and consistent
with the enterprise architecture of the Department, a comprehensive information technology network
architecture for the Office of Intelligence and Analysis that connects the various databases and
related information technology assets of the Office of Intelligence and Analysis and the intelligence
components of the Department in order to promote internal information sharing among the
intelligence and other personnel of the Department.
(b) Comprehensive information technology network architecture defined
The term "comprehensive information technology network architecture" means an integrated
framework for evolving or maintaining existing information technology and acquiring new
information technology to achieve the strategic management and information resources management
goals of the Office of Intelligence and Analysis.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §205, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §501(a)(1), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
308.)

§124c. Coordination with information sharing environment
(a) Guidance
All activities to comply with sections 124, 124a, and 124b of this title shall be—
(1) consistent with any policies, guidelines, procedures, instructions, or standards established
under section 485 of this title;
(2) implemented in coordination with, as appropriate, the program manager for the information
sharing environment established under that section;

(3) consistent with any applicable guidance issued by the Director of National Intelligence; and
(4) consistent with any applicable guidance issued by the Secretary relating to the protection of
law enforcement information or proprietary information.
(b) Consultation
In carrying out the duties and responsibilities under this part, the Under Secretary for Intelligence
and Analysis shall take into account the views of the heads of the intelligence components of the
Department.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §206, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §501(a)(1), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
309.)

§124d. Intelligence components
Subject to the direction and control of the Secretary, and consistent with any applicable guidance
issued by the Director of National Intelligence, the responsibilities of the head of each intelligence
component of the Department are as follows:
(1) To ensure that the collection, processing, analysis, and dissemination of information within
the scope of the information sharing environment, including homeland security information,
terrorism information, weapons of mass destruction information, and national intelligence (as
defined in section 3003(5) of title 50), are carried out effectively and efficiently in support of the
intelligence mission of the Department, as led by the Under Secretary for Intelligence and
Analysis.
(2) To otherwise support and implement the intelligence mission of the Department, as led by
the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis.
(3) To incorporate the input of the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis with respect to
performance appraisals, bonus or award recommendations, pay adjustments, and other forms of
commendation.
(4) To coordinate with the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis in developing policies
and requirements for the recruitment and selection of intelligence officials of the intelligence
component.
(5) To advise and coordinate with the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis on any plan
to reorganize or restructure the intelligence component that would, if implemented, result in
realignments of intelligence functions.
(6) To ensure that employees of the intelligence component have knowledge of, and comply
with, the programs and policies established by the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis
and other appropriate officials of the Department and that such employees comply with all
applicable laws and regulations.
(7) To perform such other activities relating to such responsibilities as the Secretary may
provide.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §207, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §503(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
311.)

§124e. Training for employees of intelligence components
The Secretary shall provide training and guidance for employees, officials, and senior executives
of the intelligence components of the Department to develop knowledge of laws, regulations,
operations, policies, procedures, and programs that are related to the functions of the Department
relating to the collection, processing, analysis, and dissemination of information within the scope of
the information sharing environment, including homeland security information, terrorism
information, and weapons of mass destruction information, or national intelligence (as defined in
section 3003(5) of title 50).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §208, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §503(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.

312.)

§124f. Intelligence training development for State and local government officials
(a) Curriculum
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis, shall—
(1) develop a curriculum for training State, local, and tribal government officials, including law
enforcement officers, intelligence analysts, and other emergency response providers, in the
intelligence cycle and Federal laws, practices, and regulations regarding the development,
handling, and review of intelligence and other information; and
(2) ensure that the curriculum includes executive level training for senior level State, local, and
tribal law enforcement officers, intelligence analysts, and other emergency response providers.
(b) Training
To the extent possible, the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center and other existing Federal
entities with the capacity and expertise to train State, local, and tribal government officials based on
the curriculum developed under subsection (a) shall be used to carry out the training programs
created under this section. If such entities do not have the capacity, resources, or capabilities to
conduct such training, the Secretary may approve another entity to conduct such training.
(c) Consultation
In carrying out the duties described in subsection (a), the Under Secretary for Intelligence and
Analysis shall consult with the Director of the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, the
Attorney General, the Director of National Intelligence, the Administrator of the Federal Emergency
Management Agency, and other appropriate parties, such as private industry, institutions of higher
education, nonprofit institutions, and other intelligence agencies of the Federal Government.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §209, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §503(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
312.)

§124g. Information sharing incentives
(a) Awards
In making cash awards under chapter 45 of title 5, the President or the head of an agency, in
consultation with the program manager designated under section 485 of this title, may consider the
success of an employee in appropriately sharing information within the scope of the information
sharing environment established under that section, including homeland security information,
terrorism information, and weapons of mass destruction information, or national intelligence (as
defined in section 3003(5) of title 50 1, in a manner consistent with any policies, guidelines,
procedures, instructions, or standards established by the President or, as appropriate, the program
manager of that environment for the implementation and management of that environment.
(b) Other incentives
The head of each department or agency described in section 485(i) of this title, in consultation
with the program manager designated under section 485 of this title, shall adopt best practices
regarding effective ways to educate and motivate officers and employees of the Federal Government
to participate fully in the information sharing environment, including—
(1) promotions and other nonmonetary awards; and
(2) publicizing information sharing accomplishments by individual employees and, where
appropriate, the tangible end benefits that resulted.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §210, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §503(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
313.)

1

So in original. A closing parenthesis probably should precede the comma.

§124h. Department of Homeland Security State, Local, and Regional Fusion
Center Initiative
(a) Establishment
The Secretary, in consultation with the program manager of the information sharing environment
established under section 485 of this title, the Attorney General, the Privacy Officer of the
Department, the Officer for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties of the Department, and the Privacy and
Civil Liberties Oversight Board established under section 2000ee of title 42, shall establish a
Department of Homeland Security State, Local, and Regional Fusion Center Initiative to establish
partnerships with State, local, and regional fusion centers.
(b) Department support and coordination
Through the Department of Homeland Security State, Local, and Regional Fusion Center
Initiative, and in coordination with the principal officials of participating State, local, or regional
fusion centers and the officers designated as the Homeland Security Advisors of the States, the
Secretary shall—
(1) provide operational and intelligence advice and assistance to State, local, and regional fusion
centers;
(2) support efforts to include State, local, and regional fusion centers into efforts to establish an
information sharing environment;
(3) conduct tabletop and live training exercises to regularly assess the capability of individual
and regional networks of State, local, and regional fusion centers to integrate the efforts of such
networks with the efforts of the Department;
(4) coordinate with other relevant Federal entities engaged in homeland security-related
activities;
(5) provide analytic and reporting advice and assistance to State, local, and regional fusion
centers;
(6) review information within the scope of the information sharing environment, including
homeland security information, terrorism information, and weapons of mass destruction
information, that is gathered by State, local, and regional fusion centers, and to incorporate such
information, as appropriate, into the Department's own such information;
(7) provide management assistance to State, local, and regional fusion centers;
(8) serve as a point of contact to ensure the dissemination of information within the scope of the
information sharing environment, including homeland security information, terrorism information,
and weapons of mass destruction information;
(9) facilitate close communication and coordination between State, local, and regional fusion
centers and the Department;
(10) provide State, local, and regional fusion centers with expertise on Department resources
and operations;
(11) provide training to State, local, and regional fusion centers and encourage such fusion
centers to participate in terrorism threat-related exercises conducted by the Department; and
(12) carry out such other duties as the Secretary determines are appropriate.
(c) Personnel assignment
(1) In general
The Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis shall, to the maximum extent practicable,
assign officers and intelligence analysts from components of the Department to participating State,
local, and regional fusion centers.
(2) Personnel sources

Officers and intelligence analysts assigned to participating fusion centers under this subsection
may be assigned from the following Department components, in coordination with the respective
component head and in consultation with the principal officials of participating fusion centers:
(A) Office of Intelligence and Analysis.
(B) Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency.
(C) Transportation Security Administration.
(D) United States Customs and Border Protection.
(E) United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement.
(F) United States Coast Guard.
(G) Other components of the Department, as determined by the Secretary.
(3) Qualifying criteria
(A) In general
The Secretary shall develop qualifying criteria for a fusion center to participate in the
assigning of Department officers or intelligence analysts under this section.
(B) Criteria
Any criteria developed under subparagraph (A) may include—
(i) whether the fusion center, through its mission and governance structure, focuses on a
broad counterterrorism approach, and whether that broad approach is pervasive through all
levels of the organization;
(ii) whether the fusion center has sufficient numbers of adequately trained personnel to
support a broad counterterrorism mission;
(iii) whether the fusion center has—
(I) access to relevant law enforcement, emergency response, private sector, open source,
and national security data; and
(II) the ability to share and analytically utilize that data for lawful purposes;
(iv) whether the fusion center is adequately funded by the State, local, or regional
government to support its counterterrorism mission; and
(v) the relevancy of the mission of the fusion center to the particular source component of
Department officers or intelligence analysts.
(4) Prerequisite
(A) Intelligence analysis, privacy, and civil liberties training
Before being assigned to a fusion center under this section, an officer or intelligence analyst
shall undergo—
(i) appropriate intelligence analysis or information sharing training using an
intelligence-led policing curriculum that is consistent with—
(I) standard training and education programs offered to Department law enforcement
and intelligence personnel; and
(II) the Criminal Intelligence Systems Operating Policies under part 23 of title 28, Code
of Federal Regulations (or any corresponding similar rule or regulation);
(ii) appropriate privacy and civil liberties training that is developed, supported, or
sponsored by the Privacy Officer appointed under section 142 of this title and the Officer for
Civil Rights and Civil Liberties of the Department, in consultation with the Privacy and Civil
Liberties Oversight Board established under section 2000ee of title 42; and
(iii) such other training prescribed by the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis.
(B) Prior work experience in area
In determining the eligibility of an officer or intelligence analyst to be assigned to a fusion
center under this section, the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis shall consider the
familiarity of the officer or intelligence analyst with the State, locality, or region, as determined

by such factors as whether the officer or intelligence analyst—
(i) has been previously assigned in the geographic area; or
(ii) has previously worked with intelligence officials or law enforcement or other
emergency response providers from that State, locality, or region.
(5) Expedited security clearance processing
The Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis—
(A) shall ensure that each officer or intelligence analyst assigned to a fusion center under this
section has the appropriate security clearance to contribute effectively to the mission of the
fusion center; and
(B) may request that security clearance processing be expedited for each such officer or
intelligence analyst and may use available funds for such purpose.
(6) Further qualifications
Each officer or intelligence analyst assigned to a fusion center under this section shall satisfy
any other qualifications the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis may prescribe.
(d) Responsibilities
An officer or intelligence analyst assigned to a fusion center under this section shall—
(1) assist law enforcement agencies and other emergency response providers of State, local, and
tribal governments and fusion center personnel in using information within the scope of the
information sharing environment, including homeland security information, terrorism information,
and weapons of mass destruction information, to develop a comprehensive and accurate threat
picture;
(2) review homeland security-relevant information from law enforcement agencies and other
emergency response providers of State, local, and tribal government;
(3) create intelligence and other information products derived from such information and other
homeland security-relevant information provided by the Department; and
(4) assist in the dissemination of such products, as coordinated by the Under Secretary for
Intelligence and Analysis, to law enforcement agencies and other emergency response providers of
State, local, and tribal government, other fusion centers, and appropriate Federal agencies.
(e) Border intelligence priority
(1) In general
The Secretary shall make it a priority to assign officers and intelligence analysts under this
section from United States Customs and Border Protection, United States Immigration and
Customs Enforcement, and the Coast Guard to participating State, local, and regional fusion
centers located in jurisdictions along land or maritime borders of the United States in order to
enhance the integrity of and security at such borders by helping Federal, State, local, and tribal law
enforcement authorities to identify, investigate, and otherwise interdict persons, weapons, and
related contraband that pose a threat to homeland security.
(2) Border intelligence products
When performing the responsibilities described in subsection (d), officers and intelligence
analysts assigned to participating State, local, and regional fusion centers under this section shall
have, as a primary responsibility, the creation of border intelligence products that—
(A) assist State, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies in deploying their resources most
efficiently to help detect and interdict terrorists, weapons of mass destruction, and related
contraband at land or maritime borders of the United States;
(B) promote more consistent and timely sharing of border security-relevant information
among jurisdictions along land or maritime borders of the United States; and
(C) enhance the Department's situational awareness of the threat of acts of terrorism at or
involving the land or maritime borders of the United States.
(f) Database access

In order to fulfill the objectives described under subsection (d), each officer or intelligence analyst
assigned to a fusion center under this section shall have appropriate access to all relevant Federal
databases and information systems, consistent with any policies, guidelines, procedures, instructions,
or standards established by the President or, as appropriate, the program manager of the information
sharing environment for the implementation and management of that environment.
(g) Consumer feedback
(1) In general
The Secretary shall create a voluntary mechanism for any State, local, or tribal law enforcement
officer or other emergency response provider who is a consumer of the intelligence or other
information products referred to in subsection (d) to provide feedback to the Department on the
quality and utility of such intelligence products.
(2) Report
Not later than one year after August 3, 2007, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit
to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the
Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives a report that includes a
description of the consumer feedback obtained under paragraph (1) and, if applicable, how the
Department has adjusted its production of intelligence products in response to that consumer
feedback.
(h) Rule of construction
(1) In general
The authorities granted under this section shall supplement the authorities granted under section
121(d) of this title and nothing in this section shall be construed to abrogate the authorities granted
under section 121(d) of this title.
(2) Participation
Nothing in this section shall be construed to require a State, local, or regional government or
entity to accept the assignment of officers or intelligence analysts of the Department into the
fusion center of that State, locality, or region.
(i) Guidelines
The Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney General, shall establish guidelines for fusion
centers created and operated by State and local governments, to include standards that any such
fusion center shall—
(1) collaboratively develop a mission statement, identify expectations and goals, measure
performance, and determine effectiveness for that fusion center;
(2) create a representative governance structure that includes law enforcement officers and other
emergency response providers and, as appropriate, the private sector;
(3) create a collaborative environment for the sharing of intelligence and information among
Federal, State, local, and tribal government agencies (including law enforcement officers and other
emergency response providers), the private sector, and the public, consistent with any policies,
guidelines, procedures, instructions, or standards established by the President or, as appropriate,
the program manager of the information sharing environment;
(4) leverage the databases, systems, and networks available from public and private sector
entities, in accordance with all applicable laws, to maximize information sharing;
(5) develop, publish, and adhere to a privacy and civil liberties policy consistent with Federal,
State, and local law;
(6) provide, in coordination with the Privacy Officer of the Department and the Officer for Civil
Rights and Civil Liberties of the Department, appropriate privacy and civil liberties training for all
State, local, tribal, and private sector representatives at the fusion center;
(7) ensure appropriate security measures are in place for the facility, data, and personnel;
(8) select and train personnel based on the needs, mission, goals, and functions of that fusion

center;
(9) offer a variety of intelligence and information services and products to recipients of fusion
center intelligence and information; and
(10) incorporate law enforcement officers, other emergency response providers, and, as
appropriate, the private sector, into all relevant phases of the intelligence and fusion process,
consistent with the mission statement developed under paragraph (1), either through full time
representatives or liaison relationships with the fusion center to enable the receipt and sharing of
information and intelligence.
(j) Fusion center information sharing strategy
Not later than 1 year after March 2, 2020, and not less frequently than once every 5 years
thereafter, the Secretary shall develop or update a strategy for Department engagement with fusion
centers. Such strategy shall be developed and updated in consultation with the heads of intelligence
components of the Department, the Chief Privacy Officer, the Officer for Civil Rights and Civil
Liberties, officials of fusion centers, officers designated as Homeland Security Advisors, and the
heads of other relevant agencies, as appropriate. Such strategy shall include the following:
(1) Specific goals and objectives for sharing information and engaging with fusion centers—
(A) through the direct deployment of personnel from intelligence components of the
Department;
(B) through the use of Department unclassified and classified information sharing systems,
including the Homeland Security Information Network and the Homeland Secure Data
Network, or any successor systems; and
(C) through any additional means.
(2) The performance metrics to be used to measure success in achieving the goals and
objectives referred to in paragraph (1).
(3) A 5-year plan for continued engagement with fusion centers.
(k) Definitions
In this section—
(1) the term "fusion center" means a collaborative effort of 2 or more Federal, State, local, or
tribal government agencies that combines resources, expertise, or information with the goal of
maximizing the ability of such agencies to detect, prevent, investigate, apprehend, and respond to
criminal or terrorist activity;
(2) the term "information sharing environment" means the information sharing environment
established under section 485 of this title;
(3) the term "intelligence analyst" means an individual who regularly advises, administers,
supervises, or performs work in the collection, gathering, analysis, evaluation, reporting,
production, or dissemination of information on political, economic, social, cultural, physical,
geographical, scientific, or military conditions, trends, or forces in foreign or domestic areas that
directly or indirectly affect national security;
(4) the term "intelligence-led policing" means the collection and analysis of information to
produce an intelligence end product designed to inform law enforcement decision making at the
tactical and strategic levels; and
(5) the term "terrorism information" has the meaning given that term in section 485 of this title.
(l) Authorization of appropriations
There is authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2008 through 2012, to
carry out this section, except for subsection (i), including for hiring officers and intelligence analysts
to replace officers and intelligence analysts who are assigned to fusion centers under this section.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §210A, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §511(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
317; amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(F), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4177; Pub. L. 116–116, §2,
Mar. 2, 2020, 134 Stat. 110.)

EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2020—Subsecs. (j) to (l). Pub. L. 116–116 added subsec. (j) and redesignated former subsecs. (j) and (k) as
(k) and (l), respectively.
2018—Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 115–278 substituted "Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency"
for "Office of Infrastructure Protection".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
OFFICE OF INTELLIGENCE AND ANALYSIS FIELD PERSONNEL SUPPORT TO FUSION
CENTERS
Pub. L. 116–116, §3, Mar. 2, 2020, 134 Stat. 111, provided that:
"(a) PERFORMANCE METRICS.—Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act
[Mar. 2, 2020], the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis shall—
"(1) consider the effectiveness of existing processes to identify and prepare field personnel for
deployment to support fusion centers and internal mechanisms to ensure oversight and accountability of
such field personnel, including field personnel assigned to one center and field personnel assigned to
multiple centers; and
"(2) publish and disseminate performance metrics, taking into account, as appropriate, regional and
threat diversity, for—
"(A) field personnel from the Office of Intelligence and Analysis assigned to an individual fusion
center;
"(B) field personnel from the Office of Intelligence and Analysis assigned to multiple fusion
centers; and
"(C) Regional Directors of the Office of Intelligence and Analysis to ensure accountability for
monitoring all field personnel under the supervision of such Regional Directors.
"(b) TRAINING.—In consultation with the Chief Information Officer, the Under Secretary for Intelligence
and Analysis shall develop and implement a formalized training module for fusion center personnel regarding
the classified Homeland Secure Data Network, or any successor system.
"(c) FUSION CENTER DEFINED.—In this section, the term 'fusion center' has the meaning given such
term in section 210A(k) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 124h(k)], as so redesignated by
section 2 [amending this section]."
TRAINING FOR PREDEPLOYED OFFICERS AND ANALYSTS
Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §511(b), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 323, provided that: "An officer or analyst assigned
to a fusion center by the Secretary of Homeland Security before the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 3,
2007] shall undergo the training described in section 210A(c)(4)(A) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6
U.S.C. 124h(c)(4)(A)], as added by subsection (a), by not later than 6 months after such date."

§124i. Homeland Security Information Sharing Fellows Program
(a) Establishment
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis, and in
consultation with the Chief Human Capital Officer, shall establish a fellowship program in
accordance with this section for the purpose of—
(A) detailing State, local, and tribal law enforcement officers and intelligence analysts to the
Department in accordance with subchapter VI of chapter 33 of title 5 to participate in the work
of the Office of Intelligence and Analysis in order to become familiar with—
(i) the relevant missions and capabilities of the Department and other Federal agencies; and
(ii) the role, programs, products, and personnel of the Office of Intelligence and Analysis;
and
(B) promoting information sharing between the Department and State, local, and tribal law

enforcement officers and intelligence analysts by assigning such officers and analysts to—
(i) serve as a point of contact in the Department to assist in the representation of State,
local, and tribal information requirements;
(ii) identify information within the scope of the information sharing environment,
including homeland security information, terrorism information, and weapons of mass
destruction information, that is of interest to State, local, and tribal law enforcement officers,
intelligence analysts, and other emergency response providers;
(iii) assist Department analysts in preparing and disseminating products derived from
information within the scope of the information sharing environment, including homeland
security information, terrorism information, and weapons of mass destruction information,
that are tailored to State, local, and tribal law enforcement officers and intelligence analysts
and designed to prepare for and thwart acts of terrorism; and
(iv) assist Department analysts in preparing products derived from information within the
scope of the information sharing environment, including homeland security information,
terrorism information, and weapons of mass destruction information, that are tailored to
State, local, and tribal emergency response providers and assist in the dissemination of such
products through appropriate Department channels.
(2) Program name
The program under this section shall be known as the "Homeland Security Information Sharing
Fellows Program".
(b) Eligibility
(1) In general
In order to be eligible for selection as an Information Sharing Fellow under the program under
this section, an individual shall—
(A) have homeland security-related responsibilities;
(B) be eligible for an appropriate security clearance;
(C) possess a valid need for access to classified information, as determined by the Under
Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis;
(D) be an employee of an eligible entity; and
(E) have undergone appropriate privacy and civil liberties training that is developed,
supported, or sponsored by the Privacy Officer and the Officer for Civil Rights and Civil
Liberties, in consultation with the Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board established
under section 2000ee of title 42.
(2) Eligible entities
In this subsection, the term "eligible entity" means—
(A) a State, local, or regional fusion center;
(B) a State or local law enforcement or other government entity that serves a major
metropolitan area, suburban area, or rural area, as determined by the Secretary;
(C) a State or local law enforcement or other government entity with port, border, or
agricultural responsibilities, as determined by the Secretary;
(D) a tribal law enforcement or other authority; or
(E) such other entity as the Secretary determines is appropriate.
(c) Optional participation
No State, local, or tribal law enforcement or other government entity shall be required to
participate in the Homeland Security Information Sharing Fellows Program.
(d) Procedures for nomination and selection
(1) In general
The Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis shall establish procedures to provide for the
nomination and selection of individuals to participate in the Homeland Security Information

Sharing Fellows Program.
(2) Limitations
The Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis shall—
(A) select law enforcement officers and intelligence analysts representing a broad
cross-section of State, local, and tribal agencies; and
(B) ensure that the number of Information Sharing Fellows selected does not impede the
activities of the Office of Intelligence and Analysis.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §210B, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §512(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
324.)

§124j. Rural Policing Institute
(a) In general
The Secretary shall establish a Rural Policing Institute, which shall be administered by the Federal
Law Enforcement Training Center, to target training to law enforcement agencies and other
emergency response providers located in rural areas. The Secretary, through the Rural Policing
Institute, shall—
(1) evaluate the needs of law enforcement agencies and other emergency response providers in
rural areas;
(2) develop expert training programs designed to address the needs of law enforcement agencies
and other emergency response providers in rural areas as identified in the evaluation conducted
under paragraph (1), including training programs about intelligence-led policing and protections
for privacy, civil rights, and civil liberties;
(3) provide the training programs developed under paragraph (2) to law enforcement agencies
and other emergency response providers in rural areas; and
(4) conduct outreach efforts to ensure that local and tribal governments in rural areas are aware
of the training programs developed under paragraph (2) so they can avail themselves of such
programs.
(b) Curricula
The training at the Rural Policing Institute established under subsection (a) shall—
(1) be configured in a manner so as not to duplicate or displace any law enforcement or
emergency response program of the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center or a local or tribal
government entity in existence on August 3, 2007; and
(2) to the maximum extent practicable, be delivered in a cost-effective manner at facilities of
the Department, on closed military installations with adequate training facilities, or at facilities
operated by the participants.
(c) Definition
In this section, the term "rural" means an area that is not located in a metropolitan statistical area,
as defined by the Office of Management and Budget.
(d) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section (including for contracts, staff, and
equipment)—
(1) $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2008; and
(2) $5,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2009 through 2013.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §210C, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §513(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
327.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES

RURAL AREA
Pub. L. 112–74, div. D, title V, §546, Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 977, provided that: "For fiscal year 2012 and
thereafter, for purposes of section 210C of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 124j), a rural area
shall also include any area that is located in a metropolitan statistical area and a county, borough, parish, or
area under the jurisdiction of an Indian tribe with a population of not more than 50,000."

§124k. Interagency Threat Assessment and Coordination Group
(a) In general
To improve the sharing of information within the scope of the information sharing environment
established under section 485 of this title with State, local, tribal, and private sector officials, the
Director of National Intelligence, through the program manager for the information sharing
environment, in coordination with the Secretary, shall coordinate and oversee the creation of an
Interagency Threat Assessment and Coordination Group (referred to in this section as the "ITACG").
(b) Composition of ITACG
The ITACG shall consist of—
(1) an ITACG Advisory Council to set policy and develop processes for the integration,
analysis, and dissemination of federally-coordinated information within the scope of the
information sharing environment, including homeland security information, terrorism information,
and weapons of mass destruction information; and
(2) an ITACG Detail comprised of State, local, and tribal homeland security and law
enforcement officers and intelligence analysts detailed to work in the National Counterterrorism
Center with Federal intelligence analysts for the purpose of integrating, analyzing, and assisting in
the dissemination of federally-coordinated information within the scope of the information sharing
environment, including homeland security information, terrorism information, and weapons of
mass destruction information, through appropriate channels identified by the ITACG Advisory
Council.
(c) Responsibilities of Secretary
The Secretary, or the Secretary's designee, in coordination with the Director of the National
Counterterrorism Center and the ITACG Advisory Council, shall—
(1) create policies and standards for the creation of information products derived from
information within the scope of the information sharing environment, including homeland security
information, terrorism information, and weapons of mass destruction information, that are suitable
for dissemination to State, local, and tribal governments and the private sector;
(2) evaluate and develop processes for the timely dissemination of federally-coordinated
information within the scope of the information sharing environment, including homeland security
information, terrorism information, and weapons of mass destruction information, to State, local,
and tribal governments and the private sector;
(3) establish criteria and a methodology for indicating to State, local, and tribal governments
and the private sector the reliability of information within the scope of the information sharing
environment, including homeland security information, terrorism information, and weapons of
mass destruction information, disseminated to them;
(4) educate the intelligence community about the requirements of the State, local, and tribal
homeland security, law enforcement, and other emergency response providers regarding
information within the scope of the information sharing environment, including homeland security
information, terrorism information, and weapons of mass destruction information;
(5) establish and maintain the ITACG Detail, which shall assign an appropriate number of State,
local, and tribal homeland security and law enforcement officers and intelligence analysts to work
in the National Counterterrorism Center who shall—
(A) educate and advise National Counterterrorism Center intelligence analysts about the
requirements of the State, local, and tribal homeland security and law enforcement officers, and

other emergency response providers regarding information within the scope of the information
sharing environment, including homeland security information, terrorism information, and
weapons of mass destruction information;
(B) assist National Counterterrorism Center intelligence analysts in integrating, analyzing,
and otherwise preparing versions of products derived from information within the scope of the
information sharing environment, including homeland security information, terrorism
information, and weapons of mass destruction information that are unclassified or classified at
the lowest possible level and suitable for dissemination to State, local, and tribal homeland
security and law enforcement agencies in order to help deter and prevent terrorist attacks;
(C) implement, in coordination with National Counterterrorism Center intelligence analysts,
the policies, processes, procedures, standards, and guidelines developed by the ITACG
Advisory Council;
(D) assist in the dissemination of products derived from information within the scope of the
information sharing environment, including homeland security information, terrorism
information, and weapons of mass destruction information, to State, local, and tribal
jurisdictions only through appropriate channels identified by the ITACG Advisory Council;
(E) make recommendations, as appropriate, to the Secretary or the Secretary's designee, for
the further dissemination of intelligence products that could likely inform or improve the
security of a State, local, or tribal government, (including a State, local, or tribal law
enforcement agency) or a private sector entity; and
(F) report directly to the senior intelligence official from the Department under paragraph (6);
(6) detail a senior intelligence official from the Department of Homeland Security to the
National Counterterrorism Center, who shall—
(A) manage the day-to-day operations of the ITACG Detail;
(B) report directly to the Director of the National Counterterrorism Center or the Director's
designee; and
(C) in coordination with the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and subject to
the approval of the Director of the National Counterterrorism Center, select a deputy from the
pool of available detailees from the Federal Bureau of Investigation in the National
Counterterrorism Center;
(7) establish, within the ITACG Advisory Council, a mechanism to select law enforcement
officers and intelligence analysts for placement in the National Counterterrorism Center consistent
with paragraph (5), using criteria developed by the ITACG Advisory Council that shall encourage
participation from a broadly representative group of State, local, and tribal homeland security and
law enforcement agencies; and
(8) compile an annual assessment of the ITACG Detail's performance, including summaries of
customer feedback, in preparing, disseminating, and requesting the dissemination of intelligence
products intended for State, local and tribal government (including State, local, and tribal law
enforcement agencies) and private sector entities.
(d) Membership
The Secretary, or the Secretary's designee, shall serve as the chair of the ITACG Advisory
Council, which shall include—
(1) representatives of—
(A) the Department;
(B) the Federal Bureau of Investigation;
(C) the National Counterterrorism Center;
(D) the Department of Defense;
(E) the Department of Energy;
(F) the Department of State; and
(G) other Federal entities as appropriate;

(2) the program manager of the information sharing environment, designated under section
485(f) of this title, or the program manager's designee; and
(3) executive level law enforcement and intelligence officials from State, local, and tribal
governments.
(e) Criteria
The Secretary, in consultation with the Director of National Intelligence, the Attorney General,
and the program manager of the information sharing environment established under section 485 of
this title, shall—
(1) establish procedures for selecting members of the ITACG Advisory Council and for the
proper handling and safeguarding of products derived from information within the scope of the
information sharing environment, including homeland security information, terrorism information,
and weapons of mass destruction information, by those members; and
(2) ensure that at least 50 percent of the members of the ITACG Advisory Council are from
State, local, and tribal governments.
(f) Operations
(1) In general
Beginning not later than 90 days after August 3, 2007, the ITACG Advisory Council shall meet
regularly, but not less than quarterly, at the facilities of the National Counterterrorism Center of
the Office of the Director of National Intelligence.
(2) Management
Pursuant to section 3056(f)(E) 1 of title 50, the Director of the National Counterterrorism
Center, acting through the senior intelligence official from the Department of Homeland Security
detailed pursuant to subsection (d)(6),2 shall ensure that—
(A) the products derived from information within the scope of the information sharing
environment, including homeland security information, terrorism information, and weapons of
mass destruction information, prepared by the National Counterterrorism Center and the
ITACG Detail for distribution to State, local, and tribal homeland security and law enforcement
agencies reflect the requirements of such agencies and are produced consistently with the
policies, processes, procedures, standards, and guidelines established by the ITACG Advisory
Council;
(B) in consultation with the ITACG Advisory Council and consistent with sections
3024(f)(1)(B)(iii) and 3056(f)(E) 1 of title 50, all products described in subparagraph (A) are
disseminated through existing channels of the Department and the Department of Justice and
other appropriate channels to State, local, and tribal government officials and other entities;
(C) all detailees under subsection (d)(5) 2 have appropriate access to all relevant information
within the scope of the information sharing environment, including homeland security
information, terrorism information, and weapons of mass destruction information, available at
the National Counterterrorism Center in order to accomplish the objectives under that
paragraph;
(D) all detailees under subsection (d)(5) 2 have the appropriate security clearances and are
trained in the procedures for handling, processing, storing, and disseminating classified products
derived from information within the scope of the information sharing environment, including
homeland security information, terrorism information, and weapons of mass destruction
information; and
(E) all detailees under subsection (d)(5) 2 complete appropriate privacy and civil liberties
training.
(g) Inapplicability of the Federal Advisory Committee Act
The Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall not apply to the ITACG or any
subsidiary groups thereof.

(h) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years
2008 through 2012 to carry out this section, including to obtain security clearances for the State,
local, and tribal participants in the ITACG.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §210D, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §521(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
328; amended Pub. L. 111–258, §5(b)(2), (c), Oct. 7, 2010, 124 Stat. 2650, 2651; Pub. L. 116–92,
div. E, title LXVII, §6726(b), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2236.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Subsection (d)(5) and (6), referred to in subsec. (f)(2), was redesignated subsec. (c)(5) and (6), respectively,
by Pub. L. 116–92, div. E, title LXVII, §6726(b)(2), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2236.
The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (g), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat.
770, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
AMENDMENTS
2019—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 116–92, §6726(b)(1), (2), redesignated subsec. (d) as (c) and struck out former
subsec. (c) which related to responsibilities of program manager.
Subsec. (c)(9). Pub. L. 116–92, §6726(b)(3), struck out par. (9) which read as follows: "provide the
assessment developed pursuant to paragraph (8) to the program manager for use in the annual reports required
by subsection (c)(2)."
Subsecs. (d) to (i). Pub. L. 116–92, §6726(b)(2), redesignated subsecs. (e) to (i) as (d) to (h), respectively.
2010—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 111–258, §5(c)(1), struck out ", in consultation with the Information Sharing
Council," after "program manager" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 111–258, §5(c)(2)–(4), added par. (3).
Subsec. (d)(5)(E), (F). Pub. L. 111–258, §5(b)(2)(A), added subpar. (E) and redesignated former subpar. (E)
as (F).
Subsec. (d)(8), (9). Pub. L. 111–258, §5(b)(2)(B)–(D), added pars. (8) and (9).
1

So in original. Probably should be section "3056(f)(1)(E)".

2

See References in Text note below.

§124l. Transferred
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §210E, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title X, §1001(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121
Stat. 372, which related to national asset database, was renumbered section 2214 of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub.
L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(G), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to section 664 of this title.

§124m. Classified Information Advisory Officer
(a) Requirement to establish
The Secretary shall identify and designate within the Department a Classified Information
Advisory Officer, as described in this section.
(b) Responsibilities
The responsibilities of the Classified Information Advisory Officer shall be as follows:
(1) To develop and disseminate educational materials and to develop and administer training

programs to assist State, local, and tribal governments (including State, local, and tribal law
enforcement agencies) and private sector entities—
(A) in developing plans and policies to respond to requests related to classified information
without communicating such information to individuals who lack appropriate security
clearances;
(B) regarding the appropriate procedures for challenging classification designations of
information received by personnel of such entities; and
(C) on the means by which such personnel may apply for security clearances.
(2) To inform the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis on policies and procedures that
could facilitate the sharing of classified information with such personnel, as appropriate.
(c) Initial designation
Not later than 90 days after October 7, 2010, the Secretary shall—
(1) designate the initial Classified Information Advisory Officer; and
(2) submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and
the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives a written notification of the
designation.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §210E, formerly §210F, as added Pub. L. 111–258, §4(a), Oct. 7, 2010,
124 Stat. 2649; renumbered §210E, Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(J), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 210E of Pub. L. 107–296, title II, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title X, §1001(a), Aug. 3, 2007,
121 Stat. 372, was renumbered section 2214 of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(G), Nov. 16,
2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to section 664 of this title.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
FINDINGS
Pub. L. 111–258, §2, Oct. 7, 2010, 124 Stat. 2648, provided that: "Congress finds the following:
"(1) The National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States (commonly known as the
'9/11 Commission') concluded that security requirements nurture over-classification and excessive
compartmentation of information among agencies.
"(2) The 9/11 Commission and others have observed that the over-classification of information
interferes with accurate, actionable, and timely information sharing, increases the cost of information
security, and needlessly limits stakeholder and public access to information.
"(3) Over-classification of information causes considerable confusion regarding what information may
be shared with whom, and negatively affects the dissemination of information within the Federal
Government and with State, local, and tribal entities, and with the private sector.
"(4) Over-classification of information is antithetical to the creation and operation of the information
sharing environment established under section 1016 of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention
Act of 2004 (6 U.S.C. 485).
"(5) Federal departments or agencies authorized to make original classification decisions or that
perform derivative classification of information are responsible for developing, implementing, and
administering policies, procedures, and programs that promote compliance with applicable laws, executive
orders, and other authorities pertaining to the proper use of classification markings and the policies of the
National Archives and Records Administration."

§124m–1. Departmental coordination on counter threats
(a) Establishment
There is authorized in the Department, for a period of 2 years beginning after December 27, 2020,

a Counter Threats Advisory Board (in this section referred to as the "Board") which shall—
(1) be composed of senior representatives of departmental operational components and
headquarters elements; and
(2) coordinate departmental intelligence activities and policy and information related to the
mission and functions of the Department that counter threats.
(b) Charter
There shall be a charter to govern the structure and mission of the Board, which shall—
(1) direct the Board to focus on the current threat environment and the importance of aligning
departmental activities to counter threats under the guidance of the Secretary; and
(2) be reviewed and updated as appropriate.
(c) Members
(1) In general
The Board shall be composed of senior representatives of departmental operational components
and headquarters elements.
(2) Chair
The Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis shall serve as the Chair of the Board.
(3) Members
The Secretary shall appoint additional members of the Board from among the following:
(A) The Transportation Security Administration.
(B) U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
(C) U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement.
(D) The Federal Emergency Management Agency.
(E) The Coast Guard.
(F) U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services.
(G) The United States Secret Service.
(H) The Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency.
(I) The Office of Operations Coordination.
(J) The Office of the General Counsel.
(K) The Office of Intelligence and Analysis.
(L) The Office of Strategy, Policy, and Plans.
(M) The Science and Technology Directorate.
(N) The Office for State and Local Law Enforcement.
(O) The Privacy Office.
(P) The Office for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties.
(Q) Other departmental offices and programs as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(d) Meetings
The Board shall—
(1) meet on a regular basis to discuss intelligence and coordinate ongoing threat mitigation
efforts and departmental activities, including coordination with other Federal, State, local, tribal,
territorial, and private sector partners; and
(2) make recommendations to the Secretary.
(e) Terrorism alerts
The Board shall advise the Secretary on the issuance of terrorism alerts under section 124 of this
title.
(f) Prohibition on additional funds
No additional funds are authorized to carry out this section.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §210F, as added Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title VI, §602(a), Dec. 27, 2020,
134 Stat. 2294.)

EDITORIAL NOTES
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 210F of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 210E and is classified to section 124m of
this title.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
NOTICE REGARDING MECHANISMS TO COORDINATE THREATS
Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title VI, §602(d), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2295, provided that: "The Secretary of
Homeland Security shall provide written notification to and brief the Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of
Representatives on any changes to or introductions of new mechanisms to coordinate threats across the
Department of Homeland Security."

§124n. Protection of certain facilities and assets from unmanned aircraft
(a) Authority
Notwithstanding section 46502 of title 49 or sections 32, 1030, 1367 and chapters 119 and 206 of
title 18, the Secretary and the Attorney General may, for their respective Departments, take, and may
authorize personnel with assigned duties that include the security or protection of people, facilities,
or assets, to take such actions as are described in subsection (b)(1) that are necessary to mitigate a
credible threat (as defined by the Secretary or the Attorney General, in consultation with the
Secretary of Transportation) that an unmanned aircraft system or unmanned aircraft poses to the
safety or security of a covered facility or asset.
(b) Actions described
(1) In general
The actions authorized in subsection (a) are the following:
(A) During the operation of the unmanned aircraft system, detect, identify, monitor, and track
the unmanned aircraft system or unmanned aircraft, without prior consent, including by means
of intercept or other access of a wire communication, an oral communication, or an electronic
communication used to control the unmanned aircraft system or unmanned aircraft.
(B) Warn the operator of the unmanned aircraft system or unmanned aircraft, including by
passive or active, and direct or indirect physical, electronic, radio, and electromagnetic means.
(C) Disrupt control of the unmanned aircraft system or unmanned aircraft, without prior
consent, including by disabling the unmanned aircraft system or unmanned aircraft by
intercepting, interfering, or causing interference with wire, oral, electronic, or radio
communications used to control the unmanned aircraft system or unmanned aircraft.
(D) Seize or exercise control of the unmanned aircraft system or unmanned aircraft.
(E) Seize or otherwise confiscate the unmanned aircraft system or unmanned aircraft.
(F) Use reasonable force, if necessary, to disable, damage, or destroy the unmanned aircraft
system or unmanned aircraft.
(2) Required coordination
The Secretary and the Attorney General shall develop for their respective Departments the
actions described in paragraph (1) in coordination with the Secretary of Transportation.
(3) Research, testing, training, and evaluation
The Secretary and the Attorney General shall conduct research, testing, training on, and
evaluation of any equipment, including any electronic equipment, to determine its capability and
utility prior to the use of any such technology for any action described in subsection (b)(1).

(4) Coordination
The Secretary and the Attorney General shall coordinate with the Administrator of the Federal
Aviation Administration when any action authorized by this section might affect aviation safety,
civilian aviation and aerospace operations, aircraft airworthiness, or the use of the airspace.
(c) Forfeiture
Any unmanned aircraft system or unmanned aircraft described in subsection (a) that is seized by
the Secretary or the Attorney General is subject to forfeiture to the United States.
(d) Regulations and guidance
(1) In general
The Secretary, the Attorney General, and the Secretary of Transportation may prescribe
regulations and shall issue guidance in the respective areas of each Secretary or the Attorney
General to carry out this section.
(2) Coordination
(A) Coordination with Department of Transportation
The Secretary and the Attorney General shall coordinate the development of their respective
guidance under paragraph (1) with the Secretary of Transportation.
(B) Effect on aviation safety
The Secretary and the Attorney General shall respectively coordinate with the Secretary of
Transportation and the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration before issuing any
guidance, or otherwise implementing this section, if such guidance or implementation might
affect aviation safety, civilian aviation and aerospace operations, aircraft airworthiness, or the
use of airspace.
(e) Privacy protection
The regulations or guidance issued to carry out actions authorized under subsection (b) by each
Secretary or the Attorney General, as the case may be, shall ensure that—
(1) the interception or acquisition of, or access to, or maintenance or use of, communications to
or from an unmanned aircraft system under this section is conducted in a manner consistent with
the First and Fourth Amendments to the Constitution of the United States and applicable
provisions of Federal law;
(2) communications to or from an unmanned aircraft system are intercepted or acquired only to
the extent necessary to support an action described in subsection (b)(1);
(3) records of such communications are maintained only for as long as necessary, and in no
event for more than 180 days, unless the Secretary of Homeland Security or the Attorney General
determine 1 that maintenance of such records is necessary to investigate or prosecute a violation of
law, directly support an ongoing security operation, is required under Federal law, or for the
purpose of any litigation;
(4) such communications are not disclosed outside the Department of Homeland Security or the
Department of Justice unless the disclosure—
(A) is necessary to investigate or prosecute a violation of law;
(B) would support the Department of Defense, a Federal law enforcement agency, or the
enforcement activities of a regulatory agency of the Federal Government in connection with a
criminal or civil investigation of, or any regulatory, statutory, or other enforcement action
relating to an action described in subsection (b)(1);
(C) is between the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Justice in the
course of a security or protection operation of either agency or a joint operation of such
agencies; or
(D) is otherwise required by law; and
(5) to the extent necessary, the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Justice

are authorized to share threat information, which shall not include communications referred to in
subsection (b), with State, local, territorial, or tribal law enforcement agencies in the course of a
security or protection operation.
(f) Budget
The Secretary and the Attorney General shall submit to Congress, as a part of the homeland
security or justice budget materials for each fiscal year after fiscal year 2019, a consolidated funding
display that identifies the funding source for the actions described in subsection (b)(1) within the
Department of Homeland Security or the Department of Justice. The funding display shall be in
unclassified form, but may contain a classified annex.
(g) Semiannual briefings and notifications
(1) In general
On a semiannual basis during the period beginning 6 months after October 5, 2018, and ending
on the date specified in subsection (i), the Secretary and the Attorney General shall, respectively,
provide a briefing to the appropriate congressional committees on the activities carried out
pursuant to this section.
(2) Requirement
Each briefing required under paragraph (1) shall be conducted jointly with the Secretary of
Transportation.
(3) Content
Each briefing required under paragraph (1) shall include—
(A) policies, programs, and procedures to mitigate or eliminate impacts of such activities to
the National Airspace System;
(B) a description of instances in which actions described in subsection (b)(1) have been
taken, including all such instances that may have resulted in harm, damage, or loss to a person
or to private property;
(C) a description of the guidance, policies, or procedures established to address privacy, civil
rights, and civil liberties issues implicated by the actions allowed under this section, as well as
any changes or subsequent efforts that would significantly affect privacy, civil rights or civil
liberties;
(D) a description of options considered and steps taken to mitigate any identified impacts to
the national airspace system related to the use of any system or technology, including the
minimization of the use of any technology that disrupts the transmission of radio or electronic
signals, for carrying out the actions described in subsection (b)(1);
(E) a description of instances in which communications intercepted or acquired during the
course of operations of an unmanned aircraft system were held for more than 180 days or
shared outside of the Department of Justice or the Department of Homeland Security;
(F) how the Secretary, the Attorney General, and the Secretary of Transportation have
informed the public as to the possible use of authorities under this section; 2
(G) how the Secretary, the Attorney General, and the Secretary of Transportation have
engaged with Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies to implement and use such
authorities.
(4) Unclassified form
Each briefing required under paragraph (1) shall be in unclassified form, but may be
accompanied by an additional classified briefing.
(5) Notification
Within 30 days of deploying any new technology to carry out the actions described in
subsection (b)(1), the Secretary and the Attorney General shall, respectively, submit a notification
to the appropriate congressional committees. Such notification shall include a description of
options considered to mitigate any identified impacts to the national airspace system related to the

use of any system or technology, including the minimization of the use of any technology that
disrupts the transmission of radio or electronic signals, for carrying out the actions described in
subsection (b)(1).
(h) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section may be construed to—
(1) vest in the Secretary or the Attorney General any authority of the Secretary of
Transportation or the Administrator of the Federal Aviation Administration;
(2) vest in the Secretary of Transportation or the Administrator of the Federal Aviation
Administration any authority of the Secretary or the Attorney General;
(3) vest in the Secretary of Homeland Security any authority of the Attorney General;
(4) vest in the Attorney General any authority of the Secretary of Homeland Security; or
(5) provide a new basis of liability for any State, local, territorial, or tribal law enforcement
officers who participate in the protection of a mass gathering identified by the Secretary or
Attorney General under subsection (k)(3)(C)(iii)(II), act within the scope of their authority, and do
not exercise the authority granted to the Secretary and Attorney General by this section.
(i) Termination
The authority to carry out this section with respect to a covered facility or asset specified in
subsection (k)(3) shall terminate on the date that is 4 years after October 5, 2018.
(j) Scope of authority
Nothing in this section shall be construed to provide the Secretary or the Attorney General with
additional authorities beyond those described in subsections (a) and (k)(3)(C)(iii).
(k) Definitions
In this section:
(1) The term "appropriate congressional committees" means—
(A) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, the Committee on
Commerce, Science, and Transportation, and the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate; and
(B) the Committee on Homeland Security, the Committee on Transportation and
Infrastructure, the Committee on Energy and Commerce, and the Committee on the Judiciary of
the House of Representatives.
(2) The term "budget", with respect to a fiscal year, means the budget for that fiscal year that is
submitted to Congress by the President under section 1105(a) of title 31.
(3) The term "covered facility or asset" means any facility or asset that—
(A) is identified as high-risk and a potential target for unlawful unmanned aircraft activity by
the Secretary or the Attorney General, in coordination with the Secretary of Transportation with
respect to potentially impacted airspace, through a risk-based assessment for purposes of this
section (except that in the case of the missions described in subparagraph (C)(i)(II) and
(C)(iii)(I), such missions shall be presumed to be for the protection of a facility or asset that is
assessed to be high-risk and a potential target for unlawful unmanned aircraft activity);
(B) is located in the United States (including the territories and possessions, territorial seas or
navigable waters of the United States); and
(C) directly relates to one or more—
(i) missions authorized to be performed by the Department of Homeland Security,
consistent with governing statutes, regulations, and orders issued by the Secretary, pertaining
to—
(I) security or protection functions of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection, including
securing or protecting facilities, aircraft, and vessels, whether moored or underway;
(II) United States Secret Service protection operations pursuant to sections 3056(a) and
3056A(a) of title 18 and the Presidential Protection Assistance Act of 1976 (18 U.S.C.
3056 note); or
(III) protection of facilities pursuant to section 1315(a) of title 40;

(ii) missions authorized to be performed by the Department of Justice, consistent with
governing statutes, regulations, and orders issued by the Attorney General, pertaining to—
(I) personal protection operations by—
(aa) the Federal Bureau of Investigation as specified in section 533 of title 28; and
(bb) the United States Marshals Service of Federal jurists, court officers, witnesses,
and other threatened persons in the interests of justice, as specified in section
566(e)(1)(A) of title 28;
(II) protection of penal, detention, and correctional facilities and operations conducted
by the Federal Bureau of Prisons; or
(III) protection of the buildings and grounds leased, owned, or operated by or for the
Department of Justice, and the provision of security for Federal courts, as specified in
section 566(a) of title 28;
(iii) missions authorized to be performed by the Department of Homeland Security or the
Department of Justice, acting together or separately, consistent with governing statutes,
regulations, and orders issued by the Secretary or the Attorney General, respectively,
pertaining to—
(I) protection of a National Special Security Event and Special Event Assessment Rating
event;
(II) the provision of support to State, local, territorial, or tribal law enforcement, upon
request of the chief executive officer of the State or territory, to ensure protection of people
and property at mass gatherings, that is limited to a specified timeframe and location,
within available resources, and without delegating any authority under this section to State,
local, territorial, or tribal law enforcement; or
(III) protection of an active Federal law enforcement investigation, emergency response,
or security function, that is limited to a specified timeframe and location; and 3
(iv) missions authorized to be performed by the United States Coast Guard, including those
described in clause (iii) as directed by the Secretary, and as further set forth in section 104 4
of title 14, and consistent with governing statutes, regulations, and orders issued by the
Secretary of the Department in which the Coast Guard is operating.
(4) The terms "electronic communication", "intercept", "oral communication", and "wire
communication" have the meaning 5 given those terms in section 2510 of title 18.
(5) The term "homeland security or justice budget materials", with respect to a fiscal year,
means the materials submitted to Congress by the Secretary and the Attorney General in support
of the budget for that fiscal year.
(6) For purposes of subsection (a), the term "personnel" means officers and employees of the
Department of Homeland Security or the Department of Justice.
(7) The terms "unmanned aircraft" and "unmanned aircraft system" have the meanings given
those terms in section 44801, 6 of title 49.
(8) For purposes of this section, the term "risk-based assessment" includes an evaluation of
threat information specific to a covered facility or asset and, with respect to potential impacts on
the safety and efficiency of the national airspace system and the needs of law enforcement and
national security at each covered facility or asset identified by the Secretary or the Attorney
General, respectively, of each of the following factors:
(A) Potential impacts to safety, efficiency, and use of the national airspace system, including
potential effects on manned aircraft and unmanned aircraft systems, aviation safety, airport
operations, infrastructure, and air navigation services related to the use of any system or
technology for carrying out the actions described in subsection (b)(1).

(B) Options for mitigating any identified impacts to the national airspace system related to
the use of any system or technology, including minimizing when possible the use of any
technology which disrupts the transmission of radio or electronic signals, for carrying out the
actions described in subsection (b)(1).
(C) Potential consequences of the impacts of any actions taken under subsection (b)(1) to the
national airspace system and infrastructure if not mitigated.
(D) The ability to provide reasonable advance notice to aircraft operators consistent with the
safety of the national airspace system and the needs of law enforcement and national security.
(E) The setting and character of any covered facility or asset, including whether it is located
in a populated area or near other structures, whether the facility is open to the public, whether
the facility is also used for nongovernmental functions, and any potential for interference with
wireless communications or for injury or damage to persons or property.
(F) The setting, character, timeframe, and national airspace system impacts of National
Special Security Event and Special Event Assessment Rating events.
(G) Potential consequences to national security, public safety, or law enforcement if threats
posed by unmanned aircraft systems are not mitigated or defeated.
(l) Department of Homeland Security assessment
(1) Report
Not later than 1 year after October 5, 2018, the Secretary shall conduct, in coordination with the
Attorney General and the Secretary of Transportation, an assessment to the appropriate
congressional committees, including—
(A) an evaluation of the threat from unmanned aircraft systems to United States critical
infrastructure (as defined in this chapter) and to domestic large hub airports (as defined in
section 40102 of title 49);
(B) an evaluation of current Federal and 7 State, local, territorial, or tribal law enforcement
authorities to counter the threat identified in subparagraph (A), and recommendations, if any,
for potential changes to existing authorities to allow State, local, territorial, and tribal law
enforcement to assist Federal law enforcement to counter the threat where appropriate;
(C) an evaluation of the knowledge of, efficiency of, and effectiveness of current procedures
and resources available to owners of critical infrastructure and domestic large hub airports when
they believe a threat from unmanned aircraft systems is present and what additional actions, if
any, the Department of Homeland Security or the Department of Transportation could
implement under existing authorities to assist these entities to counter the threat identified in
subparagraph (A);
(D) an assessment of what, if any, additional authorities are needed by each Department and
law enforcement to counter the threat identified in subparagraph (A); and
(E) an assessment of what, if any, additional research and development the Department needs
to counter the threat identified in subparagraph (A).
(2) Unclassified form
The report required under paragraph (1) shall be submitted in unclassified form, but may
contain a classified annex.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §210G, as added Pub. L. 115–254, div. H, §1602(a), Oct. 5, 2018, 132
Stat. 3522.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Presidential Protection Assistance Act of 1976, referred to in subsec. (k)(3)(C)(i)(II), is Pub. L.
94–524, Oct. 17, 1976, 90 Stat. 2475, which enacted and amended provisions set out as notes under section
3056 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see
Tables.

Section 104 of title 14, referred to in subsec. (k)(3)(C)(iv), was redesignated section 528 of title 14 by Pub.
L. 115–282, title I, §105(b), Dec. 4, 2018, 132 Stat. 4200, and references to section 104 of title 14 deemed to
refer to such redesignated section, see section 123(b)(1) of Pub. L. 115–282, set out as a References to
Sections of Title 14 as Redesignated by Pub. L. 115–282 note preceding section 101 of Title 14, Coast Guard.
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (l)(1)(A), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov.
25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
1

So in original. Probably should be "determines".

2

So in original. Probably should be followed by "and".

3

So in original. Probably should be "or".

4

See References in Text note below.

5

So in original. Probably should be "meanings".

6

So in original. The comma probably should not appear.

7

So in original. Probably should be "Federal,".

§125. Annual report on intelligence activities of the Department of Homeland
Security
(a) In general
For each fiscal year and along with the budget materials submitted in support of the budget of the
Department of Homeland Security pursuant to section 1105(a) of title 31, the Under Secretary for
Intelligence and Analysis of the Department shall submit to the congressional intelligence
committees a report for such fiscal year on each intelligence activity of each intelligence component
of the Department, as designated by the Under Secretary, that includes the following:
(1) The amount of funding requested for each such intelligence activity.
(2) The number of full-time employees funded to perform each such intelligence activity.
(3) The number of full-time contractor employees (or the equivalent of full-time in the case of
part-time contractor employees) funded to perform or in support of each such intelligence activity.
(4) A determination as to whether each such intelligence activity is predominantly in support of
national intelligence or departmental missions.
(5) The total number of analysts of the Intelligence Enterprise of the Department that perform—
(A) strategic analysis; or
(B) operational analysis.
(b) Feasibility and advisability report
Not later than 120 days after December 19, 2014, the Secretary of Homeland Security, acting
through the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis, shall submit to the congressional
intelligence committees a report that—
(1) examines the feasibility and advisability of including the budget request for all intelligence
activities of each intelligence component of the Department that predominantly support
departmental missions, as designated by the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis, in the
Homeland Security Intelligence Program; and
(2) includes a plan to enhance the coordination of department-wide intelligence activities to
achieve greater efficiencies in the performance of the Department of Homeland Security

intelligence functions.
(c) Intelligence component of the Department
In this section, the term "intelligence component of the Department" has the meaning given that
term in section 101 of this title.
(Pub. L. 113–293, title III, §324, Dec. 19, 2014, 128 Stat. 4004.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2015, and not as part of
the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
DEFINITIONS
"Congressional intelligence committees" means the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate and the
Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives, see section 2 of Pub. L.
113–293, set out as a note under section 3003 of Title 50, War and National Defense.

§126. Department of Homeland Security data framework
(a) In general
(1) Development
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall develop a data framework to integrate existing
Department of Homeland Security datasets and systems, as appropriate, for access by authorized
personnel in a manner consistent with relevant legal authorities and privacy, civil rights, and civil
liberties policies and protections.
(2) Requirements
In developing the framework required under paragraph (1), the Secretary of Homeland Security
shall ensure, in accordance with all applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, the following
information is included:
(A) All information acquired, held, or obtained by an office or component of the Department
of Homeland Security that falls within the scope of the information sharing environment,
including homeland security information, terrorism information, weapons of mass destruction
information, and national intelligence.
(B) Any information or intelligence relevant to priority mission needs and capability
requirements of the homeland security enterprise, as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(b) Data framework access
(1) In general
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall ensure that the data framework required under this
section is accessible to employees of the Department of Homeland Security who the Secretary
determines—
(A) have an appropriate security clearance;
(B) are assigned to perform a function that requires access to information in such framework;
and
(C) are trained in applicable standards for safeguarding and using such information.
(2) Guidance
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall—
(A) issue guidance for Department of Homeland Security employees authorized to access and

contribute to the data framework pursuant to paragraph (1); and
(B) ensure that such guidance enforces a duty to share between offices and components of the
Department when accessing or contributing to such framework for mission needs.
(3) Efficiency
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall promulgate data standards and instruct components
of the Department of Homeland Security to make available information through the data
framework required under this section in a machine-readable standard format, to the greatest
extent practicable.
(c) Exclusion of information
The Secretary of Homeland Security may exclude information from the data framework required
under this section if the Secretary determines inclusion of such information may—
(1) jeopardize the protection of sources, methods, or activities;
(2) compromise a criminal or national security investigation;
(3) be inconsistent with other Federal laws or regulations; or
(4) be duplicative or not serve an operational purpose if included in such framework.
(d) Safeguards
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall incorporate into the data framework required under this
section systems capabilities for auditing and ensuring the security of information included in such
framework. Such capabilities shall include the following:
(1) Mechanisms for identifying insider threats.
(2) Mechanisms for identifying security risks.
(3) Safeguards for privacy, civil rights, and civil liberties.
(e) Deadline for implementation
Not later than 2 years after December 19, 2018, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall ensure
the data framework required under this section has the ability to include appropriate information in
existence within the Department of Homeland Security to meet the critical mission operations of the
Department of Homeland Security.
(f) Notice to Congress
(1) Status updates
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees
regular updates on the status of the data framework until the framework is fully operational.
(2) Operational notification
Not later than 60 days after the date on which the data framework required under this section is
fully operational, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall provide notice to the appropriate
congressional committees that the data framework is fully operational.
(3) Value added
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall annually brief Congress on component use of the
data framework required under this section to support operations that disrupt terrorist activities
and incidents in the homeland.
(g) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Appropriate congressional committee; homeland
The terms "appropriate congressional committee" and "homeland" have the meaning given
those terms in section 101 of this title.
(2) Homeland security information
The term "homeland security information" has the meaning given such term in section 482 of
this title.

(3) National intelligence
The term "national intelligence" has the meaning given such term in section 3003(5) of title 50.
(4) Terrorism information
The term "terrorism information" has the meaning given such term in section 485 of this title.
(Pub. L. 115–331, §2, Dec. 19, 2018, 132 Stat. 4484.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Data Framework Act of 2018, and not
as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

PART B—INFORMATION SECURITY
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Subtitle C of title II of Pub. L. 107–296, which was classified to part C of this subchapter, was redesignated
subtitle B of title II of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(K), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and
transferred to this part.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior subtitle B of title II of Pub. L. 107–296, which was classified to this part, was redesignated subtitle
B of title XXII of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(H), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and
transferred to part B (§671 et seq.) of subchapter XVIII of this chapter.

§§131 to 134. Transferred
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section 131, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §212, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2150; Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II,
§204, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2961, which related to definitions, was renumbered section 2222 of Pub. L.
107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(H), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to section 671 of
this title.
Section 132, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §213, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2152, which related to designation of
critical infrastructure protection program, was renumbered section 2223 of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub. L.
115–278, §2(g)(2)(H), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to section 672 of this title.
Section 133, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §214, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2152; Pub. L. 108–271, §8(b), July 7,
2004, 118 Stat. 814; Pub. L. 112–199, title I, §111, Nov. 27, 2012, 126 Stat. 1472, which related to protection
of voluntarily shared critical infrastructure information, was renumbered section 2224 of Pub. L. 107–296 by
Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(H), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to section 673 of this title.
Section 134, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §215, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2155, which prohibited the
construction of former part B as creating a private right of action for enforcement of any provision of this
chapter, was renumbered section 2225 of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(H), Nov. 16, 2018,
132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to section 674 of this title.

§141. Procedures for sharing information
The Secretary shall establish procedures on the use of information shared under this subchapter

that—
(1) limit the redissemination of such information to ensure that it is not used for an unauthorized
purpose;
(2) ensure the security and confidentiality of such information;
(3) protect the constitutional and statutory rights of any individuals who are subjects of such
information; and
(4) provide data integrity through the timely removal and destruction of obsolete or erroneous
names and information.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §221, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2155.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this title", meaning title II of Pub. L. 107–296, Nov.
25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2145, which enacted this subchapter, amended sections 1030, 2511, 2512, 2520, 2701 to
2703, and 3125 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, sections 10102 and 10122 of Title 34, Crime
Control and Law Enforcement, and section 401a of Title 50, War and National Defense, and enacted
provisions set out as a note under section 101 of this title and listed in a Provisions for Review, Promulgation,
or Amendment of Federal Sentencing Guidelines Relating to Specific Offenses table set out under section 994
of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. For complete classification of title II to the Code, see Tables.

§142. Privacy officer
(a) Appointment and responsibilities
The Secretary shall appoint a senior official in the Department, who shall report directly to the
Secretary, to assume primary responsibility for privacy policy, including—
(1) assuring that the use of technologies sustain, and do not erode, privacy protections relating
to the use, collection, and disclosure of personal information;
(2) assuring that personal information contained in Privacy Act systems of records is handled in
full compliance with fair information practices as set out in the Privacy Act of 1974 [5 U.S.C.
552a];
(3) evaluating legislative and regulatory proposals involving collection, use, and disclosure of
personal information by the Federal Government;
(4) conducting a privacy impact assessment of proposed rules of the Department or that of the
Department on the privacy of personal information, including the type of personal information
collected and the number of people affected;
(5) coordinating with the Officer for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties to ensure that—
(A) programs, policies, and procedures involving civil rights, civil liberties, and privacy
considerations are addressed in an integrated and comprehensive manner; and
(B) Congress receives appropriate reports on such programs, policies, and procedures; and
(6) preparing a report to Congress on an annual basis on activities of the Department that affect
privacy, including complaints of privacy violations, implementation of the Privacy Act of 1974 [5
U.S.C. 552a], internal controls, and other matters.
(b) Authority to investigate
(1) In general
The senior official appointed under subsection (a) may—
(A) have access to all records, reports, audits, reviews, documents, papers, recommendations,
and other materials available to the Department that relate to programs and operations with
respect to the responsibilities of the senior official under this section;
(B) make such investigations and reports relating to the administration of the programs and

operations of the Department as are, in the senior official's judgment, necessary or desirable;
(C) subject to the approval of the Secretary, require by subpoena the production, by any
person other than a Federal agency, of all information, documents, reports, answers, records,
accounts, papers, and other data and documentary evidence necessary to performance of the
responsibilities of the senior official under this section; and
(D) administer to or take from any person an oath, affirmation, or affidavit, whenever
necessary to performance of the responsibilities of the senior official under this section.
(2) Enforcement of subpoenas
Any subpoena issued under paragraph (1)(C) shall, in the case of contumacy or refusal to obey,
be enforceable by order of any appropriate United States district court.
(3) Effect of oaths
Any oath, affirmation, or affidavit administered or taken under paragraph (1)(D) by or before an
employee of the Privacy Office designated for that purpose by the senior official appointed under
subsection (a) shall have the same force and effect as if administered or taken by or before an
officer having a seal of office.
(c) Supervision and coordination
(1) In general
The senior official appointed under subsection (a) shall—
(A) report to, and be under the general supervision of, the Secretary; and
(B) coordinate activities with the Inspector General of the Department in order to avoid
duplication of effort.
(2) Coordination with the Inspector General
(A) In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the senior official appointed under subsection (a)
may investigate any matter relating to possible violations or abuse concerning the
administration of any program or operation of the Department relevant to the purposes under
this section.
(B) Coordination
(i) Referral
Before initiating any investigation described under subparagraph (A), the senior official
shall refer the matter and all related complaints, allegations, and information to the Inspector
General of the Department.
(ii) Determinations and notifications by the Inspector General
(I) In general
Not later than 30 days after the receipt of a matter referred under clause (i), the Inspector
General shall—
(aa) make a determination regarding whether the Inspector General intends to initiate
an audit or investigation of the matter referred under clause (i); and
(bb) notify the senior official of that determination.
(II) Investigation not initiated
If the Inspector General notifies the senior official under subclause (I)(bb) that the
Inspector General intended to initiate an audit or investigation, but does not initiate that
audit or investigation within 90 days after providing that notification, the Inspector General
shall further notify the senior official that an audit or investigation was not initiated. The
further notification under this subclause shall be made not later than 3 days after the end of
that 90-day period.
(iii) Investigation by senior official

The senior official may investigate a matter referred under clause (i) if—
(I) the Inspector General notifies the senior official under clause (ii)(I)(bb) that the
Inspector General does not intend to initiate an audit or investigation relating to that
matter; or
(II) the Inspector General provides a further notification under clause (ii)(II) relating to
that matter.
(iv) Privacy training
Any employee of the Office of Inspector General who audits or investigates any matter
referred under clause (i) shall be required to receive adequate training on privacy laws, rules,
and regulations, to be provided by an entity approved by the Inspector General in
consultation with the senior official appointed under subsection (a).
(d) Notification to Congress on removal
If the Secretary removes the senior official appointed under subsection (a) or transfers that senior
official to another position or location within the Department, the Secretary shall—
(1) promptly submit a written notification of the removal or transfer to Houses of Congress; and
(2) include in any such notification the reasons for the removal or transfer.
(e) Reports by senior official to Congress
The senior official appointed under subsection (a) shall—
(1) submit reports directly to the Congress regarding performance of the responsibilities of the
senior official under this section, without any prior comment or amendment by the Secretary,
Deputy Secretary, or any other officer or employee of the Department or the Office of
Management and Budget; and
(2) inform the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and
the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives not later than—
(A) 30 days after the Secretary disapproves the senior official's request for a subpoena under
subsection (b)(1)(C) or the Secretary substantively modifies the requested subpoena; or
(B) 45 days after the senior official's request for a subpoena under subsection (b)(1)(C), if
that subpoena has not either been approved or disapproved by the Secretary.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §222, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2155; Pub. L. 108–458, title VIII, §8305,
Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3868; Pub. L. 110–53, title VIII, §802, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 358.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Privacy Act of 1974, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), (6), is Pub. L. 93–579, Dec. 31, 1974, 88 Stat. 1896,
as amended, which enacted section 552a of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and provisions
set out as notes under section 552a of Title 5. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short
Title of 1974 Amendment note set out under section 552a of Title 5 and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2007—Pub. L. 110–53 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added subsecs.
(b) to (e).
2004—Pub. L. 108–458, §8305(1), inserted ", who shall report directly to the Secretary," after "in the
Department" in introductory provisions.
Pars. (5), (6). Pub. L. 108–458, §8305(2)–(4), added par. (5) and redesignated former par. (5) as (6).

§§143 to 145. Transferred
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION

Section 143, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §223, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2156; Pub. L. 110–53, title V,
§531(b)(1)(A), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 334; Pub. L. 113–283, §2(e)(3)(A), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3086,
which related to enhancement of Federal and non-Federal cybersecurity, was renumbered section 2205 of Pub.
L. 107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to section 655 of
this title.
Section 144, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §224, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2156; Pub. L. 110–53, title V,
§531(b)(1)(B), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 334, which related to NET Guard, was renumbered section 2206 of
Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to section
656 of this title.
Section 145, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §225, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2156, which related to Cyber Security
Enhancement Act of 2002, was renumbered section 2207 of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(I),
Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to section 657 of this title.

§146. Cybersecurity workforce assessment and strategy
(a) Workforce assessment
(1) In general
Not later than 180 days after December 18, 2014, and annually thereafter for 3 years, the
Secretary shall assess the cybersecurity workforce of the Department.
(2) Contents
The assessment required under paragraph (1) shall include, at a minimum—
(A) an assessment of the readiness and capacity of the workforce of the Department to meet
its cybersecurity mission;
(B) information on where cybersecurity workforce positions are located within the
Department;
(C) information on which cybersecurity workforce positions are—
(i) performed by—
(I) permanent full-time equivalent employees of the Department, including, to the
greatest extent practicable, demographic information about such employees;
(II) independent contractors; and
(III) individuals employed by other Federal agencies, including the National Security
Agency; or
(ii) vacant; and
(D) information on—
(i) the percentage of individuals within each Cybersecurity Category and Specialty Area
who received essential training to perform their jobs; and
(ii) in cases in which such essential training was not received, what challenges, if any,
were encountered with respect to the provision of such essential training.
(b) Workforce strategy
(1) In general
The Secretary shall—
(A) not later than 1 year after December 18, 2014, develop a comprehensive workforce
strategy to enhance the readiness, capacity, training, recruitment, and retention of the
cybersecurity workforce of the Department; and
(B) maintain and, as necessary, update the comprehensive workforce strategy developed
under subparagraph (A).
(2) Contents
The comprehensive workforce strategy developed under paragraph (1) shall include a
description of—

(A) a multi-phased recruitment plan, including with respect to experienced professionals,
members of disadvantaged or underserved communities, the unemployed, and veterans;
(B) a 5-year implementation plan;
(C) a 10-year projection of the cybersecurity workforce needs of the Department;
(D) any obstacle impeding the hiring and development of a cybersecurity workforce in the
Department; and
(E) any gap in the existing cybersecurity workforce of the Department and a plan to fill any
such gap.
(c) Updates
The Secretary submit 1 to the appropriate congressional committees annual updates on—
(1) the cybersecurity workforce assessment required under subsection (a); and
(2) the progress of the Secretary in carrying out the comprehensive workforce strategy required
to be developed under subsection (b).
(Pub. L. 113–246, §3, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2880.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Cybersecurity Workforce Assessment Act, and not as part of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
HOMELAND SECURITY CYBERSECURITY WORKFORCE ASSESSMENT
Pub. L. 113–277, §4, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3008, provided that:
"(a) SHORT TITLE.—This section may be cited as the 'Homeland Security Cybersecurity Workforce
Assessment Act'.
"(b) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
"(1) APPROPRIATE CONGRESSIONAL COMMITTEES.—The term 'appropriate congressional
committees' means—
"(A) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
"(B) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives; and
"(C) the Committee on House Administration of the House of Representatives.
"(2) CYBERSECURITY WORK CATEGORY; DATA ELEMENT CODE; SPECIALTY AREA
.—The terms 'Cybersecurity Work Category', 'Data Element Code', and 'Specialty Area' have the meanings
given such terms in the Office of Personnel Management's Guide to Data Standards.
"(3) DEPARTMENT.—The term 'Department' means the Department of Homeland Security.
"(4) DIRECTOR.—The term 'Director' means the Director of the Office of Personnel Management.
"(5) SECRETARY.—The term 'Secretary' means the Secretary of Homeland Security.
"(c) NATIONAL CYBERSECURITY WORKFORCE MEASUREMENT INITIATIVE.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall—
"(A) identify all cybersecurity workforce positions within the Department;
"(B) determine the primary Cybersecurity Work Category and Specialty Area of such positions;
and
"(C) assign the corresponding Data Element Code, as set forth in the Office of Personnel
Management's Guide to Data Standards which is aligned with the National Initiative for Cybersecurity
Education's National Cybersecurity Workforce Framework report, in accordance with paragraph (2).
"(2) EMPLOYMENT CODES.—
"(A) PROCEDURES.—Not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec.
18, 2014], the Secretary shall establish procedures—
"(i) to identify open positions that include cybersecurity functions (as defined in the OPM
Guide to Data Standards); and
"(ii) to assign the appropriate employment code to each such position, using agreed
standards and definitions.
"(B) CODE ASSIGNMENTS.—Not later than 9 months after the date of the enactment of this

Act, the Secretary shall assign the appropriate employment code to—
"(i) each employee within the Department who carries out cybersecurity functions; and
"(ii) each open position within the Department that have been identified as having
cybersecurity functions.
"(3) PROGRESS REPORT.—Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the
Director shall submit a progress report on the implementation of this subsection to the appropriate
congressional committees.
"(d) IDENTIFICATION OF CYBERSECURITY SPECIALTY AREAS OF CRITICAL NEED.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Beginning not later than 1 year after the date on which the employment codes
are assigned to employees pursuant to subsection (c)(2)(B), and annually through 2021, the Secretary, in
consultation with the Director, shall—
"(A) identify Cybersecurity Work Categories and Specialty Areas of critical need in the
Department's cybersecurity workforce; and
"(B) submit a report to the Director that—
"(i) describes the Cybersecurity Work Categories and Specialty Areas identified under
subparagraph (A); and
"(ii) substantiates the critical need designations.
"(2) GUIDANCE.—The Director shall provide the Secretary with timely guidance for identifying
Cybersecurity Work Categories and Specialty Areas of critical need, including—
"(A) current Cybersecurity Work Categories and Specialty Areas with acute skill shortages; and
"(B) Cybersecurity Work Categories and Specialty Areas with emerging skill shortages.
"(3) CYBERSECURITY CRITICAL NEEDS REPORT.—Not later than 18 months after the date of
the enactment of this Act, the Secretary, in consultation with the Director, shall—
"(A) identify Specialty Areas of critical need for cybersecurity workforce across the Department;
and
"(B) submit a progress report on the implementation of this subsection to the appropriate
congressional committees.
"(e) GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTABILITY OFFICE STATUS REPORTS.—The Comptroller General of
the United States shall—
"(1) analyze and monitor the implementation of subsections (c) and (d); and
"(2) not later than 3 years after the date of the enactment of this Act, submit a report to the appropriate
congressional committees that describes the status of such implementation."
DEFINITIONS
Pub. L. 113–246, §2, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2880, provided that: "In this Act [enacting this section and
provisions set out as a note under section 101 of this title]—
"(1) the term 'Cybersecurity Category' means a position's or incumbent's primary work function
involving cybersecurity, which is further defined by Specialty Area;
"(2) the term 'Department' means the Department of Homeland Security;
"(3) the term 'Secretary' means the Secretary of Homeland Security; and
"(4) the term 'Specialty Area' means any of the common types of cybersecurity work as recognized by
the National Initiative for Cybersecurity Education's National Cybersecurity Workforce Framework report."
1

So in original.

§§147 to 151. Transferred
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section 147, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §226, as added Pub. L. 113–277, §3(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat.
3005, which related to cybersecurity recruitment and retention, was renumbered section 2208 of Pub. L.
107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to section 658 of this
title.
Section 148, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §227, formerly §226, as added Pub. L. 113–282, §3(a), Dec. 18,

2014, 128 Stat. 3066; renumbered §227 and amended Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §§203, 223(a)(3), Dec.
18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2957, 2963; Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XVIII, §1841(b), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2663,
which related to national cybersecurity and communications integration center, was renumbered section 2209
of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to section
659 of this title.
A prior section 227 of Pub. L. 107–296, as added by Pub. L. 113–282, §7(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3070,
was classified to section 149 of this title prior to redesignation by Pub. L. 114–113 as section 228(c) of Pub. L.
107–296, and was classified to section 149(c) of this title prior to further redesignation by Pub. L. 115–278 as
section 2210(c) of Pub. L. 107–296, which is classified to section 660(c) of this title.
Section 149, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §228, as added and amended Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §§205,
223(a)(2), (4), (5), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2961, 2963, 2964, which related to cybersecurity plans, was
renumbered section 2210 of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178,
and transferred to section 660 of this title.
A prior section 228 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 229 and was classified to section 150 of
this title prior to renumbering as section 2212, which is classified to section 662 of this title.
Section 149a, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §228A, as added Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1912(a), Dec.
23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2683, which related to cybersecurity strategy, was renumbered section 2211 of Pub. L.
107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to section 661 of this
title.
Section 150, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §229, formerly §228, as added Pub. L. 113–282, §7(a), Dec. 18,
2014, 128 Stat. 3070; renumbered §229, Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §223(a)(1), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat.
2963, which related to clearances, was renumbered section 2212 of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278,
§2(g)(2)(I), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to section 662 of this title.
Section 151, Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §230, as added Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §223(a)(6), Dec. 18,
2015, 129 Stat. 2964, which related to Federal intrusion detection and prevention system, was renumbered
section 2213 of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and
transferred to section 663 of this title.

PART C—OFFICE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Subtitle D of title II of Pub. L. 107–296, which was classified to part D of this subchapter, was redesignated
subtitle C of title II of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(K), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and
transferred to this part.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior subtitle C of title II of Pub. L. 107–296, which was classified to this part, was redesignated subtitle
B of title II of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(K), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and
transferred to part B (§141 et seq.) of this subchapter.

§161. Establishment of Office; Director
(a) Establishment
(1) In general
There is hereby established within the Department of Justice an Office of Science and
Technology (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as the "Office").
(2) Authority
The Office shall be under the general authority of the Assistant Attorney General, Office of
Justice Programs, and shall be established within the National Institute of Justice.
(b) Director

The Office shall be headed by a Director, who shall be an individual appointed based on approval
by the Office of Personnel Management of the executive qualifications of the individual.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §231, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2159.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This subchapter, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), was in the original "this title", meaning title II of Pub. L.
107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2145, which enacted this subchapter, amended sections 1030, 2511, 2512,
2520, 2701 to 2703, and 3125 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, sections 10102 and 10122 of Title
34, Crime Control and Law Enforcement, and section 401a of Title 50, War and National Defense, and
enacted provisions set out as a note under section 101 of this title and listed in a Provisions for Review,
Promulgation, or Amendment of Federal Sentencing Guidelines Relating to Specific Offenses table set out
under section 994 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. For complete classification of title II to the
Code, see Tables.

§162. Mission of Office; duties
(a) Mission
The mission of the Office shall be—
(1) to serve as the national focal point for work on law enforcement technology; and
(2) to carry out programs that, through the provision of equipment, training, and technical
assistance, improve the safety and effectiveness of law enforcement technology and improve
access to such technology by Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies.
(b) Duties
In carrying out its mission, the Office shall have the following duties:
(1) To provide recommendations and advice to the Attorney General.
(2) To establish and maintain advisory groups (which shall be exempt from the provisions of the
Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.)) to assess the law enforcement technology
needs of Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies.
(3) To establish and maintain performance standards in accordance with the National
Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (Public Law 104–113) for, and test and
evaluate law enforcement technologies that may be used by, Federal, State, and local law
enforcement agencies.
(4) To establish and maintain a program to certify, validate, and mark or otherwise recognize
law enforcement technology products that conform to standards established and maintained by the
Office in accordance with the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995
(Public Law 104–113). The program may, at the discretion of the Office, allow for supplier's
declaration of conformity with such standards.
(5) To work with other entities within the Department of Justice, other Federal agencies, and the
executive office of the President to establish a coordinated Federal approach on issues related to
law enforcement technology.
(6) To carry out research, development, testing, evaluation, and cost-benefit analyses in fields
that would improve the safety, effectiveness, and efficiency of law enforcement technologies used
by Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies, including, but not limited to—
(A) weapons capable of preventing use by unauthorized persons, including personalized
guns;
(B) protective apparel;
(C) bullet-resistant and explosion-resistant glass;
(D) monitoring systems and alarm systems capable of providing precise location information;
(E) wire and wireless interoperable communication technologies;
(F) tools and techniques that facilitate investigative and forensic work, including computer

forensics;
(G) equipment for particular use in counterterrorism, including devices and technologies to
disable terrorist devices;
(H) guides to assist State and local law enforcement agencies;
(I) DNA identification technologies; and
(J) tools and techniques that facilitate investigations of computer crime.
(7) To administer a program of research, development, testing, and demonstration to improve
the interoperability of voice and data public safety communications.
(8) To serve on the Technical Support Working Group of the Department of Defense, and on
other relevant interagency panels, as requested.
(9) To develop, and disseminate to State and local law enforcement agencies, technical
assistance and training materials for law enforcement personnel, including prosecutors.
(10) To operate the regional National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Centers
and, to the extent necessary, establish additional centers through a competitive process.
(11) To administer a program of acquisition, research, development, and dissemination of
advanced investigative analysis and forensic tools to assist State and local law enforcement
agencies in combating cybercrime.
(12) To support research fellowships in support of its mission.
(13) To serve as a clearinghouse for information on law enforcement technologies.
(14) To represent the United States and State and local law enforcement agencies, as requested,
in international activities concerning law enforcement technology.
(15) To enter into contracts and cooperative agreements and provide grants, which may require
in-kind or cash matches from the recipient, as necessary to carry out its mission.
(16) To carry out other duties assigned by the Attorney General to accomplish the mission of
the Office.
(c) Competition required
Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, all research and development carried out by or
through the Office shall be carried out on a competitive basis.
(d) Information from Federal agencies
Federal agencies shall, upon request from the Office and in accordance with Federal law, provide
the Office with any data, reports, or other information requested, unless compliance with such
request is otherwise prohibited by law.
(e) Publications
Decisions concerning publications issued by the Office shall rest solely with the Director of the
Office.
(f) Transfer of funds
The Office may transfer funds to other Federal agencies or provide funding to non-Federal entities
through grants, cooperative agreements, or contracts to carry out its duties under this section:
Provided, That any such transfer or provision of funding shall be carried out in accordance with
section 605 of Public Law 107–77.
(g) Annual report
The Director of the Office shall include with the budget justification materials submitted to
Congress in support of the Department of Justice budget for each fiscal year (as submitted with the
budget of the President under section 1105(a) of title 31) a report on the activities of the Office. Each
such report shall include the following:
(1) For the period of 5 fiscal years beginning with the fiscal year for which the budget is
submitted—
(A) the Director's assessment of the needs of Federal, State, and local law enforcement
agencies for assistance with respect to law enforcement technology and other matters consistent

with the mission of the Office; and
(B) a strategic plan for meeting such needs of such law enforcement agencies.
(2) For the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which such budget is submitted, a
description of the activities carried out by the Office and an evaluation of the extent to which those
activities successfully meet the needs assessed under paragraph (1)(A) in previous reports.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §232, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2159; Pub. L. 108–7, div. L, §103(1), Feb.
20, 2003, 117 Stat. 529.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat.
770, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
The National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), (4), is Pub.
L. 104–113, Mar. 7, 1996, 110 Stat. 775, as amended. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see
Short Title of 1996 Amendment note set out under section 3701 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and Tables.
Section 605 of Public Law 107–77, referred to in subsec. (f), is section 605 of Pub. L. 107–77, title VI,
Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 798, which is not classified to the Code.
AMENDMENTS
2003—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 108–7 inserted before period at end ": Provided, That any such transfer or
provision of funding shall be carried out in accordance with section 605 of Public Law 107–77".

§163. Definition of law enforcement technology
For the purposes of this subchapter, the term "law enforcement technology" includes investigative
and forensic technologies, corrections technologies, and technologies that support the judicial
process.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §233, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2161.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this title", meaning title II of Pub. L. 107–296, Nov.
25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2145, which enacted this subchapter, amended sections 1030, 2511, 2512, 2520, 2701 to
2703, and 3125 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, sections 10102 and 10122 of Title 34, Crime
Control and Law Enforcement, and section 401a of Title 50, War and National Defense, and enacted
provisions set out as a note under section 101 of this title and listed in a Provisions for Review, Promulgation,
or Amendment of Federal Sentencing Guidelines Relating to Specific Offenses table set out under section 994
of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. For complete classification of title II to the Code, see Tables.

§164. Abolishment of Office of Science and Technology of National Institute of
Justice; transfer of functions
(a) Authority to transfer functions
The Attorney General may transfer to the Office any other program or activity of the Department
of Justice that the Attorney General, in consultation with the Committee on the Judiciary of the
Senate and the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives, determines to be
consistent with the mission of the Office.
(b) Transfer of personnel and assets
With respect to any function, power, or duty, or any program or activity, that is established in the

Office, those employees and assets of the element of the Department of Justice from which the
transfer is made that the Attorney General determines are needed to perform that function, power, or
duty, or for that program or activity, as the case may be, shall be transferred to the Office: Provided,
That any such transfer shall be carried out in accordance with section 605 of Public Law 107–77.
(c) Report on implementation
Not later than 1 year after November 25, 2002, the Attorney General shall submit to the
Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate and the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of
Representatives a report on the implementation of this subchapter. The report shall—
(1) provide an accounting of the amounts and sources of funding available to the Office to carry
out its mission under existing authorizations and appropriations, and set forth the future funding
needs of the Office; and
(2) include such other information and recommendations as the Attorney General considers
appropriate.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §234, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2161; Pub. L. 108–7, div. L, §103(2), Feb.
20, 2003, 117 Stat. 529.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 605 of Public Law 107–77, referred to in subsec. (b), is section 605 of Pub. L. 107–77, title VI,
Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 798, which is not classified to the Code.
This subchapter, referred to in subsec. (c), was in the original "this title", meaning title II of Pub. L.
107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2145, which enacted this subchapter, amended sections 1030, 2511, 2512,
2520, 2701 to 2703, and 3125 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, sections 10102 and 10122 of Title
34, Crime Control and Law Enforcement, and section 401a of Title 50, War and National Defense, and
enacted provisions set out as a note under section 101 of this title and listed in a Provisions for Review,
Promulgation, or Amendment of Federal Sentencing Guidelines Relating to Specific Offenses table set out
under section 994 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. For complete classification of title II to the
Code, see Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2003—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 108–7 inserted before period at end ": Provided, That any such transfer shall be
carried out in accordance with section 605 of Public Law 107–77".

§165. National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Centers
(a) In general
The Director of the Office shall operate and support National Law Enforcement and Corrections
Technology Centers (hereinafter in this section referred to as "Centers") and, to the extent necessary,
establish new centers through a merit-based, competitive process.
(b) Purpose of Centers
The purpose of the Centers shall be to—
(1) support research and development of law enforcement technology;
(2) support the transfer and implementation of technology;
(3) assist in the development and dissemination of guidelines and technological standards; and
(4) provide technology assistance, information, and support for law enforcement, corrections,
and criminal justice purposes.
(c) Annual meeting
Each year, the Director shall convene a meeting of the Centers in order to foster collaboration and
communication between Center participants.
(d) Report

Not later than 12 months after November 25, 2002, the Director shall transmit to the Congress a
report assessing the effectiveness of the existing system of Centers and identify the number of
Centers necessary to meet the technology needs of Federal, State, and local law enforcement in the
United States.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title II, §235, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2162.)

SUBCHAPTER III—SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN SUPPORT OF
HOMELAND SECURITY
§181. Under Secretary for Science and Technology
There shall be in the Department a Directorate of Science and Technology headed by an Under
Secretary for Science and Technology.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §301, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2163.)

§182. Responsibilities and authorities of the Under Secretary for Science and
Technology
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Science and Technology, shall have the
responsibility for—
(1) advising the Secretary regarding research and development efforts and priorities in support
of the Department's missions;
(2) developing, in consultation with other appropriate executive agencies, a national policy and
strategic plan for, identifying priorities, goals, objectives and policies for, and coordinating the
Federal Government's civilian efforts to identify and develop countermeasures to chemical,
biological, and other emerging terrorist threats, including the development of comprehensive,
research-based definable goals for such efforts and development of annual measurable objectives
and specific targets to accomplish and evaluate the goals for such efforts;
(3) supporting the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis and the Director of the
Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, by assessing and testing homeland security
vulnerabilities and possible threats;
(4) conducting basic and applied research, development, demonstration, testing, and evaluation
activities that are relevant to any or all elements of the Department, through both intramural and
extramural programs, except that such responsibility does not extend to human health-related
research and development activities;
(5) establishing priorities for, directing, funding, and conducting national research,
development, test and evaluation, and procurement of technology and systems for—
(A) preventing the importation of chemical, biological, and related weapons and material;
and
(B) detecting, preventing, protecting against, and responding to terrorist attacks;
(6) establishing a system for transferring homeland security developments or technologies to
Federal, State, local government, and private sector entities;
(7) entering into work agreements, joint sponsorships, contracts, or any other agreements with
the Department of Energy regarding the use of the national laboratories or sites and support of the
science and technology base at those facilities;
(8) collaborating with the Secretary of Agriculture and the Attorney General as provided in
section 8401 of title 7;
(9) collaborating with the Secretary of Health and Human Services and the Attorney General in

determining any new biological agents and toxins that shall be listed as "select agents" in
Appendix A of part 72 of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations, pursuant to section 262a of title
42;
(10) supporting United States leadership in science and technology;
(11) establishing and administering the primary research and development activities of the
Department, including the long-term research and development needs and capabilities for all
elements of the Department;
(12) coordinating and integrating all research, development, demonstration, testing, and
evaluation activities of the Department;
(13) coordinating with other appropriate executive agencies in developing and carrying out the
science and technology agenda of the Department to reduce duplication and identify unmet needs;
and
(14) developing and overseeing the administration of guidelines for merit review of research
and development projects throughout the Department, and for the dissemination of research
conducted or sponsored by the Department.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §302, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2163; Pub. L. 109–347, title V,
§501(b)(2), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1935; Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §531(b)(1)(C), Aug. 3, 2007, 121
Stat. 334; Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(3)(A), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Par. (2). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(3)(A)(i), substituted "biological," for "biological,,".
Par. (3). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(3)(A)(ii), substituted "Director of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure
Security Agency" for "Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection".
Par. (5)(A). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(3)(A)(i), substituted "biological," for "biological,,".
2007—Par. (3). Pub. L. 110–53 substituted "Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis and the
Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection" for "Under Secretary for Information Analysis and
Infrastructure Protection".
2006—Pars. (2), (5)(A). Pub. L. 109–347 struck out "radiological, nuclear" after "biological,".

§183. Functions transferred
In accordance with subchapter XII, there shall be transferred to the Secretary the functions,
personnel, assets, and liabilities of the following entities:
(1) The following programs and activities of the Department of Energy, including the functions
of the Secretary of Energy relating thereto (but not including programs and activities relating to
the strategic nuclear defense posture of the United States):
(A) The chemical and biological national security and supporting programs and activities of
the nonproliferation and verification research and development program.
(B) The nuclear smuggling programs and activities within the proliferation detection program
of the nonproliferation and verification research and development program. The programs and
activities described in this subparagraph may be designated by the President either for transfer
to the Department or for joint operation by the Secretary and the Secretary of Energy.
(C) The nuclear assessment program and activities of the assessment, detection, and
cooperation program of the international materials protection and cooperation program.
(D) Such life sciences activities of the biological and environmental research program related
to microbial pathogens as may be designated by the President for transfer to the Department.
(E) The Environmental Measurements Laboratory.
(F) The advanced scientific computing research program and activities at Lawrence
Livermore National Laboratory.
(2) The National Bio-Weapons Defense Analysis Center of the Department of Defense,

including the functions of the Secretary of Defense related thereto.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §303, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2164.)

§184. Conduct of certain public health-related activities
(a) In general
With respect to civilian human health-related research and development activities relating to
countermeasures for chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear and other emerging terrorist
threats carried out by the Department of Health and Human Services (including the Public Health
Service), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall set priorities, goals, objectives, and
policies and develop a coordinated strategy for such activities in collaboration with the Secretary of
Homeland Security to ensure consistency with the national policy and strategic plan developed
pursuant to section 182(2) of this title.
(b) Evaluation of progress
In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall collaborate with
the Secretary in developing specific benchmarks and outcome measurements for evaluating progress
toward achieving the priorities and goals described in such subsection.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §304, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2165.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section is comprised of section 304 of Pub. L. 107–296. Subsec. (c) of section 304 of Pub. L. 107–296
amended section 233 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.

§185. Federally funded research and development centers
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Science and Technology, shall have the
authority to establish or contract with 1 or more federally funded research and development centers
to provide independent analysis of homeland security issues, or to carry out other responsibilities
under this chapter, including coordinating and integrating both the extramural and intramural
programs described in section 188 of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §305, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2168.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.

§186. Miscellaneous provisions
(a) Classification
To the greatest extent practicable, research conducted or supported by the Department shall be
unclassified.
(b) Construction
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to preclude any Under Secretary of the Department

from carrying out research, development, demonstration, or deployment activities, as long as such
activities are coordinated through the Under Secretary for Science and Technology.
(c) Regulations
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Science and Technology, may issue
necessary regulations with respect to research, development, demonstration, testing, and evaluation
activities of the Department, including the conducting, funding, and reviewing of such activities.
(d) Notification of Presidential life sciences designations
Not later than 60 days before effecting any transfer of Department of Energy life sciences
activities pursuant to section 183(1)(D) of this title, the President shall notify the appropriate
congressional committees of the proposed transfer and shall include the reasons for the transfer and a
description of the effect of the transfer on the activities of the Department of Energy.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §306, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2168.)

§187. Homeland Security Advanced Research Projects Agency
(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Fund
The term "Fund" means the Acceleration Fund for Research and Development of Homeland
Security Technologies established in subsection (c).
(2) Homeland security research
The term "homeland security research" means research relevant to the detection of, prevention
of, protection against, response to, attribution of, and recovery from homeland security threats,
particularly acts of terrorism.
(3) HSARPA
The term "HSARPA" means the Homeland Security Advanced Research Projects Agency
established in subsection (b).
(4) Under Secretary
The term "Under Secretary" means the Under Secretary for Science and Technology.
(b) Homeland Security Advanced Research Projects Agency
(1) Establishment
There is established the Homeland Security Advanced Research Projects Agency.
(2) Director
HSARPA shall be headed by a Director, who shall be appointed by the Secretary. The Director
shall report to the Under Secretary.
(3) Responsibilities
The Director shall administer the Fund to award competitive, merit-reviewed grants,
cooperative agreements or contracts to public or private entities, including businesses, federally
funded research and development centers, and universities. The Director shall administer the Fund
to—
(A) support basic and applied homeland security research to promote revolutionary changes
in technologies that would promote homeland security;
(B) advance the development, testing and evaluation, and deployment of critical homeland
security technologies;
(C) accelerate the prototyping and deployment of technologies that would address homeland
security vulnerabilities; and

(D) conduct research and development for the purpose of advancing technology for the
investigation of child exploitation crimes, including child victim identification, trafficking in
persons, and child pornography, and for advanced forensics.
(4) Targeted competitions
The Director may solicit proposals to address specific vulnerabilities identified by the Director.
(5) Coordination
The Director shall ensure that the activities of HSARPA are coordinated with those of other
relevant research agencies, and may run projects jointly with other agencies.
(6) Personnel
In hiring personnel for HSARPA, the Secretary shall have the hiring and management
authorities described in section 1101 1 of the Strom Thurmond National Defense Authorization
Act for Fiscal Year 1999 (5 U.S.C. 3104 note; Public Law 105–261). The term of appointments
for employees under subsection (c)(1) of that section may not exceed 5 years before the granting
of any extension under subsection (c)(2) of that section.
(7) Demonstrations
The Director, periodically, shall hold homeland security technology demonstrations to improve
contact among technology developers, vendors and acquisition personnel.
(c) Fund
(1) Establishment
There is established the Acceleration Fund for Research and Development of Homeland
Security Technologies, which shall be administered by the Director of HSARPA.
(2) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated $500,000,000 to the Fund for fiscal year 2003 and such
sums as may be necessary thereafter.
(3) Coast Guard
Of the funds authorized to be appropriated under paragraph (2), not less than 10 percent of such
funds for each fiscal year through fiscal year 2005 shall be authorized only for the Under
Secretary, through joint agreement with the Commandant of the Coast Guard, to carry out research
and development of improved ports, waterways and coastal security surveillance and perimeter
protection capabilities for the purpose of minimizing the possibility that Coast Guard cutters,
aircraft, helicopters, and personnel will be diverted from non-homeland security missions to the
ports, waterways and coastal security mission.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §307, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2168; Pub. L. 114–22, title III, §302(c),
formerly §302(d), May 29, 2015, 129 Stat. 255; renumbered §302(d), Pub. L. 115–392, §23(c)(2),
Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5264.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 1101 of the Strom Thurmond National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1999, referred to
in subsec. (b)(6), is section 1101 of Pub. L. 105–261, which was formerly set out as a note under section 3104
of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XI,
§1121(b), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2452. See section 1599h of Title 10, Armed Forces.
AMENDMENTS
2015—Subsec. (b)(3)(D). Pub. L. 114–22 added subpar. (D).
1

See References in Text note below.

§188. Conduct of research, development, demonstration, testing and evaluation
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Science and Technology, shall carry out the
responsibilities under section 182(4) of this title through both extramural and intramural programs.
(b) Extramural programs
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Science and Technology, shall operate
extramural research, development, demonstration, testing, and evaluation programs so as to—
(A) ensure that colleges, universities, private research institutes, and companies (and
consortia thereof) from as many areas of the United States as practicable participate;
(B) ensure that the research funded is of high quality, as determined through merit review
processes developed under section 182(14) of this title; and
(C) distribute funds through grants, cooperative agreements, and contracts.
(2) University-based centers for homeland security
(A) Designation
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Science and Technology, shall
designate a university-based center or several university-based centers for homeland security.
The purpose of the center or these centers shall be to establish a coordinated, university-based
system to enhance the Nation's homeland security.
(B) Criteria for designation
Criteria for the designation of colleges or universities as a center for homeland security, shall
include, but are not limited to, demonstrated expertise in—
(i) The training of first responders.
(ii) Responding to incidents involving weapons of mass destruction and biological warfare.
(iii) Emergency and diagnostic medical services.
(iv) Chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear countermeasures or detection.
(v) Animal and plant health and diagnostics.
(vi) Food safety.
(vii) Water and wastewater operations.
(viii) Port and waterway security.
(ix) Multi-modal transportation.
(x) Information security and information engineering.
(xi) Engineering.
(xii) Educational outreach and technical assistance.
(xiii) Border transportation and security.
(xiv) The public policy implications and public dissemination of homeland security related
research and development.
(C) Discretion of Secretary
To the extent that exercising such discretion is in the interest of homeland security, and with
respect to the designation of any given university-based center for homeland security, the
Secretary may except certain criteria as specified in subparagraph (B) and consider additional
criteria beyond those specified in subparagraph (B). Upon designation of a university-based
center for homeland security, the Secretary shall that day publish in the Federal Register the
criteria that were excepted or added in the selection process and the justification for the set of
criteria that were used for that designation.
(D) Report to Congress
The Secretary shall report annually, from the date of enactment, to Congress concerning the

implementation of this section. That report shall indicate which center or centers have been
designated and how the designation or designations enhance homeland security, as well as
report any decisions to revoke or modify such designations.
(E) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this
paragraph.
(c) Intramural programs
(1) Consultation
In carrying out the duties under section 182 of this title, the Secretary, acting through the Under
Secretary for Science and Technology, may draw upon the expertise of any laboratory of the
Federal Government, whether operated by a contractor or the Government.
(2) Laboratories
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Science and Technology, may establish a
headquarters laboratory for the Department at any laboratory or site and may establish additional
laboratory units at other laboratories or sites.
(3) Criteria for headquarters laboratory
If the Secretary chooses to establish a headquarters laboratory pursuant to paragraph (2), then
the Secretary shall do the following:
(A) Establish criteria for the selection of the headquarters laboratory in consultation with the
National Academy of Sciences, appropriate Federal agencies, and other experts.
(B) Publish the criteria in the Federal Register.
(C) Evaluate all appropriate laboratories or sites against the criteria.
(D) Select a laboratory or site on the basis of the criteria.
(E) Report to the appropriate congressional committees on which laboratory was selected,
how the selected laboratory meets the published criteria, and what duties the headquarters
laboratory shall perform.
(4) Limitation on operation of laboratories
No laboratory shall begin operating as the headquarters laboratory of the Department until at
least 30 days after the transmittal of the report required by paragraph (3)(E).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §308, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2170; Pub. L. 108–7, div. L, §101(1), Feb.
20, 2003, 117 Stat. 526.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The date of enactment, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(D), probably means the date of enactment of this section
by Pub. L. 107–296, which was approved Nov. 25, 2002.
AMENDMENTS
2003—Subsecs. (a) to (c)(1). Pub. L. 108–7 added subsecs. (a) to (c)(1) and struck out former subsecs. (a)
to (c)(1) which related to the responsibilities of the Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Science
and Technology, to carry out the responsibilities under section 182(4) of this title through both extramural and
intramural programs, to operate extramural research, development, demonstration, testing, and evaluation
programs, to establish a coordinated, university-based system to enhance the Nation's homeland security, and
to draw upon the expertise of any laboratory of the Federal Government.

§189. Utilization of Department of Energy national laboratories and sites in
support of homeland security activities

(a) Authority to utilize national laboratories and sites
(1) In general
In carrying out the missions of the Department, the Secretary may utilize the Department of
Energy national laboratories and sites through any 1 or more of the following methods, as the
Secretary considers appropriate:
(A) A joint sponsorship arrangement referred to in subsection (b).
(B) A direct contract between the Department and the applicable Department of Energy
laboratory or site, subject to subsection (c).
(C) Any "work for others" basis made available by that laboratory or site.
(D) Any other method provided by law.
(2) Acceptance and performance by labs and sites
Notwithstanding any other law governing the administration, mission, use, or operations of any
of the Department of Energy national laboratories and sites, such laboratories and sites are
authorized to accept and perform work for the Secretary, consistent with resources provided, and
perform such work on an equal basis to other missions at the laboratory and not on a
noninterference basis with other missions of such laboratory or site.
(b) Joint sponsorship arrangements
(1) Laboratories
The Department may be a joint sponsor, under a multiple agency sponsorship arrangement with
the Department of Energy, of 1 or more Department of Energy national laboratories in the
performance of work.
(2) Sites
The Department may be a joint sponsor of a Department of Energy site in the performance of
work as if such site were a federally funded research and development center and the work were
performed under a multiple agency sponsorship arrangement with the Department.
(3) Primary sponsor
The Department of Energy shall be the primary sponsor under a multiple agency sponsorship
arrangement referred to in paragraph (1) or (2).
(4) Lead agent
The Secretary of Energy shall act as the lead agent in coordinating the formation and
performance of a joint sponsorship arrangement under this subsection between the Department and
a Department of Energy national laboratory or site.
(5) Federal Acquisition Regulation
Any work performed by a Department of Energy national laboratory or site under a joint
sponsorship arrangement under this subsection shall comply with the policy on the use of federally
funded research and development centers under the Federal Acquisition Regulations.
(6) Funding
The Department shall provide funds for work at the Department of Energy national laboratories
or sites, as the case may be, under a joint sponsorship arrangement under this subsection under the
same terms and conditions as apply to the primary sponsor of such national laboratory under
section 3303(a)(1)(C) of title 41 or of such site to the extent such section applies to such site as a
federally funded research and development center by reason of this subsection.
(c) Separate contracting
To the extent that programs or activities transferred by this chapter from the Department of Energy
to the Department of Homeland Security are being carried out through direct contracts with the
operator of a national laboratory or site of the Department of Energy, the Secretary of Homeland
Security and the Secretary of Energy shall ensure that direct contracts for such programs and

activities between the Department of Homeland Security and such operator are separate from the
direct contracts of the Department of Energy with such operator.
(d) Authority with respect to cooperative research and development agreements and licensing
agreements
In connection with any utilization of the Department of Energy national laboratories and sites
under this section, the Secretary may permit the director of any such national laboratory or site to
enter into cooperative research and development agreements or to negotiate licensing agreements
with any person, any agency or instrumentality, of the United States, any unit of State or local
government, and any other entity under the authority granted by section 3710a of title 15.
Technology may be transferred to a non-Federal party to such an agreement consistent with the
provisions of sections 3710 and 3710a of title 15.
(e) Reimbursement of costs
In the case of an activity carried out by the operator of a Department of Energy national laboratory
or site in connection with any utilization of such laboratory or site under this section, the Department
of Homeland Security shall reimburse the Department of Energy for costs of such activity through a
method under which the Secretary of Energy waives any requirement for the Department of
Homeland Security to pay administrative charges or personnel costs of the Department of Energy or
its contractors in excess of the amount that the Secretary of Energy pays for an activity carried out by
such contractor and paid for by the Department of Energy.
(f) Laboratory directed research and development by the Department of Energy
No funds authorized to be appropriated or otherwise made available to the Department in any
fiscal year may be obligated or expended for laboratory directed research and development activities
carried out by the Department of Energy unless such activities support the missions of the
Department of Homeland Security.
(g) Office for National Laboratories
There is established within the Directorate of Science and Technology an Office for National
Laboratories, which shall be responsible for the coordination and utilization of the Department of
Energy national laboratories and sites under this section in a manner to create a networked laboratory
system for the purpose of supporting the missions of the Department.
(h) Department of Energy coordination on homeland security related research
The Secretary of Energy shall ensure that any research, development, test, and evaluation
activities conducted within the Department of Energy that are directly or indirectly related to
homeland security are fully coordinated with the Secretary to minimize duplication of effort and
maximize the effective application of Federal budget resources.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §309, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2172.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (c), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25,
2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
CODIFICATION
In subsec. (b)(6), "section 3303(a)(1)(C) of title 41" substituted for "section 303(b)(1)(C) of the Federal
Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 253(b)(1)(C))" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350,
§6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES

SECURING ENERGY INFRASTRUCTURE
Pub. L. 116–92, div. E, title LVII, §5726, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2179, provided that:
"(a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
"(1) APPROPRIATE CONGRESSIONAL COMMITTEES.—The term 'appropriate congressional
committees' means—
"(A) the congressional intelligence committees [Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate
and Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives];
"(B) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on
Energy and Natural Resources of the Senate; and
"(C) the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the
House of Representatives.
"(2) COVERED ENTITY.—The term 'covered entity' means an entity identified pursuant to section
9(a) of Executive Order No. 13636 of February 12, 2013 (78 Fed. Reg. 11742) [6 U.S.C. 121 note], relating
to identification of critical infrastructure where a cybersecurity incident could reasonably result in
catastrophic regional or national effects on public health or safety, economic security, or national security.
"(3) EXPLOIT.—The term 'exploit' means a software tool designed to take advantage of a security
vulnerability.
"(4) INDUSTRIAL CONTROL SYSTEM.—The term 'industrial control system' means an operational
technology used to measure, control, or manage industrial functions, and includes supervisory control and
data acquisition systems, distributed control systems, and programmable logic or embedded controllers.
"(5) NATIONAL LABORATORY.—The term 'National Laboratory' has the meaning given the term
in section 2 of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (42 U.S.C. 15801).
"(6) PROGRAM.—The term 'Program' means the pilot program established under subsection (b).
"(7) SECRETARY.—Except as otherwise specifically provided, the term 'Secretary' means the
Secretary of Energy.
"(8) SECURITY VULNERABILITY.—The term 'security vulnerability' means any attribute of
hardware, software, process, or procedure that could enable or facilitate the defeat of a security control.
"(b) PILOT PROGRAM FOR SECURING ENERGY INFRASTRUCTURE.—Not later than 180 days
after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 20, 2019], the Secretary shall establish a 2-year control
systems implementation pilot program within the National Laboratories for the purposes of—
"(1) partnering with covered entities in the energy sector (including critical component manufacturers
in the supply chain) that voluntarily participate in the Program to identify new classes of security
vulnerabilities of the covered entities; and
"(2) evaluating technology and standards, in partnership with covered entities, to isolate and defend
industrial control systems of covered entities from security vulnerabilities and exploits in the most critical
systems of the covered entities, including—
"(A) analog and nondigital control systems;
"(B) purpose-built control systems; and
"(C) physical controls.
"(c) WORKING GROUP TO EVALUATE PROGRAM STANDARDS AND DEVELOP STRATEGY.—
"(1) ESTABLISHMENT.—The Secretary shall establish a working group—
"(A) to evaluate the technology and standards used in the Program under subsection (b)(2); and
"(B) to develop a national cyber-informed engineering strategy to isolate and defend covered
entities from security vulnerabilities and exploits in the most critical systems of the covered entities.
"(2) MEMBERSHIP.—The working group established under paragraph (1) shall be composed of not
fewer than 10 members, to be appointed by the Secretary, at least 1 member of which shall represent each
of the following:
"(A) The Department of Energy.
"(B) The energy industry, including electric utilities and manufacturers recommended by the
Energy Sector coordinating councils.
"(C)(i) The Department of Homeland Security; or
"(ii) the Industrial Control Systems Cyber Emergency Response Team.
"(D) The North American Electric Reliability Corporation.
"(E) The Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
"(F)(i) The Office of the Director of National Intelligence; or
"(ii) the intelligence community (as defined in section 3 of the National Security Act of 1947 (50
U.S.C. 3003)).
"(G)(i) The Department of Defense; or

"(ii) the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Homeland Security and America's Security Affairs.
"(H) A State or regional energy agency.
"(I) A national research body or academic institution.
"(J) The National Laboratories.
"(d) REPORTS ON THE PROGRAM.—
"(1) INTERIM REPORT.—Not later than 180 days after the date on which funds are first disbursed
under the Program, the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees an interim report
that—
"(A) describes the results of the Program;
"(B) includes an analysis of the feasibility of each method studied under the Program; and
"(C) describes the results of the evaluations conducted by the working group established under
subsection (c)(1).
"(2) FINAL REPORT.—Not later than 2 years after the date on which funds are first disbursed under
the Program, the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees a final report that—
"(A) describes the results of the Program;
"(B) includes an analysis of the feasibility of each method studied under the Program; and
"(C) describes the results of the evaluations conducted by the working group established under
subsection (c)(1).
"(e) EXEMPTION FROM DISCLOSURE.—Information shared by or with the Federal Government or a
State, Tribal, or local government under this section—
"(1) shall be deemed to be voluntarily shared information;
"(2) shall be exempt from disclosure under section 552 of title 5, United States Code, or any provision
of any State, Tribal, or local freedom of information law, open government law, open meetings law, open
records law, sunshine law, or similar law requiring the disclosure of information or records; and
"(3) shall be withheld from the public, without discretion, under section 552(b)(3) of title 5, United
States Code, and any provision of any State, Tribal, or local law requiring the disclosure of information or
records.
"(f) PROTECTION FROM LIABILITY.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—A cause of action against a covered entity for engaging in the voluntary
activities authorized under subsection (b)—
"(A) shall not lie or be maintained in any court; and
"(B) shall be promptly dismissed by the applicable court.
"(2) VOLUNTARY ACTIVITIES.—Nothing in this section subjects any covered entity to liability for
not engaging in the voluntary activities authorized under subsection (b).
"(g) NO NEW REGULATORY AUTHORITY FOR FEDERAL AGENCIES.—Nothing in this section
authorizes the Secretary or the head of any other department or agency of the Federal Government to issue
new regulations.
"(h) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—
"(1) PILOT PROGRAM.—There is authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 to carry out subsection
(b).
"(2) WORKING GROUP AND REPORT.—There is authorized to be appropriated $1,500,000 to
carry out subsections (c) and (d).
"(3) AVAILABILITY.—Amounts made available under paragraphs (1) and (2) shall remain available
until expended."

§190. Transfer of Plum Island Animal Disease Center, Department of
Agriculture
(a) In general
In accordance with subchapter XII, the Secretary of Agriculture shall transfer to the Secretary of
Homeland Security the Plum Island Animal Disease Center of the Department of Agriculture,
including the assets and liabilities of the Center.
(b) Continued Department of Agriculture access
On completion of the transfer of the Plum Island Animal Disease Center under subsection (a), the
Secretary of Homeland Security and the Secretary of Agriculture shall enter into an agreement to

ensure that the Department of Agriculture is able to carry out research, diagnostic, and other
activities of the Department of Agriculture at the Center.
(c) Direction of activities
The Secretary of Agriculture shall continue to direct the research, diagnostic, and other activities
of the Department of Agriculture at the Center described in subsection (b).
(d) Notification
(1) In general
At least 180 days before any change in the biosafety level at the Plum Island Animal Disease
Center, the President shall notify Congress of the change and describe the reasons for the change.
(2) Limitation
No change described in paragraph (1) may be made earlier than 180 days after the completion
of the transition period (as defined in section 541 of this title).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §310, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2174.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
TRANSFER OF NATIONAL BIO AND AGRO-DEFENSE FACILITY
Pub. L. 116–94, div. B, title VII, §766, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2655, provided that: "The National Bio and
Agro-Defense Facility shall be transferred without reimbursement from the Secretary of Homeland Security to
the Secretary of Agriculture."
DISPOSITION OF PLUM ISLAND PROPERTY AND TRANSPORTATION ASSETS
Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title V, §501(c), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3136, provided that: "The Administrator
of General Services shall ensure that—
"(1) Federal property commonly known as Plum Island, New York, including the Orient point facility,
all real and personal property and transportation assets that support Plum Island operations and access to
Plum Island, be disposed of as a single consolidated asset; and
"(2) such disposal is subject to conditions as may be necessary to protect Government interests and
meet program requirements."
Pub. L. 112–74, div. D, title V, §538, Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 976, which related to disposition of property
and transporation assets if the National Bio and Agro-Defense Facility were relocated from Plum Island, New
York, was repealed by Pub. L. 116–260, div. FF, title V, §501(b), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 3136.

§191. Homeland Security Science and Technology Advisory Committee
(a) Establishment
There is established within the Department a Homeland Security Science and Technology
Advisory Committee (in this section referred to as the "Advisory Committee"). The Advisory
Committee shall make recommendations with respect to the activities of the Under Secretary for
Science and Technology, including identifying research areas of potential importance to the security
of the Nation.
(b) Membership
(1) Appointment
The Advisory Committee shall consist of 20 members appointed by the Under Secretary for
Science and Technology, which shall include emergency first-responders or representatives of
organizations or associations of emergency first-responders. The Advisory Committee shall also
include representatives of citizen groups, including economically disadvantaged communities. The
individuals appointed as members of the Advisory Committee—
(A) shall be eminent in fields such as emergency response, research, engineering, new
product development, business, and management consulting;

(B) shall be selected solely on the basis of established records of distinguished service;
(C) shall not be employees of the Federal Government; and
(D) shall be so selected as to provide representation of a cross-section of the research,
development, demonstration, and deployment activities supported by the Under Secretary for
Science and Technology.
(2) National Research Council
The Under Secretary for Science and Technology may enter into an arrangement for the
National Research Council to select members of the Advisory Committee, but only if the panel
used by the National Research Council reflects the representation described in paragraph (1).
(c) Terms of office
(1) In general
Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the term of office of each member of the
Advisory Committee shall be 3 years.
(2) Original appointments
The original members of the Advisory Committee shall be appointed to three classes. One class
of six shall have a term of 1 year, one class of seven a term of 2 years, and one class of seven a
term of 3 years.
(3) Vacancies
A member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring before the expiration of the term for which the
member's predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of such term.
(d) Eligibility
A person who has completed two consecutive full terms of service on the Advisory Committee
shall thereafter be ineligible for appointment during the 1-year period following the expiration of the
second such term.
(e) Meetings
The Advisory Committee shall meet at least quarterly at the call of the Chair or whenever
one-third of the members so request in writing. Each member shall be given appropriate notice of the
call of each meeting, whenever possible not less than 15 days before the meeting.
(f) Quorum
A majority of the members of the Advisory Committee not having a conflict of interest in the
matter being considered by the Advisory Committee shall constitute a quorum.
(g) Conflict of interest rules
The Advisory Committee shall establish rules for determining when 1 of its members has a
conflict of interest in a matter being considered by the Advisory Committee.
(h) Reports
(1) Annual report
The Advisory Committee shall render an annual report to the Under Secretary for Science and
Technology for transmittal to Congress on or before January 31 of each year. Such report shall
describe the activities and recommendations of the Advisory Committee during the previous year.
(2) Additional reports
The Advisory Committee may render to the Under Secretary for transmittal to Congress such
additional reports on specific policy matters as it considers appropriate.
(i) Federal Advisory Committee Act exemption
Section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act shall not apply to the Advisory Committee.
(j) Termination

The Department of Homeland Security Science and Technology Advisory Committee shall
terminate on December 31, 2008.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §311, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2174; Pub. L. 108–334, title V, §520, Oct.
18, 2004, 118 Stat. 1318; Pub. L. 109–347, title III, §302(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1920.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (i), is section 14 of Pub. L.
92–463, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
AMENDMENTS
2006—Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 109–347 substituted "on December 31, 2008" for "3 years after the effective
date of this chapter".
2004—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 108–334 amended heading and text of par. (2) generally. Prior to
amendment, text read as follows: "The original members of the Advisory Committee shall be appointed to
three classes of three members each. One class shall have a term of 1 year, 1 a term of 2 years, and the other a
term of 3 years."
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2006 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 109–347, title III, §302(b), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1921, provided that: "The amendment made by
subsection (a) [amending this section] shall be effective as if enacted on the date of the enactment of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 101 et seq.) [Nov. 25, 2002]."

§192. Homeland Security Institute
(a) Establishment
The Secretary shall establish a federally funded research and development center to be known as
the "Homeland Security Institute" (in this section referred to as the "Institute").
(b) Administration
The Institute shall be administered as a separate entity by the Secretary.
(c) Duties
The duties of the Institute shall be determined by the Secretary, and may include the following:
(1) Systems analysis, risk analysis, and simulation and modeling to determine the vulnerabilities
of the Nation's critical infrastructures and the effectiveness of the systems deployed to reduce
those vulnerabilities.
(2) Economic and policy analysis to assess the distributed costs and benefits of alternative
approaches to enhancing security.
(3) Evaluation of the effectiveness of measures deployed to enhance the security of institutions,
facilities, and infrastructure that may be terrorist targets.
(4) Identification of instances when common standards and protocols could improve the
interoperability and effective utilization of tools developed for field operators and first responders.
(5) Assistance for Federal agencies and departments in establishing testbeds to evaluate the
effectiveness of technologies under development and to assess the appropriateness of such
technologies for deployment.
(6) Design of metrics and use of those metrics to evaluate the effectiveness of homeland
security programs throughout the Federal Government, including all national laboratories.
(7) Design of and support for the conduct of homeland security-related exercises and
simulations.
(8) Creation of strategic technology development plans to reduce vulnerabilities in the Nation's

critical infrastructure and key resources.
(d) Consultation on Institute activities
In carrying out the duties described in subsection (c), the Institute shall consult widely with
representatives from private industry, institutions of higher education, nonprofit institutions, other
Government agencies, and federally funded research and development centers.
(e) Use of centers
The Institute shall utilize the capabilities of the National Infrastructure Simulation and Analysis
Center.
(f) Annual reports
The Institute shall transmit to the Secretary and Congress an annual report on the activities of the
Institute under this section.
(g) Termination
The Homeland Security Institute shall terminate 5 years after its establishment.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §312, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2176; Pub. L. 108–334, title V, §519, Oct.
18, 2004, 118 Stat. 1318.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2004—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 108–334 amended heading and text of subsec. (g) generally. Prior to
amendment, text read as follows: "The Homeland Security Institute shall terminate 3 years after the effective
date of this chapter."

§193. Technology clearinghouse to encourage and support innovative solutions to
enhance homeland security
(a) Establishment of program
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Science and Technology, shall establish and
promote a program to encourage technological innovation in facilitating the mission of the
Department (as described in section 111 of this title).
(b) Elements of program
The program described in subsection (a) shall include the following components:
(1) The establishment of a centralized Federal clearinghouse for information relating to
technologies that would further the mission of the Department for dissemination, as appropriate, to
Federal, State, and local government and private sector entities for additional review, purchase, or
use.
(2) The issuance of announcements seeking unique and innovative technologies to advance the
mission of the Department.
(3) The establishment of a technical assistance team to assist in screening, as appropriate,
proposals submitted to the Secretary (except as provided in subsection (c)(2)) to assess the
feasibility, scientific and technical merits, and estimated cost of such proposals, as appropriate.
(4) The provision of guidance, recommendations, and technical assistance, as appropriate, to
assist Federal, State, and local government and private sector efforts to evaluate and implement
the use of technologies described in paragraph (1) or (2).
(5) The provision of information for persons seeking guidance on how to pursue proposals to
develop or deploy technologies that would enhance homeland security, including information
relating to Federal funding, regulation, or acquisition.
(c) Miscellaneous provisions

(1) In general
Nothing in this section shall be construed as authorizing the Secretary or the technical
assistance team established under subsection (b)(3) to set standards for technology to be used by
the Department, any other executive agency, any State or local government entity, or any private
sector entity.
(2) Certain proposals
The technical assistance team established under subsection (b)(3) shall not consider or evaluate
proposals submitted in response to a solicitation for offers for a pending procurement or for a
specific agency requirement.
(3) Coordination
In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall coordinate with the Technical Support Working
Group (organized under the April 1982 National Security Decision Directive Numbered 30).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §313, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2176.)

§194. Enhancement of public safety communications interoperability
(a) Coordination of public safety interoperable communications programs
(1) Program
The Secretary of Homeland Security, in consultation with the Secretary of Commerce and the
Chairman of the Federal Communications Commission, shall establish a program to enhance
public safety interoperable communications at all levels of government. Such program shall—
(A) establish a comprehensive national approach to achieving public safety interoperable
communications;
(B) coordinate with other Federal agencies in carrying out subparagraph (A);
(C) develop, in consultation with other appropriate Federal agencies and State and local
authorities, appropriate minimum capabilities for communications interoperability for Federal,
State, and local public safety agencies;
(D) accelerate, in consultation with other Federal agencies, including the National Institute of
Standards and Technology, the private sector, and nationally recognized standards organizations
as appropriate, the development of national voluntary consensus standards for public safety
interoperable communications, recognizing—
(i) the value, life cycle, and technical capabilities of existing communications
infrastructure;
(ii) the need for cross-border interoperability between States and nations;
(iii) the unique needs of small, rural communities; and
(iv) the interoperability needs for daily operations and catastrophic events;
(E) encourage the development and implementation of flexible and open architectures
incorporating, where possible, technologies that currently are commercially available, with
appropriate levels of security, for short-term and long-term solutions to public safety
communications interoperability;
(F) assist other Federal agencies in identifying priorities for research, development, and
testing and evaluation with regard to public safety interoperable communications;
(G) identify priorities within the Department of Homeland Security for research,
development, and testing and evaluation with regard to public safety interoperable
communications;
(H) establish coordinated guidance for Federal grant programs for public safety interoperable
communications;
(I) provide technical assistance to State and local public safety agencies regarding planning,
acquisition strategies, interoperability architectures, training, and other functions necessary to

achieve public safety communications interoperability;
(J) develop and disseminate best practices to improve public safety communications
interoperability; and
(K) develop appropriate performance measures and milestones to systematically measure the
Nation's progress toward achieving public safety communications interoperability, including the
development of national voluntary consensus standards.
(2) Office for Interoperability and Compatibility
(A) Establishment of Office
The Secretary may establish an Office for Interoperability and Compatibility within the
Directorate of Science and Technology to carry out this subsection.
(B) Functions
If the Secretary establishes such office, the Secretary shall, through such office—
(i) carry out Department of Homeland Security responsibilities and authorities relating to
the SAFECOM Program; and
(ii) carry out section 510 1 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002, as added by subsection
(d).
(3) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary to carry out this subsection—
(A) $22,105,000 for fiscal year 2005;
(B) $22,768,000 for fiscal year 2006;
(C) $23,451,000 for fiscal year 2007;
(D) $24,155,000 for fiscal year 2008; and
(E) $24,879,000 for fiscal year 2009.
(b) Report
Not later than 120 days after December 17, 2004, the Secretary shall report to the Congress on
Department of Homeland Security plans for accelerating the development of national voluntary
consensus standards for public safety interoperable communications, a schedule of milestones for
such development, and achievements of such development.
(c) International interoperability
Not later than 18 months after December 17, 2004, the President shall establish a mechanism for
coordinating cross-border interoperability issues between—
(1) the United States and Canada; and
(2) the United States and Mexico.
(d) Omitted
(e) Multiyear interoperability grants
(1) Multiyear commitments
In awarding grants to any State, region, local government, or Indian tribe for the purposes of
enhancing interoperable communications capabilities for emergency response providers, the
Secretary may commit to obligate Federal assistance beyond the current fiscal year, subject to the
limitations and restrictions in this subsection.
(2) Restrictions
(A) Time limit
No multiyear interoperability commitment may exceed 3 years in duration.
(B) Amount of committed funds
The total amount of assistance the Secretary has committed to obligate for any future fiscal
year under paragraph (1) may not exceed $150,000,000.

(3) Letters of intent
(A) Issuance
Pursuant to paragraph (1), the Secretary may issue a letter of intent to an applicant
committing to obligate from future budget authority an amount, not more than the Federal
Government's share of the project's cost, for an interoperability communications project
(including interest costs and costs of formulating the project).
(B) Schedule
A letter of intent under this paragraph shall establish a schedule under which the Secretary
will reimburse the applicant for the Federal Government's share of the project's costs, as
amounts become available, if the applicant, after the Secretary issues the letter, carries out the
project before receiving amounts under a grant issued by the Secretary.
(C) Notice to Secretary
An applicant that is issued a letter of intent under this subsection shall notify the Secretary of
the applicant's intent to carry out a project pursuant to the letter before the project begins.
(D) Notice to Congress
The Secretary shall transmit a written notification to the Congress no later than 3 days before
the issuance of a letter of intent under this section.
(E) Limitations
A letter of intent issued under this section is not an obligation of the Government under
section 1501 of title 31 and is not deemed to be an administrative commitment for financing. An
obligation or administrative commitment may be made only as amounts are provided in
authorization and appropriations laws.
(F) Statutory construction
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed—
(i) to prohibit the obligation of amounts pursuant to a letter of intent under this subsection
in the same fiscal year as the letter of intent is issued; or
(ii) to apply to, or replace, Federal assistance intended for interoperable communications
that is not provided pursuant to a commitment under this subsection.
(f) Interoperable communications plans
Any applicant requesting funding assistance from the Secretary for interoperable communications
for emergency response providers shall submit an Interoperable Communications Plan to the
Secretary for approval. Such a plan shall—
(1) describe the current state of communications interoperability in the applicable jurisdictions
among Federal, State, and local emergency response providers and other relevant private
resources;
(2) describe the available and planned use of public safety frequency spectrum and resources for
interoperable communications within such jurisdictions;
(3) describe how the planned use of spectrum and resources for interoperable communications
is compatible with surrounding capabilities and interoperable communications plans of Federal,
State, and local governmental entities, military installations, foreign governments, critical
infrastructure, and other relevant entities;
(4) include a 5-year plan for the dedication of Federal, State, and local government and private
resources to achieve a consistent, secure, and effective interoperable communications system,
including planning, system design and engineering, testing and technology development,
procurement and installation, training, and operations and maintenance;
(5) describe how such 5-year plan meets or exceeds any applicable standards and grant
requirements established by the Secretary;
(6) include information on the governance structure used to develop the plan, including such
information about all agencies and organizations that participated in developing the plan and the

scope and timeframe of the plan; and
(7) describe the method by which multi-jurisdictional, multidisciplinary input is provided from
all regions of the jurisdiction, including any high-threat urban areas located in the jurisdiction, and
the process for continuing to incorporate such input.
(g) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Interoperable communications
The term "interoperable communications" means the ability of emergency response providers
and relevant Federal, State, and local government agencies to communicate with each other as
necessary, through a dedicated public safety network utilizing information technology systems and
radio communications systems, and to exchange voice, data, and video with one another on
demand, in real time, as necessary.
(2) Emergency response providers
The term "emergency response providers" has the meaning that term has under section 101 of
this title.
(h) Omitted
(i) Sense of Congress regarding interoperable communications
(1) Finding
The Congress finds that—
(A) many first responders working in the same jurisdiction or in different jurisdictions cannot
effectively and efficiently communicate with one another; and
(B) their inability to do so threatens the public's safety and may result in unnecessary loss of
lives and property.
(2) Sense of Congress
It is the sense of Congress that interoperable emergency communications systems and radios
should continue to be deployed as soon as practicable for use by the first responder community,
and that upgraded and new digital communications systems and new digital radios must meet
prevailing national, voluntary consensus standards for interoperability.
(Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7303, Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3843; Pub. L. 110–53, title III, §301(c),
Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 299.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 510 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002, as added by subsection (d), referred to in subsec.
(a)(2)(B)(ii), means section 510 of Pub. L. 107–296, which was added by Pub. L. 108–458, title VII,
§7303(d), Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3844, and was classified to section 321 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub.
L. 109–295, title VI, §611(5), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1395. See Prior Provisions note set out under section 321
of this title.
CODIFICATION
Section is comprised of section 7303 of Pub. L. 108–458. Subsec. (d) of section 7303 of Pub. L. 108–458
enacted section 321 of this title. Subsec. (h) of section 7303 of Pub. L. 108–458 amended sections 238 and
314 of this title.
Section was enacted as part of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, and also as
part of the 9/11 Commission Implementation Act of 2004, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of
2002 which comprises this chapter.
Section 301(c) of Pub. L. 110–53, which directed the amendment of section 7303 of the "Intelligence
Reform and Terrorist Prevention Act of 2004", was executed to this section, which is section 7303 of the
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, to reflect the probable intent of Congress. See
2007 Amendment notes below.

AMENDMENTS
2007—Subsec. (f)(6), (7). Pub. L. 110–53, §301(c)(1), added pars. (6) and (7). See Codification note above.
Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 110–53, §301(c)(2), substituted "and video" for "or video". See Codification note
above.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE
Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7308, Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3849, provided that: "Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Act [see Tables for classification], this subtitle [subtitle C (§§7301–7308) of title VII of Pub.
L. 108–458, enacting this section and section 321 of this title, amending sections 238 and 312 of this title, and
enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 5196 of Title 42, The Public Health and
Welfare] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 17, 2004]."
TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
For transfer of the SAFECOM Program, excluding elements related to research, development, testing, and
evaluation and standards, to the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, see section 571(d)(1) of
this title.
DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY INTEROPERABLE COMMUNICATIONS
Pub. L. 114–120, title II, §212, Feb. 8, 2016, 130 Stat. 42, provided that:
"(a) IN GENERAL.—If the Secretary of Homeland Security determines that there are at least two
communications systems described under paragraph (1)(B) and certified under paragraph (2), the Secretary
shall establish and carry out a pilot program across not less than three components of the Department of
Homeland Security to assess the effectiveness of a communications system that—
"(1) provides for—
"(A) multiagency collaboration and interoperability; and
"(B) wide-area, secure, and peer-invitation- and-acceptance-based multimedia communications;
"(2) is certified by the Department of Defense Joint Interoperability Test Center; and
"(3) is composed of commercially available, off-the-shelf technology.
"(b) ASSESSMENT.—Not later than 6 months after the date on which the pilot program is completed, the
Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure and the Committee on
Homeland Security of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Commerce, Science, and
Transportation and the Committee [on] Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate an
assessment of the pilot program, including the impacts of the program with respect to interagency and Coast
Guard response capabilities.
"(c) STRATEGY.—The pilot program shall be consistent with the strategy required by the Department of
Homeland Security Interoperable Communications Act (Public Law 114–29) [set out below].
"(d) TIMING.—The pilot program shall commence within 90 days after the date of the enactment of this
Act [Feb. 8, 2016] or within 60 days after the completion of the strategy required by the Department of
Homeland Security Interoperable Communications Act (Public Law 114–29), whichever is later."
Pub. L. 114–29, July 6, 2015, 129 Stat. 421, provided that:
"SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
"This Act may be cited as the 'Department of Homeland Security Interoperable Communications Act' or the
'DHS Interoperable Communications Act'.
"SEC. 2. DEFINITIONS.
"In this Act—
"(1) the term 'Department' means the Department of Homeland Security;
"(2) the term 'interoperable communications' has the meaning given that term in section 701(d) [now
701(e)] of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 341(e)], as added by section 3; and
"(3) the term 'Under Secretary for Management' means the Under Secretary for Management of the
Department of Homeland Security.
"SEC. 3. INCLUSION OF INTEROPERABLE COMMUNICATIONS CAPABILITIES IN
RESPONSIBILITIES OF UNDER SECRETARY FOR MANAGEMENT.
[Amended section 341 of this title.]

"SEC. 4. STRATEGY.
"(a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [July 6, 2015], the
Under Secretary for Management shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of
Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate a strategy,
which shall be updated as necessary, for achieving and maintaining interoperable communications among the
components of the Department, including for daily operations, planned events, and emergencies, with
corresponding milestones, that includes the following:
"(1) An assessment of interoperability gaps in radio communications among the components of the
Department, as of the date of enactment of this Act.
"(2) Information on efforts and activities, including current and planned policies, directives, and
training, of the Department since November 1, 2012, to achieve and maintain interoperable communications
among the components of the Department, and planned efforts and activities of the Department to achieve
and maintain such interoperable communications.
"(3) An assessment of obstacles and challenges to achieving and maintaining interoperable
communications among the components of the Department.
"(4) Information on, and an assessment of, the adequacy of mechanisms available to the Under
Secretary for Management to enforce and compel compliance with interoperable communications policies
and directives of the Department.
"(5) Guidance provided to the components of the Department to implement interoperable
communications policies and directives of the Department.
"(6) The total amount of funds expended by the Department since November 1, 2012, and projected
future expenditures, to achieve interoperable communications, including on equipment, infrastructure, and
maintenance.
"(7) Dates upon which Department-wide interoperability is projected to be achieved for voice, data,
and video communications, respectively, and interim milestones that correspond to the achievement of each
such mode of communication.
"(b) SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL.—Together with the strategy required under subsection (a), the
Under Secretary for Management shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of
Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate
information on—
"(1) any intra-agency effort or task force that has been delegated certain responsibilities by the Under
Secretary for Management relating to achieving and maintaining interoperable communications among the
components of the Department by the dates referred to in subsection (a)(7); and
"(2) who, within each such component, is responsible for implementing policies and directives issued
by the Under Secretary for Management to so achieve and maintain such interoperable communications.
"SEC. 5. REPORT.
"Not later than 100 days after the date on which the strategy required under section 4(a) is submitted, and
every 2 years thereafter for 6 years, the Under Secretary for Management shall submit to the Committee on
Homeland Security of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of the Senate a report on the status of efforts to implement the strategy required under
section 4(a), including the following:
"(1) Progress on each interim milestone referred to in section 4(a)(7) toward achieving and
maintaining interoperable communications among the components of the Department.
"(2) Information on any policies, directives, guidance, and training established by the Under Secretary
for Management.
"(3) An assessment of the level of compliance, adoption, and participation among the components of
the Department with the policies, directives, guidance, and training established by the Under Secretary for
Management to achieve and maintain interoperable communications among the components.
"(4) Information on any additional resources or authorities needed by the Under Secretary for
Management.
"SEC. 6. APPLICABILITY.
"Sections 4 and 5 shall only apply with respect to the interoperable communications capabilities within the
Department and components of the Department to communicate within the Department."

CROSS BORDER INTEROPERABILITY REPORTS
Pub. L. 110–53, title XXII, §2203, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 541, provided that:
"(a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 3, 2007], the

Federal Communications Commission, in consultation with the Department of Homeland Security's Office of
Emergency Communications [now Emergency Communications Division], the Office of Management of [sic]
Budget, and the Department of State shall report to the Senate Committee on Commerce, Science, and
Transportation and the House of Representatives Committee on Energy and Commerce on—
"(1) the status of the mechanism established by the President under section 7303(c) of the Intelligence
Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (6 U.S.C. 194(c)) for coordinating cross border
interoperability issues between—
"(A) the United States and Canada; and
"(B) the United States and Mexico;
"(2) the status of treaty negotiations with Canada and Mexico regarding the coordination of the
re-banding of 800 megahertz radios, as required under the final rule of the Federal Communication
Commission in the 'Private Land Mobile Services; 800 MHz Public Safety Interface Proceeding' (WT
Docket No. 02–55; ET Docket No. 00–258; ET Docket No. 95–18, RM–9498; RM–10024; FCC 04–168)
including the status of any outstanding issues in the negotiations between—
"(A) the United States and Canada; and
"(B) the United States and Mexico;
"(3) communications between the Commission and the Department of State over possible amendments
to the bilateral legal agreements and protocols that govern the coordination process for license applications
seeking to use channels and frequencies above Line A;
"(4) the annual rejection rate for the last 5 years by the United States of applications for new channels
and frequencies by Canadian private and public entities; and
"(5) any additional procedures and mechanisms that can be taken by the Commission to decrease the
rejection rate for applications by United States private and public entities seeking licenses to use channels
and frequencies above Line A.
"(b) UPDATED REPORTS TO BE FILED ON THE STATUS OF TREATY OF [SIC] NEGOTIATIONS
.—The Federal Communications Commission, in conjunction with the Department of Homeland Security, the
Office of Management of Budget, and the Department of State shall continually provide updated reports to the
Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and
Commerce of the House of Representatives on the status of treaty negotiations under subsection (a)(2) until
the appropriate United States treaty has been revised with each of—
"(1) Canada; and
"(2) Mexico.
"(c) INTERNATIONAL NEGOTIATIONS TO REMEDY SITUATION.—Not later than 90 days after the
date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 3, 2007], the Secretary of the Department of State shall report to Congress
on—
"(1) the current process for considering applications by Canada for frequencies and channels by United
States communities above Line A;
"(2) the status of current negotiations to reform and revise such process;
"(3) the estimated date of conclusion for such negotiations;
"(4) whether the current process allows for automatic denials or dismissals of initial applications by the
Government of Canada, and whether such denials or dismissals are currently occurring; and
"(5) communications between the Department of State and the Federal Communications Commission
pursuant to subsection (a)(3)."
SUBMISSION OF REPORTS TO APPROPRIATE CONGRESSIONAL COMMITTEES
Pub. L. 110–53, title XXII, §2205, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 543, provided that: "In addition to the
committees specifically enumerated to receive reports under this title [enacting provisions set out as note
under this section, section 701 of this title, and section 247d–3a of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare,
and amending provisions set out as a note under section 309 of Title 47, Telecommunications], any report
transmitted under the provisions of this title shall also be transmitted to the appropriate congressional
committees (as defined in section 2(2) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 101(2)))."
REGIONAL MODEL STRATEGIC PLAN PILOT PROJECTS
Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7304, Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3847, directed the Secretary of Homeland
Security, not later than 90 days after Dec. 17, 2004, to establish not fewer than 2 pilot projects in high threat
urban areas or regions likely to implement a national model strategic plan in order to develop a regional
strategic plan to foster interagency communication and coordinate the gathering of all Federal, State, and local

first responders in that area, consistent with the national strategic plan developed by the Department of
Homeland Security, and to submit to Congress an interim report regarding the progress of the interagency
communications pilot projects 6 months after Dec. 17, 2004, and a final report 18 months after Dec. 17, 2004.
1

See References in Text note below.

§195. Office for Interoperability and Compatibility
(a) Clarification of responsibilities
The Director of the Office for Interoperability and Compatibility shall—
(1) assist the Secretary in developing and implementing the science and technology aspects of
the program described in subparagraphs (D), (E), (F), and (G) of section 194(a)(1) of this title;
(2) in coordination with the Federal Communications Commission, the National Institute of
Standards and Technology, and other Federal departments and agencies with responsibility for
standards, support the creation of national voluntary consensus standards for interoperable
emergency communications;
(3) establish a comprehensive research, development, testing, and evaluation program for
improving interoperable emergency communications;
(4) establish, in coordination with the Director for Emergency Communications,1 requirements
for interoperable emergency communications capabilities, which shall be nonproprietary where
standards for such capabilities exist, for all public safety radio and data communications systems
and equipment purchased using homeland security assistance administered by the Department,
excluding any alert and warning device, technology, or system;
(5) carry out the Department's responsibilities and authorities relating to research, development,
testing, evaluation, or standards-related elements of the SAFECOM Program;
(6) evaluate and assess new technology in real-world environments to achieve interoperable
emergency communications capabilities;
(7) encourage more efficient use of existing resources, including equipment, to achieve
interoperable emergency communications capabilities;
(8) test public safety communications systems that are less prone to failure, support new
nonvoice services, use spectrum more efficiently, and cost less than existing systems;
(9) coordinate with the private sector to develop solutions to improve emergency
communications capabilities and achieve interoperable emergency communications capabilities;
and
(10) conduct pilot projects, in coordination with the Director for Emergency Communications,1
to test and demonstrate technologies, including data and video, that enhance—
(A) the ability of emergency response providers and relevant government officials to continue
to communicate in the event of natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made
disasters; and
(B) interoperable emergency communications capabilities.
(b) Coordination
The Director of the Office for Interoperability and Compatibility shall coordinate with the Director
for Emergency Communications 1 with respect to the SAFECOM program.
(c) Sufficiency of resources
The Secretary shall provide the Office for Interoperability and Compatibility the resources and
staff necessary to carry out the responsibilities under this section.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §314, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §672(a), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1441.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES

CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to Director for Emergency Communications deemed to be a reference to Assistant Director for
Emergency Communications, see section 2(c)(2) of Pub. L. 115–278, set out as a note under section 571 of
this title.
1

See Change of Name note below.

§195a. Emergency communications interoperability research and development
(a) In general
The Under Secretary for Science and Technology, acting through the Director of the Office for
Interoperability and Compatibility, shall establish a comprehensive research and development
program to support and promote—
(1) the ability of emergency response providers and relevant government officials to continue to
communicate in the event of natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters; and
(2) interoperable emergency communications capabilities among emergency response providers
and relevant government officials, including by—
(A) supporting research on a competitive basis, including through the Directorate of Science
and Technology and Homeland Security Advanced Research Projects Agency; and
(B) considering the establishment of a Center of Excellence under the Department of
Homeland Security Centers of Excellence Program focused on improving emergency response
providers' communication capabilities.
(b) Purposes
The purposes of the program established under subsection (a) include—
(1) supporting research, development, testing, and evaluation on emergency communication
capabilities;
(2) understanding the strengths and weaknesses of the public safety communications systems in
use;
(3) examining how current and emerging technology can make emergency response providers
more effective, and how Federal, State, local, and tribal government agencies can use this
technology in a coherent and cost-effective manner;
(4) investigating technologies that could lead to long-term advancements in emergency
communications capabilities and supporting research on advanced technologies and potential
systemic changes to dramatically improve emergency communications; and
(5) evaluating and validating advanced technology concepts, and facilitating the development
and deployment of interoperable emergency communication capabilities.
(c) Definitions
For purposes of this section, the term "interoperable", with respect to emergency communications,
has the meaning given the term in section 578 of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §315, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §673(a), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1443.)

§195b. National Biosurveillance Integration Center
(a) Establishment
The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for the Countering Weapons of Mass
Destruction Office, shall establish, operate, and maintain a National Biosurveillance Integration
Center (referred to in this section as the "NBIC"), which shall be headed by a Directing Officer,
under an office or directorate of the Department that is in existence as of August 3, 2007.

(b) Primary mission
The primary mission of the NBIC is to—
(1) enhance the capability of the Federal Government to—
(A) rapidly identify, characterize, localize, and track a biological event of national concern by
integrating and analyzing data relating to human health, animal, plant, food, and environmental
monitoring systems (both national and international); and
(B) disseminate alerts and other information to Member Agencies and, in coordination with
(and where possible through) Member Agencies, to agencies of State, local, and tribal
governments, as appropriate, to enhance the ability of such agencies to respond to a biological
event of national concern; and
(2) oversee development and operation of the National Biosurveillance Integration System.
(c) Requirements
The NBIC shall detect, as early as possible, a biological event of national concern that presents a
risk to the United States or the infrastructure or key assets of the United States, including by—
(1) consolidating data from all relevant surveillance systems maintained by Member Agencies
to detect biological events of national concern across human, animal, and plant species;
(2) seeking private sources of surveillance, both foreign and domestic, when such sources
would enhance coverage of critical surveillance gaps;
(3) using an information technology system that uses the best available statistical and other
analytical tools to identify and characterize biological events of national concern in as close to
real-time as is practicable;
(4) providing the infrastructure for such integration, including information technology systems
and space, and support for personnel from Member Agencies with sufficient expertise to enable
analysis and interpretation of data;
(5) working with Member Agencies to create information technology systems that use the
minimum amount of patient data necessary and consider patient confidentiality and privacy issues
at all stages of development and apprise the Privacy Officer of such efforts; and
(6) alerting Member Agencies and, in coordination with (and where possible through) Member
Agencies, public health agencies of State, local, and tribal governments regarding any incident
that could develop into a biological event of national concern.
(d) Responsibilities of the Directing Officer of the NBIC
(1) In general
The Directing Officer of the NBIC shall—
(A) on an ongoing basis, monitor the availability and appropriateness of surveillance systems
used by the NBIC and those systems that could enhance biological situational awareness or the
overall performance of the NBIC;
(B) on an ongoing basis, review and seek to improve the statistical and other analytical
methods used by the NBIC;
(C) receive and consider other relevant homeland security information, as appropriate; and
(D) provide technical assistance, as appropriate, to all Federal, regional, State, local, and
tribal government entities and private sector entities that contribute data relevant to the
operation of the NBIC.
(2) Assessments
The Directing Officer of the NBIC shall—
(A) on an ongoing basis, evaluate available data for evidence of a biological event of national
concern; and
(B) integrate homeland security information with NBIC data to provide overall situational
awareness and determine whether a biological event of national concern has occurred.
(3) Information sharing

(A) In general
The Directing Officer of the NBIC shall—
(i) establish a method of real-time communication with the National Operations Center;
(ii) in the event that a biological event of national concern is detected, notify the Secretary
and disseminate results of NBIC assessments relating to that biological event of national
concern to appropriate Federal response entities and, in coordination with relevant Member
Agencies, regional, State, local, and tribal governmental response entities in a timely manner;
(iii) provide any report on NBIC assessments to Member Agencies and, in coordination
with relevant Member Agencies, any affected regional, State, local, or tribal government, and
any private sector entity considered appropriate that may enhance the mission of such
Member Agencies, governments, or entities or the ability of the Nation to respond to
biological events of national concern; and
(iv) share NBIC incident or situational awareness reports, and other relevant information,
consistent with the information sharing environment established under section 485 of this
title and any policies, guidelines, procedures, instructions, or standards established under that
section.
(B) Consultation
The Directing Officer of the NBIC shall implement the activities described in subparagraph
(A) consistent with the policies, guidelines, procedures, instructions, or standards established
under section 485 of this title and in consultation with the Director of National Intelligence, the
Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis, and other offices or agencies of the Federal
Government, as appropriate.
(e) Responsibilities of the NBIC member agencies
(1) 1 In general
Each Member Agency shall—
(A) use its best efforts to integrate biosurveillance information into the NBIC, with the goal
of promoting information sharing between Federal, State, local, and tribal governments to detect
biological events of national concern;
(B) provide timely information to assist the NBIC in maintaining biological situational
awareness for accurate detection and response purposes;
(C) enable the NBIC to receive and use biosurveillance information from member agencies to
carry out its requirements under subsection (c);
(D) connect the biosurveillance data systems of that Member Agency to the NBIC data
system under mutually agreed protocols that are consistent with subsection (c)(5);
(E) participate in the formation of strategy and policy for the operation of the NBIC and its
information sharing;
(F) provide personnel to the NBIC under an interagency personnel agreement and consider
the qualifications of such personnel necessary to provide human, animal, and environmental
data analysis and interpretation support to the NBIC; and
(G) retain responsibility for the surveillance and intelligence systems of that department or
agency, if applicable.
(f) Administrative authorities
(1) Hiring of experts
The Directing Officer of the NBIC shall hire individuals with the necessary expertise to develop
and operate the NBIC.
(2) Detail of personnel
Upon the request of the Directing Officer of the NBIC, the head of any Federal department or
agency may detail, on a reimbursable basis, any of the personnel of that department or agency to
the Department to assist the NBIC in carrying out this section.

(g) NBIC interagency working group
The Directing Officer of the NBIC shall—
(1) establish an interagency working group to facilitate interagency cooperation and to advise
the Directing Officer of the NBIC regarding recommendations to enhance the biosurveillance
capabilities of the Department; and
(2) invite Member Agencies to serve on that working group.
(h) Relationship to other departments and agencies
The authority of the Directing Officer of the NBIC under this section shall not affect any authority
or responsibility of any other department or agency of the Federal Government with respect to
biosurveillance activities under any program administered by that department or agency.
(i) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as are necessary to carry out this section.
(j) Definitions
In this section:
(1) The terms "biological agent" and "toxin" have the meanings given those terms in section
178 of title 18.
(2) The term "biological event of national concern" means—
(A) an act of terrorism involving a biological agent or toxin; or
(B) a naturally occurring outbreak of an infectious disease that may result in a national
epidemic.
(3) The term "homeland security information" has the meaning given that term in section 482 of
this title.
(4) The term "Member Agency" means any Federal department or agency that, at the discretion
of the head of that department or agency, has entered a memorandum of understanding regarding
participation in the NBIC.
(5) The term "Privacy Officer" means the Privacy Officer appointed under section 142 of this
title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §316, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title XI, §1101(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
375; amended Pub. L. 115–387, §2(f)(2), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5168.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 115–387 substituted "Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for the
Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office, shall" for "Secretary shall".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
DEADLINE FOR IMPLEMENTATION
Pub. L. 110–53, title XI, §1101(c), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 378, provided that: "The National
Biosurveillance Integration Center under section 316 of the Homeland Security Act [of 2002, 6 U.S.C. 195b],
as added by subsection (a), shall be fully operational by not later than September 30, 2008."
1

So in original. No par. (2) has been enacted.

§195c. Promoting antiterrorism through international cooperation program
(a) Definitions
In this section:

(1) Director
The term "Director" means the Director selected under subsection (b)(2).
(2) International cooperative activity
The term "international cooperative activity" includes—
(A) coordinated research projects, joint research projects, or joint ventures;
(B) joint studies or technical demonstrations;
(C) coordinated field exercises, scientific seminars, conferences, symposia, and workshops;
(D) training of scientists and engineers;
(E) visits and exchanges of scientists, engineers, or other appropriate personnel;
(F) exchanges or sharing of scientific and technological information; and
(G) joint use of laboratory facilities and equipment.
(b) Science and Technology Homeland Security International Cooperative Programs Office
(1) Establishment
The Under Secretary shall establish the Science and Technology Homeland Security
International Cooperative Programs Office.
(2) Director
The Office shall be headed by a Director, who—
(A) shall be selected, in consultation with the Assistant Secretary for International Affairs, by
and shall report to the Under Secretary; and
(B) may be an officer of the Department serving in another position.
(3) Responsibilities
(A) Development of mechanisms
The Director shall be responsible for developing, in coordination with the Department of
State and, as appropriate, the Department of Defense, the Department of Energy, and other
Federal agencies, understandings and agreements to allow and to support international
cooperative activity in support of homeland security.
(B) Priorities
The Director shall be responsible for developing, in coordination with the Office of
International Affairs and other Federal agencies, strategic priorities for international cooperative
activity for the Department in support of homeland security.
(C) Activities
The Director shall facilitate the planning, development, and implementation of international
cooperative activity to address the strategic priorities developed under subparagraph (B)
through mechanisms the Under Secretary considers appropriate, including grants, cooperative
agreements, or contracts to or with foreign public or private entities, governmental
organizations, businesses (including small businesses and socially and economically
disadvantaged small businesses (as those terms are defined in sections 632 and 637 of title 15,
respectively)), federally funded research and development centers, and universities.
(D) Identification of partners
The Director shall facilitate the matching of United States entities engaged in homeland
security research with non-United States entities engaged in homeland security research so that
they may partner in homeland security research activities.
(4) Coordination
The Director shall ensure that the activities under this subsection are coordinated with the
Office of International Affairs and the Department of State and, as appropriate, the Department of
Defense, the Department of Energy, and other relevant Federal agencies or interagency bodies.
The Director may enter into joint activities with other Federal agencies.

(c) Matching funding
(1) In general
(A) Equitability
The Director shall ensure that funding and resources expended in international cooperative
activity will be equitably matched by the foreign partner government or other entity through
direct funding, funding of complementary activities, or the provision of staff, facilities, material,
or equipment.
(B) Grant matching and repayment
(i) In general
The Secretary may require a recipient of a grant under this section—
(I) to make a matching contribution of not more than 50 percent of the total cost of the
proposed project for which the grant is awarded; and
(II) to repay to the Secretary the amount of the grant (or a portion thereof), interest on
such amount at an appropriate rate, and such charges for administration of the grant as the
Secretary determines appropriate.
(ii) Maximum amount
The Secretary may not require that repayment under clause (i)(II) be more than 150 percent
of the amount of the grant, adjusted for inflation on the basis of the Consumer Price Index.
(2) Foreign partners
Partners may include Israel, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Singapore, and other allies
in the global war on terrorism as determined to be appropriate by the Secretary of Homeland
Security and the Secretary of State.
(3) Loans of equipment
The Director may make or accept loans of equipment for research and development and
comparative testing purposes.
(d) Foreign reimbursements
If the Science and Technology Homeland Security International Cooperative Programs Office
participates in an international cooperative activity with a foreign partner on a cost-sharing basis, any
reimbursements or contributions received from that foreign partner to meet its share of the project
may be credited to appropriate current appropriations accounts of the Directorate of Science and
Technology.
(e) Report to Congress on international cooperative activities
Not later than one year after August 3, 2007, and every 5 years thereafter, the Under Secretary,
acting through the Director, shall submit to Congress a report containing—
(1) a brief description of each grant, cooperative agreement, or contract made or entered into
under subsection (b)(3)(C), including the participants, goals, and amount and sources of funding;
(2) a list of international cooperative activities underway, including the participants, goals,
expected duration, and amount and sources of funding, including resources provided to support the
activities in lieu of direct funding; and 1
(3) for international cooperative activities identified in the previous reporting period, a status
update on the progress of such activities, including whether goals were realized, explaining any
lessons learned, and evaluating overall success; and
(4) a discussion of obstacles encountered in the course of forming, executing, or implementing
agreements for international cooperative activities, including administrative, legal, or diplomatic
challenges or resource constraints.
(f) Animal and zoonotic diseases
As part of the international cooperative activities authorized in this section, the Under Secretary, in

coordination with the Assistant Secretary for the Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office,
the Department of State, and appropriate officials of the Department of Agriculture, the Department
of Defense, and the Department of Health and Human Services, may enter into cooperative activities
with foreign countries, including African nations, to strengthen American preparedness against
foreign animal and zoonotic diseases overseas that could harm the Nation's agricultural and public
health sectors if they were to reach the United States.
(g) Cybersecurity
As part of the international cooperative activities authorized in this section, the Under Secretary, in
coordination with the Department of State and appropriate Federal officials, may enter into
cooperative research activities with Israel to strengthen preparedness against cyber threats and
enhance capabilities in cybersecurity.
(h) Construction; authorities of the Secretary of State
Nothing in this section shall be construed to alter or affect the following provisions of law:
(1) Title V of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 1979 (22 U.S.C. 2656a et
seq.).
(2) Section 112b(c) of title 1.
(3) Section 2651a(e)(2) of title 22.
(4) Sections 2752 and 2767 of title 22.
(5) Section 2382(c) of title 22.
(i) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as are necessary.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §317, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title XIX, §1901(b)(1), Aug. 3, 2007, 121
Stat. 505; amended Pub. L. 114–304, §2(a), Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat. 1519; Pub. L. 115–387,
§2(f)(3), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5168.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 1979, referred to in subsec. (h)(1), is Pub. L. 95–426,
Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 963. Title V of the Act is classified generally to sections 2656a to 2656d of Title 22,
Foreign Relations and Intercourse. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 115–387 substituted "the Assistant Secretary for the Countering Weapons of
Mass Destruction Office," for "the Chief Medical Officer,".
2016—Subsec. (e)(3), (4). Pub. L. 114–304, §2(a)(1), added pars. (3) and (4).
Subsecs. (g) to (i). Pub. L. 114–304, §2(a)(2), (3), added subsec. (g) and redesignated former subsecs. (g)
and (h) as (h) and (i), respectively.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
FINDINGS
Pub. L. 110–53, title XIX, §1901(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 505, provided that: "Congress finds the
following:
"(1) The development and implementation of technology is critical to combating terrorism and other
high consequence events and implementing a comprehensive homeland security strategy.
"(2) The United States and its allies in the global war on terrorism share a common interest in
facilitating research, development, testing, and evaluation of equipment, capabilities, technologies, and
services that will aid in detecting, preventing, responding to, recovering from, and mitigating against acts of
terrorism.
"(3) Certain United States allies in the global war on terrorism, including Israel, the United Kingdom,
Canada, Australia, and Singapore have extensive experience with, and technological expertise in, homeland
security.

"(4) The United States and certain of its allies in the global war on terrorism have a history of
successful collaboration in developing mutually beneficial equipment, capabilities, technologies, and
services in the areas of defense, agriculture, and telecommunications.
"(5) The United States and its allies in the global war on terrorism will mutually benefit from the
sharing of technological expertise to combat domestic and international terrorism.
"(6) The establishment of an office to facilitate and support cooperative endeavors between and among
government agencies, for-profit business entities, academic institutions, and nonprofit entities of the United
States and its allies will safeguard lives and property worldwide against acts of terrorism and other high
consequence events."
TRANSPARENCY OF FUNDS
Pub. L. 110–53, title XIX, §1902, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 508, provided that: "For each Federal award (as
that term is defined in section 2 of the Federal Funding Accountability and Transparency Act of 2006 [Pub. L.
109–282] (31 U.S.C. 6101 note)) under this title [enacting this section and provisions set out as notes under
this section] or an amendment made by this title, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall
ensure full and timely compliance with the requirements of the Federal Funding Accountability and
Transparency Act of 2006 (31 U.S.C. 6101 note)."
1

So in original. The word "and" probably should not appear.

§195d. Social media working group
(a) Establishment
The Secretary shall establish within the Department a social media working group (in this section
referred to as the "Group").
(b) Purpose
In order to enhance the dissemination of information through social media technologies between
the Department and appropriate stakeholders and to improve use of social media technologies in
support of preparedness, response, and recovery, the Group shall identify, and provide guidance and
best practices to the emergency preparedness and response community on, the use of social media
technologies before, during, and after a natural disaster or an act of terrorism or other man-made
disaster.
(c) Membership
(1) In general
Membership of the Group shall be composed of a cross section of subject matter experts from
Federal, State, local, tribal, territorial, and nongovernmental organization practitioners, including
representatives from the following entities:
(A) The Office of Public Affairs of the Department.
(B) The Office of the Chief Information Officer of the Department.
(C) The Privacy Office of the Department.
(D) The Federal Emergency Management Agency.
(E) The Office of Disability Integration and Coordination of the Federal Emergency
Management Agency.
(F) The American Red Cross.
(G) The Forest Service.
(H) The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
(I) The United States Geological Survey.
(J) The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
(2) Chairperson; co-chairperson
(A) Chairperson
The Secretary, or a designee of the Secretary, shall serve as the chairperson of the Group.

(B) Co-chairperson
The chairperson shall designate, on a rotating basis, a representative from a State or local
government who is a member of the Group to serve as the co-chairperson of the Group.
(3) Additional members
The chairperson shall appoint, on a rotating basis, qualified individuals to the Group. The total
number of such additional members shall—
(A) be equal to or greater than the total number of regular members under paragraph (1); and
(B) include—
(i) not fewer than 3 representatives from the private sector; and
(ii) representatives from—
(I) State, local, tribal, and territorial entities, including from—
(aa) law enforcement;
(bb) fire services;
(cc) emergency management; and
(dd) public health entities;
(II) universities and academia; and
(III) nonprofit disaster relief organizations.
(4) Term limits
The chairperson shall establish term limits for individuals appointed to the Group under
paragraph (3).
(d) Consultation with non-members
To the extent practicable, the Group shall work with entities in the public and private sectors to
carry out subsection (b).
(e) Meetings
(1) Initial meeting
Not later than 90 days after November 5, 2015, the Group shall hold its initial meeting.
(2) Subsequent meetings
After the initial meeting under paragraph (1), the Group shall meet—
(A) at the call of the chairperson; and
(B) not less frequently than twice each year.
(3) Virtual meetings
Each meeting of the Group may be held virtually.
(f) Reports
During each year in which the Group meets, the Group shall submit to the appropriate
congressional committees a report that includes the following:
(1) A review and analysis of current and emerging social media technologies being used to
support preparedness and response activities related to natural disasters and acts of terrorism and
other man-made disasters.
(2) A review of best practices and lessons learned on the use of social media technologies
during the response to natural disasters and acts of terrorism and other man-made disasters that
occurred during the period covered by the report at issue.
(3) Recommendations to improve the Department's use of social media technologies for
emergency management purposes.
(4) Recommendations to improve public awareness of the type of information disseminated
through social media technologies, and how to access such information, during a natural disaster
or an act of terrorism or other man-made disaster.
(5) A review of available training for Federal, State, local, tribal, and territorial officials on the

use of social media technologies in response to a natural disaster or an act of terrorism or other
man-made disaster.
(6) A review of coordination efforts with the private sector to discuss and resolve legal,
operational, technical, privacy, and security concerns.
(g) Duration of group
(1) In general
The Group shall terminate on the date that is 5 years after November 5, 2015, unless the
chairperson renews the Group for a successive 5-year period, prior to the date on which the Group
would otherwise terminate, by submitting to the Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of
Representatives a certification that the continued existence of the Group is necessary to fulfill the
purpose described in subsection (b).
(2) Continued renewal
The chairperson may continue to renew the Group for successive 5-year periods by submitting a
certification in accordance with paragraph (1) prior to the date on which the Group would
otherwise terminate.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §318, as added Pub. L. 114–80, §2(a), Nov. 5, 2015, 129 Stat. 646.)

§195e. Transparency in research and development
(a) Requirement to list research and development programs
(1) In general
The Secretary shall maintain a detailed list of the following:
(A) Each classified and unclassified research and development project, and all appropriate
details for each such project, including the component of the Department responsible for each
such project.
(B) Each task order for a Federally Funded Research and Development Center not associated
with a research and development project.
(C) Each task order for a University-based center of excellence not associated with a research
and development project.
(D) The indicators developed and tracked by the Under Secretary for Science and
Technology with respect to transitioned projects pursuant to subsection (c).
(2) Exception for certain completed projects
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a project completed or otherwise terminated before December
23, 2016.
(3) Updates
The list required under paragraph (1) shall be updated as frequently as possible, but not less
frequently than once per quarter.
(4) Research and development defined
For purposes of the list required under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall provide a definition for
the term "research and development".
(b) Requirement to report to Congress on all projects
Not later than January 1, 2017, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the
Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Homeland
Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate a classified and unclassified report, as applicable,
that lists each ongoing classified and unclassified project at the Department, including all appropriate
details of each such project.

(c) Indicators of success of transitioned projects
(1) In general
For each project that has been transitioned to practice from research and development, the
Under Secretary for Science and Technology shall develop and track indicators to demonstrate the
uptake of the technology or project among customers or end-users.
(2) Requirement
To the fullest extent possible, the tracking of a project required under paragraph (1) shall
continue for the three-year period beginning on the date on which such project was transitioned to
practice from research and development.
(d) Definitions
In this section:
(1) All appropriate details
The term "all appropriate details" means, with respect to a research and development project—
(A) the name of such project, including both classified and unclassified names if applicable;
(B) the name of the component of the Department carrying out such project;
(C) an abstract or summary of such project;
(D) funding levels for such project;
(E) project duration or timeline;
(F) the name of each contractor, grantee, or cooperative agreement partner involved in such
project;
(G) expected objectives and milestones for such project; and
(H) to the maximum extent practicable, relevant literature and patents that are associated with
such project.
(2) Classified
The term "classified" means anything containing—
(A) classified national security information as defined in section 6.1 of Executive Order
13526 (50 U.S.C. 3161 note) or any successor order;
(B) Restricted Data or data that was formerly Restricted Data, as defined in section 2014(y)
of title 42;
(C) material classified at the Sensitive Compartmented Information (SCI) level, as defined in
section 3345 of title 50; or
(D) information relating to a special access program, as defined in section 6.1 of Executive
Order 13526 (50 U.S.C. 3161 note) or any successor order.
(3) Controlled unclassified information
The term "controlled unclassified information" means information described as "Controlled
Unclassified Information" under Executive Order 13556 (50 U.S.C. 3501 note) 1 or any successor
order.
(4) Project
The term "project" means a research or development project, program, or activity administered
by the Department, whether ongoing, completed, or otherwise terminated.
(e) Limitation
Nothing in this section overrides or otherwise affects the requirements specified in section 468 of
this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §319, as added Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1906(a), Dec. 23,
2016, 130 Stat. 2676.)
EDITORIAL NOTES

REFERENCES IN TEXT
Executive Order 13556, referred to in subsec. (d)(3), is set out as a note under section 3501 of Title 44,
Public Printing and Documents.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 319 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 320 and is classified to section 195f of this
title.
1

See References in Text note below.

§195f. EMP and GMD mitigation research and development and threat
assessment, response, and recovery
(a) In general
In furtherance of domestic preparedness and response, the Secretary, acting through the Under
Secretary for Science and Technology, and in consultation with other relevant executive agencies,
relevant State, local, and tribal governments, and relevant owners and operators of critical
infrastructure, shall, to the extent practicable, conduct research and development to mitigate the
consequences of threats of EMP and GMD.
(b) Scope
The scope of the research and development under subsection (a) shall include the following:
(1) An objective scientific analysis—
(A) evaluating the risks to critical infrastructure from a range of threats of EMP and GMD;
and
(B) which shall—
(i) be conducted in conjunction with the Office of Intelligence and Analysis; and
(ii) include a review and comparison of the range of threats and hazards facing critical
infrastructure of the electrical grid.
(2) Determination of the critical utilities and national security assets and infrastructure that are
at risk from threats of EMP and GMD.
(3) An evaluation of emergency planning and response technologies that would address the
findings and recommendations of experts, including those of the Commission to Assess the Threat
to the United States from Electromagnetic Pulse Attack, which shall include a review of the
feasibility of rapidly isolating one or more portions of the electrical grid from the main electrical
grid.
(4) An analysis of technology options that are available to improve the resiliency of critical
infrastructure to threats of EMP and GMD, including an analysis of neutral current blocking
devices that may protect high-voltage transmission lines.
(5) The restoration and recovery capabilities of critical infrastructure under differing levels of
damage and disruption from various threats of EMP and GMD, as informed by the objective
scientific analysis conducted under paragraph (1).
(6) An analysis of the feasibility of a real-time alert system to inform electrical grid operators
and other stakeholders within milliseconds of a high-altitude nuclear explosion.
(c) Exemption from disclosure
(1) Information shared with the Federal Government
Section 673 of this title, and any regulations issued pursuant to such section, shall apply to any
information shared with the Federal Government under this section.
(2) Information shared by the Federal Government
Information shared by the Federal Government with a State, local, or tribal government under

this section shall be exempt from disclosure under any provision of State, local, or tribal freedom
of information law, open government law, open meetings law, open records law, sunshine law, or
similar law requiring the disclosure of information or records.
(d) Threat assessment, response, and recovery
(1) Roles and responsibilities
(A) Distribution of information
(i) In general
Beginning not later than June 19, 2020, the Secretary shall provide timely distribution of
information on EMPs and GMDs to Federal, State, and local governments, owners and
operators of critical infrastructure, and other persons determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(ii) Briefing
The Secretary shall brief the appropriate congressional committees on the effectiveness of
the distribution of information under clause (i).
(B) Response and recovery
(i) In general
The Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency shall—
(I) coordinate the response to and recovery from the effects of EMPs and GMDs on
critical infrastructure, in coordination with the heads of appropriate Sector-Specific
Agencies, and on matters related to the bulk power system, in consultation with the
Secretary of Energy and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission; and
(II) to the extent practicable, incorporate events that include EMPs and extreme GMDs
as a factor in preparedness scenarios and exercises.
(ii) Implementation
The Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency, in coordination with
the Director of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, and on matters related
to the bulk power system, the Secretary of Energy and the Federal Energy Regulatory
Commission, shall—
(I) not later than June 19, 2020, develop plans and procedures to coordinate the response
to and recovery from EMP and GMD events; and
(II) not later than December 21, 2020, conduct a national exercise to test the
preparedness and response of the Nation to the effect of an EMP or extreme GMD event.
(C) Research and development
(i) In general
The Secretary, in coordination with the heads of relevant Sector-Specific Agencies, shall—
(I) without duplication of existing or ongoing efforts, conduct research and development
to better understand and more effectively model the effects of EMPs and GMDs on critical
infrastructure (which shall not include any system or infrastructure of the Department of
Defense or any system or infrastructure of the Department of Energy associated with
nuclear weapons activities); and
(II) develop technologies to enhance the resilience of and better protect critical
infrastructure.
(ii) Plan
Not later than March 26, 2020, and in coordination with the heads of relevant
Sector-Specific Agencies, the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate congressional
committees a research and development action plan to rapidly address modeling shortfall and
technology development.
(D) Emergency information system

(i) In general
The Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency, in coordination with
relevant stakeholders, shall maintain a network of systems, such as the alerting capabilities of
the integrated public alert and warning system authorized under section 321o of this title, that
are capable of providing appropriate emergency information to the public before (if possible),
during, and in the aftermath of an EMP or GMD.
(ii) Briefing
Not later than December 21, 2020, the Administrator of the Federal Emergency
Management Agency, shall brief the appropriate congressional committees regarding the
maintenance of systems, including the alerting capabilities of the integrated public alert and
warning system authorized under section 321o of this title.
(E) Quadrennial risk assessments
(i) In general
The Secretary, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Energy, and
the Secretary of Commerce, and informed by intelligence-based threat assessments, shall
conduct a quadrennial EMP and GMD risk assessment.
(ii) Briefings
Not later than March 26, 2020, and every four years thereafter until 2032, the Secretary,
the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Energy, and the Secretary of Commerce shall
provide a briefing to the appropriate congressional committees regarding the quadrennial
EMP and GMD risk assessment.
(iii) Enhancing resilience
The Secretary, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Energy, the
Secretary of Commerce, and the heads of other relevant Sector-Specific Agencies, shall use
the results of the quadrennial EMP and GMD risk assessments to better understand and to
improve resilience to the effects of EMPs and GMDs across all critical infrastructure sectors,
including coordinating the prioritization of critical infrastructure at greatest risk to the effects
of EMPs and GMDs.
(2) Coordination
(A) Report on technological options
Not later than December 21, 2020, and every four years thereafter until 2032, the Secretary,
in coordination with the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Energy, the heads of other
appropriate agencies, and, as appropriate, private-sector partners, shall submit to the appropriate
congressional committees, a report that—
(i) assesses the technological options available to improve the resilience of critical
infrastructure to the effects of EMPs and GMDs; and
(ii) identifies gaps in available technologies and opportunities for technological
developments to inform research and development activities.
(B) Test data
(i) In general
Not later than December 20, 2020, the Secretary, in coordination with the heads of
Sector-Specific Agencies, the Secretary of Defense, and the Secretary of Energy, shall—
(I) review test data regarding the effects of EMPs and GMDs on critical infrastructure
systems, networks, and assets representative of those throughout the Nation; and
(II) identify any gaps in the test data.
(ii) Plan
Not later than 180 days after identifying gaps in test data under clause (i), the Secretary, in
coordination with the heads of Sector-Specific Agencies and in consultation with the

Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of Energy, shall use the sector partnership structure
identified in the National Infrastructure Protection Plan to develop an integrated cross-sector
plan to address the identified gaps.
(iii) Implementation
The heads of each agency identified in the plan developed under clause (ii) shall
implement the plan in collaboration with the voluntary efforts of the private sector, as
appropriate.
(3) Definitions
In this subsection:
(A) The term "appropriate congressional committees" means—
(i) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, the Committee on
Armed Services, the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources, and the Committee on
Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate; and
(ii) the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure, the Committee on Homeland
Security, the Committee on Armed Services, the Committee on Energy and Commerce, and
the Committee on Science, Space and Technology of the House of Representatives.
(B) The terms "prepare" and "preparedness" mean the actions taken to plan, organize, equip,
train, and exercise to build and sustain the capabilities necessary to prevent, protect against,
mitigate the effects of, respond to, and recover from those threats that pose the greatest risk to
the security of the homeland, including the prediction and notification of impending EMPs and
GMDs.
(C) The term "Sector Risk Management Agency" has the meaning given that term in section
651 of this title.
(e) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section may be construe— 1
(1) to affect in any manner the authority of the executive branch to implement Executive Order
13865, dated March 26, 2019, and entitled "Coordinating National Resilience to Electromagnetic
Pulses", or any other authority existing on the day before December 20, 2019, of any other
component of the Department or any other Federal department or agency, including the authority
provided to the Sector Risk Management Agency specified in section 61003(c) of division F of the
Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (6 U.S.C. 121 note), including the authority under
section 824o of title 16, and including the authority of independent agencies to be independent; or
(2) as diminishing or transferring any authorities vested in the Administrator of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency or in the Agency prior to December 20, 2019.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §320, formerly §319, as added Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX,
§1913(a)(3), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2685; renumbered §320 and amended Pub. L. 115–278,
§2(g)(3)(B), (C), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178; Pub. L. 116–92, div. A, title XVII, §1740(a)(1),
Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 1821; Pub. L. 116–283, div. H, title XC, §9002(c)(2)(A), Jan. 1, 2021, 134
Stat. 4772.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Executive Order 13865, referred to in subsec. (e)(1), is Ex. Ord. No. 13865, Mar. 26, 2019, 84 F.R. 12041,
which is set out as a note under this section.
Section 61003(c) of division F of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act, referred to in subsec.
(e)(1), is section 61003(c) of Pub. L. 114–94, div. F, Dec. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 1778, which is set out as a note
under section 121 of this title.
AMENDMENTS
2021—Subsec. (d)(3)(C). Pub. L. 116–283, §9002(c)(2)(A)(i), substituted "Sector Risk Management

Agency" for "Sector-Specific Agency".
Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 116–283, §9002(c)(2)(A)(ii), substituted "Sector Risk Management Agency" for
"Sector-Specific Agency".
2019—Pub. L. 116–92, §1740(a)(1)(A), inserted "and threat assessment, response, and recovery" after
"development" in section catchline.
Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 116–92, §1740(a)(1)(B), added subsecs. (d) and (e).
2018—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(3)(C), substituted "Section 673 of this title" for "Section 133
of this title".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
BENCHMARKS; DEFINITIONS
Pub. L. 116–92, div. A, title XVII, §1740(d), (h), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 1824, 1825, provided that:
"(d) BENCHMARKS.—Not later than March 26, 2020, and as appropriate thereafter, the Secretary of
Energy, in consultation with the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Homeland Security, and, as
appropriate, the private sector, may develop or update, as necessary, quantitative and voluntary benchmarks
that sufficiently describe the physical characteristics of EMPs, including waveform and intensity, in a form
that is useful to and can be shared with owners and operators of critical infrastructure. Nothing in this
subsection shall affect the authority of the Electric Reliability Organization to develop and enforce, or the
authority of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission to approve, reliability standards.
"(h) DEFINITIONS.—In this section [amending this section and section 347 of this title and enacting this
note and provisions not set out in the Code]:
"(1) The term 'appropriate congressional committees' has the meaning given that term in subsection (d)
of section 320 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 195f(d)], as added by subsection (a) of this
section; and
"(2) The terms 'critical infrastructure', 'EMP', and 'GMD' have the meanings given such terms in
section 2 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 101)."
EXECUTIVE DOCUMENTS
EX. ORD. NO. 13865. COORDINATING NATIONAL RESILIENCE TO ELECTROMAGNETIC
PULSES
Ex. Ord. No. 13865, Mar. 26, 2019, 84 F.R. 12041, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Purpose. An electromagnetic pulse (EMP) has the potential to disrupt, degrade, and damage
technology and critical infrastructure systems. Human-made or naturally occurring EMPs can affect large
geographic areas, disrupting elements critical to the Nation's security and economic prosperity, and could
adversely affect global commerce and stability. The Federal Government must foster sustainable, efficient,
and cost-effective approaches to improving the Nation's resilience to the effects of EMPs.
SEC. 2. Definitions. As used in this order:
(a) "Critical infrastructure" means systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the United
States that the incapacity or destruction of such systems and assets would have a debilitating impact on
security, national economic security, national public health or safety, or any combination of those matters.
(b) "Electromagnetic pulse" is a burst of electromagnetic energy. EMPs have the potential to negatively
affect technology systems on Earth and in space. A high-altitude EMP (HEMP) is a type of human-made EMP
that occurs when a nuclear device is detonated at approximately 40 kilometers or more above the surface of
Earth. A geomagnetic disturbance (GMD) is a type of natural EMP driven by a temporary disturbance of
Earth's magnetic field resulting from interactions with solar eruptions. Both HEMPs and GMDs can affect
large geographic areas.
(c) "National Critical Functions" means the functions of government and the private sector so vital to the
United States that their disruption, corruption, or dysfunction would have a debilitating effect on security,
national economic security, national public health or safety, or any combination thereof.
(d) "National Essential Functions" means the overarching responsibilities of the Federal Government to lead
and sustain the Nation before, during, and in the aftermath of a catastrophic emergency, such as an EMP that
adversely affects the performance of Government.
(e) "Prepare" and "preparedness" mean the actions taken to plan, organize, equip, train, and exercise to

build and sustain the capabilities necessary to prevent, protect against, mitigate the effects of, respond to, and
recover from those threats that pose the greatest risk to the security of the Nation. These terms include the
prediction and notification of impending EMPs.
(f) A "Sector-Specific Agency" (SSA) is the Federal department or agency that is responsible for providing
institutional knowledge and specialized expertise as well as leading, facilitating, or supporting the security and
resilience programs and associated activities of its designated critical infrastructure sector in the all-hazards
environment. The SSAs are those identified in Presidential Policy Directive 21 of February 12, 2013 (Critical
Infrastructure Security and Resilience).
SEC. 3. Policy. (a) It is the policy of the United States to prepare for the effects of EMPs through targeted
approaches that coordinate whole-of-government activities and encourage private-sector engagement. The
Federal Government must provide warning of an impending EMP; protect against, respond to, and recover
from the effects of an EMP through public and private engagement, planning, and investment; and prevent
adversarial events through deterrence, defense, and nuclear nonproliferation efforts. To achieve these goals,
the Federal Government shall engage in risk-informed planning, prioritize research and development (R&D)
to address the needs of critical infrastructure stakeholders, and, for adversarial threats, consult Intelligence
Community assessments.
(b) To implement the actions directed in this order, the Federal Government shall promote collaboration and
facilitate information sharing, including the sharing of threat and vulnerability assessments, among executive
departments and agencies (agencies), the owners and operators of critical infrastructure, and other relevant
stakeholders, as appropriate. The Federal Government shall also provide incentives, as appropriate, to
private-sector partners to encourage innovation that strengthens critical infrastructure against the effects of
EMPs through the development and implementation of best practices, regulations, and appropriate guidance.
SEC. 4. Coordination. (a) The Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs (APNSA), through
National Security Council staff and in consultation with the Director of the Office of Science and Technology
Policy (OSTP), shall coordinate the development and implementation of executive branch actions to assess,
prioritize, and manage the risks of EMPs. The APNSA shall, on an annual basis, submit a report to the
President summarizing progress on the implementation of this order, identifying gaps in capability, and
recommending how to address those gaps.
(b) To further the Federal R&D necessary to prepare the Nation for the effects of EMPs, the Director of
OSTP shall coordinate efforts of agencies through the National Science and Technology Council (NSTC). The
Director of OSTP, through the NSTC, shall annually review and assess the R&D needs of agencies conducting
preparedness activities for EMPs, consistent with this order.
SEC. 5. Roles and Responsibilities. (a) The Secretary of State shall:
(i) lead the coordination of diplomatic efforts with United States allies and international partners regarding
enhancing resilience to the effects of EMPs; and
(ii) in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and the heads of other relevant agencies, strengthen
nuclear nonproliferation and deterrence efforts, which would reduce the likelihood of an EMP attack on the
United States or its allies and partners by limiting the availability of nuclear devices.
(b) The Secretary of Defense shall:
(i) in cooperation with the heads of relevant agencies and with United States allies, international partners,
and private-sector entities as appropriate, improve and develop the ability to rapidly characterize, attribute,
and provide warning of EMPs, including effects on space systems of interest to the United States;
(ii) provide timely operational observations, analyses, forecasts, and other products for naturally occurring
EMPs to support the mission of the Department of Defense along with United States allies and international
partners, including the provision of alerts and warnings for natural EMPs that may affect weapons systems,
military operations, or the defense of the United States;
(iii) conduct R&D and testing to understand the effects of EMPs on Department of Defense systems and
infrastructure, improve capabilities to model and simulate the environments and effects of EMPs, and develop
technologies to protect Department of Defense systems and infrastructure from the effects of EMPs to ensure
the successful execution of Department of Defense missions;
(iv) review and update existing EMP-related standards for Department of Defense systems and
infrastructure, as appropriate;
(v) share technical expertise and data regarding EMPs and their potential effects with other agencies and
with the private sector, as appropriate;
(vi) incorporate attacks that include EMPs as a factor in defense planning scenarios; and
(vii) defend the Nation from adversarial EMPs originating outside of the United States through defense and
deterrence, consistent with the mission and national security policy of the Department of Defense.
(c) The Secretary of the Interior shall support the research, development, deployment, and operation of

capabilities that enhance understanding of variations of Earth's magnetic field associated with EMPs.
(d) The Secretary of Commerce shall:
(i) provide timely and accurate operational observations, analyses, forecasts, and other products for natural
EMPs, exclusive of the responsibilities of the Secretary of Defense set forth in subsection (b)(ii) of this
section; and
(ii) use the capabilities of the Department of Commerce, the private sector, academia, and nongovernmental
organizations to continuously improve operational forecasting services and the development of standards for
commercial EMP technology.
(e) The Secretary of Energy shall conduct early-stage R&D, develop pilot programs, and partner with other
agencies and the private sector, as appropriate, to characterize sources of EMPs and their couplings to the
electric power grid and its subcomponents, understand associated potential failure modes for the energy
sector, and coordinate preparedness and mitigation measures with energy sector partners.
(f) The Secretary of Homeland Security shall:
(i) provide timely distribution of information on EMPs and credible associated threats to Federal, State, and
local governments, critical infrastructure owners and operators, and other stakeholders;
(ii) in coordination with the heads of any relevant SSAs, use the results of risk assessments to better
understand and enhance resilience to the effects of EMPs across all critical infrastructure sectors, including
coordinating the identification of national critical functions and the prioritization of associated critical
infrastructure at greatest risk to the effects of EMPs;
(iii) coordinate response to and recovery from the effects of EMPs on critical infrastructure, in coordination
with the heads of appropriate SSAs;
(iv) incorporate events that include EMPs as a factor in preparedness scenarios and exercises;
(v) in coordination with the heads of relevant SSAs, conduct R&D to better understand and more
effectively model the effects of EMPs on national critical functions and associated critical
infrastructure—excluding Department of Defense systems and infrastructure—and develop technologies and
guidelines to enhance these functions and better protect this infrastructure;
(vi) maintain survivable means to provide necessary emergency information to the public during and after
EMPs; and
(vii) in coordination with the Secretaries of Defense and Energy, and informed by intelligence-based threat
assessments, develop quadrennial risk assessments on EMPs, with the first risk assessment delivered within 1
year of the date of this order [Mar. 26, 2019].
(g) The Director of National Intelligence shall:
(i) coordinate the collection, analysis, and promulgation, as appropriate, of intelligence-based assessments
on adversaries' capabilities to conduct an attack utilizing an EMP and the likelihood of such an attack; and
(ii) provide intelligence-based threat assessments to support the heads of relevant SSAs in the development
of quadrennial risk assessments on EMPs.
(h) The heads of all SSAs, in coordination with the Secretary of Homeland Security, shall enhance and
facilitate information sharing with private-sector counterparts, as appropriate, to enhance preparedness for the
effects of EMPs, to identify and share vulnerabilities, and to work collaboratively to reduce vulnerabilities.
(i) The heads of all agencies that support National Essential Functions shall ensure that their all-hazards
preparedness planning sufficiently addresses EMPs, including through mitigation, response, and recovery, as
directed by national preparedness policy.
SEC. 6. Implementation. (a) Identifying national critical functions and associated priority critical
infrastructure at greatest risk.
(i) Within 90 days of the date of this order, the Secretary of Homeland Security, in coordination with the
heads of SSAs and other agencies as appropriate, shall identify and list the national critical functions and
associated priority critical infrastructure systems, networks, and assets, including space-based assets that, if
disrupted, could reasonably result in catastrophic national or regional effects on public health or safety,
economic security, or national security. The Secretary of Homeland Security shall update this list as
necessary.
(ii) Within 1 year of the identification described in subsection (a)(i) of this section, the Secretary of
Homeland Security, in coordination with the heads of other agencies as appropriate, shall, using appropriate
government and private-sector standards for EMPs, assess which identified critical infrastructure systems,
networks, and assets are most vulnerable to the effects of EMPs. The Secretary of Homeland Security shall
provide this list to the President, through the APNSA. The Secretary of Homeland Security shall update this
list using the results produced pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, and as necessary thereafter.
(b) Improving understanding of the effects of EMPs.
(i) Within 180 days of the identification described in subsection (a)(ii) of this section, the Secretary of

Homeland Security, in coordination with the heads of SSAs and in consultation with the Director of OSTP and
the heads of other appropriate agencies, shall review test data—identifying any gaps in such data—regarding
the effects of EMPs on critical infrastructure systems, networks, and assets representative of those throughout
the Nation.
(ii) Within 180 days of identifying the gaps in existing test data, as directed by subsection (b)(i) of this
section, the Secretary of Homeland Security, in coordination with the heads of SSAs and in consultation with
the Director of OSTP and the heads of other appropriate agencies, shall use the sector partnership structure
identified in the National Infrastructure Protection Plan to develop an integrated cross-sector plan to address
the identified gaps. The heads of agencies identified in the plan shall implement the plan in collaboration with
the private sector, as appropriate.
(iii) Within 1 year of the date of this order, and as appropriate thereafter, the Secretary of Energy, in
consultation with the heads of other agencies and the private sector, as appropriate, shall review existing
standards for EMPs and develop or update, as necessary, quantitative benchmarks that sufficiently describe
the physical characteristics of EMPs, including waveform and intensity, in a form that is useful to and can be
shared with owners and operators of critical infrastructure.
(iv) Within 4 years of the date of this order, the Secretary of the Interior shall complete a magnetotelluric
survey of the contiguous United States to help critical infrastructure owners and operators conduct EMP
vulnerability assessments.
(c) Evaluating approaches to mitigate the effects of EMPs.
(i) Within 1 year of the date of this order, and every 2 years thereafter, the Secretary of Homeland Security,
in coordination with the Secretaries of Defense and Energy, and in consultation with the Director of OSTP,
the heads of other appropriate agencies, and private-sector partners as appropriate, shall submit to the
President, through the APNSA, a report that analyzes the technology options available to improve the
resilience of critical infrastructure to the effects of EMPs. The Secretaries of Defense, Energy, and Homeland
Security shall also identify gaps in available technologies and opportunities for future technological
developments to inform R&D activities.
(ii) Within 180 days of the completion of the activities directed by subsections (b)(iii) and (c)(i) of this
section, the Secretary of Homeland Security, in coordination with the heads of other agencies and in
consultation with the private sector as appropriate, shall develop and implement a pilot test to evaluate
available engineering approaches for mitigating the effects of EMPs on the most vulnerable critical
infrastructure systems, networks, and assets, as identified in subsection (a)(ii) of this section.
(iii) Within 1 year of the date of this order, the Secretary of Homeland Security, in coordination with the
heads of relevant SSAs, and in consultation with appropriate regulatory and utility commissions and other
stakeholders, shall identify regulatory and non-regulatory mechanisms, including cost recovery measures, that
can enhance private-sector engagement to address the effects of EMPs.
(d) Strengthening critical infrastructure to withstand the effects of EMPs.
(i) Within 90 days of completing the actions directed in subsection (c)(ii) of this section, the Secretary of
Homeland Security, in coordination with the Secretaries of Defense and Energy and in consultation with the
heads of other appropriate agencies and with the private sector as appropriate, shall develop a plan to mitigate
the effects of EMPs on the vulnerable priority critical infrastructure systems, networks, and assets identified
under subsection (a)(ii) of this section. The plan shall align with and build on actions identified in reports
required by Executive Order 13800 of May 11, 2017 (Strengthening the Cybersecurity of Federal Networks
and Critical Infrastructure) [6 U.S.C. 1501 note prec.]. The Secretary of Homeland Security shall implement
those elements of the plan that are consistent with Department of Homeland Security authorities and
resources, and report to the APNSA regarding any additional authorities and resources needed to complete its
implementation. The Secretary of Homeland Security, in coordination with the Secretaries of Defense and
Energy, shall update the plan as necessary based on results from the actions directed in subsections (b) and (c)
of this section.
(ii) Within 180 days of the completion of the actions identified in subsection (c)(i) of this section, the
Secretary of Defense, in consultation with the Secretaries of Homeland Security and Energy, shall conduct a
pilot test to evaluate engineering approaches used to harden a strategic military installation, including
infrastructure that is critical to supporting that installation, against the effects of EMPs.
(iii) Within 180 days of completing the pilot test described in subsection (d)(ii) of this section, the Secretary
of Defense shall report to the President, through the APNSA, regarding the cost and effectiveness of the
evaluated approaches.
(e) Improving response to EMPs.
(i) Within 180 days of the date of this order, the Secretary of Homeland Security, through the Administrator
of the Federal Emergency Management Agency, in coordination with the heads of appropriate SSAs, shall

review and update Federal response plans, programs, and procedures to account for the effects of EMPs.
(ii) Within 180 days of the completion of actions directed by subsection (e)(i) of this section, agencies that
support National Essential Functions shall update operational plans documenting their procedures and
responsibilities to prepare for, protect against, and mitigate the effects of EMPs.
(iii) Within 180 days of identifying vulnerable priority critical infrastructure systems, networks, and assets
as directed by subsection (a)(ii) of this section, the Secretary of Homeland Security, in consultation with the
Secretaries of Defense and Commerce, and the Chairman of the Federal Communications Commission, shall
provide the Deputy Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism and the Director of
OSTP with an assessment of the effects of EMPs on critical communications infrastructure, and recommend
changes to operational plans to enhance national response and recovery efforts after an EMP.
SEC. 7. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive department or agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget relating to budgetary,
administrative, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of
appropriations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its
officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.

DONALD J. TRUMP.
[Reference to a Sector Specific Agency (including any permutations or conjugations thereof) deemed to be
a reference to the Sector Risk Management Agency of the relevant critical infrastructure sector and have the
meaning give such term in section 651(5) of this title, see section 652a(c)(3) of this title, enacted Jan. 1, 2021.]
1

So in original. Probably should be "construed—".

§195g. Countering Unmanned Aircraft Systems Coordinator
(a) Coordinator
(1) In general
The Secretary shall designate an individual in a Senior Executive Service position (as defined in
section 3132 of title 5) of the Department within the Office of Strategy, Policy, and Plans as the
Countering Unmanned Aircraft Systems Coordinator (in this section referred to as the
"Coordinator") and provide appropriate staff to carry out the responsibilities of the Coordinator.
(2) Responsibilities
The Coordinator shall—
(A) oversee and coordinate with relevant Department offices and components, including the
Office of Civil Rights and Civil Liberties and the Privacy Office, on the development of
guidance and regulations to counter threats associated with unmanned aircraft systems (in this
section referred to as "UAS") as described in section 124n of this title;
(B) promote research and development of counter UAS technologies in coordination within
the Science and Technology Directorate;
(C) coordinate with the relevant components and offices of the Department, including the
Office of Intelligence and Analysis, to ensure the sharing of information, guidance, and
intelligence relating to countering UAS threats, counter UAS threat assessments, and counter
UAS technology, including the retention of UAS and counter UAS incidents within the
Department;
(D) serve as the Department liaison, in coordination with relevant components and offices of
the Department, to the Department of Defense, Federal, State, local, and Tribal law enforcement
entities, and the private sector regarding the activities of the Department relating to countering
UAS;
(E) maintain the information required under section 124n(g)(3) of this title; and

(F) carry out other related counter UAS authorities and activities under section 124n of this
title, as directed by the Secretary.
(b) Coordination with applicable Federal laws
The Coordinator shall, in addition to other assigned duties, coordinate with relevant Department
components and offices to ensure testing, evaluation, or deployment of a system used to identify,
assess, or defeat a UAS is carried out in accordance with applicable Federal laws.
(c) Coordination with private sector
The Coordinator shall, among other assigned duties, working with the Office of Partnership and
Engagement and other relevant Department offices and components, or other Federal agencies, as
appropriate, serve as the principal Department official responsible for sharing to the private sector
information regarding counter UAS technology, particularly information regarding instances in
which counter UAS technology may impact lawful private sector services or systems.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title III, §321, as added Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title VII, §701(b)(1), Dec. 27,
2020, 134 Stat. 2295.)

SUBCHAPTER IV—BORDER, MARITIME, AND TRANSPORTATION
SECURITY
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII, §802(g)(1)(B)(i), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 211, substituted "BORDER,
MARITIME, AND TRANSPORTATION SECURITY" for "DIRECTORATE OF BORDER AND
TRANSPORTATION SECURITY" in subchapter heading.

PART A—BORDER, MARITIME, AND TRANSPORTATION SECURITY
RESPONSIBILITIES AND FUNCTIONS
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII, §802(g)(1)(B)(ii)(I), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 211, substituted "Border,
Maritime, and Transportation Security Responsibilities and Functions" for "Under Secretary for Border and
Transportation Security" in part heading.

§201. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII, §802(g)(2), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat.
212
Section, Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §401, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2177, established the Directorate of
Border and Transportation Security headed by an Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security.

§202. Border, maritime, and transportation responsibilities
The Secretary shall be responsible for the following:
(1) Preventing the entry of terrorists and the instruments of terrorism into the United States.
(2) Securing the borders, territorial waters, ports, terminals, waterways, and air, land, and sea

transportation systems of the United States, including managing and coordinating those functions
transferred to the Department at ports of entry.
(3) Carrying out the immigration enforcement functions vested by statute in, or performed by,
the Commissioner of Immigration and Naturalization (or any officer, employee, or component of
the Immigration and Naturalization Service) immediately before the date on which the transfer of
functions specified under section 251 of this title takes effect.
(4) Establishing and administering rules, in accordance with section 236 of this title, governing
the granting of visas or other forms of permission, including parole, to enter the United States to
individuals who are not a citizen or an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence in the
United States.
(5) Establishing national immigration enforcement policies and priorities.
(6) Except as provided in part C of this subchapter, administering the customs laws of the
United States.
(7) Conducting the inspection and related administrative functions of the Department of
Agriculture transferred to the Secretary of Homeland Security under section 231 of this title.
(8) In carrying out the foregoing responsibilities, ensuring the speedy, orderly, and efficient
flow of lawful traffic and commerce.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §402, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2177; Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII,
§802(g)(1)(B)(ii)(II), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 211.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Part C of this subchapter, referred to in par. (6), was in the original "subtitle C", meaning subtitle C (§421 et
seq.) of title IV of Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2182, which enacted part C (§231 et seq.) of this
subchapter and amended sections 2279e and 2279f of Title 7, Agriculture, and sections 115, 44901, and 47106
of Title 49, Transportation. For complete classification of subtitle C to the Code, see Tables.
The customs laws of the United States, referred to in par. (6), are classified generally to Title 19, Customs
Duties.
AMENDMENTS
2016—Pub. L. 114–125 substituted "Border, maritime, and transportation responsibilities" for
"Responsibilities" in section catchline and struck out ", acting through the Under Secretary for Border and
Transportation Security," after "The Secretary" in introductory provisions.

§203. Functions transferred
In accordance with subchapter XII (relating to transition provisions), there shall be transferred to
the Secretary the functions, personnel, assets, and liabilities of—
(1) the United States Customs Service of the Department of the Treasury, including the
functions of the Secretary of the Treasury relating thereto;
(2) the Transportation Security Administration of the Department of Transportation, including
the functions of the Secretary of Transportation, and of the Under Secretary of Transportation for
Security, relating thereto;
(3) the Federal Protective Service of the General Services Administration, including the
functions of the Administrator of General Services relating thereto;
(4) the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center of the Department of the Treasury; and
(5) the Office for Domestic Preparedness of the Office of Justice Programs, including the
functions of the Attorney General relating thereto.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §403, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2178.)

§204. Surface Transportation Security Advisory Committee

(a) Establishment
The Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration (referred to in this section as
"Administrator") shall establish within the Transportation Security Administration the Surface
Transportation Security Advisory Committee (referred to in this section as the "Advisory
Committee").
(b) Duties
(1) In general
The Advisory Committee may advise, consult with, report to, and make recommendations to the
Administrator on surface transportation security matters, including the development, refinement,
and implementation of policies, programs, initiatives, rulemakings, and security directives
pertaining to surface transportation security.
(2) Risk-based security
The Advisory Committee shall consider risk-based security approaches in the performance of
its duties.
(c) Membership
(1) Composition
The Advisory Committee shall be composed of—
(A) voting members appointed by the Administrator under paragraph (2); and
(B) nonvoting members, serving in an advisory capacity, who shall be designated by—
(i) the Transportation Security Administration;
(ii) the Department of Transportation;
(iii) the Coast Guard; and
(iv) such other Federal department or agency as the Administrator considers appropriate.
(2) Appointment
The Administrator shall appoint voting members from among stakeholders representing each
mode of surface transportation, such as passenger rail, freight rail, mass transit, pipelines,
highways, over-the-road bus, school bus industry, and trucking, including representatives from—
(A) associations representing such modes of surface transportation;
(B) labor organizations representing such modes of surface transportation;
(C) groups representing the users of such modes of surface transportation, including asset
manufacturers, as appropriate;
(D) relevant law enforcement, first responders, and security experts; and
(E) such other groups as the Administrator considers appropriate.
(3) Chairperson
The Advisory Committee shall select a chairperson from among its voting members.
(4) Term of office
(A) Terms
(i) In general
The term of each voting member of the Advisory Committee shall be 2 years, but a voting
member may continue to serve until the Administrator appoints a successor.
(ii) Reappointment
A voting member of the Advisory Committee may be reappointed.
(B) Removal
(i) In general
The Administrator may review the participation of a member of the Advisory Committee
and remove such member for cause at any time.

(ii) Access to information
The Administrator may remove any member of the Advisory Committee that the
Administrator determines should be restricted from reviewing, discussing, or possessing
classified information or sensitive security information.
(5) Prohibition on compensation
The members of the Advisory Committee shall not receive any compensation from the
Government by reason of their service on the Advisory Committee.
(6) Meetings
(A) In general
The Administrator shall require the Advisory Committee to meet at least semiannually in
person or through web conferencing and may convene additional meetings as necessary.
(B) Public meetings
At least 1 of the meetings of the Advisory Committee each year shall be—
(i) announced in the Federal Register;
(ii) announced on a public website; and
(iii) open to the public.
(C) Attendance
The Advisory Committee shall maintain a record of the persons present at each meeting.
(D) Minutes
(i) In general
Unless otherwise prohibited by other Federal law, minutes of the meetings shall be
published on the public website under subsection (e)(5).
(ii) Protection of classified and sensitive information
The Advisory Committee may redact or summarize, as necessary, minutes of the meetings
to protect classified or other sensitive information in accordance with law.
(7) Voting member access to classified and sensitive security information
(A) Determinations
Not later than 60 days after the date on which a voting member is appointed to the Advisory
Committee and before that voting member may be granted any access to classified information
or sensitive security information, the Administrator shall determine if the voting member should
be restricted from reviewing, discussing, or possessing classified information or sensitive
security information.
(B) Access
(i) Sensitive security information
If a voting member is not restricted from reviewing, discussing, or possessing sensitive
security information under subparagraph (A) and voluntarily signs a nondisclosure
agreement, the voting member may be granted access to sensitive security information that is
relevant to the voting member's service on the Advisory Committee.
(ii) Classified information
Access to classified materials shall be managed in accordance with Executive Order 13526
of December 29, 2009 (75 Fed. Reg. 707), or any subsequent corresponding Executive order.
(C) Protections
(i) Sensitive security information
Voting members shall protect sensitive security information in accordance with part 1520
of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations.

(ii) Classified information
Voting members shall protect classified information in accordance with the applicable
requirements for the particular level of classification.
(8) Joint committee meetings
The Advisory Committee may meet with 1 or more of the following advisory committees to
discuss multimodal security issues and other security-related issues of common concern:
(A) Aviation Security Advisory Committee established under section 44946 of title 49.
(B) Maritime Security Advisory Committee established under section 70112 of title 46.
(C) Railroad Safety Advisory Committee established by the Federal Railroad Administration.
(9) Subject matter experts
The Advisory Committee may request the assistance of subject matter experts with expertise
related to the jurisdiction of the Advisory Committee.
(d) Reports
(1) Periodic reports
The Advisory Committee shall periodically submit reports to the Administrator on matters
requested by the Administrator or by a majority of the members of the Advisory Committee.
(2) Annual report
(A) Submission
The Advisory Committee shall submit to the Administrator and the appropriate congressional
committees an annual report that provides information on the activities, findings, and
recommendations of the Advisory Committee during the preceding year.
(B) Publication
Not later than 6 months after the date that the Administrator receives an annual report under
subparagraph (A), the Administrator shall publish a public version of the report, in accordance
with section 552a(b) of title 5.
(e) Administration response
(1) Consideration
The Administrator shall consider the information, advice, and recommendations of the Advisory
Committee in formulating policies, programs, initiatives, rulemakings, and security directives
pertaining to surface transportation security.
(2) Feedback
Not later than 90 days after the date that the Administrator receives a recommendation from the
Advisory Committee under subsection (d)(2), the Administrator shall submit to the Advisory
Committee written feedback on the recommendation, including—
(A) if the Administrator agrees with the recommendation, a plan describing the actions that
the Administrator has taken, will take, or recommends that the head of another Federal
department or agency take to implement the recommendation; or
(B) if the Administrator disagrees with the recommendation, a justification for that
determination.
(3) Notices
Not later than 30 days after the date the Administrator submits feedback under paragraph (2),
the Administrator shall—
(A) notify the appropriate congressional committees of the feedback, including the
determination under subparagraph (A) or subparagraph (B) of that paragraph, as applicable; and
(B) provide the appropriate congressional committees with a briefing upon request.
(4) Updates

Not later than 90 days after the date the Administrator receives a recommendation from the
Advisory Committee under subsection (d)(2) that the Administrator agrees with, and quarterly
thereafter until the recommendation is fully implemented, the Administrator shall submit a report
to the appropriate congressional committees or post on the public website under paragraph (5) an
update on the status of the recommendation.
(5) Website
The Administrator shall maintain a public website that—
(A) lists the members of the Advisory Committee; and
(B) provides the contact information for the Advisory Committee.
(f) Nonapplicability of FACA
The Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall not apply to the Advisory Committee
or any subcommittee established under this section.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §404, as added Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §1969(a), Oct. 5, 2018,
132 Stat. 3609.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Executive Order 13526, referred to in subsec. (c)(7)(B)(ii), is set out as a note under section 3161 of Title
50, War and National Defense.
The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (f), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat.
770, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
SURFACE TRANSPORTATION SECURITY ADVISORY COMMITTEE MEMBERS
Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §1969(b), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3612, provided that:
"(1) VOTING MEMBERS.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 5, 2018],
the Administrator [of the Transportation Security Administration] shall appoint the voting members of the
Surface Transportation Security Advisory Committee established under section 404 of the Homeland Security
Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 204], as added by subsection (a) of this section.
"(2) NONVOTING MEMBERS.—Not later than 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act, each
Federal Government department and agency with regulatory authority over a mode of surface or maritime
transportation, as the Administrator considers appropriate, shall designate an appropriate representative to
serve as a nonvoting member of the Surface Transportation Security Advisory Committee."

§205. Ombudsman for immigration detention
(a) In general
Within the Department, there shall be a position of Immigration Detention Ombudsman (in this
section referred to as the "Ombudsman"). The Ombudsman shall be independent of Department
agencies and officers and shall report directly to the Secretary. The Ombudsman shall be a senior
official with a background in civil rights enforcement, civil detention care and custody, and
immigration law.
(b) Functions
The functions of the Ombudsman shall be to—
(1) Establish and administer an independent, neutral, and confidential process to receive,
investigate, resolve, and provide redress, including referral for investigation to the Office of the
Inspector General, referral to U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services for immigration relief, or

any other action determined appropriate, for cases in which Department officers or other
personnel, or contracted, subcontracted, or cooperating entity personnel, are found to have
engaged in misconduct or violated the rights of individuals in immigration detention;
(2) Establish an accessible and standardized process regarding complaints against any officer or
employee of U.S. Customs and Border Protection or U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement,
or any contracted, subcontracted, or cooperating entity personnel, for violations of law, standards
of professional conduct, contract terms, or policy related to immigration detention;
(3) Conduct unannounced inspections of detention facilities holding individuals in federal
immigration custody, including those owned or operated by units of State or local government and
privately-owned or operated facilities;
(4) Review, examine, and make recommendations to address concerns or violations of contract
terms identified in reviews, audits, investigations, or detainee interviews regarding immigration
detention facilities and services;
(5) Provide assistance to individuals affected by potential misconduct, excessive force, or
violations of law or detention standards by Department of Homeland Security officers or other
personnel, or contracted, subcontracted, or cooperating entity personnel; and
(6) Ensure that the functions performed by the Ombudsman are complementary to existing
functions within the Department of Homeland Security.
(c) Access to detention facilities
The Ombudsman or designated personnel of the Ombudsman, shall be provided unfettered access
to any location within each such detention facility and shall be permitted confidential access to any
detainee at the detainee's request and any departmental records concerning such detainee.
(d) Coordination with department components
(1) In general
The Director of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement and the Commissioner of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection shall each establish procedures to provide formal responses to
recommendations submitted to such officials by the Ombudsman within 60 days of receiving such
recommendations.
(2) Access to information
The Secretary shall establish procedures to provide the Ombudsman access to all departmental
records necessary to execute the responsibilities of the Ombudsman under subsection (b) or (c) not
later than 60 days after a request from the Ombudsman for such information.
(e) Annual report
The Ombudsman shall prepare a report to Congress on an annual basis on its activities, findings,
and recommendations.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §405, as added Pub. L. 116–93, div. D, title I, §106(a), Dec. 20, 2019,
133 Stat. 2504.)

PART B—U.S. CUSTOMS AND BORDER PROTECTION
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII, §802(g)(1)(B)(iii)(I), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 211, substituted "U.S. Customs
and Border Protection" for "United States Customs Service" in part heading.

§211. Establishment of U.S. Customs and Border Protection; Commissioner,

Deputy Commissioner, and operational offices
(a) In general
There is established in the Department an agency to be known as U.S. Customs and Border
Protection.
(b) Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection
(1) In general
There shall be at the head of U.S. Customs and Border Protection a Commissioner of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection (in this section referred to as the "Commissioner").
(2) Committee referral
As an exercise of the rulemaking power of the Senate, any nomination for the Commissioner
submitted to the Senate for confirmation, and referred to a committee, shall be referred to the
Committee on Finance.
(c) Duties
The Commissioner shall—
(1) coordinate and integrate the security, trade facilitation, and trade enforcement functions of
U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
(2) ensure the interdiction of persons and goods illegally entering or exiting the United States;
(3) facilitate and expedite the flow of legitimate travelers and trade;
(4) direct and administer the commercial operations of U.S. Customs and Border Protection,
and the enforcement of the customs and trade laws of the United States;
(5) detect, respond to, and interdict terrorists, drug smugglers and traffickers, human smugglers
and traffickers, and other persons who may undermine the security of the United States, in cases in
which such persons are entering, or have recently entered, the United States;
(6) safeguard the borders of the United States to protect against the entry of dangerous goods;
(7) ensure the overall economic security of the United States is not diminished by efforts,
activities, and programs aimed at securing the homeland;
(8) in coordination with U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement and United States
Citizenship and Immigration Services, enforce and administer all immigration laws, as such term
is defined in paragraph (17) of section 1101(a) of title 8, including—
(A) the inspection, processing, and admission of persons who seek to enter or depart the
United States; and
(B) the detection, interdiction, removal, departure from the United States, short-term
detention, and transfer of persons unlawfully entering, or who have recently unlawfully entered,
the United States;
(9) develop and implement screening and targeting capabilities, including the screening,
reviewing, identifying, and prioritizing of passengers and cargo across all international modes of
transportation, both inbound and outbound;
(10) in coordination with the Secretary, deploy technology to collect the data necessary for the
Secretary to administer the biometric entry and exit data system pursuant to section 1365b of title
8;
(11) enforce and administer the laws relating to agricultural import and entry inspection referred
to in section 231 of this title;
(12) in coordination with the Under Secretary for Management of the Department, ensure U.S.
Customs and Border Protection complies with Federal law, the Federal Acquisition Regulation,
and the Department's acquisition management directives for major acquisition programs of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection;
(13) ensure that the policies and regulations of U.S. Customs and Border Protection are
consistent with the obligations of the United States pursuant to international agreements;
(14) enforce and administer—

(A) the Container Security Initiative program under section 205 of the Security and
Accountability for Every Port Act of 2006 (6 U.S.C. 945); and
(B) the Customs–Trade Partnership Against Terrorism program under subtitle B of title II of
such Act (6 U.S.C. 961 et seq.);
(15) conduct polygraph examinations in accordance with section 221(1) of this title;
(16) establish the standard operating procedures described in subsection (k);
(17) carry out the training required under subsection (l);
(18) carry out section 218 of this title, relating to the issuance of Asia-Pacific Economic
Cooperation Business Travel Cards; and
(19) carry out other duties and powers prescribed by law or delegated by the Secretary.
(d) Deputy Commissioner
There shall be in U.S. Customs and Border Protection a Deputy Commissioner who shall assist the
Commissioner in the management of U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
(e) U.S. Border Patrol
(1) In general
There is established in U.S. Customs and Border Protection the U.S. Border Patrol.
(2) Chief
There shall be at the head of the U.S. Border Patrol a Chief, who shall—
(A) be at the level of Executive Assistant Commissioner within U.S. Customs and Border
Protection; and
(B) report to the Commissioner.
(3) Duties
The U.S. Border Patrol shall—
(A) serve as the law enforcement office of U.S. Customs and Border Protection with primary
responsibility for interdicting persons attempting to illegally enter or exit the United States or
goods being illegally imported into or exported from the United States at a place other than a
designated port of entry;
(B) deter and prevent the illegal entry of terrorists, terrorist weapons, persons, and
contraband; and
(C) carry out other duties and powers prescribed by the Commissioner.
(f) Air and Marine Operations
(1) In general
There is established in U.S. Customs and Border Protection an office known as Air and Marine
Operations.
(2) Executive Assistant Commissioner
There shall be at the head of Air and Marine Operations an Executive Assistant Commissioner,
who shall report to the Commissioner.
(3) Duties
Air and Marine Operations shall—
(A) serve as the law enforcement office within U.S. Customs and Border Protection with
primary responsibility to detect, interdict, and prevent acts of terrorism and the unlawful
movement of people, illicit drugs, and other contraband across the borders of the United States
in the air and maritime environment;
(B) conduct joint aviation and marine operations with U.S. Immigration and Customs
Enforcement;
(C) conduct aviation and marine operations with international, Federal, State, and local law
enforcement agencies, as appropriate;

(D) administer the Air and Marine Operations Center established under paragraph (4); and
(E) carry out other duties and powers prescribed by the Commissioner.
(4) Air and Marine Operations Center
(A) In general
There is established in Air and Marine Operations an Air and Marine Operations Center.
(B) Executive Director
There shall be at the head of the Air and Marine Operations Center an Executive Director,
who shall report to the Executive Assistant Commissioner of Air and Marine Operations.
(C) Duties
The Air and Marine Operations Center shall—
(i) manage the air and maritime domain awareness of the Department, as directed by the
Secretary;
(ii) monitor and coordinate the airspace for unmanned aerial systems operations of Air and
Marine Operations in U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
(iii) detect, identify, and coordinate a response to threats to national security in the air
domain, in coordination with other appropriate agencies, as determined by the Executive
Assistant Commissioner;
(iv) provide aviation and marine support to other Federal, State, tribal, and local agencies;
and
(v) carry out other duties and powers prescribed by the Executive Assistant Commissioner.
(g) Office of Field Operations
(1) In general
There is established in U.S. Customs and Border Protection an Office of Field Operations.
(2) Executive Assistant Commissioner
There shall be at the head of the Office of Field Operations an Executive Assistant
Commissioner, who shall report to the Commissioner.
(3) Duties
The Office of Field Operations shall coordinate the enforcement activities of U.S. Customs and
Border Protection at United States air, land, and sea ports of entry to—
(A) deter and prevent terrorists and terrorist weapons from entering the United States at such
ports of entry;
(B) conduct inspections at such ports of entry to safeguard the United States from terrorism
and illegal entry of persons;
(C) prevent illicit drugs, agricultural pests, and contraband from entering the United States;
(D) in coordination with the Commissioner, facilitate and expedite the flow of legitimate
travelers and trade;
(E) administer the National Targeting Center established under paragraph (4);
(F) coordinate with the Executive Assistant Commissioner for the Office of Trade with
respect to the trade facilitation and trade enforcement activities of U.S. Customs and Border
Protection; and
(G) carry out other duties and powers prescribed by the Commissioner.
(4) National Targeting Center
(A) In general
There is established in the Office of Field Operations a National Targeting Center.
(B) Executive Director
There shall be at the head of the National Targeting Center an Executive Director, who shall
report to the Executive Assistant Commissioner of the Office of Field Operations.

(C) Duties
The National Targeting Center shall—
(i) serve as the primary forum for targeting operations within U.S. Customs and Border
Protection to collect and analyze traveler and cargo information in advance of arrival in the
United States to identify and address security risks and strengthen trade enforcement;
(ii) identify, review, and target travelers and cargo for examination;
(iii) coordinate the examination of entry and exit of travelers and cargo;
(iv) develop and conduct commercial risk assessment targeting with respect to cargo
destined for the United States;
(v) coordinate with the Transportation Security Administration, as appropriate;
(vi) issue Trade Alerts pursuant to section 4318(b) of title 19; and
(vii) carry out other duties and powers prescribed by the Executive Assistant
Commissioner.
(5) Annual report on staffing
(A) In general
Not later than 30 days after February 24, 2016, and annually thereafter, the Executive
Assistant Commissioner shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and the
Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the Committee on
Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on Finance of the Senate a
report on the staffing model for the Office of Field Operations, including information on how
many supervisors, front-line U.S. Customs and Border Protection officers, and support
personnel are assigned to each Field Office and port of entry.
(B) Form
The report required under subparagraph (A) shall, to the greatest extent practicable, be
submitted in unclassified form, but may be submitted in classified form, if the Executive
Assistant Commissioner determines that such is appropriate and informs the Committee on
Homeland Security and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives
and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on
Finance of the Senate of the reasoning for such.
(h) Office of Intelligence
(1) In general
There is established in U.S. Customs and Border Protection an Office of Intelligence.
(2) Assistant Commissioner
There shall be at the head of the Office of Intelligence an Assistant Commissioner, who shall
report to the Commissioner.
(3) Duties
The Office of Intelligence shall—
(A) develop, provide, coordinate, and implement intelligence capabilities into a cohesive
intelligence enterprise to support the execution of the duties and responsibilities of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection;
(B) manage the counterintelligence operations of U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
(C) establish, in coordination with the Chief Intelligence Officer of the Department, as
appropriate, intelligence-sharing relationships with Federal, State, local, and tribal agencies and
intelligence agencies;
(D) conduct risk-based covert testing of U.S. Customs and Border Protection operations,
including for nuclear and radiological risks; and
(E) carry out other duties and powers prescribed by the Commissioner.
(i) Office of International Affairs

(1) In general
There is established in U.S. Customs and Border Protection an Office of International Affairs.
(2) Assistant Commissioner
There shall be at the head of the Office of International Affairs an Assistant Commissioner, who
shall report to the Commissioner.
(3) Duties
The Office of International Affairs, in collaboration with the Office of Policy of the
Department, shall—
(A) coordinate and support U.S. Customs and Border Protection's foreign initiatives, policies,
programs, and activities;
(B) coordinate and support U.S. Customs and Border Protection's personnel stationed abroad;
(C) maintain partnerships and information-sharing agreements and arrangements with foreign
governments, international organizations, and United States agencies in support of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection's duties and responsibilities;
(D) provide necessary capacity building, training, and assistance to foreign customs and
border control agencies to strengthen border, global supply chain, and travel security, as
appropriate;
(E) coordinate mission support services to sustain U.S. Customs and Border Protection's
global activities;
(F) coordinate with customs authorities of foreign countries with respect to trade facilitation
and trade enforcement;
(G) coordinate U.S. Customs and Border Protection's engagement in international
negotiations;
(H) advise the Commissioner with respect to matters arising in the World Customs
Organization and other international organizations as such matters relate to the policies and
procedures of U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
(I) advise the Commissioner regarding international agreements to which the United States is
a party as such agreements relate to the policies and regulations of U.S. Customs and Border
Protection; and
(J) carry out other duties and powers prescribed by the Commissioner.
(j) Office of Professional Responsibility
(1) In general
There is established in U.S. Customs and Border Protection an Office of Professional
Responsibility.
(2) Assistant Commissioner
There shall be at the head of the Office of Professional Responsibility an Assistant
Commissioner, who shall report to the Commissioner.
(3) Duties
The Office of Professional Responsibility shall—
(A) investigate criminal and administrative matters and misconduct by officers, agents, and
other employees of U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
(B) manage integrity-related programs and policies of U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
(C) conduct research and analysis regarding misconduct of officers, agents, and other
employees of U.S. Customs and Border Protection; and
(D) carry out other duties and powers prescribed by the Commissioner.
(k) Standard operating procedures
(1) In general
The Commissioner shall establish—
(A) standard operating procedures for searching, reviewing, retaining, and sharing

information contained in communication, electronic, or digital devices encountered by U.S.
Customs and Border Protection personnel at United States ports of entry;
(B) standard use of force procedures that officers and agents of U.S. Customs and Border
Protection may employ in the execution of their duties, including the use of deadly force;
(C) uniform, standardized, and publicly-available procedures for processing and investigating
complaints against officers, agents, and employees of U.S. Customs and Border Protection for
violations of professional conduct, including the timely disposition of complaints and a written
notification to the complainant of the status or outcome, as appropriate, of the related
investigation, in accordance with section 552a of title 5 (commonly referred to as the "Privacy
Act" or the "Privacy Act of 1974");
(D) an internal, uniform reporting mechanism regarding incidents involving the use of deadly
force by an officer or agent of U.S. Customs and Border Protection, including an evaluation of
the degree to which the procedures required under subparagraph (B) were followed; and
(E) standard operating procedures, acting through the Executive Assistant Commissioner for
Air and Marine Operations and in coordination with the Office for Civil Rights and Civil
Liberties and the Office of Privacy of the Department, to provide command, control,
communication, surveillance, and reconnaissance assistance through the use of unmanned aerial
systems, including the establishment of—
(i) a process for other Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies to submit mission
requests;
(ii) a formal procedure to determine whether to approve or deny such a mission request;
(iii) a formal procedure to determine how such mission requests are prioritized and
coordinated; and
(iv) a process regarding the protection and privacy of data and images collected by U.S.
Customs and Border Protection through the use of unmanned aerial systems.
(2) Requirements regarding certain notifications
The standard operating procedures established pursuant to subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1)
shall require—
(A) in the case of a search of information conducted on an electronic device by U.S. Customs
and Border Protection personnel, the Commissioner to notify the individual subject to such
search of the purpose and authority for such search, and how such individual may obtain
information on reporting concerns about such search; and
(B) in the case of information collected by U.S. Customs and Border Protection through a
search of an electronic device, if such information is transmitted to another Federal agency for
subject matter assistance, translation, or decryption, the Commissioner to notify the individual
subject to such search of such transmission.
(3) Exceptions
The Commissioner may withhold the notifications required under paragraphs (1)(C) and (2) if
the Commissioner determines, in the sole and unreviewable discretion of the Commissioner, that
such notifications would impair national security, law enforcement, or other operational interests.
(4) Update and review
The Commissioner shall review and update every three years the standard operating procedures
required under this subsection.
(5) Audits
The Inspector General of the Department of Homeland Security shall develop and annually
administer, during each of the three calendar years beginning in the calendar year that begins after
February 24, 2016, an auditing mechanism to review whether searches of electronic devices at or
between United States ports of entry are being conducted in conformity with the standard
operating procedures required under subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1). Such audits shall be

submitted to the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives and the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and shall include the
following:
(A) A description of the activities of officers and agents of U.S. Customs and Border
Protection with respect to such searches.
(B) The number of such searches.
(C) The number of instances in which information contained in such devices that were
subjected to such searches was retained, copied, shared, or entered in an electronic database.
(D) The number of such devices detained as the result of such searches.
(E) The number of instances in which information collected from such devices was subjected
to such searches and was transmitted to another Federal agency, including whether such
transmissions resulted in a prosecution or conviction.
(6) Requirements regarding other notifications
The standard use of force procedures established pursuant to subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1)
shall require—
(A) in the case of an incident of the use of deadly force by U.S. Customs and Border
Protection personnel, the Commissioner to notify the Committee on Homeland Security of the
House of Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs
of the Senate; and
(B) the Commissioner to provide to such committees a copy of the evaluation pursuant to
subparagraph (D) of such paragraph not later than 30 days after completion of such evaluation.
(7) Report on unmanned aerial systems
The Commissioner shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of
Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the
Senate an annual report, for each of the three calendar years beginning in the calendar year that
begins after February 24, 2016, that reviews whether the use of unmanned aerial systems is being
conducted in conformity with the standard operating procedures required under subparagraph (E)
of paragraph (1). Such reports—
(A) shall be submitted with the annual budget of the United States Government submitted by
the President under section 1105 of title 31;
(B) may be submitted in classified form if the Commissioner determines that such is
appropriate; and
(C) shall include—
(i) a detailed description of how, where, and for how long data and images collected
through the use of unmanned aerial systems by U.S. Customs and Border Protection are
collected and stored; and
(ii) a list of Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies that submitted mission
requests in the previous year and the disposition of such requests.
(l) Training
The Commissioner shall require all officers and agents of U.S. Customs and Border Protection to
participate in a specified amount of continuing education (to be determined by the Commissioner) to
maintain an understanding of Federal legal rulings, court decisions, and departmental policies,
procedures, and guidelines.
(m) Short-term detention standards
(1) Access to food and water
The Commissioner shall make every effort to ensure that adequate access to food and water is
provided to an individual apprehended and detained at a United States port of entry or between
ports of entry as soon as practicable following the time of such apprehension or during subsequent
short-term detention.
(2) Access to information on detainee rights at border patrol processing centers

(A) In general
The Commissioner shall ensure that an individual apprehended by a U.S. Border Patrol agent
or an Office of Field Operations officer is provided with information concerning such
individual's rights, including the right to contact a representative of such individual's
government for purposes of United States treaty obligations.
(B) Form
The information referred to in subparagraph (A) may be provided either verbally or in
writing, and shall be posted in the detention holding cell in which such individual is being held.
The information shall be provided in a language understandable to such individual.
(3) Short-term detention defined
In this subsection, the term "short-term detention" means detention in a U.S. Customs and
Border Protection processing center for 72 hours or less, before repatriation to a country of
nationality or last habitual residence.
(4) Daytime repatriation
When practicable, repatriations shall be limited to daylight hours and avoid locations that are
determined to have high indices of crime and violence.
(5) Report on procurement process and standards
Not later than 180 days after February 24, 2016, the Comptroller General of the United States
shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives and the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate a report on the
procurement process and standards of entities with which U.S. Customs and Border Protection has
contracts for the transportation and detention of individuals apprehended by agents or officers of
U.S. Customs and Border Protection. Such report should also consider the operational efficiency
of contracting the transportation and detention of such individuals.
(6) Report on inspections of short-term custody facilities
The Commissioner shall—
(A) annually inspect all facilities utilized for short-term detention; and
(B) make publicly available information collected pursuant to such inspections, including
information regarding the requirements under paragraphs (1) and (2) and, where appropriate,
issue recommendations to improve the conditions of such facilities.
(n) Wait times transparency
(1) In general
The Commissioner shall—
(A) publish live wait times for travelers entering the United States at the 20 United States
airports that support the highest volume of international travel (as determined by available
Federal flight data);
(B) make information about such wait times available to the public in real time through the
U.S. Customs and Border Protection website;
(C) submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on Ways and Means
of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental
Affairs and the Committee on Finance of the Senate, for each of the five calendar years
beginning in the calendar year that begins after February 24, 2016, a report that includes
compilations of all such wait times and a ranking of such United States airports by wait times;
and
(D) provide adequate staffing at the U.S. Customs and Border Protection information center
to ensure timely access for travelers attempting to submit comments or speak with a
representative about their entry experiences.
(2) Calculation

The wait times referred to in paragraph (1)(A) shall be determined by calculating the time
elapsed between an individual's entry into the U.S. Customs and Border Protection inspection area
and such individual's clearance by a U.S. Customs and Border Protection officer.
(o) Other authorities
(1) In general
The Secretary may establish such other offices or positions of Assistant Commissioners (or
other similar officers or officials) as the Secretary determines necessary to carry out the missions,
duties, functions, and authorities of U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
(2) Notification
If the Secretary exercises the authority provided under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall notify
the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of
Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the
Committee on Finance of the Senate not later than 30 days before exercising such authority.
(3) Rescue beacons
Beginning in fiscal year 2019, in carrying out subsection (c)(8), the Commissioner shall
purchase, deploy, and maintain not more than 170 self-powering, 9–1–1 cellular relay rescue
beacons along the southern border of the United States at locations determined appropriate by the
Commissioner to mitigate migrant deaths.
(p) Reports to Congress
The Commissioner shall, on and after February 24, 2016, continue to submit to the Committee on
Homeland Security and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on Finance of the
Senate any report required, on the day before February 24, 2016, to be submitted under any provision
of law.
(q) Other Federal agencies
Nothing in this section may be construed as affecting in any manner the authority, existing on the
day before February 24, 2016, of any other Federal agency or component of the Department.
(r) Definitions
In this section, the terms "commercial operations", "customs and trade laws of the United States",
"trade enforcement", and "trade facilitation" have the meanings given such terms in section 4301 of
title 19.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §411, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2178; Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII, §802(a),
Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 199; Pub. L. 115–79, §4(a), Nov. 2, 2017, 131 Stat. 1260; Pub. L. 116–277,
§3, Dec. 31, 2020, 134 Stat. 3370.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Security and Accountability for Every Port Act of 2006, referred to in subsec. (c)(14)(B), is Pub. L.
109–347, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1884, also known as the SAFE Port Act. Subtitle B of title II of the Act is
classified generally to part B (§961 et seq.) of subchapter II of chapter 3 of this title. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 901 of this title and Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section is comprised of section 411 of Pub. L. 107–296. Former subsec. (b)(2) of section 411 of Pub. L.
107–296 amended section 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
AMENDMENTS
2020—Subsec. (o)(3). Pub. L. 116–277 added par. (3).
2017—Subsec. (c)(18), (19). Pub. L. 115–79 added par. (18) and redesignated former par. (18) as (19).

2016—Pub. L. 114–125 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section established the United
States Customs Service headed by a Commissioner of Customs.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII, §802(d)(2), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 210, provided that: "On and after the date
of the enactment of this Act [Feb. 24, 2016], any reference in law or regulations to the 'Commissioner of
Customs' or the 'Commissioner of the Customs Service' shall be deemed to be a reference to the
Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection."
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2016 AMENDMENT; CONTINUITY OF FUNCTIONS, RULES, AND
ACTIONS
Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII, §802(b), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 209, provided that:
"(1) TREATMENT.—Section 411 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 211], as amended by
subsection (a) of this section, shall be treated as if included in such Act [Pub. L. 107–296] as of the date of the
enactment of such Act [Nov. 25, 2002], and, in addition to the functions, missions, duties, and authorities
specified in such amended section 411, U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall continue to perform and
carry out the functions, missions, duties, and authorities under section 411 of such Act as in existence on the
day before the date of the enactment of this Act [Feb. 24, 2016], and section 415 of the Homeland Security
Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 215].
"(2) RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.—
"(A) RULES AND REGULATIONS.—Notwithstanding paragraph (1), nothing in this title [see Tables
for classification] or any amendment made by this title may be construed as affecting in any manner any
rule or regulation issued or promulgated pursuant to any provision of law, including section 411 of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 as in existence on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act [Feb.
24, 2016], and any such rule or regulation shall continue to have full force and effect on and after such date.
"(B) OTHER ACTIONS.—Notwithstanding paragraph (1), nothing in this Act [see Tables for
classification] may be construed as affecting in any manner any action, determination, policy, or decision
pursuant to section 411 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 as in existence on the day before the date of
the enactment of this Act, and any such action, determination, policy, or decision shall continue to have full
force and effect on and after such date."
LARGE-SCALE NON-INTRUSIVE INSPECTION SCANNING
Pub. L. 116–299, Jan. 5, 2021, 134 Stat. 4906, provided that:
"SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
"This Act may be cited as the 'Securing America's Ports Act'.
"SEC. 2. LARGE-SCALE NON-INTRUSIVE INSPECTION SCANNING PLAN.
"(a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
"(1) LARGE-SCALE NON-INTRUSIVE INSPECTION SYSTEM.—The term 'large-scale,
non-intrusive inspection system' means a technology, including x-ray, gamma-ray, and passive imaging
systems, capable of producing an image of the contents of a commercial or passenger vehicle or freight rail
car in 1 pass of such vehicle or car.
"(2) SCANNING.—The term 'scanning' means utilizing nonintrusive imaging equipment, radiation
detection equipment, or both, to capture data, including images of a commercial or passenger vehicle or
freight rail car.
"(b) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Jan. 5, 2021], the
Secretary of Homeland Security shall submit a plan to the Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of
Representatives for increasing to 100 percent the rate of high-throughput scanning of commercial and
passenger vehicles and freight rail traffic entering the United States at land ports of entry and rail-border
crossings along the border using large-scale non-intrusive inspection systems or similar technology to enhance
border security.
"(c) BASELINE INFORMATION.—The plan under subsection (b) shall include, at a minimum, the
following information regarding large-scale non-intrusive inspection systems or similar technology operated
by U.S. Customs and Border Protection at land ports of entry and rail-border crossings as of the date of the
enactment of this Act:

"(1) An inventory of large-scale non-intrusive inspection systems or similar technology in use at each
land port of entry.
"(2) For each system or technology identified in the inventory under paragraph (1)—
"(A) the scanning method of such system or technology;
"(B) the location of such system or technology at each land port of entry that specifies whether in
use in pre-primary, primary, or secondary inspection area, or some combination of such areas;
"(C) the percentage of commercial and passenger vehicles and freight rail traffic scanned by such
system or technology;
"(D) seizure data directly attributed to scanned commercial and passenger vehicles and freight rail
traffic; and
"(E) the number of personnel required to operate each system or technology.
"(3) Information regarding the continued use of other technology and tactics used for scanning, such as
canines and human intelligence in conjunction with large scale, nonintrusive inspection systems.
"(d) ELEMENTS.—The plan under subsection (b) shall include the following information:
"(1) Benchmarks for achieving incremental progress towards 100 percent high-throughput scanning
within the next 6 years of commercial and passenger vehicles and freight rail traffic entering the United
States at land ports of entry and rail-border crossings along the border with corresponding projected
incremental improvements in scanning rates by fiscal year and rationales for the specified timeframes for
each land port of entry.
"(2) Estimated costs, together with an acquisition plan, for achieving the 100 percent high-throughput
scanning rate within the timeframes specified in paragraph (1), including acquisition, operations, and
maintenance costs for large-scale, nonintrusive inspection systems or similar technology, and associated
costs for any necessary infrastructure enhancements or configuration changes at each port of entry. Such
acquisition plan shall promote, to the extent practicable, opportunities for entities that qualify as small
business concerns (as defined under section 3(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632(a)).
"(3) Any projected impacts, as identified by the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection,
on the total number of commercial and passenger vehicles and freight rail traffic entering at land ports of
entry and rail-border crossings where such systems are in use, and average wait times at peak and non-peak
travel times, by lane type if applicable, as scanning rates are increased.
"(4) Any projected impacts, as identified by the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection,
on land ports of entry and rail-border crossings border security operations as a result of implementation
actions, including any changes to the number of U.S. Customs and Border Protection officers or their duties
and assignments.
"(e) ANNUAL REPORT.—Not later than 1 year after the submission of the plan under subsection (b), and
biennially thereafter for the following 6 years, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall submit a report to the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Homeland
Security of the House of Representatives that describes the progress implementing the plan and includes—
"(1) an inventory of large-scale, nonintrusive inspection systems or similar technology operated by
U.S. Customs and Border Protection at each land port of entry;
"(2) for each system or technology identified in the inventory required under paragraph (1)—
"(A) the scanning method of such system or technology;
"(B) the location of such system or technology at each land port of entry that specifies whether in
use in pre-primary, primary, or secondary inspection area, or some combination of such areas;
"(C) the percentage of commercial and passenger vehicles and freight rail traffic scanned by such
system or technology; and
"(D) seizure data directly attributed to scanned commercial and passenger vehicles and freight rail
traffic;
"(3) the total number of commercial and passenger vehicles and freight rail traffic entering at each land
port of entry at which each system or technology is in use, and information on average wait times at peak
and non-peak travel times, by lane type if applicable;
"(4) a description of the progress towards reaching the benchmarks referred to in subsection (d)(1), and
an explanation if any of such benchmarks are not achieved as planned;
"(5) a comparison of actual costs (including information on any awards of associated contracts) to
estimated costs set forth in subsection (d)(2);
"(6) any realized impacts, as identified by the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection,
on land ports of entry and rail-border crossings operations as a result of implementation actions, including
any changes to the number of U.S. Customs and Border Protection officers or their duties and assignments;
"(7) any proposed changes to the plan and an explanation for such changes, including changes made in

response to any Department of Homeland Security research and development findings or changes in
terrorist or transnational criminal organizations tactics, techniques, or procedures; and
"(8) any challenges to implementing the plan or meeting the benchmarks, and plans to mitigate any
such challenges."
DHS OPIOID DETECTION RESILIENCE
Pub. L. 116–254, Dec. 23, 2020, 134 Stat. 1137, provided that:
"SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
"This Act may be cited as the 'DHS Opioid Detection Resilience Act of 2019'.
"SEC. 2. STRATEGY TO ENSURE DETECTION OF ALL OPIOID PURITY LEVELS AT PORTS OF
ENTRY.
"Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this section [Dec. 23, 2020], the Commissioner
of U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) shall—
"(1) implement a strategy to ensure deployed chemical screening devices are able to identify in an
operational environment narcotics at purity levels less than or equal to 10 percent, or provide ports of entry
with an alternate method for identifying narcotics at lower purity levels; and
"(2) require testing of any new chemical screening devices to understand the abilities and limitations of
such devices relating to identifying narcotics at various purity levels before CBP commits to the acquisition
of such devices.
"SEC. 3. PLAN TO ENSURE OPIOID DETECTION EQUIPMENT RESILIENCY.
"Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary of Homeland Security
shall implement a plan for the long-term development of a centralized spectral database for chemical
screening devices. Such plan shall address the following:
"(1) How newly identified spectra will be collected, stored, and distributed to such devices in their
operational environment, including at ports of entry.
"(2) Identification of parties responsible for updates and maintenance of such database."

PROTECTING AMERICA'S FOOD AND AGRICULTURE
Pub. L. 116–122, Mar. 3, 2020, 134 Stat. 143, provided that:
"SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
"This Act may be cited as the 'Protecting America's Food and Agriculture Act of 2019'.
"SEC. 2. FINDING.
"Congress finds that—
"(1) it is in the national security interest of the United States to ensure that the Nation's food supply is
sufficiently protected; and
"(2) a vital part of such protection is the availability of adequate resources at the border to conduct
inspections of incoming food and agricultural goods.
"SEC. 3. DEFINITIONS.
"In this Act:
"(1) APPROPRIATE CONGRESSIONAL COMMITTEES.—The term 'appropriate congressional
committees' means—
"(A) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
"(B) the Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry of the Senate;
"(C) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives; and
"(D) the Committee on Agriculture of the House of Representatives.
"(2) CBP.—The term 'CBP' means U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
"SEC. 4. ADDITIONAL U.S. CUSTOMS AND BORDER PROTECTION PERSONNEL.
"(a) CBP AGRICULTURE SPECIALISTS.—The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection
may hire, train, and assign 240 new CBP Agriculture Specialists above the current attrition level during every
fiscal year until the total number of CBP Agriculture Specialists equals and sustains the requirements
identified each year in the Agriculture Resource Allocation Model.
"(b) MISSION AND OPERATIONAL SUPPORT STAFF.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection may hire, train, and
assign support staff to support CBP Agriculture Specialists.

"(2) CBP AGRICULTURE TECHNICIANS.—The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border
Protection may hire, train, and assign 200 new CBP Agriculture Technicians during each fiscal year until
the total number of CBP Agriculture Technicians equals and sustains the requirements identified each year
in the Mission and Operational Support Resource Allocation Model.
"(c) CBP AGRICULTURE CANINE TEAMS.—The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border
Protection may hire, train, and assign 20 new CBP agriculture canine teams during each of the first 3 fiscal
years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act [Mar. 3, 2020].
"(d) TRAFFIC FORECASTS.—In calculating the number of CBP Agriculture Specialists needed at each
port of entry through the Agriculture Resource Allocation Model, the Office of Field Operations shall—
"(1) rely on data collected regarding the inspections and other activities conducted at each such port of
entry; and
"(2) consider volume from seasonal surges, other projected changes in commercial and passenger
volumes, the most current commercial forecasts, and other relevant information.
"(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—
"(1) CBP AGRICULTURE SPECIALISTS.—There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out
subsection (a)—
"(A) $29,900,000 for fiscal year 2020;
"(B) $36,100,000 for fiscal year 2021; and
"(C) $40,500,000 for fiscal year 2022.
"(2) CBP AGRICULTURE TECHNICIANS.—There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out
subsection (b)—
"(A) $11,000,000 for fiscal year 2020;
"(B) $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2021; and
"(C) $38,000,000 for fiscal year 2022.
"(3) CBP AGRICULTURE CANINE TEAMS.—There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out
subsection (c)—
"(A) $3,500,000 for fiscal year 2020;
"(B) $7,400,000 for fiscal year 2021; and
"(C) $12,200,000 for fiscal year 2022.
"(4) TRAINING.—There is authorized to be appropriated for training costs associated with the new
CBP personnel and canine teams hired pursuant to subsections (a), (b), and (c) $6,000,000 for each of the
fiscal years 2020, 2021, and 2022.
"SEC. 5. GAO STUDY, BRIEFING, AND REPORT.
"(a) STUDY.—The Comptroller General of the United States, after consultation with the appropriate
congressional committees, shall conduct a review of the efforts of the Department of Homeland Security, the
Department of Agriculture, and other Federal agencies to address risks to the agricultural supply that
analyzes—
"(1) interagency coordination and the distribution of responsibilities among Federal agencies with
respect to the inspection of agricultural commodities entering the United States;
"(2) the effectiveness of such inspection responsibilities among Federal agencies; and
"(3) the training provided to, and working conditions of, CBP Agriculture Specialists.
"(b) BRIEFING.—Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act [Mar. 3, 2020], the
Comptroller General shall brief the appropriate congressional committees regarding the results of the study
conducted pursuant to subsection (a).
"(c) REPORT.—Not later than 90 days after the briefing required under subsection (b), the Comptroller
General shall complete the study required under subsection (a) and make the results of the study available to
the public."

USE OF FUNDS TO CONTINUE DETENTION SERVICES CONTRACTS
Pub. L. 116–260, div. F, title II, §215, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 1457, provided that:
"(a) None of the funds provided under the heading 'U.S. Immigration and Customs
Enforcement—Operations and Support' may be used to continue any contract for the provision of detention
services if the two most recent overall performance evaluations received by the contracted facility are less
than 'adequate' or the equivalent median score in any subsequent performance evaluation system.
"(b) Beginning not later than January 1, 2021, the performance evaluations referenced in subsection (a)
shall be conducted by the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement Office of Professional Responsibility."
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation act:
Pub. L. 116–93, div. D, title II, §215, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2513.

PORTS OF ENTRY THREAT AND OPERATIONAL REVIEW
Pub. L. 115–372, Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5107, provided that:
"SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
"This Act may be cited as the 'United States Ports of Entry Threat and Operational Review Act'.
"SEC. 2. PORTS OF ENTRY THREAT AND OPERATIONAL ANALYSIS.
"(a) IN GENERAL.—
"(1) REQUIREMENT.—Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 21,
2018], the Secretary of Homeland Security, acting through the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border
Protection, shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on Ways and Means of
the House of Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the
Committee on Finance of the Senate a threat and operational analysis of ports of entry.
"(2) CONTENTS.—The threat and operational analysis required under paragraph (1) shall include an
assessment of the following:
"(A) Current and potential threats posed by individuals and organized groups seeking—
"(i) to exploit security vulnerabilities at ports of entry; or
"(ii) to unlawfully enter the United States through such ports of entry.
"(B) Methods and pathways used to exploit security vulnerabilities at ports of entry.
"(C) Improvements needed at ports of entry to prevent the unlawful movement of people, illicit
drugs, and other contraband across the borders of the United States.
"(D) Improvements needed to enhance travel and trade facilitation and reduce wait times at ports
of entry, including—
"(i) security vulnerabilities associated with prolonged wait times;
"(ii) current technology at ports of entry that can be adapted to handle more volume, increase
efficiency, and improve accuracy of detection efforts; and
"(iii) infrastructure additions and upgrades.
"(E) Processes conducted at ports of entry that do not require law enforcement training and could
be—
"(i) filled with—
"(I) non-law enforcement staff; or
"(II) the private sector, for processes or activities determined to not be inherently governmental (as such
term is defined in section 5 of the Federal Activities Inventory Reform Act of 1998 (Public Law
105–270; [31 U.S.C. 501 note])); or
"(ii) automated.
"(3) ANALYSIS REQUIREMENTS.—In compiling the threat and operational analysis required under
paragraph (1), the Secretary of Homeland Security, acting through the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and
Border Protection, shall consider and examine the following:
"(A) Personnel needs, including K–9 Units, and estimated costs, at each port of entry, including
such needs and challenges associated with recruitment and hiring.
"(B) Technology needs, including radiation portal monitors and non-intrusive inspection
technology, and estimated costs at each port of entry.
"(C) Infrastructure needs and estimated costs at each port of entry.
"(b) PORTS OF ENTRY STRATEGY AND IMPLEMENTATION PLAN.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 270 days after the submission of the threat and operational
analysis required under subsection (a) and every 5 years thereafter for 10 years, the Secretary of Homeland
Security, acting through the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), shall provide to
the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of
Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on
Finance of the Senate a ports of entry strategy and implementation plan.
"(2) CONTENTS.—The ports of entry strategy and implementation plan required under paragraph (1)
shall include a consideration of the following:
"(A) The ports of entry threat and operational analysis required under subsection (a), with an
emphasis on efforts to mitigate threats and challenges identified in such analysis.
"(B) Efforts to reduce wait times at ports of entry and standards against which the effectiveness of
such efforts may be determined.
"(C) Efforts to prevent the unlawful movement of people, illicit drugs, and other contraband
across the borders of the United States at the earliest possible point at ports of entry and standards against

which the effectiveness of such efforts may be determined.
"(D) Efforts to focus intelligence collection and information analysis to disrupt transnational
criminal organizations attempting to exploit vulnerabilities at ports of entry and standards against which
the effectiveness of such efforts may be determined.
"(E) Efforts to verify that any new port of entry technology acquisition can be operationally
integrated with existing technologies in use by the Department of Homeland Security.
"(F) Lessons learned from reports on the business transformation initiative under section 802(i)(1)
of the Trade Facilitation and Trade Enforcement Act of 2015 (Public Law 114–125).
"(G) CBP staffing requirements for all ports of entry.
"(H) Efforts to identify and detect fraudulent documents at ports of entry and standards against
which the effectiveness of such efforts may be determined.
"(I) Efforts to prevent, detect, investigate, and mitigate corruption at ports of entry and standards
against which the effectiveness of such efforts may be determined.
"(c) PORTS OF ENTRY DESCRIBED.—In this section, the term 'ports of entry' means United States air,
land, and sea ports of entry."
REQUIRED NOTICE OF AIRCRAFT TRANSFERS
Pub. L. 115–141, div. F, title II, §203, Mar. 23, 2018, 132 Stat. 612, provided that: "Hereafter, no U.S.
Customs and Border Protection aircraft or other related equipment, with the exception of aircraft that are one
of a kind and have been identified as excess to U.S. Customs and Border Protection requirements and aircraft
that have been damaged beyond repair, shall be transferred to any other Federal agency, department, or office
outside of the Department of Homeland Security without prior notice to the Committees on Appropriations of
the Senate and the House of Representatives."
DETECTING INCOMING CONTRABAND WITH TECHNOLOGY
Pub. L. 115–112, Jan. 10, 2018, 131 Stat. 2274, provided that:
"SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
"This Act may be cited as the 'International Narcotics Trafficking Emergency Response by Detecting
Incoming Contraband with Technology Act' or the 'INTERDICT Act'.
"SEC. 2. DEFINITIONS.
"In this Act:
"(1) CHEMICAL SCREENING DEVICE.—The term 'chemical screening device' means an
immunoassay, narcotics field test kit, infrared spectrophotometer, mass spectrometer, nuclear magnetic
resonance spectrometer, Raman spectrophotometer, or other scientific instrumentation able to collect data
that can be interpreted to determine the presence of fentanyl, other synthetic opioids, and other narcotics
and psychoactive substances.
"(2) COMMISSIONER.—The term 'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and
Border Protection.
"(3) EXPRESS CONSIGNMENT OPERATOR OR CARRIER.—The term 'express consignment
operator or carrier' has the meaning given that term in section 128.1 of title 19, Code of Federal Regulations
(or any similar successor regulation).
"SEC. 3. INTERDICTION OF FENTANYL, OTHER SYNTHETIC OPIOIDS, AND OTHER NARCOTICS
AND PSYCHOACTIVE SUBSTANCES.
"(a) CHEMICAL SCREENING DEVICES.—The Commissioner shall—
"(1) increase the number of chemical screening devices available to U.S. Customs and Border
Protection officers over the number of such devices that are available on the date of the enactment of this
Act [Jan. 10, 2018]; and
"(2) make such additional chemical screening devices available to U.S. Customs and Border Protection
officers as the Commissioner determines are necessary to interdict fentanyl, other synthetic opioids, and
other narcotics and psychoactive substances that are illegally imported into the United States, including
such substances that are imported through the mail or by an express consignment operator or carrier.
"(b) PERSONNEL TO INTERPRET DATA.—The Commissioner shall dedicate the appropriate number of
U.S. Customs and Border Protection personnel, including scientists, so that such personnel are available
during all operational hours to interpret data collected by chemical screening devices.
"SEC. 4. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
"There is authorized to be appropriated to the Commissioner $9,000,000 to ensure that U.S. Customs and

Border Protection has resources, including chemical screening devices, personnel, and scientists, available
during all operational hours to prevent, detect, and interdict the unlawful importation of fentanyl, other
synthetic opioids, and other narcotics and psychoactive substances."
CONTINUATION IN OFFICE
Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII, §802(c), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 210, provided that:
"(1) COMMISSIONER.—The individual serving as the Commissioner of Customs on the day before the
date of the enactment of this Act [Feb. 24, 2016] may serve as the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border
Protection on and after such date of enactment until a Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection is
appointed under section 411 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 211], as amended by subsection
(a) of this section.
"(2) OTHER POSITIONS.—The individual serving as Deputy Commissioner, and the individuals serving
as Assistant Commissioners and other officers and officials, under section 411 of the Homeland Security Act
of 2002 on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act [Feb. 24, 2016] may serve as the Executive
Assistant Commissioners, Deputy Commissioner, Assistant Commissioners, and other officers and officials,
as appropriate, under such section 411 as amended by subsection (a) of this section unless the Commissioner
of U.S. Customs and Border Protection determines that another individual should hold such position or
positions."
BORDER JOBS FOR VETERANS
Pub. L. 114–68, Oct. 16, 2015, 129 Stat. 555, provided that:
"SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
"This Act may be cited as the 'Border Jobs for Veterans Act of 2015'.
"SEC. 2. FINDINGS.
"Congress finds the following:
"(1) Customs and Border Protection officers at United States ports of entry carry out critical law
enforcement duties associated with screening foreign visitors, returning United States citizens, and imported
cargo entering the United States.
"(2) It is in the national interest for United States ports of entry to be adequately staffed with Customs
and Border Protection officers in a timely fashion, including meeting the congressionally funded staffing
target of 23,775 officers for fiscal year 2015.
"(3) An estimated 250,000 to 300,000 members of the Armed Forces separate from military service
every year.
"(4) Recruiting efforts and expedited hiring procedures must be enhanced to ensure that individuals
separating from military service are aware of, and partake in, opportunities to fill vacant Customs and
Border Protection officer positions.
"SEC. 3. EXPEDITED HIRING OF APPROPRIATE SEPARATING SERVICE MEMBERS.
"The Secretary of Homeland Security shall consider the expedited hiring of qualified candidates who have
the ability to perform the essential functions of the position of a Customs and Border Protection officer and
who are eligible for a veterans recruitment appointment authorized under section 4214 of title 38, United
States Code.
"SEC. 4. ENHANCEMENTS TO EXISTING PROGRAMS TO RECRUIT SERVICE MEMBERS
SEPARATING FROM MILITARY SERVICE FOR CUSTOMS AND BORDER PROTECTION
OFFICER VACANCIES.
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of Homeland Security, in consultation with the Secretary of Defense,
and acting through existing programs, authorities, and agreements, where applicable, shall enhance the efforts
of the Department of Homeland Security to recruit members of the Armed Forces who are separating from
military service to serve as Customs and Border Protection officers.
"(b) ELEMENTS.—The enhanced recruiting efforts under subsection (a) shall—
"(1) include Customs and Border Protection officer opportunities in relevant job assistance efforts
under the Transition Assistance Program;
"(2) place U.S. Customs and Border Protection officials or other relevant Department of Homeland
Security officials at recruiting events and jobs fairs involving members of the Armed Forces who are
separating from military service;
"(3) provide opportunities for local U.S. Customs and Border Protection field offices to partner with
military bases in the region;

"(4) include outreach efforts to educate members of the Armed Forces with Military Occupational
Specialty Codes and Officer Branches, Air Force Specialty Codes, Naval Enlisted Classifications and
Officer Designators, and Coast Guard competencies that are transferable to the requirements, qualifications,
and duties assigned to Customs and Border Protection officers of available hiring opportunities to become
Customs and Border Protection officers;
"(5) identify shared activities and opportunities for reciprocity related to steps in hiring Customs and
Border Protection officers with the goal of minimizing the time required to hire qualified applicants;
"(6) ensure the streamlined interagency transfer of relevant background investigations and security
clearances; and
"(7) include such other elements as may be necessary to ensure that members of the Armed Forces
who are separating from military service are aware of opportunities to fill vacant Customs and Border
Protection officer positions.
"SEC. 5. REPORT TO CONGRESS.
"(a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 16, 2015],
and by December 31 of each of the next 3 years thereafter, the Secretary of Homeland Security, in
consultation with the Secretary of Defense, shall submit a report to the Committee on Homeland Security and
the Committee on Armed Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security
and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on Armed Services of the Senate that includes a description and
assessment of the efforts of the Department of Homeland Security to hire members of the Armed Forces who
are separating from military service as Customs and Border Protection officers under section 4.
"(b) CONTENT.—The report required under subsection (a) shall include—
"(1) a detailed description of the efforts to implement section 4, including—
"(A) elements of the enhanced recruiting efforts and the goals associated with such elements; and
"(B) a description of how the elements and goals referred to in subparagraph (A) will assist in
meeting statutorily mandated staffing levels and agency hiring benchmarks;
"(2) a detailed description of the efforts that have been undertaken under section 4;
"(3) the estimated number of separating service members made aware of Customs and Border
Protection officer vacancies;
"(4) the number of Customs and Border Protection officer vacancies filled with separating service
members; and
"(5) the number of Customs and Border Protection officer vacancies filled with separating service
members under Veterans Recruitment Appointment authorized under section 4214 of title 38, United States
Code.
"SEC. 6. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.
"Nothing in this Act may be construed—
"(1) as superseding, altering, or amending existing Federal veterans' hiring preferences or Federal
hiring authorities; or
"(2) to authorize the appropriation of additional amounts to carry out this Act."

PORT OF ENTRY PARTNERSHIP PILOT PROGRAM
Pub. L. 113–76, div. F, title V, §559, Jan. 17, 2014, 128 Stat. 279, as amended by Pub. L. 114–4, title V,
§552(a), Mar. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 71; Pub. L. 114–113, div. F, title V, §550, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2519,
which established a pilot program to permit U.S. Customs and Border Protection to enter into partnerships
with private sector and government entities at ports of entry for certain services and to accept certain
donations, was repealed by Pub. L. 114–279, §4(b), Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat. 1422.
REDUCING PASSENGER PROCESSING TIMES
Pub. L. 113–76, div. F, title V, §571, Jan. 17, 2014, 128 Stat. 287, provided that:
"(a) The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall develop metrics that support a goal of
reducing passenger processing times at air, land, and sea ports of entry, taking into consideration the capacity
of an air or land port's physical infrastructure, airline arrival schedules, peak processing periods, and security
requirements.
"(b) Not later than 240 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Jan. 17, 2014], the Commissioner of
U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall develop and implement operational work plans to meet the goals of
subsection (a) at United States air, land, and sea ports with the highest passenger volume and longest wait

times. In developing such plans, the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall consult with
appropriate stakeholders, including, but not limited to, airlines and airport operators, port authorities, and
importers."

§212. Retention of Customs revenue functions by Secretary of the Treasury
(a) Retention of Customs revenue functions by Secretary of the Treasury
(1) Retention of authority
Notwithstanding section 203(a)(1) 1 of this title, authority related to Customs revenue functions
that was vested in the Secretary of the Treasury by law before the effective date of this chapter
under those provisions of law set forth in paragraph (2) shall not be transferred to the Secretary by
reason of this chapter, and on and after the effective date of this chapter, the Secretary of the
Treasury may delegate any such authority to the Secretary at the discretion of the Secretary of the
Treasury. The Secretary of the Treasury shall consult with the Secretary regarding the exercise of
any such authority not delegated to the Secretary.
(2) Statutes
The provisions of law referred to in paragraph (1) are the following: the Tariff Act of 1930 [19
U.S.C. 1202 et seq.]; section 249 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (19 U.S.C. 3);
section 2 of the Act of March 4, 1923 (19 U.S.C. 6); section 13031 of the Consolidated Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (19 U.S.C. 58c); section 251 of the Revised Statutes of the
United States (19 U.S.C. 66); section 1 of the Act of June 26, 1930 (19 U.S.C. 68); the Foreign
Trade Zones Act (19 U.S.C. 81a et seq.); section 1 of the Act of March 2, 1911 (19 U.S.C. 198);
the Trade Act of 1974 [19 U.S.C. 2101 et seq.]; the Trade Agreements Act of 1979; the North
American Free Trade Area Implementation Act; the Uruguay Round Agreements Act; the
Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act [19 U.S.C. 2701 et seq.]; the Andean Trade Preference
Act [19 U.S.C. 3201 et seq.]; the African Growth and Opportunity Act [19 U.S.C. 3701 et seq.];
and any other provision of law vesting customs revenue functions in the Secretary of the Treasury.
(b) Maintenance of Customs revenue functions
(1) Maintenance of functions
Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the Secretary may not consolidate,
discontinue, or diminish those functions described in paragraph (2) performed by U.S. Customs
and Border Protection (as established under section 211 of this title) on or after the effective date
of this chapter, reduce the staffing level, or reduce the resources attributable to such functions, and
the Secretary shall ensure that an appropriate management structure is implemented to carry out
such functions.
(2) Functions
The functions referred to in paragraph (1) are those functions performed by the following
personnel, and associated support staff, of U.S. Customs and Border Protection on the day before
the effective date of this chapter: Import Specialists, Entry Specialists, Drawback Specialists,
National Import Specialist, Fines and Penalties Specialists, attorneys of the Office of Regulations
and Rulings, Customs Auditors, International Trade Specialists, Financial Systems Specialists.
(c) New personnel
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to appoint up to 20 new personnel to work with
personnel of the Department in performing customs revenue functions.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §412, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2179; Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII,
§802(g)(1)(B)(iii)(II), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 211.)
EDITORIAL NOTES

REFERENCES IN TEXT
The effective date of this chapter, referred to in subsecs. (a)(1) and (b), is 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see
section 4 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of this title.
This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (a)(1) and (b)(1), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L.
107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified
principally to this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out
under section 101 of this title and Tables.
The Tariff Act of 1930, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is act June 17, 1930, ch. 497, 46 Stat. 590, as amended,
which is classified generally to chapter 4 (§1202 et seq.) of Title 19, Customs Duties. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1654 of Title 19 and Tables.
The Foreign Trade Zones Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is act June 18, 1934, ch. 590, 48 Stat. 998, as
amended, which is classified generally to chapter 1A (§81a et seq.) of Title 19, Customs Duties. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The Trade Act of 1974, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is Pub. L. 93–618, Jan. 3, 1975, 88 Stat. 1978, as
amended, which is classified principally to chapter 12 (§2101 et seq.) of Title 19, Customs Duties. For
complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under section 2101 of Title
19 and Tables.
The Trade Agreements Act of 1979, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is Pub. L. 96–39, July 26, 1979, 93 Stat.
144, as amended. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note set out under
section 2501 of Title 19, Customs Duties, and Tables.
The North American Free Trade Area Implementation Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), probably means the
North American Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act, Pub. L. 103–182, Dec. 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 2057.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note under section 3301 of Title 19,
Customs Duties, and Tables.
The Uruguay Round Agreements Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is Pub. L. 103–465, Dec. 8, 1994, 108
Stat. 4809, as amended. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under
section 3501 of Title 19, Customs Duties, and Tables.
The Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is title II of Pub. L. 98–67, Aug.
5, 1983, 97 Stat. 384, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 15 (§2701 et seq.) of Title 19,
Customs Duties. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section
2701 of Title 19 and Tables.
The Andean Trade Preference Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is title II of Pub. L. 102–182, Dec. 4, 1991,
105 Stat. 1236, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 20 (§3201 et seq.) of Title 19, Customs
Duties. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3201 of
Title 19 and Tables.
The African Growth and Opportunity Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is title I of Pub. L. 106–200, May
18, 2000, 114 Stat. 252, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 23 (§3701 et seq.) of Title 19,
Customs Duties. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section
3701 of Title 19 and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2016—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 114–125 substituted "U.S. Customs and Border Protection" for "the United
States Customs Service" in pars. (1) and (2).
1

So in original. Probably should be section "203(1)".

§213. Preservation of Customs funds
Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, no funds collected under paragraphs (1)
through (8) of section 58c(a) of title 19 may be transferred for use by any other agency or office in
the Department.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §413, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2180; Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII,
§802(g)(1)(B)(iii)(III), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 211.)
EDITORIAL NOTES

REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2016—Pub. L. 114–125 struck out "available to the United States Customs Service or" after "no funds".

§214. Separate budget request for Customs
The President shall include in each budget transmitted to Congress under section 1105 of title 31 a
separate budget request for U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §414, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2180; Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII,
§802(g)(1)(B)(iii)(IV), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 211.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2016—Pub. L. 114–125 substituted "U.S. Customs and Border Protection" for "the United States Customs
Service".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
LAND BORDER PROJECTS
Pub. L. 112–74, div. D, title II, Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 949, provided in part: "That for fiscal year 2012
and thereafter, the annual budget submission of U.S. Customs and Border Protection for 'Construction and
Facilities Management' shall, in consultation with the General Services Administration, include a detailed
5-year plan for all Federal land border port of entry projects with a yearly update of total projected future
funding needs delineated by land port of entry".
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 111–83, title II, Oct. 28, 2009, 123 Stat. 2148.
Pub. L. 110–329, div. D, title II, Sept. 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 3658.

§215. Definition
In this part, the term "customs revenue function" means the following:
(1) Assessing and collecting customs duties (including antidumping and countervailing duties
and duties imposed under safeguard provisions), excise taxes, fees, and penalties due on imported
merchandise, including classifying and valuing merchandise for purposes of such assessment.
(2) Processing and denial of entry of persons, baggage, cargo, and mail, with respect to the
assessment and collection of import duties.
(3) Detecting and apprehending persons engaged in fraudulent practices designed to circumvent
the customs laws of the United States.
(4) Enforcing section 1337 of title 19 and provisions relating to import quotas and the marking
of imported merchandise, and providing Customs Recordations for copyrights, patents, and
trademarks.
(5) Collecting accurate import data for compilation of international trade statistics.
(6) Enforcing reciprocal trade agreements.
(7) Functions performed by the following personnel, and associated support staff, of the United
States Customs Service on the day before the effective date of this chapter, and of U.S. Customs
and Border Protection on the day before the effective date of the U.S. Customs and Border
Protection Authorization Act: Import Specialists, Entry Specialists, Drawback Specialists,

National Import Specialist, Fines and Penalties Specialists, attorneys of the Office of Regulations
and Rulings, Customs Auditors, International Trade Specialists, Financial Systems Specialists.
(8) Functions performed by the following offices, with respect to any function described in any
of paragraphs (1) through (7), and associated support staff, of the United States Customs Service
on the day before the effective date of this chapter, and of U.S. Customs and Border Protection on
the day before the effective date of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Authorization Act: the
Office of Information and Technology, the Office of Laboratory Services, the Office of the Chief
Counsel, the Office of Congressional Affairs, the Office of International Affairs, and the Office of
Training and Development.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §415, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2180; Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII,
§802(g)(1)(B)(iii)(V), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 211.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This part, referred to in text, was in the original "this subtitle", meaning subtitle B (§§411–419) of title IV
of Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2178, which enacted this part, amended section 5314 of Title 5,
Government Organization and Employees, section 58c of Title 19, Customs Duties, and provisions set out as a
note under section 2075 of Title 19. For complete classification of subtitle B to the Code, see Tables.
The effective date of this chapter, referred to in pars. (7) and (8), is 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see section
4 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of this title.
The effective date of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Authorization Act, referred to in pars. (7) and
(8), is the effective date of title VIII of Pub. L. 114–125, which is Feb. 24, 2016.
AMENDMENTS
2016—Pars. (7), (8). Pub. L. 114–125 inserted ", and of U.S. Customs and Border Protection on the day
before the effective date of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Authorization Act" before the colon.

§216. Protection against potential synthetic opioid exposure
(a) In general
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall issue a policy that specifies
effective protocols and procedures for the safe handling of potential synthetic opioids, including
fentanyl, by U.S. Customs and Border Protection officers, agents, other personnel, and canines, and
to reduce the risk of injury or death resulting from accidental exposure and enhance post-exposure
management.
(b) Training
(1) In general
Together with the issuance of the policy described in subsection (a), the Commissioner of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection shall require mandatory and recurrent training on the following:
(A) The potential risk of opioid exposure and safe handling procedures for potential synthetic
opioids, including precautionary measures such as the use of personal protective equipment
during such handling.
(B) How to access and administer opioid receptor antagonists, including naloxone,
post-exposure to potential synthetic opioids.
(2) Integration
The training described in paragraph (1) may be integrated into existing training under section
211(l) of this title for U.S. Customs and Border Protection officers, agents, and other personnel.
(c) Personal protective equipment and opioid receptor antagonists
Together with the issuance of the policy described in subsection (a), the Commissioner of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection shall ensure the availability of personal protective equipment and

opioid receptor antagonists, including naloxone, to all U.S. Customs and Border Protection officers,
agents, other personnel, and canines at risk of accidental exposure to synthetic opioids.
(d) Oversight
To ensure effectiveness of the policy described in subsection (a)—
(1) the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall regularly monitor the
efficacy of the implementation of such policy and adjust protocols and procedures, as necessary;
and
(2) the Inspector General of the Department shall audit compliance with the requirements of this
section not less than once during the 3-year period after December 27, 2020.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §416, as added Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title III, §302(a), Dec. 27, 2020,
134 Stat. 2291.)
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 216 of this title, Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §416, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2181, related to
GAO report to Congress, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII, §802(f), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 210.

§217. Allocation of resources by the Secretary
(a) In general
The Secretary shall ensure that adequate staffing is provided to assure that levels of customs
revenue services provided on the day before the effective date of this chapter shall continue to be
provided.
(b) Notification of Congress
The Secretary shall notify the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives
and the Committee on Finance of the Senate at least 90 days prior to taking any action which
would—
(1) result in any significant reduction in customs revenue services, including hours of operation,
provided at any office within the Department or any port of entry;
(2) eliminate or relocate any office of the Department which provides customs revenue services;
or
(3) eliminate any port of entry.
(c) Definition
In this section, the term "customs revenue services" means those customs revenue functions
described in paragraphs (1) through (6) and paragraph (8) of section 215 of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §417, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2181.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The effective date of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (a), is 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see section 4 of
Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of this title.

§218. Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Business Travel Cards
(a) In general
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection is authorized to issue an Asia-Pacific
Economic Cooperation Business Travel Card (referred to in this section as an "ABT Card") to any
individual described in subsection (b).
(b) Card issuance

An individual described in this subsection is an individual who—
(1) is a citizen of the United States;
(2) has been approved and is in good standing in an existing international trusted traveler
program of the Department; and
(3) is—
(A) engaged in business in the Asia-Pacific region, as determined by the Commissioner of
U.S. Customs and Border Protection; or
(B) a United States Government official actively engaged in Asia-Pacific Economic
Cooperation business, as determined by the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border
Protection.
(c) Integration with existing travel programs
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall integrate application procedures
for, and issuance, renewal, and revocation of, ABT Cards with existing international trusted traveler
programs of the Department.
(d) Cooperation with private entities and nongovernmental organizations
In carrying out this section, the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection may consult
with appropriate private sector entities and nongovernmental organizations, including academic
institutions.
(e) Fee
(1) In general
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall—
(A) prescribe and collect a fee for the issuance and renewal of ABT Cards; and
(B) adjust such fee to the extent the Commissioner determines necessary to comply with
paragraph (2).
(2) Limitation
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall ensure that the total amount of
the fees collected under paragraph (1) during any fiscal year is sufficient to offset the direct and
indirect costs associated with carrying out this section during such fiscal year, including the costs
associated with operating and maintaining the ABT Card issuance and renewal processes.
(3) Account for collections
There is established in the Treasury of the United States an "Asia-Pacific Economic
Cooperation Business Travel Card Account" into which the fees collected under paragraph (1)
shall be deposited as offsetting receipts.
(4) Use of funds
Amounts deposited into the Asia Pacific 1 Economic Cooperation Business Travel Card
Account established under paragraph (3) shall—
(A) be credited to the appropriate account of the 2 U.S. Customs and Border Protection for
expenses incurred in carrying out this section; and
(B) remain available until expended.
(f) Notification
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall notify the Committee on
Homeland Security of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of the Senate not later than 60 days after the expenditures of funds to operate
and provide ABT Card services beyond the amounts collected under subsection (e)(1).
(g) Trusted traveler program defined
In this section, the term "trusted traveler program" means a voluntary program of the Department
that allows U.S. Customs and Border Protection to expedite clearance of pre-approved, low-risk
travelers arriving in the United States.

(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §418, as added Pub. L. 115–79, §2(a), Nov. 2, 2017, 131 Stat. 1258.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 218, Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §418, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2181, related to reports to
Congress from the United States Customs Service and the Secretary of the Treasury, prior to repeal by Pub. L.
114–125, title VIII, §802(f), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 210.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
TRANSFER OF FUNDS FROM APEC BUSINESS TRAVEL CARD ACCOUNT
Pub. L. 115–79, §3, Nov. 2, 2017, 131 Stat. 1259, provided that:
"(a) In General.—Notwithstanding the repeal of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Business Travel
Cards Act of 2011 (Public Law 112–54; 8 U.S.C. 1185 note) pursuant to section 4(b)(1), amounts deposited
into the APEC Business Travel Card Account established pursuant to such Act as of the date of the enactment
of this Act [Nov. 2, 2017] are hereby transferred to the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Business Travel
Card Account established pursuant to section 418(e) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 218(e)]
(as added by section 2(a) of this Act), and shall be available without regard to whether such amounts are
expended in connection with expenses incurred with respect to an ABT Card issued at any time before or after
such date of enactment.
"(b) Availability.—Amounts deposited in the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Business Travel Card
Account established pursuant to section 418(e) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002, in addition to the
purposes for which such amounts are available pursuant to such subsection, shall also be available for
expenditure in connection with expenses incurred with respect to ABT Cards issued at any time before the
date of the enactment of such section.
"(c) Termination.—After the completion of the transfer described in subsection (a), the Asia-Pacific
Economic Cooperation Business Travel Card Account established pursuant to the Asia-Pacific Economic
Cooperation Business Travel Cards Act of 2011 shall be closed."
1

So in original. Probably should be "Asia-Pacific".

2

So in original. The word "the" probably should not appear.

§220. Methamphetamine and methamphetamine precursor chemicals
(a) Compliance with performance plan requirements
As part of the annual performance plan required in the budget submission of the United States
Customs and Border Protection under section 1115 of title 31, the Commissioner shall establish
performance indicators relating to the seizure of methamphetamine and methamphetamine precursor
chemicals in order to evaluate the performance goals of the United States Customs and Border
Protection with respect to the interdiction of illegal drugs entering the United States.
(b) Study and report relating to methamphetamine and methamphetamine precursor
chemicals
(1) Analysis
The Commissioner shall, on an ongoing basis, analyze the movement of methamphetamine and
methamphetamine precursor chemicals into the United States. In conducting the analysis, the
Commissioner shall—
(A) consider the entry of methamphetamine and methamphetamine precursor chemicals
through ports of entry, between ports of entry, through international mails, and through
international courier services;
(B) examine the export procedures of each foreign country where the shipments of

methamphetamine and methamphetamine precursor chemicals originate and determine if
changes in the country's customs over time provisions would alleviate the export of
methamphetamine and methamphetamine precursor chemicals; and
(C) identify emerging trends in smuggling techniques and strategies.
(2) Report
Not later than September 30, 2007, and each 2-year period thereafter, the Commissioner, in the
consultation with the Attorney General, United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement, the
United States Drug Enforcement Administration, and the United States Department of State, shall
submit a report to the Committee on Finance of the Senate, the Committee on Foreign Relations of
the Senate, the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate, the Committee on Ways and Means of
the House of Representatives, the Committee on International Relations of the House of
Representatives, and the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives, that
includes—
(A) a comprehensive summary of the analysis described in paragraph (1); and
(B) a description of how the Untied 1 States Customs and Border Protection utilized the
analysis described in paragraph (1) to target shipments presenting a high risk for smuggling or
circumvention of the Combat Methamphetamine Epidemic Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–177).
(3) Availability of analysis
The Commissioner shall ensure that the analysis described in paragraph (1) is made available in
a timely manner to the Secretary of State to facilitate the Secretary in fulfilling the Secretary's
reporting requirements in section 722 of the Combat Methamphetamine Epidemic Act of 2005.
(c) Definition
In this section, the term "methamphetamine precursor chemicals" means the chemicals ephedrine,
pseudoephedrine, or phenylpropanolamine, including each of the salts, optical isomers, and salts of
optical isomers of such chemicals.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title VII, §707, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1946.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Combat Methamphetamine Epidemic Act of 2005, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(B), is Pub. L. 109–177,
title VII, Mar. 9, 2006, 120 Stat. 256. Section 722 of the Act amended sections 2291h, 2291j, and 2291j–1 of
Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse, and enacted provisions set out as a note under section 2291h of
Title 22. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 801 of
Title 21, Food and Drugs, and Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Security and Accountability For Every Port Act of 2006, also known as
the SAFE Port Act, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Committee on International Relations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Foreign
Affairs of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007.
DEFINITIONS
For definition of "Commissioner" as used in this section, see section 901 of this title.
1

So in original.

§221. Requirements with respect to administering polygraph examinations to law
enforcement personnel of U.S. Customs and Border Protection
(a) In general
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall ensure that—
(1) by not later than 2 years after January 4, 2011, all applicants for law enforcement positions
with U.S. Customs and Border Protection (except as provided in subsection (b)) receive polygraph
examinations before being hired for such a position; and
(2) by not later than 180 days after January 4, 2011, U.S. Customs and Border Protection
initiates all periodic background reinvestigations for all law enforcement personnel of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection that should receive periodic background reinvestigations pursuant
to relevant policies of U.S. Customs and Border Protection in effect on the day before January 4,
2011.
(b) Waiver
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection may waive the polygraph examination
requirement under subsection (a)(1) for any applicant who—
(1) is deemed suitable for employment;
(2) holds a current, active Top Secret/Sensitive Compartmented Information Clearance;
(3) has a current Single Scope Background Investigation;
(4) was not granted any waivers to obtain his or her clearance; and
(5) is a veteran (as defined in section 2108 of title 5).
(Pub. L. 111–376, §3, Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 4104; Pub. L. 114–279, §5, Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat.
1422.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Anti-Border Corruption Act of 2010, and not as part of the Homeland
Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
AMENDMENTS
2016—Pub. L. 114–279 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, in par. (1) inserted
"(except as provided in subsection (b))" after "Border Protection", and added subsec. (b).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
WAIVER OF CERTAIN POLYGRAPH EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS
Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title X, §1049, Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2396, provided that: "The Secretary of
Homeland Security, acting through the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection, may waive the
polygraph examination requirement under section 3 of the Anti-Border Corruption Act of 2010 (Public Law
111–376) [6 U.S.C. 221] for any applicant who—
"(1) the Commissioner determines is suitable for employment;
"(2) holds a current, active Top Secret clearance and is able to access sensitive compartmented
information;
"(3) has a current single scope background investigation;
"(4) was not granted any waivers to obtain the clearance; and
"(5) is a veteran (as such term is defined in section 2108 or 2109a [probably should be "2108a"] of title
5, United States Code)."
FINDINGS
Pub. L. 111–376, §2, Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 4104, provided that: "Congress makes the following findings:
"(1) According to the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Homeland Security, since
2003, 129 U.S. Customs and Border Protection officials have been arrested on corruption charges and,
during 2009, 576 investigations were opened on allegations of improper conduct by U.S. Customs and

Border Protection officials.
"(2) To foster integrity in the workplace, established policy of U.S. Customs and Border Protection
calls for—
"(A) all job applicants for law enforcement positions at U.S. Customs and Border Protection to
receive a polygraph examination and a background investigation before being offered employment; and
"(B) relevant employees to receive a periodic background reinvestigation every 5 years.
"(3) According to the Office of Internal Affairs of U.S. Customs and Border Protection—
"(A) in 2009, less than 15 percent of applicants for jobs with U.S. Customs and Border Protection
received polygraph examinations;
"(B) as of March 2010, U.S. Customs and Border Protection had a backlog of approximately
10,000 periodic background reinvestigations of existing employees; and
"(C) without additional resources, by the end of fiscal year 2010, the backlog of periodic
background reinvestigations will increase to approximately 19,000."

§222. Advanced Training Center Revolving Fund
For fiscal year 2012 and thereafter, U.S. Customs and Border Protection's Advanced Training
Center is authorized to charge fees for any service and/or thing of value it provides to Federal
Government or non-government entities or individuals, so long as the fees charged do not exceed the
full costs associated with the service or thing of value provided: Provided, That notwithstanding
section 3302(b) of title 31, fees collected by the Advanced Training Center are to be deposited into a
separate account entitled "Advanced Training Center Revolving Fund", and be available, without
further appropriations, for necessary expenses of the Advanced Training Center program, and are to
remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 112–74, div. D, title V, §557, Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 979.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2012, and also as
part of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2012, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002
which comprises this chapter.

§223. Border security metrics
(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Appropriate congressional committees
The term "appropriate congressional committees" means—
(A) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate; and
(B) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives.
(2) Consequence Delivery System
The term "Consequence Delivery System" means the series of consequences applied by U.S.
Border Patrol in collaboration with other Federal agencies to persons unlawfully entering the
United States, in order to prevent unlawful border crossing recidivism.
(3) Got away
The term "got away" means an unlawful border crosser who—
(A) is directly or indirectly observed making an unlawful entry into the United States;
(B) is not apprehended; and
(C) is not a turn back.
(4) Known maritime migrant flow

The term "known maritime migrant flow" means the sum of the number of undocumented
migrants—
(A) interdicted in the waters over which the United States has jurisdiction;
(B) identified at sea either directly or indirectly, but not interdicted;
(C) if not described in subparagraph (A) or (B), who were otherwise reported, with a
significant degree of certainty, as having entered, or attempted to enter, the United States
through the maritime border.
(5) Major violator
The term "major violator" means a person or entity that has engaged in serious criminal
activities at any land, air, or sea port of entry, including the following:
(A) Possession of illicit drugs.
(B) Smuggling of prohibited products.
(C) Human smuggling.
(D) Possession of illegal weapons.
(E) Use of fraudulent documents.
(F) Any other offense that is serious enough to result in an arrest.
(6) Secretary
The term "the Secretary" means the Secretary of Homeland Security.
(7) Situational awareness
The term "situational awareness" means knowledge and understanding of current unlawful
cross-border activity, including the following:
(A) Threats and trends concerning illicit trafficking and unlawful crossings.
(B) The ability to forecast future shifts in such threats and trends.
(C) The ability to evaluate such threats and trends at a level sufficient to create actionable
plans.
(D) The operational capability to conduct persistent and integrated surveillance of the
international borders of the United States.
(8) Transit zone
The term "transit zone" means the sea corridors of the western Atlantic Ocean, the Gulf of
Mexico, the Caribbean Sea, and the eastern Pacific Ocean through which undocumented migrants
and illicit drugs transit, either directly or indirectly, to the United States.
(9) Turn back
The term "turn back" means an unlawful border crosser who, after making an unlawful entry
into the United States, responds to United States enforcement efforts by returning promptly to the
country from which such crosser entered.
(10) Unlawful border crossing effectiveness rate
The term "unlawful border crossing effectiveness rate" means the percentage that results from
dividing the number of apprehensions and turn backs by the sum of the number of apprehensions,
estimated undetected unlawful entries, turn backs, and got aways.
(11) Unlawful entry
The term "unlawful entry" means an unlawful border crosser who enters the United States and
is not apprehended by a border security component of the Department of Homeland Security.
(b) Metrics for securing the border between ports of entry
(1) In general
Not later than 180 days after December 23, 2016, the Secretary shall develop metrics, informed
by situational awareness, to measure the effectiveness of security between ports of entry. The
Secretary shall annually implement the metrics developed under this subsection, which shall
include the following:

(A) Estimates, using alternative methodologies where appropriate, including recidivism data,
survey data, known-flow data, and technologically-measured data, of the following:
(i) The rate of apprehension of attempted unlawful border crossers.
(ii) The number of detected unlawful entries.
(iii) The number of estimated undetected unlawful entries.
(iv) Turn backs.
(v) Got aways.
(B) A measurement of situational awareness achieved in each U.S. Border Patrol sector.
(C) An unlawful border crossing effectiveness rate in each U.S. Border Patrol sector.
(D) A probability of detection rate, which compares the estimated total unlawful border
crossing attempts not detected by U.S. Border Patrol to the unlawful border crossing
effectiveness rate under subparagraph (C), as informed by subparagraph (A).
(E) The number of apprehensions in each U.S. Border Patrol sector.
(F) The number of apprehensions of unaccompanied alien children, and the nationality of
such children, in each U.S. Border Patrol sector.
(G) The number of apprehensions of family units, and the nationality of such family units, in
each U.S. Border Patrol sector.
(H) An illicit drugs seizure rate for drugs seized by U.S. Border Patrol between ports of entry,
which compares the ratio of the amount and type of illicit drugs seized between ports of entry in
any fiscal year to the average of the amount and type of illicit drugs seized between ports of
entry in the immediately preceding five fiscal years.
(I) Estimates of the impact of the Consequence Delivery System on the rate of recidivism of
unlawful border crossers over multiple fiscal years.
(J) An examination of each consequence under the Consequence Delivery System referred to
in subparagraph (I), including the following:
(i) Voluntary return.
(ii) Warrant of arrest or notice to appear.
(iii) Expedited removal.
(iv) Reinstatement of removal.
(v) Alien transfer exit program.
(vi) Criminal consequence program.
(vii) Standard prosecution.
(viii) Operation Against Smugglers Initiative on Safety and Security.
(2) Metrics consultation
To ensure that authoritative data sources are utilized in the development of the metrics
described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall—
(A) consult with the heads of the appropriate components of the Department of Homeland
Security; and
(B) where appropriate, with the heads of other agencies, including the Office of Refugee
Resettlement of the Department of Health and Human Services and the Executive Office for
Immigration Review of the Department of Justice.
(3) Manner of collection
The data collected to inform the metrics developed in accordance with paragraph (1) shall be
collected and reported in a consistent and standardized manner across all U.S. Border Patrol
sectors, informed by situational awareness.
(c) Metrics for securing the border at ports of entry
(1) In general
Not later than 180 days after December 23, 2016, the Secretary shall develop metrics, informed
by situational awareness, to measure the effectiveness of security at ports of entry. The Secretary
shall annually implement the metrics developed under this subsection, which shall include the

following:
(A) Estimates, using alternative methodologies where appropriate, including recidivism data,
survey data, and randomized secondary screening data, of the following:
(i) Total inadmissible travelers who attempt to, or successfully, enter the United States at a
port of entry.
(ii) The rate of refusals and interdictions for travelers who attempt to, or successfully, enter
the United States at a port of entry.
(iii) The number of unlawful entries at a port of entry.
(B) The amount and type of illicit drugs seized by the Office of Field Operations of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection at ports of entry during the previous fiscal year.
(C) An illicit drugs seizure rate for drugs seized by the Office of Field Operations, which
compares the ratio of the amount and type of illicit drugs seized by the Office of Field
Operations in any fiscal year to the average of the amount and type of illicit drugs seized by the
Office of Field Operations in the immediately preceding five fiscal years.
(D) The number of infractions related to travelers and cargo committed by major violators
who are interdicted by the Office of Field Operations at ports of entry, and the estimated
number of such infractions committed by major violators who are not so interdicted.
(E) In consultation with the heads of the Office of National Drug Control Policy and the
United States Southern Command, a cocaine seizure effectiveness rate, which is the percentage
resulting from dividing the amount of cocaine seized by the Office of Field Operations by the
total estimated cocaine flow rate at ports of entry along the United States land border with
Mexico and Canada.
(F) A measurement of how border security operations affect crossing times, including the
following:
(i) A wait time ratio that compares the average wait times to total commercial and private
vehicular traffic volumes at each land port of entry.
(ii) An infrastructure capacity utilization rate that measures traffic volume against the
physical and staffing capacity at each land port of entry.
(iii) A secondary examination rate that measures the frequency of secondary examinations
at each land port of entry.
(iv) An enforcement rate that measures the effectiveness of such secondary examinations at
detecting major violators.
(G) A seaport scanning rate that includes the following:
(i) The number of all cargo containers that are considered potentially "high-risk", as
determined by the Executive Assistant Commissioner of the Office of Field Operations.
(ii) A comparison of the number of potentially high-risk cargo containers scanned by the
Office of Field Operations at each sea port of entry during a fiscal year to the total number of
high-risk cargo containers entering the United States at each such sea port of entry during the
previous fiscal year.
(iii) The number of potentially high-risk cargo containers scanned upon arrival at a United
States sea port of entry.
(iv) The number of potentially high-risk cargo containers scanned before arrival at a
United States sea port of entry.
(2) Metrics consultation
To ensure that authoritative data sources are utilized in the development of the metrics
described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall—
(A) consult with the heads of the appropriate components of the Department of Homeland
Security; and
(B) where appropriate, work with heads of other appropriate agencies, including the Office of
Refugee Resettlement of the Department of Health and Human Services and the Executive
Office for Immigration Review of the Department of Justice.

(3) Manner of collection
The data collected to inform the metrics developed in accordance with paragraph (1) shall be
collected and reported in a consistent and standardized manner across all United States ports of
entry, informed by situational awareness.
(d) Metrics for securing the maritime border
(1) In general
Not later than 180 days after December 23, 2016, the Secretary shall develop metrics, informed
by situational awareness, to measure the effectiveness of security in the maritime environment.
The Secretary shall annually implement the metrics developed under this subsection, which shall
include the following:
(A) Situational awareness achieved in the maritime environment.
(B) A known maritime migrant flow rate.
(C) An illicit drugs removal rate for drugs removed inside and outside of a transit zone,
which compares the amount and type of illicit drugs removed, including drugs abandoned at
sea, by the maritime security components of the Department of Homeland Security in any fiscal
year to the average of the amount and type of illicit drugs removed by such maritime
components for the immediately preceding five fiscal years.
(D) In consultation with the heads of the Office of National Drug Control Policy and the
United States Southern Command, a cocaine removal effectiveness rate for cocaine removed
inside a transit zone and outside a transit zone, which compares the amount of cocaine removed
by the maritime security components of the Department of Homeland Security by the total
documented cocaine flow rate, as contained in Federal drug databases.
(E) A response rate, which compares the ability of the maritime security components of the
Department of Homeland Security to respond to and resolve known maritime threats, whether
inside or outside a transit zone, by placing assets on-scene, to the total number of events with
respect to which the Department has known threat information.
(F) An intergovernmental response rate, which compares the ability of the maritime security
components of the Department of Homeland Security or other United States Government
entities to respond to and resolve actionable maritime threats, whether inside or outside a transit
zone, with the number of such threats detected.
(2) Metrics consultation
To ensure that authoritative data sources are utilized in the development of the metrics
described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall—
(A) consult with the heads of the appropriate components of the Department of Homeland
Security; and
(B) where appropriate, work with the heads of other agencies, including the Drug
Enforcement Agency, the Department of Defense, and the Department of Justice.
(3) Manner of collection
The data used by the Secretary shall be collected and reported in a consistent and standardized
manner by the maritime security components of the Department of Homeland Security, informed
by situational awareness.
(e) Air and Marine security metrics in the land domain
(1) In general
Not later than 180 days after December 23, 2016, the Secretary shall develop metrics, informed
by situational awareness, to measure the effectiveness of the aviation assets and operations of Air
and Marine Operations of U.S. Customs and Border Protection. The Secretary shall annually
implement the metrics developed under this subsection, which shall include the following:
(A) A flight hour effectiveness rate, which compares Air and Marine Operations flight hours
requirements to the number of flight hours flown by Air and Marine Operations.
(B) A funded flight hour effectiveness rate, which compares the number of funded flight

hours appropriated to Air and Marine Operations to the number of actual flight hours flown by
Air and Marine Operations.
(C) A readiness rate, which compares the number of aviation missions flown by Air and
Marine Operations to the number of aviation missions cancelled by Air and Marine Operations
due to maintenance, operations, or other causes.
(D) The number of missions cancelled by Air and Marine Operations due to weather
compared to the total planned missions.
(E) The number of individuals detected by Air and Marine Operations through the use of
unmanned aerial systems and manned aircraft.
(F) The number of apprehensions assisted by Air and Marine Operations through the use of
unmanned aerial systems and manned aircraft.
(G) The number and quantity of illicit drug seizures assisted by Air and Marine Operations
through the use of unmanned aerial systems and manned aircraft.
(H) The number of times that actionable intelligence related to border security was obtained
through the use of unmanned aerial systems and manned aircraft.
(2) Metrics consultation
To ensure that authoritative data sources are utilized in the development of the metrics
described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall—
(A) consult with the heads of the appropriate components of the Department of Homeland
Security; and
(B) as appropriate, work with the heads of other departments and agencies, including the
Department of Justice.
(3) Manner of collection
The data collected to inform the metrics developed in accordance with paragraph (1) shall be
collected and reported in a consistent and standardized manner by Air and Marine Operations,
informed by situational awareness.
(f) Data transparency
The Secretary shall—
(1) in accordance with applicable privacy laws, make data related to apprehensions,
inadmissible aliens, drug seizures, and other enforcement actions available to the public, law
enforcement communities, and academic research communities; and
(2) provide the Office of Immigration Statistics of the Department of Homeland Security with
unfettered access to the data referred to in paragraph (1).
(g) Evaluation by the Government Accountability Office and the Secretary
(1) Metrics report
(A) Mandatory disclosures
The Secretary shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees and the Comptroller
General of the United States an annual report containing the metrics required under this section
and the data and methodology used to develop such metrics.
(B) Permissible disclosures
The Secretary, for the purpose of validation and verification, may submit the annual report
described in subparagraph (A) to—
(i) the Center for Borders, Trade, and Immigration Research of the Centers of Excellence
network of the Department of Homeland Security;
(ii) the head of a national laboratory within the Department of Homeland Security
laboratory network with prior expertise in border security; and
(iii) a Federally Funded Research and Development Center.
(2) GAO report
Not later than 270 days after receiving the first report under paragraph (1)(A) and biennially

thereafter for the following ten years with respect to every other such report, the Comptroller
General of the United States shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report
that—
(A) analyzes the suitability and statistical validity of the data and methodology contained in
each such report; and
(B) includes recommendations on—
(i) the feasibility of other suitable metrics that may be used to measure the effectiveness of
border security; and
(ii) improvements that need to be made to the metrics being used to measure the
effectiveness of border security.
(3) State of the Border report
Not later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year through fiscal year 2026, the Secretary
shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees a "State of the Border" report that—
(A) provides trends for each metric under this section for the last ten fiscal years, to the
greatest extent possible;
(B) provides selected analysis into related aspects of illegal flow rates, including
undocumented migrant flows and stock estimation techniques;
(C) provides selected analysis into related aspects of legal flow rates; and
(D) includes any other information that the Secretary determines appropriate.
(4) Metrics update
(A) In general
After submitting the tenth report to the Comptroller General under paragraph (1), the
Secretary may reevaluate and update any of the metrics developed in accordance with this
section to ensure that such metrics are suitable to measure the effectiveness of border security.
(B) Congressional notification
Not later than 30 days before updating the metrics pursuant to subparagraph (A), the
Secretary shall notify the appropriate congressional committees of such updates.
(Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title X, §1092, Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2429.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2017, and not as part
of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

§224. Other reporting requirements
(a) Unidentified remains
(1) Reporting requirement
Not later than 1 year after December 31, 2020, and annually thereafter, the Commissioner of
U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall submit a report to the appropriate committees of
Congress regarding all unidentified remains discovered, during the reporting period, on or near the
border between the United States and Mexico, including—
(A) for each deceased person—
(i) the cause and manner of death, if known;
(ii) the sex, age (at time of death), and country of origin (if such information is
determinable); and
(iii) the location of each unidentified remain;

(B) the total number of deceased people whose unidentified remains were discovered by U.S.
Customs and Border Protection during the reporting period;
(C) to the extent such information is available to U.S. Customs and Border Protection, the
total number of deceased people whose unidentified remains were discovered by Federal, State,
local or Tribal law enforcement officers, military personnel, or medical examiners offices;
(D) the efforts of U.S. Customs and Border Protection to engage with nongovernmental
organizations, institutions of higher education, medical examiners and coroners, and law
enforcement agencies—
(i) to identify and map the locations at which migrant deaths occur; and
(ii) to count the number of deaths that occur at such locations; and
(E) a detailed description of U.S. Customs and Border Protection's Missing Migrant Program,
including how the program helps mitigate migrant deaths while maintaining border security.
(2) Public disclosure
Not later than 30 days after each report required under paragraph (1) is submitted, the
Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall publish on the website of the agency
the information described in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of paragraph (1) during each
reporting period.
(b) Rescue beacons
Not later than 1 year after December 31, 2020, and annually thereafter, the Commissioner of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection shall submit a report to the appropriate committees of Congress
regarding the use of rescue beacons along the border between the United States and Mexico,
including, for the reporting period—
(1) the number of rescue beacons in each border patrol sector;
(2) the specific location of each rescue beacon;
(3) the frequency with which each rescue beacon was activated by a person in distress;
(4) a description of the nature of the distress that resulted in each rescue beacon activation (if
such information is determinable); and
(5) an assessment, in consultation with local stakeholders, including elected officials,
nongovernmental organizations, and landowners, of necessary additional rescue beacons and
recommendations for locations for deployment to reduce migrant deaths.
(c) GAO report
Not later than 6 months after the report required under subsection (a) is submitted to the
appropriate committees of Congress, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit a
report to the same committees that describes—
(1) how U.S. Customs and Border Protection collects and records border-crossing death data;
(2) the differences (if any) in U.S. Customs and Border Protection border-crossing death data
collection methodology across its sectors;
(3) how U.S. Customs and Border Protection's data and statistical analysis on trends in the
numbers, locations, causes, and characteristics of border-crossing deaths compare to other sources
of data on these deaths, including border county medical examiners and coroners and the Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention;
(4) how U.S. Customs and Border Protection measures the effectiveness of its programs to
mitigate migrant deaths; and
(5) the extent to which U.S. Customs and Border Protection engages Federal, State, local, and
Tribal governments, foreign diplomatic and consular posts, and nongovernmental organizations—
(A) to accurately identify deceased individuals;
(B) to resolve cases involving unidentified remains;
(C) to resolve cases involving unidentified persons; and
(D) to share information on missing persons and unidentified remains, specifically with the
National Missing and Unidentified Persons System (NamUs).

(Pub. L. 116–277, §5, Dec. 31, 2020, 134 Stat. 3370.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of Missing Persons and Unidentified Remains Act of 2019, and not as part of
the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

PART C—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
§231. Transfer of certain agricultural inspection functions of the Department of
Agriculture
(a) Transfer of agricultural import and entry inspection functions
There shall be transferred to the Secretary the functions of the Secretary of Agriculture relating to
agricultural import and entry inspection activities under the laws specified in subsection (b).
(b) Covered animal and plant protection laws
The laws referred to in subsection (a) are the following:
(1) The Act commonly known as the Virus-Serum-Toxin Act (the eighth paragraph under the
heading "Bureau of Animal Industry" in the Act of March 4, 1913; 21 U.S.C. 151 et seq.).
(2) Section 1 of the Act of August 31, 1922 (commonly known as the Honeybee Act; 7 U.S.C.
281).
(3) Title III of the Federal Seed Act (7 U.S.C. 1581 et seq.).
(4) The Plant Protection Act (7 U.S.C. 7701 et seq.).
(5) The Animal Health Protection Act (subtitle E of title X of Public Law 107–171; 7 U.S.C.
8301 et seq.).
(6) The Lacey Act Amendments of 1981 (16 U.S.C. 3371 et seq.).
(7) Section 11 of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1540).
(c) Exclusion of quarantine activities
For purposes of this section, the term "functions" does not include any quarantine activities carried
out under the laws specified in subsection (b).
(d) Effect of transfer
(1) Compliance with Department of Agriculture regulations
The authority transferred pursuant to subsection (a) shall be exercised by the Secretary in
accordance with the regulations, policies, and procedures issued by the Secretary of Agriculture
regarding the administration of the laws specified in subsection (b).
(2) Rulemaking coordination
The Secretary of Agriculture shall coordinate with the Secretary whenever the Secretary of
Agriculture prescribes regulations, policies, or procedures for administering the functions
transferred under subsection (a) under a law specified in subsection (b).
(3) Effective administration
The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Agriculture, may issue such directives and
guidelines as are necessary to ensure the effective use of personnel of the Department of
Homeland Security to carry out the functions transferred pursuant to subsection (a).
(e) Transfer agreement
(1) Agreement required; revision

Before the end of the transition period, as defined in section 541 of this title, the Secretary of
Agriculture and the Secretary shall enter into an agreement to effectuate the transfer of functions
required by subsection (a) of this section. The Secretary of Agriculture and the Secretary may
jointly revise the agreement as necessary thereafter.
(2) Required terms
The agreement required by this subsection shall specifically address the following:
(A) The supervision by the Secretary of Agriculture of the training of employees of the
Secretary to carry out the functions transferred pursuant to subsection (a).
(B) The transfer of funds to the Secretary under subsection (f).
(3) Cooperation and reciprocity
The Secretary of Agriculture and the Secretary may include as part of the agreement the
following:
(A) Authority for the Secretary to perform functions delegated to the Animal and Plant
Health Inspection Service of the Department of Agriculture regarding the protection of
domestic livestock and plants, but not transferred to the Secretary pursuant to subsection (a).
(B) Authority for the Secretary of Agriculture to use employees of the Department of
Homeland Security to carry out authorities delegated to the Animal and Plant Health Inspection
Service regarding the protection of domestic livestock and plants.
(f) Periodic transfer of funds to Department of Homeland Security
(1) Transfer of funds
Out of funds collected by fees authorized under sections 136 and 136a of title 21, the Secretary
of Agriculture shall transfer, from time to time in accordance with the agreement under subsection
(e), to the Secretary funds for activities carried out by the Secretary for which such fees were
collected.
(2) Limitation
The proportion of fees collected pursuant to such sections that are transferred to the Secretary
under this subsection may not exceed the proportion of the costs incurred by the Secretary to all
costs incurred to carry out activities funded by such fees.
(g) Transfer of Department of Agriculture employees
Not later than the completion of the transition period defined under section 541 of this title, the
Secretary of Agriculture shall transfer to the Secretary not more than 3,200 full-time equivalent
positions of the Department of Agriculture.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §421, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2182.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Virus-Serum-Toxin Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is the eighth paragraph under the heading
"Bureau of Animal Industry" in act Mar. 4, 1913, ch. 145, 37 Stat. 832, 833, as amended, which is classified
generally to chapter 5 (§151 et seq.) of Title 21, Food and Drugs. For complete classification of this Act to the
Code, see Short Title note set out under section 151 of Title 21 and Tables.
The Federal Seed Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), is act Aug. 9, 1939, ch. 615, 53 Stat. 1275, as amended.
Title III of the Act is classified generally to subchapter III (§1581 et seq.) of chapter 37 of Title 7, Agriculture.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1551 of Title 7 and Tables.
The Plant Protection Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(4), is title IV of Pub. L. 106–224, June 20, 2000, 114
Stat. 438, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 104 (§7701 et seq.) of Title 7, Agriculture.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 7701 of Title 7
and Tables.
The Animal Health Protection Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(5), is subtitle E (§§10401–10418) of title X of
Pub. L. 107–171, May 13, 2002, 116 Stat. 494, which is classified principally to chapter 109 (§8301 et seq.) of
Title 7, Agriculture. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under

section 8301 of Title 7 and Tables.
The Lacey Act Amendments of 1981, referred to in subsec. (b)(6), is Pub. L. 97–79, Nov. 16, 1981, 95 Stat.
1073, as amended, which enacted chapter 53 (§3371 et seq.) of Title 16, Conservation, amended section 1540
of Title 16 and section 42 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, repealed sections 667e and 851 to 856
of Title 16 and sections 43, 44, 3054, and 3112 of Title 18, and enacted provisions set out as notes under
sections 1540 and 3371 of Title 16. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set
out under section 3371 of Title 16 and Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section is comprised of section 421 of Pub. L. 107–296. Subsec. (h) of section 421 of Pub. L. 107–296
amended sections 2279e and 2279f of Title 7, Agriculture.

§232. Functions of Administrator of General Services
(a) Operation, maintenance, and protection of Federal buildings and grounds
Nothing in this chapter may be construed to affect the functions or authorities of the Administrator
of General Services with respect to the operation, maintenance, and protection of buildings and
grounds owned or occupied by the Federal Government and under the jurisdiction, custody, or
control of the Administrator. Except for the law enforcement and related security functions
transferred under section 203(3) of this title, the Administrator shall retain all powers, functions, and
authorities vested in the Administrator under chapter 1, except section 121(e)(2)(A), and chapters 5
to 11 of title 40 and other provisions of law that are necessary for the operation, maintenance, and
protection of such buildings and grounds.
(b) Collection of rents and fees; Federal Buildings Fund
(1) Statutory construction
Nothing in this chapter may be construed—
(A) to direct the transfer of, or affect, the authority of the Administrator of General Services
to collect rents and fees, including fees collected for protective services; or
(B) to authorize the Secretary or any other official in the Department to obligate amounts in
the Federal Buildings Fund established by section 592 of title 40.
(2) Use of transferred amounts
Any amounts transferred by the Administrator of General Services to the Secretary out of rents
and fees collected by the Administrator shall be used by the Secretary solely for the protection of
buildings or grounds owned or occupied by the Federal Government.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §422, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2184.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (b)(1), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296,
Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to
this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101
of this title and Tables.
CODIFICATION
"Chapter 1, except section 121(e)(2)(A), and chapters 5 to 11 of title 40" substituted in subsec. (a) for
"chapter 10 of title 40" and "section 592 of title 40" substituted in subsec. (b)(1)(B) for "section 490(f) of title
40" on authority of Pub. L. 107–217, §5(c), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1303, the first section of which enacted
Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works.

§233. Functions of Transportation Security Administration

(a) Consultation with Federal Aviation Administration
The Secretary and other officials in the Department shall consult with the Administrator of the
Federal Aviation Administration before taking any action that might affect aviation safety, air carrier
operations, aircraft airworthiness, or the use of airspace. The Secretary shall establish a liaison office
within the Department for the purpose of consulting with the Administrator of the Federal Aviation
Administration.
(b) Report to Congress
Not later than 60 days after November 25, 2002, the Secretary of Transportation shall transmit to
Congress a report containing a plan for complying with the requirements of section 44901(d) of title
49.
(c) Limitations on statutory construction
(1) Grant of authority
Nothing in this chapter may be construed to vest in the Secretary or any other official in the
Department any authority over transportation security that is not vested in the Under Secretary of
Transportation for Security, or in the Secretary of Transportation under chapter 449 of title 49 on
the day before November 25, 2002.
(2) Obligation of AIP funds
Nothing in this chapter may be construed to authorize the Secretary or any other official in the
Department to obligate amounts made available under section 48103 of title 49.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §423, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2185.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (c), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25,
2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to Under Secretary of Transportation for Security deemed to refer to Administrator of the
Transportation Security Administration, see section 1994 of Pub. L. 115–254, set out as a note under section
114 of Title 49, Transportation.

§234. Preservation of Transportation Security Administration as a distinct entity
Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the Transportation Security Administration
shall be maintained as a distinct entity within the Department.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §424, as added Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII, §802(g)(1)(B)(iv)(I), Feb. 24,
2016, 130 Stat. 212.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.

PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 234, Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §424, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2185, provided for the
preservation of the Transportation Security Administration as a distinct entity applicable until 2 years after
Nov. 25, 2002, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII, §802(g)(1)(B)(iv)(I), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat.
212.

§235. Coordination of information and information technology
(a) Definition of affected agency
In this section, the term "affected agency" means—
(1) the Department;
(2) the Department of Agriculture;
(3) the Department of Health and Human Services; and
(4) any other department or agency determined to be appropriate by the Secretary.
(b) Coordination
The Secretary, in coordination with the Secretary of Agriculture, the Secretary of Health and
Human Services, and the head of each other department or agency determined to be appropriate by
the Secretary, shall ensure that appropriate information (as determined by the Secretary) concerning
inspections of articles that are imported or entered into the United States, and are inspected or
regulated by 1 or more affected agencies, is timely and efficiently exchanged between the affected
agencies.
(c) Report and plan
Not later than 18 months after November 25, 2002, the Secretary, in consultation with the
Secretary of Agriculture, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the head of each other
department or agency determined to be appropriate by the Secretary, shall submit to Congress—
(1) a report on the progress made in implementing this section; and
(2) a plan to complete implementation of this section.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §427, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2187.)

§236. Visa issuance
(a) Definition
In this subsection,1 the term "consular office" 2 has the meaning given that term under section
101(a)(9) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(9)).
(b) In general
Notwithstanding section 104(a) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1104(a)) or any
other provision of law, and except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, the Secretary—
(1) shall be vested exclusively with all authorities to issue regulations with respect to,
administer, and enforce the provisions of such Act [8 U.S.C. 1101 et seq.], and of all other
immigration and nationality laws, relating to the functions of consular officers of the United States
in connection with the granting or refusal of visas, and shall have the authority to refuse visas in
accordance with law and to develop programs of homeland security training for consular officers
(in addition to consular training provided by the Secretary of State), which authorities shall be
exercised through the Secretary of State, except that the Secretary shall not have authority to alter
or reverse the decision of a consular officer to refuse a visa to an alien; and
(2) shall have authority to confer or impose upon any officer or employee of the United States,
with the consent of the head of the executive agency under whose jurisdiction such officer or
employee is serving, any of the functions specified in paragraph (1).
(c) Authority of the Secretary of State

(1) In general
Notwithstanding subsection (b), the Secretary of State may direct a consular officer to refuse a
visa to an alien if the Secretary of State deems such refusal necessary or advisable in the foreign
policy or security interests of the United States.
(2) Construction regarding authority
Nothing in this section, consistent with the Secretary of Homeland Security's authority to refuse
visas in accordance with law, shall be construed as affecting the authorities of the Secretary of
State under the following provisions of law:
(A) Section 101(a)(15)(A) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(15)(A)).
(B) Section 204(d)(2) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1154) (as it will take
effect upon the entry into force of the Convention on Protection of Children and Cooperation in
Respect to Inter-Country adoption).
(C) Section 212(a)(3)(B)(i)(IV)(bb) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C.
1182(a)(3)(B)(i)(IV)(bb)).
(D) Section 212(a)(3)(B)(i)(VI) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C.
1182(a)(3)(B)(i)(VI)).
(E) Section 212(a)(3)(B)(vi)(II) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C.
1182(a)(3)(B)(vi)(II)).
(F) Section 212(a)(3)(C) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(3)(C)).
(G) Section 212(a)(10)(C) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(10)(C)).
(H) Section 212(f) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1182(f)).
(I) Section 219(a) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1189(a)).
(J) Section 237(a)(4)(C) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1227(a)(4)(C)).
(K) Section 401 of the Cuban Liberty and Democratic Solidarity (LIBERTAD) Act of 1996
[22 U.S.C. 6091].
(L) Section 613 of the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary and
Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 1999 3 (as contained in section 101(b) of division A of
Public Law 105–277) (Omnibus Consolidated and Emergency Supplemental Appropriations
Act, 1999); 112 Stat. 2681; H.R. 4328 (originally H.R. 4276) as amended by section 617 of
Public Law 106–553.
(M) Section 103(f) of the Chemical Weapon Convention Implementation Act of 1998 [22
U.S.C. 6713(f)] (112 Stat. 2681–865).
(N) Section 801 of H.R. 3427, the Admiral James W. Nance and Meg Donovan Foreign
Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 2000 and 2001 [8 U.S.C. 1182e], as enacted by
reference in Public Law 106–113.
(O) Section 568 of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs
Appropriations Act, 2002 (Public Law 107–115).
(P) Section 51 of the State Department Basic Authorities Act of 1956 (22 U.S.C. 2723).
(d) Consular officers and chiefs of missions
(1) In general
Nothing in this section may be construed to alter or affect—
(A) the employment status of consular officers as employees of the Department of State; or
(B) the authority of a chief of mission under section 207 of the Foreign Service Act of 1980
(22 U.S.C. 3927).
(2) Construction regarding delegation of authority
Nothing in this section shall be construed to affect any delegation of authority to the Secretary
of State by the President pursuant to any proclamation issued under section 212(f) of the
Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1182(f)), consistent with the Secretary of Homeland
Security's authority to refuse visas in accordance with law.
(e) Assignment of Homeland Security employees to diplomatic and consular posts

(1) In general
The Secretary is authorized to assign employees of the Department to each diplomatic and
consular post at which visas are issued, unless the Secretary determines that such an assignment at
a particular post would not promote homeland security.
(2) Functions
Employees assigned under paragraph (1) shall perform the following functions:
(A) Provide expert advice and training to consular officers regarding specific security threats
relating to the adjudication of individual visa applications or classes of applications.
(B) Review any such applications, either on the initiative of the employee of the Department
or upon request by a consular officer or other person charged with adjudicating such
applications.
(C) Conduct investigations with respect to consular matters under the jurisdiction of the
Secretary.
(3) Evaluation of consular officers
The Secretary of State shall evaluate, in consultation with the Secretary, as deemed appropriate
by the Secretary, the performance of consular officers with respect to the processing and
adjudication of applications for visas in accordance with performance standards developed by the
Secretary for these procedures.
(4) Report
The Secretary shall, on an annual basis, submit a report to Congress that describes the basis for
each determination under paragraph (1) that the assignment of an employee of the Department at a
particular diplomatic post would not promote homeland security.
(5) Permanent assignment; participation in terrorist lookout committee
When appropriate, employees of the Department assigned to perform functions described in
paragraph (2) may be assigned permanently to overseas diplomatic or consular posts with
country-specific or regional responsibility. If the Secretary so directs, any such employee, when
present at an overseas post, shall participate in the terrorist lookout committee established under
section 304 of the Enhanced Border Security and Visa Entry Reform Act of 2002 (8 U.S.C. 1733).
(6) Training and hiring
(A) In general
The Secretary shall ensure, to the extent possible, that any employees of the Department
assigned to perform functions under paragraph (2) and, as appropriate, consular officers, shall
be provided the necessary training to enable them to carry out such functions, including training
in foreign languages, interview techniques, and fraud detection techniques, in conditions in the
particular country where each employee is assigned, and in other appropriate areas of study.
(B) Use of Center
The Secretary is authorized to use the National Foreign Affairs Training Center, on a
reimbursable basis, to obtain the training described in subparagraph (A).
(7) Report
Not later than 1 year after November 25, 2002, the Secretary and the Secretary of State shall
submit to Congress—
(A) a report on the implementation of this subsection; and
(B) any legislative proposals necessary to further the objectives of this subsection.
(8) Effective date
This subsection shall take effect on the earlier of—
(A) the date on which the President publishes notice in the Federal Register that the President
has submitted a report to Congress setting forth a memorandum of understanding between the
Secretary and the Secretary of State governing the implementation of this section; or

(B) the date occurring 1 year after November 25, 2002.
(f) No creation of private right of action
Nothing in this section shall be construed to create or authorize a private right of action to
challenge a decision of a consular officer or other United States official or employee to grant or deny
a visa.
(g) Study regarding use of foreign nationals
(1) In general
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall conduct a study of the role of foreign nationals in the
granting or refusal of visas and other documents authorizing entry of aliens into the United States.
The study shall address the following:
(A) The proper role, if any, of foreign nationals in the process of rendering decisions on such
grants and refusals.
(B) Any security concerns involving the employment of foreign nationals.
(C) Whether there are cost-effective alternatives to the use of foreign nationals.
(2) Report
Not later than 1 year after November 25, 2002, the Secretary shall submit a report containing
the findings of the study conducted under paragraph (1) to the Committee on the Judiciary, the
Committee on International Relations, and the Committee on Government Reform of the House of
Representatives, and the Committee on the Judiciary, the Committee on Foreign Relations, and the
Committee on Government 4 Affairs of the Senate.
(h) Report
Not later than 120 days after November 25, 2002, the Director of the Office of Science and
Technology Policy shall submit to Congress a report on how the provisions of this section will affect
procedures for the issuance of student visas.
(i) Visa issuance program for Saudi Arabia
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, after November 25, 2002, all third party screening
programs in Saudi Arabia shall be terminated. On-site personnel of the Department of Homeland
Security shall review all visa applications prior to adjudication.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §428, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2187.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Immigration and Nationality Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is act June 27, 1952, ch. 477, 66 Stat.
163, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 12 (§1101 et seq.) of Title 8, Aliens and
Nationality. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1101
of Title 8 and Tables.
Section 613 of the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary and Related Agencies
Appropriations Act, 1999, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(L), probably means section 101(b) [title VI, §616] of
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–50, 2681–114, as amended, which prohibits use of
funds for issuance of visas to persons alleged to have ordered, carried out, or materially assisted in
extrajudicial and political killings in Haiti and to certain others and is not classified to the Code.
Section 103(f) of the Chemical Weapon Convention Implementation Act of 1998, referred to in subsec.
(c)(2)(M), probably means section 103(f) of the Chemical Weapons Convention Implementation Act of 1998,
which is classified to section 6713(f) of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
Section 568 of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2002,
referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(O), is section 568 of title V of Pub. L. 107–115, Jan. 10, 2002, 115 Stat. 2166,
which is not classified to the Code.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES

CHANGE OF NAME
References to National Foreign Affairs Training Center considered to refer to George P. Shultz National
Foreign Affairs Training Center, see section 1(b) of Pub. L. 107–132, set out as a note under section 4021 of
Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
Committee on International Relations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Foreign
Affairs of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007.
Committee on Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Oversight and
Government Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress,
Jan. 5, 2007. Committee on Oversight and Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to
Committee on Oversight and Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred
Sixteenth Congress, Jan. 9, 2019.
Committee on Governmental Affairs of Senate changed to Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of Senate, effective Jan. 4, 2005, by Senate Resolution No. 445, One Hundred Eighth
Congress, Oct. 9, 2004.
1

So in original. Probably should be "section".

2

So in original. Probably should be " 'consular officer' ".

3

See References in Text note below.

4

So in original. Probably should be "Governmental".

§237. Information on visa denials required to be entered into electronic data
system
(a) In general
Whenever a consular officer of the United States denies a visa to an applicant, the consular officer
shall enter the fact and the basis of the denial and the name of the applicant into the interoperable
electronic data system implemented under section 1722(a) of title 8.
(b) Prohibition
In the case of any alien with respect to whom a visa has been denied under subsection (a)—
(1) no subsequent visa may be issued to the alien unless the consular officer considering the
alien's visa application has reviewed the information concerning the alien placed in the
interoperable electronic data system, has indicated on the alien's application that the information
has been reviewed, and has stated for the record why the visa is being issued or a waiver of visa
ineligibility recommended in spite of that information; and
(2) the alien may not be admitted to the United States without a visa issued in accordance with
the procedures described in paragraph (1).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §429, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2191.)

§238. Office for Domestic Preparedness
(a) Establishment
There is established in the Department an Office for Domestic Preparedness.
(b) Director
There shall be a Director of the Office for Domestic Preparedness, who shall be appointed by the
President.
(c) Responsibilities

The Office for Domestic Preparedness shall have the primary responsibility within the executive
branch of Government for the preparedness of the United States for acts of terrorism, including—
(1) coordinating preparedness efforts at the Federal level, and working with all State, local,
tribal, parish, and private sector emergency response providers on all matters pertaining to
combating terrorism, including training, exercises, and equipment support;
(2) coordinating or, as appropriate, consolidating communications and systems of
communications relating to homeland security at all levels of government;
(3) directing and supervising terrorism preparedness grant programs of the Federal Government
(other than those programs administered by the Department of Health and Human Services) for all
emergency response providers;
(4) incorporating the Strategy priorities into planning guidance on an agency level for the
preparedness efforts of the Office for Domestic Preparedness;
(5) providing agency-specific training for agents and analysts within the Department, other
agencies, and State and local agencies and international entities;
(6) as the lead executive branch agency for preparedness of the United States for acts of
terrorism, cooperating closely with the Federal Emergency Management Agency, which shall have
the primary responsibility within the executive branch to prepare for and mitigate the effects of
nonterrorist-related disasters in the United States;
(7) assisting and supporting the Secretary, in coordination with other Directorates and entities
outside the Department, in conducting appropriate risk analysis and risk management activities of
State, local, and tribal governments consistent with the mission and functions of the Department;
(8) those elements of the Office of National Preparedness of the Federal Emergency
Management Agency which relate to terrorism, which shall be consolidated within the Department
in the Office for Domestic Preparedness established under this section; and
(9) helping to ensure the acquisition of interoperable communication technology by State and
local governments and emergency response providers.
(d) Fiscal years 2003 and 2004
During fiscal year 2003 and fiscal year 2004, the Director of the Office for Domestic Preparedness
established under this section shall manage and carry out those functions of the Office for Domestic
Preparedness of the Department of Justice (transferred under this section) before September 11,
2001, under the same terms, conditions, policies, and authorities, and with the required level of
personnel, assets, and budget before September 11, 2001.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §430, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2191; Pub. L. 108–458, title VII,
§7303(h)(2), Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3847; Pub. L. 112–166, §2(f)(1), Aug. 10, 2012, 126 Stat.
1284; Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII, §802(g)(1)(B)(iv)(II), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 212.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2016—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 114–125, §802(g)(1)(B)(iv)(II)(aa), amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to
amendment, text read as follows: "The Office for Domestic Preparedness shall be within the Directorate of
Border and Transportation Security."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 114–125, §802(g)(1)(B)(iv)(II)(bb), struck out at end "The Director of the Office for
Domestic Preparedness shall report directly to the Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security."
Subsec. (c)(7). Pub. L. 114–125, §802(g)(1)(B)(iv)(II)(cc), substituted "functions of the Department" for
"functions of the Directorate".
2012—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 112–166 struck out ", by and with the advice and consent of the Senate" before
period at end of first sentence.
2004—Subsec. (c)(9). Pub. L. 108–458 added par. (9).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2012 AMENDMENT

Amendment by Pub. L. 112–166 effective 60 days after Aug. 10, 2012, and applicable to appointments
made on and after that effective date, including any nomination pending in the Senate on that date, see section
6(a) of Pub. L. 112–166, set out as a note under section 113 of this title.

§239. Office of Cargo Security Policy
(a) Establishment
There is established within the Department an Office of Cargo Security Policy (referred to in this
section as the "Office").
(b) Purpose
The Office shall—
(1) coordinate all Department policies relating to cargo security; and
(2) consult with stakeholders and coordinate with other Federal agencies in the establishment of
standards and regulations and to promote best practices.
(c) Director
(1) Appointment
The Office shall be headed by a Director, who shall—
(A) be appointed by the Secretary; and
(B) report to the Assistant Secretary for Policy.
(2) Responsibilities
The Director shall—
(A) advise the Assistant Secretary for Policy in the development of Department-wide policies
regarding cargo security;
(B) coordinate all policies relating to cargo security among the agencies and offices within
the Department relating to cargo security; and
(C) coordinate the cargo security policies of the Department with the policies of other
executive agencies.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §431, as added Pub. L. 109–347, title III, §301(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120
Stat. 1920.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
RULE OF CONSTRUCTION
Pub. L. 109–347, title III, §301(c), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1920, provided that: "Nothing in this section
[enacting this section and section 1001 of this title] shall be construed to affect—
"(1) the authorities, functions, or capabilities of the Coast Guard to perform its missions; or
"(2) the requirement under section 888 of the Homeland Security Act (6 U.S.C. 468) that those
authorities, functions, and capabilities be maintained intact."

§240. Border Enforcement Security Task Force
(a) Establishment
There is established within the Department a program to be known as the Border Enforcement
Security Task Force (referred to in this section as "BEST").
(b) Purpose
The purpose of BEST is to establish units to enhance border security by addressing and reducing
border security threats and violence by—
(1) facilitating collaboration among Federal, State, local, tribal, and foreign law enforcement
agencies to execute coordinated activities in furtherance of border security, and homeland

security; and
(2) enhancing information-sharing, including the dissemination of homeland security
information among such agencies.
(c) Composition and establishment of units
(1) Composition
BEST units may be comprised of personnel from—
(A) U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement;
(B) U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
(C) the United States Coast Guard;
(D) other Department personnel, as appropriate 1
(E) other Federal agencies, as appropriate;
(F) appropriate State law enforcement agencies;
(G) foreign law enforcement agencies, as appropriate;
(H) local law enforcement agencies from affected border cities and communities; and
(I) appropriate tribal law enforcement agencies.
(2) Establishment of units
The Secretary is authorized to establish BEST units in jurisdictions in which such units can
contribute to BEST missions, as appropriate. Before establishing a BEST unit, the Secretary shall
consider—
(A) whether the area in which the BEST unit would be established is significantly impacted
by cross-border threats;
(B) the availability of Federal, State, local, tribal, and foreign law enforcement resources to
participate in the BEST unit;
(C) the extent to which border security threats are having a significant harmful impact in the
jurisdiction in which the BEST unit is to be established, and other jurisdictions in the country;
and
(D) whether or not an Integrated Border Enforcement Team already exists in the area in
which the BEST unit would be established.
(3) Duplication of efforts
In determining whether to establish a new BEST unit or to expand an existing BEST unit in a
given jurisdiction, the Secretary shall ensure that the BEST unit under consideration does not
duplicate the efforts of other existing interagency task forces or centers within that jurisdiction.
(d) Operation
After determining the jurisdictions in which to establish BEST units under subsection (c)(2), and
in order to provide Federal assistance to such jurisdictions, the Secretary may—
(1) direct the assignment of Federal personnel to BEST, subject to the approval of the head of
the department or agency that employs such personnel; and
(2) take other actions to assist Federal, State, local, and tribal entities to participate in BEST,
including providing financial assistance, as appropriate, for operational, administrative, and
technological costs associated with the participation of Federal, State, local, and tribal law
enforcement agencies in BEST.
(e) Report
Not later than 180 days after the date on which BEST is established under this section, and
annually thereafter for the following 5 years, the Secretary shall submit a report to Congress that
describes the effectiveness of BEST in enhancing border security and reducing the drug trafficking,
arms smuggling, illegal alien trafficking and smuggling, violence, and kidnapping along and across
the international borders of the United States, as measured by crime statistics, including violent
deaths, incidents of violence, and drug-related arrests.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §432, as added Pub. L. 112–205, §3(a), Dec. 7, 2012, 126 Stat. 1488.)

STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
FINDINGS AND DECLARATION OF PURPOSES
Pub. L. 112–205, §2, Dec. 7, 2012, 126 Stat. 1487, provided that: "Congress finds the following:
"(1) The Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) overriding mission is to lead a unified national
effort to protect the United States. United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) is the largest
investigative agency within DHS and is charged with enforcing a wide array of laws, including laws related
to securing the border and combating criminal smuggling.
"(2) Mexico's northern border with the United States has experienced a dramatic surge in border crime
and violence in recent years due to intense competition between Mexican drug cartels and criminal
smuggling organizations that employ predatory tactics to realize their profits.
"(3) Law enforcement agencies at the United States northern border also face challenges from
transnational smuggling organizations.
"(4) In response, DHS has partnered with Federal, State, local, tribal, and foreign law enforcement
counterparts to create the Border Enforcement Security Task Force (BEST) initiative as a comprehensive
approach to addressing border security threats. These multi-agency teams are designed to increase
information-sharing and collaboration among the participating law enforcement agencies.
"(5) BEST teams incorporate personnel from ICE, United States Customs and Border Protection
(CBP), the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and
Explosives (ATFE), the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), the United States Coast Guard (USCG), and
the U.S. Attorney's Office (USAO), along with other key Federal, State and local law enforcement
agencies.
"(6) Foreign law enforcement agencies participating in BEST include Mexico's Secretaria de
Seguridad Publica (SSP), the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA), the Ontario Provincial Police
(OPP), and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP)."
1

So in original. Probably should be followed by a semicolon.

§241. Prevention of international child abduction
(a) Program established
The Secretary, through the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection (referred to in
this section as "CBP"), in coordination with the Secretary of State, the Attorney General, and the
Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, shall establish a program that—
(1) seeks to prevent a child (as defined in section 1204(b)(1) of title 18) from departing from the
territory of the United States if a parent or legal guardian of such child presents a court order from
a court of competent jurisdiction prohibiting the removal of such child from the United States to a
CBP Officer in sufficient time to prevent such departure for the duration of such court order; and
(2) leverages other existing authorities and processes to address the wrongful removal and
return of a child.
(b) Interagency coordination
(1) In general
The Secretary of State shall convene and chair an interagency working group to prevent
international parental child abduction. The group shall be composed of presidentially appointed,
Senate confirmed officials from—
(A) the Department of State;
(B) the Department of Homeland Security, including U.S. Customs and Border Protection
and U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement; and
(C) the Department of Justice, including the Federal Bureau of Investigation.
(2) Department of Defense
The Secretary of Defense shall designate an official within the Department of Defense—

(A) to coordinate with the Department of State on international child abduction issues; and
(B) to oversee activities designed to prevent or resolve international child abduction cases
relating to active duty military service members.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §433, as added Pub. L. 113–150, title III, §301(a), Aug. 8, 2014, 128 Stat.
1822.)

§242. Department of Homeland Security Blue Campaign
(a) Definition
In this section, the term "human trafficking" means an act or practice described in paragraph (9) or
(10) 1 of section 7102 of title 22.
(b) Establishment
There is established within the Department a program, which shall be known as the "Blue
Campaign". The Blue Campaign shall be headed by a Director, who shall be appointed by the
Secretary.
(c) Purpose
The purpose of the Blue Campaign shall be to unify and coordinate Department efforts to address
human trafficking.
(d) Responsibilities
The Secretary, working through the Director, shall, in accordance with subsection (e)—
(1) issue Department-wide guidance to appropriate Department personnel;
(2) develop training programs for such personnel;
(3) coordinate departmental efforts, including training for such personnel; and
(4) provide guidance and training on trauma-informed practices to ensure that human trafficking
victims are afforded prompt access to victim support service providers, in addition to the
assistance required under section 7105 of title 22, to address their immediate and long-term needs.
(e) Guidance and training
The Blue Campaign shall provide guidance and training to Department personnel and other
Federal, State, tribal, and law enforcement personnel, as appropriate, regarding—
(1) programs to help identify instances of human trafficking;
(2) the types of information that should be collected and recorded in information technology
systems utilized by the Department to help identify individuals suspected or convicted of human
trafficking;
(3) systematic and routine information sharing within the Department and among Federal, State,
tribal, and local law enforcement agencies regarding—
(A) individuals suspected or convicted of human trafficking; and
(B) patterns and practices of human trafficking;
(4) techniques to identify suspected victims of trafficking along the United States border and at
airport security checkpoints;
(5) methods to be used by the Transportation Security Administration and personnel from other
appropriate agencies to—
(A) train employees of the Transportation Security Administration to identify suspected
victims of trafficking; and
(B) serve as a liaison and resource regarding human trafficking prevention to appropriate
State, local, and private sector aviation workers and the traveling public;
(6) utilizing resources, such as indicator cards, fact sheets, pamphlets, posters, brochures, and
radio and television campaigns to—

(A) educate partners and stakeholders; and
(B) increase public awareness of human trafficking;
(7) leveraging partnerships with State and local governmental, nongovernmental, and private
sector organizations to raise public awareness of human trafficking; and
(8) any other activities the Secretary determines necessary to carry out the Blue Campaign.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §434, as added Pub. L. 115–125, §2(a), Feb. 14, 2018, 132 Stat. 315.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Paragraphs (9) and (10) of section 7102 of title 22, referred to in subsec. (a), were redesignated pars. (11)
and (12), respectively, of section 7102 of title 22 by Pub. L. 115–427, §2(1), Jan. 9, 2019, 132 Stat. 5503.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS
Pub. L. 115–125, §3, Feb. 14, 2018, 132 Stat. 316, provided that: "Not later than one year after the date of
the enactment of this Act [Feb. 14, 2018], the Secretary of Homeland Security shall ensure, in accordance
with the Department of Homeland Security-wide guidance required under section 434(d) of the Homeland
Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 242(d)], as added by section 2 of this Act, the integration of information
technology systems utilized within the Department to record and track information regarding individuals
suspected or convicted of human trafficking (as such term is defined in such section)."
1

See References in Text note below.

§243. Maritime operations coordination plan
(a) In general
Not later than 180 days after October 5, 2018, and biennially thereafter, the Secretary shall—
(1) update the Maritime Operations Coordination Plan, published by the Department on July 7,
2011, to strengthen coordination, planning, information sharing, and intelligence integration for
maritime operations of components and offices of the Department with responsibility for maritime
security missions; and
(2) submit each update to the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation and the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on
Transportation and Infrastructure and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of
Representatives.
(b) Contents
Each update shall address the following:
(1) Coordinating the planning, integration of maritime operations, and development of joint
maritime domain awareness efforts of any component or office of the Department with
responsibility for maritime security missions.
(2) Maintaining effective information sharing and, as appropriate, intelligence integration, with
Federal, State, and local officials and the private sector, regarding threats to maritime security.
(3) Cooperating and coordinating with Federal departments and agencies, and State and local
agencies, in the maritime environment, in support of maritime security missions.
(4) Highlighting the work completed within the context of other national and Department
maritime security strategic guidance and how that work fits with the Maritime Operations
Coordination Plan.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §435, as added Pub. L. 115–254, div. J, §1807(a), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat.

3536.)

§244. Maritime security capabilities assessments
Not later than 180 days after October 5, 2018, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit
to the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation and the Committee on Homeland
Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Transportation and
Infrastructure and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives, an
assessment of the number and type of maritime assets and the number of personnel required to
increase the Department's maritime response rate pursuant to section 223 of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §436, as added Pub. L. 115–254, div. J, §1811(a), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat.
3538.)

PART D—IMMIGRATION ENFORCEMENT FUNCTIONS
§251. Transfer of functions
In accordance with subchapter XII (relating to transition provisions), there shall be transferred
from the Commissioner of Immigration and Naturalization to the Secretary all functions performed
under the following programs, and all personnel, assets, and liabilities pertaining to such programs,
immediately before such transfer occurs:
(1) The Border Patrol program.
(2) The detention and removal program.
(3) The intelligence program.
(4) The investigations program.
(5) The inspections program.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §441, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2192; Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII,
§802(g)(1)(B)(v)(I), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 212.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2016—Pub. L. 114–125 substituted "Transfer of functions" for "Transfer of functions to Under Secretary
for Border and Transportation Security" in section catchline and "Secretary" for "Under Secretary for Border
and Transportation Security" in introductory provisions.

§252. Establishment of Bureau of Border Security
(a) Establishment of Bureau
(1) In general
There shall be in the Department of Homeland Security a bureau to be known as the "Bureau of
Border Security".
(2) Assistant Secretary
The head of the Bureau of Border Security shall be the Assistant Secretary of the Bureau of
Border Security, who—
(A) shall report directly to the Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security; and
(B) shall have a minimum of 5 years professional experience in law enforcement, and a
minimum of 5 years of management experience.

(3) Functions
The Assistant Secretary of the Bureau of Border Security—
(A) shall establish the policies for performing such functions as are—
(i) transferred to the Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security by section
251 of this title and delegated to the Assistant Secretary by the Under Secretary for Border
and Transportation Security; or
(ii) otherwise vested in the Assistant Secretary by law;
(B) shall oversee the administration of such policies; and
(C) shall advise the Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security with respect to
any policy or operation of the Bureau of Border Security that may affect the Bureau of
Citizenship and Immigration Services established under part E of this subchapter, including
potentially conflicting policies or operations.
(4) Program to collect information relating to foreign students
The Assistant Secretary of the Bureau of Border Security shall be responsible for administering
the program to collect information relating to nonimmigrant foreign students and other exchange
program participants described in section 1372 of title 8, including the Student and Exchange
Visitor Information System established under that section, and shall use such information to carry
out the enforcement functions of the Bureau.
(5) Managerial rotation program
(A) In general
Not later than 1 year after the date on which the transfer of functions specified under section
251 of this title takes effect, the Assistant Secretary of the Bureau of Border Security shall
design and implement a managerial rotation program under which employees of such bureau
holding positions involving supervisory or managerial responsibility and classified, in
accordance with chapter 51 of title 5, as a GS–14 or above, shall—
(i) gain some experience in all the major functions performed by such bureau; and
(ii) work in at least one local office of such bureau.
(B) Report
Not later than 2 years after the date on which the transfer of functions specified under section
251 of this title takes effect, the Secretary shall submit a report to the Congress on the
implementation of such program.
(b) Chief of Policy and Strategy
(1) In general
There shall be a position of Chief of Policy and Strategy for the Bureau of Border Security.
(2) Functions
In consultation with Bureau of Border Security personnel in local offices, the Chief of Policy
and Strategy shall be responsible for—
(A) making policy recommendations and performing policy research and analysis on
immigration enforcement issues; and
(B) coordinating immigration policy issues with the Chief of Policy and Strategy for the
Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services (established under part E of this subchapter), as
appropriate.
(c) Legal advisor
There shall be a principal legal advisor to the Assistant Secretary of the Bureau of Border
Security. The legal advisor shall provide specialized legal advice to the Assistant Secretary of the
Bureau of Border Security and shall represent the bureau in all exclusion, deportation, and removal
proceedings before the Executive Office for Immigration Review.

(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §442, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2193.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Part E of this subchapter, referred to in subsecs. (a)(3)(C) and (b)(2)(B), was in the original "subtitle E",
meaning subtitle E (§§451–462) of title IV of Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2195, which enacted
part E (§271 et seq.) of this subchapter, amended sections 1356 and 1573 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality,
and enacted provisions set out as a note under section 271 of this title. For complete classification of subtitle E
to the Code, see Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Bureau of Border Security, referred to in section catchline and text, changed to Bureau of Immigration and
Customs Enforcement by Reorganization Plan Modification for the Department of Homeland Security, eff.
Mar. 1, 2003, H. Doc. No. 108–32, 108th Congress, 1st Session, set out as a note under section 542 of this
title.

§253. Professional responsibility and quality review
The Secretary shall be responsible for—
(1) conducting investigations of noncriminal allegations of misconduct, corruption, and fraud
involving any employee of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement that are not subject to
investigation by the Inspector General for the Department;
(2) inspecting the operations of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement and providing
assessments of the quality of the operations of such bureau as a whole and each of its components;
and
(3) providing an analysis of the management of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §443, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2194; Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII,
§802(g)(1)(B)(v)(II), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 212.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2016—Pub. L. 114–125 substituted "Secretary" for "Under Secretary for Border and Transportation
Security" in introductory provisions and "U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement" for "the Bureau of
Border Security" in pars. (1) to (3).

§254. Employee discipline
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary may impose disciplinary action on any
employee of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement and U.S. Customs and Border Protection
who willfully deceives Congress or agency leadership on any matter.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §444, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2194; Pub. L. 114–125, title VIII,
§802(g)(1)(B)(v)(III), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 212.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2016—Pub. L. 114–125 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Under
Secretary for Border and Transportation Security may, notwithstanding any other provision of law, impose

disciplinary action, including termination of employment, pursuant to policies and procedures applicable to
employees of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, on any employee of the Bureau of Border Security who
willfully deceives the Congress or agency leadership on any matter."

§255. Report on improving enforcement functions
(a) In general
The Secretary, not later than 1 year after being sworn into office, shall submit to the Committees
on Appropriations and the Judiciary of the House of Representatives and of the Senate a report with
a plan detailing how the Bureau of Border Security, after the transfer of functions specified under
section 251 of this title takes effect, will enforce comprehensively, effectively, and fairly all the
enforcement provisions of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101 et seq.) relating to
such functions.
(b) Consultation
In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary of Homeland Security shall consult with the Attorney
General, the Secretary of State, the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Secretary of
the Treasury, the Secretary of Labor, the Commissioner of Social Security, the Director of the
Executive Office for Immigration Review, and the heads of State and local law enforcement agencies
to determine how to most effectively conduct enforcement operations.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §445, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2194.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Immigration and Nationality Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is act June 27, 1952, ch. 477, 66 Stat. 163,
as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 12 (§1101 et seq.) of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality. For
complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1101 of Title 8 and
Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Bureau of Border Security, referred to in subsec. (a), changed to Bureau of Immigration and Customs
Enforcement by Reorganization Plan Modification for the Department of Homeland Security, eff. Mar. 1,
2003, H. Doc. No. 108–32, 108th Congress, 1st Session, set out as a note under section 542 of this title.

§256. Sense of Congress regarding construction of fencing near San Diego,
California
It is the sense of the Congress that completing the 14-mile border fence project required to be
carried out under section 102(b) of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility
Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1103 note) should be a priority for the Secretary.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §446, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2195.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 102(b) of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996, referred to in
text, is section 102(b) of title I of div. C of Pub. L. 104–208, which is set out as a note under section 1103 of
Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.

§257. Report
(a) In general
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall submit an annual report to the congressional
committees set forth in subsection (b) that includes a description of—
(1) the cross-border tunnels along the border between Mexico and the United States discovered
during the preceding fiscal year; and
(2) the needs of the Department of Homeland Security to effectively prevent, investigate and
prosecute border tunnel construction along the border between Mexico and the United States.
(b) Congressional committees
The congressional committees set forth in this subsection are—
(1) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
(2) the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate;
(3) the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate;
(4) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives;
(5) the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives; and
(6) the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives.
(Pub. L. 112–127, §8, June 5, 2012, 126 Stat. 371.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Border Tunnel Prevention Act of 2012, and not as part of the Homeland
Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

PART E—CITIZENSHIP AND IMMIGRATION SERVICES
§271. Establishment of Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services
(a) Establishment of Bureau
(1) In general
There shall be in the Department a bureau to be known as the "Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services".
(2) Director
The head of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services shall be the Director of the
Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services, who—
(A) shall report directly to the Deputy Secretary;
(B) shall have a minimum of 5 years of management experience; and
(C) shall be paid at the same level as the Assistant Secretary of the Bureau of Border
Security.
(3) Functions
The Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services—
(A) shall establish the policies for performing such functions as are transferred to the Director
by this section or this chapter or otherwise vested in the Director by law;
(B) shall oversee the administration of such policies;
(C) shall advise the Deputy Secretary with respect to any policy or operation of the Bureau of
Citizenship and Immigration Services that may affect the Bureau of Border Security of the

Department, including potentially conflicting policies or operations;
(D) shall establish national immigration services policies and priorities;
(E) shall meet regularly with the Ombudsman described in section 272 of this title to correct
serious service problems identified by the Ombudsman; and
(F) shall establish procedures requiring a formal response to any recommendations submitted
in the Ombudsman's annual report to Congress within 3 months after its submission to
Congress.
(4) Managerial rotation program
(A) In general
Not later than 1 year after the effective date specified in section 455,1 the Director of the
Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services shall design and implement a managerial
rotation program under which employees of such bureau holding positions involving
supervisory or managerial responsibility and classified, in accordance with chapter 51 of title 5,
as a GS–14 or above, shall—
(i) gain some experience in all the major functions performed by such bureau; and
(ii) work in at least one field office and one service center of such bureau.
(B) Report
Not later than 2 years after the effective date specified in section 455,1 the Secretary shall
submit a report to Congress on the implementation of such program.
(5) Pilot initiatives for backlog elimination
The Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services is authorized to implement
innovative pilot initiatives to eliminate any remaining backlog in the processing of immigration
benefit applications, and to prevent any backlog in the processing of such applications from
recurring, in accordance with section 1573(a) of title 8. Such initiatives may include measures
such as increasing personnel, transferring personnel to focus on areas with the largest potential for
backlog, and streamlining paperwork.
(b) Transfer of functions from Commissioner
In accordance with subchapter XII (relating to transition provisions), there are transferred from the
Commissioner of Immigration and Naturalization to the Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services the following functions, and all personnel, infrastructure, and funding provided
to the Commissioner in support of such functions immediately before the effective date specified in
section 455: 1
(1) Adjudications of immigrant visa petitions.
(2) Adjudications of naturalization petitions.
(3) Adjudications of asylum and refugee applications.
(4) Adjudications performed at service centers.
(5) All other adjudications performed by the Immigration and Naturalization Service
immediately before the effective date specified in section 455.1
(c) Chief of Policy and Strategy
(1) In general
There shall be a position of Chief of Policy and Strategy for the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services.
(2) Functions
In consultation with Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services personnel in field offices,
the Chief of Policy and Strategy shall be responsible for—
(A) making policy recommendations and performing policy research and analysis on
immigration services issues; and
(B) coordinating immigration policy issues with the Chief of Policy and Strategy for the

Bureau of Border Security of the Department.
(d) Legal advisor
(1) In general
There shall be a principal legal advisor to the Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services.
(2) Functions
The legal advisor shall be responsible for—
(A) providing specialized legal advice, opinions, determinations, regulations, and any other
assistance to the Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services with respect to
legal matters affecting the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services; and
(B) representing the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services in visa petition appeal
proceedings before the Executive Office for Immigration Review.
(e) Budget Officer
(1) In general
There shall be a Budget Officer for the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services.
(2) Functions
(A) In general
The Budget Officer shall be responsible for—
(i) formulating and executing the budget of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration
Services;
(ii) financial management of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services; and
(iii) collecting all payments, fines, and other debts for the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services.
(f) Chief of Office of Citizenship
(1) In general
There shall be a position of Chief of the Office of Citizenship for the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services.
(2) Functions
The Chief of the Office of Citizenship for the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services
shall be responsible for promoting instruction and training on citizenship responsibilities for aliens
interested in becoming naturalized citizens of the United States, including the development of
educational materials.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §451, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2195; Pub. L. 110–382, §2(a), Oct. 9,
2008, 122 Stat. 4087.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (a)(3)(A), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov.
25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
For the effective date specified in section 455, referred to in subsecs. (a)(4) and (b), see Effective Date note
below.
AMENDMENTS
2008—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–382, §§2(a), 4, temporarily added subsec. (g) which established an Office
of the FBI Liaison in the Department of Homeland Security, defined its functions, and authorized
appropriations. See Termination Date of 2008 Amendment note below.

STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Bureau of Border Security, referred to in subsecs. (a)(2)(C), (3)(C), and (c)(2)(B), changed to Bureau of
Immigration and Customs Enforcement by Reorganization Plan Modification for the Department of Homeland
Security, eff. Mar. 1, 2003, H. Doc. No. 108–32, 108th Congress, 1st Session, set out as a note under section
542 of this title.
TERMINATION DATE OF 2008 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 110–382, §4, Oct. 9, 2008, 122 Stat. 4089, provided that: "This Act [amending this section and
section 1439 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and
section 1101 of Title 8] and the amendments made by this Act are repealed on the date that is 5 years after the
date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 9, 2008]."
EFFECTIVE DATE
Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §455, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2200, provided that: "Notwithstanding section 4
[enacting provisions set out as a note under section 101 of this title], sections 451 through 456 [enacting this
section and sections 272 to 275 of this title], and the amendments made by such sections, shall take effect on
the date on which the transfer of functions specified under section 441 [enacting section 251 of this title] takes
effect." [For date on which transfer of functions specified under section 441 takes effect, see section 251 of
this title and Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan, Nov. 25, 2002, set out as a note under
section 542 of this title.]
RULEMAKING
Pub. L. 110–382, §2(b), Oct. 9, 2008, 122 Stat. 4087, which required the Secretary of Homeland Security,
in consultation with the Attorney General, to promulgate rules to carry out the amendment made by section
2(a) of Pub. L. 110–382 no later than 180 days after Oct. 9, 2008, was repealed by Pub. L. 110–382, §4, Oct.
9, 2008, 122 Stat. 4089, effective 5 years after Oct. 9, 2008.
1

See References in Text note below.

§272. Citizenship and Immigration Services Ombudsman
(a) In general
Within the Department, there shall be a position of Citizenship and Immigration Services
Ombudsman (in this section referred to as the "Ombudsman"). The Ombudsman shall report directly
to the Deputy Secretary. The Ombudsman shall have a background in customer service as well as
immigration law.
(b) Functions
It shall be the function of the Ombudsman—
(1) to assist individuals and employers in resolving problems with the Bureau of Citizenship
and Immigration Services;
(2) to identify areas in which individuals and employers have problems in dealing with the
Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services; and
(3) to the extent possible, to propose changes in the administrative practices of the Bureau of
Citizenship and Immigration Services to mitigate problems identified under paragraph (2).
(c) Annual reports
(1) Objectives
Not later than June 30 of each calendar year, the Ombudsman shall report to the Committee on
the Judiciary of the House of Representatives and the Senate on the objectives of the Office of the
Ombudsman for the fiscal year beginning in such calendar year. Any such report shall contain full
and substantive analysis, in addition to statistical information, and—

(A) shall identify the recommendations the Office of the Ombudsman has made on improving
services and responsiveness of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services;
(B) shall contain a summary of the most pervasive and serious problems encountered by
individuals and employers, including a description of the nature of such problems;
(C) shall contain an inventory of the items described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) for which
action has been taken and the result of such action;
(D) shall contain an inventory of the items described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) for which
action remains to be completed and the period during which each item has remained on such
inventory;
(E) shall contain an inventory of the items described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) for which
no action has been taken, the period during which each item has remained on such inventory,
the reasons for the inaction, and shall identify any official of the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services who is responsible for such inaction;
(F) shall contain recommendations for such administrative action as may be appropriate to
resolve problems encountered by individuals and employers, including problems created by
excessive backlogs in the adjudication and processing of immigration benefit petitions and
applications; and
(G) shall include such other information as the Ombudsman may deem advisable.
(2) Report to be submitted directly
Each report required under this subsection shall be provided directly to the committees
described in paragraph (1) without any prior comment or amendment from the Secretary, Deputy
Secretary, Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services, or any other officer or
employee of the Department or the Office of Management and Budget.
(d) Other responsibilities
The Ombudsman—
(1) shall monitor the coverage and geographic allocation of local offices of the Ombudsman;
(2) shall develop guidance to be distributed to all officers and employees of the Bureau of
Citizenship and Immigration Services outlining the criteria for referral of inquiries to local offices
of the Ombudsman;
(3) shall ensure that the local telephone number for each local office of the Ombudsman is
published and available to individuals and employers served by the office; and
(4) shall meet regularly with the Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration
Services to identify serious service problems and to present recommendations for such
administrative action as may be appropriate to resolve problems encountered by individuals and
employers.
(e) Personnel actions
(1) In general
The Ombudsman shall have the responsibility and authority—
(A) to appoint local ombudsmen and make available at least 1 such ombudsman for each
State; and
(B) to evaluate and take personnel actions (including dismissal) with respect to any employee
of any local office of the Ombudsman.
(2) Consultation
The Ombudsman may consult with the appropriate supervisory personnel of the Bureau of
Citizenship and Immigration Services in carrying out the Ombudsman's responsibilities under this
subsection.
(f) Responsibilities of Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services
The Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services shall establish procedures
requiring a formal response to all recommendations submitted to such director by the Ombudsman
within 3 months after submission to such director.

(g) Operation of local offices
(1) In general
Each local ombudsman—
(A) shall report to the Ombudsman or the delegate thereof;
(B) may consult with the appropriate supervisory personnel of the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services regarding the daily operation of the local office of such ombudsman;
(C) shall, at the initial meeting with any individual or employer seeking the assistance of such
local office, notify such individual or employer that the local offices of the Ombudsman operate
independently of any other component of the Department and report directly to Congress
through the Ombudsman; and
(D) at the local ombudsman's discretion, may determine not to disclose to the Bureau of
Citizenship and Immigration Services contact with, or information provided by, such individual
or employer.
(2) Maintenance of independent communications
Each local office of the Ombudsman shall maintain a phone, facsimile, and other means of
electronic communication access, and a post office address, that is separate from those maintained
by the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services, or any component of the Bureau of
Citizenship and Immigration Services.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §452, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2197.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective on the date on which the transfer of functions specified under section 251 of this title takes
effect, see section 455 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as a note under section 271 of this title.

§273. Professional responsibility and quality review
(a) In general
The Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services shall be responsible for—
(1) conducting investigations of noncriminal allegations of misconduct, corruption, and fraud
involving any employee of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services that are not
subject to investigation by the Inspector General for the Department;
(2) inspecting the operations of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services and
providing assessments of the quality of the operations of such bureau as a whole and each of its
components; and
(3) providing an analysis of the management of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration
Services.
(b) Special considerations
In providing assessments in accordance with subsection (a)(2) with respect to a decision of the
Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services, or any of its components, consideration shall be
given to—
(1) the accuracy of the findings of fact and conclusions of law used in rendering the decision;
(2) any fraud or misrepresentation associated with the decision; and
(3) the efficiency with which the decision was rendered.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §453, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2199.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE

Section effective on the date on which the transfer of functions specified under section 251 of this title takes
effect, see section 455 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as a note under section 271 of this title.

§274. Employee discipline
The Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services may, notwithstanding any
other provision of law, impose disciplinary action, including termination of employment, pursuant to
policies and procedures applicable to employees of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, on any
employee of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services who willfully deceives Congress or
agency leadership on any matter.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §454, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2200.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective on the date on which the transfer of functions specified under section 251 of this title takes
effect, see section 455 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as a note under section 271 of this title.

§275. Transition
(a) References
With respect to any function transferred by this part to, and exercised on or after the effective date
specified in section 455 1 by, the Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services,
any reference in any other Federal law, Executive order, rule, regulation, or delegation of authority,
or any document of or pertaining to a component of government from which such function is
transferred—
(1) to the head of such component is deemed to refer to the Director of the Bureau of
Citizenship and Immigration Services; or
(2) to such component is deemed to refer to the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration
Services.
(b) Other transition issues
(1) Exercise of authorities
Except as otherwise provided by law, a Federal official to whom a function is transferred by this
part may, for purposes of performing the function, exercise all authorities under any other
provision of law that were available with respect to the performance of that function to the official
responsible for the performance of the function immediately before the effective date specified in
section 455.1
(2) Transfer and allocation of appropriations and personnel
The personnel of the Department of Justice employed in connection with the functions
transferred by this part (and functions that the Secretary determines are properly related to the
functions of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services), and the assets, liabilities,
contracts, property, records, and unexpended balance of appropriations, authorizations,
allocations, and other funds employed, held, used, arising from, available to, or to be made
available to, the Immigration and Naturalization Service in connection with the functions
transferred by this part, subject to section 1531 of title 31, shall be transferred to the Director of
the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services for allocation to the appropriate component of
the Department. Unexpended funds transferred pursuant to this paragraph shall be used only for

the purposes for which the funds were originally authorized and appropriated. The Secretary shall
have the right to adjust or realign transfers of funds and personnel effected pursuant to this part for
a period of 2 years after the effective date specified in section 455.1
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §456, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2200.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This part, referred to in text, was in the original "this subtitle", meaning subtitle E (§§451–462) of title IV
of Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2195, which enacted this part, amended sections 1356 and 1573
of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality, and enacted provisions set out as a note under section 271 of this title. For
complete classification of subtitle E to the Code, see Tables.
For the effective date specified in section 455, referred to in text, see section 455 of Pub. L. 107–296, set
out as an Effective Date note under section 271 of this title.
CODIFICATION
In subsec. (b)(2), "section 1531 of title 31" substituted for "section 202 of the Budget and Accounting
Procedures Act of 1950" on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section
of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective on the date on which the transfer of functions specified under section 251 of this title takes
effect, see section 455 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as a note under section 271 of this title.
1

See References in Text note below.

§276. Report on improving immigration services
(a) In general
The Secretary, not later than 1 year after the effective date of this chapter, shall submit to the
Committees on the Judiciary and Appropriations of the House of Representatives and of the Senate a
report with a plan detailing how the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services, after the
transfer of functions specified in this part takes effect, will complete efficiently, fairly, and within a
reasonable time, the adjudications described in paragraphs (1) through (5) of section 271(b) of this
title.
(b) Contents
For each type of adjudication to be undertaken by the Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services, the report shall include the following:
(1) Any potential savings of resources that may be implemented without affecting the quality of
the adjudication.
(2) The goal for processing time with respect to the application.
(3) Any statutory modifications with respect to the adjudication that the Secretary considers
advisable.
(c) Consultation
In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary shall consult with the Secretary of State, the Secretary
of Labor, the Assistant Secretary of the Bureau of Border Security of the Department, and the
Director of the Executive Office for Immigration Review to determine how to streamline and
improve the process for applying for and making adjudications described in section 271(b) of this
title and related processes.

(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §459, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2201.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The effective date of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (a), is 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see section 4 of
Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of this title.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Bureau of Border Security, referred to in subsec. (c), changed to Bureau of Immigration and Customs
Enforcement by Reorganization Plan Modification for the Department of Homeland Security, eff. Mar. 1,
2003, H. Doc. No. 108–32, 108th Congress, 1st Session, set out as a note under section 542 of this title.

§277. Report on responding to fluctuating needs
Not later than 30 days after November 25, 2002, the Attorney General shall submit to Congress a
report on changes in law, including changes in authorizations of appropriations and in
appropriations, that are needed to permit the Immigration and Naturalization Service, and, after the
transfer of functions specified in this part takes effect, the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration
Services of the Department, to ensure a prompt and timely response to emergent, unforeseen, or
impending changes in the number of applications for immigration benefits, and otherwise to ensure
the accommodation of changing immigration service needs.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §460, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2201.)

§278. Application of Internet-based technologies
(a) Establishment of tracking system
The Secretary, not later than 1 year after the effective date of this chapter, in consultation with the
Technology Advisory Committee established under subsection (c), shall establish an Internet-based
system, that will permit a person, employer, immigrant, or nonimmigrant who has filings with the
Secretary for any benefit under the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101 et seq.), access
to online information about the processing status of the filing involved.
(b) Feasibility study for online filing and improved processing
(1) Online filing
The Secretary, in consultation with the Technology Advisory Committee established under
subsection (c), shall conduct a feasibility study on the online filing of the filings described in
subsection (a). The study shall include a review of computerization and technology of the
Immigration and Naturalization Service relating to the immigration services and processing of
filings related to immigrant services. The study shall also include an estimate of the timeframe and
cost and shall consider other factors in implementing such a filing system, including the feasibility
of fee payment online.
(2) Report
A report on the study under this subsection shall be submitted to the Committees on the
Judiciary of the House of Representatives and the Senate not later than 1 year after the effective
date of this chapter.
(c) Technology Advisory Committee
(1) Establishment

The Secretary shall establish, not later than 60 days after the effective date of this chapter, an
advisory committee (in this section referred to as the "Technology Advisory Committee") to assist
the Secretary in—
(A) establishing the tracking system under subsection (a); and
(B) conducting the study under subsection (b).
The Technology Advisory Committee shall be established after consultation with the Committees
on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives and the Senate.
(2) Composition
The Technology Advisory Committee shall be composed of representatives from high
technology companies capable of establishing and implementing the system in an expeditious
manner, and representatives of persons who may use the tracking system described in subsection
(a) and the online filing system described in subsection (b)(1).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §461, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2202.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The effective date of this chapter, referred to in subsecs. (a), (b)(2), and (c)(1), is 60 days after Nov. 25,
2002, see section 4 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of this title.
The Immigration and Nationality Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is act June 27, 1952, ch. 477, 66 Stat. 163,
as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 12 (§1101 et seq.) of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality. For
complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1101 of Title 8 and
Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
TERMINATION OF ADVISORY COMMITTEES
Advisory committees established after Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate not later than the expiration of the 2-year
period beginning on date of their establishment, unless, in the case of a committee established by the President
or an officer of the Federal Government, such committee is renewed by appropriate action prior to expiration
of such 2-year period, or in the case of a committee established by Congress, its duration is otherwise
provided for by law. See section 14 of Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 776, set out in the Appendix to
Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

§279. Children's affairs
(a) Transfer of functions
There are transferred to the Director of the Office of Refugee Resettlement of the Department of
Health and Human Services functions under the immigration laws of the United States with respect
to the care of unaccompanied alien children that were vested by statute in, or performed by, the
Commissioner of Immigration and Naturalization (or any officer, employee, or component of the
Immigration and Naturalization Service) immediately before the effective date specified in
subsection (d).
(b) Functions
(1) In general
Pursuant to the transfer made by subsection (a), the Director of the Office of Refugee
Resettlement shall be responsible for—
(A) coordinating and implementing the care and placement of unaccompanied alien children
who are in Federal custody by reason of their immigration status, including developing a plan to
be submitted to Congress on how to ensure that qualified and independent legal counsel is

timely appointed to represent the interests of each such child, consistent with the law regarding
appointment of counsel that is in effect on November 25, 2002;
(B) ensuring that the interests of the child are considered in decisions and actions relating to
the care and custody of an unaccompanied alien child;
(C) making placement determinations for all unaccompanied alien children who are in
Federal custody by reason of their immigration status;
(D) implementing the placement determinations;
(E) implementing policies with respect to the care and placement of unaccompanied alien
children;
(F) identifying a sufficient number of qualified individuals, entities, and facilities to house
unaccompanied alien children;
(G) overseeing the infrastructure and personnel of facilities in which unaccompanied alien
children reside;
(H) reuniting unaccompanied alien children with a parent abroad in appropriate cases;
(I) compiling, updating, and publishing at least annually a state-by-state list of professionals
or other entities qualified to provide guardian and attorney representation services for
unaccompanied alien children;
(J) maintaining statistical information and other data on unaccompanied alien children for
whose care and placement the Director is responsible, which shall include—
(i) biographical information, such as a child's name, gender, date of birth, country of birth,
and country of habitual residence;
(ii) the date on which the child came into Federal custody by reason of his or her
immigration status;
(iii) information relating to the child's placement, removal, or release from each facility in
which the child has resided;
(iv) in any case in which the child is placed in detention or released, an explanation
relating to the detention or release; and
(v) the disposition of any actions in which the child is the subject;
(K) collecting and compiling statistical information from the Department of Justice, the
Department of Homeland Security, and the Department of State on each department's actions
relating to unaccompanied alien children; and
(L) conducting investigations and inspections of facilities and other entities in which
unaccompanied alien children reside, including regular follow-up visits to such facilities,
placements, and other entities, to assess the continued suitability of such placements.
(2) Coordination with other entities; no release on own recognizance
In making determinations described in paragraph (1)(C), the Director of the Office of Refugee
Resettlement—
(A) shall consult with appropriate juvenile justice professionals, the Director of the Bureau of
Citizenship and Immigration Services, and the Assistant Secretary of the Bureau of Border
Security to ensure that such determinations ensure that unaccompanied alien children described
in such subparagraph—
(i) are likely to appear for all hearings or proceedings in which they are involved;
(ii) are protected from smugglers, traffickers, or others who might seek to victimize or
otherwise engage them in criminal, harmful, or exploitive activity; and
(iii) are placed in a setting in which they are not likely to pose a danger to themselves or
others; and
(B) shall not release such children upon their own recognizance.
(3) Duties with respect to foster care
In carrying out the duties described in paragraph (1), the Director of the Office of Refugee
Resettlement is encouraged to use the refugee children foster care system established pursuant to

section 412(d) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1522(d)) for the placement of
unaccompanied alien children.
(4) Rule of construction
Nothing in paragraph (2)(B) may be construed to require that a bond be posted for an
unaccompanied alien child who is released to a qualified sponsor.
(c) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section may be construed to transfer the responsibility for adjudicating benefit
determinations under the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101 et seq.) from the authority
of any official of the Department of Justice, the Department of Homeland Security, or the
Department of State.
(d) Effective date
Notwithstanding section 4,1 this section shall take effect on the date on which the transfer of
functions specified under section 251 of this title takes effect.
(e) References
With respect to any function transferred by this section, any reference in any other Federal law,
Executive order, rule, regulation, or delegation of authority, or any document of or pertaining to a
component of government from which such function is transferred—
(1) to the head of such component is deemed to refer to the Director of the Office of Refugee
Resettlement; or
(2) to such component is deemed to refer to the Office of Refugee Resettlement of the
Department of Health and Human Services.
(f) Other transition issues
(1) Exercise of authorities
Except as otherwise provided by law, a Federal official to whom a function is transferred by this
section may, for purposes of performing the function, exercise all authorities under any other
provision of law that were available with respect to the performance of that function to the official
responsible for the performance of the function immediately before the effective date specified in
subsection (d).
(2) Savings provisions
Subsections (a), (b), and (c) of section 552 of this title shall apply to a transfer of functions
under this section in the same manner as such provisions apply to a transfer of functions under this
chapter to the Department of Homeland Security.
(3) Transfer and allocation of appropriations and personnel
The personnel of the Department of Justice employed in connection with the functions
transferred by this section, and the assets, liabilities, contracts, property, records, and unexpended
balance of appropriations, authorizations, allocations, and other funds employed, held, used,
arising from, available to, or to be made available to, the Immigration and Naturalization Service
in connection with the functions transferred by this section, subject to section 1531 of title 31,
shall be transferred to the Director of the Office of Refugee Resettlement for allocation to the
appropriate component of the Department of Health and Human Services. Unexpended funds
transferred pursuant to this paragraph shall be used only for the purposes for which the funds were
originally authorized and appropriated.
(g) Definitions
As used in this section—
(1) the term "placement" means the placement of an unaccompanied alien child in either a
detention facility or an alternative to such a facility; and
(2) the term "unaccompanied alien child" means a child who—
(A) has no lawful immigration status in the United States;

(B) has not attained 18 years of age; and
(C) with respect to whom—
(i) there is no parent or legal guardian in the United States; or
(ii) no parent or legal guardian in the United States is available to provide care and
physical custody.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §462, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2202; Pub. L. 110–457, title II, §235(f),
Dec. 23, 2008, 122 Stat. 5081.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Immigration and Nationality Act, referred to in subsec. (c), is act June 27, 1952, ch. 477, 66 Stat. 163,
as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 12 (§1101 et seq.) of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality. For
complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1101 of Title 8 and
Tables.
Section 4, referred to in subsec. (d), is section 4 of Pub. L. 107–296, which is set out as an Effective Date
note under section 101 of this title.
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (f)(2), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25,
2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
CODIFICATION
In subsec. (f)(3), "section 1531 of title 31" substituted for "section 202 of the Budget and Accounting
Procedures Act of 1950" on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section
of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
AMENDMENTS
2008—Subsec. (b)(1)(L). Pub. L. 110–457, §235(f)(1), substituted ", including regular follow-up visits to
such facilities, placements, and other entities, to assess the continued suitability of such placements." for
period at end.
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 110–457, §235(f)(2)(A), substituted "paragraph (1)," for "paragraph (1)(G),".
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 110–457, §235(f)(2)(B), added par. (4).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Bureau of Border Security, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(A), changed to Bureau of Immigration and Customs
Enforcement by Reorganization Plan Modification for the Department of Homeland Security, eff. Mar. 1,
2003, H. Doc. No. 108–32, 108th Congress, 1st Session, set out as a note under section 542 of this title.
NOTIFICATION OF USE OF UNLICENSED INFLUX FACILITY
Pub. L. 116–260, div. H, title II, §233, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 1596, provided that: "In addition to the
existing Congressional notification for formal site assessments of potential influx facilities, the Secretary [of
Health and Human Services] shall notify the Committees on Appropriations of the House of Representatives
and the Senate at least 15 days before operationalizing an unlicensed facility, and shall (1) specify whether the
facility is hard-sided or soft-sided, and (2) provide analysis that indicates that, in the absence of the influx
facility, the likely outcome is that unaccompanied alien children will remain in the custody of the Department
of Homeland Security for longer than 72 hours or that unaccompanied alien children will be otherwise placed
in danger. Within 60 days of bringing such a facility online, and monthly thereafter, the Secretary shall
provide to the Committees on Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Senate a report
detailing the total number of children in care at the facility, the average length of stay and average length of
care of children at the facility, and, for any child that has been at the facility for more than 60 days, their
length of stay and reason for delay in release."
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation act:
Pub. L. 116–94, div. A, title II, §233, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2585.

REPORT ON CHILDREN SEPARATED FROM PARENTS OR LEGAL GUARDIANS
Pub. L. 116–260, div. H, title II, §235, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 1597, provided that: "Not later than 14 days
after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 27, 2020], and monthly thereafter, the Secretary [of Health and
Human Services] shall submit to the Committees on Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the
Senate, and make publicly available online, a report with respect to children who were separated from their
parents or legal guardians by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) (regardless of whether or not such
separation was pursuant to an option selected by the children, parents, or guardians), subsequently classified
as unaccompanied alien children, and transferred to the care and custody of ORR [Office of Refugee
Resettlement] during the previous month. Each report shall contain the following information:
"(1) the number and ages of children so separated subsequent to apprehension at or between ports of
entry, to be reported by sector where separation occurred; and
"(2) the documented cause of separation, as reported by DHS when each child was referred."
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation act:
Pub. L. 116–94, div. A, title II, §235, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2585.
1

See References in Text note below.

PART F—GENERAL IMMIGRATION PROVISIONS
§291. Abolishment of INS
(a) In general
Upon completion of all transfers from the Immigration and Naturalization Service as provided for
by this chapter, the Immigration and Naturalization Service of the Department of Justice is
abolished.
(b) Prohibition
The authority provided by section 542 of this title may be used to reorganize functions or
organizational units within the Bureau of Border Security or the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services, but may not be used to recombine the two bureaus into a single agency or
otherwise to combine, join, or consolidate functions or organizational units of the two bureaus with
each other.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §471, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2205.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (a), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25,
2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Bureau of Border Security, referred to in subsec. (b), changed to Bureau of Immigration and Customs
Enforcement by Reorganization Plan Modification for the Department of Homeland Security, eff. Mar. 1,
2003, H. Doc. No. 108–32, 108th Congress, 1st Session, set out as a note under section 542 of this title.

§292. Voluntary separation incentive payments

(a) Definitions
For purposes of this section—
(1) the term "employee" means an employee (as defined by section 2105 of title 5) who—
(A) has completed at least 3 years of current continuous service with 1 or more covered
entities; and
(B) is serving under an appointment without time limitation,
but does not include any person under subparagraphs (A)–(G) of section 663(a)(2) of Public Law
104–208 (5 U.S.C. 5597 note);
(2) the term "covered entity" means—
(A) the Immigration and Naturalization Service;
(B) the Bureau of Border Security of the Department of Homeland Security; and
(C) the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services of the Department of Homeland
Security; and
(3) the term "transfer date" means the date on which the transfer of functions specified under
section 251 of this title takes effect.
(b) Strategic restructuring plan
Before the Attorney General or the Secretary obligates any resources for voluntary separation
incentive payments under this section, such official shall submit to the appropriate committees of
Congress a strategic restructuring plan, which shall include—
(1) an organizational chart depicting the covered entities after their restructuring pursuant to this
chapter;
(2) a summary description of how the authority under this section will be used to help carry out
that restructuring; and
(3) the information specified in section 663(b)(2) of Public Law 104–208 (5 U.S.C. 5597 note).
As used in the preceding sentence, the "appropriate committees of Congress" are the Committees
on Appropriations, Government Reform, and the Judiciary of the House of Representatives, and the
Committees on Appropriations, Governmental Affairs, and the Judiciary of the Senate.
(c) Authority
The Attorney General and the Secretary may, to the extent necessary to help carry out their
respective strategic restructuring plan described in subsection (b), make voluntary separation
incentive payments to employees. Any such payment—
(1) shall be paid to the employee, in a lump sum, after the employee has separated from service;
(2) shall be paid from appropriations or funds available for the payment of basic pay of the
employee;
(3) shall be equal to the lesser of—
(A) the amount the employee would be entitled to receive under section 5595(c) of title 5; or
(B) an amount not to exceed $25,000, as determined by the Attorney General or the
Secretary;
(4) may not be made except in the case of any qualifying employee who voluntarily separates
(whether by retirement or resignation) before the end of—
(A) the 3-month period beginning on the date on which such payment is offered or made
available to such employee; or
(B) the 3-year period beginning on November 25, 2002,
whichever occurs first;
(5) shall not be a basis for payment, and shall not be included in the computation, of any other
type of Government benefit; and
(6) shall not be taken into account in determining the amount of any severance pay to which the

employee may be entitled under section 5595 of title 5, based on any other separation.
(d) Additional agency contributions to the retirement fund
(1) In general
In addition to any payments which it is otherwise required to make, the Department of Justice
and the Department of Homeland Security shall, for each fiscal year with respect to which it
makes any voluntary separation incentive payments under this section, remit to the Office of
Personnel Management for deposit in the Treasury of the United States to the credit of the Civil
Service Retirement and Disability Fund the amount required under paragraph (2).
(2) Amount required
The amount required under this paragraph shall, for any fiscal year, be the amount under
subparagraph (A) or (B), whichever is greater.
(A) First method
The amount under this subparagraph shall, for any fiscal year, be equal to the minimum
amount necessary to offset the additional costs to the retirement systems under title 5 (payable
out of the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund) resulting from the voluntary separation
of the employees described in paragraph (3), as determined under regulations of the Office of
Personnel Management.
(B) Second method
The amount under this subparagraph shall, for any fiscal year, be equal to 45 percent of the
sum total of the final basic pay of the employees described in paragraph (3).
(3) Computations to be based on separations occurring in the fiscal year involved
The employees described in this paragraph are those employees who receive a voluntary
separation incentive payment under this section based on their separating from service during the
fiscal year with respect to which the payment under this subsection relates.
(4) Final basic pay defined
In this subsection, the term "final basic pay" means, with respect to an employee, the total
amount of basic pay which would be payable for a year of service by such employee, computed
using the employee's final rate of basic pay, and, if last serving on other than a full-time basis,
with appropriate adjustment therefor.
(e) Effect of subsequent employment with the Government
An individual who receives a voluntary separation incentive payment under this section and who,
within 5 years after the date of the separation on which the payment is based, accepts any
compensated employment with the Government or works for any agency of the Government through
a personal services contract, shall be required to pay, prior to the individual's first day of
employment, the entire amount of the incentive payment. Such payment shall be made to the covered
entity from which the individual separated or, if made on or after the transfer date, to the Deputy
Secretary or the Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security (for transfer to the
appropriate component of the Department of Homeland Security, if necessary).
(f) Effect on employment levels
(1) Intended effect
Voluntary separations under this section are not intended to necessarily reduce the total number
of full-time equivalent positions in any covered entity.
(2) Use of voluntary separations
A covered entity may redeploy or use the full-time equivalent positions vacated by voluntary
separations under this section to make other positions available to more critical locations or more
critical occupations.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §472, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2205.)

EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 663 of Public Law 104–208, referred to in subsecs. (a)(1) and (b)(3), probably means Pub. L.
104–208, div. A, title I, §101(f) [title VI, §663], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–314, 3009–383, which is
classified as a note under section 5597 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov.
25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Bureau of Border Security, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(B), changed to Bureau of Immigration and Customs
Enforcement by Reorganization Plan Modification for the Department of Homeland Security, eff. Mar. 1,
2003, H. Doc. No. 108–32, 108th Congress, 1st Session, set out as a note under section 542 of this title.
Committee on Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Oversight and
Government Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress,
Jan. 5, 2007. Committee on Oversight and Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to
Committee on Oversight and Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred
Sixteenth Congress, Jan. 9, 2019.
Committee on Governmental Affairs of Senate changed to Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of Senate, effective Jan. 4, 2005, by Senate Resolution No. 445, One Hundred Eighth
Congress, Oct. 9, 2004.

§293. Authority to conduct a demonstration project relating to disciplinary
action
(a) In general
The Attorney General and the Secretary may each, during a period ending not later than 5 years
after November 25, 2002, conduct a demonstration project for the purpose of determining whether
one or more changes in the policies or procedures relating to methods for disciplining employees
would result in improved personnel management.
(b) Scope
A demonstration project under this section—
(1) may not cover any employees apart from those employed in or under a covered entity; and
(2) shall not be limited by any provision of chapter 43, 75, or 77 of title 5.
(c) Procedures
Under the demonstration project—
(1) the use of alternative means of dispute resolution (as defined in section 571 of title 5) shall
be encouraged, whenever appropriate; and
(2) each covered entity under the jurisdiction of the official conducting the project shall be
required to provide for the expeditious, fair, and independent review of any action to which
section 4303 or subchapter II of chapter 75 of such title 5 would otherwise apply (except an action
described in section 7512(5) of such title 5).
(d) Actions involving discrimination
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, if, in the case of any matter described in
section 7702(a)(1)(B) of title 5, there is no judicially reviewable action under the demonstration
project within 120 days after the filing of an appeal or other formal request for review (referred to in
subsection (c)(2)), an employee shall be entitled to file a civil action to the same extent and in the

same manner as provided in section 7702(e)(1) of such title 5 (in the matter following subparagraph
(C) thereof).
(e) Certain employees
Employees shall not be included within any project under this section if such employees are—
(1) neither managers nor supervisors; and
(2) within a unit with respect to which a labor organization is accorded exclusive recognition
under chapter 71 of title 5.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, an aggrieved employee within a unit (referred to in
paragraph (2)) may elect to participate in a complaint procedure developed under the demonstration
project in lieu of any negotiated grievance procedure and any statutory procedure (as such term is
used in section 7121 of such title 5).
(f) Reports
The Government Accountability Office shall prepare and submit to the Committees on
Government Reform and the Judiciary of the House of Representatives and the Committees on
Governmental Affairs and the Judiciary of the Senate periodic reports on any demonstration project
conducted under this section, such reports to be submitted after the second and fourth years of its
operation. Upon request, the Attorney General or the Secretary shall furnish such information as the
Government Accountability Office may require to carry out this subsection.
(g) Definition
In this section, the term "covered entity" has the meaning given such term in section 292(a)(2) of
this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §473, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2208; Pub. L. 108–271, §8(b), July 7,
2004, 118 Stat. 814.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2004—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 108–271 substituted "Government Accountability Office" for "General
Accounting Office" in two places.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Committee on Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Oversight and
Government Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress,
Jan. 5, 2007. Committee on Oversight and Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to
Committee on Oversight and Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred
Sixteenth Congress, Jan. 9, 2019.
Committee on Governmental Affairs of Senate changed to Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of Senate, effective Jan. 4, 2005, by Senate Resolution No. 445, One Hundred Eighth
Congress, Oct. 9, 2004.

§294. Sense of Congress
It is the sense of Congress that—
(1) the missions of the Bureau of Border Security and the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services are equally important and, accordingly, they each should be adequately
funded; and
(2) the functions transferred under this part should not, after such transfers take effect, operate
at levels below those in effect prior to November 25, 2002.

(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §474, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2209.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Bureau of Border Security, referred to in par. (1), changed to Bureau of Immigration and Customs
Enforcement by Reorganization Plan Modification for the Department of Homeland Security, eff. Mar. 1,
2003, H. Doc. No. 108–32, 108th Congress, 1st Session, set out as a note under section 542 of this title.

§295. Director of Shared Services
(a) In general
Within the Office of Deputy Secretary, there shall be a Director of Shared Services.
(b) Functions
The Director of Shared Services shall be responsible for the coordination of resources for the
Bureau of Border Security and the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services, including—
(1) information resources management, including computer databases and information
technology;
(2) records and file management; and
(3) forms management.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §475, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2209.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Bureau of Border Security, referred to in subsec. (b), changed to Bureau of Immigration and Customs
Enforcement by Reorganization Plan Modification for the Department of Homeland Security, eff. Mar. 1,
2003, H. Doc. No. 108–32, 108th Congress, 1st Session, set out as a note under section 542 of this title.

§296. Separation of funding
(a) In general
There shall be established separate accounts in the Treasury of the United States for appropriated
funds and other deposits available for the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services and the
Bureau of Border Security.
(b) Separate budgets
To ensure that the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services and the Bureau of Border
Security are funded to the extent necessary to fully carry out their respective functions, the Director
of the Office of Management and Budget shall separate the budget requests for each such entity.
(c) Fees
Fees imposed for a particular service, application, or benefit shall be deposited into the account
established under subsection (a) that is for the bureau with jurisdiction over the function to which the
fee relates.
(d) Fees not transferable
No fee may be transferred between the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services and the
Bureau of Border Security for purposes not authorized by section 1356 of title 8.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §476, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2209.)

STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Bureau of Border Security, referred to in subsecs. (a), (b), and (d), changed to Bureau of Immigration and
Customs Enforcement by Reorganization Plan Modification for the Department of Homeland Security, eff.
Mar. 1, 2003, H. Doc. No. 108–32, 108th Congress, 1st Session, set out as a note under section 542 of this
title.

§297. Reports and implementation plans
(a) Division of funds
The Secretary, not later than 120 days after the effective date of this chapter, shall submit to the
Committees on Appropriations and the Judiciary of the House of Representatives and of the Senate a
report on the proposed division and transfer of funds, including unexpended funds, appropriations,
and fees, between the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services and the Bureau of Border
Security.
(b) Division of personnel
The Secretary, not later than 120 days after the effective date of this chapter, shall submit to the
Committees on Appropriations and the Judiciary of the House of Representatives and of the Senate a
report on the proposed division of personnel between the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration
Services and the Bureau of Border Security.
(c) Implementation plan
(1) In general
The Secretary, not later than 120 days after the effective date of this chapter, and every 6
months thereafter until the termination of fiscal year 2005, shall submit to the Committees on
Appropriations and the Judiciary of the House of Representatives and of the Senate an
implementation plan to carry out this chapter.
(2) Contents
The implementation plan should include details concerning the separation of the Bureau of
Citizenship and Immigration Services and the Bureau of Border Security, including the following:
(A) Organizational structure, including the field structure.
(B) Chain of command.
(C) Procedures for interaction among such bureaus.
(D) Fraud detection and investigation.
(E) The processing and handling of removal proceedings, including expedited removal and
applications for relief from removal.
(F) Recommendations for conforming amendments to the Immigration and Nationality Act (8
U.S.C. 1101 et seq.).
(G) Establishment of a transition team.
(H) Methods to phase in the costs of separating the administrative support systems of the
Immigration and Naturalization Service in order to provide for separate administrative support
systems for the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services and the Bureau of Border
Security.
(d) Comptroller General studies and reports
(1) Status reports on transition
Not later than 18 months after the date on which the transfer of functions specified under
section 251 of this title takes effect, and every 6 months thereafter, until full implementation of
this part has been completed, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the
Committees on Appropriations and on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives and the
Senate a report containing the following:

(A) A determination of whether the transfers of functions made by parts D and E of this
subchapter have been completed, and if a transfer of functions has not taken place, identifying
the reasons why the transfer has not taken place.
(B) If the transfers of functions made by parts D and E of this subchapter have been
completed, an identification of any issues that have arisen due to the completed transfers.
(C) An identification of any issues that may arise due to any future transfer of functions.
(2) Report on management
Not later than 4 years after the date on which the transfer of functions specified under section
251 of this title takes effect, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the
Committees on Appropriations and on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives and the
Senate a report, following a study, containing the following:
(A) Determinations of whether the transfer of functions from the Immigration and
Naturalization Service to the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services and the Bureau of
Border Security have improved, with respect to each function transferred, the following:
(i) Operations.
(ii) Management, including accountability and communication.
(iii) Financial administration.
(iv) Recordkeeping, including information management and technology.
(B) A statement of the reasons for the determinations under subparagraph (A).
(C) Any recommendations for further improvements to the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services and the Bureau of Border Security.
(3) Report on fees
Not later than 1 year after November 25, 2002, the Comptroller General of the United States
shall submit to the Committees on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives and of the Senate
a report examining whether the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services is likely to derive
sufficient funds from fees to carry out its functions in the absence of appropriated funds.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §477, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2209.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The effective date of this chapter, referred to in subsecs. (a), (b), and (c)(1), is 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002,
see section 4 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of this title.
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov.
25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
The Immigration and Nationality Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(F), is act June 27, 1952, ch. 477, 66 Stat.
163, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 12 (§1101 et seq.) of Title 8, Aliens and
Nationality. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1101
of Title 8 and Tables.
Parts D and E of this subchapter, referred to in subsec. (d)(1)(A), (B), was in the original "subtitles D and
E", meaning subtitles D (§§441–446) and E (§§451–462) of title IV of Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116
Stat. 2192, 2195, which enacted parts D and E of this subchapter, amended sections 1356 and 1573 of Title 8,
Aliens and Nationality, and enacted provisions set out as a note under section 271 of this title. For complete
classification of subtitles D and E to the Code, see Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Bureau of Border Security, referred to in text, changed to Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement
by Reorganization Plan Modification for the Department of Homeland Security, eff. Mar. 1, 2003, H. Doc.

No. 108–32, 108th Congress, 1st Session, set out as a note under section 542 of this title.

§298. Immigration functions
(a) Annual report
(1) In general
One year after November 25, 2002, and each year thereafter, the Secretary shall submit a report
to the President, to the Committees on the Judiciary and Government Reform of the House of
Representatives, and to the Committees on the Judiciary and Government Affairs of the Senate, on
the impact the transfers made by this part has had on immigration functions.
(2) Matter included
The report shall address the following with respect to the period covered by the report:
(A) The aggregate number of all immigration applications and petitions received, and
processed, by the Department.
(B) Region-by-region statistics on the aggregate number of immigration applications and
petitions filed by an alien (or filed on behalf of an alien) and denied, disaggregated by category
of denial and application or petition type.
(C) The quantity of backlogged immigration applications and petitions that have been
processed, the aggregate number awaiting processing, and a detailed plan for eliminating the
backlog.
(D) The average processing period for immigration applications and petitions, disaggregated
by application or petition type.
(E) The number and types of immigration-related grievances filed with any official of the
Department of Justice, and if those grievances were resolved.
(F) Plans to address grievances and improve immigration services.
(G) Whether immigration-related fees were used consistent with legal requirements regarding
such use.
(H) Whether immigration-related questions conveyed by customers to the Department
(whether conveyed in person, by telephone, or by means of the Internet) were answered
effectively and efficiently.
(b) Sense of Congress regarding immigration services
It is the sense of Congress that—
(1) the quality and efficiency of immigration services rendered by the Federal Government
should be improved after the transfers made by this part take effect; and
(2) the Secretary should undertake efforts to guarantee that concerns regarding the quality and
efficiency of immigration services are addressed after such effective date.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §478, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2211.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Committee on Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Oversight and
Government Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress,
Jan. 5, 2007. Committee on Oversight and Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to
Committee on Oversight and Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred
Sixteenth Congress, Jan. 9, 2019.
Committee on Governmental Affairs of Senate changed to Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of Senate, effective Jan. 4, 2005, by Senate Resolution No. 445, One Hundred Eighth
Congress, Oct. 9, 2004.

PART G—U.S. CUSTOMS AND BORDER PROTECTION PUBLIC PRIVATE
PARTNERSHIPS
§301. Fee agreements for certain services at ports of entry
(a) In general
Notwithstanding section 58c(e) of title 19 and section 1451 of title 19, the Commissioner of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection, upon the request of any entity, may enter into a fee agreement with
such entity under which—
(1) U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall provide services described in subsection (b) at a
United States port of entry or any other facility at which U.S. Customs and Border Protection
provides or will provide such services;
(2) such entity shall remit to U.S. Customs and Border Protection a fee imposed under
subsection (h) in an amount equal to the full costs that are incurred or will be incurred in providing
such services; and
(3) if space is provided by such entity, each facility at which U.S. Customs and Border
Protection services are performed shall be maintained and equipped by such entity, without cost to
the Federal Government, in accordance with U.S. Customs and Border Protection specifications.
(b) Services described
The services described in this subsection are any activities of any employee or Office of Field
Operations contractor of U.S. Customs and Border Protection (except employees of the U.S. Border
Patrol, as established under section 211(e) of this title) pertaining to, or in support of, customs,
agricultural processing, border security, or immigration inspection-related matters at a port of entry
or any other facility at which U.S. Customs and Border Protection provides or will provide services.
(c) Modification of prior agreements
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection, at the request of an entity who has
previously entered into an agreement with U.S. Customs and Border Protection for the
reimbursement of fees in effect on December 16, 2016, may modify such agreement to implement
any provisions of this section.
(d) Limitations
(1) Impacts of services
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection—
(A) may enter into fee agreements under this section only for services that—
(i) will increase or enhance the operational capacity of U.S. Customs and Border
Protection based on available staffing and workload; and
(ii) will not shift the cost of services funded in any appropriations Act, or provided from
any account in the Treasury of the United States derived by the collection of fees, to entities
under this chapter; and
(B) may not enter into a fee agreement under this section if such agreement would unduly and
permanently impact services funded in any appropriations Act, or provided from any account in
the Treasury of the United States, derived by the collection of fees.
(2) Number
There shall be no limit to the number of fee agreements that the Commissioner of U.S. Customs
and Border Protection may enter into under this section.
(e) Air ports of entry
(1) Fee agreement
Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, a fee agreement for U.S. Customs and Border

Protection services at an air port of entry may only provide for the payment of overtime costs of
U.S. Customs and Border Protection officers and salaries and expenses of U.S. Customs and
Border Protection employees to support U.S. Customs and Border Protection officers in
performing services described in subsection (b).
(2) Small airports
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), U.S. Customs and Border Protection may receive
reimbursement in addition to overtime costs if the fee agreement is for services at an air port of
entry that has fewer than 100,000 arriving international passengers annually.
(3) Covered services
In addition to costs described in paragraph (1), a fee agreement for U.S. Customs and Border
Protection services at an air port of entry referred to in paragraph (2) may provide for the
reimbursement of—
(A) salaries and expenses of not more than five full-time equivalent U.S. Customs and Border
Protection Officers beyond the number of such officers assigned to the port of entry on the date
on which the fee agreement was signed;
(B) salaries and expenses of employees of U.S. Customs and Border Protection, other than
the officers referred to in subparagraph (A), to support U.S. Customs and Border Protection
officers in performing law enforcement functions; and
(C) other costs incurred by U.S. Customs and Border Protection relating to services described
in subparagraph (B), such as temporary placement or permanent relocation of employees,
including incentive pay for relocation, as appropriate.
(f) Port of entry size
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall ensure that each fee agreement
proposal is given equal consideration regardless of the size of the port of entry.
(g) Denied application
(1) In general
If the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection denies a proposal for a fee
agreement under this section, the Commissioner shall provide the entity submitting such proposal
with the reason for the denial unless—
(A) the reason for the denial is law enforcement sensitive; or
(B) withholding the reason for the denial is in the national security interests of the United
States.
(2) Judicial review
Decisions of the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection under paragraph (1) are
in the discretion of the Commissioner and are not subject to judicial review.
(h) Fee
(1) In general
The amount of the fee to be charged under an agreement authorized under subsection (a) shall
be paid by each entity requesting U.S. Customs and Border Protection services, and shall be for
the full cost of providing such services, including the salaries and expenses of employees and
contractors of U.S. Customs and Border Protection, to provide such services and other costs
incurred by U.S. Customs and Border Protection relating to such services, such as temporary
placement or permanent relocation of such employees and contractors.
(2) Timing
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection may require that the fee referred to
in paragraph (1) be paid by each entity that has entered into a fee agreement under subsection (a)
with U.S. Customs and Border Protection in advance of the performance of U.S. Customs and
Border Protection services.

(3) Oversight of fees
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall develop a process to oversee
the services for which fees are charged pursuant to an agreement under subsection (a), including—
(A) a determination and report on the full costs of providing such services, and a process for
increasing such fees, as necessary;
(B) the establishment of a periodic remittance schedule to replenish appropriations, accounts,
or funds, as necessary; and
(C) the identification of costs paid by such fees.
(i) Deposit of funds
(1) Account
Funds collected pursuant to any agreement entered into pursuant to subsection (a)—
(A) shall be deposited as offsetting collections;
(B) shall remain available until expended without fiscal year limitation; and
(C) shall be credited to the applicable appropriation, account, or fund for the amount paid out
of such appropriation, account, or fund for any expenses incurred or to be incurred by U.S.
Customs and Border Protection in providing U.S. Customs and Border Protection services
under any such agreement and any other costs incurred or to be incurred by U.S. Customs and
Border Protection relating to such services.
(2) Return of unused funds
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall return any unused funds
collected and deposited into the account described in paragraph (1) if a fee agreement entered into
pursuant to subsection (a) is terminated for any reason or the terms of such fee agreement change
by mutual agreement to cause a reduction of U.S. Customs and Border Protections 1 services. No
interest shall be owed upon the return of any such unused funds.
(j) Termination
(1) In general
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall terminate the services provided
pursuant to a fee agreement entered into under subsection (a) with an entity that, after receiving
notice from the Commissioner that a fee under subsection (h) is due, fails to pay such fee in a
timely manner. If such services are terminated, all costs incurred by U.S. Customs and Border
Protection that have not been paid shall become immediately due and payable. Interest on unpaid
fees shall accrue based on the rate and amount established under sections 6621 and 6622 of title
26.
(2) Penalty
Any entity that, after notice and demand for payment of any fee under subsection (h), fails to
pay such fee in a timely manner shall be liable for a penalty or liquidated damage equal to two
times the amount of such fee. Any such amount collected under this paragraph shall be deposited
into the appropriate account specified under subsection (i) and shall be available as described in
such subsection.
(3) Termination by the entity
Any entity who has previously entered into an agreement with U.S. Customs and Border
Protection for the reimbursement of fees in effect on December 16, 2016, or under the provisions
of this section, may request that such agreement be amended to provide for termination upon
advance notice, length, and terms that are negotiated between such entity and U.S. Customs and
Border Protection.
(k) Annual report
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall—
(1) submit an annual report identifying the activities undertaken and the agreements entered into

pursuant to this section to—
(A) the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate;
(B) the Committee on Finance of the Senate;
(C) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
(D) the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate;
(E) the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives;
(F) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives;
(G) the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives; and
(H) the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives; and
(2) not later than 15 days before entering into a fee agreement, notify the members of Congress
that represent the State or Congressional District in which the affected port of entry or facility is
located of such agreement.
(l) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section may be construed as imposing on U.S. Customs and Border Protection any
responsibilities, duties, or authorities relating to real property.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §481, as added Pub. L. 114–279, §2(a), Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat. 1413.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (d)(1)(A)(ii), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296,
Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to
this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101
of this title and Tables.
1

So in original. Probably should be "Protection".

§301a. Port of entry donation authority
(a) Personal property donation authority
(1) In general
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection, in consultation with the
Administrator of General Services, may enter into an agreement with any entity to accept a
donation of personal property, money, or nonpersonal services for the uses described in paragraph
(3) only with respect to the following locations at which U.S. Customs and Border Protection
performs or will be performing inspection services:
(A) A new or existing sea or air port of entry.
(B) An existing Federal Government-owned land port of entry.
(C) A new Federal Government-owned land port of entry if—
(i) the fair market value of the donation is $50,000,000 or less; and
(ii) the fair market value, including any personal and real property donations in total, of
such port of entry when completed, is $50,000,000 or less.
(2) Limitation on monetary donations
Any monetary donation accepted pursuant to this subsection may not be used to pay the salaries
of U.S. Customs and Border Protection employees performing inspection services.
(3) Uses
Donations accepted pursuant to this subsection may be used for activities of the Office of Field
Operations set forth in subparagraphs (A) through (F) of section 211(g)(3) of this title, which are
related to a new or existing sea or air port of entry or a new or existing Federal

Government-owned land port of entry described in paragraph (1), including expenses related to—
(A) furniture, fixtures, equipment, or technology, including the installation or deployment of
such items; and
(B) the operation and maintenance of such furniture, fixtures, equipment, or technology.
(b) Real property donation authority
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (3), the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection, and the
Administrator of the General Services Administration, as applicable, may enter into an agreement
with any entity to accept a donation of real property or money for uses described in paragraph (2)
only with respect to the following locations at which U.S. Customs and Border Protection
performs or will be performing inspection services:
(A) A new or existing sea or air port of entry.
(B) An existing Federal Government-owned land port of entry.
(C) A new Federal Government-owned land port of entry if—
(i) the fair market value of the donation is $50,000,000 or less; and
(ii) the fair market value, including any personal and real property donations in total, of
such port of entry when completed, is $50,000,000 or less.
(2) Use
Donations accepted pursuant to this subsection may be used for activities of the Office of Field
Operations set forth in section 211(g) of this title, which are related to the construction, alteration,
operation, or maintenance of a new or existing sea or air port of entry or a new or existing a 1
Federal Government-owned land port of entry described in paragraph (1), including expenses
related to—
(A) land acquisition, design, construction, repair, or alteration; and
(B) operation and maintenance of such port of entry facility.
(3) Limitation on real property donations
A donation of real property under this subsection at an existing land port of entry owned by the
General Services Administration may only be accepted by the Administrator of General Services.
(4) Sunset
(A) In general
The authority to enter into an agreement under this subsection shall terminate on the date that
is December 16, 2021.
(B) Rule of construction
The termination date referred to in subparagraph (A) shall not apply to carrying out the terms
of an agreement under this subsection if such agreement is entered into before such termination
date.
(c) General provisions
(1) Duration
An agreement entered into under subsection (a) or (b) (and, in the case of such subsection (b), in
accordance with paragraph (4) of such subsection) may last as long as required to meet the terms
of such agreement.
(2) Criteria
In carrying out an agreement entered into under subsection (a) or (b), the Commissioner of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection, in consultation with the Administrator of General Services, shall
establish criteria regarding—
(A) the selection and evaluation of donors;
(B) the identification of roles and responsibilities between U.S. Customs and Border
Protection, the General Services Administration, and donors;

(C) the identification, allocation, and management of explicit and implicit risks of partnering
between the Federal Government and donors;
(D) decision-making and dispute resolution processes; and
(E) processes for U.S. Customs and Border Protection, and the General Services
Administration, as applicable, to terminate agreements if selected donors are not meeting the
terms of any such agreement, including the security standards established by U.S. Customs and
Border Protection.
(3) Evaluation procedures
(A) In general
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection, in consultation with the
Administrator of General Services, as applicable, shall—
(i) establish criteria for evaluating a proposal to enter into an agreement under subsection
(a) or (b); and
(ii) make such criteria publicly available.
(B) Considerations
Criteria established pursuant to subparagraph (A) shall consider—
(i) the impact of a proposal referred to in such subparagraph on the land, sea, or air port of
entry at issue and other ports of entry or similar facilities or other infrastructure near the
location of the proposed donation;
(ii) such proposal's potential to increase trade and travel efficiency through added capacity;
(iii) such proposal's potential to enhance the security of the port of entry at issue;
(iv) the impact of the proposal on reducing wait times at that port of entry or facility and
other ports of entry on the same border;
(v) for a donation under subsection (b)—
(I) whether such donation satisfies the requirements of such proposal, or whether
additional real property would be required; and
(II) how such donation was acquired, including if eminent domain was used;
(vi) the funding available to complete the intended use of such donation;
(vii) the costs of maintaining and operating such donation;
(viii) the impact of such proposal on U.S. Customs and Border Protection staffing
requirements; and
(ix) other factors that the Commissioner or Administrator determines to be relevant.
(C) Determination and notification
(i) Incomplete proposals
(I) In general
Not later than 60 days after receiving the proposals for a donation agreement from an
entity, the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall notify such entity as
to whether such proposal is complete or incomplete.
(II) Resubmission
If the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection determines that a proposal
is incomplete, the Commissioner shall—
(aa) notify the appropriate entity and provide such entity with a description of all
information or material that is needed to complete review of the proposal; and
(bb) allow the entity to resubmit the proposal with additional information and material
described in item (aa) to complete the proposal.
(ii) Complete proposals
Not later than 180 days after receiving a completed proposal to enter into an agreement
under subsection (a) or (b), the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection, with

the concurrence of the Administrator of General Services, as applicable, shall—
(I) determine whether to approve or deny such proposal; and
(II) notify the entity that submitted such proposal of such determination.
(4) Supplemental funding
Except as required under section 3307 of title 40, real property donations to the Administrator
of General Services made pursuant to subsection 1 (a) and 1 (b) at a GSA-owned land port of entry
may be used in addition to any other funding for such purpose, including appropriated funds,
property, or services.
(5) Return of donations
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection, or the Administrator of General
Services, as applicable, may return any donation made pursuant to subsection (a) or (b). No
interest shall be owed to the donor with respect to any donation provided under such subsections
that is returned pursuant to this subsection.
(6) Prohibition on certain funding
(A) In general
Except as provided in subsections (a) and (b) regarding the acceptance of donations, the
Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection and the Administrator of General
Services, as applicable, may not, with respect to an agreement entered into under either of such
subsections, obligate or expend amounts in excess of amounts that have been appropriated
pursuant to any appropriations Act for purposes specified in either of such subsections or
otherwise made available for any of such purposes.
(B) Certification requirement
Before accepting any donations pursuant to an agreement under subsection (a) or (b), the
Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall certify to the congressional
committees set forth in paragraph (7) that the donation will not be used for the construction of a
detention facility or a border fence or wall.
(7) Annual reports
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection, in collaboration with the
Administrator of General Services, as applicable, shall submit an annual report identifying the
activities undertaken and agreements entered into pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) to—
(A) the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate;
(B) the Committee on Environment and Public Works of the Senate;
(C) the Committee on Finance of the Senate;
(D) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
(E) the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate;
(F) the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives;
(G) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives;
(H) the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives;
(I) the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives; and
(J) the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives.
(d) GAO report
The Comptroller General of the United States shall submit an annual report to the congressional
committees referred to in subsection (c)(7) that evaluates—
(1) fee agreements entered into pursuant to section 301 of this title;
(2) donation agreements entered into pursuant to subsections (a) and (b); and
(3) the fees and donations received by U.S. Customs and Border Protection pursuant to such
agreements.
(e) Judicial review

Decisions of the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection and the Administrator of
the General Services Administration under this section regarding the acceptance of real or personal
property are in the discretion of the Commissioner and the Administrator and are not subject to
judicial review.
(f) Rule of construction
Except as otherwise provided in this section, nothing in this section may be construed as affecting
in any manner the responsibilities, duties, or authorities of U.S. Customs and Border Protection or
the General Services Administration.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §482, as added Pub. L. 114–279, §2(a), Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat. 1417;
amended Pub. L. 116–260, div. O, title III, §301, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2149.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2020—Subsec. (b)(4)(A). Pub. L. 116–260, which directed substitution of "December 16, 2021" for "4
years after December 16, 2016", was executed by making the substitution for original text reading "4 years
after the date of the enactment of this section", which had been translated as "4 years after December 16,
2016", to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1

So in original.

§301b. Current and proposed agreements
Nothing in this part or in section 4 of the Cross-Border Trade Enhancement Act of 2016 may be
construed as affecting—
(1) any agreement entered into pursuant to section 560 of division D of the Consolidated and
Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2013 (Public Law 113–6) or section 559 of title V of
division F of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2014 (6 U.S.C. 211 note; Public Law 113–76),
as in existence on the day before December 16, 2016, and any such agreement shall continue to
have full force and effect on and after such date; or
(2) a proposal accepted for consideration by U.S. Customs and Border Protection pursuant to
such section 559, as in existence on the day before December 16, 2016.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §483, as added Pub. L. 114–279, §2(a), Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat. 1421.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 4 of the Cross-Border Trade Enhancement Act of 2016, referred to in text, is section 4 of Pub. L.
114–279, Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat. 1422, which repealed section 560 of division D of Pub. L. 113–6 and
section 559 of title V of division F of Pub. L. 113–76. Section 560 of Pub. L. 113–6, was not classified to the
Code. Section 559 of Pub. L. 113–76 was classified as a note under section 211 of this title.

§301c. Definitions
In this part:
(1) Donor
The term "donor" means any entity that is proposing to make a donation under this chapter.
(2) Entity
The term "entity" means any—
(A) person;

(B) partnership, corporation, trust, estate, cooperative, association, or any other organized
group of persons;
(C) Federal, State or local government (including any subdivision, agency or instrumentality
thereof); or
(D) any other private or governmental entity.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IV, §484, as added Pub. L. 114–279, §2(a), Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat. 1421.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in par. (1), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25,
2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.

SUBCHAPTER V—NATIONAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(1), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1395, substituted "NATIONAL EMERGENCY
MANAGEMENT" for "EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE" in subchapter heading.

§311. Definitions
In this subchapter—
(1) the term "Administrator" means the Administrator of the Agency;
(2) the term "Agency" means the Federal Emergency Management Agency;
(3) the term "catastrophic incident" means any natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other
man-made disaster that results in extraordinary levels of casualties or damage or disruption
severely affecting the population (including mass evacuations), infrastructure, environment,
economy, national morale, or government functions in an area;
(4) the terms "credentialed" and "credentialing" mean having provided, or providing,
respectively, documentation that identifies personnel and authenticates and verifies the
qualifications of such personnel by ensuring that such personnel possess a minimum common
level of training, experience, physical and medical fitness, and capability appropriate for a
particular position in accordance with standards created under section 320 of this title;
(5) the term "Federal coordinating officer" means a Federal coordinating officer as described in
section 5143 of title 42;
(6) the term "interoperable" has the meaning given the term "interoperable communications"
under section 194(g)(1) of this title;
(7) the term "National Incident Management System" means a system to enable effective,
efficient, and collaborative incident management;
(8) the term "National Response Plan" means the National Response Plan or any successor plan
prepared under section 314(a)(6) 1 of this title;
(9) the term "Regional Administrator" means a Regional Administrator appointed under section
317 of this title;
(10) the term "Regional Office" means a Regional Office established under section 317 of this
title;
(11) the term "resources" means personnel and major items of equipment, supplies, and

facilities available or potentially available for responding to a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or
other man-made disaster;
(12) the term "surge capacity" means the ability to rapidly and substantially increase the
provision of search and rescue capabilities, food, water, medicine, shelter and housing, medical
care, evacuation capacity, staffing (including disaster assistance employees), and other resources
necessary to save lives and protect property during a catastrophic incident;
(13) the term "tribal government" means the government of any entity described in section
101(13)(B) of this title; and
(14) the terms "typed" and "typing" mean having evaluated, or evaluating, respectively, a
resource in accordance with standards created under section 320 of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §501, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(10), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1395; amended Pub. L. 110–53, title IV, §401(a), title V, §502(c)(1), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 301,
311; Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1913(b)(2), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2687.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 314(a)(6) of this title, referred to in par. (8), was in the original "section 502(a)(6)" and was
translated as meaning section 502 of Pub. L. 107–296 prior to its redesignation as section 504 by Pub. L.
109–295, §611(8), and not section 506 which was redesignated section 502 by Pub. L. 109–295, §611(9), and
is classified to section 312 of this title, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 311, Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §501, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2212, provided for an Under
Secretary for Emergency Preparedness and Response, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(2),
Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1395.
AMENDMENTS
2016—Par. (13). Pub. L. 114–328 substituted "101(13)(B)" for "101(11)(B)".
2007—Pars. (4) to (12). Pub. L. 110–53, §401(a)(1)–(4), added pars. (4) and (11) and redesignated former
pars. (4) to (10) as (5) to (10) and (12), respectively. Former par. (11) redesignated (13).
Par. (13). Pub. L. 110–53, §502(c)(1), substituted "101(11)(B)" for "101(10)(B)".
Pub. L. 110–53, §401(a)(1), redesignated par. (11) as (13).
Par. (14). Pub. L. 110–53, §401(a)(5)–(7), added par. (14).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Any reference to the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency in title VI of Pub. L.
109–295 or an amendment by title VI to be considered to refer and apply to the Director of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency until Mar. 31, 2007, see section 612(f)(2) of Pub. L. 109–295, set out as a
note under section 313 of this title.
INTERIM ACTIONS
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §612(f)(1), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1411, provided that: "During the period
beginning on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 4, 2006] and ending on March 31, 2007, the Secretary [of
Homeland Security], the Under Secretary for Preparedness, and the Director of the Federal Emergency
Management Agency shall take such actions as are necessary to provide for the orderly implementation of any
amendment under this subtitle [subtitle A (§§611–614) of title VI of Pub. L. 109–295, see Tables for
classification] that takes effect on March 31, 2007."
1

See References in Text note below.

§312. Definition

In this subchapter, the term "Nuclear Incident Response Team" means a resource that includes—
(1) those entities of the Department of Energy that perform nuclear or radiological emergency
support functions (including accident response, search response, advisory, and technical
operations functions), radiation exposure functions at the medical assistance facility known as the
Radiation Emergency Assistance Center/Training Site (REAC/TS), radiological assistance
functions, and related functions; and
(2) those entities of the Environmental Protection Agency that perform such support functions
(including radiological emergency response functions) and related functions.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §502, formerly §506, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2214; renumbered §502,
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(9), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1395.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 316 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 109–295.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 502 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 504 and is classified to section 314 of this
title.

§313. Federal Emergency Management Agency
(a) In general
There is in the Department the Federal Emergency Management Agency, headed by an
Administrator.
(b) Mission
(1) Primary mission
The primary mission of the Agency is to reduce the loss of life and property and protect the
Nation from all hazards, including natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made
disasters, by leading and supporting the Nation in a risk-based, comprehensive emergency
management system of preparedness, protection, response, recovery, and mitigation.
(2) Specific activities
In support of the primary mission of the Agency, the Administrator shall—
(A) lead the Nation's efforts to prepare for, protect against, respond to, recover from, and
mitigate against the risk of natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters,
including catastrophic incidents;
(B) partner with State, local, and tribal governments and emergency response providers, with
other Federal agencies, with the private sector, and with nongovernmental organizations to build
a national system of emergency management that can effectively and efficiently utilize the full
measure of the Nation's resources to respond to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other
man-made disasters, including catastrophic incidents;
(C) develop a Federal response capability that, when necessary and appropriate, can act
effectively and rapidly to deliver assistance essential to saving lives or protecting or preserving
property or public health and safety in a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made
disaster;
(D) integrate the Agency's emergency preparedness, protection, response, recovery, and
mitigation responsibilities to confront effectively the challenges of a natural disaster, act of
terrorism, or other man-made disaster;
(E) develop and maintain robust Regional Offices that will work with State, local, and tribal
governments, emergency response providers, and other appropriate entities to identify and
address regional priorities;

(F) under the leadership of the Secretary, coordinate with the Commandant of the Coast
Guard, the Director of Customs and Border Protection, the Director of Immigration and
Customs Enforcement, the National Operations Center, and other agencies and offices in the
Department to take full advantage of the substantial range of resources in the Department;
(G) provide funding, training, exercises, technical assistance, planning, and other assistance
to build tribal, local, State, regional, and national capabilities (including communications
capabilities), necessary to respond to a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made
disaster; and
(H) develop and coordinate the implementation of a risk-based, all-hazards strategy for
preparedness that builds those common capabilities necessary to respond to natural disasters,
acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters while also building the unique capabilities
necessary to respond to specific types of incidents that pose the greatest risk to our Nation.
(c) Administrator
(1) In general
The Administrator shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of
the Senate.
(2) Qualifications
The Administrator shall be appointed from among individuals who have—
(A) a demonstrated ability in and knowledge of emergency management and homeland
security; and
(B) not less than 5 years of executive leadership and management experience in the public or
private sector.
(3) Reporting
The Administrator shall report to the Secretary, without being required to report through any
other official of the Department.
(4) Principal advisor on emergency management
(A) In general
The Administrator is the principal advisor to the President, the Homeland Security Council,
and the Secretary for all matters relating to emergency management in the United States.
(B) Advice and recommendations
(i) In general
In presenting advice with respect to any matter to the President, the Homeland Security
Council, or the Secretary, the Administrator shall, as the Administrator considers appropriate,
inform the President, the Homeland Security Council, or the Secretary, as the case may be, of
the range of emergency preparedness, protection, response, recovery, and mitigation options
with respect to that matter.
(ii) Advice on request
The Administrator, as the principal advisor on emergency management, shall provide
advice to the President, the Homeland Security Council, or the Secretary on a particular
matter when the President, the Homeland Security Council, or the Secretary requests such
advice.
(iii) Recommendations to Congress
After informing the Secretary, the Administrator may make such recommendations to
Congress relating to emergency management as the Administrator considers appropriate.
(5) Cabinet status
(A) In general
The President may designate the Administrator to serve as a member of the Cabinet in the

event of natural disasters, acts of terrorism, or other man-made disasters.
(B) Retention of authority
Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as affecting the authority of the Secretary under
this chapter.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §503, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(11), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1396.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (c)(5)(B), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov.
25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 313, Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §503, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2213; Pub. L. 108–276,
§3(c)(3), July 21, 2004, 118 Stat. 853; Pub. L. 109–417, title III, §301(c)(2), Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2854,
related to the transfer of certain functions to the Secretary of Homeland Security, prior to repeal by Pub. L.
109–295, title VI, §611(3), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1395.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §612(c), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1410, provided that: "Any reference to the
Director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency, in any law, rule, regulation, certificate, directive,
instruction, or other official paper shall be considered to refer and apply to the Administrator of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency."
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §612(f)(2), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1411, provided that: "Any reference to the
Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency in this title [see Tables for classification] or an
amendment by this title shall be considered to refer and apply to the Director of the Federal Emergency
Management Agency until March 31, 2007."
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective Mar. 31, 2007, see section 614(b)(1) of Pub. L. 109–295, set out as a note under section
701 of this title.

§314. Authority and responsibilities
(a) In general
The Administrator shall provide Federal leadership necessary to prepare for, protect against,
respond to, recover from, or mitigate against a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made
disaster, including—
(1) helping to ensure the effectiveness of emergency response providers to terrorist attacks,
major disasters, and other emergencies;
(2) with respect to the Nuclear Incident Response Team (regardless of whether it is operating as
an organizational unit of the Department pursuant to this subchapter)—
(A) establishing standards and certifying when those standards have been met;
(B) conducting joint and other exercises and training and evaluating performance; and
(C) providing funds to the Department of Energy and the Environmental Protection Agency,
as appropriate, for homeland security planning, exercises and training, and equipment;
(3) providing the Federal Government's response to terrorist attacks and major disasters,

including—
(A) managing such response;
(B) directing the Domestic Emergency Support Team and (when operating as an
organizational unit of the Department pursuant to this subchapter) the Nuclear Incident
Response Team;
(C) overseeing the Metropolitan Medical Response System; and
(D) coordinating other Federal response resources, including requiring deployment of the
Strategic National Stockpile, in the event of a terrorist attack or major disaster;
(4) aiding the recovery from terrorist attacks and major disasters;
(5) building a comprehensive national incident management system with Federal, State, and
local government personnel, agencies, and authorities, to respond to such attacks and disasters;
(6) consolidating existing Federal Government emergency response plans into a single,
coordinated national response plan;
(7) helping ensure the acquisition of operable and interoperable communications capabilities by
Federal, State, local, and tribal governments and emergency response providers;
(8) assisting the President in carrying out the functions under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster
Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.) and carrying out all functions and
authorities given to the Administrator under that Act;
(9) carrying out the mission of the Agency to reduce the loss of life and property and protect the
Nation from all hazards by leading and supporting the Nation in a risk-based, comprehensive
emergency management system of—
(A) mitigation, by taking sustained actions to reduce or eliminate long-term risks to people
and property from hazards and their effects;
(B) preparedness, by planning, training, and building the emergency management profession
to prepare effectively for, mitigate against, respond to, and recover from any hazard;
(C) response, by conducting emergency operations to save lives and property through
positioning emergency equipment, personnel, and supplies, through evacuating potential
victims, through providing food, water, shelter, and medical care to those in need, and through
restoring critical public services; and
(D) recovery, by rebuilding communities so individuals, businesses, and governments can
function on their own, return to normal life, and protect against future hazards;
(10) increasing efficiencies, by coordinating efforts relating to preparedness, protection,
response, recovery, and mitigation;
(11) helping to ensure the effectiveness of emergency response providers in responding to a
natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster;
(12) supervising grant programs administered by the Agency;
(13) administering and ensuring the implementation of the National Response Plan, including
coordinating and ensuring the readiness of each emergency support function under the National
Response Plan;
(14) coordinating with the National Advisory Council established under section 318 of this title;
(15) preparing and implementing the plans and programs of the Federal Government for—
(A) continuity of operations;
(B) continuity of government; and
(C) continuity of plans;
(16) minimizing, to the extent practicable, overlapping planning and reporting requirements
applicable to State, local, and tribal governments and the private sector;
(17) maintaining and operating within the Agency the National Response Coordination Center
or its successor;
(18) developing a national emergency management system that is capable of preparing for,
protecting against, responding to, recovering from, and mitigating against catastrophic incidents;

(19) assisting the President in carrying out the functions under the national preparedness goal
and the national preparedness system and carrying out all functions and authorities of the
Administrator under the national preparedness System;
(20) carrying out all authorities of the Federal Emergency Management Agency and the
Directorate of Preparedness of the Department as transferred under section 315 of this title; and
(21) otherwise carrying out the mission of the Agency as described in section 313(b) of this
title.
(b) All-hazards approach
In carrying out the responsibilities under this section, the Administrator shall coordinate the
implementation of a risk-based, all-hazards strategy that builds those common capabilities necessary
to prepare for, protect against, respond to, recover from, or mitigate against natural disasters, acts of
terrorism, and other man-made disasters, while also building the unique capabilities necessary to
prepare for, protect against, respond to, recover from, or mitigate against the risks of specific types
of incidents that pose the greatest risk to the Nation.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §504, formerly §502, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2212; Pub. L. 108–276,
§3(b)(1), July 21, 2004, 118 Stat. 852; Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7303(h)(1), Dec. 17, 2004, 118
Stat. 3846; renumbered §504 and amended Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(8), (12), Oct. 4, 2006,
120 Stat. 1395, 1398; Pub. L. 109–417, title III, §301(c)(1), Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2854.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(8), is Pub.
L. 93–288, May 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 143, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 68 (§5121 et
seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short
Title note set out under section 5121 of Title 42 and Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 312 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 109–295.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 504 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 517 and is classified to section 321f of this
title.
AMENDMENTS
2006—Pub. L. 109–295, §611(12)(A), (B), inserted "Authority and" before "responsibilities" in section
catchline, designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted subsec. heading, and substituted "The
Administrator shall provide Federal leadership necessary to prepare for, protect against, respond to, recover
from, or mitigate against a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster, including—" for "The
Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Emergency Preparedness and Response, shall include—" in
introductory provisions.
Subsec. (a)(3)(B). Pub. L. 109–417, which directed that section 502(3)(B) of Pub. L. 107–296 be amended
by striking ", the National Disaster Medical System,", was executed by striking those words after "Domestic
Emergency Support Team" in subsec. (a)(3)(B) of this section, to reflect the probable intent of Congress and
the redesignation of section 502(3)(B) as 504(a)(3)(B) by Pub. L. 109–295, §611(8), (12)(B). See credits and
Amendment note above.
Subsec. (a)(7) to (21). Pub. L. 109–295, §611(12)(C), (D), added pars. (7) to (21) and struck out former par.
(7) which read as follows: "helping to ensure that emergency response providers acquire interoperable
communications technology."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 109–295, §611(12)(D), added subsec. (b).
2004—Par. (3)(B). Pub. L. 108–276, §3(b)(1)(A), struck out "the Strategic National Stockpile," after
"Domestic Emergency Support Team,".
Par. (3)(D). Pub. L. 108–276, §3(b)(1)(B), inserted ", including requiring deployment of the Strategic
National Stockpile," after "resources".
Par. (7). Pub. L. 108–458 struck out "developing comprehensive programs for developing interoperative

communications technology, and" before "helping" and substituted "acquire interoperable communications
technology" for "acquire such technology".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2006 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 109–417, title III, §301(f), Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2855, provided that: "The amendments made by
subsections (b) and (c) [amending this section and former section 313 of this title and enacting provisions set
out as a note under section 300hh–11 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] shall take effect on January
1, 2007."
Amendment by section 611(12) of Pub. L. 109–295 effective Mar. 31, 2007, see section 614(b)(2) of Pub.
L. 109–295, set out as an Effective Date note under section 701 of this title.
EXECUTIVE DOCUMENTS
EX. ORD. NO. 13347. INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES IN EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
Ex. Ord. No. 13347, July 22, 2004, 69 F.R. 44573, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
and to strengthen emergency preparedness with respect to individuals with disabilities, it is hereby ordered as
follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. To ensure that the Federal Government appropriately supports safety and security for
individuals with disabilities in situations involving disasters, including earthquakes, tornadoes, fires, floods,
hurricanes, and acts of terrorism, it shall be the policy of the United States that executive departments and
agencies of the Federal Government (agencies):
(a) consider, in their emergency preparedness planning, the unique needs of agency employees with
disabilities and individuals with disabilities whom the agency serves;
(b) encourage, including through the provision of technical assistance, as appropriate, consideration of the
unique needs of employees and individuals with disabilities served by State, local, and tribal governments and
private organizations and individuals in emergency preparedness planning; and
(c) facilitate cooperation among Federal, State, local, and tribal governments and private organizations and
individuals in the implementation of emergency preparedness plans as they relate to individuals with
disabilities.
SEC. 2. Establishment of Council. (a) There is hereby established, within the Department of Homeland
Security for administrative purposes, the Interagency Coordinating Council on Emergency Preparedness and
Individuals with Disabilities (the "Council"). The Council shall consist exclusively of the following members
or their designees:
(i) the heads of executive departments, the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, the
Administrator of General Services, the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, and the
Commissioner of Social Security; and
(ii) any other agency head as the Secretary of Homeland Security may, with the concurrence of the
agency head, designate.
(b) The Secretary of Homeland Security shall chair the Council, convene and preside at its meetings,
determine its agenda, direct its work, and, as appropriate to particular subject matters, establish and direct
subgroups of the Council, which shall consist exclusively of Council members.
(c) A member of the Council may designate, to perform the Council functions of the member, an employee
of the member's department or agency who is either an officer of the United States appointed by the President,
or a full-time employee serving in a position with pay equal to or greater than the minimum rate payable for
GS–15 of the General Schedule.
SEC. 3. Functions of Council. (a) The Council shall:
(i) coordinate implementation by agencies of the policy set forth in section 1 of this order;
(ii) whenever the Council obtains in the performance of its functions information or advice from any
individual who is not a full-time or permanent part-time Federal employee, obtain such information and
advice only in a manner that seeks individual advice and does not involve collective judgment or consensus
advice or deliberation; and
(iii) at the request of any agency head (or the agency head's designee under section 2(c) of this order)
who is a member of the Council, unless the Secretary of Homeland Security declines the request, promptly
review and provide advice, for the purpose of furthering the policy set forth in section 1, on a proposed

action by that agency.
(b) The Council shall submit to the President each year beginning 1 year after the date of this order, through
the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security, a report that describes:
(i) the achievements of the Council in implementing the policy set forth in section 1;
(ii) the best practices among Federal, State, local, and tribal governments and private organizations and
individuals for emergency preparedness planning with respect to individuals with disabilities; and
(iii) recommendations of the Council for advancing the policy set forth in section 1.
SEC. 4. General. (a) To the extent permitted by law:
(i) agencies shall assist and provide information to the Council for the performance of its functions
under this order; and
(ii) the Department of Homeland Security shall provide funding and administrative support for the
Council.
(b) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect the functions of the Director of the
Office of Management and Budget relating to budget, administrative, or legislative proposals.
(c) This order is intended only to improve the internal management of the executive branch and is not
intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity
by a party against the United States, its departments, agencies, instrumentalities, or entities, its officers or
employees, or any other person.

GEORGE W. BUSH.

§314a. FEMA programs
Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal law, as of April 1, 2007, the Director of the
Federal Emergency Management Agency shall be responsible for the radiological emergency
preparedness program and the chemical stockpile emergency preparedness program.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title VI, §612, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1943.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Security and Accountability For Every Port Act of 2006, also known as
the SAFE Port Act, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
References to the Director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency considered to refer and apply to
the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency, see section 612(c) of Pub. L. 109–295, set
out as a note under section 313 of this title.

§315. Functions transferred
(a) In general
Except as provided in subsection (b), there are transferred to the Agency the following:
(1) All functions of the Federal Emergency Management Agency, including existing
responsibilities for emergency alert systems and continuity of operations and continuity of
government plans and programs as constituted on June 1, 2006, including all of its personnel,
assets, components, authorities, grant programs, and liabilities, and including the functions of the
Under Secretary for Federal Emergency Management relating thereto.
(2) The Directorate of Preparedness, as constituted on June 1, 2006, including all of its
functions, personnel, assets, components, authorities, grant programs, and liabilities, and including
the functions of the Under Secretary for Preparedness relating thereto.

(b) Exceptions
The following within the Preparedness Directorate shall not be transferred:
(1) The Office of Infrastructure Protection.
(2) The National Communications System.
(3) The National Cybersecurity Division.
(4) The functions, personnel, assets, components, authorities, and liabilities of each component
described under paragraphs (1) through (3).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §505, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(13), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1400; amended Pub. L. 115–387, §2(f)(4), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5168.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 505 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 518 and is classified to section 321g of this
title.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (b)(4), (5). Pub. L. 115–387 redesignated par. (5) as (4), substituted "(1) through (3)" for
"(1) through (4)", and struck out former par. (4) which read as follows: "The Office of the Chief Medical
Officer."
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective Mar. 31, 2007, see section 614(b)(3) of Pub. L. 109–295, set out as a note under section
701 of this title.
TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
For transfer of functions, personnel, assets, and liabilities of the Federal Emergency Management Agency,
including the functions of the Director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency relating thereto, to the
Secretary of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see former section 313(1) and
sections 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of this title and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of
November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of this title.

§316. Preserving the Federal Emergency Management Agency
(a) Distinct entity
The Agency shall be maintained as a distinct entity within the Department.
(b) Reorganization
Section 452 of this title shall not apply to the Agency, including any function or organizational
unit of the Agency.
(c) Prohibition on changes to missions
(1) In general
The Secretary may not substantially or significantly reduce, including through a Joint Task
Force established under section 348 of this title, the authorities, responsibilities, or functions of the
Agency or the capability of the Agency to perform those missions, authorities, responsibilities,1
except as otherwise specifically provided in an Act enacted after October 4, 2006.
(2) Certain transfers prohibited
No asset, function, or mission of the Agency may be diverted to the principal and continuing
use of any other organization, unit, or entity of the Department, including a Joint Task Force
established under section 348 of this title, except for details or assignments that do not reduce the

capability of the Agency to perform its missions.
(d) Reprogramming and transfer of funds
In reprogramming or transferring funds, the Secretary shall comply with any applicable provisions
of any Act making appropriations for the Department for fiscal year 2007, or any succeeding fiscal
year, relating to the reprogramming or transfer of funds.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §506, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(13), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1400; amended Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1901(d)(1), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2670.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 506 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 502 and is classified to section 312 of this
title.
AMENDMENTS
2016—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 114–328, §1901(d)(1)(A), inserted ", including through a Joint Task Force
established under section 348 of this title, after "reduce".
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 114–328, §1901(d)(1)(B), inserted "including a Joint Task Force established under
section 348 of this title," after "Department,".
1

So in original. Probably should be "authorities, responsibilities, or functions".

§317. Regional offices
(a) In general
There are in the Agency 10 regional offices, as identified by the Administrator.
(b) Management of regional offices
(1) Regional Administrator
Each Regional Office shall be headed by a Regional Administrator who shall be appointed by
the Administrator, after consulting with State, local, and tribal government officials in the region.
Each Regional Administrator shall report directly to the Administrator and be in the Senior
Executive Service.
(2) Qualifications
(A) In general
Each Regional Administrator shall be appointed from among individuals who have a
demonstrated ability in and knowledge of emergency management and homeland security.
(B) Considerations
In selecting a Regional Administrator for a Regional Office, the Administrator shall consider
the familiarity of an individual with the geographical area and demographic characteristics of
the population served by such Regional Office.
(c) Responsibilities
(1) In general
The Regional Administrator shall work in partnership with State, local, and tribal governments,
emergency managers, emergency response providers, medical providers, the private sector,
nongovernmental organizations, multijurisdictional councils of governments, and regional
planning commissions and organizations in the geographical area served by the Regional Office to
carry out the responsibilities of a Regional Administrator under this section.
(2) Responsibilities

The responsibilities of a Regional Administrator include—
(A) ensuring effective, coordinated, and integrated regional preparedness, protection,
response, recovery, and mitigation activities and programs for natural disasters, acts of
terrorism, and other man-made disasters (including planning, training, exercises, and
professional development);
(B) assisting in the development of regional capabilities needed for a national catastrophic
response system;
(C) coordinating the establishment of effective regional operable and interoperable
emergency communications capabilities;
(D) staffing and overseeing 1 or more strike teams within the region under subsection (f), to
serve as the focal point of the Federal Government's initial response efforts for natural disasters,
acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters within that region, and otherwise building
Federal response capabilities to respond to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other
man-made disasters within that region;
(E) designating an individual responsible for the development of strategic and operational
regional plans in support of the National Response Plan;
(F) fostering the development of mutual aid and other cooperative agreements;
(G) identifying critical gaps in regional capabilities to respond to populations with special
needs;
(H) maintaining and operating a Regional Response Coordination Center or its successor;
(I) coordinating with the private sector to help ensure private sector preparedness for natural
disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters;
(J) assisting State, local, and tribal governments, where appropriate, to preidentify and
evaluate suitable sites where a multijurisdictional incident command system may quickly be
established and operated from, if the need for such a system arises; and
(K) performing such other duties relating to such responsibilities as the Administrator may
require.
(3) Training and exercise requirements
(A) Training
The Administrator shall require each Regional Administrator to undergo specific training
periodically to complement the qualifications of the Regional Administrator. Such training, as
appropriate, shall include training with respect to the National Incident Management System,
the National Response Plan, and such other subjects as determined by the Administrator.
(B) Exercises
The Administrator shall require each Regional Administrator to participate as appropriate in
regional and national exercises.
(d) Area offices
(1) In general
There is an Area Office for the Pacific and an Area Office for the Caribbean, as components in
the appropriate Regional Offices.
(2) Alaska
The Administrator shall establish an Area Office in Alaska, as a component in the appropriate
Regional Office.
(e) Regional Advisory Council
(1) Establishment
Each Regional Administrator shall establish a Regional Advisory Council.
(2) Nominations
A State, local, or tribal government located within the geographic area served by the Regional

Office may nominate officials, including Adjutants General and emergency managers, to serve as
members of the Regional Advisory Council for that region.
(3) Responsibilities
Each Regional Advisory Council shall—
(A) advise the Regional Administrator on emergency management issues specific to that
region;
(B) identify any geographic, demographic, or other characteristics peculiar to any State, local,
or tribal government within the region that might make preparedness, protection, response,
recovery, or mitigation more complicated or difficult; and
(C) advise the Regional Administrator of any weaknesses or deficiencies in preparedness,
protection, response, recovery, and mitigation for any State, local, and tribal government within
the region of which the Regional Advisory Council is aware.
(f) Regional Office strike teams
(1) In general
In coordination with other relevant Federal agencies, each Regional Administrator shall oversee
multi-agency strike teams authorized under section 5144 of title 42 that shall consist of—
(A) a designated Federal coordinating officer;
(B) personnel trained in incident management;
(C) public affairs, response and recovery, and communications support personnel;
(D) a defense coordinating officer;
(E) liaisons to other Federal agencies;
(F) such other personnel as the Administrator or Regional Administrator determines
appropriate; and
(G) individuals from the agencies with primary responsibility for each of the emergency
support functions in the National Response Plan.
(2) Other duties
The duties of an individual assigned to a Regional Office strike team from another relevant
agency when such individual is not functioning as a member of the strike team shall be consistent
with the emergency preparedness activities of the agency that employs such individual.
(3) Location of members
The members of each Regional Office strike team, including representatives from agencies
other than the Department, shall be based primarily within the region that corresponds to that
strike team.
(4) Coordination
Each Regional Office strike team shall coordinate the training and exercises of that strike team
with the State, local, and tribal governments and private sector and nongovernmental entities
which the strike team shall support when a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made
disaster occurs.
(5) Preparedness
Each Regional Office strike team shall be trained as a unit on a regular basis and equipped and
staffed to be well prepared to respond to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made
disasters, including catastrophic incidents.
(6) Authorities
If the Administrator determines that statutory authority is inadequate for the preparedness and
deployment of individuals in strike teams under this subsection, the Administrator shall report to
Congress regarding the additional statutory authorities that the Administrator determines are
necessary.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §507, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(13), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.

1401; amended Pub. L. 110–53, title IV, §404, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 303.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 317, Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §507, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2214, related to the role of the
Federal Emergency Management Agency, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(4), Oct. 4. 2006,
120 Stat. 1395.
AMENDMENTS
2007—Subsec. (c)(2)(I) to (K). Pub. L. 110–53 added subpars. (I) and (J) and redesignated former subpar.
(I) as (K).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective Mar. 31, 2007, see section 614(b)(3) of Pub. L. 109–295, set out as a note under section
701 of this title.

§318. National Advisory Council
(a) Establishment
Not later than 60 days after October 4, 2006, the Secretary shall establish an advisory body under
section 451(a) of this title to ensure effective and ongoing coordination of Federal preparedness,
protection, response, recovery, and mitigation for natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other
man-made disasters, to be known as the National Advisory Council.
(b) Responsibilities
(1) In general
The National Advisory Council shall advise the Administrator on all aspects of emergency
management. The National Advisory Council shall incorporate State, local, and tribal government
and private sector input in the development and revision of the national preparedness goal, the
national preparedness system, the National Incident Management System, the National Response
Plan, and other related plans and strategies.
(2) Consultation on grants
To ensure input from and coordination with State, local, and tribal governments and emergency
response providers, the Administrator shall regularly consult and work with the National Advisory
Council on the administration and assessment of grant programs administered by the Department,
including with respect to the development of program guidance and the development and
evaluation of risk-assessment methodologies, as appropriate.
(c) Membership
(1) In general
The members of the National Advisory Council shall be appointed by the Administrator, and
shall, to the extent practicable, represent a geographic (including urban and rural) and substantive
cross section of officials, emergency managers, and emergency response providers from State,
local, and tribal governments, the private sector, and nongovernmental organizations, including as
appropriate—
(A) members selected from the emergency management field and emergency response
providers, including fire service, law enforcement, hazardous materials response, emergency
medical services, and emergency management personnel, or organizations representing such
individuals;

(B) health scientists, emergency and inpatient medical providers, and public health
professionals;
(C) experts from Federal, State, local, and tribal governments, and the private sector,
representing standards-setting and accrediting organizations, including representatives from the
voluntary consensus codes and standards development community, particularly those with
expertise in the emergency preparedness and response field;
(D) State, local, and tribal government officials with expertise in preparedness, protection,
response, recovery, and mitigation, including Adjutants General;
(E) elected State, local, and tribal government executives;
(F) experts in public and private sector infrastructure protection, cybersecurity, and
communications;
(G) representatives of individuals with disabilities and other populations with special needs;
and
(H) such other individuals as the Administrator determines to be appropriate.
(2) Coordination with the Departments of Health and Human Services and Transportation
In the selection of members of the National Advisory Council who are health or emergency
medical services professionals, the Administrator shall work with the Secretary of Health and
Human Services and the Secretary of Transportation.
(3) Ex officio members
The Administrator shall designate 1 or more officers of the Federal Government to serve as ex
officio members of the National Advisory Council.
(4) Terms of office
(A) In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term of office of each member of the National
Advisory Council shall be 3 years.
(B) Initial appointments
Of the members initially appointed to the National Advisory Council—
(i) one-third shall be appointed for a term of 1 year; and
(ii) one-third shall be appointed for a term of 2 years.
(d) RESPONSE Subcommittee
(1) Establishment
Not later than 30 days after December 16, 2016, the Administrator shall establish, as a
subcommittee of the National Advisory Council, the Railroad Emergency Services Preparedness,
Operational Needs, and Safety Evaluation Subcommittee (referred to in this subsection as the
"RESPONSE Subcommittee").
(2) Membership
Notwithstanding subsection (c), the RESPONSE Subcommittee shall be composed of the
following:
(A) The Deputy Administrator, Protection and National Preparedness of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency, or designee.
(B) The Chief Safety Officer of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration,
or designee.
(C) The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety of the Pipeline and
Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, or designee.
(D) The Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, or designee.
(E) The Director for the Office of Railroad, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Investigations
of the National Transportation Safety Board, or designee.
(F) The Chief Safety Officer and Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety of the Federal
Railroad Administration, or designee.

(G) The Assistant Administrator for Security Policy and Industry Engagement of the
Transportation Security Administration, or designee.
(H) The Assistant Commandant for Response Policy of the Coast Guard, or designee.
(I) The Assistant Administrator for the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response of
the Environmental Protection Agency, or designee.
(J) Such other qualified individuals as the co-chairpersons shall jointly appoint as soon as
practicable after December 16, 2016, from among the following:
(i) Members of the National Advisory Council that have the requisite technical knowledge
and expertise to address rail emergency response issues, including members from the
following disciplines:
(I) Emergency management and emergency response providers, including fire service,
law enforcement, hazardous materials response, and emergency medical services.
(II) State, local, and tribal government officials.
(ii) Individuals who have the requisite technical knowledge and expertise to serve on the
RESPONSE Subcommittee, including at least 1 representative from each of the following:
(I) The rail industry.
(II) Rail labor.
(III) Persons who offer oil for transportation by rail.
(IV) The communications industry.
(V) Emergency response providers, including individuals nominated by national
organizations representing State and local governments and emergency responders.
(VI) Emergency response training providers.
(VII) Representatives from tribal organizations.
(VIII) Technical experts.
(IX) Vendors, developers, and manufacturers of systems, facilities, equipment, and
capabilities for emergency responder services.
(iii) Representatives of such other stakeholders and interested and affected parties as the
co-chairpersons consider appropriate.
(3) Co-chairpersons
The members described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (2) shall serve as the
co-chairpersons of the RESPONSE Subcommittee.
(4) Initial meeting
The initial meeting of the RESPONSE Subcommittee shall take place not later than 90 days
after December 16, 2016.
(5) Consultation with nonmembers
The RESPONSE Subcommittee and the program offices for emergency responder training and
resources shall consult with other relevant agencies and groups, including entities engaged in
federally funded research and academic institutions engaged in relevant work and research, which
are not represented on the RESPONSE Subcommittee to consider new and developing
technologies and methods that may be beneficial to preparedness and response to rail hazardous
materials incidents.
(6) Recommendations
The RESPONSE Subcommittee shall develop recommendations, as appropriate, for improving
emergency responder training and resource allocation for hazardous materials incidents involving
railroads after evaluating the following topics:
(A) The quality and application of training for State and local emergency responders related
to rail hazardous materials incidents, including training for emergency responders serving small
communities near railroads, including the following:
(i) Ease of access to relevant training for State and local emergency responders, including

an analysis of—
(I) the number of individuals being trained;
(II) the number of individuals who are applying;
(III) whether current demand is being met;
(IV) current challenges; and
(V) projected needs.
(ii) Modernization of training course content related to rail hazardous materials incidents,
with a particular focus on fluctuations in oil shipments by rail, including regular and ongoing
evaluation of course opportunities, adaptation to emerging trends, agency and private sector
outreach, effectiveness and ease of access for State and local emergency responders.
(iii) Identification of overlap in training content and identification of opportunities to
develop complementary courses and materials among governmental and nongovernmental
entities.
(iv) Online training platforms, train-the-trainer, and mobile training options.
(B) The availability and effectiveness of Federal, State, local, and nongovernmental funding
levels related to training emergency responders for rail hazardous materials incidents, including
emergency responders serving small communities near railroads, including—
(i) identifying overlap in resource allocations;
(ii) identifying cost savings measures that can be implemented to increase training
opportunities;
(iii) leveraging government funding with nongovernmental funding to enhance training
opportunities and fill existing training gaps;
(iv) adaptation of priority settings for agency funding allocations in response to emerging
trends;
(v) historic levels of funding across Federal agencies for rail hazardous materials incident
response and training, including funding provided by the private sector to public entities or in
conjunction with Federal programs; and
(vi) current funding resources across agencies.
(C) The strategy for integrating commodity flow studies, mapping, and rail and hazardous
materials databases for State and local emergency responders and increasing the rate of access
to the individual responder in existing or emerging communications technology.
(7) Report
(A) In general
Not later than 1 year after December 16, 2016, the RESPONSE Subcommittee shall submit a
report to the National Advisory Council that—
(i) includes the recommendations developed under paragraph (6);
(ii) specifies the timeframes for implementing any such recommendations that do not
require congressional action; and
(iii) identifies any such recommendations that do require congressional action.
(B) Review
Not later than 30 days after receiving the report under subparagraph (A), the National
Advisory Council shall begin a review of the report. The National Advisory Council may ask
for additional clarification, changes, or other information from the RESPONSE Subcommittee
to assist in the approval of the recommendations.
(C) Recommendation
Once the National Advisory Council approves the recommendations of the RESPONSE
Subcommittee, the National Advisory Council shall submit the report to—
(i) the co-chairpersons of the RESPONSE Subcommittee;

(ii) the head of each other agency represented on the RESPONSE Subcommittee;
(iii) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
(iv) the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate;
(v) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives; and
(vi) the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives.
(8) Interim activity
(A) Updates and oversight
After the submission of the report by the National Advisory Council under paragraph (7), the
Administrator shall—
(i) provide annual updates to the congressional committees referred to in paragraph (7)(C)
regarding the status of the implementation of the recommendations developed under
paragraph (6); and
(ii) coordinate the implementation of the recommendations described in paragraph
(6)(G)(i), as appropriate.
(B) Sunset
The requirements of subparagraph (A) shall terminate on the date that is 2 years after the date
of the submission of the report required under paragraph (7)(A).
(9) Termination
The RESPONSE Subcommittee shall terminate not later than 90 days after the submission of
the report required under paragraph (7)(C).
(e) Applicability of Federal Advisory Committee Act
(1) In general
Notwithstanding section 451(a) of this title and subject to paragraph (2), the Federal Advisory
Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.), including subsections (a), (b), and (d) of section 10 of such Act,
and section 552b(c) of title 5 shall apply to the National Advisory Council.
(2) Termination
Section 14(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall not apply to the
National Advisory Council.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §508, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(13), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1403; amended Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §102(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 293; Pub. L. 114–321, §2,
Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat. 1623; Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(4)(A), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (e), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat.
770, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 508 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 519 and is classified to section 321h of this
title.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (d)(2)(D). Pub. L. 115–278 substituted "The Assistant Director for Emergency
Communications" for "The Director of the Office of Emergency Communications of the Department of
Homeland Security".
2016—Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 114–321 added subsec. (d) and redesignated former subsec. (d) as (e).
2007—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–53 designated existing provisions as par. (1), inserted heading, and added
par. (2).

STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications deemed to be a reference to the
Executive Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, see section 571(g) of this title, enacted Jan. 1,
2021.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective Mar. 31, 2007, see section 614(b)(3) of Pub. L. 109–295, set out as a note under section
701 of this title.

§319. National Integration Center
(a) In general
There is established in the Agency a National Integration Center.
(b) Responsibilities
(1) In general
The Administrator, through the National Integration Center, and in consultation with other
Federal departments and agencies and the National Advisory Council, shall ensure ongoing
management and maintenance of the National Incident Management System, the National
Response Plan, and any successor to such system or plan.
(2) Specific responsibilities
The National Integration Center shall periodically review, and revise as appropriate, the
National Incident Management System and the National Response Plan, including—
(A) establishing, in consultation with the Director of the Corporation for National and
Community Service, a process to better use volunteers and donations;
(B) improving the use of Federal, State, local, and tribal resources and ensuring the effective
use of emergency response providers at emergency scenes; and
(C) revising the Catastrophic Incident Annex, finalizing and releasing the Catastrophic
Incident Supplement to the National Response Plan, and ensuring that both effectively address
response requirements in the event of a catastrophic incident.
(c) Incident management
(1) In general
(A) National Response Plan
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator, shall ensure that the National Response Plan
provides for a clear chain of command to lead and coordinate the Federal response to any
natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster.
(B) Administrator
The chain of the command specified in the National Response Plan shall—
(i) provide for a role for the Administrator consistent with the role of the Administrator as
the principal emergency management advisor to the President, the Homeland Security
Council, and the Secretary under section 313(c)(4) of this title and the responsibility of the
Administrator under the Post-Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006, and the
amendments made by that Act, relating to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other
man-made disasters; and
(ii) provide for a role for the Federal Coordinating Officer consistent with the
responsibilities under section 5143(b) of title 42.
(2) Principal Federal Official; Joint Task Force
The Principal Federal Official (or the successor thereto) or Director of a Joint Task Force

established under section 348 of this title shall not—
(A) direct or replace the incident command structure established at the incident; or
(B) have directive authority over the Senior Federal Law Enforcement Official, Federal
Coordinating Officer, or other Federal and State officials.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §509, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(13), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1405; amended Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1901(d)(2), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2670.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Post-Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(B)(i), is title
VI of Pub. L. 109–295, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1394. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see
Short Title note set out under section 701 of this title and Tables.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 509 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 520 and is classified to section 321i of this
title.
AMENDMENTS
2016—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 114–328 inserted "; Joint Task Force" after "Official" in heading and "or
Director of a Joint Task Force established under section 348 of this title" before "shall" in introductory
provisions.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Any reference to the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency in title VI of Pub. L.
109–295 or an amendment by title VI to be considered to refer and apply to the Director of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency until Mar. 31, 2007, see section 612(f)(2) of Pub. L. 109–295, set out as a
note under section 313 of this title.

§320. Credentialing and typing
(a) In general
The Administrator shall enter into a memorandum of understanding with the administrators of the
Emergency Management Assistance Compact, State, local, and tribal governments, and
organizations that represent emergency response providers, to collaborate on developing standards
for deployment capabilities, including for credentialing and typing of incident management
personnel, emergency response providers, and other personnel (including temporary personnel) and
resources likely needed to respond to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made
disasters.
(b) Distribution
(1) In general
Not later than 1 year after August 3, 2007, the Administrator shall provide the standards
developed under subsection (a), including detailed written guidance, to—
(A) each Federal agency that has responsibilities under the National Response Plan to aid that
agency with credentialing and typing incident management personnel, emergency response
providers, and other personnel (including temporary personnel) and resources likely needed to
respond to a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster; and
(B) State, local, and tribal governments, to aid such governments with credentialing and
typing of State, local, and tribal incident management personnel, emergency response providers,
and other personnel (including temporary personnel) and resources likely needed to respond to a

natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster.
(2) Assistance
The Administrator shall provide expertise and technical assistance to aid Federal, State, local,
and tribal government agencies with credentialing and typing incident management personnel,
emergency response providers, and other personnel (including temporary personnel) and resources
likely needed to respond to a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster.
(c) Credentialing and typing of personnel
Not later than 6 months after receiving the standards provided under subsection (b), each Federal
agency with responsibilities under the National Response Plan shall ensure that incident management
personnel, emergency response providers, and other personnel (including temporary personnel) and
resources likely needed to respond to a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other manmade disaster
are credentialed and typed in accordance with this section.
(d) Consultation on health care standards
In developing standards for credentialing health care professionals under this section, the
Administrator shall consult with the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §510, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(13), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1406; amended Pub. L. 110–53, title IV, §408, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 304.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 510 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 521 and is classified to section 321j of this
title.
Another prior section 510 of Pub. L. 107–296 was classified to section 321 of this title, prior to repeal by
Pub. L. 109–295.
AMENDMENTS
2007—Pub. L. 110–53 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, substituted "for
credentialing and typing of incident management personnel, emergency response providers, and other
personnel (including temporary personnel) and" for "credentialing of personnel and typing of", and added
subsecs. (b) to (d).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Any reference to the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency in title VI of Pub. L.
109–295 or an amendment by title VI to be considered to refer and apply to the Director of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency until Mar. 31, 2007, see section 612(f)(2) of Pub. L. 109–295, set out as a
note under section 313 of this title.
SCOPE OF PRACTICE IN PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCY
Pub. L. 116–136, div. B, title VI, §16005, Mar. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 545, provided that:
"(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law regarding the licensure of health-care providers, a
health-care professional described in subsection (b) may practice the health profession or professions of the
health-care professional at any location in any State, the District of Columbia, or Commonwealth, territory, or
possession of the United States, or any location designated by the Secretary, regardless of where such
health-care professional or the patient is located, so long as the practice is within the scope of the authorized
Federal duties of such health-care professional.
"(b) DEFINITION.—As used in this section, the term 'health-care professional' means an individual (other
than a member of the Coast Guard, a civilian employee of the Coast Guard, member of the Public Health
Service who is assigned to the Coast Guard, or an individual with whom the Secretary, pursuant to 10 U.S.C.
1091, has entered into a personal services contract to carry out health care responsibilities of the Secretary at a
medical treatment facility of the Coast Guard) who—
"(1) is—

"(A) an employee of the Department of Homeland Security,
"(B) a detailee to the Department from another Federal agency,
"(C) a personal services contractor of the Department, or
"(D) hired under a Contract for Services;
"(2) performs health care services as part of duties of the individual in that capacity;
"(3) has a current, valid, and unrestricted equivalent license certification that is—
"(A) issued by a State, the District of Columbia, or a Commonwealth, territory, or possession of
the United States; and
"(B) for the practice of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, nursing, emergency medical
services, or another health profession; and
"(4) is not affirmatively excluded from practice in the licensing or certifying jurisdiction or in any
other jurisdiction.
"(c) Subsection (a) shall apply during the incident period of the emergency declared by the President on
March 13, 2020, pursuant to section 501(b) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency
Assistance Act [Pub. L. 93–288] (42 U.S.C. 5121(b) [5191(b)]), and to any subsequent major declaration
under section 401 of such Act [42 U.S.C. 5170] that supersedes such emergency declaration."

§321. The National Infrastructure Simulation and Analysis Center
(a) Definition
In this section, the term "National Infrastructure Simulation and Analysis Center" means the
National Infrastructure Simulation and Analysis Center established under section 5195c(d) of title
42.
(b) Authority
(1) In general
There is in the Department the National Infrastructure Simulation and Analysis Center which
shall serve as a source of national expertise to address critical infrastructure protection and
continuity through support for activities related to—
(A) counterterrorism, threat assessment, and risk mitigation; and
(B) a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster.
(2) Infrastructure modeling
(A) Particular support
The support provided under paragraph (1) shall include modeling, simulation, and analysis of
the systems and assets comprising critical infrastructure, in order to enhance preparedness,
protection, response, recovery, and mitigation activities.
(B) Relationship with other agencies
Each Federal agency and department with critical infrastructure responsibilities under
Homeland Security Presidential Directive 7, or any successor to such directive, shall establish a
formal relationship, including an agreement regarding information sharing, between the
elements of such agency or department and the National Infrastructure Simulation and Analysis
Center, through the Department.
(C) Purpose
(i) In general
The purpose of the relationship under subparagraph (B) shall be to permit each Federal
agency and department described in subparagraph (B) to take full advantage of the
capabilities of the National Infrastructure Simulation and Analysis Center (particularly
vulnerability and consequence analysis), consistent with its work load capacity and priorities,
for real-time response to reported and projected natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other
man-made disasters.
(ii) Recipient of certain support

Modeling, simulation, and analysis provided under this subsection shall be provided to
relevant Federal agencies and departments, including Federal agencies and departments with
critical infrastructure responsibilities under Homeland Security Presidential Directive 7, or
any successor to such directive.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §511, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(13), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1406.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 321, Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §510, as added Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7303(d), Dec. 17,
2004, 118 Stat. 3844, related to urban and other high risk area communications capabilities, prior to repeal by
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(5), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1395.

§321a. Evacuation plans and exercises
(a) In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and subject to subsection (d), grants made to States or
local or tribal governments by the Department through the State Homeland Security Grant Program
or the Urban Area Security Initiative may be used to—
(1) establish programs for the development and maintenance of mass evacuation plans under
subsection (b) in the event of a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster;
(2) prepare for the execution of such plans, including the development of evacuation routes and
the purchase and stockpiling of necessary supplies and shelters; and
(3) conduct exercises of such plans.
(b) Plan development
In developing the mass evacuation plans authorized under subsection (a), each State, local, or
tribal government shall, to the maximum extent practicable—
(1) establish incident command and decision making processes;
(2) ensure that State, local, and tribal government plans, including evacuation routes, are
coordinated and integrated;
(3) identify primary and alternative evacuation routes and methods to increase evacuation
capabilities along such routes such as conversion of two-way traffic to one-way evacuation routes;
(4) identify evacuation transportation modes and capabilities, including the use of mass and
public transit capabilities, and coordinating and integrating evacuation plans for all populations
including for those individuals located in hospitals, nursing homes, and other institutional living
facilities;
(5) develop procedures for informing the public of evacuation plans before and during an
evacuation, including individuals—
(A) with disabilities or other special needs, including the elderly;
(B) with limited English proficiency; or
(C) who might otherwise have difficulty in obtaining such information; and
(6) identify shelter locations and capabilities.
(c) Assistance
(1) In general
The Administrator may establish any guidelines, standards, or requirements determined
appropriate to administer this section and to ensure effective mass evacuation planning for State,
local, and tribal areas.
(2) Requested assistance

The Administrator shall make assistance available upon request of a State, local, or tribal
government to assist hospitals, nursing homes, and other institutions that house individuals with
special needs to establish, maintain, and exercise mass evacuation plans that are coordinated and
integrated into the plans developed by that State, local, or tribal government under this section.
(d) Multipurpose funds
Nothing in this section may be construed to preclude a State, local, or tribal government from
using grant funds in a manner that enhances preparedness for a natural or man-made disaster
unrelated to an act of terrorism, if such use assists such government in building capabilities for
terrorism preparedness.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §512, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(13), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1407; amended Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §102(b), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 293.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2007—Subsec. (b)(5)(A). Pub. L. 110–53 inserted ", including the elderly" after "needs".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Any reference to the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency in title VI of Pub. L.
109–295 or an amendment by title VI to be considered to refer and apply to the Director of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency until Mar. 31, 2007, see section 612(f)(2) of Pub. L. 109–295, set out as a
note under section 313 of this title.

§321b. Disability Coordinator
(a) In general
After consultation with organizations representing individuals with disabilities, the National
Council on Disabilities, and the Interagency Coordinating Council on Preparedness and Individuals
with Disabilities, established under Executive Order No. 13347, the Administrator shall appoint a
Disability Coordinator. The Disability Coordinator shall report directly to the Administrator, in order
to ensure that the needs of individuals with disabilities are being properly addressed in emergency
preparedness and disaster relief.
(b) Responsibilities
The Disability Coordinator shall be responsible for—
(1) providing guidance and coordination on matters related to individuals with disabilities in
emergency planning requirements and relief efforts in the event of a natural disaster, act of
terrorism, or other man-made disaster;
(2) interacting with the staff of the Agency, the National Council on Disabilities, the
Interagency Coordinating Council on Preparedness and Individuals with Disabilities established
under Executive Order No. 13347, other agencies of the Federal Government, and State, local, and
tribal government authorities regarding the needs of individuals with disabilities in emergency
planning requirements and relief efforts in the event of a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other
man-made disaster;
(3) consulting with organizations that represent the interests and rights of individuals with
disabilities about the needs of individuals with disabilities in emergency planning requirements
and relief efforts in the event of a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster;
(4) ensuring the coordination and dissemination of best practices and model evacuation plans
for individuals with disabilities;
(5) ensuring the development of training materials and a curriculum for training of emergency

response providers, State, local, and tribal government officials, and others on the needs of
individuals with disabilities;
(6) promoting the accessibility of telephone hotlines and websites regarding emergency
preparedness, evacuations, and disaster relief;
(7) working to ensure that video programming distributors, including broadcasters, cable
operators, and satellite television services, make emergency information accessible to individuals
with hearing and vision disabilities;
(8) ensuring the availability of accessible transportation options for individuals with disabilities
in the event of an evacuation;
(9) providing guidance and implementing policies to ensure that the rights and wishes of
individuals with disabilities regarding post-evacuation residency and relocation are respected;
(10) ensuring that meeting the needs of individuals with disabilities are included in the
components of the national preparedness system established under section 744 of this title; and
(11) any other duties as assigned by the Administrator.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §513, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(13), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1408.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Executive Order No. 13347, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (b)(2), is set out as a note under section 314 of
this title.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Any reference to the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency in title VI of Pub. L.
109–295 or an amendment by title VI to be considered to refer and apply to the Director of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency until Mar. 31, 2007, see section 612(f)(2) of Pub. L. 109–295, set out as a
note under section 313 of this title.

§321c. Department and Agency officials
(a) Deputy Administrators
The President may appoint, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, not more than 4
Deputy Administrators to assist the Administrator in carrying out this subchapter.
(b) United States Fire Administration
The Administrator of the United States Fire Administration shall have a rank equivalent to an
assistant secretary of the Department.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §514, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(13), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1409; amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(4)(B), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 115–278 redesignated subsec. (c) as (b) and struck out former subsec. (b).
Prior to amendment, text of subsec. (b) read as follows: "There is in the Department an Assistant Secretary for
Cybersecurity and Communications."
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES

EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective Mar. 31, 2007, see section 614(b)(3) of Pub. L. 109–295, set out as a note under section
701 of this title.

§321d. National Operations Center
(a) Definition
In this section, the term "situational awareness" means information gathered from a variety of
sources that, when communicated to emergency managers, decision makers, and other appropriate
officials, can form the basis for incident management decisionmaking and steady-state activity.
(b) Establishment
The National Operations Center is the principal operations center for the Department and shall—
(1) provide situational awareness and a common operating picture for the entire Federal
Government, and for State, local, tribal, and territorial governments, the private sector, and
international partners as appropriate, for events, threats, and incidents involving a natural disaster,
act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster;
(2) ensure that critical terrorism and disaster-related information reaches government
decision-makers; and
(3) enter into agreements with other Federal operations centers and other homeland security
partners, as appropriate, to facilitate the sharing of information.
(c) State and local emergency responder representation
(1) Establishment of positions
The Secretary shall establish a position, on a rotating basis, for a representative of State and
local emergency responders at the National Operations Center established under subsection (b) to
ensure the effective sharing of information between the Federal Government and State and local
emergency response services.
(2) Management
The Secretary shall manage the position established pursuant to paragraph (1) in accordance
with such rules, regulations, and practices as govern other similar rotating positions at the National
Operations Center.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §515, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(13), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat.
1409; amended Pub. L. 110–376, §8, Oct. 8, 2008, 122 Stat. 4060; Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title
XIX, §1909, Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2681.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2016—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 114–328, §1909(1), substituted "emergency managers, decision makers, and
other appropriate officials" for "emergency managers and decision makers" and inserted "and steady-state
activity" before period at end.
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 114–328, §1909(2)(A), substituted "tribal, and territorial governments, the private
sector, and international partners" for "and tribal governments" and "for events, threats, and incidents
involving" for "in the event of" and struck out "and" at end.
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 114–328, §1909(2)(B), substituted "; and" for period at end.
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 114–328, §1909(2)(C), added par. (3).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 114–328, §1909(4)(A), substituted "emergency responder" for "fire service" in heading.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 114–328, §1909(4)(B), added par. (1) and struck out former par. (1). Prior to
amendment, text read as follows: "The Secretary shall, in consultation with the Administrator of the United
States Fire Administration, establish a fire service position at the National Operations Center established
under subsection (b) to ensure the effective sharing of information between the Federal Government and State
and local fire services."

Subsec. (c)(2), (3). Pub. L. 114–328, §1909(4)(C), (D), redesignated par. (3) as (2) and struck out former
par. (2). Prior to amendment, text of par. (2) read as follows: "The Secretary shall designate, on a rotating
basis, a State or local fire service official for the position described in paragraph (1)."
2008—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–376 added subsec. (c).

§321e. Repealed. Pub. L. 115–387, §2(c)(1), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5166
Section, Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §516, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(13), Oct. 4, 2006, 120
Stat. 1409; amended Pub. L. 112–166, §2(f)(4), Aug. 10, 2012, 126 Stat. 1285, related to establishment,
qualifications, and responsibilities of Chief Medical Officer. See section 597 of this title.

§321f. Nuclear incident response
(a) In general
At the direction of the Secretary (in connection with an actual or threatened terrorist attack, major
disaster, or other emergency in the United States), the Nuclear Incident Response Team shall operate
as an organizational unit of the Department. While so operating, the Nuclear Incident Response
Team shall be subject to the direction, authority, and control of the Secretary.
(b) Rule of construction
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to limit the ordinary responsibility of the Secretary
of Energy and the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency for organizing, training,
equipping, and utilizing their respective entities in the Nuclear Incident Response Team, or (subject
to the provisions of this subchapter) from exercising direction, authority, and control over them when
they are not operating as a unit of the Department.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §517, formerly §504, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2213; renumbered §517,
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(6), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1395.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 314 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 109–295.

§321g. Conduct of certain public health-related activities
(a) In general
With respect to all public health-related activities to improve State, local, and hospital
preparedness and response to chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear and other emerging
terrorist threats carried out by the Department of Health and Human Services (including the Public
Health Service), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall set priorities and preparedness
goals and further develop a coordinated strategy for such activities in collaboration with the
Secretary.
(b) Evaluation of progress
In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall collaborate with
the Secretary in developing specific benchmarks and outcome measurements for evaluating progress
toward achieving the priorities and goals described in such subsection.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §518, formerly §505, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2213; renumbered §518,
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(6), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1395.)
EDITORIAL NOTES

CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 315 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 109–295.

§321h. Use of national private sector networks in emergency response
To the maximum extent practicable, the Secretary shall use national private sector networks and
infrastructure for emergency response to chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, or explosive
disasters, and other major disasters.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §519, formerly §508, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2215; renumbered §519,
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(6), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1395.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 318 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 109–295.

§321i. Use of commercially available technology, goods, and services
It is the sense of Congress that—
(1) the Secretary should, to the maximum extent possible, use off-the-shelf commercially
developed technologies to ensure that the Department's information technology systems allow the
Department to collect, manage, share, analyze, and disseminate information securely over multiple
channels of communication; and
(2) in order to further the policy of the United States to avoid competing commercially with the
private sector, the Secretary should rely on commercial sources to supply the goods and services
needed by the Department.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §520, formerly §509, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2215; renumbered §520,
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(6), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1395.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 319 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 109–295.

§321j. Procurement of security countermeasures for Strategic National Stockpile
(a) Authorization of appropriations
For the procurement of security countermeasures under section 247d–6b(c) of title 42 (referred to
in this section as the "security countermeasures program"), there is authorized to be appropriated up
to $5,593,000,000 for the fiscal years 2004 through 2013. Of the amounts appropriated under the
preceding sentence, not to exceed $3,418,000,000 may be obligated during the fiscal years 2004
through 2008, of which not to exceed $890,000,000 may be obligated during fiscal year 2004. None
of the funds made available under this subsection shall be used to procure countermeasures to
diagnose, mitigate, prevent, or treat harm resulting from any naturally occurring infectious disease or
other public health threat that are not security countermeasures under section 247d–6b(c)(1)(B) of
title 42.1
(b) Special reserve fund
For purposes of the security countermeasures program, the term "special reserve fund" means the
"Biodefense Countermeasures" appropriations account or any other appropriation made under
subsection (a).

(c) Availability
Amounts appropriated under subsection (a) become available for a procurement under the security
countermeasures program only upon the approval by the President of such availability for the
procurement in accordance with paragraph (6)(B) of such program.
(d) Related authorizations of appropriations
(1) Threat assessment capabilities
For the purpose of carrying out the responsibilities of the Secretary for terror threat assessment
under the security countermeasures program, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2004 through 2006, for the hiring of professional
personnel within the Office of Intelligence and Analysis, who shall be analysts responsible for
chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear threat assessment (including but not limited to
analysis of chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear agents, the means by which such agents
could be weaponized or used in a terrorist attack, and the capabilities, plans, and intentions of
terrorists and other non-state actors who may have or acquire such agents). All such analysts shall
meet the applicable standards and qualifications for the performance of intelligence activities
promulgated by the Director of Central Intelligence pursuant to section 403–4 1 of title 50.
(2) Intelligence sharing infrastructure
For the purpose of carrying out the acquisition and deployment of secure facilities (including
information technology and physical infrastructure, whether mobile and temporary, or permanent)
sufficient to permit the Secretary to receive, not later than 180 days after July 21, 2004, all
classified information and products to which the Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis is
entitled under part A of subchapter II, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be
necessary for each of the fiscal years 2004 through 2006.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §521, formerly §510, as added Pub. L. 108–276, §3(b)(2), July 21, 2004,
118 Stat. 852; renumbered §521, Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §611(7), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1395;
amended Pub. L. 109–417, title IV, §403(c), Dec. 19, 2006, 120 Stat. 2874; Pub. L. 110–53, title V,
§531(b)(1)(D), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 334.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 247d–6b(c)(1)(B) of title 42, referred to in subsec. (a), was in the original "section
319F–2(c)(1)(B)", which was translated as meaning section 319F–2(c)(1)(B) of the Public Health Service Act,
to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Section 403–4 of title 50, referred to in subsec. (d)(1), was repealed and a new section 403–4 enacted by
Pub. L. 108–458, title I, §1011(a), Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3660, and subsequently editorially reclassified to
section 3035 of Title 50, War and National Defense; as so enacted, section 3035 no longer relates to
promulgation of standards and qualifications for the performance of intelligence activities.
Part A of subchapter II of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (d)(2), was in the original "subtitle A of title
II", meaning subtitle A of title II of Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2145, which is classified
generally to part A (§121 et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter. For complete classification of part A to the
Code, see Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 320 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 109–295.
AMENDMENTS
2007—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 110–53, §531(b)(1)(D)(i), substituted "Office of Intelligence and Analysis"
for "Directorate for Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection".
Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 110–53, §531(b)(1)(D)(ii), substituted "Under Secretary for Intelligence and
Analysis" for "Under Secretary for Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection".
2006—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–417, which directed amendment of section 510(a) of the Homeland
Security Act of 2002, Pub. L. 107–296, by inserting a new last sentence, was executed to subsec. (a) of this

section to reflect the probable intent of Congress and the redesignation of section 510(a) as 521(a) by Pub. L.
109–295, §611(7).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to the Director of Central Intelligence or the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency in the
Director's capacity as the head of the intelligence community deemed to be a reference to the Director of
National Intelligence. Reference to the Director of Central Intelligence or the Director of the Central
Intelligence Agency in the Director's capacity as the head of the Central Intelligence Agency deemed to be a
reference to the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency. See section 1081(a), (b) of Pub. L. 108–458, set
out as a note under section 3001 of Title 50, War and National Defense.
1

See References in Text note below.

§321k. Model standards and guidelines for critical infrastructure workers
(a) In general
Not later than 12 months after August 3, 2007, and in coordination with appropriate national
professional organizations, Federal, State, local, and tribal government agencies, and private-sector
and nongovernmental entities, the Administrator shall establish model standards and guidelines for
credentialing critical infrastructure workers that may be used by a State to credential critical
infrastructure workers that may respond to a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made
disaster.
(b) Distribution and assistance
The Administrator shall provide the standards developed under subsection (a), including detailed
written guidance, to State, local, and tribal governments, and provide expertise and technical
assistance to aid such governments with credentialing critical infrastructure workers that may
respond to a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other manmade disaster.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §522, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title IV, §409(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
305.)

§321l. Guidance and recommendations
(a) In general
Consistent with their responsibilities and authorities under law, as of the day before August 3,
2007, the Administrator and the Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security, in
consultation with the private sector, may develop guidance or recommendations and identify best
practices to assist or foster action by the private sector in—
(1) identifying potential hazards and assessing risks and impacts;
(2) mitigating the impact of a wide variety of hazards, including weapons of mass destruction;
(3) managing necessary emergency preparedness and response resources;
(4) developing mutual aid agreements;
(5) developing and maintaining emergency preparedness and response plans, and associated
operational procedures;
(6) developing and conducting training and exercises to support and evaluate emergency
preparedness and response plans and operational procedures;
(7) developing and conducting training programs for security guards to implement emergency
preparedness and response plans and operations procedures; and
(8) developing procedures to respond to requests for information from the media or the public.

(b) Issuance and promotion
Any guidance or recommendations developed or best practices identified under subsection (a)
shall be—
(1) issued through the Administrator; and
(2) promoted by the Secretary to the private sector.
(c) Small business concerns
In developing guidance or recommendations or identifying best practices under subsection (a), the
Administrator and the Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security shall take into
consideration small business concerns (under the meaning given that term in section 632 of title 15),
including any need for separate guidance or recommendations or best practices, as necessary and
appropriate.
(d) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section may be construed to supersede any requirement established under any
other provision of law.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §523, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title IX, §901(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
364; amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(4)(C), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsecs. (a), (c). Pub. L. 115–278 substituted "Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure
Security" for "Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection".

§321m. Voluntary private sector preparedness accreditation and certification
program
(a) Establishment
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the officer designated under paragraph (2), shall establish and
implement the voluntary private sector preparedness accreditation and certification program in
accordance with this section.
(2) Designation of officer
The Secretary shall designate an officer responsible for the accreditation and certification
program under this section. Such officer (hereinafter referred to in this section as the "designated
officer") shall be one of the following:
(A) The Administrator, based on consideration of—
(i) the expertise of the Administrator in emergency management and preparedness in the
United States; and
(ii) the responsibilities of the Administrator as the principal advisor to the President for all
matters relating to emergency management in the United States.
(B) The Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection,1 based on consideration of the
expertise of the Assistant Secretary in, and responsibilities for—
(i) protection of critical infrastructure;
(ii) risk assessment methodologies; and
(iii) interacting with the private sector on the issues described in clauses (i) and (ii).
(C) The Under Secretary for Science and Technology, based on consideration of the expertise
of the Under Secretary in, and responsibilities associated with, standards.

(3) Coordination
In carrying out the accreditation and certification program under this section, the designated
officer shall coordinate with—
(A) the other officers of the Department referred to in paragraph (2), using the expertise and
responsibilities of such officers; and
(B) the Special Assistant to the Secretary for the Private Sector, based on consideration of the
expertise of the Special Assistant in, and responsibilities for, interacting with the private sector.
(b) Voluntary private sector preparedness standards; voluntary accreditation and certification
program for the private sector
(1) Accreditation and certification program
Not later than 210 days after August 3, 2007, the designated officer shall—
(A) begin supporting the development and updating, as necessary, of voluntary preparedness
standards through appropriate organizations that coordinate or facilitate the development and
use of voluntary consensus standards and voluntary consensus standards development
organizations; and
(B) in consultation with representatives of appropriate organizations that coordinate or
facilitate the development and use of voluntary consensus standards, appropriate voluntary
consensus standards development organizations, each private sector advisory council created
under section 112(f)(4) of this title, appropriate representatives of State and local governments,
including emergency management officials, and appropriate private sector advisory groups,
such as sector coordinating councils and information sharing and analysis centers—
(i) develop and promote a program to certify the preparedness of private sector entities that
voluntarily choose to seek certification under the program; and
(ii) implement the program under this subsection through any entity with which the
designated officer enters into an agreement under paragraph (3)(A), which shall accredit third
parties to carry out the certification process under this section.
(2) Program elements
(A) In general
(i) Program
The program developed and implemented under this subsection shall assess whether a
private sector entity complies with voluntary preparedness standards.
(ii) Guidelines
In developing the program under this subsection, the designated officer shall develop
guidelines for the accreditation and certification processes established under this subsection.
(B) Standards
The designated officer, in consultation with representatives of appropriate organizations that
coordinate or facilitate the development and use of voluntary consensus standards,
representatives of appropriate voluntary consensus standards development organizations, each
private sector advisory council created under section 112(f)(4) of this title, appropriate
representatives of State and local governments, including emergency management officials, and
appropriate private sector advisory groups such as sector coordinating councils and information
sharing and analysis centers—
(i) shall adopt one or more appropriate voluntary preparedness standards that promote
preparedness, which may be tailored to address the unique nature of various sectors within
the private sector, as necessary and appropriate, that shall be used in the accreditation and
certification program under this subsection; and
(ii) after the adoption of one or more standards under clause (i), may adopt additional
voluntary preparedness standards or modify or discontinue the use of voluntary preparedness
standards for the accreditation and certification program, as necessary and appropriate to

promote preparedness.
(C) Submission of recommendations
In adopting one or more standards under subparagraph (B), the designated officer may
receive recommendations from any entity described in that subparagraph relating to appropriate
voluntary preparedness standards, including appropriate sector specific standards, for adoption
in the program.
(D) Small business concerns
The designated officer and any entity with which the designated officer enters into an
agreement under paragraph (3)(A) shall establish separate classifications and methods of
certification for small business concerns (under the meaning given that term in section 632 of
title 15) for the program under this subsection.
(E) Considerations
In developing and implementing the program under this subsection, the designated officer
shall—
(i) consider the unique nature of various sectors within the private sector, including
preparedness standards, business continuity standards, or best practices, established—
(I) under any other provision of Federal law; or
(II) by any Sector Risk Management Agency, as defined under Homeland Security
Presidential Directive–7; and
(ii) coordinate the program, as appropriate, with—
(I) other Department private sector related programs; and
(II) preparedness and business continuity programs in other Federal agencies.
(3) Accreditation and certification processes
(A) Agreement
(i) In general
Not later than 210 days after August 3, 2007, the designated officer shall enter into one or
more agreements with a highly qualified nongovernmental entity with experience or expertise
in coordinating and facilitating the development and use of voluntary consensus standards
and in managing or implementing accreditation and certification programs for voluntary
consensus standards, or a similarly qualified private sector entity, to carry out accreditations
and oversee the certification process under this subsection. An entity entering into an
agreement with the designated officer under this clause (hereinafter referred to in this section
as a "selected entity") shall not perform certifications under this subsection.
(ii) Contents
A selected entity shall manage the accreditation process and oversee the certification
process in accordance with the program established under this subsection and accredit
qualified third parties to carry out the certification program established under this subsection.
(B) Procedures and requirements for accreditation and certification
(i) In general
Any selected entity shall collaborate to develop procedures and requirements for the
accreditation and certification processes under this subsection, in accordance with the
program established under this subsection and guidelines developed under paragraph
(2)(A)(ii).
(ii) Contents and use
The procedures and requirements developed under clause (i) shall—
(I) ensure reasonable uniformity in any accreditation and certification processes if there
is more than one selected entity; and

(II) be used by any selected entity in conducting accreditations and overseeing the
certification process under this subsection.
(iii) Disagreement
Any disagreement among selected entities in developing procedures under clause (i) shall
be resolved by the designated officer.
(C) Designation
A selected entity may accredit any qualified third party to carry out the certification process
under this subsection.
(D) Disadvantaged business involvement
In accrediting qualified third parties to carry out the certification process under this
subsection, a selected entity shall ensure, to the extent practicable, that the third parties include
qualified small, minority, women-owned, or disadvantaged business concerns when appropriate.
The term "disadvantaged business concern" means a small business that is owned and
controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals, as defined in section 124 of
title 13, United States Code of Federal Regulations.
(E) Treatment of other certifications
At the request of any entity seeking certification, any selected entity may consider, as
appropriate, other relevant certifications acquired by the entity seeking certification. If the
selected entity determines that such other certifications are sufficient to meet the certification
requirement or aspects of the certification requirement under this section, the selected entity
may give credit to the entity seeking certification, as appropriate, to avoid unnecessarily
duplicative certification requirements.
(F) Third parties
To be accredited under subparagraph (C), a third party shall—
(i) demonstrate that the third party has the ability to certify private sector entities in
accordance with the procedures and requirements developed under subparagraph (B);
(ii) agree to perform certifications in accordance with such procedures and requirements;
(iii) agree not to have any beneficial interest in or any direct or indirect control over—
(I) a private sector entity for which that third party conducts a certification under this
subsection; or
(II) any organization that provides preparedness consulting services to private sector
entities;
(iv) agree not to have any other conflict of interest with respect to any private sector entity
for which that third party conducts a certification under this subsection;
(v) maintain liability insurance coverage at policy limits in accordance with the
requirements developed under subparagraph (B); and
(vi) enter into an agreement with the selected entity accrediting that third party to protect
any proprietary information of a private sector entity obtained under this subsection.
(G) Monitoring
(i) In general
The designated officer and any selected entity shall regularly monitor and inspect the
operations of any third party conducting certifications under this subsection to ensure that the
third party is complying with the procedures and requirements established under
subparagraph (B) and all other applicable requirements.
(ii) Revocation
If the designated officer or any selected entity determines that a third party is not meeting
the procedures or requirements established under subparagraph (B), the selected entity
shall—

(I) revoke the accreditation of that third party to conduct certifications under this
subsection; and
(II) review any certification conducted by that third party, as necessary and appropriate.
(4) Annual review
(A) In general
The designated officer, in consultation with representatives of appropriate organizations that
coordinate or facilitate the development and use of voluntary consensus standards, appropriate
voluntary consensus standards development organizations, appropriate representatives of State
and local governments, including emergency management officials, and each private sector
advisory council created under section 112(f)(4) of this title, shall annually review the voluntary
accreditation and certification program established under this subsection to ensure the
effectiveness of such program (including the operations and management of such program by
any selected entity and the selected entity's inclusion of qualified disadvantaged business
concerns under paragraph (3)(D)) and make improvements and adjustments to the program as
necessary and appropriate.
(B) Review of standards
Each review under subparagraph (A) shall include an assessment of the voluntary
preparedness standard or standards used in the program under this subsection.
(5) Voluntary participation
Certification under this subsection shall be voluntary for any private sector entity.
(6) Public listing
The designated officer shall maintain and make public a listing of any private sector entity
certified as being in compliance with the program established under this subsection, if that private
sector entity consents to such listing.
(c) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section may be construed as—
(1) a requirement to replace any preparedness, emergency response, or business continuity
standards, requirements, or best practices established—
(A) under any other provision of federal law; or
(B) by any Sector Risk Management Agency, as those agencies are defined under Homeland
Security Presidential Directive–7; or
(2) exempting any private sector entity seeking certification or meeting certification
requirements under subsection (b) from compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations,
directives, policies, and industry codes of practice.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §524, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title IX, §901(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
365; amended Pub. L. 116–283, div. H, title XC, §9002(c)(2)(B), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4772.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2021—Subsec. (b)(2)(E)(i)(II). Pub. L. 116–283, §9002(c)(2)(B)(i), substituted "Sector Risk Management
Agency" for "sector-specific agency".
Subsec. (c)(1)(B). Pub. L. 116–283, §9002(c)(2)(B)(ii), substituted "Sector Risk Management Agency" for
"sector-specific agency".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection deemed to be a reference to Assistant Director

for Infrastructure Security, see section 654(a)(3) of this title. Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection
serving on the day before Nov. 16, 2018, authorized to continue to serve as Assistant Director for
Infrastructure Security on and after such date, see section 2(b)(4) of Pub. L. 115–278, set out as a note under
section 654 of this title.
DEADLINE FOR DESIGNATION OF OFFICER
Pub. L. 110–53, title IX, §901(c), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 371, provided that: "The Secretary of Homeland
Security shall designate the officer as described in section 524 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6
U.S.C. 321m], as added by subsection (a), by not later than 30 days after the date of the enactment of this Act
[Aug. 3, 2007]."
1

See Change of Name note below.

§321n. Acceptance of gifts
(a) Authority
The Secretary may accept and use gifts of property, both real and personal, and may accept gifts of
services, including from guest lecturers, for otherwise authorized activities of the Center for
Domestic Preparedness that are related to efforts to prevent, prepare for, protect against, or respond
to a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster, including the use of a weapon of
mass destruction.
(b) Prohibition
The Secretary may not accept a gift under this section if the Secretary determines that the use of
the property or services would compromise the integrity or appearance of integrity of—
(1) a program of the Department; or
(2) an individual involved in a program of the Department.
(c) Report
(1) In general
The Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of
Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the
Senate an annual report disclosing—
(A) any gifts that were accepted under this section during the year covered by the report;
(B) how the gifts contribute to the mission of the Center for Domestic Preparedness; and
(C) the amount of Federal savings that were generated from the acceptance of the gifts.
(2) Publication
Each report required under paragraph (1) shall be made publically available.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §525, as added Pub. L. 111–245, §2(a)(1), Sept. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 2620.)

§321o. Integrated public alert and warning system modernization
(a) In general
To provide timely and effective warnings regarding natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other
man-made disasters or threats to public safety, the Administrator shall—
(1) modernize the integrated public alert and warning system of the United States (in this
section referred to as the "public alert and warning system") to help ensure that under all
conditions the President and, except to the extent the public alert and warning system is in use by
the President, Federal agencies and State, tribal, and local governments can alert and warn the
civilian population in areas endangered by natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made
disasters or threats to public safety; and
(2) implement the public alert and warning system to disseminate timely and effective warnings

regarding natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters or threats to public
safety.
(b) Implementation requirements
In carrying out subsection (a), the Administrator shall—
(1) establish or adopt, as appropriate, common alerting and warning protocols, standards,
terminology, and operating procedures for the public alert and warning system;
(2) include in the public alert and warning system the capability to adapt the distribution and
content of communications on the basis of geographic location, risks, and multiple communication
systems and technologies, as appropriate and to the extent technically feasible;
(3) include in the public alert and warning system the capability to alert, warn, and provide
equivalent information to individuals with disabilities, individuals with access and functional
needs, and individuals with limited-English proficiency, to the extent technically feasible;
(4) ensure that training, tests, and exercises are conducted for the public alert and warning
system, including by—
(A) incorporating the public alert and warning system into other training and exercise
programs of the Department, as appropriate;
(B) establishing and integrating into the National Incident Management System a
comprehensive and periodic training program to instruct and educate Federal, State, tribal, and
local government officials in the use of the Common Alerting Protocol enabled Emergency
Alert System; and
(C) conducting, not less than once every 3 years, periodic nationwide tests of the public alert
and warning system;
(5) to the extent practicable, ensure that the public alert and warning system is resilient and
secure and can withstand acts of terrorism and other external attacks;
(6) conduct public education efforts so that State, tribal, and local governments, private entities,
and the people of the United States reasonably understand the functions of the public alert and
warning system and how to access, use, and respond to information from the public alert and
warning system through a general market awareness campaign;
(7) consult, coordinate, and cooperate with the appropriate private sector entities and Federal,
State, tribal, and local governmental authorities, including the Regional Administrators and
emergency response providers;
(8) consult and coordinate with the Federal Communications Commission, taking into account
rules and regulations promulgated by the Federal Communications Commission; and
(9) coordinate with and consider the recommendations of the Integrated Public Alert and
Warning System Subcommittee established under section 2(b) of the Integrated Public Alert and
Warning System Modernization Act of 2015.
(c) System requirements
The public alert and warning system shall—
(1) to the extent determined appropriate by the Administrator, incorporate multiple
communications technologies;
(2) be designed to adapt to, and incorporate, future technologies for communicating directly
with the public;
(3) to the extent technically feasible, be designed—
(A) to provide alerts to the largest portion of the affected population feasible, including
nonresident visitors and tourists, individuals with disabilities, individuals with access and
functional needs, and individuals with limited-English proficiency; and
(B) to improve the ability of remote areas to receive alerts;
(4) promote local and regional public and private partnerships to enhance community
preparedness and response;
(5) provide redundant alert mechanisms where practicable so as to reach the greatest number of

people; and
(6) to the extent feasible, include a mechanism to ensure the protection of individual privacy.
(d) Use of system
Except to the extent necessary for testing the public alert and warning system, the public alert and
warning system shall not be used to transmit a message that does not relate to a natural disaster, act
of terrorism, or other man-made disaster or threat to public safety.
(e) Performance reports
(1) In general
Not later than 1 year after April 11, 2016, and annually thereafter through 2018, the
Administrator shall make available on the public website of the Agency a performance report,
which shall—
(A) establish performance goals for the implementation of the public alert and warning
system by the Agency;
(B) describe the performance of the public alert and warning system, including—
(i) the type of technology used for alerts and warnings issued under the system;
(ii) the measures taken to alert, warn, and provide equivalent information to individuals
with disabilities, individuals with access and function 1 needs, and individuals with
limited-English proficiency; and
(iii) the training, tests, and exercises performed and the outcomes obtained by the Agency;
(C) identify significant challenges to the effective operation of the public alert and warning
system and any plans to address these challenges;
(D) identify other necessary improvements to the system; and
(E) provide an analysis comparing the performance of the public alert and warning system
with the performance goals established under subparagraph (A).
(2) Congress
The Administrator shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental
Affairs and the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate and the
Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure and the Committee on Homeland Security of the
House of Representatives each report required under paragraph (1).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §526, as added Pub. L. 114–143, §2(a), Apr. 11, 2016, 130 Stat. 327.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 2(b) of the Integrated Public Alert and Warning System Modernization Act of 2015, referred to in
subsec. (b)(9), is section 2(b) of Pub. L. 114–143, Apr. 11, 2016, 130 Stat. 329, which is not classified to the
Code.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CONSTRUCTION
Pub. L. 114–143, §2(d), Apr. 11, 2016, 130 Stat. 332, provided that:
"(1) DEFINITION.—In this subsection, the term 'participating commercial mobile service provider' has the
meaning given that term under section 10.10(f) of title 47, Code of Federal Regulations, as in effect on the
date of enactment of this Act [Apr. 11, 2016].
"(2) LIMITATIONS.—Nothing in this Act [enacting this section and provisions set out as a note under
section 101 of this title], including an amendment made by this Act, shall be construed—
"(A) to affect any authority—
"(i) of the Department of Commerce;
"(ii) of the Federal Communications Commission; or

"(iii) provided under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42
U.S.C. 5121 et seq.);
"(B) to provide the Secretary of Homeland Security with authority to require any action by the
Department of Commerce, the Federal Communications Commission, or any nongovernmental entity;
"(C) to apply to, or to provide the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency with
authority over, any participating commercial mobile service provider;
"(D) to alter in any way the wireless emergency alerts service established under the Warning, Alert,
and Response Network Act (47 U.S.C. 1201 et seq.) or any related orders issued by the Federal
Communications Commission after October 13, 2006; or
"(E) to provide the Federal Emergency Management Agency with authority to require a State or local
jurisdiction to use the integrated public alert and warning system of the United States."
1

So in original. Probably should be "functional".

§321o–1. Integrated public alert and warning system
(a) Definitions
In this section—
(1) the term "Administrator" means the Administrator of the Agency;
(2) the term "Agency" means the Federal Emergency Management Agency;
(3) the term "appropriate congressional committees" means—
(A) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
(B) the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives; and
(C) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives;
(4) the term "public alert and warning system" means the integrated public alert and warning
system of the United States described in section 321o of this title;
(5) the term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Homeland Security; and
(6) the term "State" means any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth
of the Northern Mariana Islands, and any possession of the United States.
(b) Integrated public alert and warning system
(1) In general
Not later than 1 year after December 20, 2019, the Administrator shall develop minimum
requirements for State, Tribal, and local governments to participate in the public alert and warning
system and that are necessary to maintain the integrity of the public alert and warning system,
including—
(A) guidance on the categories of public emergencies and appropriate circumstances that
warrant an alert and warning from State, Tribal, and local governments using the public alert
and warning system;
(B) the procedures for State, Tribal, and local government officials to authenticate civil
emergencies and initiate, modify, and cancel alerts transmitted through the public alert and
warning system, including protocols and technology capabilities for—
(i) the initiation, or prohibition on the initiation, of alerts by a single authorized or
unauthorized individual;
(ii) testing a State, Tribal, or local government incident management and warning tool
without accidentally initiating an alert through the public alert and warning system; and
(iii) steps a State, Tribal, or local government official should take to mitigate the
possibility of the issuance of a false alert through the public alert and warning system;
(C) the standardization, functionality, and interoperability of incident management and
warning tools used by State, Tribal, and local governments to notify the public of an emergency

through the public alert and warning system;
(D) the annual training and recertification of emergency management personnel on
requirements for originating and transmitting an alert through the public alert and warning
system;
(E) the procedures, protocols, and guidance concerning the protective action plans that State,
Tribal, and local governments shall issue to the public following an alert issued under the public
alert and warning system;
(F) the procedures, protocols, and guidance concerning the communications that State, Tribal,
and local governments shall issue to the public following a false alert issued under the public
alert and warning system;
(G) a plan by which State, Tribal, and local government officials may, during an emergency,
contact each other as well as Federal officials and participants in the Emergency Alert System
and the Wireless Emergency Alert System, when appropriate and necessary, by telephone, text
message, or other means of communication regarding an alert that has been distributed to the
public; and
(H) any other procedure the Administrator considers appropriate for maintaining the integrity
of and providing for public confidence in the public alert and warning system.
(2) Coordination with National Advisory Council report
The Administrator shall ensure that the minimum requirements developed under paragraph (1)
do not conflict with recommendations made for improving the public alert and warning system
provided in the report submitted by the National Advisory Council under section 2(b)(7)(B) of the
Integrated Public Alert and Warning System Modernization Act of 2015 (Public Law 114–143;
130 Stat. 332).
(3) Public consultation
In developing the minimum requirements under paragraph (1), the Administrator shall ensure
appropriate public consultation and, to the extent practicable, coordinate the development of the
requirements with stakeholders of the public alert and warning system, including—
(A) appropriate personnel from Federal agencies, including the National Institute of
Standards and Technology, the Agency, and the Federal Communications Commission;
(B) representatives of State and local governments and emergency services personnel, who
shall be selected from among individuals nominated by national organizations representing
those governments and personnel;
(C) representatives of Federally recognized Indian tribes and national Indian organizations;
(D) communications service providers;
(E) vendors, developers, and manufacturers of systems, facilities, equipment, and capabilities
for the provision of communications services;
(F) third-party service bureaus;
(G) the national organization representing the licensees and permittees of noncommercial
broadcast television stations;
(H) technical experts from the broadcasting industry;
(I) educators from the Emergency Management Institute; and
(J) other individuals with technical expertise as the Administrator determines appropriate.
(4) Advice to the administrator
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.), the Administrator
may obtain advice from a single individual or non-consensus advice from each of the several
members of a group without invoking that Act.
(c) Incident management and warning tool validation
(1) In general
The Administrator shall establish a process to ensure that an incident management and warning
tool used by a State, Tribal, or local government to originate and transmit an alert through the

public alert and warning system meets the requirements developed by the Administrator under
subsection (b)(1).
(2) Requirements
The process required to be established under paragraph (1) shall include—
(A) the ability to test an incident management and warning tool in the public alert and
warning system lab;
(B) the ability to certify that an incident management and warning tool complies with the
applicable cyber frameworks of the Department of Homeland Security and the National
Institute of Standards and Technology;
(C) a process to certify developers of emergency management software; and
(D) requiring developers to provide the Administrator with a copy of and rights of use for
ongoing testing of each version of incident management and warning tool software before the
software is first used by a State, Tribal, or local government.
(d) Review and update of memoranda of understanding
The Administrator shall review the memoranda of understanding between the Agency and State,
Tribal, and local governments with respect to the public alert and warning system to ensure that all
agreements ensure compliance with the requirements developed by the Administrator under
subsection (b)(1).
(e) Future memoranda
On and after the date that is 60 days after the date on which the Administrator issues the
requirements developed under subsection (b)(1), any new memorandum of understanding entered
into between the Agency and a State, Tribal, or local government with respect to the public alert and
warning system shall comply with those requirements.
(f) Missile alert and warning authorities
(1) In general
(A) Authority
On and after the date that is 120 days after December 20, 2019, the authority to originate an
alert warning the public of a missile launch directed against a State using the public alert and
warning system shall reside primarily with the Federal Government.
(B) Delegation of authority
The Secretary may delegate the authority described in subparagraph (A) to a State, Tribal, or
local entity if, not later than 180 days after December 20, 2019, the Secretary submits a report
to the appropriate congressional committees that—
(i) it is not feasible for the Federal Government to alert the public of a missile threat
against a State; or
(ii) it is not in the national security interest of the United States for the Federal
Government to alert the public of a missile threat against a State.
(C) Activation of system
Upon verification of a missile threat, the President, utilizing established authorities, protocols
and procedures, may activate the public alert and warning system.
(D) Rule of construction
Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to change the command and control relationship
between entities of the Federal Government with respect to the identification, dissemination,
notification, or alerting of information of missile threats against the United States that was in
effect on the day before December 20, 2019.
(2) Required processes
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator, shall establish a process to promptly notify a
State warning point, and any State entities that the Administrator determines appropriate,

following the issuance of an alert described in paragraph (1)(A) so the State may take appropriate
action to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the State.
(3) Guidance
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator, shall work with the Governor of a State
warning point to develop and implement appropriate protective action plans to respond to an alert
described in paragraph (1)(A) for that State.
(4) Study and report
Not later than 1 year after December 20, 2019, the Secretary shall—
(A) examine the feasibility of establishing an alert designation under the public alert and
warning system that would be used to alert and warn the public of a missile threat while
concurrently alerting a State warning point so that a State may activate related protective action
plans; and
(B) submit a report of the findings under subparagraph (A), including of the costs and
timeline for taking action to implement an alert designation described in subparagraph (A), to—
(i) the Subcommittee on Homeland Security of the Committee on Appropriations of the
Senate;
(ii) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
(iii) the Subcommittee on Homeland Security of the Committee on Appropriations of the
House of Representatives;
(iv) the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives;
and
(v) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives.
(g) Use of integrated public alert and warning system lab
Not later than 1 year after December 20, 2019, the Administrator shall—
(1) develop a program to increase the utilization of the public alert and warning system lab of
the Agency by State, Tribal, and local governments to test incident management and warning tools
and train emergency management professionals on alert origination protocols and procedures; and
(2) submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report describing—
(A) the impact on utilization of the public alert and warning system lab by State, Tribal, and
local governments, with particular attention given to the impact on utilization in rural areas,
resulting from the program developed under paragraph (1); and
(B) any further recommendations that the Administrator would make for additional statutory
or appropriations authority necessary to increase the utilization of the public alert and warning
system lab by State, Tribal, and local governments.
(h) Awareness of alerts and warnings
Not later than 1 year after December 20, 2019, the Administrator shall—
(1) conduct a review of the National Watch Center and each Regional Watch Center of the
Agency; and
(2) submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report on the review conducted under
paragraph (1), which shall include—
(A) an assessment of the technical capability of the National and Regional Watch Centers
described in paragraph (1) to be notified of alerts and warnings issued by a State through the
public alert and warning system;
(B) a determination of which State alerts and warnings the National and Regional Watch
Centers described in paragraph (1) should be aware of; and
(C) recommendations for improving the ability of the National and Regional Watch Centers
described in paragraph (1) to receive any State alerts and warnings that the Administrator
determines are appropriate.
(i) Reporting false alerts
Not later than 15 days after the date on which a State, Tribal, or local government official

transmits a false alert under the public alert and warning system, the Administrator shall report to the
appropriate congressional committees on—
(1) the circumstances surrounding the false alert;
(2) the content, cause, and population impacted by the false alert; and
(3) any efforts to mitigate any negative impacts of the false alert.
(j) Reporting participation rates
The Administrator shall, on an annual basis, report to the appropriate congressional committees
on—
(1) participation rates in the public alert and warning system; and
(2) any efforts to expand alert, warning, and interoperable communications to rural and
underserved areas.
(k) Timeline for compliance
Each State shall be given a reasonable amount of time to comply with any new rules, regulations,
or requirements imposed under this section.
(Pub. L. 116–92, div. A, title XVII, §1756, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 1855.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 2(b)(7)(B) of the Integrated Public Alert and Warning System Modernization Act of 2015, referred
to in subsec. (b)(2), is section 2(b)(7)(B) of Pub. L. 114–143, Apr. 11, 2016, 130 Stat. 332, which relates to
submission of reports by the National Advisory Council and is not classified to the Code.
The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(4), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat.
770, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2020, and not as part
of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

§321p. National planning and education
The Secretary shall, to the extent practicable—
(1) include in national planning frameworks the threat of an EMP or GMD event; and
(2) conduct outreach to educate owners and operators of critical infrastructure, emergency
planners, and emergency response providers at all levels of government regarding threats of EMP
and GMD.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §527, as added Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1913(a)(4), Dec. 23,
2016, 130 Stat. 2686.)

§321q. Coordination of Department of Homeland Security efforts related to food,
agriculture, and veterinary defense against terrorism
(a) Program required
The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for the Countering Weapons of Mass
Destruction Office, shall carry out a program to coordinate the Department's efforts related to
defending the food, agriculture, and veterinary systems of the United States against terrorism and
other high-consequence events that pose a high risk to homeland security.
(b) Program elements
The coordination program required by subsection (a) shall include, at a minimum, the following:
(1) Providing oversight and management of the Department's responsibilities pursuant to

Homeland Security Presidential Directive 9–Defense of United States Agriculture and Food.
(2) Providing oversight and integration of the Department's activities related to veterinary
public health, food defense, and agricultural security.
(3) Leading the Department's policy initiatives relating to food, animal, and agricultural
incidents, and the impact of such incidents on animal and public health.
(4) Leading the Department's policy initiatives relating to overall domestic preparedness for and
collective response to agricultural terrorism.
(5) Coordinating with other Department components, including U.S. Customs and Border
Protection, as appropriate, on activities related to food and agriculture security and screening
procedures for domestic and imported products.
(6) Coordinating with appropriate Federal departments and agencies.
(7) Other activities as determined necessary by the Secretary.
(c) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section may be construed as altering or superseding the authority of the Secretary
of Agriculture or the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title V, §528, as added Pub. L. 115–43, §2(a), June 30, 2017, 131 Stat. 884;
amended Pub. L. 115–387, §2(f)(5), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5168.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 115–387 substituted "the Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office," for
"Health Affairs,".

§322. Continuity of the economy plan
(a) Requirement
(1) In general
The President shall develop and maintain a plan to maintain and restore the economy of the
United States in response to a significant event.
(2) Principles
The plan required under paragraph (1) shall—
(A) be consistent with—
(i) a free market economy; and
(ii) the rule of law; and
(B) respect private property rights.
(3) Contents
The plan required under paragraph (1) shall—
(A) examine the distribution of goods and services across the United States necessary for the
reliable functioning of the United States during a significant event;
(B) identify the economic functions of relevant actors, the disruption, corruption, or
dysfunction of which would have a debilitating effect in the United States on—
(i) security;
(ii) economic security;
(iii) defense readiness; or
(iv) public health or safety;
(C) identify the critical distribution mechanisms for each economic sector that should be
prioritized for operation during a significant event, including—

(i) bulk power and electric transmission systems;
(ii) national and international financial systems, including wholesale payments, stocks, and
currency exchanges;
(iii) national and international communications networks, data-hosting services, and cloud
services;
(iv) interstate oil and natural gas pipelines; and
(v) mechanisms for the interstate and international trade and distribution of materials, food,
and medical supplies, including road, rail, air, and maritime shipping;
(D) identify economic functions of relevant actors, the disruption, corruption, or dysfunction
of which would cause—
(i) catastrophic economic loss;
(ii) the loss of public confidence; or
(iii) the widespread imperilment of human life;
(E) identify the economic functions of relevant actors that are so vital to the economy of the
United States that the disruption, corruption, or dysfunction of those economic functions would
undermine response, recovery, or mobilization efforts during a significant event;
(F) incorporate, to the greatest extent practicable, the principles and practices contained
within Federal plans for the continuity of Government and continuity of operations;
(G) identify—
(i) industrial control networks for which a loss of internet connectivity, a loss of network
integrity or availability, an exploitation of a system connected to the network, or another
failure, disruption, corruption, or dysfunction would have a debilitating effect in the United
States on—
(I) security;
(II) economic security;
(III) defense readiness; or
(IV) public health or safety; and
(ii) for each industrial control network identified under clause (i), risk mitigation measures,
including—
(I) the installation of parallel services;
(II) the use of stand-alone analog services; or
(III) the significant hardening of the industrial control network against failure,
disruption, corruption, or dysfunction;
(H) identify critical economic sectors for which the preservation of data in a protected,
verified, and uncorrupted status would be required for the quick recovery of the economy of the
United States in the face of a significant disruption following a significant event;
(I) include a list of raw materials, industrial goods, and other items, the absence of which
would significantly undermine the ability of the United States to sustain the functions described
in subparagraphs (B), (D), and (E);
(J) provide an analysis of supply chain diversification for the items described in subparagraph
(I) in the event of a disruption caused by a significant event;
(K) include—
(i) a recommendation as to whether the United States should maintain a strategic reserve of
1 or more of the items described in subparagraph (I); and
(ii) for each item described in subparagraph (I) for which the President recommends
maintaining a strategic reserve under clause (i), an identification of mechanisms for tracking
inventory and availability of the item in the strategic reserve;
(L) identify mechanisms in existence on January 1, 2021 and mechanisms that can be

developed to ensure that the swift transport and delivery of the items described in subparagraph
(I) is feasible in the event of a distribution network disturbance or degradation, including a
distribution network disturbance or degradation caused by a significant event;
(M) include guidance for determining the prioritization for the distribution of the items
described in subparagraph (I), including distribution to States and Indian Tribes;
(N) consider the advisability and feasibility of mechanisms for extending the credit of the
United States or providing other financial support authorized by law to key participants in the
economy of the United States if the extension or provision of other financial support—
(i) is necessary to avoid severe economic degradation; or
(ii) allows for the recovery from a significant event;
(O) include guidance for determining categories of employees that should be prioritized to
continue to work in order to sustain the functions described in subparagraphs (B), (D), and (E)
in the event that there are limitations on the ability of individuals to travel to workplaces or to
work remotely, including considerations for defense readiness;
(P) identify critical economic sectors necessary to provide material and operational support to
the defense of the United States;
(Q) determine whether the Secretary of Homeland Security, the National Guard, and the
Secretary of Defense have adequate authority to assist the United States in a recovery from a
severe economic degradation caused by a significant event;
(R) review and assess the authority and capability of heads of other agencies that the
President determines necessary to assist the United States in a recovery from a severe economic
degradation caused by a significant event; and
(S) consider any other matter that would aid in protecting and increasing the resilience of the
economy of the United States from a significant event.
(b) Coordination
In developing the plan required under subsection (a)(1), the President shall—
(1) receive advice from—
(A) the Secretary of Homeland Security;
(B) the Secretary of Defense;
(C) the Secretary of the Treasury;
(D) the Secretary of Health and Human Services;
(E) the Secretary of Commerce;
(F) the Secretary of Transportation;
(G) the Secretary of Energy;
(H) the Administrator of the Small Business Administration; and
(I) the head of any other agency that the President determines necessary to complete the plan;
(2) consult with economic sectors relating to critical infrastructure through sector-coordinated
councils, as appropriate;
(3) consult with relevant State, Tribal, and local governments and organizations that represent
those governments; and
(4) consult with any other non-Federal entity that the President determines necessary to
complete the plan.
(c) Submission to Congress
(1) In general
Not later than 2 years after January 1, 2021, and not less frequently than every 3 years
thereafter, the President shall submit the plan required under subsection (a)(1) and the information
described in paragraph (2) to—
(A) the majority and minority leaders of the Senate;
(B) the Speaker and the minority leader of the House of Representatives;
(C) the Committee on Armed Services of the Senate;

(D) the Committee on Armed Services of the House of Representatives;
(E) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
(F) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives;
(G) the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate;
(H) the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate;
(I) the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives;
(J) the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate;
(K) the Committee on Finance of the Senate;
(L) the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives;
(M) the Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship of the Senate;
(N) the Committee on Small Business of the House of Representatives;
(O) the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources of the Senate;
(P) the Committee on Environment and Public Works of the Senate;
(Q) the Committee on Indian Affairs of the Senate;
(R) the Committee on Oversight and Reform of the House of Representatives;
(S) Committee on the Budget of the House of Representatives; and
(T) any other committee of the Senate or the House of Representatives that has jurisdiction
over the subject of the plan.
(2) Additional information
The information described in this paragraph is—
(A) any change to Federal law that would be necessary to carry out the plan required under
subsection (a)(1); and
(B) any proposed changes to the funding levels provided in appropriation Acts for the most
recent fiscal year that can be implemented in future appropriation Acts or additional resources
necessary to—
(i) implement the plan required under subsection (a)(1); or
(ii) maintain any program offices and personnel necessary to—
(I) maintain the plan required under subsection (a)(1) and the plans described in
subsection (a)(3)(F); and
(II) conduct exercises, assessments, and updates to the plans described in subclause (I)
over time.
(3) Budget of the president
The President may include the information described in paragraph (2)(B) in the budget required
to be submitted by the President under section 1105(a) of title 31.
(d) Definitions
In this section:
(1) The term "agency" has the meaning given the term in section 551 of title 5.
(2) The term "economic sector" means a sector of the economy of the United States.
(3) The term "relevant actor" means—
(A) the Federal Government;
(B) a State, local, or Tribal government; or
(C) the private sector.
(4) The term "significant event" means an event that causes severe degradation to economic
activity in the United States due to—
(A) a cyber attack; or
(B) another significant event that is natural or human-caused.
(5) The term "State" means any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth
of the Northern Mariana Islands, and any possession of the United States.

(Pub. L. 116–283, div. H, title XCVI, §9603, Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4829.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the William M. (Mac) Thornberry National Defense Authorization Act for
Fiscal Year 2021, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

SUBCHAPTER VI—TREATMENT OF CHARITABLE TRUSTS FOR
MEMBERS OF THE ARMED FORCES OF THE UNITED STATES AND
OTHER GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS
§331. Treatment of charitable trusts for members of the Armed Forces of the
United States and other governmental organizations
(a) Findings
Congress finds the following:
(1) Members of the Armed Forces of the United States defend the freedom and security of our
Nation.
(2) Members of the Armed Forces of the United States have lost their lives while battling the
evils of terrorism around the world.
(3) Personnel of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) charged with the responsibility of covert
observation of terrorists around the world are often put in harm's way during their service to the
United States.
(4) Personnel of the Central Intelligence Agency have also lost their lives while battling the
evils of terrorism around the world.
(5) Employees of the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and other Federal agencies charged
with domestic protection of the United States put their lives at risk on a daily basis for the freedom
and security of our Nation.
(6) United States military personnel, CIA personnel, FBI personnel, and other Federal agents in
the service of the United States are patriots of the highest order.
(7) CIA officer Johnny Micheal Spann became the first American to give his life for his country
in the War on Terrorism declared by President George W. Bush following the terrorist attacks of
September 11, 2001.
(8) Johnny Micheal Spann left behind a wife and children who are very proud of the heroic
actions of their patriot father.
(9) Surviving dependents of members of the Armed Forces of the United States who lose their
lives as a result of terrorist attacks or military operations abroad receive a $6,000 death benefit,
plus a small monthly benefit.
(10) The current system of compensating spouses and children of American patriots is
inequitable and needs improvement.
(b) Designation of Johnny Micheal Spann Patriot Trusts
Any charitable corporation, fund, foundation, or trust (or separate fund or account thereof) which
otherwise meets all applicable requirements under law with respect to charitable entities and meets
the requirements described in subsection (c) shall be eligible to characterize itself as a "Johnny
Micheal Spann Patriot Trust".
(c) Requirements for the designation of Johnny Micheal Spann Patriot Trusts
The requirements described in this subsection are as follows:
(1) Not taking into account funds or donations reasonably necessary to establish a trust, at least

85 percent of all funds or donations (including any earnings on the investment of such funds or
donations) received or collected by any Johnny Micheal Spann Patriot Trust must be distributed to
(or, if placed in a private foundation, held in trust for) surviving spouses, children, or dependent
parents, grandparents, or siblings of 1 or more of the following:
(A) members of the Armed Forces of the United States;
(B) personnel, including contractors, of elements of the intelligence community, as defined in
section 3003(4) of title 50;
(C) employees of the Federal Bureau of Investigation; and
(D) officers, employees, or contract employees of the United States Government,
whose deaths occur in the line of duty and arise out of terrorist attacks, military operations,
intelligence operations, or law enforcement operations or accidents connected with activities
occurring after September 11, 2001, and related to domestic or foreign efforts to curb international
terrorism, including the Authorization for Use of Military Force (Public Law 107–40; 115 Stat.
224).
(2) Other than funds or donations reasonably necessary to establish a trust, not more than 15
percent of all funds or donations (or 15 percent of annual earnings on funds invested in a private
foundation) may be used for administrative purposes.
(3) No part of the net earnings of any Johnny Micheal Spann Patriot Trust may inure to the
benefit of any individual based solely on the position of such individual as a shareholder, an
officer or employee of such Trust.
(4) None of the activities of any Johnny Micheal Spann Patriot Trust shall be conducted in a
manner inconsistent with any law that prohibits attempting to influence legislation.
(5) No Johnny Micheal Spann Patriot Trust may participate in or intervene in any political
campaign on behalf of (or in opposition to) any candidate for public office, including by
publication or distribution of statements.
(6) Each Johnny Micheal Spann Patriot Trust shall comply with the instructions and directions
of the Director of Central Intelligence, the Attorney General, or the Secretary of Defense relating
to the protection of intelligence sources and methods, sensitive law enforcement information, or
other sensitive national security information, including methods for confidentially disbursing
funds.
(7) Each Johnny Micheal Spann Patriot Trust that receives annual contributions totaling more
than $1,000,000 must be audited annually by an independent certified public accounting firm.
Such audits shall be filed with the Internal Revenue Service, and shall be open to public
inspection, except that the conduct, filing, and availability of the audit shall be consistent with the
protection of intelligence sources and methods, of sensitive law enforcement information, and of
other sensitive national security information.
(8) Each Johnny Micheal Spann Patriot Trust shall make distributions to beneficiaries described
in paragraph (1) at least once every calendar year, beginning not later than 12 months after the
formation of such Trust, and all funds and donations received and earnings not placed in a private
foundation dedicated to such beneficiaries must be distributed within 36 months after the end of
the fiscal year in which such funds, donations, and earnings are received.
(9)(A) When determining the amount of a distribution to any beneficiary described in paragraph
(1), a Johnny Micheal Spann Patriot Trust should take into account the amount of any collateral
source compensation that the beneficiary has received or is entitled to receive as a result of the
death of an individual described in paragraph (1).
(B) Collateral source compensation includes all compensation from collateral sources, including
life insurance, pension funds, death benefit programs, and payments by Federal, State, or local
governments related to the death of an individual described in paragraph (1).
(d) Treatment of Johnny Micheal Spann Patriot Trusts
Each Johnny Micheal Spann Patriot Trust shall refrain from conducting the activities described in
clauses (i) and (ii) of section 30101(20)(A) of title 52 so that a general solicitation of funds by an
individual described in paragraph (1) of section 30125(e) of title 52 will be permissible if such

solicitation meets the requirements of paragraph (4)(A) of such section.
(e) Notification of Trust beneficiaries
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and in a manner consistent with the protection of
intelligence sources and methods and sensitive law enforcement information, and other sensitive
national security information, the Secretary of Defense, the Director of the Federal Bureau of
Investigation, or the Director of Central Intelligence, or their designees, as applicable, may forward
information received from an executor, administrator, or other legal representative of the estate of a
decedent described in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (D) of subsection (c)(1), to a Johnny Micheal
Spann Patriot Trust on how to contact individuals eligible for a distribution under subsection (c)(1)
for the purpose of providing assistance from such Trust: Provided, That, neither forwarding nor
failing to forward any information under this subsection shall create any cause of action against any
Federal department, agency, officer, agent, or employee.
(f) Regulations
Not later than 90 days after November 25, 2002, the Secretary of Defense, in coordination with the
Attorney General, the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and the Director of Central
Intelligence, shall prescribe regulations to carry out this section.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VI, §601, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2215.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Authorization for Use of Military Force, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is Pub. L. 107–40, Sept. 18, 2001,
115 Stat. 224, which is set out as a note under section 1541 of Title 50, War and National Defense.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to the Director of Central Intelligence or the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency in the
Director's capacity as the head of the intelligence community deemed to be a reference to the Director of
National Intelligence. Reference to the Director of Central Intelligence or the Director of the Central
Intelligence Agency in the Director's capacity as the head of the Central Intelligence Agency deemed to be a
reference to the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency. See section 1081(a), (b) of Pub. L. 108–458, set
out as a note under section 3001 of Title 50, War and National Defense.

SUBCHAPTER VII—MANAGEMENT
§341. Under Secretary for Management
(a) In general
The Under Secretary for Management shall serve as the Chief Management Officer and principal
advisor to the Secretary on matters related to the management of the Department, including
management integration and transformation in support of homeland security operations and
programs. The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Management, shall be responsible
for the management and administration of the Department, including the following:
(1) The budget, appropriations, expenditures of funds, accounting, and finance.
(2) Procurement.
(3) Human resources and personnel.
(4) Information technology and communications systems, including policies and directives to
achieve and maintain interoperable communications among the components of the Department.

(5) Facilities, property, equipment, vehicle fleets (under subsection (c)), and other material
resources.
(6) Security for personnel, information technology and communications systems, facilities,
property, equipment, and other material resources.
(7) Strategic management planning and annual performance planning and identification and
tracking of performance measures relating to the responsibilities of the Department.
(8) Grants and other assistance management programs.
(9) The management integration and transformation within each functional management
discipline of the Department, including information technology, financial management, acquisition
management, and human capital management, to ensure an efficient and orderly consolidation of
functions and personnel in the Department, including—
(A) the development of centralized data sources and connectivity of information systems to
the greatest extent practicable to enhance program visibility, transparency, and operational
effectiveness and coordination;
(B) the development of standardized and automated management information to manage and
oversee programs and make informed decisions to improve the efficiency of the Department;
(C) the development of effective program management and regular oversight mechanisms,
including clear roles and processes for program governance, sharing of best practices, and
access to timely, reliable, and evaluated data on all acquisitions and investments; and
(D) the overall supervision, including the conduct of internal audits and management
analyses, of the programs and activities of the Department, including establishment of oversight
procedures to ensure a full and effective review of the efforts by components of the Department
to implement policies and procedures of the Department for management integration and
transformation.
(10) The development of a transition and succession plan, before December 1 of each year in
which a Presidential election is held, to guide the transition of Department functions to a new
Presidential administration, and making such plan available to the next Secretary and Under
Secretary for Management and to the congressional homeland security committees.
(11) Reporting to the Government Accountability Office every six months to demonstrate
measurable, sustainable progress made in implementing the corrective action plans of the
Department to address the designation of the management functions of the Department on the
bi-annual high risk list of the Government Accountability Office, until the Comptroller General of
the United States submits to the appropriate congressional committees written notification of
removal of the high-risk designation.
(12) The conduct of internal audits and management analyses of the programs and activities of
the Department.
(13) Any other management duties that the Secretary may designate.
(b) Waivers for conducting business with suspended or debarred contractors
Not later than five days after the date on which the Chief Procurement Officer or Chief Financial
Officer of the Department issues a waiver of the requirement that an agency not engage in business
with a contractor or other recipient of funds listed as a party suspended or debarred from receiving
contracts, grants, or other types of Federal assistance in the System for Award Management
maintained by the General Services Administration, or any successor thereto, the Under Secretary for
Management shall submit to the congressional homeland security committees and the Inspector
General of the Department notice of the waiver and an explanation of the finding by the Under
Secretary that a compelling reason exists for the waiver.
(c) Vehicle fleets
(1) In general
In carrying out responsibilities regarding vehicle fleets pursuant to subsection (a)(5), the Under
Secretary for Management shall be responsible for overseeing and managing vehicle fleets
throughout the Department. The Under Secretary shall also be responsible for the following:

(A) Ensuring that components are in compliance with Federal law, Federal regulations,
executive branch guidance, and Department policy (including associated guidance) relating to
fleet management and use of vehicles from home to work.
(B) Developing and distributing a standardized vehicle allocation methodology and fleet
management plan for components to use to determine optimal fleet size in accordance with
paragraph (4).
(C) Ensuring that components formally document fleet management decisions.
(D) Approving component fleet management plans, vehicle leases, and vehicle acquisitions.
(2) Component responsibilities
(A) In general
Component heads—
(i) shall—
(I) comply with Federal law, Federal regulations, executive branch guidance, and
Department policy (including associated guidance) relating to fleet management and use of
vehicles from home to work;
(II) ensure that data related to fleet management is accurate and reliable;
(III) use such data to develop a vehicle allocation tool derived by using the standardized
vehicle allocation methodology provided by the Under Secretary for Management to
determine the optimal fleet size for the next fiscal year and a fleet management plan; and
(IV) use vehicle allocation methodologies and fleet management plans to develop annual
requests for funding to support vehicle fleets pursuant to paragraph (6); and
(ii) may not, except as provided in subparagraph (B), lease or acquire new vehicles or
replace existing vehicles without prior approval from the Under Secretary for Management
pursuant to paragraph (5)(B).
(B) Exception regarding certain leasing and acquisitions
If exigent circumstances warrant such, a component head may lease or acquire a new vehicle
or replace an existing vehicle without prior approval from the Under Secretary for Management.
If under such exigent circumstances a component head so leases, acquires, or replaces a vehicle,
such component head shall provide to the Under Secretary an explanation of such
circumstances.
(3) Ongoing oversight
(A) Quarterly monitoring
In accordance with paragraph (4), the Under Secretary for Management shall collect, on a
quarterly basis, information regarding component vehicle fleets, including information on fleet
size, composition, cost, and vehicle utilization.
(B) Automated information
The Under Secretary for Management shall seek to achieve a capability to collect, on a
quarterly basis, automated information regarding component vehicle fleets, including the
number of trips, miles driven, hours and days used, and the associated costs of such mileage for
leased vehicles.
(C) Monitoring
The Under Secretary for Management shall track and monitor component information
provided pursuant to subparagraph (A) and, as appropriate, subparagraph (B), to ensure that
component vehicle fleets are the optimal fleet size and cost effective. The Under Secretary shall
use such information to inform the annual component fleet analyses referred to in paragraph (4).
(4) Annual review of component fleet analyses
(A) In general

To determine the optimal fleet size and associated resources needed for each fiscal year
beginning with fiscal year 2018, component heads shall annually submit to the Under Secretary
for Management a vehicle allocation tool and fleet management plan using information
described in paragraph (3)(A). Such tools and plans may be submitted in classified form if a
component head determines that such is necessary to protect operations or mission
requirements.
(B) Vehicle allocation tool
Component heads shall develop a vehicle allocation tool in accordance with subclause (III) of
paragraph (2)(A)(i) that includes an analysis of the following:
(i) Vehicle utilization data, including the number of trips, miles driven, hours and days
used, and the associated costs of such mileage for leased vehicles, in accordance with such
paragraph.
(ii) The role of vehicle fleets in supporting mission requirements for each component.
(iii) Any other information determined relevant by such component heads.
(C) Fleet management plans
Component heads shall use information described in subparagraph (B) to develop a fleet
management plan for each such component. Such fleet management plans shall include the
following:
(i) A plan for how each such component may achieve optimal fleet size determined by the
vehicle allocation tool required under such subparagraph, including the elimination of excess
vehicles in accordance with paragraph (5), if applicable.
(ii) A cost benefit analysis supporting such plan.
(iii) A schedule each such component will follow to obtain optimal fleet size.
(iv) Any other information determined relevant by component heads.
(D) Review
The Under Secretary for Management shall review and make a determination on the results
of each component's vehicle allocation tool and fleet management plan under this paragraph to
ensure each such component's vehicle fleets are the optimal fleet size and that components are
in compliance with applicable Federal law, Federal regulations, executive branch guidance, and
Department policy (including associated guidance) pursuant to paragraph (2) relating to fleet
management and use of vehicles from home to work. The Under Secretary shall use such tools
and plans when reviewing annual component requests for vehicle fleet funding in accordance
with paragraph (6).
(5) Guidance to develop fleet management plans
The Under Secretary for Management shall provide guidance, pursuant to paragraph (1)(B) on
how component heads may achieve optimal fleet size in accordance with paragraph (4), including
processes for the following:
(A) Leasing or acquiring additional vehicles or replacing existing vehicles, if determined
necessary.
(B) Disposing of excess vehicles that the Under Secretary determines should not be
reallocated under subparagraph (C).
(C) Reallocating excess vehicles to other components that may need temporary or long-term
use of additional vehicles.
(6) Annual review of vehicle fleet funding requests
As part of the annual budget process, the Under Secretary for Management shall review and
make determinations regarding annual component requests for funding for vehicle fleets. If
component heads have not taken steps in furtherance of achieving optimal fleet size in the prior
fiscal year pursuant to paragraphs (4) and (5), the Under Secretary shall provide rescission
recommendations to the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Homeland Security
of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on

Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate regarding such component vehicle
fleets.
(7) Accountability for vehicle fleet management
(A) Prohibition on certain new vehicle leases and acquisitions
The Under Secretary for Management and component heads may not approve in any fiscal
year beginning with fiscal year 2019 a vehicle lease, acquisition, or replacement request if such
component heads did not comply in the prior fiscal year with paragraph (4).
(B) Prohibition on certain performance compensation
No Department official with vehicle fleet management responsibilities may receive annual
performance compensation in pay in any fiscal year beginning with fiscal year 2019 if such
official did not comply in the prior fiscal year with paragraph (4).
(C) Prohibition on certain car services
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no senior executive service official of the
Department whose office has a vehicle fleet may receive access to a car service in any fiscal
year beginning with fiscal year 2019 if such official did not comply in the prior fiscal year with
paragraph (4).
(8) Motor pool
(A) In general
The Under Secretary for Management may determine the feasibility of operating a vehicle
motor pool to permit components to share vehicles as necessary to support mission
requirements to reduce the number of excess vehicles in the Department.
(B) Requirements
The determination of feasibility of operating a vehicle motor pool under subparagraph (A)
shall—
(i) include—
(I) regions in the United States in which multiple components with vehicle fleets are
located in proximity to one another, or a significant number of employees with
authorization to use vehicles are located; and
(II) law enforcement vehicles;
(ii) cover the National Capital Region; and
(iii) take into account different mission requirements.
(C) Report
The Secretary shall include in the Department's next annual performance report required
under current law the results of the determination under this paragraph.
(9) Definitions
In this subsection:
(A) Component head
The term "component head" means the head of any component of the Department with a
vehicle fleet.
(B) Excess vehicle
The term "excess vehicle" means any vehicle that is not essential to support mission
requirements of a component.
(C) Optimal fleet size
The term "optimal fleet size" means, with respect to a particular component, the appropriate
number of vehicles to support mission requirements of such component.

(D) Vehicle fleet
The term "vehicle fleet" means all owned, commercially leased, or Government-leased
vehicles of the Department or of a component of the Department, as the case may be, including
vehicles used for law enforcement and other purposes.
(d) Appointment and evaluation
The Under Secretary for Management shall—
(1) be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, from
among persons who have—
(A) extensive executive level leadership and management experience in the public or private
sector;
(B) strong leadership skills;
(C) a demonstrated ability to manage large and complex organizations; and
(D) a proven record in achieving positive operational results;
(2) enter into an annual performance agreement with the Secretary that shall set forth
measurable individual and organizational goals; and
(3) be subject to an annual performance evaluation by the Secretary, who shall determine as part
of each such evaluation whether the Under Secretary for Management has made satisfactory
progress toward achieving the goals set out in the performance agreement required under
paragraph (2).
(e) 1 System for Award Management consultation
The Under Secretary for Management shall require that all Department contracting and grant
officials consult the System for Award Management (or successor system) as maintained by the
General Services Administration prior to awarding a contract or grant or entering into other
transactions to ascertain whether the selected contractor is excluded from receiving Federal
contracts, certain subcontracts, and certain types of Federal financial and non-financial assistance
and benefits.
(e) 1 Interoperable communications defined
In this section, the term "interoperable communications" has the meaning given that term in
section 194(g) of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VII, §701, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2218; Pub. L. 110–53, title XXIV,
§2405(a), (b), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 548; Pub. L. 114–29, §3, July 6, 2015, 129 Stat. 421; Pub. L.
114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1903(b), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2673; Pub. L. 115–38, §2, June 6,
2017, 131 Stat. 855.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2017—Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 115–38, §2(1), inserted "vehicle fleets (under subsection (c))," after
"equipment,".
Subsecs. (c) to (e). Pub. L. 115–38, §2(2), (3), added subsec. (c), redesignated former subsec. (c) as (d), and
redesignated former subsec. (d), relating to System for Award Management consultation, as (e).
2016—Subsec. (a)(9) to (13). Pub. L. 114–328, §1903(b)(1), added pars. (9) to (11), redesignated former
pars. (10) and (11) as (12) and (13), respectively, and struck out former par. (9). Prior to amendment, text of
par. (9) read as follows: "The management integration and transformation process, as well as the transition
process, to ensure an efficient and orderly consolidation of functions and personnel in the Department and
transition, including—
"(A) the development of a management integration strategy for the Department, and
"(B) before December 1 of any year in which a Presidential election is held, the development of a
transition and succession plan, to be made available to the incoming Secretary and Under Secretary for
Management, to guide the transition of management functions to a new Administration."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 114–328, §1903(b)(2), added subsec. (b) and struck out former subsec. (b) which

related to maintenance of immigration statistics by the Under Secretary for Management and transfer of
certain functions of the Statistics Branch of the Office of Policy and Planning of the Immigration and
Naturalization Service to the Under Secretary for Management.
Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 114–328, §1903(b)(3), (4), added subsec. (d) and redesignated former subsec. (d),
defining interoperable communications, as (e).
2015—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 114–29, §3(1), inserted before period at end ", including policies and
directives to achieve and maintain interoperable communications among the components of the Department".
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 114–29, §3(2), added subsec. (d).
2007—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–53, §2405(a)(1), inserted in introductory provisions "The Under Secretary
for Management shall serve as the Chief Management Officer and principal advisor to the Secretary on
matters related to the management of the Department, including management integration and transformation
in support of homeland security operations and programs."
Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 110–53, §2405(a)(2), added par. (7) and struck out former par. (7) which read as
follows: "Identification and tracking of performance measures relating to the responsibilities of the
Department."
Subsec. (a)(9). Pub. L. 110–53, §2405(a)(3), added par. (9) and struck out former par. (9) which read as
follows: "The transition and reorganization process, to ensure an efficient and orderly transfer of functions and
personnel to the Department, including the development of a transition plan."
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–53, §2405(b), added subsec. (c).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
DEADLINE FOR APPOINTMENT; INCUMBENT
Pub. L. 110–53, title XXIV, §2405(c), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 549, provided that:
"(1) DEADLINE FOR APPOINTMENT.—Not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act
[Aug. 3, 2007], the Secretary of Homeland Security shall name an individual who meets the qualifications of
section 701 of the Homeland Security Act (6 U.S.C. 341), as amended by subsections (a) and (b), to serve as
the Under Secretary of Homeland Security for Management. The Secretary may submit the name of the
individual who serves in the position of Under Secretary of Homeland Security for Management on the date of
enactment of this Act together with a statement that informs the Congress that the individual meets the
qualifications of such section as so amended.
"(2) INCUMBENT.—The incumbent serving as Under Secretary of Homeland Security for Management on
November 4, 2008, is authorized to continue serving in that position until a successor is confirmed, to ensure
continuity in the management functions of the Department."
1

So in original. There are two subsecs. (e).

§342. Chief Financial Officer
(a) In general
The Chief Financial Officer shall perform functions as specified in chapter 9 of title 31 and, with
respect to all such functions and other responsibilities that may be assigned to the Chief Financial
Officer from time to time, shall also report to the Under Secretary for Management.
(b) Program analysis and evaluation function
(1) Establishment of Office of Program Analysis and Evaluation
Not later than 90 days after October 16, 2004, the Secretary shall establish an Office of Program
Analysis and Evaluation within the Department (in this section referred to as the "Office").
(2) Responsibilities
The Office shall perform the following functions:
(A) Analyze and evaluate plans, programs, and budgets of the Department in relation to
United States homeland security objectives, projected threats, vulnerability assessments,
estimated costs, resource constraints, and the most recent homeland security strategy developed
pursuant to section 454(b)(2) of this title.

(B) Develop and perform analyses and evaluations of alternative plans, programs, personnel
levels, and budget submissions for the Department in relation to United States homeland
security objectives, projected threats, vulnerability assessments, estimated costs, resource
constraints, and the most recent homeland security strategy developed pursuant to section
454(b)(2) of this title.
(C) Establish policies for, and oversee the integration of, the planning, programming, and
budgeting system of the Department.
(D) Review and ensure that the Department meets performance-based budget requirements
established by the Office of Management and Budget.
(E) Provide guidance for, and oversee the development of, the Future Years Homeland
Security Program of the Department, as specified under section 454 of this title.
(F) Ensure that the costs of Department programs, including classified programs, are
presented accurately and completely.
(G) Oversee the preparation of the annual performance plan for the Department and the
program and performance section of the annual report on program performance for the
Department, consistent with sections 1115 and 1116, respectively, of title 31.
(H) Provide leadership in developing and promoting improved analytical tools and methods
for analyzing homeland security planning and the allocation of resources.
(I) Any other responsibilities delegated by the Secretary consistent with an effective program
analysis and evaluation function.
(3) Director of Program Analysis and Evaluation
There shall be a Director of Program Analysis and Evaluation, who—
(A) shall be a principal staff assistant to the Chief Financial Officer of the Department for
program analysis and evaluation; and
(B) shall report to an official no lower than the Chief Financial Officer.
(4) Reorganization
(A) In general
The Secretary may allocate or reallocate the functions of the Office, or discontinue the
Office, in accordance with section 452(a) of this title.
(B) Exemption from limitations
Section 452(b) of this title shall not apply to any action by the Secretary under this paragraph.
(c) Notification regarding transfer or reprogramming of funds
In any case in which appropriations available to the Department or any officer of the Department
are transferred or reprogrammed and notice of such transfer or reprogramming is submitted to the
Congress (including any officer, office, or Committee of the Congress), the Chief Financial Officer
of the Department shall simultaneously submit such notice to the Select Committee on Homeland
Security (or any successor to the jurisdiction of that committee) and the Committee on Government
Reform of the House of Representatives, and to the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the
Senate.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VII, §702, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2219; Pub. L. 108–330, §§3(d)(1)(B), 6,
7, Oct. 16, 2004, 118 Stat. 1276, 1278, 1279.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2004—Pub. L. 108–330, §§6, 7, designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added
subsecs. (b) and (c).
Pub. L. 108–330, §3(d)(1)(B), substituted "shall perform functions as specified in chapter 9 of title 31 and,
with respect to all such functions and other responsibilities that may be assigned to the Chief Financial Officer
from time to time, shall also report to the Under Secretary for Management" for "shall report to the Secretary,

or to another official of the Department, as the Secretary may direct".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Select Committee on Homeland Security, which was established by House Resolution 449, One Hundred
Seventh Congress, June 19, 2002, and reestablished by section 4 of House Resolution 5, One Hundred Eighth
Congress, Jan. 4, 2005, was not reestablished in the One Hundred Ninth Congress. Rule X(1)(i) of the Rules
of the House of Representatives, One Hundred Ninth Congress, as amended by section 2 of House Resolution
5, One Hundred Ninth Congress, Jan. 4, 2005, established a Committee on Homeland Security. For
jurisdiction of the Select Committee on Homeland Security and of the Committee on Homeland Security, see
section 4 of House Resolution 5, One Hundred Eighth Congress, and Rule X(1)(i) of the Rules of the House,
One Hundred Ninth Congress.
Committee on Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Oversight and
Government Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress,
Jan. 5, 2007. Committee on Oversight and Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to
Committee on Oversight and Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred
Sixteenth Congress, Jan. 9, 2019.
Committee on Governmental Affairs of Senate changed to Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of Senate, effective Jan. 4, 2005, by Senate Resolution No. 445, One Hundred Eighth
Congress, Oct. 9, 2004.
FINDINGS
Pub. L. 108–330, §2, Oct. 16, 2004, 118 Stat. 1275, provided that: "The Congress finds the following:
"(1) Influential financial management leadership is of vital importance to the mission success of the
Department of Homeland Security. For this reason, the Chief Financial Officer of the Department must be a
key figure in the Department's management.
"(2) To provide a sound financial leadership structure, the provisions of law enacted by the Chief
Financial Officers Act of 1990 (Public Law 101–576) [see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note set out
under section 501 of Title 31, Money and Finance] provide that the Chief Financial Officer of each of the
Federal executive departments is to be a Presidential appointee who reports directly to the Secretary of that
department on financial management matters. Because the Department of Homeland Security was only
recently created, the provisions enacted by that Act must be amended to include the Department within
these provisions.
"(3) The Department of Homeland Security was created by consolidation of 22 separate Federal
agencies, each with its own accounting and financial management system. None of these systems was
developed with a view to executing the mission of the Department of Homeland Security to prevent terrorist
attacks within the United States, reduce the Nation's vulnerability to terrorism, and minimize the damage
and assist in the recovery from terrorist attacks. For these reasons, a strong Chief Financial Officer is
needed within the Department both to consolidate financial management operations, and to insure that
management control systems are comprehensively designed to achieve the mission and execute the strategy
of the Department.
"(4) The provisions of law enacted by the Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990 require agency Chief
Financial Officers to improve the financial information available to agency managers and the Congress.
Those provisions also specify that agency financial management systems must provide for the systematic
measurement of performance. In the case of the Department of Homeland Security, therefore, it is vitally
important that management control systems be designed with a clear view of a homeland security strategy,
including the priorities of the Department in addressing those risks of terrorism deemed most significant
based upon a comprehensive assessment of potential threats, vulnerabilities, criticality, and consequences.
For this reason, Federal law should be amended to clearly state the responsibilities of the Chief Financial
Officer of the Department of Homeland Security to provide management control information, for the
benefit of managers within the Department and to help inform the Congress, that permits an assessment of
the Department's performance in executing a homeland security strategy."

§343. Chief Information Officer
(a) In general

The Chief Information Officer shall report to the Secretary, or to another official of the
Department, as the Secretary may direct.
(b) Geospatial information functions
(1) Definitions
As used in this subsection:
(A) Geospatial information
The term "geospatial information" means graphical or digital data depicting natural or
manmade physical features, phenomena, or boundaries of the earth and any information related
thereto, including surveys, maps, charts, remote sensing data, and images.
(B) Geospatial technology
The term "geospatial technology" means any technology utilized by analysts, specialists,
surveyors, photogrammetrists, hydrographers, geodesists, cartographers, architects, or engineers
for the collection, storage, retrieval, or dissemination of geospatial information, including—
(i) global satellite surveillance systems;
(ii) global position systems;
(iii) geographic information systems;
(iv) mapping equipment;
(v) geocoding technology; and
(vi) remote sensing devices.
(2) Office of Geospatial Management
(A) Establishment
The Office of Geospatial Management is established within the Office of the Chief
Information Officer.
(B) Geospatial Information Officer
(i) Appointment
The Office of Geospatial Management shall be administered by the Geospatial Information
Officer, who shall be appointed by the Secretary and serve under the direction of the Chief
Information Officer.
(ii) Functions
The Geospatial Information Officer shall assist the Chief Information Officer in carrying
out all functions under this section and in coordinating the geospatial information needs of
the Department.
(C) Coordination of geospatial information
The Chief Information Officer shall establish and carry out a program to provide for the
efficient use of geospatial information, which shall include—
(i) providing such geospatial information as may be necessary to implement the critical
infrastructure protection programs;
(ii) providing leadership and coordination in meeting the geospatial information
requirements of those responsible for planning, prevention, mitigation, assessment and
response to emergencies, critical infrastructure protection, and other functions of the
Department; and
(iii) coordinating with users of geospatial information within the Department to assure
interoperability and prevent unnecessary duplication.
(D) Responsibilities
In carrying out this subsection, the responsibilities of the Chief Information Officer shall
include—
(i) coordinating the geospatial information needs and activities of the Department;

(ii) implementing standards, as adopted by the Director of the Office of Management and
Budget under the processes established under section 216 of the E-Government Act of 2002
(44 U.S.C. 3501 note), to facilitate the interoperability of geospatial information pertaining to
homeland security among all users of such information within—
(I) the Department;
(II) State and local government; and
(III) the private sector;
(iii) coordinating with the Federal Geographic Data Committee and carrying out the
responsibilities of the Department pursuant to Office of Management and Budget Circular
A–16 and Executive Order 12906; and
(iv) making recommendations to the Secretary and the Executive Director of the Office for
State and Local Government Coordination and Preparedness on awarding grants to—
(I) fund the creation of geospatial data; and
(II) execute information sharing agreements regarding geospatial data with State, local,
and tribal governments.
(3) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this
subsection for each fiscal year.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VII, §703, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2219; Pub. L. 108–458, title VIII,
§8201(b), Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3865.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 216 of the E-Government Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(D)(ii), is section 216 of Pub. L.
107–347, which is set out in a note under section 3501 of Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
Executive Order 12906, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(D)(iii), is set out as a note under section 1457 of Title
43, Public Lands.
AMENDMENTS
2004—Pub. L. 108–458 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added subsec.
(b).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
FINDINGS
Pub. L. 108–458, title VIII, §8201(a), Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3865, provided that: "Congress makes the
following findings:
"(1) Geospatial technologies and geospatial data improve government capabilities to detect, plan for,
prepare for, and respond to disasters in order to save lives and protect property.
"(2) Geospatial data improves the ability of information technology applications and systems to
enhance public security in a cost-effective manner.
"(3) Geospatial information preparedness in the United States, and specifically in the Department of
Homeland Security, is insufficient because of—
"(A) inadequate geospatial data compatibility;
"(B) insufficient geospatial data sharing; and
"(C) technology interoperability barriers."

§344. Chief Human Capital Officer
(a) In general
The Chief Human Capital Officer shall report directly to the Under Secretary for Management.

(b) Responsibilities
In addition to the responsibilities set forth in chapter 14 of title 5 and other applicable law, the
Chief Human Capital Officer of the Department shall—
(1) develop and implement strategic workforce planning policies that are consistent with
Government-wide leading principles and in line with Department strategic human capital goals
and priorities, taking into account the special requirements of members of the Armed Forces
serving in the Coast Guard;
(2) develop performance measures to provide a basis for monitoring and evaluating
Department-wide strategic workforce planning efforts;
(3) develop, improve, and implement policies, including compensation flexibilities available to
Federal agencies where appropriate, to recruit, hire, train, and retain the workforce of the
Department, in coordination with all components of the Department;
(4) identify methods for managing and overseeing human capital programs and initiatives, in
coordination with the head of each component of the Department;
(5) develop a career path framework and create opportunities for leader development in
coordination with all components of the Department;
(6) lead the efforts of the Department for managing employee resources, including training and
development opportunities, in coordination with each component of the Department;
(7) work to ensure the Department is implementing human capital programs and initiatives and
effectively educating each component of the Department about these programs and initiatives;
(8) identify and eliminate unnecessary and duplicative human capital policies and guidance;
(9) provide input concerning the hiring and performance of the Chief Human Capital Officer or
comparable official in each component of the Department; and
(10) ensure that all employees of the Department are informed of their rights and remedies
under chapters 12 and 23 of title 5.
(c) Component strategies
(1) In general
Each component of the Department shall, in coordination with the Chief Human Capital Officer
of the Department, develop a 5-year workforce strategy for the component that will support the
goals, objectives, and performance measures of the Department for determining the proper balance
of Federal employees and private labor resources.
(2) Strategy requirements
In developing the strategy required under paragraph (1), each component shall consider the
effect on human resources associated with creating additional Federal full-time equivalent
positions, converting private contractors to Federal employees, or relying on the private sector for
goods and services.
(d) Annual submission
Not later than 90 days after the date on which the Secretary submits the annual budget justification
for the Department, the Secretary shall submit to the congressional homeland security committees a
report that includes a table, delineated by component with actual and enacted amounts, including—
(1) information on the progress within the Department of fulfilling the workforce strategies
developed under subsection (c);
(2) the number of on-board staffing for Federal employees from the prior fiscal year;
(3) the total contract hours submitted by each prime contractor as part of the service contract
inventory required under section 743 of the Financial Services and General Government
Appropriations Act, 2010 (division C of Public Law 111–117; 31 U.S.C. 501 note); and
(4) the number of full-time equivalent personnel identified under the Intergovernmental
Personnel Act of 1970 (42 U.S.C. 4701 et seq.).
(e) Limitation
Nothing in this section overrides or otherwise affects the requirements specified in section 468 of

this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VII, §704, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2219; Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX,
§1904, Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2674.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Intergovernmental Personnel Act of 1970, referred to in subsec. (d)(4), is Pub. L. 91–648, Jan. 5, 1971,
84 Stat. 1909, which is classified principally to chapter 62 (§4701 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and
Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 4701 of
Title 42 and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2016—Pub. L. 114–328 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "The Chief
Human Capital Officer shall report to the Secretary, or to another official of the Department, as the Secretary
may direct and shall ensure that all employees of the Department are informed of their rights and remedies
under chapters 12 and 23 of title 5 by—
"(1) participating in the 2302(c) Certification Program of the Office of Special Counsel;
"(2) achieving certification from the Office of Special Counsel of the Department's compliance with
section 2302(c) of title 5; and
"(3) informing Congress of such certification not later than 24 months after November 25, 2002."

§345. Establishment of Officer for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties
(a) In general
The Officer for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties, who shall report directly to the Secretary, shall—
(1) review and assess information concerning abuses of civil rights, civil liberties, and profiling
on the basis of race, ethnicity, or religion, by employees and officials of the Department;
(2) make public through the Internet, radio, television, or newspaper advertisements information
on the responsibilities and functions of, and how to contact, the Officer;
(3) assist the Secretary, directorates, and offices of the Department to develop, implement, and
periodically review Department policies and procedures to ensure that the protection of civil rights
and civil liberties is appropriately incorporated into Department programs and activities;
(4) oversee compliance with constitutional, statutory, regulatory, policy, and other requirements
relating to the civil rights and civil liberties of individuals affected by the programs and activities
of the Department;
(5) coordinate with the Privacy Officer to ensure that—
(A) programs, policies, and procedures involving civil rights, civil liberties, and privacy
considerations are addressed in an integrated and comprehensive manner; and
(B) Congress receives appropriate reports regarding such programs, policies, and procedures;
and
(6) investigate complaints and information indicating possible abuses of civil rights or civil
liberties, unless the Inspector General of the Department determines that any such complaint or
information should be investigated by the Inspector General.
(b) Report
The Secretary shall submit to the President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of
Representatives, and the appropriate committees and subcommittees of Congress on an annual basis
a report on the implementation of this section, including the use of funds appropriated to carry out
this section, and detailing any allegations of abuses described under subsection (a)(1) and any actions
taken by the Department in response to such allegations.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VII, §705, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2219; Pub. L. 108–458, title VIII, §8303,

Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3867.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2004—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 108–458, §8303(1), reenacted heading without change and amended
introductory provisions generally. Prior to amendment, introductory provisions read as follows: "The
Secretary shall appoint in the Department an Officer for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties, who shall—".
Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 108–458, §8303(2), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as
follows: "review and assess information alleging abuses of civil rights, civil liberties, and racial and ethnic
profiling by employees and officials of the Department; and".
Subsec. (a)(3) to (6). Pub. L. 108–458, §8303(3), (4), added pars. (3) to (6).

§346. Consolidation and co-location of offices
Not later than 1 year after November 25, 2002, the Secretary shall develop and submit to Congress
a plan for consolidating and co-locating—
(1) any regional offices or field offices of agencies that are transferred to the Department under
this chapter, if such officers 1 are located in the same municipality; and
(2) portions of regional and field offices of other Federal agencies, to the extent such offices
perform functions that are transferred to the Secretary under this chapter.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VII, §706, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2220.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in pars. (1) and (2), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov.
25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
1

So in original. Probably should be "offices".

§347. Quadrennial homeland security review
(a) Requirement
(1) Quadrennial reviews required
In fiscal year 2009, and every 4 years thereafter, the Secretary shall conduct a review of the
homeland security of the Nation (in this section referred to as a "quadrennial homeland security
review").
(2) Scope of reviews
Each quadrennial homeland security review shall be a comprehensive examination of the
homeland security strategy of the Nation, including recommendations regarding the long-term
strategy and priorities of the Nation for homeland security and guidance on the programs, assets,
capabilities, budget, policies, and authorities of the Department.
(3) Consultation
The Secretary shall conduct each quadrennial homeland security review under this subsection in
consultation with—
(A) the heads of other Federal agencies, including the Attorney General, the Secretary of
State, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, the Secretary of

the Treasury, the Secretary of Agriculture the Secretary of Energy,,1 and the Director of
National Intelligence;
(B) key officials of the Department, including the Under Secretary for Strategy, Policy, and
Plans; and
(C) other relevant governmental and nongovernmental entities, including State, local, and
tribal government officials, members of Congress, private sector representatives, academics,
and other policy experts.
(4) Relationship with future years homeland security program
The Secretary shall ensure that each review conducted under this section is coordinated with the
Future Years Homeland Security Program required under section 454 of this title.
(b) Contents of review
In each quadrennial homeland security review, the Secretary shall—
(1) delineate and update, as appropriate, the national homeland security strategy, consistent with
appropriate national and Department strategies, strategic plans, and Homeland Security
Presidential Directives, including the National Strategy for Homeland Security, the National
Response Plan, and the Department Security Strategic Plan;
(2) outline and prioritize the full range of the critical homeland security mission areas of the
Nation;
(3) describe the interagency cooperation, preparedness of Federal response assets,
infrastructure, budget plan, and other elements of the homeland security program and policies of
the Nation associated with the national homeland security strategy, required to execute
successfully the full range of missions called for in the national homeland security strategy
described in paragraph (1) and the homeland security mission areas outlined under paragraph (2);
(4) identify the budget plan required to provide sufficient resources to successfully execute the
full range of missions called for in the national homeland security strategy described in paragraph
(1) and the homeland security mission areas outlined under paragraph (2);
(5) include an assessment of the organizational alignment of the Department with the national
homeland security strategy referred to in paragraph (1) and the homeland security mission areas
outlined under paragraph (2); and
(6) review and assess the effectiveness of the mechanisms of the Department for executing the
process of turning the requirements developed in the quadrennial homeland security review into an
acquisition strategy and expenditure plan within the Department.
(c) Reporting
(1) In general
Not later than December 31 of the year in which a quadrennial homeland security review is
conducted, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report regarding that quadrennial homeland
security review.
(2) Contents of report
Each report submitted under paragraph (1) shall include—
(A) the results of the quadrennial homeland security review;
(B) a description of the threats to the assumed or defined national homeland security interests
of the Nation that were examined for the purposes of that review or for purposes of the
quadrennial EMP and GMD risk assessment under section 195f(d)(1)(E) of this title;
(C) the national homeland security strategy, including a prioritized list of the critical
homeland security missions of the Nation;
(D) a description of the interagency cooperation, preparedness of Federal response assets,
infrastructure, budget plan, and other elements of the homeland security program and policies of
the Nation associated with the national homeland security strategy, required to execute

successfully the full range of missions called for in the applicable national homeland security
strategy referred to in subsection (b)(1) and the homeland security mission areas outlined under
subsection (b)(2);
(E) an assessment of the organizational alignment of the Department with the applicable
national homeland security strategy referred to in subsection (b)(1) and the homeland security
mission areas outlined under subsection (b)(2), including the Department's organizational
structure, management systems, budget and accounting systems, human resources systems,
procurement systems, and physical and technical infrastructure;
(F) a discussion of the status of cooperation among Federal agencies in the effort to promote
national homeland security;
(G) a discussion of the status of cooperation between the Federal Government and State,
local, and tribal governments in preventing terrorist attacks and preparing for emergency
response to threats to national homeland security;
(H) an explanation of any underlying assumptions used in conducting the review; and
(I) any other matter the Secretary considers appropriate.
(3) Public availability
The Secretary shall, consistent with the protection of national security and other sensitive
matters, make each report submitted under paragraph (1) publicly available on the Internet website
of the Department.
(d) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this section.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VII, §707, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title XXIV, §2401(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121
Stat. 543; amended Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1902(b), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2672; Pub.
L. 116–92, div. A, title XVII, §1740(b), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 1824.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2019—Subsec. (a)(3)(A). Pub. L. 116–92, §1740(b)(1), inserted "the Secretary of Energy," after "the
Secretary of Agriculture".
Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 116–92, §1740(b)(2), which directed insertion of "or for purposes of the
quadrennial EMP and GMD risk assessment under section 195f(d)(1)(E) of this title" after review, was
executed by making the insertion after "review" as if quotation marks had appeared around the word in the
directory language, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
2016—Subsec. (a)(3)(B). Pub. L. 114–328 inserted ", including the Under Secretary for Strategy, Policy,
and Plans" after "Department".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
PREPARATION FOR FIRST QUADRENNIAL HOMELAND SECURITY REVIEW
Pub. L. 110–53, title XXIV, §2401(b), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 546, provided that:
"(1) IN GENERAL.—During fiscal years 2007 and 2008, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall make
preparations to conduct the first quadrennial homeland security review under section 707 of the Homeland
Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 347], as added by subsection (a), in fiscal year 2009, including—
"(A) determining the tasks to be performed;
"(B) estimating the human, financial, and other resources required to perform each task;
"(C) establishing the schedule for the execution of all project tasks;
"(D) ensuring that these resources will be available as needed; and
"(E) all other preparations considered necessary by the Secretary.
"(2) REPORT.—Not later than 60 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 3, 2007], the Secretary
shall submit to Congress and make publicly available on the Internet website of the Department of Homeland
Security a detailed resource plan specifying the estimated budget and number of staff members that will be
required for preparation of the first quadrennial homeland security review."

1

So in original.

§348. Joint task forces
(a) Definition
In this section, the term "situational awareness" means knowledge and unified understanding of
unlawful cross-border activity, including—
(1) threats and trends concerning illicit trafficking and unlawful crossings;
(2) the ability to forecast future shifts in such threats and trends;
(3) the ability to evaluate such threats and trends at a level sufficient to create actionable plans;
and
(4) the operational capability to conduct continuous and integrated surveillance of the air, land,
and maritime borders of the United States.
(b) Joint task forces
(1) Establishment
The Secretary may establish and operate departmental Joint Task Forces to conduct joint
operations using personnel and capabilities of the Department for the purposes specified in
paragraph (2).
(2) Purposes
(A) In general
Subject to subparagraph (B), the purposes referred to in paragraph (1) are or relate to the
following:
(i) Securing the land and maritime borders of the United States.
(ii) Homeland security crises.
(iii) Establishing regionally-based operations.
(B) Limitation
(i) In general
The Secretary may not establish a Joint Task Force for any major disaster or emergency
declared under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42
U.S.C. 5121 et seq.) or an incident for which the Federal Emergency Management Agency
has primary responsibility for management of the response under subchapter V of this
chapter, including section 314(a)(3)(A) of this title, unless the responsibilities of such a Joint
Task Force—
(I) do not include operational functions related to incident management, including
coordination of operations; and
(II) are consistent with the requirements of paragraphs (3) and (4)(A) of section 313(c)
and section 319(c) of this title, and section 302 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief
and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5143).
(ii) Responsibilities and functions not reduced
Nothing in this section may be construed to reduce the responsibilities or functions of the
Federal Emergency Management Agency or the Administrator of the Agency under
subchapter V of this chapter or any other provision of law, including the diversion of any
asset, function, or mission from the Agency or the Administrator of the Agency pursuant to
section 316 of this title.
(3) Joint task force directors
(A) Director
Each Joint Task Force established and operated pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be headed by

a Director, appointed by the President, for a term of not more than two years. The Secretary
shall submit to the President recommendations for such appointments after consulting with the
heads of the components of the Department with membership on any such Joint Task Force.
Any Director appointed by the President shall be—
(i) a current senior official of the Department with not less than one year of significant
leadership experience at the Department; or
(ii) if no suitable candidate is available at the Department, an individual with—
(I) not less than one year of significant leadership experience in a Federal agency since
the establishment of the Department; and
(II) a demonstrated ability in, knowledge of, and significant experience working on the
issues to be addressed by any such Joint Task Force.
(B) Extension
The Secretary may extend the appointment of a Director of a Joint Task Force under
subparagraph (A) for not more than two years if the Secretary determines that such an extension
is in the best interest of the Department.
(4) Joint Task Force deputy directors
For each Joint Task Force, the Secretary shall appoint a Deputy Director who shall be an
official of a different component or office of the Department than the Director of such Joint Task
Force.
(5) Responsibilities
The Director of a Joint Task Force, subject to the oversight, direction, and guidance of the
Secretary, shall—
(A) when established for the purpose referred to in paragraph (2)(A)(i), maintain situational
awareness within the areas of responsibility of the Joint Task Force, as determined by the
Secretary;
(B) provide operational plans and requirements for standard operating procedures and
contingency operations within the areas of responsibility of the Joint Task Force, as determined
by the Secretary;
(C) plan and execute joint task force activities within the areas of responsibility of the Joint
Task Force, as determined by the Secretary;
(D) set and accomplish strategic objectives through integrated operational planning and
execution;
(E) exercise operational direction over personnel and equipment from components and
offices of the Department allocated to the Joint Task Force to accomplish the objectives of the
Joint Task Force;
(F) when established for the purpose referred to in paragraph (2)(A)(i), establish operational
and investigative priorities within the areas of responsibility of the Joint Task Force, as
determined by the Secretary;
(G) coordinate with foreign governments and other Federal, State, and local agencies, as
appropriate, to carry out the mission of the Joint Task Force; and
(H) carry out other duties and powers the Secretary determines appropriate.
(6) Personnel and resources
(A) In general
The Secretary may, upon request of the Director of a Joint Task Force, and giving appropriate
consideration of risk to the other primary missions of the Department, allocate to such Joint
Task Force on a temporary basis personnel and equipment of components and offices of the
Department.
(B) Cost neutrality
A Joint Task Force may not require more resources than would have otherwise been required
by the Department to carry out the duties assigned to such Joint Task Force if such Joint Task

Force had not been established.
(C) Location of operations
In establishing a location of operations for a Joint Task Force, the Secretary shall, to the
extent practicable, use existing facilities that integrate efforts of components of the Department
and State, local, tribal, or territorial law enforcement or military entities.
(D) Consideration of impact
When reviewing requests for allocation of component personnel and equipment under
subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall consider the impact of such allocation on the ability of the
donating component or office to carry out the primary missions of the Department, and in the
case of the Coast Guard, the missions specified in section 468 of this title.
(E) Limitation
Personnel and equipment of the Coast Guard allocated under this paragraph may be used only
to carry out operations and investigations related to the missions specified in section 468 of this
title.
(F) Report
The Secretary shall, at the time the budget of the President is submitted to Congress for a
fiscal year under section 1105(a) of title 31, submit to the Committee on Homeland Security
and the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives and the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on Commerce,
Science, and Transportation of the Senate a report on the total funding, personnel, and other
resources that each component or office of the Department allocated under this paragraph to
each Joint Task Force to carry out the mission of such Joint Task Force during the fiscal year
immediately preceding each such report, and a description of the degree to which the resources
drawn from each component or office impact the primary mission of such component or office.
(7) Component resource authority
As directed by the Secretary—
(A) each Director of a Joint Task Force shall be provided sufficient resources from relevant
components and offices of the Department and the authority necessary to carry out the missions
and responsibilities of such Joint Task Force required under this section;
(B) the resources referred to in subparagraph (A) shall be under the operational authority,
direction, and control of the Director of the Joint Task Force to which such resources are
assigned; and
(C) the personnel and equipment of each Joint Task Force shall remain under the
administrative direction of the head of the component or office of the Department that provided
such personnel or equipment.
(8) Joint Task Force staff
Each Joint Task Force shall have a staff, composed of officials from relevant components and
offices of the Department, to assist the Director of such Joint Task Force in carrying out the
mission and responsibilities of such Joint Task Force.
(9) Establishment of performance metrics
The Secretary shall—
(A) establish outcome-based and other appropriate performance metrics to evaluate the
effectiveness of each Joint Task Force;
(B) not later than 120 days after December 23, 2016, and 120 days after the establishment of
a new Joint Task Force, as appropriate, submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and the
Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives and the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on Commerce,
Science, and Transportation of the Senate the metrics established under subparagraph (A).
(C) not later than January 31 of each year beginning in 2017, submit to each committee

specified in subparagraph (B) a report that contains the evaluation described in subparagraph
(A).
(10) Joint duty training program
(A) In general
The Secretary shall—
(i) establish a joint duty training program in the Department for the purposes of—
(I) enhancing coordination within the Department; and
(II) promoting workforce professional development; and
(ii) tailor such joint duty training program to improve joint operations as part of the Joint
Task Forces.
(B) Elements
The joint duty training program established under subparagraph (A) shall address, at a
minimum, the following topics:
(i) National security strategy.
(ii) Strategic and contingency planning.
(iii) Command and control of operations under joint command.
(iv) International engagement.
(v) The homeland security enterprise.
(vi) Interagency collaboration.
(vii) Leadership.
(viii) Specific subject matters relevant to the Joint Task Force, including matters relating to
the missions specified in section 468 of this title, to which the joint duty training program is
assigned.
(C) Training required
(i) Directors and deputy directors
Except as provided in clauses (iii) and (iv), an individual shall complete the joint duty
training program before being appointed Director or Deputy Director of a Joint Task Force.
(ii) Joint Task Force staff
Each official serving on the staff of a Joint Task Force shall complete the joint duty
training program within the first year of assignment to such Joint Task Force.
(iii) Exception
Clause (i) shall not apply to the first Director or Deputy Director appointed to a Joint Task
Force on or after December 23, 2016.
(iv) Waiver
The Secretary may waive the application of clause (i) if the Secretary determines that such
a waiver is in the interest of homeland security or necessary to carry out the mission for
which a Joint Task Force was established.
(11) Notification of Joint Task Force formation
(A) In general
Not later than 90 days before establishing a Joint Task Force under this subsection, the
Secretary shall submit to the majority leader of the Senate, the minority leader of the Senate, the
Speaker of the House of Representatives, the majority leader of the House of Representatives,
the minority leader of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Homeland Security
and the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives and the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on Commerce,
Science, and Transportation of the Senate a notification regarding such establishment.

(B) Waiver authority
The Secretary may waive the requirement under subparagraph (A) in the event of an
emergency circumstance that imminently threatens the protection of human life or property.
(12) Review
(A) In general
Not later than January 31, 2018, and January 31, 2021, the Inspector General of the
Department shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on
Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives and the Committee on
Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on Commerce, Science, and
Transportation of the Senate a review of the Joint Task Forces established under this subsection.
(B) Contents
The reviews required under subparagraph (A) shall include—
(i) an assessment of the effectiveness of the structure of each Joint Task Force; and
(ii) recommendations for enhancements to such structure to strengthen the effectiveness of
each Joint Task Force.
(13) Sunset
This section expires on September 30, 2022.
(c) Joint duty assignment program
After establishing the joint duty training program under subsection (b)(10), the Secretary shall
establish a joint duty assignment program within the Department for the purposes of enhancing
coordination in the Department and promoting workforce professional development.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VII, §708, as added Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1901(b), Dec. 23,
2016, 130 Stat. 2665.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(B)(i), is
Pub. L. 93–288, May 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 143, which is classified principally to chapter 68 (§5121 et seq.) of
Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title
note set out under section 5121 of Title 42 and Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
TRANSITION PROVISIONS
Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1901(c), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2670, provided that: "An individual
serving as a Director of a Joint Task Force of the Department of Homeland Security in existence on the day
before the date of the enactment of this section [Dec. 23, 2016] may serve as the Director of such Joint Task
Force on and after such date of enactment until a Director of such Joint Task Force is appointed pursuant to
subparagraph (A) of section 708(b)(3) [6 U.S.C. 348(b)(3)], as added by subsection (a) of this section."

§349. Office of Strategy, Policy, and Plans
(a) In general
There is established in the Department an Office of Strategy, Policy, and Plans.
(b) Head of Office
The Office of Strategy, Policy, and Plans shall be headed by an Under Secretary for Strategy,
Policy, and Plans, who shall serve as the principal policy advisor to the Secretary. The Under
Secretary for Strategy, Policy, and Plans shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice

and consent of the Senate.
(c) Functions
The Under Secretary for Strategy, Policy, and Plans shall—
(1) lead, conduct, and coordinate Department-wide policy development and implementation and
strategic planning;
(2) develop and coordinate policies to promote and ensure quality, consistency, and integration
for the programs, components, offices, and activities across the Department;
(3) develop and coordinate strategic plans and long-term goals of the Department with
risk-based analysis and planning to improve operational mission effectiveness, including
consultation with the Secretary regarding the quadrennial homeland security review under section
347 of this title;
(4) manage Department leadership councils and provide analytics and support to such councils;
(5) manage international coordination and engagement for the Department;
(6) review and incorporate, as appropriate, external stakeholder feedback into Department
policy; and
(7) carry out such other responsibilities as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(d) Deputy Under Secretary
(1) In general
The Secretary may—
(A) establish within the Office of Strategy, Policy, and Plans a position of Deputy Under
Secretary to support the Under Secretary for Strategy, Policy, and Plans in carrying out the
Under Secretary's responsibilities; and
(B) appoint a career employee to such position.
(2) Limitation on establishment of Deputy Under Secretary positions
A Deputy Under Secretary position (or any substantially similar position) within the Office of
Strategy, Policy, and Plans may not be established except for the position provided for by
paragraph (1), unless the Secretary receives prior authorization from Congress.
(3) Definitions
For purposes of paragraph (1)—
(A) the term "career employee" means any employee (as such term is defined in section 2105
of title 5), but does not include a political appointee; and
(B) the term "political appointee" means any employee who occupies a position which has
been excepted from the competitive service by reason of its confidential, policy-determining,
policy-making, or policy-advocating character.
(e) Coordination by Department components
To ensure consistency with the policy priorities of the Department, the head of each component of
the Department shall coordinate with the Office of Strategy, Policy, and Plans in establishing or
modifying policies or strategic planning guidance with respect to each such component.
(f) Homeland Security statistics and joint analysis
(1) Homeland Security statistics
The Under Secretary for Strategy, Policy, and Plans shall—
(A) establish standards of reliability and validity for statistical data collected and analyzed by
the Department;
(B) be provided by the heads of all components of the Department with statistical data
maintained by the Department regarding the operations of the Department;
(C) conduct or oversee analysis and reporting of such data by the Department as required by
law or as directed by the Secretary; and
(D) ensure the accuracy of metrics and statistical data provided to Congress.

(2) Transfer of responsibilities
There shall be transferred to the Under Secretary for Strategy, Policy, and Plans the
maintenance of all immigration statistical information of U.S. Customs and Border Protection,
U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, and United States Citizenship and Immigration
Services, which shall include information and statistics of the type contained in the publication
entitled "Yearbook of Immigration Statistics" prepared by the Office of Immigration Statistics,
including region-by-region statistics on the aggregate number of applications and petitions filed by
an alien (or filed on behalf of an alien) and denied, and the reasons for such denials, disaggregated
by category of denial and application or petition type.
(g) Limitation
Nothing in this section overrides or otherwise affects the requirements specified in section 468 of
this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VII, §709, as added Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1902(a), Dec. 23,
2016, 130 Stat. 2670.)

§350. Workforce health and medical support
(a) In general
The Under Secretary for Management shall be responsible for workforce-focused health and
medical activities of the Department. The Under Secretary for Management may further delegate
responsibility for those activities, as appropriate.
(b) Responsibilities
The Under Secretary for Management, in coordination with the Chief Medical Officer, shall—
(1) provide oversight and coordinate the medical and health activities of the Department for the
human and animal personnel of the Department;
(2) establish medical, health, veterinary, and occupational health exposure policy, guidance,
strategies, and initiatives for the human and animal personnel of the Department;
(3) as deemed appropriate by the Under Secretary, provide medical liaisons to the components
of the Department, on a reimbursable basis, to provide subject matter expertise on occupational
medical and public health issues;
(4) serve as the primary representative for the Department on agreements regarding the detail of
Commissioned Corps officers of the Public Health Service of the Department of Health and
Human Services to the Department, except that components of the Department shall retain
authority for funding, determination of specific duties, and supervision of such detailed
Commissioned Corps officers; and
(5) perform such other duties relating to the responsibilities described in this subsection as the
Secretary may require.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VII, §710, as added Pub. L. 115–387, §2(d), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5167.)

SUBCHAPTER VIII—COORDINATION WITH NON-FEDERAL ENTITIES;
INSPECTOR GENERAL; UNITED STATES SECRET SERVICE; COAST
GUARD; GENERAL PROVISIONS

PART A—COORDINATION WITH NON-FEDERAL ENTITIES

§361. Office for State and Local Government Coordination
(a) Establishment
There is established within the Office of the Secretary the Office for State and Local Government
Coordination, to oversee and coordinate departmental programs for and relationships with State and
local governments.
(b) Responsibilities
The Office established under subsection (a) shall—
(1) coordinate the activities of the Department relating to State and local government;
(2) assess, and advocate for, the resources needed by State and local government to implement
the national strategy for combating terrorism;
(3) provide State and local government with regular information, research, and technical support
to assist local efforts at securing the homeland; and
(4) develop a process for receiving meaningful input from State and local government to assist
the development of the national strategy for combating terrorism and other homeland security
activities.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §801, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2220.)
EXECUTIVE DOCUMENTS
EX. ORD. NO. 13629. ESTABLISHING THE WHITE HOUSE HOMELAND SECURITY
PARTNERSHIP COUNCIL
Ex. Ord. No. 13629, Oct. 26, 2012, 77 F.R. 66353, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
and in order to advance the Federal Government's use of local partnerships to address homeland security
challenges, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. The purpose of this order is to maximize the Federal Government's ability to develop
local partnerships in the United States to support homeland security priorities. Partnerships are collaborative
working relationships in which the goals, structure, and roles and responsibilities of the relationships are
mutually determined. Collaboration enables the Federal Government and its partners to use resources more
efficiently, build on one another's expertise, drive innovation, engage in collective action, broaden investments
to achieve shared goals, and improve performance. Partnerships enhance our ability to address homeland
security priorities, from responding to natural disasters to preventing terrorism, by utilizing diverse
perspectives, skills, tools, and resources.
The National Security Strategy emphasizes the importance of partnerships, underscoring that to keep our
Nation safe "we must tap the ingenuity outside government through strategic partnerships with the private
sector, nongovernmental organizations, foundations, and community-based organizations. Such partnerships
are critical to U.S. success at home and abroad, and we will support them through enhanced opportunities for
engagement, coordination, transparency, and information sharing." This approach recognizes that, given the
complexities and range of challenges, we must institutionalize an all-of-Nation effort to address the evolving
threats to the United States.
SEC. 2. White House Homeland Security Partnership Council and Steering Committee.
(a) White House Homeland Security Partnership Council. There is established a White House Homeland
Security Partnership Council (Council) to foster local partnerships—between the Federal Government and the
private sector, nongovernmental organizations, foundations, community-based organizations, and State, local,
tribal, and territorial government and law enforcement—to address homeland security challenges. The Council
shall be chaired by the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism (Chair), or a
designee from the National Security Staff.
(b) Council Membership.
(i) Pursuant to the nomination process established in subsection (b)(ii) of this section, the Council shall be
composed of Federal officials who are from field offices of the executive departments, agencies, and bureaus
(agencies) that are members of the Steering Committee established in subsection (c) of this section, and who
have demonstrated an ability to develop, sustain, and institutionalize local partnerships to address policy
priorities.
(ii) The nomination process and selection criteria for members of the Council shall be established by the

Steering Committee. Based on those criteria, agency heads may select and present to the Steering Committee
their nominee or nominees to represent them on the Council. The Steering Committee shall consider all of the
nominees and decide by consensus which of the nominees shall participate on the Council. Each member
agency on the Steering Committee, with the exception of the Office of the Director of National Intelligence,
may have at least one representative on the Council.
(c) Steering Committee. There is also established a Steering Committee, chaired by the Chair of the
Council, to provide guidance to the Council and perform other functions as set forth in this order. The Steering
Committee shall include a representative at the Deputy agency head level, or that representative's designee,
from the following agencies:
(i) Department of State;
(ii) Department of the Treasury;
(iii) Department of Defense;
(iv) Department of Justice;
(v) Department of the Interior;
(vi) Department of Agriculture;
(vii) Department of Commerce;
(viii) Department of Labor;
(ix) Department of Health and Human Services;
(x) Department of Housing and Urban Development;
(xi) Department of Transportation;
(xii) Department of Energy;
(xiii) Department of Education;
(xiv) Department of Veterans Affairs;
(xv) Department of Homeland Security;
(xvi) Office of the Director of National Intelligence;
(xvii) Environmental Protection Agency;
(xviii) Small Business Administration; and
(xix) Federal Bureau of Investigation.
At the invitation of the Chair, representatives of agencies not listed in subsection (c) of this section or other
executive branch entities may attend and participate in Steering Committee meetings as appropriate.
(d) Administration. The Chair or a designee shall convene meetings of the Council and Steering Committee,
determine their agendas, and coordinate their work. The Council may establish subgroups consisting
exclusively of Council members or their designees, as appropriate.
SEC. 3. Mission and Function of the Council and Steering Committee. (a) The Council shall, consistent
with guidance from the Steering Committee:
(i) advise the Chair and Steering Committee members on priorities, challenges, and opportunities for local
partnerships to support homeland security priorities, as well as regularly report to the Steering Committee on
the Council's efforts;
(ii) promote homeland security priorities and opportunities for collaboration between Federal Government
field offices and State, local, tribal, and territorial stakeholders;
(iii) advise and confer with State, local, tribal, and territorial stakeholders and agencies interested in
expanding or building local homeland security partnerships;
(iv) raise awareness of local partnership best practices that can support homeland security priorities;
(v) as appropriate, conduct outreach to representatives of the private sector, nongovernmental organizations,
foundations, community-based organizations, and State, local, tribal, and territorial government and law
enforcement entities with relevant expertise for local homeland security partnerships, and collaborate with
other Federal Government bodies; and
(vi) convene an annual meeting to exchange key findings, progress, and best practices.
(b) The Steering Committee shall:
(i) determine the scope of issue areas the Council will address and its operating protocols, in consultation
with the Office of Management and Budget;
(ii) establish the nomination process and selection criteria for members of the Council as set forth in section
2(b)(ii) of this order;
(iii) provide guidance to the Council on the activities set forth in subsection (a) of this section; and
(iv) within 1 year of the selection of the Council members, and annually thereafter, provide a report on the
work of the Council to the President through the Chair.
SEC. 4. General Provisions. (a) The heads of agencies participating in the Steering Committee shall assist
and provide information to the Council, consistent with applicable law, as may be necessary to implement this

order. Each agency shall bear its own expense for participating in the Council.
(b) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive department, agency, or the head thereof;
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget relating to budgetary,
administrative, or legislative proposals; or
(iii) the functions of the Overseas Security Advisory Council.
(c) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and appropriate protections for privacy
and civil liberties, and subject to the availability of appropriations.
(d) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its
officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.

BARACK OBAMA.
[Reference to the National Security Staff deemed to be a reference to the National Security Council Staff,
see Ex. Ord. No. 13657, set out as a note under section 3021 of Title 50, War and National Defense.]

PART B—INSPECTOR GENERAL
§371. Repealed. Pub. L. 108–7, div. L, §104(c)(1), Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 531
Section, Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §811, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2221, related to authority of Secretary
of Homeland Security with respect to Inspector General.

PART C—UNITED STATES SECRET SERVICE
§381. Functions transferred
In accordance with subchapter XII, there shall be transferred to the Secretary the functions,
personnel, assets, and obligations of the United States Secret Service, which shall be maintained as a
distinct entity within the Department, including the functions of the Secretary of the Treasury
relating thereto.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §821, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2224.)

§382. Use of proceeds derived from criminal investigations
(a) United States Secret Service use of proceeds derived from criminal investigations
During fiscal year 2014 and thereafter, with respect to any undercover investigative operation of
the United States Secret Service (hereafter referred to in this section as the "Secret Service") that is
necessary for the detection and prosecution of crimes against the United States—
(1) sums appropriated for the Secret Service, including unobligated balances available from
prior fiscal years, may be used for purchasing property, buildings, and other facilities, and for
leasing space, within the United States, the District of Columbia, and the territories and
possessions of the United States, without regard to sections 1341 and 3324 of title 31, section
8141 of title 40, sections 6301(a), (b)(1) to (3) and 6306(a) of title 41, and section 3901 and
chapter 45 of title 41;
(2) sums appropriated for the Secret Service, including unobligated balances available from
prior fiscal years, may be used to establish or to acquire proprietary corporations or business
entities as part of such undercover operation, and to operate such corporations or business entities

on a commercial basis, without regard to sections 9102 and 9103 of title 31;
(3) sums appropriated for the Secret Service, including unobligated balances available from
prior fiscal years and the proceeds from such undercover operation, may be deposited in banks or
other financial institutions, without regard to section 648 of title 18 and section 3302 of title 31;
and
(4) proceeds from such undercover operation may be used to offset necessary and reasonable
expenses incurred in such operation, without regard to section 3302 of title 31.
(b) Written certification
The authority set forth in subsection (a) may be exercised only upon the written certification of the
Director of the Secret Service or designee that any action authorized by any paragraph of such
subsection is necessary for the conduct of an undercover investigative operation. Such certification
shall continue in effect for the duration of such operation, without regard to fiscal years.
(c) Deposit of proceeds in Treasury
As soon as practicable after the proceeds from an undercover investigative operation with respect
to which an action is authorized and carried out under paragraphs (3) and (4) of subsection (a) are no
longer necessary for the conduct of such operation, such proceeds or the balance of such proceeds
remaining at the time shall be deposited in the Treasury of the United States as miscellaneous
receipts.
(d) Reporting and deposit of proceeds upon disposition of certain business entities
If a corporation or business entity established or acquired as part of an undercover investigative
operation under paragraph (2) of subsection (a) with a net value of over $50,000 is to be liquidated,
sold, or otherwise disposed of, the Secret Service, as much in advance as the Director or designee
determines is practicable, shall report the circumstance to the Secretary of Homeland Security. The
proceeds of the liquidation, sale, or other disposition, after obligations are met, shall be deposited in
the Treasury of the United States as miscellaneous receipts.
(e) Financial audits and reports
(1) The Secret Service shall conduct detailed financial audits of closed undercover investigative
operations for which a written certification was made pursuant to subsection (b) on a quarterly basis
and shall report the results of the audits in writing to the Secretary of Homeland Security.
(2) The Secretary of Homeland Security shall annually submit to the Committees on
Appropriations of the Senate and House of Representatives, at the time that the President's budget is
submitted under section 1105(a) of title 31, a summary of such audits.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title V, §532, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1384; Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V, §527,
Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2074; Pub. L. 110–329, div. D, title V, §520, Sept. 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 3684;
Pub. L. 111–83, title V, §519, Oct. 28, 2009, 123 Stat. 2171; Pub. L. 112–10, div. B, title VI, §1652,
Apr. 15, 2011, 125 Stat. 147; Pub. L. 112–74, div. D, title V, §518, Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 972;
Pub. L. 113–6, div. D, title V, §518, Mar. 26, 2013, 127 Stat. 369; Pub. L. 113–76, div. F, title V,
§518, Jan. 17, 2014, 128 Stat. 272.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
In subsec. (a)(1), "sections 6301(a), (b)(1) to (3) and 6306(a) of title 41," substituted for "sections 3732(a)
and 3741 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (41 U.S.C. 11(a) and 22)," and "section 3901 and
chapter 45 of title 41" substituted for "sections 304(a) and 305 of the Federal Property and Administrative
Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C 254(a) and 255)" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124
Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
Section was enacted as part of the appropriation act cited in the credit to this section, and not as part of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
AMENDMENTS

2014—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 113–76 substituted "2014 and thereafter" for "2013" in introductory provisions.
2013—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 113–6 substituted "2013" for "2012" in introductory provisions.
2011—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 112–74 substituted "2012" for "2011" in introductory provisions.
Pub. L. 112–10 substituted "2011" for "2010" in introductory provisions.
2009—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–83 substituted "2010" for "2009" in introductory provisions.
2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–329 substituted "2009" for "2008" in introductory provisions.
2007—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–161 substituted "2008" for "2007" in introductory provisions.

§383. National Computer Forensics Institute
(a) In general
There is authorized for fiscal years 2017 through 2022 within the United States Secret Service a
National Computer Forensics Institute (in this section referred to as the "Institute"). The Institute
shall disseminate information related to the investigation and prevention of cyber and electronic
crime and related threats, and educate, train, and equip State, local, tribal, and territorial law
enforcement officers, prosecutors, and judges.
(b) Functions
The functions of the Institute shall include the following:
(1) Educating State, local, tribal, and territorial law enforcement officers, prosecutors, and
judges on current—
(A) cyber and electronic crimes and related threats;
(B) methods for investigating cyber and electronic crime and related threats and conducting
computer and mobile device forensic examinations; and
(C) prosecutorial and judicial challenges related to cyber and electronic crime and related
threats, and computer and mobile device forensic examinations.
(2) Training State, local, tribal, and territorial law enforcement officers to—
(A) conduct cyber and electronic crime and related threat investigations;
(B) conduct computer and mobile device forensic examinations; and
(C) respond to network intrusion incidents.
(3) Training State, local, tribal, and territorial law enforcement officers, prosecutors, and judges
on methods to obtain, process, store, and admit digital evidence in court.
(c) Principles
In carrying out the functions specified in subsection (b), the Institute shall ensure, to the extent
practicable, that timely, actionable, and relevant expertise and information related to cyber and
electronic crime and related threats is shared with State, local, tribal, and territorial law enforcement
officers and prosecutors.
(d) Equipment
The Institute may provide State, local, tribal, and territorial law enforcement officers with
computer equipment, hardware, software, manuals, and tools necessary to conduct cyber and
electronic crime and related threat investigations and computer and mobile device forensic
examinations.
(e) Electronic Crime Task Forces
The Institute shall facilitate the expansion of the network of Electronic Crime Task Forces of the
United States Secret Service through the addition of State, local, tribal, and territorial law
enforcement officers educated and trained at the Institute.
(f) Savings provision
All authorized activities and functions carried out by the Institute at any location as of the day
before November 2, 2017, are authorized to continue to be carried out at any such location on and

after such date.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §822, as added Pub. L. 115–76, §2(a), Nov. 2, 2017, 131 Stat. 1246.)

PART D—ACQUISITIONS
§391. Research and development projects
(a) Authority
Until September 30, 2017,1 and subject to subsection (d),2 the Secretary may carry out a pilot
program under which the Secretary may exercise the following authorities:
(1) In general
When the Secretary carries out basic, applied, and advanced research and development projects,
including the expenditure of funds for such projects, the Secretary may exercise the same authority
(subject to the same limitations and conditions) with respect to such research and projects as the
Secretary of Defense may exercise under section 2371 of title 10 (except for subsections (b) and
(f)), after making a determination that the use of a contract, grant, or cooperative agreement for
such project is not feasible or appropriate. The annual report required under subsection (b) 1 of
this section, as applied to the Secretary by this paragraph, shall be submitted to the President of the
Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives.
(2) Prototype projects
The Secretary may, under the authority of paragraph (1), carry out prototype projects in
accordance with the requirements and conditions provided for carrying out prototype projects
under section 845 1 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1994 (Public Law
103–160). In applying the authorities of that section 845, subsection (c) of that section shall apply
with respect to prototype projects under this paragraph, and the Secretary shall perform the
functions of the Secretary of Defense under subsection (d) thereof.
(b) Procurement of temporary and intermittent services
The Secretary may—
(1) procure the temporary or intermittent services of experts or consultants (or organizations
thereof) in accordance with section 3109(b) of title 5; and
(2) whenever necessary due to an urgent homeland security need, procure temporary (not to
exceed 1 year) or intermittent personal services, including the services of experts or consultants
(or organizations thereof), without regard to the pay limitations of such section 3109.
(c) Additional requirements
(1) In general
The authority of the Secretary under this section shall terminate September 30, 2017,1 unless
before that date the Secretary—
(A) issues policy guidance detailing the appropriate use of that authority; and
(B) provides training to each employee that is authorized to exercise that authority.
(2) Report
The Secretary shall provide an annual report to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate
and the House of Representatives, the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental
Affairs of the Senate, and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives
detailing the projects for which the authority granted by subsection (a) was used, the rationale for
its use, the funds spent using that authority, the outcome of each project for which that authority
was used, and the results of any audits of such projects.

(d) Definition of nontraditional Government contractor
In this section, the term "nontraditional Government contractor" has the same meaning as the term
"nontraditional defense contractor" as defined in section 845(e) 1 of the National Defense
Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1994 (Public Law 103–160; 10 U.S.C. 2371 note).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §831, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2224; Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V,
§572, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2093; Pub. L. 110–329, div. D, title V, §537, Sept. 30, 2008, 122 Stat.
3687; Pub. L. 111–83, title V, §531, Oct. 28, 2009, 123 Stat. 2174; Pub. L. 112–10, div. B, title VI,
§1651, Apr. 15, 2011, 125 Stat. 146; Pub. L. 112–74, div. D, title V, §527, Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat.
974; Pub. L. 113–6, div. D, title V, §525, Mar. 26, 2013, 127 Stat. 371; Pub. L. 113–76, div. F, title
V, §525, Jan. 17, 2014, 128 Stat. 273; Pub. L. 114–4, title V, §523, Mar. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 65; Pub.
L. 114–113, div. F, title V, §523, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2516; Pub. L. 115–31, div. F, title V,
§514, May 5, 2017, 131 Stat. 427.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Subsection (d), referred to in subsec. (a), was redesignated subsec. (c) of this section by Pub. L. 112–74,
div. D, title V, §527(3), Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 974.
Subsection (b) of this section, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), probably means the former subsec. (b) of this
section which related to annual reports by the Comptroller General and which was struck out by Pub. L.
112–74, div. D, title V, §527(2), Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 974. See 2011 Amendment note for subsec. (b)
below.
Section 845 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1994, referred to in subsecs. (a)(2)
and (d), is section 845 of Pub. L. 103–160, which was formerly set out as a note under section 2371 of Title
10, Armed Forces, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 114–92, div. A, title VIII, §815(c), Nov. 25, 2015, 129 Stat. 896.
See section 2371b of Title 10.
AMENDMENTS
2017—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 115–31, §514(1), substituted "Until September 30, 2017," for "Until September
30, 2016," in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 115–31, §514(2), substituted "September 30, 2017," for "September 30, 2016," in
introductory provisions.
2015—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 114–113, §523(1), substituted "Until September 30, 2016," for "Until
September 30, 2015," in introductory provisions.
Pub. L. 114–4, §523(1), substituted "Until September 30, 2015," for "Until September 30, 2014," in
introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 114–113, §523(2), substituted "September 30, 2016," for "September 30, 2015," in
introductory provisions.
Pub. L. 114–4, §523(2), substituted "September 30, 2015," for "September 30, 2014," in introductory
provisions.
2014—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 113–76, §525(1), substituted "Until September 30, 2014," for "Until September
30, 2013," in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 113–76, §525(2), substituted "September 30, 2014," for "September 30, 2013," in
introductory provisions.
2013—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 113–6, §525(1), substituted "Until September 30, 2013," for "Until September
30, 2012," in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 113–6, §525(2), substituted "September 30, 2013," for "September 30, 2012," in
introductory provisions.
2011—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 112–74, §527(1), substituted "Until September 30, 2012," for "Until September
30, 2011" in introductory provisions.
Pub. L. 112–10, §1651(1), substituted "Until September 30, 2011" for "Until September 30, 2010" in
introductory provisions.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 112–74, §527(2), (3), redesignated subsec. (c) as (b) and struck out former subsec. (b).
Text read as follows: "Not later than 2 years after the effective date of this chapter, and annually thereafter, the
Comptroller General shall report to the Committee on Government Reform of the House of Representatives
and the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate on—

"(1) whether use of the authorities described in subsection (a) of this section attracts nontraditional
Government contractors and results in the acquisition of needed technologies; and
"(2) if such authorities were to be made permanent, whether additional safeguards are needed with
respect to the use of such authorities.".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 112–74, §527(3), redesignated subsec. (d) as (c). Former subsec. (c) redesignated (b).
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 112–74, §527(4), substituted "September 30, 2012," for "September 30, 2011" in
introductory provisions.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 112–74, §527(3), redesignated subsec. (e) as (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (c).
Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 112–10, §1651(2), substituted "September 30, 2011" for "September 30, 2010" in
introductory provisions.
2009—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–83, §531(1), substituted "September 30, 2010," for "September 30, 2009"
in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 111–83, §531(2), substituted "September 30, 2010," for "September 30, 2009," in
introductory provisions.
2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–329, §537(1), substituted "Until September 30, 2009 and subject to
subsection (d)," for "Until September 30, 2008," in introductory provisions.
Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 110–329, §537(2), (3), added subsec. (d) and redesignated former subsec. (d) as
(e).
2007—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–161 substituted "Until September 30, 2008" for "During the 5-year period
following the effective date of this chapter" in introductory provisions.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EXTENSION OF SECRETARY'S AUTHORITY
Pub. L. 116–260, div. F, title V, §531(a), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 1473, provided that: "Section 831 of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 391) shall be applied—
"(1) In subsection (a), by substituting 'September 30, 2021,' for 'September 30, 2017,'; and
"(2) In subsection (c)(1), by substituting 'September 30, 2021,' for 'September 30, 2017'."
Pub. L. 116–93, div. D, title V, §531(a), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2530, provided that subsecs. (a) and (c)(1)
of this section would be applied by substituting Sept. 30, 2020, for Sept. 30, 2017.
Pub. L. 116–6, div. A, title V, §541(a), as added by Pub. L. 116–26, title III, §302, July 1, 2019, 133 Stat.
1021, provided that subsecs. (a) and (c)(1) of this section would be applied by substituting Sept. 30, 2019, for
Sept. 30, 2017.
Pub. L. 115–141, div. F, title V, §538(a), Mar. 23, 2018, 132 Stat. 632, provided that subsecs. (a) and (c)(1)
of this section would be applied by substituting Sept. 30, 2018, for Sept. 30, 2017.
DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJOR ACQUISITION PROGRAMS
Pub. L. 114–113, div. F, title V, §561, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2521, provided that:
"(a) Each major acquisition program of the Department of Homeland Security, as defined in Department of
Homeland Security Management Directive 102–2, shall meet established acquisition documentation
requirements for its acquisition program baseline established in the Department of Homeland Security
Instruction Manual 102–01–001 and the Department of Homeland Security Acquisition Instruction/Guidebook
102–01–001, Appendix K.
"(b) The Department shall report to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of
Representatives in the Comprehensive Acquisition Status Report and its quarterly updates, required under the
heading 'Office of the Under Secretary for Management' of this Act [div. F of Pub. L. 114–113, 129 Stat.
2493], on any major acquisition program that does not meet such documentation requirements and the
schedule by which the program will come into compliance with these requirements.
"(c) None of the funds made available by this or any other Act for any fiscal year may be used for a major
acquisition program that is out of compliance with such documentation requirements for more than two years
except that funds may be used solely to come into compliance with such documentation requirements or to
terminate the program."
1

See Extension of Secretary's Authority below.

2

See References in Text note below.

§392. Personal services
The Secretary—
(1) may procure the temporary or intermittent services of experts or consultants (or
organizations thereof) in accordance with section 3109 of title 5; and
(2) may, whenever necessary due to an urgent homeland security need, procure temporary (not
to exceed 1 year) or intermittent personal services, including the services of experts or consultants
(or organizations thereof), without regard to the pay limitations of such section 3109.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §832, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2225.)

§393. Special streamlined acquisition authority
(a) Authority
(1) In general
The Secretary may use the authorities set forth in this section with respect to any procurement
made during the period beginning on the effective date of this chapter and ending September 30,
2007, if the Secretary determines in writing that the mission of the Department (as described in
section 111 of this title) would be seriously impaired without the use of such authorities.
(2) Delegation
The authority to make the determination described in paragraph (1) may not be delegated by the
Secretary to an officer of the Department who is not appointed by the President with the advice
and consent of the Senate.
(3) Notification
Not later than the date that is 7 days after the date of any determination under paragraph (1), the
Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Government Reform of the House of Representatives
and the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate—
(A) notification of such determination; and
(B) the justification for such determination.
(b) Increased micro-purchase threshold for certain procurements
(1) In general
The Secretary may designate certain employees of the Department to make procurements
described in subsection (a) for which in the administration of section 1902 of title 41 the amount
specified in subsections (a), (d), and (e) of such section 1902 shall be deemed to be $7,500.
(2) Number of employees
The number of employees designated under paragraph (1) shall be—
(A) fewer than the number of employees of the Department who are authorized to make
purchases without obtaining competitive quotations, pursuant to section 1902(d) of title 41;
(B) sufficient to ensure the geographic dispersal of the availability of the use of the
procurement authority under such paragraph at locations reasonably considered to be potential
terrorist targets; and
(C) sufficiently limited to allow for the careful monitoring of employees designated under
such paragraph.
(3) Review
Procurements made under the authority of this subsection shall be subject to review by a
designated supervisor on not less than a monthly basis. The supervisor responsible for the review
shall be responsible for no more than 7 employees making procurements under this subsection.
(c) Simplified acquisition procedures

(1) In general
With respect to a procurement described in subsection (a), the Secretary may deem the
simplified acquisition threshold referred to in section 134 of title 41 to be—
(A) in the case of a contract to be awarded and performed, or purchase to be made, within the
United States, $200,000; and
(B) in the case of a contract to be awarded and performed, or purchase to be made, outside of
the United States, $300,000.
(2) Omitted
(d) Application of certain commercial items authorities
(1) In general
With respect to a procurement described in subsection (a), the Secretary may deem any item or
service to be a commercial item for the purpose of Federal procurement laws.
(2) Limitation
The $5,000,000 limitation provided in section 1901(a)(2) of title 41 and section 3305(a)(2) of
title 41 shall be deemed to be $7,500,000 for purposes of property or services under the authority
of this subsection.
(3) Certain authority
Authority under a provision of law referred to in paragraph (2) that expires under section
4202(e) of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (divisions D and E of Public Law 104–106; 10 U.S.C.
2304 note) shall, notwithstanding such section, continue to apply for a procurement described in
subsection (a).
(e) Report
Not later than 180 days after the end of fiscal year 2005, the Comptroller General shall submit to
the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Government Reform of
the House of Representatives a report on the use of the authorities provided in this section. The
report shall contain the following:
(1) An assessment of the extent to which property and services acquired using authorities
provided under this section contributed to the capacity of the Federal workforce to facilitate the
mission of the Department as described in section 111 of this title.
(2) An assessment of the extent to which prices for property and services acquired using
authorities provided under this section reflected the best value.
(3) The number of employees designated by each executive agency under subsection (b)(1).
(4) An assessment of the extent to which the Department has implemented subsections (b)(2)
and (b)(3) to monitor the use of procurement authority by employees designated under subsection
(b)(1).
(5) Any recommendations of the Comptroller General for improving the effectiveness of the
implementation of the provisions of this section.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §833, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2225.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The effective date of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), is 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see section 4
of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of this title.
Section 4202(e) of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996, referred to in subsec. (d)(3), is section 4202(e) of Pub.
L. 104–106, which is set out as a note under section 2304 of Title 10, Armed Forces.
CODIFICATION
In subsec. (b)(1), "section 1902 of title 41" substituted for "section 32 of the Office of Federal Procurement
Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 428)" and "subsections (a), (d), and (e) of such section 1902" substituted for

"subsections (c), (d), and (f) of such section 32" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat.
3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
In subsec. (b)(2)(A), "section 1902(d) of title 41" substituted for "section 32(c) of the Office of Federal
Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 428(c))" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat.
3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
In subsec. (c)(1), "section 134 of title 41" substituted for "section 4(11) of the Office of Federal
Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 403(11))" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat.
3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
In subsec. (d)(2), "section 1901(a)(2) of title 41" substituted for "section 31(a)(2) of the Office of Federal
Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 427(a)(2))" and "section 3305(a)(2) of title 41" substituted for "section
303(g)(1)(B) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 253(g)(1)(B))" on
authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public
Contracts.
Section is comprised of section 833 of Pub. L. 107–296. Subsec. (c)(2) of section 833 of Pub. L. 107–296
amended section 416 of former Title 41, Public Contracts.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Committee on Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Oversight and
Government Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress,
Jan. 5, 2007. Committee on Oversight and Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to
Committee on Oversight and Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred
Sixteenth Congress, Jan. 9, 2019.
Committee on Governmental Affairs of Senate changed to Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of Senate, effective Jan. 4, 2005, by Senate Resolution No. 445, One Hundred Eighth
Congress, Oct. 9, 2004.

§394. Unsolicited proposals
(a) Regulations required
Within 1 year of November 25, 2002, the Federal Acquisition Regulation shall be revised to
include regulations with regard to unsolicited proposals.
(b) Content of regulations
The regulations prescribed under subsection (a) shall require that before initiating a
comprehensive evaluation, an agency contact point shall consider, among other factors, that the
proposal—
(1) is not submitted in response to a previously published agency requirement; and
(2) contains technical and cost information for evaluation and overall scientific, technical or
socioeconomic merit, or cost-related or price-related factors.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §834, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2227.)

§395. Prohibition on contracts with corporate expatriates
(a) In general
The Secretary may not enter into any contract with a foreign incorporated entity which is treated
as an inverted domestic corporation under subsection (b), or any subsidiary of such an entity.
(b) Inverted domestic corporation
For purposes of this section, a foreign incorporated entity shall be treated as an inverted domestic
corporation if, pursuant to a plan (or a series of related transactions)—
(1) the entity completes before, on, or after November 25, 2002, the direct or indirect
acquisition of substantially all of the properties held directly or indirectly by a domestic

corporation or substantially all of the properties constituting a trade or business of a domestic
partnership;
(2) after the acquisition at least 80 percent of the stock (by vote or value) of the entity is held—
(A) in the case of an acquisition with respect to a domestic corporation, by former
shareholders of the domestic corporation by reason of holding stock in the domestic
corporation; or
(B) in the case of an acquisition with respect to a domestic partnership, by former partners of
the domestic partnership by reason of holding a capital or profits interest in the domestic
partnership; and
(3) the expanded affiliated group which after the acquisition includes the entity does not have
substantial business activities in the foreign country in which or under the law of which the entity
is created or organized when compared to the total business activities of such expanded affiliated
group.
(c) Definitions and special rules
(1) Rules for application of subsection (b)
In applying subsection (b) for purposes of subsection (a), the following rules shall apply:
(A) Certain stock disregarded
There shall not be taken into account in determining ownership for purposes of subsection
(b)(2)—
(i) stock held by members of the expanded affiliated group which includes the foreign
incorporated entity; or
(ii) stock of such entity which is sold in a public offering related to the acquisition
described in subsection (b)(1).
(B) Plan deemed in certain cases
If a foreign incorporated entity acquires directly or indirectly substantially all of the
properties of a domestic corporation or partnership during the 4-year period beginning on the
date which is 2 years before the ownership requirements of subsection (b)(2) are met, such
actions shall be treated as pursuant to a plan.
(C) Certain transfers disregarded
The transfer of properties or liabilities (including by contribution or distribution) shall be
disregarded if such transfers are part of a plan a principal purpose of which is to avoid the
purposes of this section.
(D) Special rule for related partnerships
For purposes of applying subsection (b) to the acquisition of a domestic partnership, except
as provided in regulations, all domestic partnerships which are under common control (within
the meaning of section 482 of title 26) shall be treated as I 1 partnership.
(E) Treatment of certain rights
The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to—
(i) treat warrants, options, contracts to acquire stock, convertible debt instruments, and
other similar interests as stock; and
(ii) treat stock as not stock.
(2) Expanded affiliated group
The term "expanded affiliated group" means an affiliated group as defined in section 1504(a) of
title 26 (without regard to section 1504(b) of such title), except that section 1504 of such title shall
be applied by substituting "more than 50 percent" for "at least 80 percent" each place it appears.
(3) Foreign incorporated entity
The term "foreign incorporated entity" means any entity which is, or but for subsection (b)

would be, treated as a foreign corporation for purposes of title 26.
(4) Other definitions
The terms "person", "domestic", and "foreign" have the meanings given such terms by
paragraphs (1), (4), and (5) of section 7701(a) of title 26, respectively.
(d) Waivers
The Secretary shall waive subsection (a) with respect to any specific contract if the Secretary
determines that the waiver is required in the interest of national security.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §835, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2227; Pub. L. 108–7, div. L, §101(2),
Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 528; Pub. L. 108–334, title V, §523, Oct. 18, 2004, 118 Stat. 1320.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2004—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 108–334, §523(1), inserted before period at end ", or any subsidiary of such an
entity".
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 108–334, §523(2), inserted "before, on, or" after "completes".
Subsec. (c)(1)(B). Pub. L. 108–334, §523(3), struck out "which is after November 25, 2002, and" after
"beginning on the date".
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 108–334, §523(4), substituted "national" for "homeland".
2003—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 108–7 struck out ", or to prevent the loss of any jobs in the United States or
prevent the Government from incurring any additional costs that otherwise would not occur" before period at
end.
1

So in original.

§396. Lead system integrator; financial interests
(a) In general
With respect to contracts entered into after July 1, 2007, and except as provided in subsection (b),
no entity performing lead system integrator functions in the acquisition of a major system by the
Department of Homeland Security may have any direct financial interest in the development or
construction of any individual system or element of any system of systems.
(b) Exception
An entity described in subsection (a) may have a direct financial interest in the development or
construction of an individual system or element of a system of systems if—
(1) the Secretary of Homeland Security certifies to the Committees on Appropriations of the
Senate and the House of Representatives, the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of
Representatives, the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of
Representatives, the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate,
and the Committee on Commerce, Science and Transportation of the Senate that—
(A) the entity was selected by the Department of Homeland Security as a contractor to
develop or construct the system or element concerned through the use of competitive
procedures; and
(B) the Department took appropriate steps to prevent any organizational conflict of interest in
the selection process; or
(2) the entity was selected by a subcontractor to serve as a lower-tier subcontractor, through a
process over which the entity exercised no control.
(c) Construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude an entity described in subsection (a) from

performing work necessary to integrate two or more individual systems or elements of a system of
systems with each other.
(d) Regulations update
Not later than July 1, 2007, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall update the acquisition
regulations of the Department of Homeland Security in order to specify fully in such regulations the
matters with respect to lead system integrators set forth in this section. Included in such regulations
shall be: (1) a precise and comprehensive definition of the term "lead system integrator", modeled
after that used by the Department of Defense; and (2) a specification of various types of contracts
and fee structures that are appropriate for use by lead system integrators in the production, fielding,
and sustainment of complex systems.
(Pub. L. 110–28, title VI, §6405, May 25, 2007, 121 Stat. 176.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the U.S. Troop Readiness, Veterans' Care, Katrina Recovery, and Iraq
Accountability Appropriations Act, 2007, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which
comprises this chapter.

PART E—HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
§411. Establishment of human resources management system
(a) Authority
(1) Sense of Congress
It is the sense of Congress that—
(A) it is extremely important that employees of the Department be allowed to participate in a
meaningful way in the creation of any human resources management system affecting them;
(B) such employees have the most direct knowledge of the demands of their jobs and have a
direct interest in ensuring that their human resources management system is conducive to
achieving optimal operational efficiencies;
(C) the 21st century human resources management system envisioned for the Department
should be one that benefits from the input of its employees; and
(D) this collaborative effort will help secure our homeland.
(2), (3) Omitted
(b) Effect on personnel
(1) Nonseparation or nonreduction in grade or compensation of full-time personnel and
part-time personnel holding permanent positions
Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, the transfer under this chapter of full-time
personnel (except special Government employees) and part-time personnel holding permanent
positions shall not cause any such employee to be separated or reduced in grade or compensation
for 1 year after the date of transfer to the Department.
(2) Positions compensated in accordance with Executive Schedule
Any person who, on the day preceding such person's date of transfer pursuant to this chapter,
held a position compensated in accordance with the Executive Schedule prescribed in chapter 53
of title 5 and who, without a break in service, is appointed in the Department to a position having
duties comparable to the duties performed immediately preceding such appointment shall continue

to be compensated in such new position at not less than the rate provided for such position, for the
duration of the service of such person in such new position.
(3) Coordination rule
Any exercise of authority under chapter 97 of title 5, including under any system established
under such chapter, shall be in conformance with the requirements of this subsection.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §841, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2229.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), (2), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296,
Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to
this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101
of this title and Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section is comprised of section 841 of Pub. L. 107–296. Subsec. (a)(2), (3) of section 841 of Pub. L.
107–296 enacted chapter 97 (§9701) of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

§412. Labor-management relations
(a) Limitation on exclusionary authority
(1) In general
No agency or subdivision of an agency which is transferred to the Department pursuant to this
chapter shall be excluded from the coverage of chapter 71 of title 5 as a result of any order issued
under section 7103(b)(1) of such title 5 after June 18, 2002, unless—
(A) the mission and responsibilities of the agency (or subdivision) materially change; and
(B) a majority of the employees within such agency (or subdivision) have as their primary
duty intelligence, counterintelligence, or investigative work directly related to terrorism
investigation.
(2) Exclusions allowable
Nothing in paragraph (1) shall affect the effectiveness of any order to the extent that such order
excludes any portion of an agency or subdivision of an agency as to which—
(A) recognition as an appropriate unit has never been conferred for purposes of chapter 71 of
such title 5; or
(B) any such recognition has been revoked or otherwise terminated as a result of a
determination under subsection (b)(1).
(b) Provisions relating to bargaining units
(1) Limitation relating to appropriate units
Each unit which is recognized as an appropriate unit for purposes of chapter 71 of title 5 as of
the day before the effective date of this chapter (and any subdivision of any such unit) shall, if
such unit (or subdivision) is transferred to the Department pursuant to this chapter, continue to be
so recognized for such purposes, unless—
(A) the mission and responsibilities of such unit (or subdivision) materially change; and
(B) a majority of the employees within such unit (or subdivision) have as their primary duty
intelligence, counterintelligence, or investigative work directly related to terrorism
investigation.
(2) Limitation relating to positions or employees
No position or employee within a unit (or subdivision of a unit) as to which continued

recognition is given in accordance with paragraph (1) shall be excluded from such unit (or
subdivision), for purposes of chapter 71 of such title 5, unless the primary job duty of such
position or employee—
(A) materially changes; and
(B) consists of intelligence, counterintelligence, or investigative work directly related to
terrorism investigation.
In the case of any positions within a unit (or subdivision) which are first established on or after the
effective date of this chapter and any employees first appointed on or after such date, the
preceding sentence shall be applied disregarding subparagraph (A).
(c) Waiver
If the President determines that the application of subsections (a), (b), and (d) would have a
substantial adverse impact on the ability of the Department to protect homeland security, the
President may waive the application of such subsections 10 days after the President has submitted to
Congress a written explanation of the reasons for such determination.
(d) Coordination rule
No other provision of this chapter or of any amendment made by this chapter may be construed or
applied in a manner so as to limit, supersede, or otherwise affect the provisions of this section,
except to the extent that it does so by specific reference to this section.
(e) Rule of construction
Nothing in section 9701(e) of title 5 shall be considered to apply with respect to any agency or
subdivision of any agency, which is excluded from the coverage of chapter 71 of title 5 by virtue of
an order issued in accordance with section 7103(b) of such title 5 and the preceding provisions of
this section (as applicable), or to any employees of any such agency or subdivision or to any
individual or entity representing any such employees or any representatives thereof.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §842, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2234.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (a)(1), (b)(1), and (d), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L.
107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified
principally to this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out
under section 101 of this title and Tables.
The effective date of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (b), is 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see section 4 of
Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of this title.

§413. Use of counternarcotics enforcement activities in certain employee
performance appraisals
(a) In general
Each subdivision of the Department that is a National Drug Control Program Agency shall include
as one of the criteria in its performance appraisal system, for each employee directly or indirectly
involved in the enforcement of Federal, State, or local narcotics laws, the performance of that
employee with respect to the enforcement of Federal, State, or local narcotics laws, relying to the
greatest extent practicable on objective performance measures, including—
(1) the contribution of that employee to seizures of narcotics and arrests of violators of Federal,
State, or local narcotics laws; and
(2) the degree to which that employee cooperated with or contributed to the efforts of other
employees, either within the Department or other Federal, State, or local agencies, in

counternarcotics enforcement.
(b) Definitions
For purposes of this section—
(1) the term "National Drug Control Program Agency" means—
(A) a National Drug Control Program Agency 1, as defined in section 1701(7) 2 of title 21 (as
last in effect); and
(B) any subdivision of the Department that has a significant counternarcotics responsibility,
as determined by—
(i) the counternarcotics officer, appointed under section 458 of this title; or
(ii) if applicable, the counternarcotics officer's successor in function (as determined by the
Secretary); and
(2) the term "performance appraisal system" means a system under which periodic appraisals of
job performance of employees are made, whether under chapter 43 of title 5, or otherwise.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §843, as added Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7408(a), Dec. 17, 2004, 118
Stat. 3854.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 1701(7) of title 21, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(A), was redesignated section 1701(11) of title 21 by
Pub. L. 115–271, title VIII, §8216(4), Oct. 24, 2018, 132 Stat. 4117.
1

So in original. Probably should be "agency".

2

See References in Text note below.

§414. Homeland Security Rotation Program
(a) 1 Establishment
(1) In general
Not later than 180 days after October 4, 2006, the Secretary shall establish the Homeland
Security Rotation Program (in this section referred to as the "Rotation Program") for employees of
the Department. The Rotation Program shall use applicable best practices, including those from
the Chief Human Capital Officers Council.
(2) Goals
The Rotation Program established by the Secretary shall—
(A) be established in accordance with the Human Capital Strategic Plan of the Department;
(B) provide middle and senior level employees in the Department the opportunity to broaden
their knowledge through exposure to other components of the Department;
(C) expand the knowledge base of the Department by providing for rotational assignments of
employees to other components;
(D) build professional relationships and contacts among the employees in the Department;
(E) invigorate the workforce with exciting and professionally rewarding opportunities;
(F) incorporate Department human capital strategic plans and activities, and address critical
human capital deficiencies, recruitment and retention efforts, and succession planning within
the Federal workforce of the Department; and
(G) complement and incorporate (but not replace) rotational programs within the Department
in effect on October 4, 2006.

(3) Administration
(A) In general
The Chief Human Capital Officer shall administer the Rotation Program.
(B) Responsibilities
The Chief Human Capital Officer shall—
(i) provide oversight of the establishment and implementation of the Rotation Program;
(ii) establish a framework that supports the goals of the Rotation Program and promotes
cross-disciplinary rotational opportunities;
(iii) establish eligibility for employees to participate in the Rotation Program and select
participants from employees who apply;
(iv) establish incentives for employees to participate in the Rotation Program, including
promotions and employment preferences;
(v) ensure that the Rotation Program provides professional education and training;
(vi) ensure that the Rotation Program develops qualified employees and future leaders with
broad-based experience throughout the Department;
(vii) provide for greater interaction among employees in components of the Department;
and
(viii) coordinate with rotational programs within the Department in effect on October 4,
2006.
(4) Allowances, privileges, and benefits
All allowances, privileges, rights, seniority, and other benefits of employees participating in the
Rotation Program shall be preserved.
(5) Reporting
Not later than 180 days after the date of the establishment of the Rotation Program, the
Secretary shall submit a report on the status of the Rotation Program, including a description of
the Rotation Program, the number of employees participating, and how the Rotation Program is
used in succession planning and leadership development to the appropriate committees of
Congress.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §844, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §622(a), Oct. 4, 2006, 120
Stat. 1416.)
1

So in original. There is no subsec. (b).

§415. Homeland Security Education Program
(a) Establishment
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator, shall establish a graduate-level Homeland
Security Education Program in the National Capital Region to provide educational opportunities to
senior Federal officials and selected State and local officials with homeland security and emergency
management responsibilities. The Administrator shall appoint an individual to administer the
activities under this section.
(b) Leveraging of existing resources
To maximize efficiency and effectiveness in carrying out the Program, the Administrator shall use
existing Department-reviewed Master's Degree curricula in homeland security, including curricula
pending accreditation, together with associated learning materials, quality assessment tools, digital
libraries, exercise systems and other educational facilities, including the National Domestic
Preparedness Consortium, the National Fire Academy, and the Emergency Management Institute.
The Administrator may develop additional educational programs, as appropriate.

(c) Student enrollment
(1) Sources
The student body of the Program shall include officials from Federal, State, local, and tribal
governments, and from other sources designated by the Administrator.
(2) Enrollment priorities and selection criteria
The Administrator shall establish policies governing student enrollment priorities and selection
criteria that are consistent with the mission of the Program.
(3) Diversity
The Administrator shall take reasonable steps to ensure that the student body represents racial,
gender, and ethnic diversity.
(d) Service commitment
(1) In general
Before any employee selected for the Program may be assigned to participate in the program,
the employee shall agree in writing—
(A) to continue in the service of the agency sponsoring the employee during the 2-year period
beginning on the date on which the employee completes the program, unless the employee is
involuntarily separated from the service of that agency for reasons other than a reduction in
force; and
(B) to pay to the Government the amount of the additional expenses incurred by the
Government in connection with the employee's education if the employee is voluntarily
separated from the service to the agency before the end of the period described in subparagraph
(A).
(2) Payment of expenses
(A) Exemption
An employee who leaves the service of the sponsoring agency to enter into the service of
another agency in any branch of the Government shall not be required to make a payment under
paragraph (1)(B), unless the head of the agency that sponsored the education of the employee
notifies that employee before the date on which the employee enters the service of the other
agency that payment is required under that paragraph.
(B) Amount of payment
If an employee is required to make a payment under paragraph (1)(B), the agency that
sponsored the education of the employee shall determine the amount of the payment, except that
such amount may not exceed the pro rata share of the expenses incurred for the time remaining
in the 2-year period.
(3) Recovery of payment
If an employee who is required to make a payment under this subsection does not make the
payment, a sum equal to the amount of the expenses incurred by the Government for the education
of that employee is recoverable by the Government from the employee or his estate by—
(A) setoff against accrued pay, compensation, amount of retirement credit, or other amount
due the employee from the Government; or
(B) such other method as is provided by lay 1 for the recovery of amounts owing to the
Government.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §845, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §623(a), Oct. 4, 2006, 120
Stat. 1418.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME

The reference to the "Administrator" in text probably means the Administrator of the Federal Emergency
Management Agency. Any reference to the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency in
title VI of Pub. L. 109–295 or an amendment by title VI to be considered to refer and apply to the Director of
the Federal Emergency Management Agency until Mar. 31, 2007, see section 612(f)(2) of Pub. L. 109–295,
set out as a note under section 313 of this title.
1

So in original. Probably should be "law".

§416. Use of protective equipment or measures by employees
None of the funds made available in this or any other Act for fiscal year 2013 and thereafter may
be used to propose or effect a disciplinary or adverse action, with respect to any Department of
Homeland Security employee who engages regularly with the public in the performance of his or her
official duties solely because that employee elects to utilize protective equipment or measures,
including but not limited to surgical masks, N95 respirators, gloves, or hand-sanitizers, where use of
such equipment or measures is in accord with Department of Homeland Security policy, and Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention and Office of Personnel Management guidance.
(Pub. L. 113–6, div. D, title V, §540, Mar. 26, 2013, 127 Stat. 373.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in text, means div. D of Pub. L. 113–6, Mar. 26, 2013, 127 Stat. 342, known as the
Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2013. For complete classification of this Act to the
Code, see Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2013, and not as
part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

§417. Rotational cybersecurity research program
To enhance the Department's cybersecurity capacity, the Secretary may establish a rotational
research, development, and training program for—
(1) detail to the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (including the national
cybersecurity and communications integration center authorized by section 659 of this title) of
Coast Guard Academy graduates and faculty; and
(2) detail to the Coast Guard Academy, as faculty, of individuals with expertise and experience
in cybersecurity who are employed by—
(A) the Agency (including the center);
(B) the Directorate of Science and Technology; or
(C) institutions that have been designated by the Department as a Center of Excellence for
Cyber Defense, or the equivalent.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §846, as added Pub. L. 116–283, div. G, title LVXXXII [LXXXII],
§8278(a), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4687.)

PART F—FEDERAL EMERGENCY PROCUREMENT FLEXIBILITY
§421. Definition

In this part, the term "executive agency" has the meaning given that term under section 133 of title
41.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §851, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2235.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
In text, "section 133 of title 41" substituted for "section 4(1) of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy
Act (41 U.S.C. 403(1))" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act
enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.

§422. Procurements for defense against or recovery from terrorism or nuclear,
biological, chemical, or radiological attack
The authorities provided in this part apply to any procurement of property or services by or for an
executive agency that, as determined by the head of the executive agency, are to be used to facilitate
defense against or recovery from terrorism or nuclear, biological, chemical, or radiological attack,
but only if a solicitation of offers for the procurement is issued during the 1-year period beginning on
November 25, 2002.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §852, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2235.)

§423. Increased simplified acquisition threshold for procurements in support of
humanitarian or peacekeeping operations or contingency operations
(a) Temporary threshold amounts
For a procurement referred to in section 422 of this title that is carried out in support of a
humanitarian or peacekeeping operation or a contingency operation, the simplified acquisition
threshold definitions shall be applied as if the amount determined under the exception provided for
such an operation in those definitions were—
(1) in the case of a contract to be awarded and performed, or purchase to be made, inside the
United States, $200,000; or
(2) in the case of a contract to be awarded and performed, or purchase to be made, outside the
United States, $300,000.
(b) Simplified acquisition threshold definitions
In this section, the term "simplified acquisition threshold definitions" means the following:
(1) Section 134 of title 41.
(2) Section 153 of title 41.
(3) Section 2302(7) of title 10.
(c) Small business reserve
For a procurement carried out pursuant to subsection (a), section 644(j) of title 15 shall be applied
as if the maximum anticipated value identified therein is equal to the amounts referred to in
subsection (a).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §853, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2235.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
In subsec. (b)(1), "Section 134 of title 41" substituted for "Section 4(11) of the Office of Federal
Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 403(11))" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat.
3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.

In subsec. (b)(2), "Section 153 of title 41" substituted for "Section 309(d) of the Federal Property and
Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 259(d))" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011,
124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.

§424. Increased micro-purchase threshold for certain procurements
In the administration of section 1902 of title 41 with respect to a procurement referred to in section
422 of this title, the amount specified in subsections (a), (d), and (e) of such section 1902 shall be
deemed to be $7,500.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §854, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2236.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
In text, "section 1902 of title 41" substituted for "section 32 of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy
Act (41 U.S.C. 428)" and "subsections (a), (d), and (e) of such section 1902" substituted for "subsections (c),
(d), and (f) of such section 32" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act
enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.

§425. Application of certain commercial items authorities to certain
procurements
(a) Authority
(1) In general
The head of an executive agency may apply the provisions of law listed in paragraph (2) to a
procurement referred to in section 422 of this title without regard to whether the property or
services are commercial items.
(2) Commercial item laws
The provisions of law referred to in paragraph (1) are as follows:
(A) Sections 1901 and 1906 of title 41.
(B) Section 2304(g) of title 10.
(C) Section 3305 of title 41.
(b) Inapplicability of limitation on use of simplified acquisition procedures
(1) In general
The $5,000,000 limitation provided in section 1901(a)(2) of title 41, section 2304(g)(1)(B) of
title 10, and section 3305(a)(2) of title 41 shall not apply to purchases of property or services to
which any of the provisions of law referred to in subsection (a) are applied under the authority of
this section.
(2) OMB guidance
The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall issue guidance and procedures for
the use of simplified acquisition procedures for a purchase of property or services in excess of
$5,000,000 under the authority of this section.
(c) Continuation of authority for simplified purchase procedures
Authority under a provision of law referred to in subsection (a)(2) that expires under section
4202(e) of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (divisions D and E of Public Law 104–106; 10 U.S.C.
2304 note) shall, notwithstanding such section, continue to apply for use by the head of an executive
agency as provided in subsections (a) and (b).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §855, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2236.)

EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 4202(e) of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996, referred to in subsec. (c), is section 4202(e) of Pub. L.
104–106, which is set out as a note under section 2304 of Title 10, Armed Forces.
CODIFICATION
In subsec. (a)(2)(A), "Sections 1901 and 1906 of title 41" substituted for "Sections 31 and 34 of the Office
of Federal Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 427, 430)" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011,
124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
In subsec. (a)(2)(C), "Section 3305 of title 41" substituted for "Section 303(g) of the Federal Property and
Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 253(g))" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011,
124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
In subsec. (b)(1), "section 1901(a)(2) of title 41" substituted for "section 31(a)(2) of the Office of Federal
Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 427(a)(2))" and "section 3305(a)(2) of title 41" substituted for "section
303(g)(1)(B) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 253(g)(1)(B))" on
authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public
Contracts.

§426. Use of streamlined procedures
(a) Required use
The head of an executive agency shall, when appropriate, use streamlined acquisition authorities
and procedures authorized by law for a procurement referred to in section 422 of this title, including
authorities and procedures that are provided under the following provisions of law:
(1) Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949
In division C of subtitle I of title 41:
(A) Paragraphs (1), (2), (6), and (7) of subsection (a) of section 3304 of title 41, relating to
use of procedures other than competitive procedures under certain circumstances (subject to
subsection (d) of such section).
(B) Section 4106 of title 41, relating to orders under task and delivery order contracts.
(2) Title 10
In chapter 137 of title 10:
(A) Paragraphs (1), (2), (6), and (7) of subsection (c) of section 2304, relating to use of
procedures other than competitive procedures under certain circumstances (subject to subsection
(e) of such section).
(B) Section 2304c, relating to orders under task and delivery order contracts.
(3) Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act
Paragraphs (1)(B), (1)(D), and (2)(A) of section 1708(b) of title 41, relating to inapplicability of
a requirement for procurement notice.
(b) Waiver of certain small business threshold requirements
Subclause (II) of section 637(a)(1)(D)(i) of title 15 and clause (ii) of section 657a(b)(2)(A) 1 of
title 15 shall not apply in the use of streamlined acquisition authorities and procedures referred to in
paragraphs (1)(A) and (2)(A) of subsection (a) for a procurement referred to in section 422 of this
title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §856, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2237.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT

The Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, referred to in subsec. (a)(1) heading, is act
June 30, 1949, ch. 288, 63 Stat. 377. Title III of the Act was classified generally to subchapter IV (§251 et
seq.) of chapter 4 of former Title 41, Public Contracts, and was substantially repealed and restated in division
C (§3101 et seq.) of subtitle I of Title 41, Public Contracts, by Pub. L. 111–350, §§3, 7(b), Jan. 4, 2011, 124
Stat. 3677, 3855. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1949 Act note set out
under section 101 of Title 41 and Tables. For disposition of sections of former Title 41, see Disposition Table
preceding section 101 of Title 41.
The Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(3) heading, is Pub. L. 93–400,
Aug. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 796, which was classified principally to chapter 7 (§401 et seq.) of former Title 41,
Public Contracts, and was substantially repealed and restated in division B (§1101 et seq.) of subtitle I of Title
41, Public Contracts, by Pub. L. 111–350, §§3, 7(b), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3677, 3855. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1974 Act note set out under section 101 of Title 41
and Tables. For disposition of sections of former Title 41, see Disposition Table preceding section 101 of Title
41.
Subsec. (b) of section 657a of title 15, referred to in subsec. (b), was redesignated subsec. (c) of that section
by Pub. L. 115–91, div. A, title XVII, §1701(a)(1), Dec. 12, 2017, 131 Stat. 1795.
CODIFICATION
In subsec. (a)(1), "division C of subtitle I of title 41" substituted for "title III of the Federal Property and
Administrative Services Act of 1949" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854,
which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
In subsec. (a)(1)(A), "Paragraphs (1), (2), (6), and (7) of subsection (a) of section 3304 of title 41, relating
to use of procedures other than competitive procedures under certain circumstances (subject to subsection (d)
of such section)." substituted for "Paragraphs (1), (2), (6), and (7) of subsection (c) of section 303 (41 U.S.C.
253), relating to use of procedures other than competitive procedures under certain circumstances (subject to
subsection (e) of such section)." on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which
Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
In subsec. (a)(1)(B), "Section 4106 of title 41" substituted for "Section 303J (41 U.S.C. 253j)" on authority
of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
In subsec. (a)(3), "Paragraphs (1)(B), (1)(D), and (2)(A) of section 1708(b) of title 41" substituted for
"Paragraphs (1)(B), (1)(D), and (2) of section 18(c) of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act (41
U.S.C. 416(c))" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title
41, Public Contracts.
1

See References in Text note below.

§427. Review and report by Comptroller General
(a) Requirements
Not later than March 31, 2004, the Comptroller General shall—
(1) complete a review of the extent to which procurements of property and services have been
made in accordance with this part; and
(2) submit a report on the results of the review to the Committee on Governmental Affairs of
the Senate and the Committee on Government Reform of the House of Representatives.
(b) Content of report
The report under subsection (a)(2) shall include the following matters:
(1) Assessment
The Comptroller General's assessment of—
(A) the extent to which property and services procured in accordance with this subchapter
have contributed to the capacity of the workforce of Federal Government employees within
each executive agency to carry out the mission of the executive agency; and
(B) the extent to which Federal Government employees have been trained on the use of
technology.

(2) Recommendations
Any recommendations of the Comptroller General resulting from the assessment described in
paragraph (1).
(c) Consultation
In preparing for the review under subsection (a)(1), the Comptroller shall consult with the
Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Government Reform of the
House of Representatives on the specific issues and topics to be reviewed. The extent of coverage
needed in areas such as technology integration, employee training, and human capital management,
as well as the data requirements of the study, shall be included as part of the consultation.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §857, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2237.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This subchapter, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(A), was in the original "this title", meaning title VIII of Pub.
L. 107–296, which enacted this subchapter, chapter 97 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees,
and section 8J of the Inspector General Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95–452, set out in the Appendix to Title 5,
amended section 6 of the Inspector General Act of 1978, section 2517 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal
Procedure, Rule 6 of the Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure, set out in the Appendix to Title 18, section
1105 of Title 31, Money and Finance, section 416 of former Title 41, Public Contracts, and sections 1806,
1825, and 3365 of Title 50, War and National Defense, enacted provisions set out as notes under section 101
of this title, section 6 of the Inspector General Act of 1978, and section 1105 of Title 31, amended provisions
set out as notes under section 2517 of Title 18, section 40101 of Title 49, Transportation, and section 2301 of
Title 50, and repealed provisions set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31. For complete classification
of title VIII to the Code, see Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Committee on Governmental Affairs of Senate changed to Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of Senate, effective Jan. 4, 2005, by Senate Resolution No. 445, One Hundred Eighth
Congress, Oct. 9, 2004.
Committee on Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Oversight and
Government Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress,
Jan. 5, 2007. Committee on Oversight and Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to
Committee on Oversight and Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred
Sixteenth Congress, Jan. 9, 2019.

§428. Identification of new entrants into the Federal marketplace
The head of each executive agency shall conduct market research on an ongoing basis to identify
effectively the capabilities, including the capabilities of small businesses and new entrants into
Federal contracting, that are available in the marketplace for meeting the requirements of the
executive agency in furtherance of defense against or recovery from terrorism or nuclear, biological,
chemical, or radiological attack. The head of the executive agency shall, to the maximum extent
practicable, take advantage of commercially available market research methods, including use of
commercial databases, to carry out the research.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §858, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2238.)

PART G—SUPPORT ANTI-TERRORISM BY FOSTERING EFFECTIVE

TECHNOLOGIES
§441. Administration
(a) In general
The Secretary shall be responsible for the administration of this part.
(b) Designation of qualified anti-terrorism technologies
The Secretary may designate anti-terrorism technologies that qualify for protection under the
system of risk management set forth in this part in accordance with criteria that shall include, but not
be limited to, the following:
(1) Prior United States Government use or demonstrated substantial utility and effectiveness.
(2) Availability of the technology for immediate deployment in public and private settings.
(3) Existence of extraordinarily large or extraordinarily unquantifiable potential third party
liability risk exposure to the Seller or other provider of such anti-terrorism technology.
(4) Substantial likelihood that such anti-terrorism technology will not be deployed unless
protections under the system of risk management provided under this part are extended.
(5) Magnitude of risk exposure to the public if such anti-terrorism technology is not deployed.
(6) Evaluation of all scientific studies that can be feasibly conducted in order to assess the
capability of the technology to substantially reduce risks of harm.
(7) Anti-terrorism technology that would be effective in facilitating the defense against acts of
terrorism, including technologies that prevent, defeat or respond to such acts.
(c) Regulations
The Secretary may issue such regulations, after notice and comment in accordance with section
553 of title 5, as may be necessary to carry out this part.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §862, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2238.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
SHORT TITLE
For short title of this part as the "Support Anti-terrorism by Fostering Effective Technologies Act of 2002"
or the "SAFETY Act", see section 861 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as a Short Title note under section 101 of
this title.

§442. Litigation management
(a) Federal cause of action
(1) In general
There shall exist a Federal cause of action for claims arising out of, relating to, or resulting from
an act of terrorism when qualified anti-terrorism technologies have been deployed in defense
against or response or recovery from such act and such claims result or may result in loss to the
Seller. The substantive law for decision in any such action shall be derived from the law, including
choice of law principles, of the State in which such acts of terrorism occurred, unless such law is
inconsistent with or preempted by Federal law. Such Federal cause of action shall be brought only
for claims for injuries that are proximately caused by sellers 1 that provide qualified anti-terrorism
technology to Federal and non-Federal government 2 customers.
(2) Jurisdiction
Such appropriate district court of the United States shall have original and exclusive jurisdiction
over all actions for any claim for loss of property, personal injury, or death arising out of, relating

to, or resulting from an act of terrorism when qualified anti-terrorism technologies have been
deployed in defense against or response or recovery from such act and such claims result or may
result in loss to the Seller.
(b) Special rules
In an action brought under this section for damages the following provisions apply:
(1) Punitive damages
No punitive damages intended to punish or deter, exemplary damages, or other damages not
intended to compensate a plaintiff for actual losses may be awarded, nor shall any party be liable
for interest prior to the judgment.
(2) Noneconomic damages
(A) In general
Noneconomic damages may be awarded against a defendant only in an amount directly
proportional to the percentage of responsibility of such defendant for the harm to the plaintiff,
and no plaintiff may recover noneconomic damages unless the plaintiff suffered physical harm.
(B) Definition
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term "noneconomic damages" means damages for
losses for physical and emotional pain, suffering, inconvenience, physical impairment, mental
anguish, disfigurement, loss of enjoyment of life, loss of society and companionship, loss of
consortium, hedonic damages, injury to reputation, and any other nonpecuniary losses.
(c) Collateral sources
Any recovery by a plaintiff in an action under this section shall be reduced by the amount of
collateral source compensation, if any, that the plaintiff has received or is entitled to receive as a
result of such acts of terrorism that result or may result in loss to the Seller.
(d) Government contractor defense
(1) In general
Should a product liability or other lawsuit be filed for claims arising out of, relating to, or
resulting from an act of terrorism when qualified anti-terrorism technologies approved by the
Secretary, as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection, have been deployed in defense
against or response or recovery from such act and such claims result or may result in loss to the
Seller, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the government contractor defense applies in
such lawsuit. This presumption shall only be overcome by evidence showing that the Seller acted
fraudulently or with willful misconduct in submitting information to the Secretary during the
course of the Secretary's consideration of such technology under this subsection. This presumption
of the government contractor defense shall apply regardless of whether the claim against the Seller
arises from a sale of the product to Federal Government or non-Federal Government customers.
(2) Exclusive responsibility
The Secretary will be exclusively responsible for the review and approval of anti-terrorism
technology for purposes of establishing a government contractor defense in any product liability
lawsuit for claims arising out of, relating to, or resulting from an act of terrorism when qualified
anti-terrorism technologies approved by the Secretary, as provided in this paragraph and paragraph
(3), have been deployed in defense against or response or recovery from such act and such claims
result or may result in loss to the Seller. Upon the Seller's submission to the Secretary for approval
of anti-terrorism technology, the Secretary will conduct a comprehensive review of the design of
such technology and determine whether it will perform as intended, conforms to the Seller's
specifications, and is safe for use as intended. The Seller will conduct safety and hazard analyses
on such technology and will supply the Secretary with all such information.
(3) Certificate
For anti-terrorism technology reviewed and approved by the Secretary, the Secretary will issue

a certificate of conformance to the Seller and place the anti-terrorism technology on an Approved
Product List for Homeland Security.
(e) Exclusion
Nothing in this section shall in any way limit the ability of any person to seek any form of
recovery from any person, government, or other entity that—
(1) attempts to commit, knowingly participates in, aids and abets, or commits any act of
terrorism, or any criminal act related to or resulting from such act of terrorism; or
(2) participates in a conspiracy to commit any such act of terrorism or any such criminal act.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §863, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2239.)
1

So in original. Probably should be "Sellers".

2

So in original. Probably should be "Government".

§443. Risk management
(a) In general
(1) Liability insurance required
Any person or entity that sells or otherwise provides a qualified anti-terrorism technology to
Federal and non-Federal Government customers ("Seller") shall obtain liability insurance of such
types and in such amounts as shall be required in accordance with this section and certified by the
Secretary to satisfy otherwise compensable third-party claims arising out of, relating to, or
resulting from an act of terrorism when qualified anti-terrorism technologies have been deployed
in defense against or response or recovery from such act.
(2) Maximum amount
For the total claims related to 1 such act of terrorism, the Seller is not required to obtain liability
insurance of more than the maximum amount of liability insurance reasonably available from
private sources on the world market at prices and terms that will not unreasonably distort the sales
price of Seller's anti-terrorism technologies.
(3) Scope of coverage
Liability insurance obtained pursuant to this subsection shall, in addition to the Seller, protect
the following, to the extent of their potential liability for involvement in the manufacture,
qualification, sale, use, or operation of qualified anti-terrorism technologies deployed in defense
against or response or recovery from an act of terrorism:
(A) Contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, vendors and customers of the Seller.
(B) Contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, and vendors of the customer.
(4) Third party claims
Such liability insurance under this section shall provide coverage against third party claims
arising out of, relating to, or resulting from the sale or use of anti-terrorism technologies.
(b) Reciprocal waiver of claims
The Seller shall enter into a reciprocal waiver of claims with its contractors, subcontractors,
suppliers, vendors and customers, and contractors and subcontractors of the customers, involved in
the manufacture, sale, use or operation of qualified anti-terrorism technologies, under which each
party to the waiver agrees to be responsible for losses, including business interruption losses, that it
sustains, or for losses sustained by its own employees resulting from an activity resulting from an act
of terrorism when qualified anti-terrorism technologies have been deployed in defense against or
response or recovery from such act.
(c) Extent of liability

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, liability for all claims against a Seller arising out of,
relating to, or resulting from an act of terrorism when qualified anti-terrorism technologies have been
deployed in defense against or response or recovery from such act and such claims result or may
result in loss to the Seller, whether for compensatory or punitive damages or for contribution or
indemnity, shall not be in an amount greater than the limits of liability insurance coverage required
to be maintained by the Seller under this section.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §864, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2240.)

§444. Definitions
For purposes of this part, the following definitions apply:
(1) Qualified anti-terrorism technology
For purposes of this part, the term "qualified anti-terrorism technology" means any product,
equipment, service (including support services), device, or technology (including information
technology) designed, developed, modified, or procured for the specific purpose of preventing,
detecting, identifying, or deterring acts of terrorism or limiting the harm such acts might otherwise
cause, that is designated as such by the Secretary.
(2) Act of terrorism
(A) The term "act of terrorism" means any act that the Secretary determines meets the
requirements under subparagraph (B), as such requirements are further defined and specified by
the Secretary.
(B) REQUIREMENTS.—An act meets the requirements of this subparagraph if the act—
(i) is unlawful;
(ii) causes harm to a person, property, or entity, in the United States, or in the case of a
domestic United States air carrier or a United States-flag vessel (or a vessel based principally in
the United States on which United States income tax is paid and whose insurance coverage is
subject to regulation in the United States), in or outside the United States; and
(iii) uses or attempts to use instrumentalities, weapons or other methods designed or intended
to cause mass destruction, injury or other loss to citizens or institutions of the United States.
(3) Insurance carrier
The term "insurance carrier" means any corporation, association, society, order, firm, company,
mutual,1 partnership, individual aggregation of individuals, or any other legal entity that provides
commercial property and casualty insurance. Such term includes any affiliates of a commercial
insurance carrier.
(4) Liability insurance
(A) 2 In general
The term "liability insurance" means insurance for legal liabilities incurred by the insured
resulting from—
(i) loss of or damage to property of others;
(ii) ensuing loss of income or extra expense incurred because of loss of or damage to
property of others;
(iii) bodily injury (including) to persons other than the insured or its employees; or
(iv) loss resulting from debt or default of another.
(5) Loss
The term "loss" means death, bodily injury, or loss of or damage to property, including business
interruption loss.
(6) Non-Federal Government customers
The term "non-Federal Government customers" means any customer of a Seller that is not an

agency or instrumentality of the United States Government with authority under Public Law
85–804 [50 U.S.C. 1431 et seq.] to provide for indemnification under certain circumstances for
third-party claims against its contractors, including but not limited to State and local authorities
and commercial entities.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §865, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2241.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Public Law 85–804, referred to in par. (6), is Pub. L. 85–804, Aug. 28, 1958, 72 Stat. 972, as amended,
which is classified generally to chapter 29 (§1431 et seq.) of Title 50, War and National Defense. For
complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
1

So in original.

2

So in original. No subpar. (B) has been enacted.

PART H—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
§451. Advisory committees
(a) In general
The Secretary may establish, appoint members of, and use the services of, advisory committees, as
the Secretary may deem necessary. An advisory committee established under this section may be
exempted by the Secretary from Public Law 92–463, but the Secretary shall publish notice in the
Federal Register announcing the establishment of such a committee and identifying its purpose and
membership. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, members of an advisory committee that is
exempted by the Secretary under the preceding sentence who are special Government employees (as
that term is defined in section 202 of title 18) shall be eligible for certifications under subsection
(b)(3) of section 208 of title 18 for official actions taken as a member of such advisory committee.
(b) Termination
Any advisory committee established by the Secretary shall terminate 2 years after the date of its
establishment, unless the Secretary makes a written determination to extend the advisory committee
to a specified date, which shall not be more than 2 years after the date on which such determination
is made. The Secretary may make any number of subsequent extensions consistent with this
subsection.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §871, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2243.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Public Law 92–463, referred to in subsec. (a), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 770, as amended,
known as the Federal Advisory Committee Act, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government
Organization and Employees.

§452. Reorganization
(a) Reorganization

The Secretary may allocate or reallocate functions among the officers of the Department, and may
establish, consolidate, alter, or discontinue organizational units within the Department, but only—
(1) pursuant to section 542(b) of this title; or
(2) after the expiration of 60 days after providing notice of such action to the appropriate
congressional committees, which shall include an explanation of the rationale for the action.
(b) Limitations
(1) In general
Authority under subsection (a)(1) does not extend to the abolition of any agency, entity,
organizational unit, program, or function established or required to be maintained by this chapter.
(2) Abolitions
Authority under subsection (a)(2) does not extend to the abolition of any agency, entity,
organizational unit, program, or function established or required to be maintained by statute.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §872, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2243.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov.
25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
TRANSFER OF OFFICE OF BIOMETRIC IDENTITY MANAGEMENT AND FEDERAL
PROTECTIVE SERVICE
Pub. L. 115–278, §3, Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4184, provided that:
"(a) OFFICE OF BIOMETRIC IDENTITY MANAGEMENT.—The Office of Biometric Identity
Management of the Department of Homeland Security located in the National Protection and Programs
Directorate of the Department of Homeland Security on the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Nov.
16, 2018] is hereby transferred to the Management Directorate of the Department.
"(b) FEDERAL PROTECTIVE SERVICE.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 90 days after the completion of the Government Accountability
Office review of the organizational placement of the Federal Protective Service (authorized under section
1315 of title 40, United States Code), the Secretary of Homeland Security shall determine the appropriate
placement of the Service within the Department of Homeland Security and commence the transfer of the
Service to such component, directorate, or other office of the Department that the Secretary so determines
appropriate.
"(2) EXCEPTION.—If the Secretary of Homeland Security determines pursuant to paragraph (1) that
no component, directorate, or other office of the Department of Homeland Security is an appropriate
placement for the Federal Protective Service, the Secretary shall—
"(A) provide to the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on Transportation and
Infrastructure of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Office of Management and Budget a detailed explanation, in
writing, of the reason for such determination that includes—
"(i) information on how the Department considered the Government Accountability Office
review described in such paragraph;
"(ii) a list of the components, directorates, or other offices of the Department that were
considered for such placement; and
"(iii) information on why each such component, directorate, or other office of the
Department was determined to not be an appropriate placement for the Service;
"(B) not later than 120 days after the completion of the Government Accountability Office review
described in such paragraph, develop and submit to the committees specified in subparagraph (A) and the
Office of Management and Budget a plan to coordinate with other appropriate Federal agencies,

including the General Services Administration, to determine a more appropriate placement for the
Service; and
"(C) not later than 180 days after the completion of such Government Accountability Office
review, submit to such committees and the Office of Management and Budget a recommendation
regarding the appropriate placement of the Service within the executive branch of the Federal
Government."

§453. Use of appropriated funds
(a) Disposal of property
(1) Strict compliance
If specifically authorized to dispose of real property in this chapter or any other Act, the
Secretary shall exercise this authority in strict compliance with subchapter IV of chapter 5 of title
40.
(2) Deposit of proceeds
The Secretary shall deposit the proceeds of any exercise of property disposal authority into the
miscellaneous receipts of the Treasury in accordance with section 3302(b) of title 31.
(b) Gifts
Except as authorized by section 2601 of title 10, by section 93 1 of title 14, or by section 321n or
464 of this title, gifts or donations of services or property of or for the Department may not be
accepted, used, or disposed of unless specifically permitted in advance in an appropriations Act and
only under the conditions and for the purposes specified in such appropriations Act.
(c) Budget request
Under section 1105 of title 31, the President shall submit to Congress a detailed budget request for
the Department for fiscal year 2004, and for each subsequent fiscal year.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §873, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2243; Pub. L. 108–7, div. L, §103(3),
Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 529; Pub. L. 111–245, §2(a)(2), Sept. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 2621.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), was in the original a reference to this Act, meaning Pub. L.
107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified
principally to this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out
under section 101 of this title and Tables.
Section 93 of title 14, referred to in subsec. (b), was redesignated section 504 of title 14 by Pub. L.
115–282, title I, §105(b), Dec. 4, 2018, 132 Stat. 4200, and references to section 93 of title 14 deemed to refer
to such redesignated section, see section 123(b)(1) of Pub. L. 115–282, set out as a References to Sections of
Title 14 as Redesignated by Pub. L. 115–282 note preceding section 101 of Title 14, Coast Guard.
CODIFICATION
In subsec. (a)(1), "subchapter IV of chapter 5 of title 40" substituted for "section 204 of the Federal
Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (40 U.S.C. 485)" on authority of Pub. L. 107–217, §5(c),
Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1303, the first section of which enacted Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and
Works.
AMENDMENTS
2010—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–245 substituted "title 10, by section 93 of title 14, or by section 321n or
464 of this title, gifts or donations" for "title 10 and by section 93 of title 14, gifts or donations".
2003—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 108–7 substituted "Except as authorized by section 2601 of title 10 and by
section 93 of title 14, gifts" for "Gifts".

1

See References in Text note below.

§453a. Additional uses of appropriated funds
In fiscal year 2004 and thereafter, unless otherwise provided, funds may be used for purchase of
uniforms without regard to the general purchase price limitation for the current fiscal year; purchase
of insurance for official motor vehicles operated in foreign countries; entering into contracts with the
Department of State to furnish health and medical services to employees and their dependents
serving in foreign countries; services authorized by section 3109 of title 5; and the hire and purchase
of motor vehicles, as authorized by section 1343 of title 31: Provided, That purchase for police-type
use of passenger vehicles may be made without regard to the general purchase price limitation for
the current fiscal year.
(Pub. L. 108–90, title V, §505, Oct. 1, 2003, 117 Stat. 1153.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2004, and not as
part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

§453b. Requirement to buy certain items related to national security interests
from American sources; exceptions
(a) Requirement
Except as provided in subsections (c) through (g), funds appropriated or otherwise available to the
Department of Homeland Security may not be used for the procurement of an item described in
subsection (b) if the item is not grown, reprocessed, reused, or produced in the United States.
(b) Covered items
An item referred to in subsection (a) is any of the following, if the item is directly related to the
national security interests of the United States:
(1) 1 An article or item of—
(A) clothing and the materials and components thereof, other than sensors, electronics, or
other items added to, and not normally associated with, clothing (and the materials and
components thereof);
(B) tents, tarpaulins, covers, textile belts, bags, protective equipment (including but not
limited to body armor), sleep systems, load carrying equipment (including but not limited to
fieldpacks), textile marine equipment, parachutes, or bandages;
(C) cotton and other natural fiber products, woven silk or woven silk blends, spun silk yarn
for cartridge cloth, synthetic fabric or coated synthetic fabric (including all textile fibers and
yarns that are for use in such fabrics), canvas products, or wool (whether in the form of fiber or
yarn or contained in fabrics, materials, or manufactured articles); or
(D) any item of individual equipment manufactured from or containing such fibers, yarns,
fabrics, or materials.
(c) Availability exception
Subsection (a) does not apply to the extent that the Secretary of Homeland Security determines
that satisfactory quality and sufficient quantity of any such article or item described in subsection
(b)(1) grown, reprocessed, reused, or produced in the United States cannot be procured as and when

needed at United States market prices. This section is not applicable to covered items that are, or
include, materials determined to be non-available in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation
25.104 Nonavailable Articles.
(d) De minimis exception
Notwithstanding subsection (a), the Secretary of Homeland Security may accept delivery of an
item covered by subsection (b) that contains non-compliant fibers if the total value of non-compliant
fibers contained in the end item does not exceed 10 percent of the total purchase price of the end
item.
(e) Exception for certain procurements outside the United States
Subsection (a) does not apply to the following:
(1) Procurements by vessels in foreign waters.
(2) Emergency procurements.
(f) Exception for small purchases
Subsection (a) does not apply to purchases for amounts not greater than the simplified acquisition
threshold referred to in section 2304(g) of title 10.
(g) Applicability to contracts and subcontracts for procurement of commercial products
This section is applicable to contracts and subcontracts for the procurement of commercial
products notwithstanding section 1906 of title 41, with the exception of commercial products listed
under subsections (b)(1)(C) and (b)(1)(D) above. For the purposes of this section, "commercial
product" shall be as defined in section 103 of title 41.
(h) Geographic coverage
In this section, the term "United States" includes the possessions of the United States.
(i) Notification required within 7 days after contract award if certain exceptions applied
In the case of any contract for the procurement of an item described in subsection (b)(1), if the
Secretary of Homeland Security applies an exception set forth in subsection (c) with respect to that
contract, the Secretary shall, not later than 7 days after the award of the contract, post a notification
that the exception has been applied on the Internet site maintained by the General Services
Administration known as FedBizOps.gov (or any successor site).
(j) Training during fiscal year 2009
(1) In general
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall ensure that each member of the acquisition workforce
in the Department of Homeland Security who participates personally and substantially in the
acquisition of textiles on a regular basis receives training during fiscal year 2009 on the
requirements of this section and the regulations implementing this section.
(2) Inclusion of information in new training programs
The Secretary shall ensure that any training program for the acquisition workforce developed or
implemented after February 17, 2009, includes comprehensive information on the requirements
described in paragraph (1).
(k) Consistency with international agreements
This section shall be applied in a manner consistent with United States obligations under
international agreements.
(l) Effective date
This section applies with respect to contracts entered into by the Department of Homeland
Security 180 days after February 17, 2009.
(Pub. L. 111–5, div. A, title VI, §604, Feb. 17, 2009, 123 Stat. 165; Pub. L. 115–232, div. A, title
VIII, §836(g)(1), Aug. 13, 2018, 132 Stat. 1872.)

EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
In subsec. (g), "section 1906 of title 41" substituted for "section 34 of the Office of Federal Procurement
Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 430)" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act
enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
Section was enacted as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, and not as part of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 115–232, substituted "commercial products" for "commercial items" in heading
and, in text, substituted "procurement of commercial products notwithstanding section 1906 of title 41, with
the exception of commercial products listed" for "procurement of commercial items not withstanding section
1906 of title 41, with the exception of commercial items listed" and " 'commercial product' shall be as defined
in section 103 of title 41." for " 'commercial' shall be as defined in the Federal Acquisition Regulation—Part
2."
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2018 AMENDMENT; SAVINGS PROVISION
Pub. L. 115–232, div. A, title VIII, §836(h), Aug. 13, 2018, 132 Stat. 1874, provided that: "The
amendments made by subsections (a) through (g) [see Tables for classification] shall take effect on January 1,
2020. Any provision of law that on the day before such effective date is on a list of provisions of law included
in the Federal Acquisition Regulation pursuant to section 1907 of title 41, United States Code, shall be
deemed as of that effective date to be on a list of provisions of law included in the Federal Acquisition
Regulation pursuant to section 1906 of such title."
1

So in original. No par. (2) has been enacted.

§453c. Disposition of equines unfit for service
None of the funds made available in this or any other Act for fiscal year 2012 and thereafter may
be used to destroy or put out to pasture any horse or other equine belonging to any component or
agency of the Department of Homeland Security that has become unfit for service, unless the trainer
or handler is first given the option to take possession of the equine through an adoption program that
has safeguards against slaughter and inhumane treatment.
(Pub. L. 112–74, div. D, title V, §526, Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 974.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in text, means div. D of Pub. L. 112–74, Dec. 23, 2011, 125 Stat. 943, known as the
Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2012. For complete classification of this Act to the
Code, see Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2012, and also as
part of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2012, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002
which comprises this chapter.

§454. Future Years Homeland Security Program
(a) In general

Each budget request submitted to Congress for the Department under section 1105 of title 31 shall,
at or about the same time, be accompanied by a Future Years Homeland Security Program.
(b) Contents
The Future Years Homeland Security Program under subsection (a) shall—
(1) include the same type of information, organizational structure, and level of detail as the
future years defense program submitted to Congress by the Secretary of Defense under section
221 of title 10;
(2) set forth the homeland security strategy of the Department, which shall be developed and
updated as appropriate annually by the Secretary, that was used to develop program planning
guidance for the Future Years Homeland Security Program; and
(3) include an explanation of how the resource allocations included in the Future Years
Homeland Security Program correlate to the homeland security strategy set forth under paragraph
(2).
(c) Effective date
This section shall take effect with respect to the preparation and submission of the fiscal year 2005
budget request for the Department and for any subsequent fiscal year, except that the first Future
Years Homeland Security Program shall be submitted not later than 90 days after the Department's
fiscal year 2005 budget request is submitted to Congress.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §874, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2244; Pub. L. 108–330, §5, Oct. 16,
2004, 118 Stat. 1278.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2004—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 108–330 added subsec. (b) and struck out heading and text of former subsec.
(b). Text read as follows: "The Future Years Homeland Security Program under subsection (a) of this section
shall be structured, and include the same type of information and level of detail, as the Future Years Defense
Program submitted to Congress by the Department of Defense under section 221 of title 10."
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
Pub. L. 115–141, div. F, title I, §101, Mar. 23, 2018, 132 Stat. 606, provided that: "Hereafter, the Secretary
of Homeland Security shall submit to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of
Representatives, at the time the President's budget proposal is submitted pursuant to section 1105(a) of title
31, United States Code, the Future Years Homeland Security Program, as authorized by section 874 of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 454)."

§455. Miscellaneous authorities
(a) Seal
The Department shall have a seal, whose design is subject to the approval of the President.
(b) Participation of members of the Armed Forces
With respect to the Department, the Secretary shall have the same authorities that the Secretary of
Transportation has with respect to the Department of Transportation under section 324 of title 49.
(c) Redelegation of functions
Unless otherwise provided in the delegation or by law, any function delegated under this chapter
may be redelegated to any subordinate.
(d) Investigation of certain violent acts, shootings, and mass killings

(1) In general
At the request of an appropriate law enforcement official of a State or political subdivision, the
Secretary, through deployment of the Secret Service or United States Immigration and Customs
Enforcement, may assist in the investigation of violent acts and shootings occurring in a place of
public use, and in the investigation of mass killings and attempted mass killings. Any assistance
provided by the Secretary under this subsection shall be presumed to be within the scope of
Federal office or employment.
(2) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection—
(A) the term "mass killings" means 3 or more killings in a single incident; and
(B) the term "place of public use" has the meaning given that term under section 2332f(e)(6)
of title 18.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §875, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2244; Pub. L. 112–265, §2(b), Jan. 14,
2013, 126 Stat. 2435.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (c), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25,
2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2013—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 112–265 added subsec (d).

§456. Military activities
Nothing in this chapter shall confer upon the Secretary any authority to engage in warfighting, the
military defense of the United States, or other military activities, nor shall anything in this chapter
limit the existing authority of the Department of Defense or the Armed Forces to engage in
warfighting, the military defense of the United States, or other military activities.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §876, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2244.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.

§457. Regulatory authority and preemption
(a) Regulatory authority
Except as otherwise provided in sections 186(c) and 441(c) of this title and section 1315 of title
40,1 this chapter vests no new regulatory authority in the Secretary or any other Federal official, and
transfers to the Secretary or another Federal official only such regulatory authority as exists on
November 25, 2002, within any agency, program, or function transferred to the Department pursuant
to this chapter, or that on November 25, 2002, is exercised by another official of the executive
branch with respect to such agency, program, or function. Any such transferred authority may not be

exercised by an official from whom it is transferred upon transfer of such agency, program, or
function to the Secretary or another Federal official pursuant to this chapter. This chapter may not be
construed as altering or diminishing the regulatory authority of any other executive agency, except to
the extent that this chapter transfers such authority from the agency.
(b) Preemption of State or local law
Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, this chapter preempts no State or local law, except
that any authority to preempt State or local law vested in any Federal agency or official transferred to
the Department pursuant to this chapter shall be transferred to the Department effective on the date
of the transfer to the Department of that Federal agency or official.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §877, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2244.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 1315 of title 40, referred to in subsec. (a), was in the original "1706(b)", meaning section 1706(b) of
Pub. L. 107–296, which amended generally section 1315 of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works,
and enacted provisions set out as a note under section 1315 of Title 40. For complete classification of section
1706(b) to the Code, see Tables.
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.
1

See References in Text note below.

§458. Office of Counternarcotics Enforcement
(a) Office
There is established in the Department an Office of Counternarcotics Enforcement, which shall be
headed by a Director appointed by the President.
(b) Assignment of personnel
(1) In general
The Secretary shall assign permanent staff to the Office, consistent with effective management
of Department resources.
(2) Liaisons
The Secretary shall designate senior employees from each appropriate subdivision of the
Department that has significant counternarcotics responsibilities to act as a liaison between that
subdivision and the Office of Counternarcotics Enforcement.
(c) Limitation on concurrent employment
The Director of the Office of Counternarcotics Enforcement shall not be employed by, assigned
to, or serve as the head of, any other branch of the Federal Government, any State or local
government, or any subdivision of the Department other than the Office of Counternarcotics
Enforcement.
(d) Responsibilities
The Secretary shall direct the Director of the Office of Counternarcotics Enforcement—
(1) to coordinate policy and operations within the Department, between the Department and
other Federal departments and agencies, and between the Department and State and local agencies
with respect to stopping the entry of illegal drugs into the United States;
(2) to ensure the adequacy of resources within the Department for stopping the entry of illegal

drugs into the United States;
(3) to recommend the appropriate financial and personnel resources necessary to help the
Department better fulfill its responsibility to stop the entry of illegal drugs into the United States;
(4) within the Joint Terrorism Task Force construct to track and sever connections between
illegal drug trafficking and terrorism; and
(5) to be a representative of the Department on all task forces, committees, or other entities
whose purpose is to coordinate the counternarcotics enforcement activities of the Department and
other Federal, State or local agencies.
(e) Savings clause
Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize direct control of the operations conducted
by the Directorate of Border and Transportation Security,1 the Coast Guard, or joint terrorism task
forces.
(f) Reports to Congress
(1) Annual budget review
The Director of the Office of Counternarcotics Enforcement shall, not later than 30 days after
the submission by the President to Congress of any request for expenditures for the Department,
submit to the Committees on Appropriations and the authorizing committees of jurisdiction of the
House of Representatives and the Senate a review and evaluation of such request. The review and
evaluation shall—
(A) identify any request or subpart of any request that affects or may affect the
counternarcotics activities of the Department or any of its subdivisions, or that affects the ability
of the Department or any subdivision of the Department to meet its responsibility to stop the
entry of illegal drugs into the United States;
(B) describe with particularity how such requested funds would be or could be expended in
furtherance of counternarcotics activities; and
(C) compare such requests with requests for expenditures and amounts appropriated by
Congress in the previous fiscal year.
(2) Evaluation of counternarcotics activities
The Director of the Office of Counternarcotics Enforcement shall, not later than February 1 of
each year, submit to the Committees on Appropriations and the authorizing committees of
jurisdiction of the House of Representatives and the Senate a review and evaluation of the
counternarcotics activities of the Department for the previous fiscal year. The review and
evaluation shall—
(A) describe the counternarcotics activities of the Department and each subdivision of the
Department (whether individually or in cooperation with other subdivisions of the Department,
or in cooperation with other branches of the Federal Government or with State or local
agencies), including the methods, procedures, and systems (including computer systems) for
collecting, analyzing, sharing, and disseminating information concerning narcotics activity
within the Department and between the Department and other Federal, State, and local agencies;
(B) describe the results of those activities, using quantifiable data whenever possible;
(C) state whether those activities were sufficient to meet the responsibility of the Department
to stop the entry of illegal drugs into the United States, including a description of the
performance measures of effectiveness that were used in making that determination; and
(D) recommend, where appropriate, changes to those activities to improve the performance of
the Department in meeting its responsibility to stop the entry of illegal drugs into the United
States.
(3) Classified or law enforcement sensitive information
Any content of a review and evaluation described in the reports required in this subsection that
involves information classified under criteria established by an Executive order, or whose public
disclosure, as determined by the Secretary, would be detrimental to the law enforcement or

national security activities of the Department or any other Federal, State, or local agency, shall be
presented to Congress separately from the rest of the review and evaluation.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §878, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2245; Pub. L. 108–458, title VII,
§7407(a), Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3851; Pub. L. 109–469, title I, §103(f)(2), Dec. 29, 2006, 120
Stat. 3510; Pub. L. 112–166, §2(f)(3), Aug. 10, 2012, 126 Stat. 1284.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Directorate of Border and Transportation Security, referred to in subsection (e), was abolished by
section 802(g)(2) of Pub. L. 114–125, which repealed section 201 of this title. Section 211(a) of this title
established U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
AMENDMENTS
2012—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 112–166 struck out ", by and with the advice and consent of the Senate" before
period at end.
2006—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 109–469, §103(f)(2)(A), substituted "The" for "Except as provided in
subsection (d) of this section, the".
Subsecs. (d) to (g). Pub. L. 109–469, §103(f)(2)(B), redesignated subsecs. (e) to (g) as (d) to (f),
respectively, and struck out heading and text of former subsec. (d). Text read as follows: "The Director of the
Office of Counternarcotics Enforcement may be appointed as the United States Interdiction Coordinator by
the Director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy, and shall be the only person at the Department
eligible to be so appointed."
2004—Pub. L. 108–458 amended section catchline and text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as
follows: "The Secretary shall appoint a senior official in the Department to assume primary responsibility for
coordinating policy and operations within the Department and between the Department and other Federal
departments and agencies with respect to interdicting the entry of illegal drugs into the United States, and
tracking and severing connections between illegal drug trafficking and terrorism. Such official shall—
"(1) ensure the adequacy of resources within the Department for illicit drug interdiction; and
"(2) serve as the United States Interdiction Coordinator for the Director of National Drug Control
Policy."
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2012 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 112–166 effective 60 days after Aug. 10, 2012, and applicable to appointments
made on and after that effective date, including any nomination pending in the Senate on that date, see section
6(a) of Pub. L. 112–166, set out as a note under section 113 of this title.
1

See References in Text note below.

§459. Office of International Affairs
(a) Establishment
There is established within the Office of the Secretary an Office of International Affairs. The
Office shall be headed by a Director, who shall be a senior official appointed by the Secretary.
(b) Duties of the Director
The Director shall have the following duties:
(1) To promote information and education exchange with nations friendly to the United States
in order to promote sharing of best practices and technologies relating to homeland security. Such
exchange shall include the following:
(A) Exchange of information on research and development on homeland security
technologies.

(B) Joint training exercises of first responders.
(C) Exchange of expertise on terrorism prevention, response, and crisis management.
(2) To identify areas for homeland security information and training exchange where the United
States has a demonstrated weakness and another friendly nation or nations have a demonstrated
expertise.
(3) To plan and undertake international conferences, exchange programs, and training activities.
(4) To manage international activities within the Department in coordination with other Federal
officials with responsibility for counter-terrorism matters.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §879, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2245.)

§460. Prohibition of the Terrorism Information and Prevention System
Any and all activities of the Federal Government to implement the proposed component program
of the Citizen Corps known as Operation TIPS (Terrorism Information and Prevention System) are
hereby prohibited.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §880, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2245.)

§461. Review of pay and benefit plans
Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the Secretary shall, in consultation with the
Director of the Office of Personnel Management, review the pay and benefit plans of each agency
whose functions are transferred under this chapter to the Department and, within 90 days after
November 25, 2002, submit a plan to the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of
Representatives and the appropriate committees and subcommittees of Congress, for ensuring, to the
maximum extent practicable, the elimination of disparities in pay and benefits throughout the
Department, especially among law enforcement personnel, that are inconsistent with merit system
principles set forth in section 2301 of title 5.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §881, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2246.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.

§462. Office of National Capital Region Coordination
(a) Establishment
(1) In general
There is established within the Office of the Secretary the Office of National Capital Region
Coordination, to oversee and coordinate Federal programs for and relationships with State, local,
and regional authorities in the National Capital Region, as defined under section 2674(f)(2) of title
10.
(2) Director
The Office established under paragraph (1) shall be headed by a Director, who shall be
appointed by the Secretary.

(3) Cooperation
The Secretary shall cooperate with the Mayor of the District of Columbia, the Governors of
Maryland and Virginia, and other State, local, and regional officers in the National Capital Region
to integrate the District of Columbia, Maryland, and Virginia into the planning, coordination, and
execution of the activities of the Federal Government for the enhancement of domestic
preparedness against the consequences of terrorist attacks.
(b) Responsibilities
The Office established under subsection (a)(1) shall—
(1) coordinate the activities of the Department relating to the National Capital Region, including
cooperation with the Office for State and Local Government Coordination;
(2) assess, and advocate for, the resources needed by State, local, and regional authorities in the
National Capital Region to implement efforts to secure the homeland;
(3) provide State, local, and regional authorities in the National Capital Region with regular
information, research, and technical support to assist the efforts of State, local, and regional
authorities in the National Capital Region in securing the homeland;
(4) develop a process for receiving meaningful input from State, local, and regional authorities
and the private sector in the National Capital Region to assist in the development of the homeland
security plans and activities of the Federal Government;
(5) coordinate with Federal agencies in the National Capital Region on terrorism preparedness,
to ensure adequate planning, information sharing, training, and execution of the Federal role in
domestic preparedness activities;
(6) coordinate with Federal, State, local, and regional agencies, and the private sector in the
National Capital Region on terrorism preparedness to ensure adequate planning, information
sharing, training, and execution of domestic preparedness activities among these agencies and
entities; and
(7) serve as a liaison between the Federal Government and State, local, and regional authorities,
and private sector entities in the National Capital Region to facilitate access to Federal grants and
other programs.
(c) Annual report
The Office established under subsection (a) shall submit an annual report to Congress that
includes—
(1) the identification of the resources required to fully implement homeland security efforts in
the National Capital Region;
(2) an assessment of the progress made by the National Capital Region in implementing
homeland security efforts; and
(3) recommendations to Congress regarding the additional resources needed to fully implement
homeland security efforts in the National Capital Region.
(d) Limitation
Nothing contained in this section shall be construed as limiting the power of State and local
governments.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §882, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2246.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
INCORPORATION OF GOVERNORS OF WEST VIRGINIA AND PENNSYLVANIA INTO MASS
EVACUATION PLANNING
Pub. L. 113–6, div. D, title III, Mar. 26, 2013, 127 Stat. 357, provided in part: "That for fiscal year 2013
and thereafter, for purposes of planning, coordination, execution, and decision making related to mass
evacuation during a disaster, the Governors of the State of West Virginia and the Commonwealth of

Pennsylvania, or their designees, shall be incorporated into efforts to integrate the activities of Federal, State,
and local governments in the National Capital Region, as defined in section 882 of the Homeland Security Act
of 2002 (Public Law 107–296) [6 U.S.C. 462]".

§463. Requirement to comply with laws protecting equal employment
opportunity and providing whistleblower protections
Nothing in this chapter shall be construed as exempting the Department from requirements
applicable with respect to executive agencies—
(1) to provide equal employment protection for employees of the Department (including
pursuant to the provisions in section 2302(b)(1) of title 5 and the Notification and Federal
Employee Antidiscrimination and Retaliation Act of 2002 (Public Law 107–174)); or
(2) to provide whistleblower protections for employees of the Department (including pursuant
to the provisions in section 2302(b)(8) and (9) of such title and the Notification and Federal
Employee Antidiscrimination and Retaliation Act of 2002).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §883, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2247.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in introductory provisions, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L.
107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified
principally to this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out
under section 101 of this title and Tables.
The Notification and Federal Employee Antidiscrimination and Retaliation Act of 2002, referred to in pars.
(1) and (2), is Pub. L. 107–174, May 15, 2002, 116 Stat. 566, which is set out as a note under section 2301 of
Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see
Tables.

§464. Federal Law Enforcement Training Centers
(a) Establishment
The Secretary shall maintain in the Department the Federal Law Enforcement Training Centers
(FLETC), headed by a Director, who shall report to the Secretary.
(b) Position
The Director shall occupy a career-reserved position within the Senior Executive Service.
(c) Functions of the Director
The Director shall—
(1) develop training goals and establish strategic and tactical organizational program plan and
priorities;
(2) provide direction and management for FLETC's training facilities, programs, and support
activities while ensuring that organizational program goals and priorities are executed in an
effective and efficient manner;
(3) develop homeland security and law enforcement training curricula, including curricula
related to domestic preparedness and response to threats or acts of terrorism, for Federal, State,
local, tribal, territorial, and international law enforcement and security agencies and private sector
security agencies;
(4) monitor progress toward strategic and tactical FLETC plans regarding training curricula,
including curricula related to domestic preparedness and response to threats or acts of terrorism,
and facilities;
(5) ensure the timely dissemination of homeland security information as necessary to Federal,

State, local, tribal, territorial, and international law enforcement and security agencies and the
private sector to achieve the training goals for such entities, in accordance with paragraph (1);
(6) carry out delegated acquisition responsibilities in a manner that—
(A) fully complies with—
(i) Federal law;
(ii) the Federal Acquisition Regulation, including requirements regarding agency
obligations to contract only with responsible prospective contractors; and
(iii) Department acquisition management directives; and
(B) maximizes opportunities for small business participation;
(7) coordinate and share information with the heads of relevant components and offices on
digital learning and training resources, as appropriate;
(8) advise the Secretary on matters relating to executive level policy and program
administration of Federal, State, local, tribal, territorial, and international law enforcement and
security training activities and private sector security agency training activities, including training
activities related to domestic preparedness and response to threats or acts of terrorism;
(9) collaborate with the Secretary and relevant officials at other Federal departments and
agencies, as appropriate, to improve international instructional development, training, and
technical assistance provided by the Federal Government to foreign law enforcement; and
(10) carry out such other functions as the Secretary determines are appropriate.
(d) Training responsibilities
(1) In general
The Director is authorized to provide training to employees of Federal agencies who are
engaged, directly or indirectly, in homeland security operations or Federal law enforcement
activities, including such operations or activities related to domestic preparedness and response to
threats or acts of terrorism. In carrying out such training, the Director shall—
(A) evaluate best practices of law enforcement training methods and curriculum content to
maintain state-of-the-art expertise in adult learning methodology;
(B) provide expertise and technical assistance, including on domestic preparedness and
response to threats or acts of terrorism, to Federal, State, local, tribal, territorial, and
international law enforcement and security agencies and private sector security agencies; and
(C) maintain a performance evaluation process for students.
(2) Relationship with law enforcement agencies
The Director shall consult with relevant law enforcement and security agencies in the
development and delivery of FLETC's training programs.
(3) Training delivery locations
The training required under paragraph (1) may be conducted at FLETC facilities, at appropriate
off-site locations, or by distributed learning.
(4) Strategic partnerships
(A) In general
The Director may—
(i) execute strategic partnerships with State and local law enforcement to provide such law
enforcement with specific training, including maritime law enforcement training; and
(ii) coordinate with the Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security and with
private sector stakeholders, including critical infrastructure owners and operators, to provide
training pertinent to improving coordination, security, and resiliency of critical infrastructure.
(B) Provision of information
The Director shall provide to the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of

Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the
Senate, upon request, information on activities undertaken in the previous year pursuant to
subparagraph (A).
(5) FLETC details to DHS
The Director may detail employees of FLETC to positions throughout the Department in
furtherance of improving the effectiveness and quality of training provided by the Department and,
as appropriate, the development of critical departmental programs and initiatives.
(6) Detail of instructors to FLETC
Partner organizations that wish to participate in FLETC training programs shall assign
non-reimbursable detailed instructors to FLETC for designated time periods to support all training
programs at FLETC, as appropriate. The Director shall determine the number of detailed
instructors that is proportional to the number of training hours requested by each partner
organization scheduled by FLETC for each fiscal year. If a partner organization is unable to
provide a proportional number of detailed instructors, such partner organization shall reimburse
FLETC for the salary equivalent for such detailed instructors, as appropriate.
(7) Partner organization expenses requirements
(A) In general
Partner organizations shall be responsible for the following expenses:
(i) Salaries, travel expenses, lodging expenses, and miscellaneous per diem allowances of
their personnel attending training courses at FLETC.
(ii) Salaries and travel expenses of instructors and support personnel involved in
conducting advanced training at FLETC for partner organization personnel and the cost of
expendable supplies and special equipment for such training, unless such supplies and
equipment are common to FLETC-conducted training and have been included in FLETC's
budget for the applicable fiscal year.
(B) Excess basic and advanced Federal training
All hours of advanced training and hours of basic training provided in excess of the training
for which appropriations were made available shall be paid by the partner organizations and
provided to FLETC on a reimbursable basis in accordance with section 4104 of title 5.
(8) Provision of non-Federal training
(A) In general
The Director is authorized to charge and retain fees that would pay for its actual costs of the
training for the following:
(i) State, local, tribal, and territorial law enforcement personnel.
(ii) Foreign law enforcement officials, including provision of such training at the
International Law Enforcement Academies wherever established.
(iii) Private sector security officers, participants in the Federal Flight Deck Officer
program under section 44921 of title 49, and other appropriate private sector individuals.
(B) Waiver
The Director may waive the requirement for reimbursement of any cost under this section
and shall maintain records regarding the reasons for any requirements so waived.
(9) Reimbursement
The Director is authorized to reimburse travel or other expenses for non-Federal personnel who
attend activities related to training sponsored by FLETC, at travel and per diem rates established
by the General Services Administration.
(10) Student support
In furtherance of its training mission, the Director is authorized to provide the following support
to students:

(A) Athletic and related activities.
(B) Short-term medical services.
(C) Chaplain services.
(11) Authority to hire Federal annuitants
(A) In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Director is authorized to appoint and
maintain, as necessary, Federal annuitants who have expert knowledge and experience to meet
the training responsibilities under this subsection.
(B) No reduction in retirement pay
A Federal annuitant employed pursuant to this paragraph shall not be subject to any reduction
in pay for annuity allocable to the period of actual employment under the provisions of section
8344 or 8468 of title 5 or similar provision of any other retirement system for employees.
(C) Re-employed annuitants
A Federal annuitant employed pursuant to this paragraph shall not be considered an employee
for purposes of subchapter III of chapter 83 or chapter 84 of title 5 or such other retirement
system (referred to in subparagraph (B)) as may apply.
(D) Counting
Federal annuitants shall be counted on a full time equivalent basis.
(E) Limitation
No appointment under this paragraph may be made which would result in the displacement of
any employee.
(12) Travel for intermittent employees
The Director is authorized to reimburse intermittent Federal employees traveling from outside a
commuting distance (to be predetermined by the Director) for travel expenses.
(e) On-FLETC housing
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, individuals attending training at any FLETC facility
shall, to the extent practicable and in accordance with FLETC policy, reside in on-FLETC or
FLETC-provided housing.
(f) Additional fiscal authorities
In order to further the goals and objectives of FLETC, the Director is authorized to—
(1) expend funds for public awareness and to enhance community support of law enforcement
training, including the advertisement of available law enforcement training programs;
(2) accept and use gifts of property, both real and personal, and to accept gifts of services, for
purposes that promote the functions of the Director pursuant to subsection (c) and the training
responsibilities of the Director under subsection (d);
(3) accept reimbursement from other Federal agencies for the construction or renovation of
training and support facilities and the use of equipment and technology on government
owned-property; 1
(4) obligate funds in anticipation of reimbursements from agencies receiving training at FLETC,
except that total obligations at the end of a fiscal year may not exceed total budgetary resources
available at the end of such fiscal year;
(5) in accordance with the purchasing authority provided under section 453a of this title—
(A) purchase employee and student uniforms; and
(B) purchase and lease passenger motor vehicles, including vehicles for police-type use;
(6) provide room and board for student interns; and
(7) expend funds each fiscal year to honor and memorialize FLETC graduates who have died in
the line of duty.

(g) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Basic training
The term "basic training" means the entry-level training required to instill in new Federal law
enforcement personnel fundamental knowledge of criminal laws, law enforcement and
investigative techniques, laws and rules of evidence, rules of criminal procedure, constitutional
rights, search and seizure, and related issues.
(2) Detailed instructors
The term "detailed instructors" means personnel who are assigned to the Federal Law
Enforcement Training Centers for a period of time to serve as instructors for the purpose of
conducting basic and advanced training.
(3) Director
The term "Director" means the Director of the Federal Law Enforcement Training Centers.
(4) Distributed learning
The term "distributed learning" means education in which students take academic courses by
accessing information and communicating with the instructor, from various locations, on an
individual basis, over a computer network or via other technologies.
(5) Employee
The term "employee" has the meaning given such term in section 2105 of title 5.
(6) Federal agency
The term "Federal agency" means—
(A) an Executive Department as defined in section 101 of title 5;
(B) an independent establishment as defined in section 104 of title 5;
(C) a Government corporation as defined in section 9101 of title 31;
(D) the Government Printing Office;
(E) the United States Capitol Police;
(F) the United States Supreme Court Police; and
(G) Government agencies with law enforcement related duties.
(7) Law enforcement personnel
The term "law enforcement personnel" means an individual, including criminal investigators
(commonly known as "agents") and uniformed police (commonly known as "officers"), who has
statutory authority to search, seize, make arrests, or to carry firearms.
(8) Local
The term "local" means—
(A) of or pertaining to any county, parish, municipality, city, town, township, rural
community, unincorporated town or village, local public authority, educational institution,
special district, intrastate district, council of governments (regardless of whether the council of
governments is incorporated as a nonprofit corporation under State law), regional or interstate
government entity, any agency or instrumentality of a local government, or any other political
subdivision of a State; and
(B) an Indian tribe or authorized tribal organization, or in Alaska a Native village or Alaska
Regional Native Corporation.
(9) Partner organization
The term "partner organization" means any Federal agency participating in FLETC's training
programs under a formal memorandum of understanding.
(10) State
The term "State" means any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the

Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth
of the Northern Mariana Islands, and any possession of the United States.
(11) Student intern
The term "student intern" means any eligible baccalaureate or graduate degree student
participating in FLETC's College Intern Program.
(h) Prohibition on new funding
No funds are authorized to carry out this section. This section shall be carried out using amounts
otherwise appropriated or made available for such purpose.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §884, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2247; Pub. L. 111–245, §2(a)(3), Sept.
30, 2010, 124 Stat. 2621; Pub. L. 114–285, §2(a), Dec. 16, 2016, 130 Stat. 1453; Pub. L. 115–278,
§2(g)(5)(A), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (d)(4)(A)(ii). Pub. L. 115–278 substituted "Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure
Security" for "Under Secretary responsible for overseeing critical infrastructure protection, cybersecurity, and
other related programs of the Department".
2016—Pub. L. 114–285 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section related to the Federal Law
Enforcement Training Center.
2010—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 111–245 added subsec. (c).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Government Printing Office redesignated Government Publishing Office. See section 1301(b) of Pub. L.
113–235, set out as a note preceding section 301 of Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
STANDARDS FOR MEASURING AND ASSESSING THE QUALITY AND EFFECTIVENESS OF
FEDERAL LAW ENFORCEMENT TRAINING
Pub. L. 108–334, title V, §506, Oct. 18, 2004, 118 Stat. 1316, provided that: "The Federal Law
Enforcement Training Center shall establish an accrediting body, to include representatives from the Federal
law enforcement community and non-Federal accreditation experts involved in law enforcement training, to
establish standards for measuring and assessing the quality and effectiveness of Federal law enforcement
training programs, facilities, and instructors."
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 108–90, title V, §509, Oct. 1, 2003, 117 Stat. 1154.
Pub. L. 108–7, div. J, title I, §122, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 439.
ANNUAL OUTSTANDING STUDENT AWARD
Pub. L. 108–7, div. J, title I, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 431, provided in part: "That the [Federal Law
Enforcement Training] Center is authorized to accept and use gifts of property, both real and personal, and to
accept services, for authorized purposes, including funding of a gift of intrinsic value which shall be awarded
annually by the Director of the Center to the outstanding student who graduated from a basic training program
at the Center during the previous fiscal year, which shall be funded only by gifts received through the Center's
gift authority".
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 107–67, title I, Nov. 12, 2001, 115 Stat. 516.
Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(3) [title I], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A–127.
Pub. L. 106–58, title I, Sept. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 432.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(h) [title I], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–480, 2681–483.
Pub. L. 105–61, title I, Oct. 10, 1997, 111 Stat. 1275.
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(f) [title I], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–314, 3009–317.
Pub. L. 104–52, title I, Nov. 19, 1995, 109 Stat. 470.
Pub. L. 103–329, title I, Sept. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 2383.

Pub. L. 103–123, title I, Oct. 28, 1993, 107 Stat. 1227.
Pub. L. 102–393, title I, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1730.
Pub. L. 102–141, title I, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 835.
Pub. L. 101–509, title I, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1390.
Pub. L. 101–136, title I, Nov. 3, 1989, 103 Stat. 784.
1

So in original. Probably should be "Government-owned property;".

§464a. Repealed. Pub. L. 111–245, §2(b)(2), Sept. 30, 2010, 124 Stat. 2621
Section, Pub. L. 108–90, title IV, Oct. 1, 2003, 117 Stat. 1150, related to Federal Law Enforcement
Training Center's acceptance and use of gifts. See section 464(f)(2) of this title.

§464b. Staffing accreditation function
In fiscal year 2004 and thereafter, the Center is authorized to accept detailees from other Federal
agencies, on a non-reimbursable basis, to staff the accreditation function.
(Pub. L. 108–90, title IV, Oct. 1, 2003, 117 Stat. 1150.)
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Center, referred to in text, means the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center.
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2004, and not as
part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation act:
Pub. L. 108–7, div. J, title I, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 431.

§464c. Student housing
In fiscal year 2004 and thereafter, students attending training at any Center site shall reside in
on-Center or Center-provided housing, insofar as available and in accordance with Center policy.
(Pub. L. 108–90, title IV, Oct. 1, 2003, 117 Stat. 1151.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Center, referred to in text, means the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2004, and not as
part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 108–7, div. J, title I, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 431.
Pub. L. 107–67, title I, Nov. 12, 2001, 115 Stat. 517.
Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(3) [title I], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A–127.
Pub. L. 106–58, title I, Sept. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 432.

Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(h) [title I], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–480, 2681–483.
Pub. L. 105–61, title I, Oct. 10, 1997, 111 Stat. 1275.
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(f) [title I], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–314, 3009–317.
Pub. L. 104–52, title I, Nov. 19, 1995, 109 Stat. 470.
Pub. L. 103–329, title I, Sept. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 2383.
Pub. L. 103–123, title I, Oct. 28, 1993, 107 Stat. 1227.
Pub. L. 102–393, title I, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1730.
Pub. L. 102–141, title I, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 835.
Pub. L. 101–509, title I, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1390.
Pub. L. 101–136, title I, Nov. 3, 1989, 103 Stat. 784.

§464d. Additional funds for training
In fiscal year 2004 and thereafter, funds appropriated in this account shall be available, at the
discretion of the Director, for the following: training United States Postal Service law enforcement
personnel and Postal police officers; State and local government law enforcement training on a
space-available basis; training of foreign law enforcement officials on a space-available basis with
reimbursement of actual costs to this appropriation, except that reimbursement may be waived by the
Secretary for law enforcement training activities in foreign countries undertaken under section 801 of
the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996 (28 U.S.C. 509 note); training of private
sector security officials on a space-available basis with reimbursement of actual costs to this
appropriation; and travel expenses of non-Federal personnel to attend course development meetings
and training sponsored by the Center.
(Pub. L. 108–90, title IV, Oct. 1, 2003, 117 Stat. 1151.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
"Funds appropriated in this account", and "this appropriation", referred to in text, mean funds appropriated
under the headings "FEDERAL LAW ENFORCEMENT TRAINING CENTER" and "SALARIES AND
EXPENSES" of title IV of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2004, Pub. L. 108–90.
Section 801 of the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996, referred to in text, is section 801
of Pub. L. 104–132, which is set out as a note under section 509 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
The Center, referred to in text, means the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2004, and not as
part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 108–7, div. J, title I, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 431.
Pub. L. 107–67, title I, Nov. 12, 2001, 115 Stat. 516.
Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(3) [title I], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A–127.
Pub. L. 106–58, title I, Sept. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 432.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(h) [title I], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–480, 2681–483.
Pub. L. 105–61, title I, Oct. 10, 1997, 111 Stat. 1276.
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(f) [title I], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–314, 3009–317.
Pub. L. 104–52, title I, Nov. 19, 1995, 109 Stat. 470.
Pub. L. 103–329, title I, Sept. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 2383.

§464e. Short-term medical services for students
In fiscal year 2004 and thereafter, the Center is authorized to provide short-term medical services
for students undergoing training at the Center.

(Pub. L. 108–90, title IV, Oct. 1, 2003, 117 Stat. 1151.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Center, referred to in text, means the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2004, and not as
part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
PRIOR PROVISIONS
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 108–7, div. J, title I, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 431.
Pub. L. 107–67, title I, Nov. 12, 2001, 115 Stat. 517.
Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(3) [title I], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A–127.
Pub. L. 106–58, title I, Sept. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 433.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(h) [title I], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–480, 2681–483.
Pub. L. 105–61, title I, Oct. 10, 1997, 111 Stat. 1276.
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(f) [title I], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–314, 3009–318.
Pub. L. 104–52, title I, Nov. 19, 1995, 109 Stat. 470.
Pub. L. 103–329, title I, Sept. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 2384.
Pub. L. 103–123, title I, Oct. 28, 1993, 107 Stat. 1228.
Pub. L. 102–393, title I, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1730.

§465. Joint Interagency Task Force
(a) Establishment
The Secretary may establish and operate a permanent Joint Interagency Homeland Security Task
Force composed of representatives from military and civilian agencies of the United States
Government for the purposes of anticipating terrorist threats against the United States and taking
appropriate actions to prevent harm to the United States.
(b) Structure
It is the sense of Congress that the Secretary should model the Joint Interagency Homeland
Security Task Force on the approach taken by the Joint Interagency Task Forces for drug interdiction
at Key West, Florida and Alameda, California, to the maximum extent feasible and appropriate.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §885, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2247.)

§466. Sense of Congress reaffirming the continued importance and applicability
of the Posse Comitatus Act
(a) Findings
Congress finds the following:
(1) Section 1385 of title 18 (commonly known as the "Posse Comitatus Act") prohibits the use
of the Armed Forces as a posse comitatus to execute the laws except in cases and under
circumstances expressly authorized by the Constitution or Act of Congress.
(2) Enacted in 1878, the Posse Comitatus Act was expressly intended to prevent United States
Marshals, on their own initiative, from calling on the Army for assistance in enforcing Federal
law.
(3) The Posse Comitatus Act has served the Nation well in limiting the use of the Armed Forces
to enforce the law.
(4) Nevertheless, by its express terms, the Posse Comitatus Act is not a complete barrier to the

use of the Armed Forces for a range of domestic purposes, including law enforcement functions,
when the use of the Armed Forces is authorized by Act of Congress or the President determines
that the use of the Armed Forces is required to fulfill the President's obligations under the
Constitution to respond promptly in time of war, insurrection, or other serious emergency.
(5) Existing laws, including chapter 13 of title 10 (commonly known as the "Insurrection Act"),
and the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et
seq.), grant the President broad powers that may be invoked in the event of domestic emergencies,
including an attack against the Nation using weapons of mass destruction, and these laws
specifically authorize the President to use the Armed Forces to help restore public order.
(b) Sense of Congress
Congress reaffirms the continued importance of section 1385 of title 18, and it is the sense of
Congress that nothing in this chapter should be construed to alter the applicability of such section to
any use of the Armed Forces as a posse comitatus to execute the laws.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §886, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2248; Pub. L. 115–232, div. A, title XII,
§1204(a)(1), Aug. 13, 2018, 132 Stat. 2017.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(5), is Pub.
L. 93–288, May 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 143, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 68 (§5121 et
seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short
Title note set out under section 5121 of Title 42 and Tables.
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (b), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25,
2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 115–232 substituted "chapter 13" for "chapter 15".

§467. Coordination with the Department of Health and Human Services under
the Public Health Service Act
(a) In general
The annual Federal response plan developed by the Department shall be consistent with section
319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d).
(b) Disclosures among relevant agencies
(1) In general
Full disclosure among relevant agencies shall be made in accordance with this subsection.
(2) Public health emergency
During the period in which the Secretary of Health and Human Services has declared the
existence of a public health emergency under section 319(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42
U.S.C. 247d(a)), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall keep relevant agencies,
including the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Justice, and the Federal
Bureau of Investigation, fully and currently informed.
(3) Potential public health emergency
In cases involving, or potentially involving, a public health emergency, but in which no
determination of an emergency by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under section
319(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d(a)), has been made, all relevant agencies,

including the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Justice, and the Federal
Bureau of Investigation, shall keep the Secretary of Health and Human Services and the Director
of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention fully and currently informed.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §887, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2248.)

§468. Preserving Coast Guard mission performance
(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Non-homeland security missions
The term "non-homeland security missions" means the following missions of the Coast Guard:
(A) Marine safety.
(B) Search and rescue.
(C) Aids to navigation.
(D) Living marine resources (fisheries law enforcement).
(E) Marine environmental protection.
(F) Ice operations.
(2) Homeland security missions
The term "homeland security missions" means the following missions of the Coast Guard:
(A) Ports, waterways and coastal security.
(B) Drug interdiction.
(C) Migrant interdiction.
(D) Defense readiness.
(E) Other law enforcement.
(b) Transfer
There are transferred to the Department the authorities, functions, personnel, and assets of the
Coast Guard, which shall be maintained as a distinct entity within the Department, including the
authorities and functions of the Secretary of Transportation relating thereto.
(c) Maintenance of status of functions and assets
Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the authorities, functions, and capabilities of
the Coast Guard to perform its missions shall be maintained intact and without significant reduction
after the transfer of the Coast Guard to the Department, except as specified in subsequent Acts.
(d) Certain transfers prohibited
No mission, function, or asset (including for purposes of this subsection any ship, aircraft, or
helicopter) of the Coast Guard may be diverted to the principal and continuing use of any other
organization, unit, or entity of the Department, except for details or assignments that do not reduce
the Coast Guard's capability to perform its missions.
(e) Changes to missions
(1) Prohibition
The Secretary may not substantially or significantly reduce the missions of the Coast Guard or
the Coast Guard's capability to perform those missions, except as specified in subsequent Acts.
(2) Waiver
The Secretary may waive the restrictions under paragraph (1) for a period of not to exceed 90
days upon a declaration and certification by the Secretary to Congress that a clear, compelling, and
immediate need exists for such a waiver. A certification under this paragraph shall include a

detailed justification for the declaration and certification, including the reasons and specific
information that demonstrate that the Nation and the Coast Guard cannot respond effectively if the
restrictions under paragraph (1) are not waived.
(f) Direct reporting to Secretary
Upon the transfer of the Coast Guard to the Department, the Commandant shall report directly to
the Secretary without being required to report through any other official of the Department.
(g) Operation as a service in the Navy
None of the conditions and restrictions in this section shall apply when the Coast Guard operates
as a service in the Navy under section 3 1 of title 14.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §888, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2249; Pub. L. 113–284, §2(b), Dec. 18,
2014, 128 Stat. 3089; Pub. L. 115–282, title VIII, §801, Dec. 4, 2018, 132 Stat. 4299.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (c), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25,
2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of
this title and Tables.
Section 3 of title 14, referred to in subsec. (g), was redesignated section 103 of title 14 by Pub. L. 115–282,
title I, §103(b), Dec. 4, 2018, 132 Stat. 4195, and references to section 3 of title 14 deemed to refer to such
redesignated section, see section 123(b)(1) of Pub. L. 115–282, set out as a References to Sections of Title 14
as Redesignated by Pub. L. 115–282 note preceding section 101 of Title 14, Coast Guard.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 115–282 struck out subsec. (h). Text read as follows: "Not later than 90 days
after November 25, 2002, the Secretary, in consultation with the Commandant of the Coast Guard, shall
submit a report to the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate, the Committee on
Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives, and the Committees on Appropriations of
the Senate and the House of Representatives that—
"(1) analyzes the feasibility of accelerating the rate of procurement in the Coast Guard's Integrated
Deepwater System from 20 years to 10 years;
"(2) includes an estimate of additional resources required;
"(3) describes the resulting increased capabilities;
"(4) outlines any increases in the Coast Guard's homeland security readiness;
"(5) describes any increases in operational efficiencies; and
"(6) provides a revised asset phase-in time line."
2014—Subsecs. (f) to (i). Pub. L. 113–284 redesignated subsecs. (g) to (i) as (f) to (h), respectively, and
struck out former subsec. (f) which related to annual review.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Committee on Governmental Affairs of Senate changed to Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of Senate, effective Jan. 4, 2005, by Senate Resolution No. 445, One Hundred Eighth
Congress, Oct. 9, 2004.
Committee on Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Oversight and
Government Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress,
Jan. 5, 2007. Committee on Oversight and Government Reform of House of Representatives changed to
Committee on Oversight and Reform of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred
Sixteenth Congress, Jan. 9, 2019.
1

See References in Text note below.

§469. Fees for credentialing and background investigations in transportation
(a) Fees
For fiscal year 2004 and thereafter, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall charge reasonable
fees for providing credentialing and background investigations in the field of transportation:
Provided, That the establishment and collection of fees shall be subject to the following
requirements:
(1) such fees, in the aggregate, shall not exceed the costs incurred by the Department of
Homeland Security associated with providing the credential or performing the background record
checks;
(2) the Secretary shall charge fees in amounts that are reasonably related to the costs of
providing services in connection with the activity or item for which the fee is charged;
(3) a fee may not be collected except to the extent such fee will be expended to pay for the costs
of conducting or obtaining a criminal history record check and a review of available law
enforcement databases and commercial databases and records of other governmental and
international agencies; reviewing and adjudicating requests for waiver and appeals of agency
decisions with respect to providing the credential, performing the background record check, and
denying requests for waiver and appeals; and any other costs related to providing the credential or
performing the background record check; and
(4) any fee collected shall be available for expenditure only to pay the costs incurred in
providing services in connection with the activity or item for which the fee is charged and shall
remain available until expended.
(b) Recurrent training of aliens in operation of aircraft
(1) Process for reviewing threat assessments
Notwithstanding section 44939(e) of title 49, the Secretary shall establish a process to ensure
that an alien (as defined in section 101(a)(3) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C.
1101(a)(3)) applying for recurrent training in the operation of any aircraft is properly identified
and has not, since the time of any prior threat assessment conducted pursuant to section 44939(a)
of such title, become a risk to aviation or national security.
(2) Interruption of training
If the Secretary determines, in carrying out the process established under paragraph (1), that an
alien is a present risk to aviation or national security, the Secretary shall immediately notify the
person providing the training of the determination and that person shall not provide the training or
if such training has commenced that person shall immediately terminate the training.
(3) Fees
The Secretary may charge reasonable fees under subsection (a) for providing credentialing and
background investigations for aliens in connection with the process for recurrent training
established under paragraph (1). Such fees shall be promulgated by notice in the Federal Register.
(Pub. L. 108–90, title V, §520, Oct. 1, 2003, 117 Stat. 1156; Pub. L. 110–329, div. D, title V, §543,
Sept. 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 3689.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2004, and not as
part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
AMENDMENTS
2008—Pub. L. 110–329 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added subsec.
(b).

§469a. Collection of fees from non-Federal participants in meetings
For fiscal year 2010 and thereafter, the Secretary of Homeland Security may collect fees from any
non-Federal participant in a conference, seminar, exhibition, symposium, or similar meeting
conducted by the Department of Homeland Security in advance of the conference, either directly or
by contract, and those fees shall be credited to the appropriation or account from which the costs of
the conference, seminar, exhibition, symposium, or similar meeting are paid and shall be available to
pay the costs of the Department of Homeland Security with respect to the conference or to reimburse
the Department for costs incurred with respect to the conference: Provided, That in the event the
total amount of fees collected with respect to a conference exceeds the actual costs of the Department
of Homeland Security with respect to the conference, the amount of such excess shall be deposited
into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts: Provided further, That the Secretary shall provide a
report to the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and the House of Representatives not later
than January 5, 2011, providing the level of collections and a summary by agency of the purposes
and levels of expenditures for the prior fiscal year,.1
(Pub. L. 111–83, title V, §554, Oct. 28, 2009, 123 Stat. 2179; Pub. L. 114–113, div. F, title V,
§510(c), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2514.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2010, and not as
part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
AMENDMENTS
2015—Pub. L. 114–113 struck out "and shall report annually thereafter" before period at end.
1

So in original.

§470. Disclosures regarding homeland security grants
(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Homeland security grant
The term "homeland security grant" means any grant made or administered by the Department,
including—
(A) the State Homeland Security Grant Program;
(B) the Urban Area Security Initiative Grant Program;
(C) the Law Enforcement Terrorism Prevention Program;
(D) the Citizen Corps; and
(E) the Metropolitan Medical Response System.
(2) Local government
The term "local government" has the meaning given the term in section 101 of this title.
(b) Required disclosures
Each State or local government that receives a homeland security grant shall, not later than 12
months after the later of October 13, 2006, and the date of receipt of such grant, and every 12 months
thereafter until all funds provided under such grant are expended, submit a report to the Secretary
that contains a list of all expenditures made by such State or local government using funds from such
grant.

(Pub. L. 109–347, title VII, §702, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1943.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Security and Accountability For Every Port Act of 2006, also known as
the SAFE Port Act, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
DEFINITIONS
For definitions of "Department" and "Secretary" as used in this section, see section 901 of this title.

§471. Annual ammunition report
(a) The Secretary of Homeland Security shall submit to Congress, 180 days after January 17,
2014, and annually thereafter beginning with the submission of the President's budget proposal for
fiscal year 2016 pursuant to section 1105(a) of title 31, a comprehensive report on the purchase and
usage of ammunition, subdivided by ammunition type. The report shall include—
(1) the quantity of ammunition in inventory at the end of the preceding calendar year, and the
amount of ammunition expended and purchased, subdivided by ammunition type, during the year
for each relevant component or agency in the Department of Homeland Security;
(2) a description of how such quantity, usage, and purchase aligns to each component or
agency's mission requirements for certification, qualification, training, and operations; and
(3) details on all contracting practices applied by the Department of Homeland Security,
including comparative details regarding other contracting options with respect to cost and
availability.
(b) The reports required by subsection (a) shall be submitted in an appropriate format in order to
ensure the safety of law enforcement personnel.
(Pub. L. 113–76, div. F, title V, §569, Jan. 17, 2014, 128 Stat. 286.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the appropriation act cited in the credit of this section, and not as part of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

§472. Annual weaponry report
(a) The Secretary of Homeland Security shall submit to the Congress, not later than 180 days after
March 4, 2015, and annually thereafter, beginning at the time the President's budget proposal for
fiscal year 2017 is submitted pursuant to section 1105(a) of title 31, a comprehensive report on the
purchase and usage of weapons, subdivided by weapon type. The report shall include—
(1) the quantity of weapons in inventory at the end of the preceding calendar year, and the
amount of weapons, subdivided by weapon type, included in the budget request for each relevant
component or agency in the Department of Homeland Security;
(2) a description of how such quantity and purchase aligns to each component or agency's
mission requirements for certification, qualification, training, and operations; and
(3) details on all contracting practices applied by the Department of Homeland Security,
including comparative details regarding other contracting options with respect to cost and
availability.

(b) The reports required by subsection (a) shall be submitted in an appropriate format in order to
ensure the safety of law enforcement personnel.
(Pub. L. 114–4, title V, §562, Mar. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 72.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the appropriation act cited in the credit of this section, and not as part of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

§473. Cyber Crimes Center, Child Exploitation Investigations Unit, Computer
Forensics Unit, and Cyber Crimes Unit
(a) Cyber Crimes Center
(1) In general
The Secretary shall operate, within United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement,
Homeland Security Investigations, a Cyber Crimes Center (referred to in this section as the
"Center").
(2) Purpose
The Center shall provide investigative assistance, training, and equipment to support domestic
and international investigations of cyber-related crimes by the Department.
(b) Child Exploitation Investigations Unit
(1) In general
The Secretary shall operate, within the Center, a Child Exploitation Investigations Unit
(referred to in this subsection as the "CEIU").
(2) Functions
The CEIU—
(A) shall coordinate all United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement child
exploitation initiatives, including investigations into—
(i) child exploitation;
(ii) child pornography;
(iii) child victim identification;
(iv) traveling child sex offenders; and
(v) forced child labor, including the sexual exploitation of minors;
(B) shall, among other things, focus on—
(i) child exploitation prevention;
(ii) investigative capacity building;
(iii) enforcement operations; and
(iv) training for Federal, State, local, tribal, and foreign law enforcement agency personnel,
upon request;
(C) shall provide training, technical expertise, support, or coordination of child exploitation
investigations, as needed, to cooperating law enforcement agencies and personnel, which shall
include participating in training for Homeland Security Investigations personnel conducted by
Internet Crimes Against Children Task Forces;
(D) shall provide psychological support and counseling services for United States
Immigration and Customs Enforcement personnel engaged in child exploitation prevention

initiatives, including making available other existing services to assist employees who are
exposed to child exploitation material during investigations;
(E) is authorized to collaborate with the Department of Defense and the National Association
to Protect Children for the purpose of the recruiting, training, equipping and hiring of wounded,
ill, and injured veterans and transitioning service members, through the Human Exploitation
Rescue Operative (HERO) Child Rescue Corps program 1; and
(F) shall collaborate with other governmental, nongovernmental, and nonprofit entities
approved by the Secretary for the sponsorship of, and participation in, outreach and training
activities.
(3) Data collection
The CEIU shall collect and maintain data concerning—
(A) the total number of suspects identified by United States Immigration and Customs
Enforcement;
(B) the number of arrests by United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement in child
exploitation investigations, disaggregated by type, including—
(i) the number of child victims identified through investigations carried out by United
States Immigration and Customs Enforcement; and
(ii) the number of suspects arrested who were in positions of trust or authority over
children;
(C) the number of child exploitation cases opened for investigation by United States
Immigration and Customs Enforcement; and
(D) the number of child exploitation cases resulting in a Federal, State, foreign, or military
prosecution.
(4) Availability of data to Congress
In addition to submitting the reports required under paragraph (7), the CEIU shall make the data
collected and maintained under paragraph (3) available to the committees of Congress described in
paragraph (7).
(5) Cooperative agreements
The CEIU is authorized to enter into cooperative agreements to accomplish the functions set
forth in paragraphs (2) and (3).
(6) Acceptance of gifts
(A) In general
The Secretary is authorized to accept monies and in-kind donations from the Virtual Global
Taskforce, national laboratories, Federal agencies, not-for-profit organizations, and educational
institutions to create and expand public awareness campaigns in support of the functions of the
CEIU.
(B) Exemption from Federal Acquisition Regulation
Gifts authorized under subparagraph (A) shall not be subject to the Federal Acquisition
Regulation for competition when the services provided by the entities referred to in such
subparagraph are donated or of minimal cost to the Department.
(7) Reports
Not later than 1 year after May 29, 2015, and annually for the following 4 years, the CEIU
shall—
(A) submit a report containing a summary of the data collected pursuant to paragraph (3)
during the previous year to—
(i) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
(ii) the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate;
(iii) the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate;

(iv) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives;
(v) the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives; and
(vi) the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives; and
(B) make a copy of each report submitted under subparagraph (A) publicly available on the
website of the Department.
(c) Computer Forensics Unit
(1) In general
The Secretary shall operate, within the Center, a Computer Forensics Unit (referred to in this
subsection as the "CFU").
(2) Functions
The CFU—
(A) shall provide training and technical support in digital forensics and administer the Digital
Forensics and Document and Media Exploitation program to—
(i) United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement personnel; and
(ii) Federal, State, local, tribal, military, and foreign law enforcement agency personnel
engaged in the investigation of crimes within their respective jurisdictions, upon request and
subject to the availability of funds;
(B) shall provide computer hardware, software, and forensic licenses for all computer
forensics personnel within United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement;
(C) shall participate in research and development in the area of digital forensics and emerging
technologies, in coordination with appropriate components of the Department; and
(D) is authorized to collaborate with the Department of Defense, the National Association to
Protect Children, and other governmental entities for the purpose of recruiting, training,
equipping, and hiring wounded, ill, and injured veterans and transitioning service members,
through the Human Exploitation Rescue Operative (HERO) Child Rescue Corps program 1.
(3) Cooperative agreements
The CFU is authorized to enter into cooperative agreements to accomplish the functions set
forth in paragraph (2).
(4) Acceptance of gifts
(A) In general
The Secretary is authorized to accept monies and in-kind donations from the Virtual Global
Task Force, national laboratories, Federal agencies, not-for-profit organizations, and
educational institutions to create and expand public awareness campaigns in support of the
functions of the CFU.
(B) Exemption from Federal Acquisition Regulation
Gifts authorized under subparagraph (A) shall not be subject to the Federal Acquisition
Regulation for competition when the services provided by the entities referred to in such
subparagraph are donated or of minimal cost to the Department.
(d) Cyber Crimes Unit
(1) In general
The Secretary shall operate, within the Center, a Cyber Crimes Unit (referred to in this
subsection as the "CCU").
(2) Functions
The CCU—
(A) shall oversee the cyber security strategy and cyber-related operations and programs for
United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement;

(B) shall enhance United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement's ability to combat
criminal enterprises operating on or through the Internet, with specific focus in the areas of—
(i) cyber economic crime;
(ii) digital theft of intellectual property;
(iii) illicit e-commerce (including hidden marketplaces);
(iv) Internet-facilitated proliferation of arms and strategic technology; and
(v) cyber-enabled smuggling and money laundering;
(C) shall provide training and technical support in cyber investigations to—
(i) United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement personnel; and
(ii) Federal, State, local, tribal, military, and foreign law enforcement agency personnel
engaged in the investigation of crimes within their respective jurisdictions, upon request and
subject to the availability of funds;
(D) shall participate in research and development in the area of cyber investigations, in
coordination with appropriate components of the Department; and
(E) is authorized to recruit participants of the Human Exploitation Rescue Operative (HERO)
Child Rescue Corps program 1 for investigative and forensic positions in support of the
functions of the CCU.
(3) Cooperative agreements
The CCU is authorized to enter into cooperative agreements to accomplish the functions set
forth in paragraph (2).
(e) HERO Child-Rescue Corps 2
(1) Establishment
(A) In general
There is established within the Center a Human Exploitation Rescue Operation 3
Child-Rescue Corps Program (referred to in this section as the "HERO Child-Rescue Corps
Program"), which shall be a Department-wide program, in collaboration with the Department of
Defense and the National Association to Protect Children.
(B) Private sector collaboration
As part of the HERO Child-Rescue Corps Program, the National Association to Protect
Children shall provide logistical support for program participants.
(2) Purpose
The purpose of the HERO Child-Rescue Corps Program shall be to recruit, train, equip, and
employ members of the Armed Forces on active duty and wounded, ill, and injured veterans to
combat and prevent child exploitation, including in investigative, intelligence, analyst, inspection,
and forensic positions or any other positions determined appropriate by the employing agency.
(3) Functions
The HERO Child-Rescue Program shall—
(A) provide, recruit, train, and equip participants of the Program in the areas of digital
forensics, investigation, analysis, intelligence, and victim identification, as determined by the
Center and the needs of the Department; and
(B) ensure that during the internship period, participants of the Program are assigned to
investigate and analyze—
(i) child exploitation;
(ii) child pornography;
(iii) unidentified child victims;
(iv) human trafficking;
(v) traveling child sex offenders; and

(vi) forced child labor, including the sexual exploitation of minors.
(f) Paid internship and hiring program
(1) In general
The Secretary shall establish a paid internship and hiring program for the purpose of placing
participants of the HERO Child-Rescue Corps Program (in this subsection referred to as
"participants") into paid internship positions, for the subsequent appointment of the participants to
permanent positions, as described in the guidelines promulgated under paragraph (3).
(2) Internship positions
Under the paid internship and hiring program required to be established under paragraph (1), the
Secretary shall assign or detail participants to positions within United States Immigration and
Customs Enforcement or any other Federal agency in accordance with the guidelines promulgated
under paragraph (3).
(3) Placement
(A) In general
The Secretary shall promulgate guidelines for assigning or detailing participants to positions
within United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement and other Federal agencies, which
shall include requirements for internship duties and agreements regarding the subsequent
appointment of the participants to permanent positions.
(B) Preference
The Secretary shall give a preference to Homeland Security Investigations in assignments or
details under the guidelines promulgated under subparagraph (A).
(4) Term of internship
An appointment to an internship position under this subsection shall be for a term not to exceed
12 months.
(5) Rate and term of pay
After completion of initial group training and upon beginning work at an assigned office, a
participant appointed to an internship position under this subsection who is not receiving monthly
basic pay as a member of the Armed Forces on active duty shall receive compensation at a rate
that is—
(A) not less than the minimum rate of basic pay payable for a position at level GS–5 of the
General Schedule; and
(B) not more than the maximum rate of basic pay payable for a position at level GS–7 of the
General Schedule.
(6) Eligibility
In establishing the paid internship and hiring program required under paragraph (1), the
Secretary shall ensure that the eligibility requirements for participation in the internship program
are the same as the eligibility requirements for participation in the HERO Child-Rescue Corps
Program.
(7) Hero Corps hiring
The Secretary shall establish within Homeland Security Investigations positions, which shall be
in addition to any positions in existence on December 21, 2019, for the hiring and permanent
employment of graduates of the paid internship program required to be established under
paragraph (1).
(g) Authorization of appropriations
(1) In general
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary such sums as are necessary to carry out
this section.

(2) Allocation
Of the amount made available pursuant to paragraph (1) in each of fiscal years 2019 through
2022, not more than $10,000,000 shall be used to carry out subsection (e) and not less than
$2,000,000 shall be used to carry out subsection (f).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §890A, as added Pub. L. 114–22, title III, §302(b)(1), May 29, 2015,
129 Stat. 251; amended Pub. L. 115–392, §23(a), (b), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5261, 5262.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 115–392, §23(a)(1)(A), inserted "Homeland Security Investigations," after
"Customs Enforcement,".
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 115–392, §23(a)(1)(B), added par. (2) and struck out former par. (2). Prior to
amendment, text read as follows: "The purpose of the Center shall be to provide investigative assistance,
training, and equipment to support United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement's domestic and
international investigations of cyber-related crimes."
Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 115–392, §23(a)(2)(A), inserted ", which shall include participating in training
for Homeland Security Investigations personnel conducted by Internet Crimes Against Children Task Forces"
after "agencies and personnel".
Subsec. (b)(3)(B). Pub. L. 115–392, §23(a)(2)(B)(i)(I), inserted "in child exploitation investigations" after
"Enforcement" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (b)(3)(B)(i). Pub. L. 115–392, §23(a)(2)(B)(i)(II), inserted "child" before "victims".
Subsec. (b)(3)(C), (D). Pub. L. 115–392, §23(a)(2)(B)(ii), (iii), inserted "child exploitation" after "number
of".
Subsec. (c)(2)(A). Pub. L. 115–392, §23(a)(3)(A), inserted "and administer the Digital Forensics and
Document and Media Exploitation program" after "forensics" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c)(2)(C). Pub. L. 115–392, §23(a)(3)(B), inserted "and emerging technologies" after "forensics".
Subsec. (c)(2)(D). Pub. L. 115–392, §23(a)(3)(C), substituted ", the National Association to Protect
Children, and other governmental entities" for "and the National Association to Protect Children".
Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 115–392, §23(b)(2), added subsecs. (e) and (f). Former subsec. (e) redesignated
(g).
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 115–392, §23(b)(1), (3), redesignated subsec. (e) as (g), inserted par. (1) designation
and heading, and added par. (2).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
FINDINGS
Pub. L. 114–22, title III, §302(a), May 29, 2015, 129 Stat. 251, provided that: "Congress finds the
following:
"(1) The illegal market for the production and distribution of child abuse imagery is a growing threat to
children in the United States. International demand for this material creates a powerful incentive for the
rape, abuse, and torture of children within the United States.
"(2) The targeting of United States children by international criminal networks is a threat to the
homeland security of the United States. This threat must be fought with trained personnel and highly
specialized counter-child-exploitation strategies and technologies.
"(3) The United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement of the Department of Homeland
Security serves a critical national security role in protecting the United States from the growing
international threat of child exploitation and human trafficking.
"(4) The Cyber Crimes Center of the United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement is a vital
national resource in the effort to combat international child exploitation, providing advanced expertise and
assistance in investigations, computer forensics, and victim identification.
"(5) The returning military heroes of the United States possess unique and valuable skills that can
assist law enforcement in combating global sexual and child exploitation, and the Department of Homeland
Security should use this national resource to the maximum extent possible.
"(6) Through the Human Exploitation Rescue Operative (HERO) Child Rescue Corps program, the
returning military heroes of the United States are trained and hired to investigate crimes of child

exploitation in order to target predators and rescue children from sexual abuse and slavery."
1

So in original. Probably should be "Program".

2

So in original. "Program" probably should be inserted at end of heading.

3

So in original. Probably should be "Operative".

PART I—INFORMATION SHARING
§481. Short title; findings; and sense of Congress
(a) Short title
This part may be cited as the "Homeland Security Information Sharing Act".
(b) Findings
Congress finds the following:
(1) The Federal Government is required by the Constitution to provide for the common defense,
which includes terrorist attack.
(2) The Federal Government relies on State and local personnel to protect against terrorist
attack.
(3) The Federal Government collects, creates, manages, and protects classified and sensitive but
unclassified information to enhance homeland security.
(4) Some homeland security information is needed by the State and local personnel to prevent
and prepare for terrorist attack.
(5) The needs of State and local personnel to have access to relevant homeland security
information to combat terrorism must be reconciled with the need to preserve the protected status
of such information and to protect the sources and methods used to acquire such information.
(6) Granting security clearances to certain State and local personnel is one way to facilitate the
sharing of information regarding specific terrorist threats among Federal, State, and local levels of
government.
(7) Methods exist to declassify, redact, or otherwise adapt classified information so it may be
shared with State and local personnel without the need for granting additional security clearances.
(8) State and local personnel have capabilities and opportunities to gather information on
suspicious activities and terrorist threats not possessed by Federal agencies.
(9) The Federal Government and State and local governments and agencies in other
jurisdictions may benefit from such information.
(10) Federal, State, and local governments and intelligence, law enforcement, and other
emergency preparation and response agencies must act in partnership to maximize the benefits of
information gathering and analysis to prevent and respond to terrorist attacks.
(11) Information systems, including the National Law Enforcement Telecommunications
System and the Terrorist Threat Warning System, have been established for rapid sharing of
classified and sensitive but unclassified information among Federal, State, and local entities.
(12) Increased efforts to share homeland security information should avoid duplicating existing
information systems.
(c) Sense of Congress
It is the sense of Congress that Federal, State, and local entities should share homeland security
information to the maximum extent practicable, with special emphasis on hard-to-reach urban and
rural communities.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §891, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2252.)

EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This part, referred to in subsec. (a), was in the original "This subtitle", meaning subtitle I (§§891–899) of
title VIII of Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2252, which enacted this part, amended section 2517 of
Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, Rule 6 of the Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure, set out in the
Appendix to Title 18, and sections 1806, 1825, and 3365 of Title 50, War and National Defense, and amended
provisions set out as a note under section 2517 of Title 18. For complete classification of subtitle I to the
Code, see Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
REPORTS TO CONGRESS
Pub. L. 110–28, title III, May 25, 2007, 121 Stat. 139, provided in part: "That starting July 1, 2007, the
Secretary of Homeland Security shall submit quarterly reports to the Committees on Appropriations of the
Senate and the House of Representatives detailing the information required in House Report 110–107."

§482. Facilitating homeland security information sharing procedures
(a) Procedures for determining extent of sharing of homeland security information
(1) The President shall prescribe and implement procedures under which relevant Federal
agencies—
(A) share relevant and appropriate homeland security information with other Federal agencies,
including the Department, and appropriate State and local personnel;
(B) identify and safeguard homeland security information that is sensitive but unclassified; and
(C) to the extent such information is in classified form, determine whether, how, and to what
extent to remove classified information, as appropriate, and with which such personnel it may be
shared after such information is removed.
(2) The President shall ensure that such procedures apply to all agencies of the Federal
Government.
(3) Such procedures shall not change the substantive requirements for the classification and
safeguarding of classified information.
(4) Such procedures shall not change the requirements and authorities to protect sources and
methods.
(b) Procedures for sharing of homeland security information
(1) Under procedures prescribed by the President, all appropriate agencies, including the
intelligence community, shall, through information sharing systems, share homeland security
information with Federal agencies and appropriate State and local personnel to the extent such
information may be shared, as determined in accordance with subsection (a), together with
assessments of the credibility of such information.
(2) Each information sharing system through which information is shared under paragraph (1)
shall—
(A) have the capability to transmit unclassified or classified information, though the procedures
and recipients for each capability may differ;
(B) have the capability to restrict delivery of information to specified subgroups by geographic
location, type of organization, position of a recipient within an organization, or a recipient's need
to know such information;
(C) be configured to allow the efficient and effective sharing of information; and
(D) be accessible to appropriate State and local personnel.

(3) The procedures prescribed under paragraph (1) shall establish conditions on the use of
information shared under paragraph (1)—
(A) to limit the redissemination of such information to ensure that such information is not used
for an unauthorized purpose;
(B) to ensure the security and confidentiality of such information;
(C) to protect the constitutional and statutory rights of any individuals who are subjects of such
information; and
(D) to provide data integrity through the timely removal and destruction of obsolete or
erroneous names and information.
(4) The procedures prescribed under paragraph (1) shall ensure, to the greatest extent practicable,
that the information sharing system through which information is shared under such paragraph
include existing information sharing systems, including, but not limited to, the National Law
Enforcement Telecommunications System, the Regional Information Sharing System, and the
Terrorist Threat Warning System of the Federal Bureau of Investigation.
(5) Each appropriate Federal agency, as determined by the President, shall have access to each
information sharing system through which information is shared under paragraph (1), and shall
therefore have access to all information, as appropriate, shared under such paragraph.
(6) The procedures prescribed under paragraph (1) shall ensure that appropriate State and local
personnel are authorized to use such information sharing systems—
(A) to access information shared with such personnel; and
(B) to share, with others who have access to such information sharing systems, the homeland
security information of their own jurisdictions, which shall be marked appropriately as pertaining
to potential terrorist activity.
(7) Under procedures prescribed jointly by the Director of Central Intelligence and the Attorney
General, each appropriate Federal agency, as determined by the President, shall review and assess
the information shared under paragraph (6) and integrate such information with existing intelligence.
(c) Sharing of classified information and sensitive but unclassified information with State and
local personnel
(1) The President shall prescribe procedures under which Federal agencies may, to the extent the
President considers necessary, share with appropriate State and local personnel homeland security
information that remains classified or otherwise protected after the determinations prescribed under
the procedures set forth in subsection (a).
(2) It is the sense of Congress that such procedures may include 1 or more of the following means:
(A) Carrying out security clearance investigations with respect to appropriate State and local
personnel.
(B) With respect to information that is sensitive but unclassified, entering into nondisclosure
agreements with appropriate State and local personnel.
(C) Increased use of information-sharing partnerships that include appropriate State and local
personnel, such as the Joint Terrorism Task Forces of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the
Anti-Terrorism Task Forces of the Department of Justice, and regional Terrorism Early Warning
Groups.
(3)(A) The Secretary shall establish a program to provide appropriate training to officials
described in subparagraph (B) in order to assist such officials in—
(i) identifying sources of potential terrorist threats through such methods as the Secretary
determines appropriate;
(ii) reporting information relating to such potential terrorist threats to the appropriate Federal
agencies in the appropriate form and manner;
(iii) assuring that all reported information is systematically submitted to and passed on by the
Department for use by appropriate Federal agencies; and
(iv) understanding the mission and roles of the intelligence community to promote more

effective information sharing among Federal, State, and local officials and representatives of the
private sector to prevent terrorist attacks against the United States.
(B) The officials referred to in subparagraph (A) are officials of State and local government
agencies and representatives of private sector entities with responsibilities relating to the oversight
and management of first responders, counterterrorism activities, or critical infrastructure.
(C) The Secretary shall consult with the Attorney General to ensure that the training program
established in subparagraph (A) does not duplicate the training program established in section 908 of
the USA PATRIOT Act (Public Law 107–56; 28 U.S.C. 509 note).
(D) The Secretary shall carry out this paragraph in consultation with the Director of Central
Intelligence and the Attorney General.
(d) Responsible officials
For each affected Federal agency, the head of such agency shall designate an official to administer
this chapter with respect to such agency.
(e) Federal control of information
Under procedures prescribed under this section, information obtained by a State or local
government from a Federal agency under this section shall remain under the control of the Federal
agency, and a State or local law authorizing or requiring such a government to disclose information
shall not apply to such information.
(f) Definitions
As used in this section:
(1) The term "homeland security information" means any information possessed by a Federal,
State, or local agency that—
(A) relates to the threat of terrorist activity;
(B) relates to the ability to prevent, interdict, or disrupt terrorist activity;
(C) would improve the identification or investigation of a suspected terrorist or terrorist
organization; or
(D) would improve the response to a terrorist act.
(2) The term "intelligence community" has the meaning given such term in section 3003(4) of
title 50.
(3) The term "State and local personnel" means any of the following persons involved in
prevention, preparation, or response for terrorist attack:
(A) State Governors, mayors, and other locally elected officials.
(B) State and local law enforcement personnel and firefighters.
(C) Public health and medical professionals.
(D) Regional, State, and local emergency management agency personnel, including State
adjutant generals.
(E) Other appropriate emergency response agency personnel.
(F) Employees of private-sector entities that affect critical infrastructure, cyber, economic, or
public health security, as designated by the Federal Government in procedures developed
pursuant to this section.
(4) The term "State" includes the District of Columbia and any commonwealth, territory, or
possession of the United States.
(g) Construction
Nothing in this chapter shall be construed as authorizing any department, bureau, agency, officer,
or employee of the Federal Government to request, receive, or transmit to any other Government
entity or personnel, or transmit to any State or local entity or personnel otherwise authorized by this

chapter to receive homeland security information, any information collected by the Federal
Government solely for statistical purposes in violation of any other provision of law relating to the
confidentiality of such information.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §892, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2253; Pub. L. 108–177, title III, §316(a),
Dec. 13, 2003, 117 Stat. 2610.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (d) and (g), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296,
Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to
this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101
of this title and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2003—Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 108–177 added par. (3).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to the Director of Central Intelligence or the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency in the
Director's capacity as the head of the intelligence community deemed to be a reference to the Director of
National Intelligence. Reference to the Director of Central Intelligence or the Director of the Central
Intelligence Agency in the Director's capacity as the head of the Central Intelligence Agency deemed to be a
reference to the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency. See section 1081(a), (b) of Pub. L. 108–458, set
out as a note under section 3001 of Title 50, War and National Defense.
EXECUTIVE DOCUMENTS
EX. ORD. NO. 13311. HOMELAND SECURITY INFORMATION SHARING
Ex. Ord. No. 13311, July 29, 2003, 68 F.R. 45149, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 13388, §8(a), Oct. 25,
2005, 70 F.R. 62025, provided:
By the authority vested in me by the Constitution and the laws of the United States, including sections 892
and 893 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (the "Act") (6 U.S.C. 482 and 483) and section 301 of title 3,
United States Code, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Assignment of Functions. (a) The functions of the President under section 892 of the Act are
assigned to the Secretary of Homeland Security (the "Secretary"), except the functions of the President under
subsections 892(a)(2) and 892(b)(7).
(b) Subject to section 2(b) of this order, the function of the President under section 893 of the Act is
assigned to the Secretary.
(c) Procedures issued by the Secretary in the performance of the function of the President under section
892(a)(1) of the Act shall apply to all agencies of the Federal Government. Such procedures shall specify that
the President may make, or may authorize another officer of the United States to make, exceptions to the
procedures.
(d) The function of the President under section 892(b)(7) of the Act is delegated to the Attorney General
and the Director of National Intelligence, to be exercised jointly.
(e) In performing the functions assigned to the Secretary by subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary
shall coordinate with the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Defense, the Attorney General, the Secretary of
Energy, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, the Director of National Intelligence, the
Archivist of the United States, and as the Secretary deems appropriate, other officers of the United States.
(f) A determination, under the procedures issued by the Secretary in the performance of the function of the
President under section 892(a)(1) of the Act, as to whether, or to what extent, an individual who falls within
the category of "State and local personnel" as defined in sections 892(f)(3) and (f)(4) of the Act shall have
access to information classified pursuant to [former] Executive Order 12958 of April 17, 1995, as amended, is
a discretionary determination and shall be conclusive and not subject to review or appeal.
SEC. 2. Rules of Construction. Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:

(a) the authority of the Director of National Intelligence under section 102A(i)(1) of the National Security
Act of 1947, as amended (50 U.S.C. 403–3(c)(7) [sic]) [50 U.S.C. 3024(i)(1)], to protect intelligence sources
and methods from unauthorized disclosure;
(b) the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget relating to budget, administrative,
or legislative proposals; or
(c) the provisions of Executive Orders 12958 of April 17, 1995 [former 50 U.S.C. 435 note], as amended,
and 12968 of August 2, 1995 [50 U.S.C. 3161 note], as amended.
SEC. 3. General Provision. This order is intended only to improve the internal management of the Federal
Government and is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity, against the United States, its departments, agencies, or other entities, its
officers or employees, or any other person.

GEORGE W. BUSH.

§483. Report
(a) Report required
Not later than 12 months after November 25, 2002, the President shall submit to the congressional
committees specified in subsection (b) a report on the implementation of section 482 of this title. The
report shall include any recommendations for additional measures or appropriation requests, beyond
the requirements of section 482 of this title, to increase the effectiveness of sharing of information
between and among Federal, State, and local entities.
(b) Specified congressional committees
The congressional committees referred to in subsection (a) are the following committees:
(1) The Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence and the Committee on the Judiciary of the
House of Representatives.
(2) The Select Committee on Intelligence and the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §893, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2255.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
DELEGATION OF FUNCTIONS
For assignment of function of President under this section, subject to certain limitations, to Secretary of
Homeland Security, see Ex. Ord. No. 13311, §1(b), July 29, 2003, 68 F.R. 45149, set out as a note under
section 482 of this title.

§484. Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out section 482 of
this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §894, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2256.)

§485. Information sharing
(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Homeland security information
The term "homeland security information" has the meaning given that term in section 482(f) of
this title.
(2) Information Sharing Council

The term "Information Sharing Council" means the Information Systems Council established by
Executive Order 13356, or any successor body designated by the President, and referred to under
subsection (g).
(3) Information sharing environment
The terms "information sharing environment" and "ISE" mean an approach that facilitates the
sharing of terrorism and homeland security information, which may include any method
determined necessary and appropriate for carrying out this section.
(4) Program manager
The term "program manager" means the program manager designated under subsection (f).
(5) Terrorism information
The term "terrorism information"—
(A) means all information, whether collected, produced, or distributed by intelligence, law
enforcement, military, homeland security, or other activities relating to—
(i) the existence, organization, capabilities, plans, intentions, vulnerabilities, means of
finance or material support, or activities of foreign or international terrorist groups or
individuals, or of domestic groups or individuals involved in transnational terrorism;
(ii) threats posed by such groups or individuals to the United States, United States persons,
or United States interests, or to those of other nations;
(iii) communications of or by such groups or individuals; or
(iv) groups or individuals reasonably believed to be assisting or associated with such
groups or individuals; and
(B) includes weapons of mass destruction information.
(6) Weapons of mass destruction information
The term "weapons of mass destruction information" means information that could reasonably
be expected to assist in the development, proliferation, or use of a weapon of mass destruction
(including a chemical, biological, radiological, or nuclear weapon) that could be used by a terrorist
or a terrorist organization against the United States, including information about the location of
any stockpile of nuclear materials that could be exploited for use in such a weapon that could be
used by a terrorist or a terrorist organization against the United States.
(b) Information sharing environment
(1) Establishment
The President shall—
(A) create an information sharing environment for the sharing of terrorism information in a
manner consistent with national security and with applicable legal standards relating to privacy
and civil liberties;
(B) designate the organizational and management structures that will be used to operate and
manage the ISE; and
(C) determine and enforce the policies, directives, and rules that will govern the content and
usage of the ISE.
(2) Attributes
The President shall, through the structures described in subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph
(1), ensure that the ISE provides and facilitates the means for sharing terrorism information among
all appropriate Federal, State, local, and tribal entities, and the private sector through the use of
policy guidelines and technologies. The President shall, to the greatest extent practicable, ensure
that the ISE provides the functional equivalent of, or otherwise supports, a decentralized,
distributed, and coordinated environment that—
(A) connects existing systems, where appropriate, provides no single points of failure, and
allows users to share information among agencies, between levels of government, and, as

appropriate, with the private sector;
(B) ensures direct and continuous online electronic access to information;
(C) facilitates the availability of information in a form and manner that facilitates its use in
analysis, investigations and operations;
(D) builds upon existing systems capabilities currently in use across the Government;
(E) employs an information access management approach that controls access to data rather
than just systems and networks, without sacrificing security;
(F) facilitates the sharing of information at and across all levels of security;
(G) provides directory services, or the functional equivalent, for locating people and
information;
(H) incorporates protections for individuals' privacy and civil liberties;
(I) incorporates strong mechanisms to enhance accountability and facilitate oversight,
including audits, authentication, and access controls;
(J) integrates the information within the scope of the information sharing environment,
including any such information in legacy technologies;
(K) integrates technologies, including all legacy technologies, through Internet-based
services, consistent with appropriate security protocols and safeguards, to enable connectivity
among required users at the Federal, State, and local levels;
(L) allows the full range of analytic and operational activities without the need to centralize
information within the scope of the information sharing environment;
(M) permits analysts to collaborate both independently and in a group (commonly known as
"collective and noncollective collaboration"), and across multiple levels of national security
information and controlled unclassified information;
(N) provides a resolution process that enables changes by authorized officials regarding rules
and policies for the access, use, and retention of information within the scope of the information
sharing environment; and
(O) incorporates continuous, real-time, and immutable audit capabilities, to the maximum
extent practicable.
(3) Delegation
(A) In general
Subject to subparagraph (B), the President may delegate responsibility for carrying out this
subsection.
(B) Limitation
The President may not delegate responsibility for carrying out this subsection to the Director
of National Intelligence.
(c) Preliminary report
Not later than 180 days after December 17, 2004, the program manager shall, in consultation with
the Information Sharing Council—
(1) submit to the President and Congress a description of the technological, legal, and policy
issues presented by the creation of the ISE, and the way in which these issues will be addressed;
(2) establish an initial capability to provide electronic directory services, or the functional
equivalent, to assist in locating in the Federal Government intelligence and terrorism information
and people with relevant knowledge about intelligence and terrorism information; and
(3) conduct a review of relevant current Federal agency capabilities, databases, and systems for
sharing information.
(d) Guidelines and requirements
As soon as possible, but in no event later than 270 days after December 17, 2004, the President
shall—
(1) leverage all ongoing efforts consistent with establishing the ISE and issue guidelines for
acquiring, accessing, sharing, and using information, including guidelines to ensure that

information is provided in its most shareable form, such as by using tearlines to separate out data
from the sources and methods by which the data are obtained;
(2) in consultation with the Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board established under
section 2000ee of title 42, issue guidelines that—
(A) protect privacy and civil liberties in the development and use of the ISE; and
(B) shall be made public, unless nondisclosure is clearly necessary to protect national
security; and
(3) require the heads of Federal departments and agencies to promote a culture of information
sharing by—
(A) reducing disincentives to information sharing, including over-classification of
information and unnecessary requirements for originator approval, consistent with applicable
laws and regulations; and
(B) providing affirmative incentives for information sharing.
(e) Implementation plan report
Not later than one year after December 17, 2004, the President shall, with the assistance of the
program manager, submit to Congress a report containing an implementation plan for the ISE. The
report shall include the following:
(1) A description of the functions, capabilities, resources, and conceptual design of the ISE,
including standards.
(2) A description of the impact on enterprise architectures of participating agencies.
(3) A budget estimate that identifies the incremental costs associated with designing, testing,
integrating, deploying, and operating the ISE.
(4) A project plan for designing, testing, integrating, deploying, and operating the ISE.
(5) The policies and directives referred to in subsection (b)(1)(C), as well as the metrics and
enforcement mechanisms that will be utilized.
(6) Objective, systemwide performance measures to enable the assessment of progress toward
achieving the full implementation of the ISE.
(7) A description of the training requirements needed to ensure that the ISE will be adequately
implemented and properly utilized.
(8) A description of the means by which privacy and civil liberties will be protected in the
design and operation of the ISE.
(9) The recommendations of the program manager, in consultation with the Information Sharing
Council, regarding whether, and under what conditions, the ISE should be expanded to include
other intelligence information.
(10) A delineation of the roles of the Federal departments and agencies that will participate in
the ISE, including an identification of the agencies that will deliver the infrastructure needed to
operate and manage the ISE (as distinct from individual department or agency components that are
part of the ISE), with such delineation of roles to be consistent with—
(A) the authority of the Director of National Intelligence under this title,1 and the
amendments made by this title,1 to set standards for information sharing throughout the
intelligence community; and
(B) the authority of the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Attorney General, and the
role of the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Justice, in coordinating
with State, local, and tribal officials and the private sector.
(11) The recommendations of the program manager, in consultation with the Information
Sharing Council, for a future management structure for the ISE, including whether the position of
program manager should continue to remain in existence.
(f) Program manager
(1) Designation

Not later than 120 days after December 17, 2004, with notification to Congress, the President
shall designate an individual as the program manager responsible for information sharing across
the Federal Government. Beginning on December 20, 2019, each individual designated as the
program manager shall be appointed by the Director of National Intelligence. The program
manager, in consultation with the head of any affected department or agency, shall have and
exercise governmentwide authority over the sharing of information within the scope of the
information sharing environment, including homeland security information, terrorism information,
and weapons of mass destruction information, by all Federal departments, agencies, and
components, irrespective of the Federal department, agency, or component in which the program
manager may be administratively located, except as otherwise expressly provided by law.
(2) Duties and responsibilities
(A) In general
The program manager shall, in consultation with the Information Sharing Council—
(i) plan for and oversee the implementation of, and manage, the ISE;
(ii) assist in the development of policies, as appropriate, to foster the development and
proper operation of the ISE;
(iii) consistent with the direction and policies issued by the President, the Director of
National Intelligence, and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, issue
governmentwide procedures, guidelines, instructions, and functional standards, as
appropriate, for the management, development, and proper operation of the ISE;
(iv) identify and resolve information sharing disputes between Federal departments,
agencies, and components; and
(v) assist, monitor, and assess the implementation of the ISE by Federal departments and
agencies to ensure adequate progress, technological consistency and policy compliance; and
regularly report the findings to Congress.
(B) Content of policies, procedures, guidelines, rules, and standards
The policies, procedures, guidelines, rules, and standards under subparagraph (A)(ii) shall—
(i) take into account the varying missions and security requirements of agencies
participating in the ISE;
(ii) address development, implementation, and oversight of technical standards and
requirements;
(iii) take into account ongoing and planned efforts that support development,
implementation and management of the ISE;
(iv) address and facilitate information sharing between and among departments and
agencies of the intelligence community, the Department of Defense, the homeland security
community and the law enforcement community;
(v) address and facilitate information sharing between Federal departments and agencies
and State, tribal, and local governments;
(vi) address and facilitate, as appropriate, information sharing between Federal
departments and agencies and the private sector;
(vii) address and facilitate, as appropriate, information sharing between Federal
departments and agencies with foreign partners and allies; and
(viii) ensure the protection of privacy and civil liberties.
(g) Information Sharing Council
(1) Establishment
There is established an Information Sharing Council that shall assist the President and the
program manager in their duties under this section. The Information Sharing Council shall serve
until removed from service or replaced by the President (at the sole discretion of the President)
with a successor body.
(2) Specific duties

In assisting the President and the program manager in their duties under this section, the
Information Sharing Council shall—
(A) advise the President and the program manager in developing policies, procedures,
guidelines, roles,2 and standards necessary to establish, implement, and maintain the ISE;
(B) work to ensure coordination among the Federal departments and agencies participating in
the ISE in the establishment, implementation, and maintenance of the ISE;
(C) identify and, as appropriate, recommend the consolidation and elimination of current
programs, systems, and processes used by Federal departments and agencies to share
information, and recommend, as appropriate, the redirection of existing resources to support the
ISE;
(D) identify gaps, if any, between existing technologies, programs and systems used by
Federal departments and agencies to share information and the parameters of the proposed
information sharing environment;
(E) recommend solutions to address any gaps identified under subparagraph (D);
(F) recommend means by which the ISE can be extended to allow interchange of information
between Federal departments and agencies and appropriate authorities of State and local
governments;
(G) assist the program manager in identifying and resolving information sharing disputes
between Federal departments, agencies, and components;
(H) identify appropriate personnel for assignment to the program manager to support staffing
needs identified by the program manager; and
(I) recommend whether or not, and by which means, the ISE should be expanded so as to
allow future expansion encompassing other relevant categories of information.
(3) Consultation
In performing its duties, the Information Sharing Council shall consider input from persons and
entities outside the Federal Government having significant experience and expertise in policy,
technical matters, and operational matters relating to the ISE.
(4) Inapplicability of Federal Advisory Committee Act
The Information Sharing Council (including any subsidiary group of the Information Sharing
Council) shall not be subject to the requirements of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5
U.S.C. App.).
(5) Detailees
Upon a request by the Director of National Intelligence, the departments and agencies
represented on the Information Sharing Council shall detail to the program manager, on a
reimbursable basis, appropriate personnel identified under paragraph (2)(H).
(h) Performance management reports
(1) In general
Not later than two years after December 17, 2004, and not later than June 30 of each year
thereafter, the President shall submit to Congress a report on the state of the ISE and of
information sharing across the Federal Government.
(2) Content
Each report under this subsection shall include—
(A) a progress report on the extent to which the ISE has been implemented, including how
the ISE has fared on the performance measures and whether the performance goals set in the
preceding year have been met;
(B) objective system-wide performance goals for the following year;
(C) an accounting of how much was spent on the ISE in the preceding year;
(D) actions taken to ensure that procurement of and investments in systems and technology
are consistent with the implementation plan for the ISE;
(E) the extent to which all terrorism watch lists are available for combined searching in real

time through the ISE and whether there are consistent standards for placing individuals on, and
removing individuals from, the watch lists, including the availability of processes for correcting
errors;
(F) the extent to which State, tribal, and local officials are participating in the ISE;
(G) the extent to which private sector data, including information from owners and operators
of critical infrastructure, is incorporated in the ISE, and the extent to which individuals and
entities outside the government are receiving information through the ISE;
(H) the measures taken by the Federal government to ensure the accuracy of information in
the ISE, in particular the accuracy of information about individuals;
(I) an assessment of the privacy and civil liberties protections of the ISE, including actions
taken in the preceding year to implement or enforce privacy and civil liberties protections; and
(J) an assessment of the security protections used in the ISE.
(i) Agency responsibilities
The head of each department or agency that possesses or uses intelligence or terrorism
information, operates a system in the ISE, or otherwise participates (or expects to participate) in the
ISE shall—
(1) ensure full department or agency compliance with information sharing policies, procedures,
guidelines, rules, and standards established under subsections (b) and (f);
(2) ensure the provision of adequate resources for systems and activities supporting operation of
and participation in the ISE;
(3) ensure full department or agency cooperation in the development of the ISE to implement
governmentwide information sharing; and
(4) submit, at the request of the President or the program manager, any reports on the
implementation of the requirements of the ISE within such department or agency.
(j) Report on the information sharing environment
(1) In general
Not later than 180 days after August 3, 2007, the President shall report to the Committee on
Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate, the Select Committee on Intelligence
of the Senate, the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives, and the
Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives on the feasibility
of—
(A) eliminating the use of any marking or process (including "Originator Control") intended
to, or having the effect of, restricting the sharing of information within the scope of the
information sharing environment, including homeland security information, terrorism
information, and weapons of mass destruction information, between and among participants in
the information sharing environment, unless the President has—
(i) specifically exempted categories of information from such elimination; and
(ii) reported that exemption to the committees of Congress described in the matter
preceding this subparagraph; and
(B) continuing to use Federal agency standards in effect on August 3, 2007, for the collection,
sharing, and access to information within the scope of the information sharing environment,
including homeland security information, terrorism information, and weapons of mass
destruction information, relating to citizens and lawful permanent residents;
(C) replacing the standards described in subparagraph (B) with a standard that would allow
mission-based or threat-based permission to access or share information within the scope of the
information sharing environment, including homeland security information, terrorism
information, and weapons of mass destruction information, for a particular purpose that the
Federal Government, through an appropriate process established in consultation with the
Privacy and Civil Liberties Oversight Board established under section 2000ee of title 42, has
determined to be lawfully permissible for a particular agency, component, or employee
(commonly known as an "authorized use" standard); and

(D) the use of anonymized data by Federal departments, agencies, or components collecting,
possessing, disseminating, or handling information within the scope of the information sharing
environment, including homeland security information, terrorism information, and weapons of
mass destruction information, in any cases in which—
(i) the use of such information is reasonably expected to produce results materially
equivalent to the use of information that is transferred or stored in a non-anonymized form;
and
(ii) such use is consistent with any mission of that department, agency, or component
(including any mission under a Federal statute or directive of the President) that involves the
storage, retention, sharing, or exchange of personally identifiable information.
(2) Definition
In this subsection, the term "anonymized data" means data in which the individual to whom the
data pertains is not identifiable with reasonable efforts, including information that has been
encrypted or hidden through the use of other technology.
(k) Additional positions
The program manager is authorized to hire not more than 40 full-time employees to assist the
program manager in—
(1) activities associated with the implementation of the information sharing environment,
including—
(A) implementing the requirements under subsection (b)(2); and
(B) any additional implementation initiatives to enhance and expedite the creation of the
information sharing environment; and
(2) identifying and resolving information sharing disputes between Federal departments,
agencies, and components under subsection (f)(2)(A)(iv).
(l) Authorization of appropriations
There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $30,000,000 for each of fiscal years
2008 and 2009.
(Pub. L. 108–458, title I, §1016, Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3664; Pub. L. 110–53, title V, §504, Aug.
3, 2007, 121 Stat. 313; Pub. L. 111–259, title VIII, §806(a)(1), Oct. 7, 2010, 124 Stat. 2748; Pub. L.
116–92, div. E, title LXIV, §6402, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2196; Pub. L. 116–260, div. W, title III,
§307, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2368.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Executive Order 13356, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), which was formerly set out as a note below, was
revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13388, set out as a note below, which established an Information Sharing Council
consistent with subsec. (g) of this section.
This title, referred to in subsec. (e)(10)(A), is title I of Pub. L. 108–458, Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3643,
known as the National Security Intelligence Reform Act of 2004. For complete classification of title I to the
Code, see Tables.
The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (g)(4), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat.
770, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, and also as
part of the National Security Intelligence Reform Act of 2004, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act
of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
AMENDMENTS
2020—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 116–260, §307(1), substituted "President" for "Director of National
Intelligence" in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 116–260, §307(2), substituted "President" for "Director of National Intelligence" in
two places in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 116–260, §307(3), added par. (3).
2019—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 116–92, §6402(a)(1), substituted "Director of National Intelligence" for
"President" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 116–92, §6402(a)(2), substituted "Director of National Intelligence" for "President"
in two places in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 116–92, §6402(b), substituted "Beginning on December 20, 2019, each individual
designated as the program manager shall be appointed by the Director of National Intelligence." for "The
individual designated as the program manager shall serve as program manager until removed from service or
replaced by the President (at the President's sole discretion)."
2010—Subsec. (e)(10)(B). Pub. L. 111–259 substituted "Department of Justice" for "Attorney General".
2007—Subsec. (a)(1), (2). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(1)(A), (B), added par. (1) and redesignated former par. (1)
as (2). Former par. (2) redesignated (3).
Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(1)(C), added par. (3) and struck out heading and text of former par.
(3). Text read as follows: "The terms 'information sharing environment' and 'ISE' mean an approach that
facilitates the sharing of terrorism information, which approach may include any methods determined
necessary and appropriate for carrying out this section."
Pub. L. 110–53, §504(1)(A), redesignated par. (2) as (3). Former par. (3) redesignated (4).
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(1)(A), redesignated par. (3) as (4). Former par. (4) redesignated (5).
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(1)(D), added par. (5) and struck out heading and text of former par
(5). Text read as follows: "The term 'terrorism information' means all information, whether collected,
produced, or distributed by intelligence, law enforcement, military, homeland security, or other activities
relating to—
"(A) the existence, organization, capabilities, plans, intentions, vulnerabilities, means of finance or
material support, or activities of foreign or international terrorist groups or individuals, or of domestic
groups or individuals involved in transnational terrorism;
"(B) threats posed by such groups or individuals to the United States, United States persons, or United
States interests, or to those of other nations;
"(C) communications of or by such groups or individuals; or
"(D) groups or individuals reasonably believed to be assisting or associated with such groups or
individuals."
Pub. L. 110–53, §504(1)(A), redesignated par. (4) as (5).
Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(1)(E), added par. (6).
Subsec. (b)(2)(J) to (O). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(2), added subpars. (J) to (O).
Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(3)(A), substituted "until removed from service or replaced" for
"during the two-year period beginning on the date of designation under this paragraph unless sooner removed
from service and replaced" and "The program manager, in consultation with the head of any affected
department or agency, shall have and exercise governmentwide authority over the sharing of information
within the scope of the information sharing environment, including homeland security information, terrorism
information, and weapons of mass destruction information, by all Federal departments, agencies, and
components, irrespective of the Federal department, agency, or component in which the program manager
may be administratively located, except as otherwise expressly provided by law" for "The program manager
shall have and exercise governmentwide authority".
Subsec. (f)(2)(A)(ii) to (v). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(3)(B), added cls. (ii) to (iv), redesignated former cl. (iii)
as (v), and struck out former cl. (ii) which read as follows: "assist in the development of policies, procedures,
guidelines, rules, and standards as appropriate to foster the development and proper operation of the ISE;
and".
Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(4)(A), substituted "until removed from service or replaced" for
"during the two-year period beginning on the date of the initial designation of the program manager by the
President under subsection (f)(1) of this section, unless sooner removed from service and replaced".
Subsec. (g)(2)(G) to (I). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(4)(B), added subpars. (G) and (H) and redesignated former
subpar. (G) as (I).
Subsec. (g)(4). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(4)(C), inserted "(including any subsidiary group of the Information
Sharing Council)" before "shall not be subject".
Subsec. (g)(5). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(4)(D), added par. (5).
Subsec. (h)(1). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(5), substituted "and not later than June 30 of each year thereafter" for
"and annually thereafter".

Subsecs. (j) to (l). Pub. L. 110–53, §504(6), added subsecs. (j) to (l) and struck out heading and text of
former subsec. (j). Text read as follows: "There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section
$20,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2005 and 2006."
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE
For Determination by President that section takes effect on Apr. 21, 2005, see Memorandum of President of
the United States, Apr. 21, 2005, 70 F.R. 23925, set out as a note under section 3001 of Title 50, War and
National Defense.
Section effective not later than six months after Dec. 17, 2004, except as otherwise expressly provided, see
section 1097(a) of Pub. L. 108–458, set out as an Effective Date of 2004 Amendment; Transition Provisions
note under section 3001 of Title 50, War and National Defense.
PROCEDURES TO CLEAR INDIVIDUALS FROM TERRORIST DATABASE LISTS
Pub. L. 109–295, title V, §556, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1391, provided that: "Not later than six months after
the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 4, 2006], the Secretary of Homeland Security shall establish revised
procedures for expeditiously clearing individuals whose names have been mistakenly placed on a terrorist
database list or who have names identical or similar to individuals on a terrorist database list. The Secretary
shall advise Congress of the procedures established."
EXECUTIVE DOCUMENTS
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 13356
Ex. Ord. No. 13356, Aug. 27, 2004, 69 F.R. 53599, which provided for strengthening the sharing of
terrorism information to protect Americans, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13388, §8(b), Oct. 25, 2005, 70 F.R.
62025, set out below.
EX. ORD. NO. 13388. FURTHER STRENGTHENING THE SHARING OF TERRORISM
INFORMATION TO PROTECT AMERICANS
Ex. Ord. No. 13388, Oct. 25, 2005, 70 F.R. 62023, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
including section 1016 of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (Public Law
108–458) [6 U.S.C. 485], and in order to further strengthen the effective conduct of United States
counterterrorism activities and protect the territory, people, and interests of the United States of America,
including against terrorist attacks, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. To the maximum extent consistent with applicable law, agencies shall, in the design
and use of information systems and in the dissemination of information among agencies:
(a) give the highest priority to (i) the detection, prevention, disruption, preemption, and mitigation of the
effects of terrorist activities against the territory, people, and interests of the United States of America; (ii) the
interchange of terrorism information among agencies; (iii) the interchange of terrorism information between
agencies and appropriate authorities of State, local, and tribal governments, and between agencies and
appropriate private sector entities; and (iv) the protection of the ability of agencies to acquire additional such
information; and
(b) protect the freedom, information privacy, and other legal rights of Americans in the conduct of activities
implementing subsection (a).
SEC. 2. Duties of Heads of Agencies Possessing or Acquiring Terrorism Information. To implement the
policy set forth in section 1 of this order, the head of each agency that possesses or acquires terrorism
information:
(a) shall promptly give access to the terrorism information to the head of each other agency that has
counterterrorism functions, and provide the terrorism information to each such agency, unless otherwise
directed by the President, and consistent with (i) the statutory responsibilities of the agencies providing and
receiving the information; (ii) any guidance issued by the Attorney General to fulfill the policy set forth in
subsection 1(b) of this order; and (iii) other applicable law, including sections 102A(g) and (i) of the National
Security Act of 1947 [50 U.S.C. 3024(g), (i)], section 1016 of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism
Prevention Act of 2004 [6 U.S.C. 485] (including any policies, procedures, guidelines, rules, and standards
issued pursuant thereto), sections 202 and 892 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 122, 482],

[former] Executive Order 12958 of April 17, 1995, as amended, and Executive Order 13311 of July 29, 2003
[6 U.S.C. 482 note]; and
(b) shall cooperate in and facilitate production of reports based on terrorism information with contents and
formats that permit dissemination that maximizes the utility of the information in protecting the territory,
people, and interests of the United States.
SEC. 3. Preparing Terrorism Information for Maximum Distribution. To assist in expeditious and effective
implementation by agencies of the policy set forth in section 1 of this order, the common standards for the
sharing of terrorism information established pursuant to section 3 of Executive Order 13356 of August 27,
2004 [formerly set out above], shall be used, as appropriate, in carrying out section 1016 of the Intelligence
Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004.
SEC. 4. Requirements for Collection of Terrorism Information Inside the United States. To assist in
expeditious and effective implementation by agencies of the policy set forth in section 1 of this order, the
recommendations regarding the establishment of executive branch-wide collection and sharing requirements,
procedures, and guidelines for terrorism information collected within the United States made pursuant to
section 4 of Executive Order 13356 [formerly set out above] shall be used, as appropriate, in carrying out
section 1016 of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004.
SEC. 5. Establishment and Functions of Information Sharing Council. (a) Consistent with section 1016(g)
of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, there is hereby established an Information
Sharing Council (Council), chaired by the Program Manager to whom section 1016 of such Act refers, and
composed exclusively of designees of: the Secretaries of State, the Treasury, Defense, Commerce, Energy,
and Homeland Security; the Attorney General; the Director of National Intelligence; the Director of the
Central Intelligence Agency; the Director of the Office of Management and Budget; the Director of the
Federal Bureau of Investigation; the Director of the National Counterterrorism Center; and such other heads of
departments or agencies as the Director of National Intelligence may designate.
(b) The mission of the Council is to (i) provide advice and information concerning the establishment of an
interoperable terrorism information sharing environment to facilitate automated sharing of terrorism
information among appropriate agencies to implement the policy set forth in section 1 of this order; and (ii)
perform the duties set forth in section 1016(g) of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of
2004.
(c) To assist in expeditious and effective implementation by agencies of the policy set forth in section 1 of
this order, the plan for establishment of a proposed interoperable terrorism information sharing environment
reported under section 5(c) of Executive Order 13356 [formerly set out above] shall be used, as appropriate, in
carrying out section 1016 of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004.
SEC. 6. Definitions. As used in this order:
(a) the term "agency" has the meaning set forth for the term "executive agency" in section 105 of title 5,
United States Code, together with the Department of Homeland Security, but includes the Postal Rate
Commission and the United States Postal Service and excludes the Government Accountability Office; and
(b) the term "terrorism information" has the meaning set forth for such term in section 1016(a)(4) of the
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004.
SEC. 7. General Provisions. (a) This order:
(i) shall be implemented in a manner consistent with applicable law, including Federal law protecting the
information privacy and other legal rights of Americans, and subject to the availability of appropriations;
(ii) shall be implemented in a manner consistent with the authority of the principal officers of agencies as
heads of their respective agencies, including under section 199 of the Revised Statutes (22 U.S.C. 2651),
section 201 of the Department of Energy Organization Act (42 U.S.C. 7131), section 103 of the National
Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 403–3) [now 50 U.S.C. 3025], section 102(a) of the Homeland Security Act
of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 112(a)), and sections 301 of title 5, 113(b) and 162(b) of title 10, 1501 of title 15, 503 of
title 28, and 301(b) of title 31, United States Code;
(iii) shall be implemented consistent with the Presidential Memorandum of June 2, 2005, on "Strengthening
Information Sharing, Access, and Integration—Organizational, Management, and Policy Development
Structures for Creating the Terrorism Information Sharing Environment;" [not set out in the Code]
(iv) shall not be construed to impair or otherwise affect the functions of the Director of the Office of
Management and Budget relating to budget, administrative, and legislative proposals; and
(v) shall be implemented in a manner consistent with section 102A of the National Security Act of 1947 [50
U.S.C. 3024].
(b) This order is intended only to improve the internal management of the Federal Government and is not
intended to, and does not, create any rights or benefits, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in
equity by a party against the United States, its departments, agencies, instrumentalities, or entities, its officers,

employees, or agents, or any other person.
SEC. 8. Amendments and Revocation. (a) [Amended Ex. Ord. No. 13311, set out as a note under section
482 of this title.]
(b) Executive Order 13356 of August 27, 2004 [formerly set out above], is hereby revoked.

GEORGE W. BUSH.
ASSIGNMENT OF CERTAIN FUNCTIONS UNDER THE INTELLIGENCE REFORM AND
TERRORISM PREVENTION ACT OF 2004
Memorandum of President of the United States, Nov. 14, 2006, 71 F.R. 67029, provided:
Memorandum for the Director of National Intelligence
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws of the United States, including
section 301 of title 3, United States Code, the reporting function of the President under section 1016(e) of the
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (Public Law 108–458, 118 Stat. 3638) is hereby
assigned to the Director of National Intelligence (Director).
The Director shall perform such function in a manner consistent with the President's constitutional authority
to withhold information the disclosure of which could impair foreign relations, national security, the
deliberative processes of the Executive, or the performance of the Executive's constitutional duties.
Any reference in this memorandum to the provision of any Act shall be deemed to include references to any
hereafter-enacted provision of law that is the same or substantially the same as such provision.
You are authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.

GEORGE W. BUSH.
Memorandum of President of the United States, Apr. 10, 2007, 72 F.R. 18561, provided:
Memorandum for the Director of National Intelligence
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws of the United States of America,
including section 301 of title 3, United States Code, the functions of the President under section 1016(b) of the
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (Public Law 108–458) (the "Act") are hereby
assigned to the Director of National Intelligence (Director).
The Director shall perform such functions in a manner consistent with direction and guidance issued by the
President, including (1) the Memorandum for the Heads of Executive Departments and Agencies of June 2,
2005, entitled "Strengthening Information Sharing, Access, and Integration—Organizational, Management,
and Policy Development Structures for Creating the Terrorism Information Sharing Environment," and (2) the
Memorandum for the Heads of Executive Departments and Agencies of December 16, 2005, entitled
"Guidelines and Requirements in Support of the Information Sharing Environment;" provided that the
Director shall ensure that the official within the Office of the Director of National Intelligence previously
designated as the program manager responsible for information sharing across the Federal Government
pursuant to the Act shall be the assistant to the Director in carrying out the functions delegated by this
memorandum.
You are authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.

GEORGE W. BUSH.
[Pub. L. 116–92, div. E, title LXIV, §6402(a), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2196, amended subsec. (b) of this
section by substituting "Director of National Intelligence" for "President", thereby making the assignment of
functions in the memorandum above moot.]
Memorandum of President of the United States, Sept. 8, 2007, 72 F.R. 52279, provided:
Memorandum for the Secretary of State[,] the Secretary of Defense[,] the Attorney General[,] the Secretary
of Energy[,] the Secretary of Homeland Security[, and] the Director of National Intelligence
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws of the United States, including
section 301 of title 3, United States Code, the reporting functions of the President under subsections (h) and (j)
of section 1016 of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (Public Law 108–458), as
amended by the Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007 (Public Law 110–53)
(IRTPA), are hereby assigned to the Director of National Intelligence (Director). The Director shall consult
the Secretaries of State, Defense, Energy, Homeland Security, and the Attorney General in performing such
functions.
Heads of departments and agencies shall, to the extent permitted by law, furnish to the Director information
that the Director requests to perform such functions, in the format and on the schedule specified by the
Director.
The Director shall perform such functions in a manner consistent with the President's constitutional

authority to withhold information the disclosure of which could impair foreign relations, national security, the
deliberative processes of the Executive, and the performance of the Executive's constitutional duties.
Any reference in this memorandum to the provision of IRTPA shall be deemed to include references to any
hereafter-enacted provision of law that is the same or substantially the same as such provision.
The Director is authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.

GEORGE W. BUSH.
1

See References in Text note below.

2

So in original. Probably should be "rules,".

§486. Limitation of liability
A person who has completed a security awareness training course approved by or operated under a
cooperative agreement with the Department of Homeland Security using funds made available in
fiscal year 2006 and thereafter or in any prior appropriations Acts, who is enrolled in a program
recognized or acknowledged by an Information Sharing and Analysis Center, and who reports a
situation, activity or incident pursuant to that program to an appropriate authority, shall not be liable
for damages in any action brought in a Federal or State court which result from any act or omission
unless such person is guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(Pub. L. 109–90, title V, §541, Oct. 18, 2005, 119 Stat. 2089.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2006, and not as
part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

PART J—SECURE HANDLING OF AMMONIUM NITRATE
§488. Definitions
In this part:
(1) Ammonium nitrate
The term "ammonium nitrate" means—
(A) solid ammonium nitrate that is chiefly the ammonium salt of nitric acid and contains not
less than 33 percent nitrogen by weight; and
(B) any mixture containing a percentage of ammonium nitrate that is equal to or greater than
the percentage determined by the Secretary under section 488a(b) of this title.
(2) Ammonium nitrate facility
The term "ammonium nitrate facility" means any entity that produces, sells or otherwise
transfers ownership of, or provides application services for ammonium nitrate.
(3) Ammonium nitrate purchaser
The term "ammonium nitrate purchaser" means any person who purchases ammonium nitrate
from an ammonium nitrate facility.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §899A, as added Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V, §563(a), Dec. 26,
2007, 121 Stat. 2083.)

§488a. Regulation of the sale and transfer of ammonium nitrate
(a) In general
The Secretary shall regulate the sale and transfer of ammonium nitrate by an ammonium nitrate
facility in accordance with this part to prevent the misappropriation or use of ammonium nitrate in an
act of terrorism. Such regulations shall be carried out by the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure
Security Agency.
(b) Ammonium nitrate mixtures
Not later than 90 days after December 26, 2007, the Secretary, in consultation with the heads of
appropriate Federal departments and agencies (including the Secretary of Agriculture), shall, after
notice and an opportunity for comment, establish a threshold percentage for ammonium nitrate in a
substance.
(c) Registration of owners of ammonium nitrate facilities
(1) Registration
The Secretary shall establish a process by which any person that—
(A) owns an ammonium nitrate facility is required to register with the Department; and
(B) registers under subparagraph (A) is issued a registration number for purposes of this part.
(2) Registration information
Any person applying to register under paragraph (1) shall submit to the Secretary—
(A) the name, address, and telephone number of each ammonium nitrate facility owned by
that person;
(B) the name of the person designated by that person as the point of contact for each such
facility, for purposes of this part; and
(C) such other information as the Secretary may determine is appropriate.
(d) Registration of ammonium nitrate purchasers
(1) Registration
The Secretary shall establish a process by which any person that—
(A) intends to be an ammonium nitrate purchaser is required to register with the Department;
and
(B) registers under subparagraph (A) is issued a registration number for purposes of this part.
(2) Registration information
Any person applying to register under paragraph (1) as an ammonium nitrate purchaser shall
submit to the Secretary—
(A) the name, address, and telephone number of the applicant; and
(B) the intended use of ammonium nitrate to be purchased by the applicant.
(e) Records
(1) Maintenance of records
The owner of an ammonium nitrate facility shall—
(A) maintain a record of each sale or transfer of ammonium nitrate, during the two-year
period beginning on the date of that sale or transfer; and
(B) include in such record the information described in paragraph (2).
(2) Specific information required
For each sale or transfer of ammonium nitrate, the owner of an ammonium nitrate facility
shall—
(A) record the name, address, telephone number, and registration number issued under
subsection (c) or (d) of each person that purchases ammonium nitrate, in a manner prescribed by
the Secretary;

(B) if applicable, record the name, address, and telephone number of an agent acting on
behalf of the person described in subparagraph (A), at the point of sale;
(C) record the date and quantity of ammonium nitrate sold or transferred; and
(D) verify the identity of the persons described in subparagraphs (A) and (B), as applicable,
in accordance with a procedure established by the Secretary.
(3) Protection of information
In maintaining records in accordance with paragraph (1), the owner of an ammonium nitrate
facility shall take reasonable actions to ensure the protection of the information included in such
records.
(f) Exemption for explosive purposes
The Secretary may exempt from this part a person producing, selling, or purchasing ammonium
nitrate exclusively for use in the production of an explosive under a license or permit issued under
chapter 40 of title 18.
(g) Consultation
In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall consult with the Secretary of Agriculture, States,
and appropriate private sector entities, to ensure that the access of agricultural producers to
ammonium nitrate is not unduly burdened.
(h) Data confidentiality
(1) In general
Notwithstanding section 552 of title 5 or the USA PATRIOT ACT (Public Law 107–56; 115
Stat. 272), and except as provided in paragraph (2), the Secretary may not disclose to any person
any information obtained under this part.
(2) Exception
The Secretary may disclose any information obtained by the Secretary under this part to—
(A) an officer or employee of the United States, or a person that has entered into a contract
with the United States, who has a need to know the information to perform the duties of the
officer, employee, or person; or
(B) to a State agency under section 488c of this title, under appropriate arrangements to
ensure the protection of the information.
(i) Registration procedures and check of terrorist screening database
(1) Registration procedures
(A) Generally
The Secretary shall establish procedures to efficiently receive applications for registration
numbers under this part, conduct the checks required under paragraph (2), and promptly issue or
deny a registration number.
(B) Initial six-month registration period
The Secretary shall take steps to maximize the number of registration applications that are
submitted and processed during the six-month period described in section 488e(e) of this title.
(2) Check of terrorist screening database
(A) Check required
The Secretary shall conduct a check of appropriate identifying information of any person
seeking to register with the Department under subsection (c) or (d) against identifying
information that appears in the terrorist screening database of the Department.
(B) Authority to deny registration number
If the identifying information of a person seeking to register with the Department under
subsection (c) or (d) appears in the terrorist screening database of the Department, the Secretary

may deny issuance of a registration number under this part.
(3) Expedited review of applications
(A) In general
Following the six-month period described in section 488e(e) of this title, the Secretary shall,
to the extent practicable, issue or deny registration numbers under this part not later than 72
hours after the time the Secretary receives a complete registration application, unless the
Secretary determines, in the interest of national security, that additional time is necessary to
review an application.
(B) Notice of application status
In all cases, the Secretary shall notify a person seeking to register with the Department under
subsection (c) or (d) of the status of the application of that person not later than 72 hours after
the time the Secretary receives a complete registration application.
(4) Expedited appeals process
(A) Requirement
(i) Appeals process
The Secretary shall establish an expedited appeals process for persons denied a registration
number under this part.
(ii) Time period for resolution
The Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, resolve appeals not later than 72 hours after
receiving a complete request for appeal unless the Secretary determines, in the interest of
national security, that additional time is necessary to resolve an appeal.
(B) Consultation
The Secretary, in developing the appeals process under subparagraph (A), shall consult with
appropriate stakeholders.
(C) Guidance
The Secretary shall provide guidance regarding the procedures and information required for
an appeal under subparagraph (A) to any person denied a registration number under this part.
(5) Restrictions on use and maintenance of information
(A) In general
Any information constituting grounds for denial of a registration number under this section
shall be maintained confidentially by the Secretary and may be used only for making
determinations under this section.
(B) Sharing of information
Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the Secretary may share any such
information with Federal, State, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies, as appropriate.
(6) Registration information
(A) Authority to require information
The Secretary may require a person applying for a registration number under this part to
submit such information as may be necessary to carry out the requirements of this section.
(B) Requirement to update information
The Secretary may require persons issued a registration under this part to update registration
information submitted to the Secretary under this part, as appropriate.
(7) Re-checks against terrorist screening database
(A) Re-checks

The Secretary shall, as appropriate, recheck persons provided a registration number pursuant
to this part against the terrorist screening database of the Department, and may revoke such
registration number if the Secretary determines such person may pose a threat to national
security.
(B) Notice of revocation
The Secretary shall, as appropriate, provide prior notice to a person whose registration
number is revoked under this section and such person shall have an opportunity to appeal, as
provided in paragraph (4).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §899B, as added Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V, §563(a), Dec. 26,
2007, 121 Stat. 2084; amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(5)(B), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4179.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The USA PATRIOT ACT, referred to in subsec. (h)(1), is Pub. L. 107–56, Oct. 26, 2001, 115 Stat. 272,
also known as the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept
and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of
2001 Amendment note set out under section 1 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 115–278 inserted at end "Such regulations shall be carried out by the
Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency."

§488b. Inspection and auditing of records
The Secretary shall establish a process for the periodic inspection and auditing of the records
maintained by owners of ammonium nitrate facilities for the purpose of monitoring compliance with
this part or for the purpose of deterring or preventing the misappropriation or use of ammonium
nitrate in an act of terrorism.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §899C, as added Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V, §563(a), Dec. 26,
2007, 121 Stat. 2087.)

§488c. Administrative provisions
(a) Cooperative agreements
The Secretary—
(1) may enter into a cooperative agreement with the Secretary of Agriculture, or the head of any
State department of agriculture or its designee involved in agricultural regulation, in consultation
with the State agency responsible for homeland security, to carry out the provisions of this part;
and
(2) wherever possible, shall seek to cooperate with State agencies or their designees that oversee
ammonium nitrate facility operations when seeking cooperative agreements to implement the
registration and enforcement provisions of this part.
(b) Delegation
(1) Authority
The Secretary may delegate to a State the authority to assist the Secretary in the administration
and enforcement of this part.
(2) Delegation required
At the request of a Governor of a State, the Secretary shall delegate to that State the authority to
carry out functions under sections 488a and 488b of this title, if the Secretary determines that the

State is capable of satisfactorily carrying out such functions.
(3) Funding
Subject to the availability of appropriations, if the Secretary delegates functions to a State under
this subsection, the Secretary shall provide to that State sufficient funds to carry out the delegated
functions.
(c) Provision of guidance and notification materials to ammonium nitrate facilities
(1) Guidance
The Secretary shall make available to each owner of an ammonium nitrate facility registered
under section 488a(c)(1) of this title guidance on—
(A) the identification of suspicious ammonium nitrate purchases or transfers or attempted
purchases or transfers;
(B) the appropriate course of action to be taken by the ammonium nitrate facility owner with
respect to such a purchase or transfer or attempted purchase or transfer, including—
(i) exercising the right of the owner of the ammonium nitrate facility to decline sale of
ammonium nitrate; and
(ii) notifying appropriate law enforcement entities; and
(C) additional subjects determined appropriate to prevent the misappropriation or use of
ammonium nitrate in an act of terrorism.
(2) Use of materials and programs
In providing guidance under this subsection, the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable,
leverage any relevant materials and programs.
(3) Notification materials
(A) In general
The Secretary shall make available materials suitable for posting at locations where
ammonium nitrate is sold.
(B) Design of materials
Materials made available under subparagraph (A) shall be designed to notify prospective
ammonium nitrate purchasers of—
(i) the record-keeping requirements under section 488a of this title; and
(ii) the penalties for violating such requirements.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §899D, as added Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V, §563(a), Dec. 26,
2007, 121 Stat. 2087.)

§488d. Theft reporting requirement
Any person who is required to comply with section 488a(e) of this title who has knowledge of the
theft or unexplained loss of ammonium nitrate shall report such theft or loss to the appropriate
Federal law enforcement authorities not later than 1 calendar day of the date on which the person
becomes aware of such theft or loss. Upon receipt of such report, the relevant Federal authorities
shall inform State, local, and tribal law enforcement entities, as appropriate.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §899E, as added Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V, §563(a), Dec. 26,
2007, 121 Stat. 2088.)

§488e. Prohibitions and penalty
(a) Prohibitions

(1) Taking possession
No person shall purchase ammonium nitrate from an ammonium nitrate facility unless such
person is registered under subsection (c) or (d) of section 488a of this title, or is an agent of a
person registered under subsection (c) or (d) of that section.
(2) Transferring possession
An owner of an ammonium nitrate facility shall not transfer possession of ammonium nitrate
from the ammonium nitrate facility to any ammonium nitrate purchaser who is not registered
under subsection (c) or (d) of section 488a of this title, or to any agent acting on behalf of an
ammonium nitrate purchaser when such purchaser is not registered under subsection (c) or (d) of
section 488a of this title.
(3) Other prohibitions
No person shall—
(A) purchase ammonium nitrate without a registration number required under subsection (c)
or (d) of section 488a of this title;
(B) own or operate an ammonium nitrate facility without a registration number required
under section 488a(c) of this title; or
(C) fail to comply with any requirement or violate any other prohibition under this part.
(b) Civil penalty
A person that violates this part may be assessed a civil penalty by the Secretary of not more than
$50,000 per violation.
(c) Penalty considerations
In determining the amount of a civil penalty under this section, the Secretary shall consider—
(1) the nature and circumstances of the violation;
(2) with respect to the person who commits the violation, any history of prior violations, the
ability to pay the penalty, and any effect the penalty is likely to have on the ability of such person
to do business; and
(3) any other matter that the Secretary determines that justice requires.
(d) Notice and opportunity for a hearing
No civil penalty may be assessed under this part unless the person liable for the penalty has been
given notice and an opportunity for a hearing on the violation for which the penalty is to be assessed
in the county, parish, or incorporated city of residence of that person.
(e) Delay in application of prohibition
Paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) shall apply on and after the date that is 6 months after the
date that the Secretary issues a final rule implementing this part.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §899F, as added Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V, §563(a), Dec. 26,
2007, 121 Stat. 2088.)

§488f. Protection from civil liability
(a) In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, an owner of an ammonium nitrate facility that in
good faith refuses to sell or transfer ammonium nitrate to any person, or that in good faith discloses
to the Department or to appropriate law enforcement authorities an actual or attempted purchase or
transfer of ammonium nitrate, based upon a reasonable belief that the person seeking purchase or
transfer of ammonium nitrate may use the ammonium nitrate to create an explosive device to be
employed in an act of terrorism (as defined in section 3077 of title 18), or to use ammonium nitrate
for any other unlawful purpose, shall not be liable in any civil action relating to that refusal to sell
ammonium nitrate or that disclosure.

(b) Reasonable belief
A reasonable belief that a person may use ammonium nitrate to create an explosive device to be
employed in an act of terrorism under subsection (a) may not solely be based on the race, sex,
national origin, creed, religion, status as a veteran, or status as a member of the Armed Forces of the
United States of that person.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §899G, as added Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V, §563(a), Dec. 26,
2007, 121 Stat. 2089.)

§488g. Preemption of other laws
(a) Other Federal regulations
Except as provided in section 488f of this title, nothing in this part affects any regulation issued by
any agency other than an agency of the Department.
(b) State law
Subject to section 488f of this title, this part preempts the laws of any State to the extent that such
laws are inconsistent with this part, except that this part shall not preempt any State law that provides
additional protection against the acquisition of ammonium nitrate by terrorists or the use of
ammonium nitrate in explosives in acts of terrorism or for other illicit purposes, as determined by the
Secretary.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §899H, as added Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V, §563(a), Dec. 26,
2007, 121 Stat. 2089.)

§488h. Deadlines for regulations
The Secretary—
(1) shall issue a proposed rule implementing this part not later than 6 months after December
26, 2007; and
(2) issue a final rule implementing this part not later than 1 year after December 26, 2007.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §899I, as added Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V, §563(a), Dec. 26,
2007, 121 Stat. 2089.)

§488i. Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary—
(1) $2,000,000 for fiscal year 2008; and
(2) $10,750,000 for each of fiscal years 2009 through 2012.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title VIII, §899J, as added Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V, §563(a), Dec. 26,
2007, 121 Stat. 2090.)

SUBCHAPTER IX—NATIONAL HOMELAND SECURITY COUNCIL
§491. National Homeland Security Council
There is established within the Executive Office of the President a council to be known as the
"Homeland Security Council" (in this subchapter referred to as the "Council").
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IX, §901, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2258.)

§492. Function
The function of the Council shall be to advise the President on homeland security matters.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IX, §902, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2258.)

§493. Membership
(a) Members
The members of the Council shall be the following:
(1) The President.
(2) The Vice President.
(3) The Secretary of Homeland Security.
(4) The Attorney General.
(5) The Secretary of Defense.
(6) Such other individuals as may be designated by the President.
(b) Attendance of Chairman of Joint Chiefs of Staff at meetings
The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff (or, in the absence of the Chairman, the Vice Chairman
of the Joint Chiefs of Staff) may, in the role of the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff as principal
military adviser to the Council and subject to the direction of the President, attend and participate in
meetings of the Council.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IX, §903, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2258; Pub. L. 109–163, div. A, title IX,
§908(b), Jan. 6, 2006, 119 Stat. 3404.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2006—Pub. L. 109–163 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added subsec.
(b).

§494. Other functions and activities
For the purpose of more effectively coordinating the policies and functions of the United States
Government relating to homeland security, the Council shall—
(1) assess the objectives, commitments, and risks of the United States in the interest of
homeland security and to 1 make resulting recommendations to the President;
(2) oversee and review homeland security policies of the Federal Government and to 1 make
resulting recommendations to the President; and
(3) perform such other functions as the President may direct.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IX, §904, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2259.)
1

So in original. The word "to" probably should not appear.

§495. Staff composition
The Council shall have a staff, the head of which shall be a civilian Executive Secretary, who shall
be appointed by the President. The President is authorized to fix the pay of the Executive Secretary
at a rate not to exceed the rate of pay payable to the Executive Secretary of the National Security
Council.

(Pub. L. 107–296, title IX, §905, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2259.)

§496. Relation to the National Security Council
The President may convene joint meetings of the Homeland Security Council and the National
Security Council with participation by members of either Council or as the President may otherwise
direct.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title IX, §906, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2259.)

SUBCHAPTER X—CONSTRUCTION
§511. Information security responsibilities of certain agencies
(1) National security responsibilities
(A) Nothing in this chapter (including any amendment made by this chapter) shall supersede any
authority of the Secretary of Defense, the Director of Central Intelligence, or other agency head, as
authorized by law and as directed by the President, with regard to the operation, control, or
management of national security systems, as defined by section 3552(b)(5) 1 of title 44.
(B) Omitted
(2) Atomic Energy Act of 1954
Nothing in this chapter shall supersede any requirement made by or under the Atomic Energy Act
of 1954 (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.). Restricted Data or Formerly Restricted Data shall be handled,
protected, classified, downgraded, and declassified in conformity with the Atomic Energy Act of
1954 (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1001(c), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2267; Pub. L. 113–283, §2(e)(3)(B),
Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3087.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The Atomic Energy Act of 1954, referred to in par. (2), is act Aug. 1, 1946, ch. 724, as added by act Aug.
30, 1954, ch. 1073, §1, 68 Stat. 919, which is classified principally to chapter 23 (§2011 et seq.) of Title 42,
The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out
under section 2011 of Title 42 and Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section is comprised of section 1001(c) of Pub. L. 107–296. Par. (1)(B) of section 1001(c) of Pub. L.
107–296 amended section 2224 of Title 10, Armed Forces.
AMENDMENTS
2014—Par. (1)(A). Pub. L. 113–283 substituted "section 3552(b)(5)" for "section 3532(3)".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to the Director of Central Intelligence or the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency in the
Director's capacity as the head of the intelligence community deemed to be a reference to the Director of

National Intelligence. Reference to the Director of Central Intelligence or the Director of the Central
Intelligence Agency in the Director's capacity as the head of the Central Intelligence Agency deemed to be a
reference to the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency. See section 1081(a), (b) of Pub. L. 108–458, set
out as a note under section 3001 of Title 50, War and National Defense.
SHORT TITLE
For short title of title X of Pub. L. 107–296, which enacted this subchapter, as the "Federal Information
Security Management Act of 2002", see section 1001(a) of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as a note under section
101 of this title.
1

So in original. Probably should be "3552(b)(6)".

§512. Construction
Nothing in this chapter, or the amendments made by this chapter, affects the authority of the
National Institute of Standards and Technology or the Department of Commerce relating to the
development and promulgation of standards or guidelines under paragraphs (1) and (2) of section
278g–3(a) of title 15.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title X, §1006, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2273.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

§513. Federal air marshal program
(1) Sense of Congress
It is the sense of Congress that the Federal air marshal program is critical to aviation security.
(2) Limitation on statutory construction
Nothing in this chapter, including any amendment made by this chapter, shall be construed as
preventing the Under Secretary of Transportation for Security from implementing and training
Federal air marshals.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XIV, §1402(c), Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2305.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in par. (2), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25,
2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to Under Secretary of Transportation for Security deemed to refer to Administrator of the
Transportation Security Administration, see section 1994 of Pub. L. 115–254, set out as a note under section
114 of Title 49, Transportation.

SUBCHAPTER XI—DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE DIVISIONS

PART A—EXECUTIVE OFFICE FOR IMMIGRATION REVIEW
§521. Legal status of EOIR
(a) 1 Existence of EOIR
There is in the Department of Justice the Executive Office for Immigration Review, which shall be
subject to the direction and regulation of the Attorney General under section 1103(g) of title 8.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XI, §1101, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2273.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE
Pub. L. 107–296, title XI, §1104, as added by Pub. L. 108–7, div. L, §105(a)(3), Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat.
531, provided that: "The provisions of this subtitle [subtitle A (§§1101–1104) of title XI of Pub. L. 107–296,
enacting this part and amending section 1103 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality] shall take effect on the date of
the transfer of functions from the Commissioner of Immigration and Naturalization to officials of the
Department of Homeland Security [functions transferred Mar. 1, 2003]".
1

So in original. No subsec. (b) has been enacted.

§522. Statutory construction
Nothing in this chapter, any amendment made by this chapter, or in section 1103 of title 8, shall be
construed to limit judicial deference to regulations, adjudications, interpretations, orders, decisions,
judgments, or any other actions of the Secretary of Homeland Security or the Attorney General.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XI, §1103, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2274.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective on the date of the transfer of functions from the Commissioner of Immigration and
Naturalization to officials of the Department of Homeland Security (Mar. 1, 2003), see section 1104 of Pub. L.
107–296, as added by Pub. L. 108–7, set out as a note under section 521 of this title.

PART B—TRANSFER OF THE BUREAU OF ALCOHOL, TOBACCO AND
FIREARMS TO THE DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE

§531. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives
(a), (b) Transferred
(c) Transfer of authorities, functions, personnel, and assets to the Department of Justice
(1) Transferred
(2) Administration and revenue collection functions
There shall be retained within the Department of the Treasury the authorities, functions,
personnel, and assets of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms relating to the
administration and enforcement of chapters 51 and 52 of title 26, sections 4181 and 4182 of title
26, and title 27.
(3) Transferred
(d) Tax and Trade Bureau
(1) Establishment
There is established within the Department of the Treasury the Tax and Trade Bureau.
(2) Administrator
The Tax and Trade Bureau shall be headed by an Administrator, who shall perform such duties
as assigned by the Under Secretary for Enforcement of the Department of the Treasury. The
Administrator shall occupy a career-reserved position within the Senior Executive Service.
(3) Responsibilities
The authorities, functions, personnel, and assets of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and
Firearms that are not transferred to the Department of Justice under this section shall be retained
and administered by the Tax and Trade Bureau.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XI, §1111, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2274; Pub. L. 109–162, title XI,
§1187(b), Jan. 5, 2006, 119 Stat. 3127.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2006—Pub. L. 109–162 transferred section catchline and subsecs. (a)–(c)(1), (3), to section 599A of Title
28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.

§532. Explosives Training and Research Facility
(a) Establishment
There is established within the Bureau an Explosives Training and Research Facility at Fort AP
Hill, Fredericksburg, Virginia.
(b) Purpose
The facility established under subsection (a) shall be utilized to train Federal, State, and local law
enforcement officers to—
(1) investigate bombings and explosions;
(2) properly handle, utilize, and dispose of explosive materials and devices;
(3) train canines on explosive detection; and
(4) conduct research on explosives.
(c) Authorization of appropriations
(1) In general
There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to establish and

maintain the facility established under subsection (a).
(2) Availability of funds
Any amounts appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1) shall remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XI, §1114, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2280.)

§533. Transferred
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section, Pub. L. 107–296, title XI, §1115, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2280, which related to a Personnel
Management Demonstration Project, was transferred to section 599B of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial
Procedure, by Pub. L. 109–162, title XI, §1187(b), (c)(2), Jan. 5, 2006, 119 Stat. 3127, 3128.

SUBCHAPTER XII—TRANSITION

PART A—REORGANIZATION PLAN
§541. Definitions
For purposes of this subchapter:
(1) The term "agency" includes any entity, organizational unit, program, or function.
(2) The term "transition period" means the 12-month period beginning on the effective date of
this chapter.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XV, §1501, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2307.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The effective date of this chapter, referred to in par. (2), is 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see section 4 of
Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of this title.

§542. Reorganization plan
(a) Submission of plan
Not later than 60 days after November 25, 2002, the President shall transmit to the appropriate
congressional committees a reorganization plan regarding the following:
(1) The transfer of agencies, personnel, assets, and obligations to the Department pursuant to
this chapter.
(2) Any consolidation, reorganization, or streamlining of agencies transferred to the Department
pursuant to this chapter.
(b) Plan elements
The plan transmitted under subsection (a) shall contain, consistent with this chapter, such elements
as the President deems appropriate, including the following:
(1) Identification of any functions of agencies transferred to the Department pursuant to this

chapter that will not be transferred to the Department under the plan.
(2) Specification of the steps to be taken by the Secretary to organize the Department, including
the delegation or assignment of functions transferred to the Department among officers of the
Department in order to permit the Department to carry out the functions transferred under the plan.
(3) Specification of the funds available to each agency that will be transferred to the Department
as a result of transfers under the plan.
(4) Specification of the proposed allocations within the Department of unexpended funds
transferred in connection with transfers under the plan.
(5) Specification of any proposed disposition of property, facilities, contracts, records, and other
assets and obligations of agencies transferred under the plan.
(6) Specification of the proposed allocations within the Department of the functions of the
agencies and subdivisions that are not related directly to securing the homeland.
(c) Modification of plan
The President may, on the basis of consultations with the appropriate congressional committees,
modify or revise any part of the plan until that part of the plan becomes effective in accordance with
subsection (d).
(d) Effective date
(1) In general
The reorganization plan described in this section, including any modifications or revisions of
the plan under subsection (d), shall become effective for an agency on the earlier of—
(A) the date specified in the plan (or the plan as modified pursuant to subsection (d)), except
that such date may not be earlier than 90 days after the date the President has transmitted the
reorganization plan to the appropriate congressional committees pursuant to subsection (a); or
(B) the end of the transition period.
(2) Statutory construction
Nothing in this subsection may be construed to require the transfer of functions, personnel,
records, balances of appropriations, or other assets of an agency on a single date.
(3) Supersedes existing law
Paragraph (1) shall apply notwithstanding section 905(b) of title 5.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XV, §1502, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2308.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (b), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296,
Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to
this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101
of this title and Tables.
EXECUTIVE DOCUMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY
REORGANIZATION PLAN
NOVEMBER 25, 2002
H. DOC. NO. 108–16, 108TH CONGRESS, 1ST SESSION, PROVIDED:
INTRODUCTION
This Reorganization Plan is submitted pursuant to Section 1502 of the Department [sic] of Homeland
Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 542] ("the Act"), which requires submission, not later than 60 days after

enactment [Nov. 25, 2002], of a reorganization plan regarding two categories of information concerning plans
for the Department of Homeland Security ("the Department" or "DHS"):
(1) The transfer of agencies, personnel, assets, and obligations to the Department pursuant to this Act
[Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135].
(2) Any consolidation, reorganization, or streamlining of agencies transferred to the Department
pursuant to this Act. Section 1502(a).
Section 1502(b) of the Act identifies six elements, together with other elements "as the President deems
appropriate," as among those for discussion in the plan. Each of the elements set out in the statute is identified
verbatim below, followed by a discussion of current plans with respect to that element.
This plan is subject to modification pursuant to Section 1502(d) of the Act, which provides that on the basis
of consultations with appropriate congressional committees the President may modify or revise any part of the
plan until that part of the plan becomes effective. Additional details concerning the process for establishing
the Department will become available in the coming weeks and months, and the President will work closely
with Congress to modify this plan consistent with the Act.
PLAN ELEMENTS
(1) Identification of any functions of agencies transferred to the Department pursuant to this Act that
will not be transferred to the Department under the plan.
Except as otherwise directed in the Act, all functions of agencies that are to be transferred to the
Department pursuant to the Act will be transferred to the Department under the plan. The functions of
agencies being transferred to the Department which the Act directs are not to be transferred are the
following:
• Pursuant to Section 201(g)(1) of the Act [6 U.S.C. 121(g)(1)], the Computer Investigations and
Operations Section ("CIOS") of the National Infrastructure Protection Center ("NIPC") of the Federal
Bureau of Investigation ("FBI") will not transfer to the Department with the rest of NIPC. CIOS is the
FBI headquarters entity responsible for managing all FBI computer intrusion field office cases (whether
law enforcement or national security related).
• Pursuant to Sections 421(c) & (d) of the Act [6 U.S.C. 231(c), (d)], the regulatory
responsibilities and quarantine activities relating to agricultural import and entry inspection activities of
the United States Department of Agriculture ("the USDA") Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service
("APHIS") will remain with the USDA, as will the Secretary of Agriculture's authority to issue
regulations, policies, and procedures regarding the functions transferred pursuant to Sections 421(a) &
(b) of the Act.
• Pursuant to Subtitle B of Title IV of the Act [6 U.S.C. 211 et seq.], the authorities of the
Secretary of the Treasury related to Customs revenue functions, as defined in the statute, will not transfer
to the Department.
• Functions under the immigration laws of the United States with respect to the care of
unaccompanied alien children will not transfer from the Department of Justice to DHS, but will instead
transfer to the Department of Health and Human Services pursuant to Section 462 of the Act [6 U.S.C.
279].
(2) Specification of the steps to be taken by the Secretary to organize the Department, including the
delegation or assignment of functions transferred to the Department among officers of the Department
in order to permit the Department to carry out the functions transferred under the plan.
A. Steps to be taken by the Secretary to organize the Department. The President intends that the Secretary
will carry out the following actions on the dates specified. All of the following transfers shall be deemed to be
made to DHS, and all offices and positions to be established and all officers and officials to be appointed or
named shall be deemed to be established, appointed, or named within DHS.
January 24, 2003 (effective date of the Act pursuant to Section 4 [6 U.S.C. 101 note]):
• Establish the Office of the Secretary.
• Begin to appoint, upon confirmation by the Senate, or transfer pursuant to the transfer provisions of
the Act, as many of the following officers as may be possible:
(1) Deputy Secretary of Homeland Security
(2) Under Secretary for Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection
(3) Under Secretary for Science and Technology
(4) Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security
(5) Under Secretary for Emergency Preparedness and Response
(6) Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services
(7) Under Secretary for Management

(8) Not more than 12 Assistant Secretaries
(9) General Counsel
(10) Inspector General
(11) Commissioner of Customs
• Name, as soon as may be possible, officers to fill the following offices created by the Act:
(1) Assistant Secretary for Information Analysis
(2) Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection
(3) Privacy Officer
(4) Director of the Secret Service
(5) Chief Information Officer
(6) Chief Human Capital Officer
(7) Chief Financial Officer
(8) Officer for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties
(9) Director of Shared Services
(10) Citizenship and Immigration Ombudsman
(11) Director of the Homeland Security Advanced Research Projects Agency
• Establish, within the Office of the Secretary, the Office for State and Local Government
Coordination, the Office of International Affairs, and the Office of National Capital Region Coordination.
• Establish the Homeland Security Advanced Research Projects Agency and the Acceleration Fund for
Research and Development of Homeland Security Technologies.
• Establish within the Directorate of Science and Technology the Office for National Laboratories.
• Establish the Bureau of Border Security [now Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement], the
Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services, and the Director of Shared Services.
• Establish the Transportation Security Oversight Board with the Secretary of Homeland Security as its
Chair.
March 1, 2003:
• Transfer the Critical Infrastructure Assurance Office ("CIAO") of the Department of Commerce, the
National Communications System ("the NCS"), the NIPC of the FBI (other than the CIOS), the National
Infrastructure Simulation and Analysis Center ("NISAC"), the Energy Assurance Office ("EAO") of the
Department of Energy, and the Federal Computer Incident Response Center of the General Services
Administration ("FedCIRC").
• Transfer the Coast Guard.
• Transfer the Customs Service, the Transportation Security Administration ("the TSA"), functions of
the Immigration and Naturalization Service ("the INS"), the Federal Protective Service ("the FPS"), the
Office of Domestic Preparedness ("the ODP"), and the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center ("the
FLETC").
• Transfer the functions of the Secretary of Agriculture relating to agricultural import and entry
inspection activities under the laws specified in Section 421(b) of the Act [6 U.S.C. 231(b)] from the
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service.
• Transfer the United States Secret Service.
• Transfer the following programs and activities to the Directorate of Science and Technology:
º The chemical and biological national security and supporting programs and activities of the
nonproliferation and verification research and development program of the Department of Energy.
º The life sciences activities related to microbial pathogens of the Biological and Environmental
Research Program of the Department of Energy.
º The National Bio-Weapons Defense Analysis Center of the Department of Defense.
º The nuclear smuggling programs and activities within the proliferation detection program of the
nonproliferation and verification research and development program of the Department of Energy.
º The nuclear assessment program and activities of the assessment, detection, and cooperation
program of the international materials protection and cooperation program of the Department of Energy
and the advanced scientific computing research program and activities at Lawrence Livermore National
Laboratory of the Department of Energy.
º The Environmental Measurements Laboratory of the Department of Energy.
• Transfer the Federal Emergency Management Agency ("FEMA").
• Transfer the Integrated Hazard Information System of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration, which shall be renamed "FIRESTAT."
• Transfer the National Domestic Preparedness Office of the FBI, including the functions of the
Attorney General relating thereto.

• Transfer the Domestic Emergency Support Team of the Department of Justice, including the
functions of the Attorney General relating thereto.
• Transfer the Metropolitan Medical Response System of the Department of Health and Human
Services, including the functions of the Secretary of Health and Human Services and Assistant Secretary for
Public Health Emergency Preparedness relating thereto.
• Transfer the National Disaster Medical System of the Department of Health and Human Services,
including the functions of the Secretary of Health and Human Services and Assistant Secretary for Public
Health Emergency Preparedness relating thereto.
• Transfer the Office of Emergency Preparedness and the Strategic National Stockpile of the
Department of Health and Human Services, including the functions of the Secretary of Health and Human
Services and Assistant Secretary for Public Health Emergency Preparedness relating thereto.
• Transfer to the Secretary the authority (in connection with an actual or threatened terrorist attack,
major disaster, or other emergency in the United States) to direct the Nuclear Incident Response Team of
the Department of Energy to operate as an organizational unit.
June 1, 2003:
• Transfer the Plum Island Animal Disease Center of USDA.
• Establish the Homeland Security Science and Technology Advisory Committee.
By September 30, 2003:
• Complete any incidental transfers, pursuant to Section 1516 of the Act [6 U.S.C. 556], of personnel,
assets, and liabilities held, used, arising from, available, or to be made available, in connection with the
functions transferred by the Act.
B. Delegation or Assignment Among Officers of Functions Transferred to the Department. The President
intends that the Secretary will delegate or assign transferred functions within the Department as follows:
1. Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection
a. Under Secretary for Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection ("IA and IP"): Will be
responsible for oversight of functions of NIPC, NCS, CIAO, NISAC, EAO, and FedCIRC transferred by
the Act, the management of the Directorate's Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection duties,
and the administration of the Homeland Security Advisory System.
b. Assistant Secretary for Information Analysis: Will oversee the following Information Analysis
functions:
• Identify and assess the nature and scope of terrorist threats to the homeland; detect and
identify threats of terrorism against the United States; and, understand such threats in light of actual
and potential vulnerabilities of the homeland.
• In coordination with the Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection, integrate relevant
information, analyses, and vulnerability assessments (whether such information, analyses, or
assessments are provided or produced by the Department or others) in order to identify priorities for
protective and support measures by the Department, other agencies of the Federal Government, State
and local government agencies and authorities, the private sector, and other entities.
• Ensure the timely and efficient access by the Department to all information necessary to
discharge the responsibilities under Section 201 of the Act [6 U.S.C. 121], including obtaining such
information from other agencies of the Federal Government.
• Review, analyze, and make recommendations for improvements in the policies and
procedures governing the sharing of law enforcement information, intelligence information,
intelligence-related information, and other information relating to homeland security within the
Federal Government and between the Federal Government and State and local government agencies
and authorities.
• Disseminate, as appropriate, information analyzed by the Department within the
Department, to other agencies of the Federal Government with responsibilities relating to homeland
security, and to agencies of State and local governments and private sector entities with such
responsibilities in order to assist in the deterrence, prevention, preemption of, or response to, terrorist
attacks against the United States.
• Consult with the Director of Central Intelligence and other appropriate intelligence, law
enforcement, or other elements of the Federal Government to establish collection priorities and
strategies for information, including law enforcement-related information, relating to threats of
terrorism against the United States through such means as the representation of the Department in
discussions regarding requirements and priorities in the collection of such information.
• Consult with State and local governments and private sector entities to ensure appropriate

exchanges of information, including law enforcement-related information, relating to threats of
terrorism against the United States.
• Ensure that—
1. Any material received pursuant to the Act is protected from unauthorized disclosure and handled and
used only for the performance of official duties; and
2. Any intelligence information under the Act is shared, retained, and disseminated consistent with the
authority of the Director of Central Intelligence to protect intelligence sources and methods under
the National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. Section 401, et seq.) [now 50 U.S.C. 3001 et seq.] and
related procedures and, as appropriate, similar authorities of the Attorney General concerning
sensitive law enforcement information.
• Request additional information from other agencies of the Federal Government, State and
local government agencies, and the private sector relating to threats of terrorism in the United States,
or relating to other areas of responsibility assigned by the Secretary, including the entry into
cooperative agreements through the Secretary to obtain such information.
• Establish and utilize, in conjunction with the Chief Information Officer of the Department,
a secure communications and information technology infrastructure, including data-mining and other
advanced analytical tools, in order to access, receive, and analyze data and information in furtherance
of statutory responsibilities, and to disseminate information acquired and analyzed by the Department,
as appropriate.
• Ensure, in conjunction with the Chief Information Officer of the Department, that any
information databases and analytical tools developed or utilized by the Department—
1. Are compatible with one another and with relevant information databases of other agencies of the
Federal Government; and
2. Treat information in such databases in a manner that complies with applicable Federal law on privacy.
• Coordinate training and other support to the elements and personnel of the Department,
other agencies of the Federal Government, and State and local governments that provide information
to the Department, or are consumers of information provided by the Department, in order to facilitate
the identification and sharing of information revealed in their ordinary duties and the optimal
utilization of information received from the Department.
• Coordinate with elements of the intelligence community and with Federal, State, and local
law enforcement agencies, and the private sector, as appropriate.
• Provide intelligence and information analysis and support to other elements of the
Department.
c. Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection: Will oversee the following Infrastructure
Protection functions:
• Carry out comprehensive assessments of the vulnerabilities of the key resources and critical
infrastructure of the United States, including the performance of risk assessments to determine the
risks posed by particular types of terrorist attacks within the United States (including an assessment of
the probability of success of such attacks and the feasibility and potential efficacy of various
countermeasures to such attacks).
• In coordination with the Assistant Secretary for Information Analysis, integrate relevant
information, analyses, and vulnerability assessments (whether such information, analyses, or
assessments are provided or produced by the Department or others) in order to identify priorities for
protective and support measures by the Department, other agencies of the Federal Government, State
and local government agencies and authorities, the private sector, and other entities.
• Develop a comprehensive national plan for securing the key resources and critical
infrastructure of the United States, including power production, generation, and distribution systems,
information technology and telecommunications systems (including satellites), electronic financial and
property record storage and transmission systems, emergency preparedness communications systems,
and the physical and technological assets that support such systems.
• Recommend measures necessary to protect the key resources and critical infrastructure of
the United States in coordination with other agencies of the Federal Government and in cooperation
with State and local government agencies and authorities, the private sector, and other entities.
• In coordination with the Under Secretary for Emergency Preparedness and Response,
provide to State and local government entities, and upon request to private entities that own or operate
critical information systems, crisis management support in response to threats to, or attacks on, critical
information systems.
• Provide technical assistance, upon request, to the private sector and other government

entities, in coordination with the Under Secretary for Emergency Preparedness and Response, with
respect to emergency recovery plans to respond to major failures of critical information systems.
• Coordinate with other agencies of the Federal Government to provide specific warning
information, and advice about appropriate protective measures and countermeasures, to State and local
government agencies and authorities, the private sector, other entities, and the public.
2. Science and Technology
Under Secretary for Science and Technology: Will be responsible for performing the functions
set forth in Section 302 of the Act [6 U.S.C. 182], including the following:
• Advise the Secretary regarding research and development efforts and priorities in support
of the Department's missions.
• Develop, in consultation with other appropriate executive agencies, a national policy and
strategic plan for identifying priorities, goals, objectives, and policies for, and coordinating the Federal
Government's civilian efforts with respect to, identifying and developing countermeasures to chemical,
biological, radiological, nuclear, and other emerging terrorist threats, including the development of
comprehensive, research-based definable goals for such efforts and of annual measurable objectives
and specific targets to accomplish and evaluate the goals for such efforts.
• Support the Under Secretary for Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection by
assessing and testing homeland security vulnerabilities and possible threats.
• Conduct basic and applied research, development, demonstration, testing, and evaluation
activities that are relevant to any or all elements of the Department, through both intramural and
extramural programs, except that such responsibility does not extend to human health-related research
and development activities.
• Establish priorities for directing, funding, and conducting national research, development,
test and evaluation, and procurement of technology and systems for—
1. preventing the importation of chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and related weapons and
material; and
2. detecting, preventing, protecting against, and responding to terrorist attacks.
• Establish a system for transferring homeland security developments or technologies to
Federal, State, and local governments, and to private sector entities.
• Enter into work agreements, joint sponsorships, contracts, or any other agreements with the
Department of Energy regarding the use of the national laboratories or sites and support of the science
and technology base at those facilities.
• Collaborate with the Secretary of Agriculture and the Attorney General as provided in
Section 212 of the Agricultural Bioterrorism Protection Act of 2002 (7 U.S.C. §8401), as amended by
Section 1709(b) of the Act.
• Collaborate with the Secretary of Health and Human Services and the Attorney General in
determining any new biological agents and toxins that shall be listed as "select agents" in Appendix A
of part 72 of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations, pursuant to Section 351A of the Public Health
Service Act (42 U.S.C. §262a).
• Support United States leadership in science and technology.
• Establish and administer the primary research and development activities of the
Department, including the long-term research and development needs and capabilities for all elements
of the Department.
• Coordinate and integrate all research, development, demonstration, testing, and evaluation
activities of the Department.
• Coordinate with other appropriate executive agencies in developing and carrying out the
science and technology agenda of the Department to reduce duplication and identify unmet needs.
• Develop and oversee the administration of guidelines for merit review of research and
development projects throughout the Department, and for the dissemination of research conducted or
sponsored by the Department.
3. Border and Transportation Security
The Directorate of Border and Transportation Security ("BTS") will include the following: the
Bureau of Border Security [now Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement]; the Office for
Domestic Preparedness; the Customs Service [renamed Bureau of Customs and Border Protection]; the
Transportation Security Administration; FLETC; and FPS.
The BTS Directorate will also have in place the key leaders of the new Directorate to include:

a. Under Secretary for BTS: Will be responsible for oversight of all responsibilities set forth
in Section 402 of the Act [6 U.S.C. 202], including the following:
• Prevent the entry of terrorists and the instruments of terrorism into the United States.
• Secure the borders, territorial waters, ports, terminals, waterways, and air, land, and sea
transportation systems of the United States, including managing and coordinating those functions
transferred to the Department at ports of entry.
• Establish and administer rules, in accordance with Section 428 of the Act [6 U.S.C. 236],
governing the granting of visas or other forms of permission, including parole, to enter the United
States to individuals who are not a citizen or an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence in the
United States.
• Establish national immigration enforcement policies and priorities.
• Administer the customs laws of the United States, except as otherwise provided in the Act.
• Conduct the inspection and related administrative functions of the USDA transferred to the
Secretary of Homeland Security under Section 421 of the Act [6 U.S.C. 231].
• In carrying out the foregoing responsibilities, ensure the speedy, orderly, and efficient flow
of lawful traffic and commerce.
• Carry out the immigration enforcement functions specified under Section 441 of the Act [6
U.S.C. 251] that were vested by statute in, or performed by, the Commissioner of the INS (or any
officer, employee, or component of the INS) immediately before the date on which the transfer of
functions takes place.
b. Assistant Secretary for Border Security: Will report directly to the Under Secretary for
Border and Transportation Security, and whose responsibilities will include the following:
• Establish and oversee the administration of the policies for performing such functions as
are—
1. transferred to the Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security by Section 441 of the Act and
delegated to the Assistant Secretary by the Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security;
or
2. otherwise vested in the Assistant Secretary by law.
• Advise the Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security with respect to any
policy or operation of the Bureau of Border Security [now Bureau of Immigration and Customs
Enforcement] that may affect the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration.
c. Director of the Office for Domestic Preparedness—Will report directly to the Under
Secretary for Border and Transportation Security and will have the primary responsibility within the
Executive Branch of the Federal Government for the preparedness of the United States for acts of
terrorism, including the following responsibilities:
• Coordinate preparedness efforts at the Federal level, and work with all State, local, tribal,
parish, and private sector emergency response providers on all matters pertaining to combating
terrorism, including training, exercises, and equipment support.
• Coordinate or, as appropriate, consolidate communications and systems of communications
relating to homeland security at all levels of government.
• Direct and supervise terrorism preparedness grant programs of the Federal Government
(other than those programs administered by the Department of Health and Human Services) for all
emergency response providers.
• Incorporate homeland security priorities into planning guidance on an agency level for the
preparedness efforts of the Office for Domestic Preparedness.
• Provide agency-specific training for agents and analysts within the Department, other
agencies, and State and local agencies, and international entities.
• As the lead executive branch agency for preparedness of the United States for acts of
terrorism, cooperate closely with the FEMA, which shall have the primary responsibility within the
executive branch to prepare for and mitigate the effects of nonterrorist-related disasters in the United
States.
• Assist and support the Secretary, in coordination with other Directorates and entities
outside the Department, in conducting appropriate risk analysis and risk management activities of
State, local, and tribal governments consistent with the mission and functions of the Directorate.
• Supervise those elements of the Office of National Preparedness of FEMA that relate to
terrorism, which shall be consolidated within the Department in the ODP established pursuant to
Section 430 of the Act [6 U.S.C. 238].

4. Emergency Preparedness and Response
The Emergency Preparedness and Response Directorate will be headed by the Under Secretary
for Emergency Preparedness and Response.
Under Secretary for EP&R: Will be responsible for all of those functions included within Section
502 [now 504] of the Act [6 U.S.C. 314], including:
• Helping to ensure the effectiveness of emergency response providers to terrorist attacks,
major disasters, and other emergencies.
• With respect to the Nuclear Incident Response Team (regardless of whether it is operating
as an organizational unit of the Department pursuant to the Act):
1. Establishing standards and certifying when those standards have been met;
2. Conducting joint and other exercises and training and evaluating performance; and,
3. Providing funds to the Department of Energy and the Environmental Protection Agency, as appropriate,
for homeland security planning, exercises and training, and equipment.
• Providing the Federal Government's response to terrorist attacks and major disasters,
including:
1. Managing such response;
2. Directing the Domestic Emergency Support Team, the Strategic National Stockpile, the National
Disaster Medical System, and (when operating as an organizational unit of the Department pursuant
to the Act) the Nuclear Incident Response Team;
3. Overseeing the Metropolitan Medical Response System; and
4. Coordinating other Federal response resources in the event of a terrorist attack or major disaster.
• Aiding the recovery from terrorist attacks and major disasters;
• Building a comprehensive national incident management system with Federal, State, and
local government personnel, agencies, and authorities, to respond to such attacks and disasters.
• Consolidating existing Federal Government emergency response plans into a single,
coordinated national response plan; and
• Developing comprehensive programs for developing interoperative communications
technology, and helping to ensure that emergency response providers acquire such technology.
5. Other Officers and Functions
a. Director of the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services: Will report directly to the
Deputy Secretary; and will be responsible for the following:
• Establishing the policies for performing such functions as are transferred to the Director by
Section 451 of the Act [6 U.S.C. 271] or otherwise vested in the Director by law.
• Oversight of the administration of such policies.
• Advising the Deputy Secretary with respect to any policy or operation of the Bureau of
Citizenship and Immigration Services that may affect the Bureau of Border Security [now Bureau of
Immigration and Customs Enforcement] of the Department, including potentially conflicting policies
or operations.
• Establishing national immigration services policies and priorities.
• Meeting regularly with the Ombudsman described in Section 452 of the Act [6 U.S.C. 272]
to correct serious service problems identified by the Ombudsman.
• Establishing procedures requiring a formal response to any recommendations submitted in
the Ombudsman's annual report to Congress within three months after its submission to Congress.
b. Citizenship and Immigration Services Ombudsman: Will report directly to the Deputy
Secretary; and will be responsible for the following:
• Assisting individuals and employers in resolving problems with the Bureau of Citizenship
and Immigration Services;
• Identifying areas in which individuals and employers have problems in dealing with the
Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services; and
• Proposing changes in the administrative practices of the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services to mitigate identified problems.
(3) Specification of the funds available to each agency that will be transferred to the Department as a
result of transfers under the plan.
• The attached tables [not set out in the Code] provide estimates of the funds available to the agencies
and entities that will be transferred to the Department by operation of the Act. The two tables include total
funding (mandatory and discretionary including fees) and discretionary funding net of fees. The tables

provide the enacted levels for 2002 and 2002 supplementals, and the President's requested levels for 2003.

Because of the current state of the 2003 budget process, information concerning the funds that will
be available to each transferring agency on the date of the proposed transfers is not currently
available and will not likely be available during the time period in which the President is to submit
this Reorganization Plan. As additional information becomes available, it will be provided as may be
required in accordance with the procedures under the Act for modification of this Plan or other
applicable law.
(4) Specification of the proposed allocations within the Department of unexpended funds transferred
in connection with transfers under the plan.
• The attached tables [not set out in the Code] provide estimates of the unobligated balances as of
September 30, 2002, for the agencies and programs that will be transferred to the Department. The first
table provides estimates of unobligated balances for the accounts that are moving to the Department in
whole. The second table provides estimates of the unobligated balances in the accounts of which only a
portion will be transferring to the new Department. These latter estimates, however, are of the unobligated
balances for the full account, only a portion of which are associated with the activities that will be
transferred to the Department. In addition, these unobligated balances are based on the Department of
Treasury's estimates as of September 30, 2002, which are the latest available figures. Since October 1,
2002, Departments and agencies (except the Department of Defense) have been operating under continuing
resolutions, and, as such, have been spending these balances to maintain current operations.

Authority to reallocate unexpended funds of agencies transferred under this Plan is found in H.J.
Res. 124 [Pub. L. 107–294, Nov. 23, 2002, 116 Stat. 2062], the continuing resolution in effect
currently and until January 11, 2003. The resolution provides authority for the Office of
Management and Budget to transfer an amount not to exceed $140,000,000 from unobligated
balances of appropriations enacted before October 1, 2002 "for organizations and entities that will be
transferred to the new Department and for salaries and expenses associated with the initiation of the
Department." Such authority may be exercised upon providing 15 days' notice to the Appropriations
Committees. We anticipate that it may be necessary to provide funding through such transfers both
for transferring entities and for salaries and expenses associated with the initiation of the
Department, including, for example, those associated with establishing the Office of the Secretary
and other new offices provided for in the Act. Any plan to use such funding will follow the
procedures required under the continuing resolution, including the provision of at least 15 days'
notice to the Appropriations Committees.
(5) Specification of any proposed disposition of property, facilities, contracts, records, and other
assets and obligations of agencies transferred under the plan.
• There is no intention to dispose of property, facility, contracts, records, and other assets and
obligations of agencies transferred under the plan. All of such assets and obligations will transfer with each
agency pursuant to Section 1511(d)(1) of the Act [6 U.S.C. 551(d)(1)].
• Prior to and during the transition period (as defined by Section 1501(a)(2) of the Act [6 U.S.C.
541(a)(2)]), the Department may identify property, facilities, contracts, records, and other assets and
obligations of agencies transferred that would be candidates for disposition due to duplication, non-use,
obsolescence, and the like. If and when any such proposed dispositions are identified, we will follow
provisions of the Act relating to modification of this plan or further notification of Congress.
(6) Specification of the proposed allocations within the Department of the functions of the agencies
and subdivisions that are not related directly to securing the homeland.
• As agencies and subdivisions are transferred into the Department, any functions of those entities that
are not directly related to securing the homeland will continue to be allocated to the agencies and
subdivisions in which they are currently incorporated.
[Bureau of Border Security renamed Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement, and Customs
Service renamed Bureau of Customs and Border Protection, by Reorganization Plan Modification for the
Department of Homeland Security, H. Doc. No. 108–32, 108th Congress, 1st Session, set out below.]
[For transfer of functions of Strategic National Stockpile to Secretary of Health and Human Services, with
certain exceptions, see section 3(c)(1), (2) of Pub. L. 108–276, set out as a note under section 247d–6b of Title
42, The Public Health and Welfare.]

MESSAGE OF THE PRESIDENT
38 Weekly Compilation of Presidential Documents 2095, Dec. 2, 2002; H. Doc. No. 108–16, provided:
THE WHITE HOUSE, Washington, November 25, 2002.
Dear Mr. Speaker: (Dear Mr. President:) 1
Pursuant to section 1502 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 542], I submit herewith the
enclosed Reorganization Plan for the Department of Homeland Security. The Reorganization Plan provides
information concerning the elements identified in section 1502(b), and is subject to modification pursuant to
section 1502(d) of the Act. In accordance with section 1502(a) of the Act, please transmit this Reorganization
Plan to the appropriate congressional committees.
The details of this Plan are set forth in the enclosed letter from the Director of the Office of Management
and Budget. I concur with his comments and observations.
Sincerely,

GEORGE W. BUSH.
1

Editorial note. This is the text of identical letters addressed to the Speaker of the House of
Representatives and the President of the Senate.
Enclosure.

REORGANIZATION PLAN MODIFICATION FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND
SECURITY
JANUARY 30, 2003
H. DOC. NO. 108–32, 108TH CONGRESS, 1ST SESSION, PROVIDED:
INTRODUCTION
This Reorganization Plan Modification is submitted pursuant to the Homeland Security Act ("the Act") of
2002 [Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135]. All elements of the Department of Homeland Security
Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002 ("the Plan") [set out above] remain as submitted except for those
modifications addressed herein.
PURPOSE OF MODIFICATION
This modification of the Plan is to establish and specify organizational units within the Border and
Transportation Security Directorate. This modification presents a structural change, but does not consolidate,
discontinue, or diminish transferred agencies' current operations in the field.
PLAN MODIFICATIONS
(a) Rename the "Bureau of Border Security" the "Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement." As
required by the Act, this Bureau will be headed by an Assistant Secretary who will report directly to the
Undersecretary for Border and Transportation Security.
This Bureau will comprise Immigration Naturalization Service (INS) interior enforcement functions,
including the detention and removal program, the intelligence program, and the investigations program. At
the same time, pursuant to this modification, the interior enforcement resources and missions of the
Customs Service and the Federal Protective Service will be added to this Bureau. The mission of the Bureau
is:
1. To enforce the full range of immigration and customs laws within the interior of the United States;
and,
2. To protect specified federal buildings.
The Assistant Secretary will:
1. Establish and oversee the administration of the policies for performing the detention and removal
program, the intelligence program, and the investigation program functions as are—
(a) transferred to the Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security by Section 441 of
the Act [6 U.S.C. 251] and delegated to the Assistant Secretary by the Under Secretary for Border and
Transportation Security; or
(b) otherwise vested in the Assistant Secretary by law.
2. Advise the Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security with respect to any policy or
operation of the Bureau that may affect the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services established

under subtitle E of the Act [probably means subtitle E of title IV of the Act, 6 U.S.C. 271 et seq.], including
potentially conflicting policies and operations.
(b) Rename the "Customs Service" the "Bureau of Customs and Border Protection." This Bureau will be
headed by the Commissioner of Customs and will report to the Under Secretary for Border and Transportation
Security.
The Bureau will contain the resources and missions relating to borders and ports of entry of the
Customs Service, the INS, including the Border Patrol and the inspections program, and the agricultural
inspections function of the Agricultural Quarantine Inspection program.
The Commissioner will:
1. Establish and oversee the administration of the policies for performing the Border Patrol and
inspections program functions as are—
(a) transferred to the Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security by Section 441 of
the Act [6 U.S.C. 251] and delegated to the Commissioner by the Under Secretary for Border and
Transportation Security; or
(b) otherwise vested in the Assistant Secretary [probably should be "Commissioner"] by law.
2. Advise the Under Secretary for Border and Transportation Security with respect to any policy or
operation of the Bureau that may affect the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services established
under subtitle E of the Act [probably means subtitle E of title IV of the Act, 6 U.S.C. 271 et seq.], including
potentially conflicting policies and operations.
IMPLEMENTATION DATE
March 1, 2003
ELEMENTS REQUIRED BY THE ACT TO BE SUBMITTED WITH MODIFIED PLAN
(1) Identification of any functions of agencies transferred to the Department pursuant to this Act that will
not be transferred to the Department under the plan.
None.
(2) Specification of the steps to be taken by the Secretary to organize the Department, including the
delegation or assignment of functions transferred to the Department among officers of the Department in
order to permit the Department to carry out the functions transferred under the plan.
See plan modifications above.
(3) Specification of the funds available to each agency that will be transferred to the Department as a result
of transfers under the plan.
The table attached at Tab A [not set out in the Code] provides estimates of the funds available to the
agencies affected by this modification that will be transferred to the Department by operation of the Act. The
table includes total funding (mandatory and discretionary including fees) and discretionary funding net of
fees. The table provides the President's requested levels for 2003.
Because of the current state of the 2003 budget process, information concerning the funds that will be
available to each transferring agency on the date of the proposed transfers is not currently available. As
additional information becomes available, it will be provided as may be required in accordance with the
procedures under the Act for modification of this Plan or other applicable law.
(4) Specification of the proposed allocations within the Department of unexpended funds transferred in
connection with transfers under the plan.
The table attached at Tab B [not set out in the Code] provides updated estimates of the unobligated balances
as of September 30, 2002, for the agencies affected by this modification that will be transferred to the
Department. Since October 1, 2002, these agencies have been operating under continuing resolutions, and, as
such, have been spending these balances to maintain current operations. As additional information becomes
available, it will be provided as may be required in accordance with the procedures under the Act for
modification of this Plan or other applicable law.
(5) Specification of any proposed disposition of property, facilities, contracts, records, and other assets and
obligations of agencies transferred under the plan.
There is no intention to dispose of property, facilities, contracts, records, and other assets and obligations of
agencies transferred under this modification. All such assets and obligations will transfer with each agency
pursuant to Section 1511(d)(1) of the Act [6 U.S.C. 551(d)(1)].
(6) Specification of the proposed allocations within the Department of the functions of the agencies and
subdivisions that are not related directly to securing the homeland.
The functions of the agencies affected by this modification that are not directly related to securing the
homeland will continue to be performed by the bureaus formed by this planned reorganization.

MESSAGE OF THE PRESIDENT
39 Weekly Compilation of Presidential Documents 136, Feb. 3, 2003; H. Doc. No. 108–32, provided:
THE WHITE HOUSE, Washington, January 30, 2003.
Dear Mr. Speaker: (Dear Mr. President:) 1
Pursuant to section 1502 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 542] (Public Law 107–296) (the
"Act"), I submit herewith the enclosed Reorganization Plan Modification for the Department of Homeland
Security (DHS), which represents a modification of certain aspects of the DHS Reorganization Plan [set out
above] I submitted to you on November 25, 2002. The modification involves organizational units within the
DHS Border and Transportation Security Directorate. The enclosed Reorganization Plan Modification
provides information concerning the elements identified in section 1502(b), and is itself subject to
modification pursuant to section 1502(d) of the Act. In accordance with section 1502(a) of the Act, please
transmit this Reorganization Plan Modification to the appropriate congressional committees.
Sincerely,

GEORGE W. BUSH.
1

Editorial note. This is the text of identical letters addressed to the Speaker of the House of
Representatives and the President of the Senate.

§543. Review of congressional committee structures
It is the sense of Congress that each House of Congress should review its committee structure in
light of the reorganization of responsibilities within the executive branch by the establishment of the
Department.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XV, §1503, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2309.)

PART B—TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
§551. Transitional authorities
(a) Provision of assistance by officials
Until the transfer of an agency to the Department, any official having authority over or functions
relating to the agency immediately before the effective date of this chapter shall provide to the
Secretary such assistance, including the use of personnel and assets, as the Secretary may request in
preparing for the transfer and integration of the agency into the Department.
(b) Services and personnel
During the transition period, upon the request of the Secretary, the head of any executive agency
may, on a reimbursable basis, provide services or detail personnel to assist with the transition.
(c) Acting officials
(1) During the transition period, pending the advice and consent of the Senate to the appointment
of an officer required by this chapter to be appointed by and with such advice and consent, the
President may designate any officer whose appointment was required to be made by and with such
advice and consent and who was such an officer immediately before the effective date of this chapter
(and who continues in office) or immediately before such designation, to act in such office until the
same is filled as provided in this chapter. While so acting, such officers shall receive compensation
at the higher of—
(A) the rates provided by this chapter for the respective offices in which they act; or
(B) the rates provided for the offices held at the time of designation.

(2) Nothing in this chapter shall be understood to require the advice and consent of the Senate to
the appointment by the President to a position in the Department of any officer whose agency is
transferred to the Department pursuant to this chapter and whose duties following such transfer are
germane to those performed before such transfer.
(d) Transfer of personnel, assets, obligations, and functions
Upon the transfer of an agency to the Department—
(1) the personnel, assets, and obligations held by or available in connection with the agency
shall be transferred to the Secretary for appropriate allocation, subject to the approval of the
Director of the Office of Management and Budget and in accordance with the provisions of
section 1531(a)(2) of title 31; and
(2) the Secretary shall have all functions relating to the agency that any other official could by
law exercise in relation to the agency immediately before such transfer, and shall have in addition
all functions vested in the Secretary by this chapter or other law.
(e) Prohibition on use of transportation trust funds
(1) In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, no funds derived from the Highway Trust
Fund, Airport and Airway Trust Fund, Inland Waterway Trust Fund, or Harbor Maintenance Trust
Fund, may be transferred to, made available to, or obligated by the Secretary or any other official
in the Department.
(2) Limitation
This subsection shall not apply to security-related funds provided to the Federal Aviation
Administration for fiscal years preceding fiscal year 2003 for (A) operations, (B) facilities and
equipment, or (C) research, engineering, and development, and to any funds provided to the Coast
Guard from the Sport Fish Restoration and Boating Trust Fund for boating safety programs.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XV, §1511, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2309; Pub. L. 108–7, div. L, §103(4),
Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 529; Pub. L. 109–59, title XI, §11115(b)(2)(F), Aug. 10, 2005, 119 Stat.
1950.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The effective date of this chapter, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (c)(1), is 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see
section 4 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of this title.
This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (c), (d)(2), and (e)(1), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L.
107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified
principally to this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out
under section 101 of this title and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2005—Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 109–59 substituted "Sport Fish Restoration and Boating Trust Fund" for
"Aquatic Resources Trust Fund of the Highway Trust Fund".
2003—Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 108–7 inserted before period at end ", and to any funds provided to the Coast
Guard from the Aquatic Resources Trust Fund of the Highway Trust Fund for boating safety programs".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATESD SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2005 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 109–59, title XI, §11115(d), Aug. 10, 2005, 119 Stat. 1950, provided that: "The amendments made
by this section [amending this section and sections 9503 and 9504 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code] shall
take effect on October 1, 2005."

§552. Savings provisions
(a) Completed administrative actions
(1) Completed administrative actions of an agency shall not be affected by the enactment of this
chapter or the transfer of such agency to the Department, but shall continue in effect according to
their terms until amended, modified, superseded, terminated, set aside, or revoked in accordance with
law by an officer of the United States or a court of competent jurisdiction, or by operation of law.
(2) For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "completed administrative action" includes orders,
determinations, rules, regulations, personnel actions, permits, agreements, grants, contracts,
certificates, licenses, registrations, and privileges.
(b) Pending proceedings
Subject to the authority of the Secretary under this chapter—
(1) pending proceedings in an agency, including notices of proposed rulemaking, and
applications for licenses, permits, certificates, grants, and financial assistance, shall continue
notwithstanding the enactment of this chapter or the transfer of the agency to the Department,
unless discontinued or modified under the same terms and conditions and to the same extent that
such discontinuance could have occurred if such enactment or transfer had not occurred; and
(2) orders issued in such proceedings, and appeals therefrom, and payments made pursuant to
such orders, shall issue in the same manner and on the same terms as if this chapter had not been
enacted or the agency had not been transferred, and any such orders shall continue in effect until
amended, modified, superseded, terminated, set aside, or revoked by an officer of the United
States or a court of competent jurisdiction, or by operation of law.
(c) Pending civil actions
Subject to the authority of the Secretary under this chapter, pending civil actions shall continue
notwithstanding the enactment of this chapter or the transfer of an agency to the Department, and in
such civil actions, proceedings shall be had, appeals taken, and judgments rendered and enforced in
the same manner and with the same effect as if such enactment or transfer had not occurred.
(d) References
References relating to an agency that is transferred to the Department in statutes, Executive orders,
rules, regulations, directives, or delegations of authority that precede such transfer or the effective
date of this chapter shall be deemed to refer, as appropriate, to the Department, to its officers,
employees, or agents, or to its corresponding organizational units or functions. Statutory reporting
requirements that applied in relation to such an agency immediately before the effective date of this
chapter shall continue to apply following such transfer if they refer to the agency by name.
(e) Employment provisions
(1) Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing (including subsections (a) and (d)), in and for
the Department the Secretary may, in regulations prescribed jointly with the Director of the Office of
Personnel Management, adopt the rules, procedures, terms, and conditions, established by statute,
rule, or regulation before the effective date of this chapter, relating to employment in any agency
transferred to the Department pursuant to this chapter; and
(2) except as otherwise provided in this chapter, or under authority granted by this chapter, the
transfer pursuant to this chapter of personnel shall not alter the terms and conditions of employment,
including compensation, of any employee so transferred.
(f) Statutory reporting requirements
Any statutory reporting requirement that applied to an agency, transferred to the Department under
this chapter, immediately before the effective date of this chapter shall continue to apply following
that transfer if the statutory requirement refers to the agency by name.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XV, §1512, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2310.)
EDITORIAL NOTES

REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.
The effective date of this chapter, referred to in subsecs. (d), (e)(1), and (f), is 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002,
see section 4 of Pub. L. 107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of this title.

§552a. Savings provision of certain transfers made under the Homeland Security
Act of 2002
The transfer of functions under subtitle B of title XI of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (Public
Law 107–296) [6 U.S.C. 531 et seq.] shall not affect any pending or completed administrative
actions, including orders, determinations, rules, regulations, personnel actions, permits, agreements,
grants, contracts, certificates, licenses, or registrations, in effect on the date immediately prior to the
date of such transfer, or any proceeding, unless and until amended, modified, superseded, terminated,
set aside, or revoked. Pending civil actions shall not be affected by such transfer of functions.
(Pub. L. 108–7, div. L, §106, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 531.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Homeland Security Act of 2002, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135,
as amended, which is classified principally to this chapter. Subtitle B of title XI of the Act is classified
principally to part B (§531 et seq.) of subchapter XI of this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to
the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title and Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Homeland Security Act Amendments of 2003 and also as part of the
Consolidated Appropriations Resolution, 2003, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which
comprises this chapter.

§553. Terminations
Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, whenever all the functions vested by law in any
agency have been transferred pursuant to this chapter, each position and office the incumbent of
which was authorized to receive compensation at the rates prescribed for an office or position at
level II, III, IV, or V, of the Executive Schedule, shall terminate.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XV, §1513, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2311.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.
Levels II, III, IV, and V, of the Executive Schedule, referred to in text, are set out in sections 5313, 5314,
5315, and 5316, respectively, of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.

§554. National identification system not authorized

Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to authorize the development of a national identification
system or card.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XV, §1514, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2311.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.

§555. Continuity of Inspector General oversight
Notwithstanding the transfer of an agency to the Department pursuant to this chapter, the Inspector
General that exercised oversight of such agency prior to such transfer shall continue to exercise
oversight of such agency during the period of time, if any, between the transfer of such agency to the
Department pursuant to this chapter and the appointment of the Inspector General of the Department
of Homeland Security in accordance with section 113(b) of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XV, §1515, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2311.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.

§556. Incidental transfers
The Director of the Office of Management and Budget, in consultation with the Secretary, is
authorized and directed to make such additional incidental dispositions of personnel, assets, and
liabilities held, used, arising from, available, or to be made available, in connection with the
functions transferred by this chapter, as the Director may determine necessary to accomplish the
purposes of this chapter.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XV, §1516, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2311.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.

§557. Reference
With respect to any function transferred by or under this chapter (including under a reorganization
plan that becomes effective under section 542 of this title) and exercised on or after the effective date
of this chapter, reference in any other Federal law to any department, commission, or agency or any

officer or office the functions of which are so transferred shall be deemed to refer to the Secretary,
other official, or component of the Department to which such function is so transferred.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XV, §1517, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2311.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.
The effective date of this chapter, referred to in text, is 60 days after Nov. 25, 2002, see section 4 of Pub. L.
107–296, set out as an Effective Date note under section 101 of this title.

SUBCHAPTER XII–A—TRANSPORTATION SECURITY

PART A—GENERAL PROVISIONS
§561. Definitions
In this subchapter:
(1) Administration
The term "Administration" means the Transportation Security Administration.
(2) Administrator
The term "Administrator" means the Administrator of the Transportation Security
Administration.
(3) Plan
The term "Plan" means the strategic 5-year technology investment plan developed by the
Administrator under section 563 of this title.
(4) Security-related technology
The term "security-related technology" means any technology that assists the Administration in
the prevention of, or defense against, threats to United States transportation systems, including
threats to people, property, and information.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVI, §1601, as added Pub. L. 113–245, §3(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2871.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 1601 of Pub. L. 107–296, title XVI, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2312, amended sections 114
and 40119 of Title 49, Transportation, see section 3(c) of Pub. L. 113–245, set out as a note below.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
FINDINGS
Pub. L. 113–245, §2, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2871, provided that: "Congress finds the following:
"(1) The Transportation Security Administration has not consistently implemented Department of

Homeland Security policies and Government best practices for acquisition and procurement.
"(2) The Transportation Security Administration has only recently developed a multiyear technology
investment plan, and has underutilized innovation opportunities within the private sector, including from
small businesses.
"(3) The Transportation Security Administration has faced challenges in meeting key performance
requirements for several major acquisitions and procurements, resulting in reduced security effectiveness
and wasted expenditures."
PRIOR AMENDMENTS NOT AFFECTED
Pub. L. 113–245, §3(c), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2877, provided that: "Nothing in this section [enacting this
subchapter] may be construed to affect any amendment made by title XVI of the Homeland Security Act of
2002 [title XVI of Pub. L. 107–296, amending sections 114, 40119, 44935 and 46301 of Title 49,
Transportation] as in effect before the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 18, 2014]."

PART B—TRANSPORTATION SECURITY ADMINISTRATION
ACQUISITION IMPROVEMENTS
§563. 5-year technology investment plan
(a) In general
The Administrator shall—
(1) not later than 180 days after December 18, 2014, develop and submit to Congress a strategic
5-year technology investment plan, that may include a classified addendum to report sensitive
transportation security risks, technology vulnerabilities, or other sensitive security information;
and
(2) to the extent possible, publish the Plan in an unclassified format in the public domain.
(b) Consultation
The Administrator shall develop the Plan in consultation with—
(1) the Under Secretary for Management;
(2) the Under Secretary for Science and Technology;
(3) the Chief Information Officer; and
(4) the aviation industry stakeholder advisory committee established by the Administrator.
(c) Approval
The Administrator may not publish the Plan under subsection (a)(2) until it has been approved by
the Secretary.
(d) Contents of Plan
The Plan shall include—
(1) an analysis of transportation security risks and the associated capability gaps that would be
best addressed by security-related technology, including consideration of the most recent
quadrennial homeland security review under section 347 of this title;
(2) a set of security-related technology acquisition needs that—
(A) is prioritized based on risk and associated capability gaps identified under paragraph (1);
and
(B) includes planned technology programs and projects with defined objectives, goals,
timelines, and measures;
(3) an analysis of current and forecast trends in domestic and international passenger travel;
(4) an identification of currently deployed security-related technologies that are at or near the
end of their lifecycles;
(5) an identification of test, evaluation, modeling, and simulation capabilities, including target

methodologies, rationales, and timelines necessary to support the acquisition of the
security-related technologies expected to meet the needs under paragraph (2);
(6) an identification of opportunities for public-private partnerships, small and disadvantaged
company participation, intragovernment collaboration, university centers of excellence, and
national laboratory technology transfer;
(7) an identification of the Administration's acquisition workforce needs for the management of
planned security-related technology acquisitions, including consideration of leveraging acquisition
expertise of other Federal agencies;
(8) an identification of the security resources, including information security resources, that will
be required to protect security-related technology from physical or cyber theft, diversion,
sabotage, or attack;
(9) an identification of initiatives to streamline the Administration's acquisition process and
provide greater predictability and clarity to small, medium, and large businesses, including the
timeline for testing and evaluation;
(10) an assessment of the impact to commercial aviation passengers;
(11) a strategy for consulting airport management, air carrier representatives, and Federal
security directors whenever an acquisition will lead to the removal of equipment at airports, and
how the strategy for consulting with such officials of the relevant airports will address potential
negative impacts on commercial passengers or airport operations; and
(12) in consultation with the National Institutes of Standards and Technology, an identification
of security-related technology interface standards, in existence or if implemented, that could
promote more interoperable passenger, baggage, and cargo screening systems.
(e) Leveraging the private sector
To the extent possible, and in a manner that is consistent with fair and equitable practices, the Plan
shall—
(1) leverage emerging technology trends and research and development investment trends
within the public and private sectors;
(2) incorporate private sector input, including from the aviation industry stakeholder advisory
committee established by the Administrator, through requests for information, industry days, and
other innovative means consistent with the Federal Acquisition Regulation; and
(3) in consultation with the Under Secretary for Science and Technology, identify technologies
in existence or in development that, with or without adaptation, are expected to be suitable to
meeting mission needs.
(f) Disclosure
The Administrator shall include with the Plan a list of nongovernment persons that contributed to
the writing of the Plan.
(g) Update and report
The Administrator shall, in collaboration with relevant industry and government stakeholders,
annually submit to Congress in an appendix to the budget request and publish in an unclassified
format in the public domain—
(1) an update of the Plan;
(2) a report on the extent to which each security-related technology acquired by the
Administration since the last issuance or update of the Plan is consistent with the planned
technology programs and projects identified under subsection (d)(2) for that security-related
technology; and
(3) information about acquisitions completed during the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year
during which the report is submitted.
(h) Additional update requirements
Updates and reports under subsection (g) shall—
(1) be prepared in consultation with—
(A) the persons described in subsection (b); and

(B) the Surface Transportation Security Advisory Committee established under section 204
of this title; and
(2) include—
(A) information relating to technology investments by the Transportation Security
Administration and the private sector that the Department supports with research, development,
testing, and evaluation for aviation, including air cargo, and surface transportation security;
(B) information about acquisitions completed during the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year
during which the report is submitted;
(C) information relating to equipment of the Transportation Security Administration that is in
operation after the end of the life-cycle of the equipment specified by the manufacturer of the
equipment; and
(D) to the extent practicable, a classified addendum to report sensitive transportation security
risks and associated capability gaps that would be best addressed by security-related technology
described in subparagraph (A).
(i) Notice of covered changes to plan
(1) Notice required
The Administrator shall submit to the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of
the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives notice of
any covered change to the Plan not later than 90 days after the date that the covered change is
made.
(2) Definition of covered change
In this subsection, the term "covered change" means—
(A) an increase or decrease in the dollar amount allocated to the procurement of a
technology; or
(B) an increase or decrease in the number of a technology.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVI, §1611, as added Pub. L. 113–245, §3(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2872;
amended Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §1917, Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3557.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 115–254, §1917(1)(A), substituted "The Administrator shall, in collaboration
with relevant industry and government stakeholders, annually submit to Congress in an appendix to the budget
request and publish in an unclassified format in the public domain—" for "Beginning 2 years after the date the
Plan is submitted to Congress under subsection (a), and biennially thereafter, the Administrator shall submit to
Congress—" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 115–254, §1917(1)(B)–(D), added par. (3).
Subsecs. (h), (i). Pub. L. 115–254, §1917(2), added subsecs. (h) and (i).

§563a. Acquisition justification and reports
(a) Acquisition justification
Before the Administration implements any security-related technology acquisition, the
Administrator, in accordance with the Department's policies and directives, shall determine whether
the acquisition is justified by conducting an analysis that includes—
(1) an identification of the scenarios and level of risk to transportation security from those
scenarios that would be addressed by the security-related technology acquisition;
(2) an assessment of how the proposed acquisition aligns to the Plan;
(3) a comparison of the total expected lifecycle cost against the total expected quantitative and
qualitative benefits to transportation security;

(4) an analysis of alternative security solutions, including policy or procedure solutions, to
determine if the proposed security-related technology acquisition is the most effective and
cost-efficient solution based on cost-benefit considerations;
(5) an assessment of the potential privacy and civil liberties implications of the proposed
acquisition that includes, to the extent practicable, consultation with organizations that advocate
for the protection of privacy and civil liberties;
(6) a determination that the proposed acquisition is consistent with fair information practice
principles issued by the Privacy Officer of the Department;
(7) confirmation that there are no significant risks to human health or safety posed by the
proposed acquisition; and
(8) an estimate of the benefits to commercial aviation passengers.
(b) Reports and certification to Congress
(1) In general
Not later than the end of the 30-day period preceding the award by the Administration of a
contract for any security-related technology acquisition exceeding $30,000,000, the Administrator
shall submit to the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate and the
Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives—
(A) the results of the comprehensive acquisition justification under subsection (a); and
(B) a certification by the Administrator that the benefits to transportation security justify the
contract cost.
(2) Extension due to imminent terrorist threat
If there is a known or suspected imminent threat to transportation security, the Administrator—
(A) may reduce the 30-day period under paragraph (1) to 5 days to rapidly respond to the
threat; and
(B) shall immediately notify the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of
the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives of the
known or suspected imminent threat.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVI, §1612, as added Pub. L. 113–245, §3(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2873.)

§563b. Acquisition baseline establishment and reports
(a) Baseline requirements
(1) In general
Before the Administration implements any security-related technology acquisition, the
appropriate acquisition official of the Department shall establish and document a set of formal
baseline requirements.
(2) Contents
The baseline requirements under paragraph (1) shall—
(A) include the estimated costs (including lifecycle costs), schedule, and performance
milestones for the planned duration of the acquisition;
(B) identify the acquisition risks and a plan for mitigating those risks; and
(C) assess the personnel necessary to manage the acquisition process, manage the ongoing
program, and support training and other operations as necessary.
(3) Feasibility
In establishing the performance milestones under paragraph (2)(A), the appropriate acquisition
official of the Department, to the extent possible and in consultation with the Under Secretary for
Science and Technology, shall ensure that achieving those milestones is technologically feasible.
(4) Test and evaluation plan

The Administrator, in consultation with the Under Secretary for Science and Technology, shall
develop a test and evaluation plan that describes—
(A) the activities that are expected to be required to assess acquired technologies against the
performance milestones established under paragraph (2)(A);
(B) the necessary and cost-effective combination of laboratory testing, field testing,
modeling, simulation, and supporting analysis to ensure that such technologies meet the
Administration's mission needs;
(C) an efficient planning schedule to ensure that test and evaluation activities are completed
without undue delay; and
(D) if commercial aviation passengers are expected to interact with the security-related
technology, methods that could be used to measure passenger acceptance of and familiarization
with the security-related technology.
(5) Verification and validation
The appropriate acquisition official of the Department—
(A) subject to subparagraph (B), shall utilize independent reviewers to verify and validate the
performance milestones and cost estimates developed under paragraph (2) for a security-related
technology that pursuant to section 563(d)(2) of this title has been identified as a high priority
need in the most recent Plan; and
(B) shall ensure that the use of independent reviewers does not unduly delay the schedule of
any acquisition.
(6) Streamlining access for interested vendors
The Administrator shall establish a streamlined process for an interested vendor of a
security-related technology to request and receive appropriate access to the baseline requirements
and test and evaluation plans that are necessary for the vendor to participate in the acquisitions
process for that technology.
(b) Review of baseline requirements and deviation; report to Congress
(1) Review
(A) In general
The appropriate acquisition official of the Department shall review and assess each
implemented acquisition to determine if the acquisition is meeting the baseline requirements
established under subsection (a).
(B) Test and evaluation assessment
The review shall include an assessment of whether—
(i) the planned testing and evaluation activities have been completed; and
(ii) the results of that testing and evaluation demonstrate that the performance milestones
are technologically feasible.
(2) Report
Not later than 30 days after making a finding described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of subparagraph
(A), the Administrator shall submit a report to the Committee on Commerce, Science, and
Transportation of the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of
Representatives that includes—
(A) the results of any assessment that finds that—
(i) the actual or planned costs exceed the baseline costs by more than 10 percent;
(ii) the actual or planned schedule for delivery has been delayed by more than 180 days; or
(iii) there is a failure to meet any performance milestone that directly impacts security
effectiveness;
(B) the cause for such excessive costs, delay, or failure; and
(C) a plan for corrective action.

(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVI, §1613, as added Pub. L. 113–245, §3(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2874.)

§563c. Inventory utilization
(a) In general
Before the procurement of additional quantities of equipment to fulfill a mission need, the
Administrator, to the extent practicable, shall utilize any existing units in the Administration's
inventory to meet that need.
(b) Tracking of inventory
(1) In general
The Administrator shall establish a process for tracking—
(A) the location of security-related equipment in the inventory under subsection (a);
(B) the utilization status of security-related technology in the inventory under subsection (a);
and
(C) the quantity of security-related equipment in the inventory under subsection (a).
(2) Internal controls
The Administrator shall implement internal controls to ensure up-to-date accurate data on
security-related technology owned, deployed, and in use.
(c) Logistics management
(1) In general
The Administrator shall establish logistics principles for managing inventory in an effective and
efficient manner.
(2) Limitation on just-in-time logistics
The Administrator may not use just-in-time logistics if doing so—
(A) would inhibit necessary planning for large-scale delivery of equipment to airports or
other facilities; or
(B) would unduly diminish surge capacity for response to a terrorist threat.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVI, §1614, as added Pub. L. 113–245, §3(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2876.)

§563d. Small business contracting goals
Not later than 90 days after December 18, 2014, and annually thereafter, the Administrator shall
submit a report to the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate and the
Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives that includes—
(1) the Administration's performance record with respect to meeting its published
small-business contracting goals during the preceding fiscal year;
(2) if the goals described in paragraph (1) were not met or the Administration's performance
was below the published small-business contracting goals of the Department—
(A) a list of challenges, including deviations from the Administration's subcontracting plans,
and factors that contributed to the level of performance during the preceding fiscal year;
(B) an action plan, with benchmarks, for addressing each of the challenges identified in
subparagraph (A) that—
(i) is prepared after consultation with the Secretary of Defense and the heads of Federal
departments and agencies that achieved their published goals for prime contracting with small
and minority-owned businesses, including small and disadvantaged businesses, in prior fiscal
years; and
(ii) identifies policies and procedures that could be incorporated by the Administration in
furtherance of achieving the Administration's published goal for such contracting; and

(3) a status report on the implementation of the action plan that was developed in the preceding
fiscal year in accordance with paragraph (2)(B), if such a plan was required.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVI, §1615, as added Pub. L. 113–245, §3(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2876.)

§563e. Consistency with the Federal Acquisition Regulation and departmental
policies and directives
The Administrator shall execute the responsibilities set forth in this part in a manner consistent
with, and not duplicative of, the Federal Acquisition Regulation and the Department's policies and
directives.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVI, §1616, as added Pub. L. 113–245, §3(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2877.)

§563f. Diversified security technology industry marketplace
(a) In general
Not later than 120 days after October 5, 2018, the Administrator shall develop and submit to the
Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate and the Committee on
Homeland Security of the House of Representatives a strategy to promote a diverse security
technology industry marketplace upon which the Administrator can rely to acquire advanced
transportation security technologies or capabilities, including by increased participation of small
business innovators.
(b) Contents
The strategy required under subsection (a) shall include the following:
(1) Information on how existing Administration solicitation, testing, evaluation, piloting,
acquisition, and procurement processes impact the Administrator's ability to acquire from the
security technology industry marketplace, including small business innovators that have not
previously provided technology to the Administration, innovative technologies or capabilities with
the potential to enhance transportation security.
(2) Specific actions that the Administrator will take, including modifications to the processes
described in paragraph (1), to foster diversification within the security technology industry
marketplace.
(3) Projected timelines for implementing the actions described in paragraph (2).
(4) Plans for how the Administrator could, to the extent practicable, assist a small business
innovator periodically during such processes, including when such an innovator lacks adequate
resources to participate in such processes, to facilitate an advanced transportation security
technology or capability being developed and acquired by the Administrator.
(5) An assessment of the feasibility of partnering with an organization described in section
501(c)(3) of title 26 and exempt from tax under section 501(a) of title 26 to provide venture capital
to businesses, particularly small business innovators, for commercialization of innovative
transportation security technologies that are expected to be ready for commercialization in the near
term and within 36 months.
(c) Feasibility assessment
In conducting the feasibility assessment under subsection (b)(5), the Administrator shall consider
the following:
(1) Establishing an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of title 26 and exempt from tax
under section 501(a) of title 26 as a venture capital partnership between the private sector and the
intelligence community to help businesses, particularly small business innovators, commercialize
innovative security-related technologies.
(2) Enhanced engagement through the Science and Technology Directorate of the Department

of Homeland Security.
(d) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section may be construed as requiring changes to the Transportation Security
Administration standards for security technology.
(e) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Intelligence community
The term "intelligence community" has the meaning given the term in section 3003 of title 50.
(2) Small business concern
The term "small business concern" has the meaning described under section 632 of title 15.
(3) Small business innovator
The term "small business innovator" means a small business concern that has an advanced
transportation security technology or capability.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVI, §1617, as added Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §1913(a), Oct. 5, 2018,
132 Stat. 3554.)

PART C—MAINTENANCE OF SECURITY-RELATED TECHNOLOGY
§565. Maintenance validation and oversight
(a) In general
Not later than 180 days after October 5, 2018, the Administrator shall develop and implement a
preventive maintenance validation process for security-related technology deployed to airports.
(b) Maintenance by Administration personnel at airports
For maintenance to be carried out by Administration personnel at airports, the process referred to
in subsection (a) shall include the following:
(1) Guidance to Administration personnel at airports specifying how to conduct and document
preventive maintenance actions.
(2) Mechanisms for the Administrator to verify compliance with the guidance issued pursuant to
paragraph (1).
(c) Maintenance by contractors at airports
For maintenance to be carried by a contractor at airports, the process referred to in subsection (a)
shall require the following:
(1) Provision of monthly preventative maintenance schedules to appropriate Administration
personnel at each airport that includes information on each action to be completed by contractor.1
(2) Notification to appropriate Administration personnel at each airport when maintenance
action is completed by a contractor.
(3) A process for independent validation by a third party of contractor maintenance.
(d) Penalties for noncompliance
The Administrator shall require maintenance for any contracts entered into 60 days after October
5, 2018, or later for security-related technology deployed to airports to include penalties for
noncompliance when it is determined that either preventive or corrective maintenance has not been
completed according to contractual requirements and manufacturers' specifications.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVI, §1621, as added Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §1918(a), Oct. 5, 2018,
132 Stat. 3558.)

1

So in original. Probably should be preceded by "a".

SUBCHAPTER XIII—EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
This subchapter is comprised of title XVIII of Pub. L. 107–296, as added by Pub. L. 109–295, title VI,
§671(b), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1433. Another title XVIII of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered title XIX and
is classified to subchapter XIV (§591 et seq.) of this chapter.

§571. Emergency Communications Division
(a) In general
There is established in the Department an Emergency Communications Division. The Division
shall be located in the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency.
(b) Executive Assistant Director
The head of the Division shall be the Executive Assistant Director for Emergency
Communications (in this section referred to as the "Executive Assistant Director"). The Executive
Assistant Director shall report to the Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security. All
decisions of the Executive Assistant Director that entail the exercise of significant authority shall be
subject to the approval of the Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security.
(c) Responsibilities
The Executive Assistant Director shall—
(1) assist the Secretary in developing and implementing the program described in section
194(a)(1) of this title, except as provided in section 195 of this title;
(2) administer the Department's responsibilities and authorities relating to the SAFECOM
Program, excluding elements related to research, development, testing, and evaluation and
standards;
(3) administer the Department's responsibilities and authorities relating to the Integrated
Wireless Network program;
(4) conduct extensive, nationwide outreach to support and promote the ability of emergency
response providers and relevant government officials to continue to communicate in the event of
natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters;
(5) conduct extensive, nationwide outreach and foster the development of interoperable
emergency communications capabilities by State, regional, local, and tribal governments and
public safety agencies, and by regional consortia thereof;
(6) provide technical assistance to State, regional, local, and tribal government officials with
respect to use of interoperable emergency communications capabilities;
(7) coordinate with the Regional Administrators regarding the activities of Regional Emergency
Communications Coordination Working Groups under section 575 of this title;
(8) promote the development of standard operating procedures and best practices with respect to
use of interoperable emergency communications capabilities for incident response, and facilitate
the sharing of information on such best practices for achieving, maintaining, and enhancing
interoperable emergency communications capabilities for such response;
(9) coordinate, in cooperation with the National Communications System, the establishment of
a national response capability with initial and ongoing planning, implementation, and training for
the deployment of communications equipment for relevant State, local, and tribal governments

and emergency response providers in the event of a catastrophic loss of local and regional
emergency communications services;
(10) assist the President, the National Security Council, the Homeland Security Council, and the
Director of the Office of Management and Budget in ensuring the continued operation of the
telecommunications functions and responsibilities of the Federal Government, excluding spectrum
management;
(11) establish, in coordination with the Director of the Office for Interoperability and
Compatibility, requirements for interoperable emergency communications capabilities, which shall
be nonproprietary where standards for such capabilities exist, for all public safety radio and data
communications systems and equipment purchased using homeland security assistance
administered by the Department, excluding any alert and warning device, technology, or system;
(12) review, in consultation with the Assistant Secretary for Grants and Training, all
interoperable emergency communications plans of Federal, State, local, and tribal governments,
including Statewide and tactical interoperability plans, developed pursuant to homeland security
assistance administered by the Department, but excluding spectrum allocation and management
related to such plans;
(13) develop and update periodically, as appropriate, a National Emergency Communications
Plan under section 572 of this title;
(14) perform such other duties of the Department necessary to support and promote the ability
of emergency response providers and relevant government officials to continue to communicate in
the event of natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters;
(15) perform other duties of the Department necessary to achieve the goal of and maintain and
enhance interoperable emergency communications capabilities; and
(16) fully participate in the mechanisms required under section 652(c)(7) of this title.
(d) Performance of previously transferred functions
The Secretary shall transfer to, and administer through, the Executive Assistant Director the
following programs and responsibilities:
(1) The SAFECOM Program, excluding elements related to research, development, testing, and
evaluation and standards.
(2) The responsibilities of the Chief Information Officer related to the implementation of the
Integrated Wireless Network.
(3) The Interoperable Communications Technical Assistance Program.
(e) Coordination
The Executive Assistant Director shall coordinate—
(1) as appropriate, with the Director of the Office for Interoperability and Compatibility with
respect to the responsibilities described in section 195 of this title; and
(2) with the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency with respect to the
responsibilities described in this subchapter.
(f) Sufficiency of resources plan
(1) Report
Not later than 120 days after October 4, 2006, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report on
the resources and staff necessary to carry out fully the responsibilities under this subchapter.
(2) Comptroller General review
The Comptroller General shall review the validity of the report submitted by the Secretary
under paragraph (1). Not later than 60 days after the date on which such report is submitted, the
Comptroller General shall submit to Congress a report containing the findings of such review.
(g) Reference
Any reference to the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications in any law, regulation,
map, document, record, or other paper of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to the
Executive Assistant Director for Emergency Communications.

(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVIII, §1801, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §671(b), Oct. 4, 2006, 120
Stat. 1433; amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(A), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4179; Pub. L. 116–283,
div. H, title XC, §9001(e)(1), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4767.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Another section 1801 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 1901 and is classified to section 591 of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
2021—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 116–283, §9001(e)(1)(A), in heading, substituted "Executive Assistant
Director" for "Assistant Director" and, in text, substituted "Executive Assistant Director for Emergency
Communications (in this section referred to as the 'Executive Assistant Director')." for "Assistant Director for
Emergency Communications." and "Executive Assistant Director" for "Assistant Director" in two places.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 116–283, §9001(e)(1)(B), substituted "Executive Assistant Director" for "Assistant
Director for Emergency Communications" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 116–283, §9001(e)(1)(C), substituted "Executive Assistant Director" for "Assistant
Director for Emergency Communications" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 116–283, §9001(e)(1)(D), substituted "Executive Assistant Director" for "Assistant
Director for Emergency Communications" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 116–283, §9001(e)(1)(E), added subsec. (g).
2018—Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(A)(i), substituted "Emergency Communications Division" for "Office of
Emergency Communications" in section catchline.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(A)(ii), substituted "Emergency Communications Division" for
"Office of Emergency Communications" and inserted at end "The Division shall be located in the
Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(A)(iii), amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text
read as follows: "The head of the office shall be the Director for Emergency Communications. The Director
shall report to the Assistant Secretary for Cybersecurity and Communications."
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(A)(iv)(I), inserted "Assistant" before "Director" in introductory
provisions.
Subsec. (c)(16). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(A)(iv)(II)–(IV), added par. (16).
Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(A)(v), (vi), inserted "Assistant" before "Director" in
introductory provisions.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Pub. L. 115–278, §2(c), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4175, provided that: "Any reference to—
"(1) the Office of Emergency Communications in any law, regulation, map, document, record, or other
paper of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to the Emergency Communications Division;
and
"(2) the Director for Emergency Communications in any law, regulation, map, document, record, or
other paper of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to the Assistant Director for Emergency
Communications."
Any reference to the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency in title VI of Pub. L.
109–295 or an amendment by title VI to be considered to refer and apply to the Director of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency until Mar. 31, 2007, see section 612(f)(2) of Pub. L. 109–295, set out as a
note under section 313 of this title.
SAVINGS CLAUSE
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §675, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1444, provided that: "Nothing in this subtitle
[subtitle D (§§671–675) of title VI of Pub. L. 109–295, enacting this subchapter and sections 195 and 195a of
this title and provisions set out as a note under section 101 of this title] shall be construed to transfer to the
Office of Emergency Communications any function, personnel, asset, component, authority, grant program, or
liability of the Federal Emergency Management Agency as constituted on June 1, 2006."

CONTINUATION IN OFFICE
Pub. L. 116–283, div. H, title XC, §9001(e)(2), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4768, provided that: "The individual
serving as the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications of the Department of Homeland Security on
the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Jan. 1, 2021] may serve as the Executive Assistant Director
for Emergency Communications on and after that date."
DIRECTOR FOR EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS AUTHORIZED TO SERVE AS ASSISTANT
DIRECTOR OF EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS
Pub. L. 115–278, §2(b)(2), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4175, provided that: "The individual serving as the
Director for Emergency Communications of the Department of Homeland Security on the day before the date
of enactment of this Act [Nov. 16, 2018] may continue to serve as the Assistant Director for Emergency
Communications of the Department on and after such date."

§572. National Emergency Communications Plan
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, and in
cooperation with the Department of National Communications System (as appropriate), shall, in
cooperation with State, local, and tribal governments, Federal departments and agencies, emergency
response providers, and the private sector, develop not later than 180 days after the completion of the
baseline assessment under section 573 of this title, and periodically update, a National Emergency
Communications Plan to provide recommendations regarding how the United States should—
(1) support and promote the ability of emergency response providers and relevant government
officials to continue to communicate in the event of natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other
man-made disasters; and
(2) ensure, accelerate, and attain interoperable emergency communications nationwide.
(b) Coordination
The Emergency Communications Preparedness Center under section 576 of this title shall
coordinate the development of the Federal aspects of the National Emergency Communications Plan.
(c) Contents
The National Emergency Communications Plan shall—
(1) include recommendations developed in consultation with the Federal Communications
Commission and the National Institute of Standards and Technology for a process for expediting
national voluntary consensus standards for emergency communications equipment for the
purchase and use by public safety agencies of interoperable emergency communications
equipment and technologies;
(2) identify the appropriate capabilities necessary for emergency response providers and
relevant government officials to continue to communicate in the event of natural disasters, acts of
terrorism, and other man-made disasters;
(3) identify the appropriate interoperable emergency communications capabilities necessary for
Federal, State, local, and tribal governments in the event of natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and
other man-made disasters;
(4) recommend both short-term and long-term solutions for ensuring that emergency response
providers and relevant government officials can continue to communicate in the event of natural
disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters;
(5) recommend both short-term and long-term solutions for deploying interoperable emergency
communications systems for Federal, State, local, and tribal governments throughout the Nation,
including through the provision of existing and emerging technologies;
(6) identify how Federal departments and agencies that respond to natural disasters, acts of
terrorism, and other man-made disasters can work effectively with State, local, and tribal
governments, in all States, and with other entities;
(7) identify obstacles to deploying interoperable emergency communications capabilities

nationwide and recommend short-term and long-term measures to overcome those obstacles,
including recommendations for multijurisdictional coordination among Federal, State, local, and
tribal governments;
(8) recommend goals and timeframes for the deployment of emergency, command-level
communications systems based on new and existing equipment across the United States and
develop a timetable for the deployment of interoperable emergency communications systems
nationwide;
(9) recommend appropriate measures that emergency response providers should employ to
ensure the continued operation of relevant governmental communications infrastructure in the
event of natural disasters, acts of terrorism, or other man-made disasters; and
(10) set a date, including interim benchmarks, as appropriate, by which State, local, and tribal
governments, Federal departments and agencies, and emergency response providers expect to
achieve a baseline level of national interoperable communications, as that term is defined under
section 194(g)(1) of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVIII, §1802, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §671(b), Oct. 4, 2006, 120
Stat. 1435; amended Pub. L. 110–53, title III, §301(d), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 300; Pub. L. 115–278,
§2(g)(6)(B), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4179.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Another section 1802 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 1902 and is classified to section 592 of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 115–278 substituted "Assistant Director for Emergency Communications" for
"Director for Emergency Communications" in introductory provisions.
2007—Subsec. (c)(10). Pub. L. 110–53 added par. (10).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications deemed to be a reference to the
Executive Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, see section 571(g) of this title, enacted Jan. 1,
2021.

§573. Assessments and reports
(a) Baseline assessment
Not later than 1 year after October 4, 2006, and not less than every 5 years thereafter, the
Secretary, acting through the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, shall conduct an
assessment of Federal, State, local, and tribal governments that—
(1) defines the range of capabilities needed by emergency response providers and relevant
government officials to continue to communicate in the event of natural disasters, acts of
terrorism, and other man-made disasters;
(2) defines the range of interoperable emergency communications capabilities needed for
specific events;
(3) assesses the current available capabilities to meet such communications needs;
(4) identifies the gap between such current capabilities and defined requirements; and
(5) includes a national interoperable emergency communications inventory to be completed by
the Secretary of Homeland Security, the Secretary of Commerce, and the Chairman of the Federal
Communications Commission that—
(A) identifies for each Federal department and agency—

(i) the channels and frequencies used;
(ii) the nomenclature used to refer to each channel or frequency used; and
(iii) the types of communications systems and equipment used; and
(B) identifies the interoperable emergency communications systems in use by public safety
agencies in the United States.
(b) Classified annex
The baseline assessment under this section may include a classified annex including information
provided under subsection (a)(5)(A).
(c) Savings clause
In conducting the baseline assessment under this section, the Secretary may incorporate findings
from assessments conducted before, or ongoing on, October 4, 2006.
(d) Progress reports
Not later than one year after October 4, 2006, and biennially thereafter, the Secretary, acting
through the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, shall submit to Congress a report on
the progress of the Department in achieving the goals of, and carrying out its responsibilities under,
this subchapter, including—
(1) a description of the findings of the most recent baseline assessment conducted under
subsection (a);
(2) a determination of the degree to which interoperable emergency communications
capabilities have been attained to date and the gaps that remain for interoperability to be achieved;
(3) an evaluation of the ability to continue to communicate and to provide and maintain
interoperable emergency communications by emergency managers, emergency response
providers, and relevant government officials in the event of—
(A) natural disasters, acts of terrorism, or other man-made disasters, including Incidents of
National Significance declared by the Secretary under the National Response Plan; and
(B) a catastrophic loss of local and regional communications services;
(4) a list of best practices relating to the ability to continue to communicate and to provide and
maintain interoperable emergency communications in the event of natural disasters, acts of
terrorism, or other man-made disasters; and
(A) 1 an evaluation of the feasibility and desirability of the Department developing, on its
own or in conjunction with the Department of Defense, a mobile communications capability,
modeled on the Army Signal Corps, that could be deployed to support emergency
communications at the site of natural disasters, acts of terrorism, or other man-made disasters.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVIII, §1803, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §671(b), Oct. 4, 2006, 120
Stat. 1437; amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(B), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4179.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Another section 1803 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 1903 and is classified to section 593 of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsecs. (a), (d). Pub. L. 115–278 substituted "Assistant Director for Emergency Communications"
for "Director for Emergency Communications" in introductory provisions.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME

Reference to the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications deemed to be a reference to the
Executive Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, see section 571(g) of this title, enacted Jan. 1,
2021.
1

So in original. Probably should be "(5)".

§574. Coordination of Department emergency communications grant programs
(a) Coordination of grants and standards programs
The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, shall ensure
that grant guidelines for the use of homeland security assistance administered by the Department
relating to interoperable emergency communications are coordinated and consistent with the goals
and recommendations in the National Emergency Communications Plan under section 572 of this
title.
(b) Denial of eligibility for grants
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Grants and Planning, and in
consultation with the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, may prohibit any State,
local, or tribal government from using homeland security assistance administered by the
Department to achieve, maintain, or enhance emergency communications capabilities, if—
(A) such government has not complied with the requirement to submit a Statewide
Interoperable Communications Plan as required by section 194(f) of this title;
(B) such government has proposed to upgrade or purchase new equipment or systems that do
not meet or exceed any applicable national voluntary consensus standards and has not provided
a reasonable explanation of why such equipment or systems will serve the needs of the
applicant better than equipment or systems that meet or exceed such standards; and
(C) as of the date that is 3 years after the date of the completion of the initial National
Emergency Communications Plan under section 572 of this title, national voluntary consensus
standards for interoperable emergency communications capabilities have not been developed
and promulgated.
(2) Standards
The Secretary, in coordination with the Federal Communications Commission, the National
Institute of Standards and Technology, and other Federal departments and agencies with
responsibility for standards, shall support the development, promulgation, and updating as
necessary of national voluntary consensus standards for interoperable emergency communications.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVIII, §1804, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §671(b), Oct. 4, 2006, 120
Stat. 1438; amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(B), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4179.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Another section 1804 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 1904 and is classified to section 594 of
this title.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsecs. (a), (b)(1). Pub. L. 115–278 substituted "Assistant Director for Emergency
Communications" for "Director for Emergency Communications".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME

Reference to the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications deemed to be a reference to the
Executive Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, see section 571(g) of this title, enacted Jan. 1,
2021.

§575. Regional emergency communications coordination
(a) In general
There is established in each Regional Office a Regional Emergency Communications
Coordination Working Group (in this section referred to as an "RECC Working Group"). Each
RECC Working Group shall report to the relevant Regional Administrator and coordinate its
activities with the relevant Regional Advisory Council.
(b) Membership
Each RECC Working Group shall consist of the following:
(1) Non-Federal
Organizations representing the interests of the following:
(A) State officials.
(B) Local government officials, including sheriffs.
(C) State police departments.
(D) Local police departments.
(E) Local fire departments.
(F) Public safety answering points (9–1–1 services).
(G) State emergency managers, homeland security directors, or representatives of State
Administrative Agencies.
(H) Local emergency managers or homeland security directors.
(I) Other emergency response providers as appropriate.
(2) Federal
Representatives from the Department, the Federal Communications Commission, and other
Federal departments and agencies with responsibility for coordinating interoperable emergency
communications with or providing emergency support services to State, local, and tribal
governments.
(c) Coordination
Each RECC Working Group shall coordinate its activities with the following:
(1) Communications equipment manufacturers and vendors (including broadband data service
providers).
(2) Local exchange carriers.
(3) Local broadcast media.
(4) Wireless carriers.
(5) Satellite communications services.
(6) Cable operators.
(7) Hospitals.
(8) Public utility services.
(9) Emergency evacuation transit services.
(10) Ambulance services.
(11) HAM and amateur radio operators.
(12) Representatives from other private sector entities and nongovernmental organizations as
the Regional Administrator determines appropriate.
(d) Duties
The duties of each RECC Working Group shall include—
(1) assessing the survivability, sustainability, and interoperability of local emergency
communications systems to meet the goals of the National Emergency Communications Plan;

(2) reporting annually to the relevant Regional Administrator, the Assistant Director for
Emergency Communications, the Chairman of the Federal Communications Commission, and the
Assistant Secretary for Communications and Information of the Department of Commerce on the
status of its region in building robust and sustainable interoperable voice and data emergency
communications networks and, not later than 60 days after the completion of the initial National
Emergency Communications Plan under section 572 of this title, on the progress of the region in
meeting the goals of such plan;
(3) ensuring a process for the coordination of effective multijurisdictional, multi-agency
emergency communications networks for use during natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other
man-made disasters through the expanded use of emergency management and public safety
communications mutual aid agreements; and
(4) coordinating the establishment of Federal, State, local, and tribal support services and
networks designed to address the immediate and critical human needs in responding to natural
disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVIII, §1805, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §671(b), Oct. 4, 2006, 120
Stat. 1439; amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(B), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4179.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Another section 1805 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 1905 and was classified to section 595 of
this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(4), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5163.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 115–278 substituted "Assistant Director for Emergency Communications"
for "Director for Emergency Communications".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications deemed to be a reference to the
Executive Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, see section 571(g) of this title, enacted Jan. 1,
2021.

§576. Emergency Communications Preparedness Center
(a) Establishment
There is established the Emergency Communications Preparedness Center (in this section referred
to as the "Center").
(b) Operation
The Secretary, the Chairman of the Federal Communications Commission, the Secretary of
Defense, the Secretary of Commerce, the Attorney General of the United States, and the heads of
other Federal departments and agencies or their designees shall jointly operate the Center in
accordance with the Memorandum of Understanding entitled, "Emergency Communications
Preparedness Center (ECPC) Charter".
(c) Functions
The Center shall—
(1) serve as the focal point for interagency efforts and as a clearinghouse with respect to all
relevant intergovernmental information to support and promote (including specifically by working
to avoid duplication, hindrances, and counteractive efforts among the participating Federal
departments and agencies)—

(A) the ability of emergency response providers and relevant government officials to continue
to communicate in the event of natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made
disasters; and
(B) interoperable emergency communications;
(2) prepare and submit to Congress, on an annual basis, a strategic assessment regarding the
coordination efforts of Federal departments and agencies to advance—
(A) the ability of emergency response providers and relevant government officials to continue
to communicate in the event of natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made
disasters; and
(B) interoperable emergency communications;
(3) consider, in preparing the strategic assessment under paragraph (2), the goals stated in the
National Emergency Communications Plan under section 572 of this title; and
(4) perform such other functions as are provided in the Emergency Communications
Preparedness Center (ECPC) Charter described in subsection (b)(1).1
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVIII, §1806, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §671(b), Oct. 4, 2006, 120
Stat. 1440.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Another section 1806 of Pub. L. 107–296 was renumbered section 1906 and is classified to section 596 of
this title.
1

So in original. Subsection (b) of this section does not contain a paragraph (1).

§577. Urban and other high risk area communications capabilities
(a) In general
The Secretary, in consultation with the Chairman of the Federal Communications Commission and
the Secretary of Defense, and with appropriate State, local, and tribal government officials, shall
provide technical guidance, training, and other assistance, as appropriate, to support the rapid
establishment of consistent, secure, and effective interoperable emergency communications
capabilities in the event of an emergency in urban and other areas determined by the Secretary to be
at consistently high levels of risk from natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made
disasters.
(b) Minimum capabilities
The interoperable emergency communications capabilities established under subsection (a) shall
ensure the ability of all levels of government, emergency response providers, the private sector, and
other organizations with emergency response capabilities—
(1) to communicate with each other in the event of an emergency;
(2) to have appropriate and timely access to the Information Sharing Environment described in
section 485 of this title; and
(3) to be consistent with any applicable State or Urban Area homeland strategy or plan.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVIII, §1807, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §671(b), Oct. 4, 2006, 120
Stat. 1441.)

§578. Definition

In this subchapter, the term "interoperable" has the meaning given the term "interoperable
communications" under section 194(g)(1) of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVIII, §1808, as added Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §671(b), Oct. 4, 2006, 120
Stat. 1441.)

§579. Interoperable Emergency Communications Grant Program
(a) Establishment
The Secretary shall establish the Interoperable Emergency Communications Grant Program to
make grants to States to carry out initiatives to improve local, tribal, statewide, regional, national
and, where appropriate, international interoperable emergency communications, including
communications in collective response to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made
disasters.
(b) Policy
The Assistant Director for Emergency Communications shall ensure that a grant awarded to a
State under this section is consistent with the policies established pursuant to the responsibilities and
authorities of the Emergency Communications Division under this subchapter, including ensuring
that activities funded by the grant—
(1) comply with the statewide plan for that State required by section 194(f) of this title; and
(2) comply with the National Emergency Communications Plan under section 572 of this title,
when completed.
(c) Administration
(1) In general
The Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency shall administer the
Interoperable Emergency Communications Grant Program pursuant to the responsibilities and
authorities of the Administrator under subchapter V.
(2) Guidance
In administering the grant program, the Administrator shall ensure that the use of grants is
consistent with guidance established by the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications
pursuant to section 194(a)(1)(H) of this title.
(d) Use of funds
A State that receives a grant under this section shall use the grant to implement that State's
Statewide Interoperability Plan required under section 194(f) of this title and approved under
subsection (e), and to assist with activities determined by the Secretary to be integral to interoperable
emergency communications.
(e) Approval of plans
(1) Approval as condition of grant
Before a State may receive a grant under this section, the Assistant Director for Emergency
Communications shall approve the State's Statewide Interoperable Communications Plan required
under section 194(f) of this title.
(2) Plan requirements
In approving a plan under this subsection, the Assistant Director for Emergency
Communications shall ensure that the plan—
(A) is designed to improve interoperability at the city, county, regional, State and interstate
level;
(B) considers any applicable local or regional plan; and
(C) complies, to the maximum extent practicable, with the National Emergency
Communications Plan under section 572 of this title.

(3) Approval of revisions
The Assistant Director for Emergency Communications may approve revisions to a State's plan
if the Assistant Director determines that doing so is likely to further interoperability.
(f) Limitations on uses of funds
(1) In general
The recipient of a grant under this section may not use the grant—
(A) to supplant State or local funds;
(B) for any State or local government cost-sharing contribution; or
(C) for recreational or social purposes.
(2) Penalties
In addition to other remedies currently available, the Secretary may take such actions as
necessary to ensure that recipients of grant funds are using the funds for the purpose for which
they were intended.
(g) Limitations on award of grants
(1) National emergency communications plan required
The Secretary may not award a grant under this section before the date on which the Secretary
completes and submits to Congress the National Emergency Communications Plan required under
section 572 of this title.
(2) Voluntary consensus standards
The Secretary may not award a grant to a State under this section for the purchase of equipment
that does not meet applicable voluntary consensus standards, unless the State demonstrates that
there are compelling reasons for such purchase.
(h) Award of grants
In approving applications and awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall consider—
(1) the risk posed to each State by natural disasters, acts of terrorism, or other manmade
disasters, including—
(A) the likely need of a jurisdiction within the State to respond to such risk in nearby
jurisdictions;
(B) the degree of threat, vulnerability, and consequences related to critical infrastructure
(from all critical infrastructure sectors) or key resources identified by the Administrator or the
State homeland security and emergency management plans, including threats to, vulnerabilities
of, and consequences from damage to critical infrastructure and key resources in nearby
jurisdictions;
(C) the size of the population and density of the population of the State, including appropriate
consideration of military, tourist, and commuter populations;
(D) whether the State is on or near an international border;
(E) whether the State encompasses an economically significant border crossing; and
(F) whether the State has a coastline bordering an ocean, a major waterway used for interstate
commerce, or international waters; and
(2) the anticipated effectiveness of the State's proposed use of grant funds to improve
interoperability.
(i) Opportunity to amend applications
In considering applications for grants under this section, the Administrator shall provide applicants
with a reasonable opportunity to correct defects in the application, if any, before making final
awards.
(j) Minimum grant amounts
(1) States

In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall ensure that for each fiscal year, except
as provided in paragraph (2), no State receives a grant in an amount that is less than the following
percentage of the total amount appropriated for grants under this section for that fiscal year:
(A) For fiscal year 2008, 0.50 percent.
(B) For fiscal year 2009, 0.50 percent.
(C) For fiscal year 2010, 0.45 percent.
(D) For fiscal year 2011, 0.40 percent.
(E) For fiscal year 2012 and each subsequent fiscal year, 0.35 percent.
(2) Territories and possessions
In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall ensure that for each fiscal year,
American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, and the Virgin
Islands each receive grants in amounts that are not less than 0.08 percent of the total amount
appropriated for grants under this section for that fiscal year.
(k) Certification
Each State that receives a grant under this section shall certify that the grant is used for the
purpose for which the funds were intended and in compliance with the State's approved Statewide
Interoperable Communications Plan.
(l) State responsibilities
(1) Availability of funds to local and tribal governments
Not later than 45 days after receiving grant funds, any State that receives a grant under this
section shall obligate or otherwise make available to local and tribal governments—
(A) not less than 80 percent of the grant funds;
(B) with the consent of local and tribal governments, eligible expenditures having a value of
not less than 80 percent of the amount of the grant; or
(C) grant funds combined with other eligible expenditures having a total value of not less
than 80 percent of the amount of the grant.
(2) Allocation of funds
A State that receives a grant under this section shall allocate grant funds to tribal governments
in the State to assist tribal communities in improving interoperable communications, in a manner
consistent with the Statewide Interoperable Communications Plan. A State may not impose
unreasonable or unduly burdensome requirements on a tribal government as a condition of
providing grant funds or resources to the tribal government.
(3) Penalties
If a State violates the requirements of this subsection, in addition to other remedies available to
the Secretary, the Secretary may terminate or reduce the amount of the grant awarded to that State
or transfer grant funds previously awarded to the State directly to the appropriate local or tribal
government.
(m) Reports
(1) Annual reports by State grant recipients
A State that receives a grant under this section shall annually submit to the Assistant Director
for Emergency Communications a report on the progress of the State in implementing that State's
Statewide Interoperable Communications Plans required under section 194(f) of this title and
achieving interoperability at the city, county, regional, State, and interstate levels. The Assistant
Director shall make the reports publicly available, including by making them available on the
Internet website of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, subject to any redactions
that the Assistant Director determines are necessary to protect classified or other sensitive
information.
(2) Annual reports to Congress

At least once each year, the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications shall submit to
Congress a report on the use of grants awarded under this section and any progress in
implementing Statewide Interoperable Communications Plans and improving interoperability at
the city, county, regional, State, and interstate level, as a result of the award of such grants.
(n) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed or interpreted to preclude a State from using a grant
awarded under this section for interim or long-term Internet Protocol-based interoperable solutions.
(o) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated for grants under this section—
(1) for fiscal year 2008, such sums as may be necessary;
(2) for each of fiscal years 2009 through 2012, $400,000,000; and
(3) for each subsequent fiscal year, such sums as may be necessary.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVIII, §1809, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title III, §301(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121
Stat. 296; amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(C), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4179.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(C)(i), substituted "Assistant Director for Emergency Communications"
for "Director of Emergency Communications" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(C)(ii), substituted "Assistant Director for Emergency
Communications" for "Director for Emergency Communications" and "Emergency Communications
Division" for "Office of Emergency Communications" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(C)(iii), substituted "the Assistant Director" for "the Director".
Subsec. (m)(1). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(C)(iv), substituted "The Assistant Director" for "the Director",
"Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency" for "Office of Emergency Communications", and "the
Assistant Director determines" for "the Director determines".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to theAssistant Director for Emergency Communications deemed to be a reference to the
Executive Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, see section 571(g) of this title, enacted Jan. 1,
2021.

§580. Border interoperability demonstration project
(a) In general
(1) Establishment
The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications (referred
to in this section as the "Assistant Director"), and in coordination with the Federal
Communications Commission and the Secretary of Commerce, shall establish an International
Border Community Interoperable Communications Demonstration Project (referred to in this
section as the "demonstration project").
(2) Minimum number of communities
The Assistant Director shall select no fewer than 6 communities to participate in a
demonstration project.
(3) Location of communities
No fewer than 3 of the communities selected under paragraph (2) shall be located on the
northern border of the United States and no fewer than 3 of the communities selected under

paragraph (2) shall be located on the southern border of the United States.
(b) Conditions
The Assistant Director, in coordination with the Federal Communications Commission and the
Secretary of Commerce, shall ensure that the project is carried out as soon as adequate spectrum is
available as a result of the 800 megahertz rebanding process in border areas, and shall ensure that the
border projects do not impair or impede the rebanding process, but under no circumstances shall
funds be distributed under this section unless the Federal Communications Commission and the
Secretary of Commerce agree that these conditions have been met.
(c) Program requirements
Consistent with the responsibilities of the Emergency Communications Division under section 571
of this title, the Assistant Director shall foster local, tribal, State, and Federal interoperable
emergency communications, as well as interoperable emergency communications with appropriate
Canadian and Mexican authorities in the communities selected for the demonstration project. The
Assistant Director shall—
(1) identify solutions to facilitate interoperable communications across national borders
expeditiously;
(2) help ensure that emergency response providers can communicate with each other in the
event of natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters;
(3) provide technical assistance to enable emergency response providers to deal with threats and
contingencies in a variety of environments;
(4) identify appropriate joint-use equipment to ensure communications access;
(5) identify solutions to facilitate communications between emergency response providers in
communities of differing population densities; and
(6) take other actions or provide equipment as the Assistant Director deems appropriate to foster
interoperable emergency communications.
(d) Distribution of funds
(1) In general
The Secretary shall distribute funds under this section to each community participating in the
demonstration project through the State, or States, in which each community is located.
(2) Other participants
A State shall make the funds available promptly to the local and tribal governments and
emergency response providers selected by the Secretary to participate in the demonstration
project.
(3) Report
Not later than 90 days after a State receives funds under this subsection the State shall report to
the Assistant Director on the status of the distribution of such funds to local and tribal
governments.
(e) Maximum period of grants
The Assistant Director may not fund any participant under the demonstration project for more than
3 years.
(f) Transfer of information and knowledge
The Assistant Director shall establish mechanisms to ensure that the information and knowledge
gained by participants in the demonstration project are transferred among the participants and to
other interested parties, including other communities that submitted applications to the participant in
the project.
(g) Authorization of appropriations
There is authorized to be appropriated for grants under this section such sums as may be
necessary.

(Pub. L. 107–296, title XVIII, §1810, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title III, §302(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121
Stat. 300; amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(D), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4180.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(D)(iii), substituted "Assistant Director" for "Director" wherever
appearing.
Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(D)(i), substituted "Assistant Director for Emergency
Communications (referred to in this section as the 'Assistant Director')" for "Director of the Office of
Emergency Communications (referred to in this section as the 'Director')".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(6)(D)(ii), substituted "Emergency Communications Division" for
"Office of Emergency Communications" in introductory provisions.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications deemed to be a reference to the
Executive Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, see section 571(g) of this title, enacted Jan. 1,
2021.

SUBCHAPTER XIV—COUNTERING WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION
OFFICE
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(1), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5162, substituted "COUNTERING WEAPONS OF
MASS DESTRUCTION OFFICE" for "DOMESTIC NUCLEAR DETECTION OFFICE" in subchapter
heading.
This subchapter is comprised of title XIX, formerly title XVIII, of Pub. L. 107–296, as added by Pub. L.
109–347, title V, §501(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1932, and renumbered title XIX by Pub. L. 110–53, title I,
§104(a)(1), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 294.

§590. Definitions
In this subchapter:
(1) Assistant Secretary
The term "Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary for the Countering Weapons of
Mass Destruction Office.
(2) Intelligence community
The term "intelligence community" has the meaning given such term in section 3003(4) of title
50.
(3) Office
The term "Office" means the Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office established
under section 591(a) of this title.
(4) Weapon of mass destruction
The term "weapon of mass destruction" has the meaning given the term in section 1801 of title
50.

(Pub. L. 107–296, title XIX, §1900, as added Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(2), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat.
5162.)

PART A—COUNTERING WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION OFFICE
§591. Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office
(a) Establishment
There is established in the Department a Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office.
(b) Assistant Secretary
The Office shall be headed by an Assistant Secretary for the Countering Weapons of Mass
Destruction Office, who shall be appointed by the President.
(c) Responsibilities
The Assistant Secretary shall serve as the Secretary's principal advisor on—
(1) weapons of mass destruction matters and strategies; and
(2) coordinating the efforts of the Department to counter weapons of mass destruction.
(d) Details
The Secretary may request that the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Energy, the Secretary of
State, the Attorney General, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, and the heads of other Federal
agencies, including elements of the intelligence community, provide for the reimbursable detail of
personnel with relevant expertise to the Office.
(e) Termination
The Office shall terminate on the date that is 5 years after December 21, 2018.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XIX, §1901, as added Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(2), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat.
5162.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 591, Pub. L. 107–296, title XIX, §1901, formerly title XVIII, §1801, as added Pub. L.
109–347, title V, §501(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1932; renumbered title XIX, §1901, Pub. L. 110–53, title I,
§104(a)(1), (2), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 294, related to establishment of a Domestic Nuclear Detection Office,
prior to repeal by Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(2), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5162.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
REFERENCES AND CONSTRUCTION
Pub. L. 115–387, §2(b), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5166, provided that:
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Any reference in any law, regulation, document, paper, or other record of the United
States to—
"(A) the Domestic Nuclear Detection Office shall be deemed to be a reference to the Countering
Weapons of Mass Destruction Office; and
"(B) the Director for Domestic Nuclear Detection shall be deemed to be a reference to the Assistant
Secretary for the Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office.
"(2) CONSTRUCTION.—Sections 1923 through 1927 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C.
592, 593, 594, 596, 596a], as redesignated by subsection (a), shall be construed to cover the chemical and
biological responsibilities of the Assistant Secretary for the Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office.
"(3) AUTHORITY.—The authority of the Director of the Domestic Nuclear Detection Office to make
grants or enter into cooperative agreements is transferred to the Assistant Secretary for the Countering

Weapons of Mass Destruction Office, and such authority shall be construed to include grants for all purposes
of title XIX of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 590 et seq.], as amended by this Act."
DOMESTIC NUCLEAR DETECTION OFFICE AND OFFICE OF HEALTH AFFAIRS:
ABOLISHMENT AND TRANSFER TO COUNTERING WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION
OFFICE
Pub. L. 115–387, §2(e), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5167, provided that:
"(1) TRANSFERS.—The Secretary of Homeland Security shall transfer to—
"(A) the Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office all functions, personnel, budget authority,
and assets of—
"(i) the Domestic Nuclear Detection Office, as in existence on the day before the date of the
enactment of this Act [Dec. 21, 2018]; and
"(ii) the Office of Health Affairs, as in existence on the day before the date of the enactment of
this Act, except for the functions, personnel, budget authority, and assets of such office necessary to
perform the functions specified in section 710 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 350]
(relating to workforce health and medical support), as added by this Act; and
"(B) the Management Directorate of the Department of Homeland Security all functions, personnel,
budget authority, and assets of the Office of Health Affairs, as in existence on the day before the date of the
enactment of this Act, that are necessary to perform the functions of such section 710.
"(2) ABOLISHMENT.—Upon completion of all transfers pursuant to paragraph (1)—
"(A) the Domestic Nuclear Detection Office of the Department of Homeland Security and the Office
of Health Affairs of the Department of Homeland Security are abolished; and
"(B) the positions of Assistant Secretary for Health Affairs and Director for Domestic Nuclear
Detection are abolished."
DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL,
AND NUCLEAR ACTIVITIES
Pub. L. 115–387, §2(g), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5169, provided that: "Not later than one year after the date
of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 21, 2018], and annually thereafter, the Secretary of Homeland Security
shall provide a briefing and report to the appropriate congressional committees (as defined in section 2 of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 101)) on—
"(1) the organization and management of the chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear activities
of the Department of Homeland Security, including research and development activities, and the location of
each activity under the organizational structure of the Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office;
"(2) a comprehensive inventory of chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear activities, including
research and development activities, of the Department of Homeland Security, highlighting areas of
collaboration between components, coordination with other agencies, and the effectiveness and
accomplishments of consolidated chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear activities of the
Department of Homeland Security, including research and development activities;
"(3) information relating to how the organizational structure of the Countering Weapons of Mass
Destruction Office will enhance the development of chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear
priorities and capabilities across the Department of Homeland Security;
"(4) a discussion of any resulting cost savings and efficiencies gained through activities described in
paragraphs (1) and (2);
"(5) information on how the Assistant Secretary for the Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction
Office is coordinating with the Under Secretary of Science and Technology of the Department of Homeland
Security on research and development activities; and
"(6) recommendations for any necessary statutory changes, or, if no statutory changes are necessary,
an explanation of why no statutory or organizational changes are necessary."

PART B—MISSION OF THE OFFICE
§591g. Mission of the Office
The Office shall be responsible for coordinating with other Federal efforts and developing a

strategy and policy for the Department to plan for, detect, and protect against the importation,
possession, storage, transportation, development, or use of unauthorized chemical, biological,
radiological, or nuclear materials, devices, or agents in the United States and to protect against an
attack using such materials, devices, or agents against the people, territory, or interests of the United
States.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XIX, §1921, as added Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(3), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat.
5163.)

§591h. Relationship to other Department components and Federal agencies
(a) In general
The authority of the Assistant Secretary under this subchapter shall not affect or diminish the
authority or the responsibility of any officer of the Department or any officer of any other Federal
agency with respect to the command, control, or direction of the functions, personnel, funds, assets,
or liabilities of any component of the Department or any other Federal agency.
(b) Office for Strategy, Policy, and Plans
Not later than one year after December 21, 2018, the Assistant Secretary shall, in coordination
with the Under Secretary for Strategy, Policy, and Plans, submit to the appropriate congressional
committees a strategy and implementation plan to direct programs within the Office and to integrate
those programs with other programs and activities of the Department.
(c) Federal Emergency Management Agency
Nothing in this subchapter or any other provision of law may be construed to affect or reduce the
responsibilities of the Federal Emergency Management Agency or the Administrator of the Agency,
including the diversion of any asset, function, or mission of the Agency or the Administrator of the
Agency.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XIX, §1922, as added Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(3), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat.
5163.)

§592. Responsibilities
(a) Mission
The Office shall be responsible for coordinating Federal efforts to detect and protect against the
unauthorized importation, possession, storage, transportation, development, or use of a nuclear
explosive device, fissile material, or radiological material in the United States, and to protect against
attack using such devices or materials against the people, territory, or interests of the United States
and, to this end, shall—
(1) serve as the primary entity of the United States Government to further develop, acquire, and
support the deployment of an enhanced domestic system to detect and report on attempts to
import, possess, store, transport, develop, or use an unauthorized nuclear explosive device, fissile
material, or radiological material in the United States, and improve that system over time;
(2) enhance and coordinate the nuclear detection efforts of Federal, State, local, and tribal
governments and the private sector to ensure a managed, coordinated response;
(3) establish, with the approval of the Secretary and in coordination with the Attorney General,
the Secretary of Defense, and the Secretary of Energy, additional protocols and procedures for use
within the United States to ensure that the detection of unauthorized nuclear explosive devices,
fissile material, or radiological material is promptly reported to the Attorney General, the
Secretary, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Energy, and other appropriate officials or
their respective designees for appropriate action by law enforcement, military, emergency
response, or other authorities;
(4) develop, with the approval of the Secretary and in coordination with the Attorney General,

the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Defense, and the Secretary of Energy, an enhanced global
nuclear detection architecture with implementation under which—
(A) the Office will be responsible for the implementation of the domestic portion of the
global architecture;
(B) the Secretary of Defense will retain responsibility for implementation of Department of
Defense requirements within and outside the United States; and
(C) the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Defense, and the Secretary of Energy will
maintain their respective responsibilities for policy guidance and implementation of the portion
of the global architecture outside the United States, which will be implemented consistent with
applicable law and relevant international arrangements;
(5) ensure that the expertise necessary to accurately interpret detection data is made available in
a timely manner for all technology deployed by the Office to implement the global nuclear
detection architecture;
(6) conduct, support, coordinate, and encourage an aggressive, expedited, evolutionary, and
transformational program of research and development to generate and improve technologies to
detect and prevent the illicit entry, transport, assembly, or potential use within the United States of
a nuclear explosive device or fissile or radiological material, and coordinate with the Under
Secretary for Science and Technology on basic and advanced or transformational research and
development efforts relevant to the mission of both organizations;
(7) carry out a program to test and evaluate technology for detecting a nuclear explosive device
and fissile or radiological material, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and the
Secretary of Energy, as appropriate, and establish performance metrics for evaluating the
effectiveness of individual detectors and detection systems in detecting such devices or material—
(A) under realistic operational and environmental conditions; and
(B) against realistic adversary tactics and countermeasures;
(8) support and enhance the effective sharing and use of appropriate information generated by
the intelligence community, law enforcement agencies, counterterrorism community, other
government agencies, and foreign governments, as well as provide appropriate information to such
entities;
(9) further enhance and maintain continuous awareness by analyzing information from all
Office mission-related detection systems;
(10) lead the development and implementation of the national strategic five-year plan for
improving the nuclear forensic and attribution capabilities of the United States required under
section 1036 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2010;
(11) establish, within the Office, the National Technical Nuclear Forensics Center to provide
centralized stewardship, planning, assessment, gap analysis, exercises, improvement, and
integration for all Federal nuclear forensics and attribution activities—
(A) to ensure an enduring national technical nuclear forensics capability to strengthen the
collective response of the United States to nuclear terrorism or other nuclear attacks; and
(B) to coordinate and implement the national strategic five-year plan referred to in paragraph
(10);
(12) establish a National Nuclear Forensics Expertise Development Program, which—
(A) is devoted to developing and maintaining a vibrant and enduring academic pathway from
undergraduate to post-doctorate study in nuclear and geochemical science specialties directly
relevant to technical nuclear forensics, including radiochemistry, geochemistry, nuclear physics,
nuclear engineering, materials science, and analytical chemistry;
(B) shall—
(i) make available for undergraduate study student scholarships, with a duration of up to 4
years per student, which shall include, if possible, at least 1 summer internship at a national
laboratory or appropriate Federal agency in the field of technical nuclear forensics during the

course of the student's undergraduate career;
(ii) make available for doctoral study student fellowships, with a duration of up to 5 years
per student, which shall—
(I) include, if possible, at least 2 summer internships at a national laboratory or
appropriate Federal agency in the field of technical nuclear forensics during the course of
the student's graduate career; and
(II) require each recipient to commit to serve for 2 years in a post-doctoral position in a
technical nuclear forensics-related specialty at a national laboratory or appropriate Federal
agency after graduation;
(iii) make available to faculty awards, with a duration of 3 to 5 years each, to ensure
faculty and their graduate students have a sustained funding stream; and
(iv) place a particular emphasis on reinvigorating technical nuclear forensics programs
while encouraging the participation of undergraduate students, graduate students, and
university faculty from historically Black colleges and universities, Hispanic-serving
institutions, Tribal Colleges and Universities, Asian American and Native American Pacific
Islander-serving institutions, Alaska Native-serving institutions, and Hawaiian Native-serving
institutions; and
(C) shall—
(i) provide for the selection of individuals to receive scholarships or fellowships under this
section through a competitive process primarily on the basis of academic merit and the
nuclear forensics and attribution needs of the United States Government;
(ii) provide for the setting aside of up to 10 percent of the scholarships or fellowships
awarded under this section for individuals who are Federal employees to enhance the
education of such employees in areas of critical nuclear forensics and attribution needs of the
United States Government, for doctoral education under the scholarship on a full-time or
part-time basis;
(iii) provide that the Secretary may enter into a contractual agreement with an institution of
higher education under which the amounts provided for a scholarship under this section for
tuition, fees, and other authorized expenses are paid directly to the institution with respect to
which such scholarship is awarded;
(iv) require scholarship recipients to maintain satisfactory academic progress; and
(v) require that—
(I) a scholarship recipient who fails to maintain a high level of academic standing, as
defined by the Secretary, who is dismissed for disciplinary reasons from the educational
institution such recipient is attending, or who voluntarily terminates academic training
before graduation from the educational program for which the scholarship was awarded
shall be liable to the United States for repayment within 1 year after the date of such
default of all scholarship funds paid to such recipient and to the institution of higher
education on the behalf of such recipient, provided that the repayment period may be
extended by the Secretary if the Secretary determines it necessary, as established by
regulation; and
(II) a scholarship recipient who, for any reason except death or disability, fails to begin
or complete the post-doctoral service requirements in a technical nuclear forensics-related
specialty at a national laboratory or appropriate Federal agency after completion of
academic training shall be liable to the United States for an amount equal to—
(aa) the total amount of the scholarship received by such recipient under this section;
and
(bb) the interest on such amounts which would be payable if at the time the
scholarship was received such scholarship was a loan bearing interest at the maximum
legally prevailing rate;

(13) provide an annual report to Congress on the activities carried out under paragraphs (10),
(11), and (12); and
(14) perform other duties as assigned by the Secretary.
(b) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Alaska Native-serving institution
The term "Alaska Native-serving institution" has the meaning given the term in section 1059d
of title 20.
(2) Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution
The term "Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution" has the
meaning given the term in section 1059g of title 20.
(3) Hawaiian native-serving institution
The term "Hawaiian native-serving institution" 1 has the meaning given the term in section
1059d of title 20.
(4) Hispanic-serving institution
The term "Hispanic-serving institution" has the meaning given that term in section 1101a of title
20.
(5) Historically Black college or university
The term "historically Black college or university" has the meaning given the term "part B
institution" in section 1061(2) of title 20.
(6) Tribal College or University
The term "Tribal College or University" has the meaning given that term in section 1059c(b) of
title 20.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XIX, §1923, formerly title XVIII, §1802, as added Pub. L. 109–347, title V,
§501(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1932; renumbered title XIX, §1902, Pub. L. 110–53, title I,
§104(a)(1), (2), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 294; amended Pub. L. 111–140, §4(a), Feb. 16, 2010, 124
Stat. 32; renumbered §1923 and amended Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(5), (6), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat.
5163, 5164.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 1036 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2010, referred to in subsec. (a)(10),
is section 1036 of Pub. L. 111–84, Oct. 28, 2009, 123 Stat. 2190, which is not classified to the Code. For
complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(6)(A), substituted "Responsibilities" for "Mission of Office" in section
catchline.
Subsec. (a)(11). Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(6)(B), substituted "Office" for "Domestic Nuclear Detection
Office" in introductory provisions.
2010—Subsec. (a)(10) to (14). Pub. L. 111–140, §4(a)(1), added pars. (10) to (13) and redesignated former
par. (10) as (14).
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–140, §4(a)(2), added subsec. (b).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
FINDINGS
Pub. L. 111–140, §2, Feb. 16, 2010, 124 Stat. 31, provided that: "Congress finds the following:
"(1) The threat of a nuclear terrorist attack on American interests, both domestic and abroad, is one of

the most serious threats to the national security of the United States. In the wake of an attack, attribution of
responsibility would be of utmost importance. Because of the destructive power of a nuclear weapon, there
could be little forensic evidence except the radioactive material in the weapon itself.
"(2) Through advanced nuclear forensics, using both existing techniques and those under development,
it may be possible to identify the source and pathway of a weapon or material after it is interdicted or
detonated. Though identifying intercepted smuggled material is now possible in some cases, pre-detonation
forensics is a relatively undeveloped field. The post-detonation nuclear forensics field is also immature, and
the challenges are compounded by the pressures and time constraints of performing forensics after a nuclear
or radiological attack.
"(3) A robust and well-known capability to identify the source of nuclear or radiological material
intended for or used in an act of terror could also deter prospective proliferators. Furthermore, the threat of
effective attribution could compel improved security at material storage facilities, preventing the unwitting
transfer of nuclear or radiological materials.
"(4)(A) In order to identify special nuclear material and other radioactive materials confidently, it is
necessary to have a robust capability to acquire samples in a timely manner, analyze and characterize
samples, and compare samples against known signatures of nuclear and radiological material.
"(B) Many of the radioisotopes produced in the detonation of a nuclear device have short half-lives, so
the timely acquisition of samples is of the utmost importance. Over the past several decades, the ability of
the United States to gather atmospheric samples—often the preferred method of sample acquisition—has
diminished. This ability must be restored and modern techniques that could complement or replace existing
techniques should be pursued.
"(C) The discipline of pre-detonation forensics is a relatively undeveloped field. The radiation
associated with a nuclear or radiological device may affect traditional forensics techniques in unknown
ways. In a post-detonation scenario, radiochemistry may provide the most useful tools for analysis and
characterization of samples. The number of radiochemistry programs and radiochemists in United States
National Laboratories and universities has dramatically declined over the past several decades. The
narrowing pipeline of qualified people into this critical field is a serious impediment to maintaining a robust
and credible nuclear forensics program.
"(5) Once samples have been acquired and characterized, it is necessary to compare the results against
samples of known material from reactors, weapons, and enrichment facilities, and from medical, academic,
commercial, and other facilities containing such materials, throughout the world. Some of these samples are
available to the International Atomic Energy Agency through safeguards agreements, and some countries
maintain internal sample databases. Access to samples in many countries is limited by national security
concerns.
"(6) In order to create a sufficient deterrent, it is necessary to have the capability to positively identify
the source of nuclear or radiological material, and potential traffickers in nuclear or radiological material
must be aware of that capability. International cooperation may be essential to catalogue all existing sources
of nuclear or radiological material."
1

So in original. Section 1059d of title 20 defines "Native Hawaiian-serving institution".

§592a. Technology research and development investment strategy for nuclear
and radiological detection
(a) In general
Not later than 1 year after October 13, 2006, the Secretary, the Secretary of Energy, the Secretary
of Defense, and the Director of National Intelligence shall submit to Congress a research and
development investment strategy for nuclear and radiological detection.
(b) Contents
The strategy under subsection (a) shall include—
(1) a long term technology roadmap for nuclear and radiological detection applicable to the
mission needs of the Department, the Department of Energy, the Department of Defense, and the
Office of the Director of National Intelligence;
(2) budget requirements necessary to meet the roadmap; and

(3) documentation of how the Department, the Department of Energy, the Department of
Defense, and the Office of the Director of National Intelligence will execute this strategy.
(c) Initial report
Not later than 1 year after October 13, 2006, the Secretary shall submit a report to the appropriate
congressional committees on—
(1) the impact of this title,1 and the amendments made by this title, on the responsibilities under
section 182 of this title; and
(2) the efforts of the Department to coordinate, integrate, and establish priorities for conducting
all basic and applied research, development, testing, and evaluation of technology and systems to
detect, prevent, protect, and respond to chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear terrorist
attacks.
(d) Annual report
The Director for Domestic Nuclear Detection 2 and the Under Secretary for Science and
Technology shall jointly and annually notify Congress that the strategy and technology road map for
nuclear and radiological detection developed under subsections (a) and (b) is consistent with the
national policy and strategic plan for identifying priorities, goals, objectives, and policies for
coordinating the Federal Government's civilian efforts to identify and develop countermeasures to
terrorist threats from weapons of mass destruction that are required under section 182(2) of this title.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title V, §502, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1935.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This title, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is title V of Pub. L. 109–347, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1932, which
enacted this subchapter and this section and amended sections 113 and 182 of this title. For complete
classification of title V to the Code, see Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Security and Accountability For Every Port Act of 2006, also known as
the SAFE Port Act, and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to the Director for Domestic Nuclear Detection deemed to be a reference to the Assistant
Secretary for the Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office, see section 2(b)(1)(B) of Pub. L. 115–387,
set out as a note under section 591 of this title.
DEFINITIONS
For definitions of terms used in this section, see section 901 of this title.
1

See References in Text note below.

2

See Change of Name note below.

§593. Hiring authority
In hiring personnel for the Office, the Secretary shall have the hiring and management authorities
provided in section 1101 1 of the Strom Thurmond National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal

Year 1999 (5 U.S.C. 3104 note). The term of appointments for employees under subsection (c)(1) of
such section may not exceed 5 years before granting any extension under subsection (c)(2) of such
section.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XIX, §1924, formerly title XVIII, §1803, as added Pub. L. 109–347, title V,
§501(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1934; renumbered title XIX, §1903, Pub. L. 110–53, title I,
§104(a)(1), (2), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 294; renumbered §1924, Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(5), Dec. 21,
2018, 132 Stat. 5163.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 1101 of the Strom Thurmond National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1999, referred to
in text, is section 1101 of Pub. L. 105–261, which was formerly set out as a note under section 3104 of Title 5,
Government Organization and Employees, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XI, §1121(b), Dec.
23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2452. See section 1599h of Title 10, Armed Forces.
1

See References in Text note below.

§594. Testing authority
(a) In general
The Director shall coordinate with the responsible Federal agency or other entity to facilitate the
use by the Office, by its contractors, or by other persons or entities, of existing Government
laboratories, centers, ranges, or other testing facilities for the testing of materials, equipment, models,
computer software, and other items as may be related to the missions identified in section 592 of this
title. Any such use of Government facilities shall be carried out in accordance with all applicable
laws, regulations, and contractual provisions, including those governing security, safety, and
environmental protection, including, when applicable, the provisions of section 189 of this title. The
Office may direct that private sector entities utilizing Government facilities in accordance with this
section pay an appropriate fee to the agency that owns or operates those facilities to defray additional
costs to the Government resulting from such use.
(b) Confidentiality of test results
The results of tests performed with services made available shall be confidential and shall not be
disclosed outside the Federal Government without the consent of the persons for whom the tests are
performed.
(c) Fees
Fees for services made available under this section shall not exceed the amount necessary to
recoup the direct and indirect costs involved, such as direct costs of utilities, contractor support, and
salaries of personnel that are incurred by the United States to provide for the testing.
(d) Use of fees
Fees received for services made available under this section may be credited to the appropriation
from which funds were expended to provide such services.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XIX, §1925, formerly title XVIII, §1804, as added Pub. L. 109–347, title V,
§501(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1934; renumbered title XIX, §1904, and amended Pub. L. 110–53,
title I, §104(a)(1)–(3), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 294; renumbered §1925 and amended Pub. L.
115–387, §2(a)(5), (7), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5163, 5164.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS

2018—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(7), made technical amendment to reference in original act which
appears in text as reference to section 592 of this title.
2007—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–53, §104(a)(3), made technical amendment to reference in original act
which appears in text as reference to section 592 of this title.

§595. Repealed. Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(4), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5163
Section, Pub. L. 107–296, title XIX, §1905, formerly title XVIII, §1805, as added Pub. L. 109–347, title V,
§501(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1934; renumbered title XIX, §1905, Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §104(a)(1), (2),
Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 294, related to relationship of Director's authority under this subchapter to other
Department entities and Federal agencies.

§596. Contracting and grant making authorities
The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary, in carrying out the responsibilities under
section 592 of this title, shall—
(1) operate extramural and intramural programs and distribute funds through grants, cooperative
agreements, and other transactions and contracts;
(2) ensure that activities under section 592 of this title include investigations of radiation
detection equipment in configurations suitable for deployment at seaports, which may include
underwater or water surface detection equipment and detection equipment that can be mounted on
cranes and straddle cars used to move shipping containers; and
(3) have the authority to establish or contract with 1 or more federally funded research and
development centers to provide independent analysis of homeland security issues and carry out
other responsibilities under this subchapter.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XIX, §1926, formerly title XVIII, §1806, as added Pub. L. 109–347, title V,
§501(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1935; renumbered title XIX, §1906, and amended Pub. L. 110–53,
title I, §104(a)(1), (2), (4), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 294; renumbered §1926 and amended Pub. L.
115–387, §2(a)(5), (8), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5163, 5164.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(8)(A), in introductory provisions, substituted "Assistant Secretary" for
"Director for Domestic Nuclear Detection" and "section 592" for "paragraphs (6) and (7) of section 592(a)".
Par. (2). Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(8)(B), substituted "section 592" for "paragraphs (6) and (7) of section
592(a)".
2007—Pub. L. 110–53, §104(a)(4), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in
two places in text as reference to section 592(a) of this title.

§596a. Joint annual interagency review of global nuclear detection architecture
(a) Annual review
(1) In general
The Secretary, the Attorney General, the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Defense, the
Secretary of Energy, and the Director of National Intelligence shall jointly ensure interagency
coordination on the development and implementation of the global nuclear detection architecture
by ensuring that, not less frequently than once each year—
(A) each relevant agency, office, or entity—
(i) assesses its involvement, support, and participation in the development, revision, and
implementation of the global nuclear detection architecture; and

(ii) examines and evaluates components of the global nuclear detection architecture
(including associated strategies and acquisition plans) relating to the operations of that
agency, office, or entity, to determine whether such components incorporate and address
current threat assessments, scenarios, or intelligence analyses developed by the Director of
National Intelligence or other agencies regarding threats relating to nuclear or radiological
weapons of mass destruction;
(B) each agency, office, or entity deploying or operating any nuclear or radiological detection
technology under the global nuclear detection architecture—
(i) evaluates the deployment and operation of nuclear or radiological detection
technologies under the global nuclear detection architecture by that agency, office, or entity;
(ii) identifies performance deficiencies and operational or technical deficiencies in nuclear
or radiological detection technologies deployed under the global nuclear detection
architecture; and
(iii) assesses the capacity of that agency, office, or entity to implement the responsibilities
of that agency, office, or entity under the global nuclear detection architecture; and
(C) the Assistant Secretary and each of the relevant departments that are partners in the
National Technical Forensics Center—
(i) include, as part of the assessments, evaluations, and reviews required under this
paragraph, each office's or department's activities and investments in support of nuclear
forensics and attribution activities and specific goals and objectives accomplished during the
previous year pursuant to the national strategic five-year plan for improving the nuclear
forensic and attribution capabilities of the United States required under section 1036 of the
National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2010;
(ii) attaches, as an appendix to the Joint Interagency Annual Review, the most current
version of such strategy and plan; and
(iii) includes a description of new or amended bilateral and multilateral agreements and
efforts in support of nuclear forensics and attribution activities accomplished during the
previous year.
(2) Technology
Not less frequently than once each year, the Secretary shall examine and evaluate the
development, assessment, and acquisition of radiation detection technologies deployed or
implemented in support of the domestic portion of the global nuclear detection architecture.
(b) Annual report on joint interagency review
(1) In general
Not later than March 31 of each year, the Secretary, the Attorney General, the Secretary of
State, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Energy, and the Director of National Intelligence,
shall jointly submit a report regarding the implementation of this section and the results of the
reviews required under subsection (a) to—
(A) the President;
(B) the Committee on Appropriations, the Committee on Armed Services, the Select
Committee on Intelligence, and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental
Affairs of the Senate; and
(C) the Committee on Appropriations, the Committee on Armed Services, the Permanent
Select Committee on Intelligence, the Committee on Homeland Security, and the Committee on
Science and Technology of the House of Representatives.
(2) Form
The annual report submitted under paragraph (1) shall be submitted in unclassified form to the
maximum extent practicable, but may include a classified annex.
(c) Definition

In this section, the term "global nuclear detection architecture" means the global nuclear detection
architecture developed under section 592 of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XIX, §1927, formerly §1907, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title XI, §1103(a),
Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 379; amended Pub. L. 111–140, §4(b), Feb. 16, 2010, 124 Stat. 35;
renumbered §1927 and amended Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(5), (9), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5163,
5164.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 1036 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2010, referred to in subsec.
(a)(1)(C)(i), is section 1036 of Pub. L. 111–84, Oct. 28, 2009, 123 Stat. 2190, which is not classified to the
Code. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(9)(A), substituted "Assistant Secretary" for "Director of
the Domestic Nuclear Detection Office" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(9)(B), made technical amendment to reference in original act which
appears in text as reference to section 592 of this title.
2010—Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 111–140 added subpar. (C).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Committee on Science and Technology of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Science,
Space, and Technology of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Twelfth
Congress, Jan. 5, 2011.

§596b. Securing the Cities program
(a) Establishment
The Secretary, through the Assistant Secretary, shall establish a program, to be known as the
"Securing the Cities" or "STC" program, to enhance the ability of the United States to detect and
prevent terrorist attacks and other high-consequence events utilizing nuclear or other radiological
materials that pose a high risk to homeland security in high-risk urban areas.
(b) Elements
Through the STC program the Secretary shall—
(1) assist State, local, Tribal, and territorial governments in designing and implementing, or
enhancing existing, architectures for coordinated and integrated detection and interdiction of
nuclear or other radiological materials that are out of regulatory control;
(2) support the development of an operating capability to detect and report on nuclear and other
radiological materials out of regulatory control;
(3) provide resources to enhance detection, analysis, communication, and coordination to better
integrate State, local, Tribal, and territorial assets into Federal operations;
(4) facilitate alarm adjudication and provide subject matter expertise and technical assistance on
concepts of operations, training, exercises, and alarm response protocols;
(5) communicate with, and promote sharing of information about the presence or detection of
nuclear or other radiological materials among appropriate Federal, State, local, Tribal, and
territorial government agencies, in a manner that ensures transparency with the jurisdictions
designated under subsection (c);
(6) provide augmenting resources, as appropriate, to enable State, local, Tribal, and territorial
governments to sustain and refresh their capabilities developed under the STC program;

(7) monitor expenditures under the STC program and track performance in meeting the goals of
the STC program; and
(8) provide any other assistance the Secretary determines appropriate.
(c) Designation of jurisdictions
(1) In general
In carrying out the STC program under subsection (a), the Secretary shall designate
jurisdictions from among high-risk urban areas under section 604 of this title.
(2) Congressional notification
The Secretary shall notify the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on
Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate not later than 3 days
before the designation of a new jurisdiction under paragraph (1) or any change to a jurisdiction
previously designated under that paragraph.
(d) Accountability
(1) Implementation plan
(A) In general
The Secretary shall develop, in consultation with relevant stakeholders, an implementation
plan for carrying out the STC program that includes—
(i) a discussion of the goals of the STC program and a strategy to achieve those goals;
(ii) performance metrics and milestones for the STC program;
(iii) measures for achieving and sustaining capabilities under the STC program; and
(iv) costs associated with achieving the goals of the STC program.
(B) Submission to Congress
Not later than one year after December 21, 2018, the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate
congressional committees and the Comptroller General of the United States the implementation
plan required by subparagraph (A).
(2) Report required
Not later than one year after the submission of the implementation plan under paragraph (1)(B),
the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees and the Comptroller
General a report that includes—
(A) an assessment of the effectiveness of the STC program, based on the performance metrics
and milestones required by paragraph (1)(A)(ii); and
(B) proposals for any changes to the STC program, including an explanation of how those
changes align with the strategy and goals of the STC program and, as appropriate, address any
challenges faced by the STC program.
(3) Comptroller general review
Not later than 18 months after the submission of the report required by paragraph (2), the
Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees
a report evaluating the implementation plan required by paragraph (1) and the report required by
paragraph (2), including an assessment of progress made with respect to the performance metrics
and milestones required by paragraph (1)(A)(ii) and the sustainment of the capabilities of the STC
program.
(4) Briefing and submission requirements
Before making any changes to the structure or requirements of the STC program, the Assistant
Secretary shall—
(A) consult with the appropriate congressional committees; and
(B) provide to those committees—
(i) a briefing on the proposed changes, including a justification for the changes;

(ii) documentation relating to the changes, including plans, strategies, and resources to
implement the changes; and
(iii) an assessment of the effect of the changes on the capabilities of the STC program,
taking into consideration previous resource allocations and stakeholder input.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XIX, §1928, as added Pub. L. 115–387, §2(a)(10), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat.
5164.)

PART C—CHIEF MEDICAL OFFICER
§597. Chief Medical Officer
(a) In general
There is in the Office a Chief Medical Officer, who shall be appointed by the President. The Chief
Medical Officer shall report to the Assistant Secretary.
(b) Qualifications
The individual appointed as Chief Medical Officer shall be a licensed physician possessing a
demonstrated ability in and knowledge of medicine and public health.
(c) Responsibilities
The Chief Medical Officer shall have the responsibility within the Department for medical issues
related to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters, including—
(1) serving as the principal advisor on medical and public health issues to the Secretary, the
Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency, the Assistant Secretary, and other
Department officials;
(2) providing operational medical support to all components of the Department;
(3) as appropriate, providing medical liaisons to the components of the Department, on a
reimbursable basis, to provide subject matter expertise on operational medical issues;
(4) coordinating with Federal, State, local, and Tribal governments, the medical community,
and others within and outside the Department, including the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention and the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response of the
Department of Health and Human Services, with respect to medical and public health matters; and
(5) performing such other duties relating to such responsibilities as the Secretary may require.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XIX, §1931, as added Pub. L. 115–387, §2(c)(2), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat.
5166.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
SIMILAR PROVISIONS
Provisions similar to those in this section were contained in section 321e of this title prior to repeal by Pub.
L. 115–387, §2(c)(1).

SUBCHAPTER XV—HOMELAND SECURITY GRANTS
§601. Definitions
In this subchapter, the following definitions shall apply:
(1) Administrator

The term "Administrator" means the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management
Agency.
(2) Appropriate committees of Congress
The term "appropriate committees of Congress" means—
(A) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate; and
(B) those committees of the House of Representatives that the Speaker of the House of
Representatives determines appropriate.
(3) Critical infrastructure sectors
The term "critical infrastructure sectors" means the following sectors, in both urban and rural
areas:
(A) Agriculture and food.
(B) Banking and finance.
(C) Chemical industries.
(D) Commercial facilities.
(E) Commercial nuclear reactors, materials, and waste.
(F) Dams.
(G) The defense industrial base.
(H) Emergency services.
(I) Energy.
(J) Government facilities.
(K) Information technology.
(L) National monuments and icons.
(M) Postal and shipping.
(N) Public health and health care.
(O) Telecommunications.
(P) Transportation systems.
(Q) Water.
(4) Directly eligible tribe
The term "directly eligible tribe" means—
(A) any Indian tribe—
(i) that is located in the continental United States;
(ii) that operates a law enforcement or emergency response agency with the capacity to
respond to calls for law enforcement or emergency services;
(iii)(I) that is located on or near an international border or a coastline bordering an ocean
(including the Gulf of Mexico) or international waters;
(II) that is located within 10 miles of a system or asset included on the prioritized critical
infrastructure list established under section 664(a)(2) of this title or has such a system or asset
within its territory;
(III) that is located within or contiguous to 1 of the 50 most populous metropolitan
statistical areas in the United States; or
(IV) the jurisdiction of which includes not less than 1,000 square miles of Indian country,
as that term is defined in section 1151 of title 18; and
(iv) that certifies to the Secretary that a State has not provided funds under section 604 or
605 of this title to the Indian tribe or consortium of Indian tribes for the purpose for which
direct funding is sought; and
(B) a consortium of Indian tribes, if each tribe satisfies the requirements of subparagraph (A).
(5) Eligible metropolitan area
The term "eligible metropolitan area" means any of the 100 most populous metropolitan
statistical areas in the United States.

(6) High-risk urban area
The term "high-risk urban area" means a high-risk urban area designated under section
604(b)(3)(A) of this title.
(7) Indian tribe
The term "Indian tribe" has the meaning given that term in section 5304(e) of title 25.
(8) Metropolitan statistical area
The term "metropolitan statistical area" means a metropolitan statistical area, as defined by the
Office of Management and Budget.
(9) National Special Security Event
The term "National Special Security Event" means a designated event that, by virtue of its
political, economic, social, or religious significance, may be the target of terrorism or other
criminal activity.
(10) Population
The term "population" means population according to the most recent United States census
population estimates available at the start of the relevant fiscal year.
(11) Population density
The term "population density" means population divided by land area in square miles.
(12) Qualified intelligence analyst
The term "qualified intelligence analyst" means an intelligence analyst (as that term is defined
in section 124h(j) of this title), including law enforcement personnel—
(A) who has successfully completed training to ensure baseline proficiency in intelligence
analysis and production, as determined by the Secretary, which may include training using a
curriculum developed under section 124f of this title; or
(B) whose experience ensures baseline proficiency in intelligence analysis and production
equivalent to the training required under subparagraph (A), as determined by the Secretary.
(13) Target capabilities
The term "target capabilities" means the target capabilities for Federal, State, local, and tribal
government preparedness for which guidelines are required to be established under section 746(a)
of this title.
(14) Tribal government
The term "tribal government" means the government of an Indian tribe.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XX, §2001, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §101, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
271; amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(7)(A), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4180.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Par. (4)(A)(iii)(II). Pub. L. 115–278 substituted "section 664(a)(2) of this title" for "section
124l(a)(2) of this title".

PART A—GRANTS TO STATES AND HIGH-RISK URBAN AREAS
§603. Homeland security grant programs
(a) Grants authorized

The Secretary, through the Administrator, may award grants under sections 604, 605, and 609a of
this title to State, local, and tribal governments.
(b) Programs not affected
This part shall not be construed to affect any of the following Federal programs:
(1) Firefighter and other assistance programs authorized under the Federal Fire Prevention and
Control Act of 1974 (15 U.S.C. 2201 et seq.).
(2) Grants authorized under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance
Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.).
(3) Emergency Management Performance Grants under the amendments made by title II of the
Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007.
(4) Grants to protect critical infrastructure, including port security grants authorized under
section 70107 of title 46 and the grants authorized under title 1 XIV and XV of the Implementing
Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007 [6 U.S.C. 1131 et seq., 1151 et seq.] and
the amendments made by such titles.
(5) The Metropolitan Medical Response System authorized under section 723 of this title.
(6) The Interoperable Emergency Communications Grant Program authorized under subchapter
XIII.
(7) Grant programs other than those administered by the Department.
(c) Relationship to other laws
(1) In general
The grant programs authorized under sections 604 and 605 of this title shall supercede all grant
programs authorized under section 1014 of the USA PATRIOT Act (42 U.S.C. 3714).2
(2) Allocation
The allocation of grants authorized under section 604 or 605 of this title shall be governed by
the terms of this part and not by any other provision of law.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XX, §2002, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §101, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
273; amended Pub. L. 116–108, §2(b), Jan. 24, 2020, 133 Stat. 3295.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Federal Fire Prevention and Control Act of 1974, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is Pub. L. 93–498, Oct.
29, 1974, 88 Stat. 1535, which is classified principally to chapter 49 (§2201 et seq.) of Title 15, Commerce
and Trade. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2201
of Title 15 and Tables.
The Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is Pub.
L. 93–288, May 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 143, which is classified principally to chapter 68 (§5121 et seq.) of Title
42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set
out under section 5121 of Title 42 and Tables.
The Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007, referred to in subsec. (b)(3),
(4), is Pub. L. 110–53, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 266. Title II of the Act amended section 762 of this title and
section 5196c of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. Title XIV of the Act is classified generally to
subchapter III (§1131 et seq.) of chapter 4 of this title. Title XV of the Act is classified principally to
subchapter IV (§1151 et seq.) of chapter 4 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see
Short Title of 2007 Amendment note set out under section 101 of this title and Tables.
Section 1014 of the USA PATRIOT Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is section 1014 of Pub. L. 107–56,
which is set out as a note under this section.
AMENDMENTS
2020—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 116–108 substituted "sections 604, 605, and 609a" for "sections 604 and 605".

STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
GRANT PROGRAM FOR STATE AND LOCAL DOMESTIC PREPAREDNESS SUPPORT
Pub. L. 107–56, title X, §1014, Oct. 26, 2001, 115 Stat. 399, as amended by Pub. L. 107–273, div. C, title I,
§11003, Nov. 2, 2002, 116 Stat. 1816, provided that:
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Office for Domestic Preparedness of the Office of Justice Programs shall make a
grant to each State, which shall be used by the State, in conjunction with units of local government, to
enhance the capability of State and local jurisdictions to prepare for and respond to terrorist acts including
events of terrorism involving weapons of mass destruction and biological, nuclear, radiological, incendiary,
chemical, and explosive devices.
"(b) USE OF GRANT AMOUNTS.—Grants under this section may be used to purchase needed equipment
and to provide training and technical assistance to State and local first responders. In addition, grants under
this section may be used to construct, develop, expand, modify, operate, or improve facilities to provide
training or assistance to State and local first responders.
"(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as
necessary for each of fiscal years 2002 through 2007.
"(2) LIMITATIONS.—Of the amount made available to carry out this section in any fiscal year not
more than 3 percent may be used by the Attorney General for salaries and administrative expenses.
"(3) MINIMUM AMOUNT.—Each State shall be allocated in each fiscal year under this section not
less than 0.75 percent of the total amount appropriated in the fiscal year for grants pursuant to this section,
except that the United States Virgin Islands, America Samoa, Guam, and the Northern Mariana Islands each
shall be allocated not less than 0.25 percent."
[For transfer of functions, personnel, assets, and liabilities of the Office for Domestic Preparedness of the
Office of Justice Programs, including the functions of the Attorney General relating thereto, to the Secretary
of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see sections 203(5), 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of
this title and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified,
set out as a note under section 542 of this title.]
1

So in original. Probably should be "titles".

2

See References in Text note below.

§604. Urban Area Security Initiative
(a) Establishment
There is established an Urban Area Security Initiative to provide grants to assist high-risk urban
areas in preventing, preparing for, protecting against, and responding to acts of terrorism.
(b) Assessment and designation of high-risk urban areas
(1) In general
The Administrator shall designate high-risk urban areas to receive grants under this section
based on procedures under this subsection.
(2) Initial assessment
(A) In general
For each fiscal year, the Administrator shall conduct an initial assessment of the relative
threat, vulnerability, and consequences from acts of terrorism faced by each eligible
metropolitan area, including consideration of—
(i) the factors set forth in subparagraphs (A) through (H) and (K) of section 608(a)(1) of
this title; and
(ii) information and materials submitted under subparagraph (B).
(B) Submission of information by eligible metropolitan areas
Prior to conducting each initial assessment under subparagraph (A), the Administrator shall

provide each eligible metropolitan area with, and shall notify each eligible metropolitan area of,
the opportunity to—
(i) submit information that the eligible metropolitan area believes to be relevant to the
determination of the threat, vulnerability, and consequences it faces from acts of terrorism;
and
(ii) review the risk assessment conducted by the Department of that eligible metropolitan
area, including the bases for the assessment by the Department of the threat, vulnerability,
and consequences from acts of terrorism faced by that eligible metropolitan area, and remedy
erroneous or incomplete information.
(3) Designation of high-risk urban areas
(A) Designation
(i) In general
For each fiscal year, after conducting the initial assessment under paragraph (2), and based
on that assessment, the Administrator shall designate high-risk urban areas that may submit
applications for grants under this section.
(ii) Additional areas
Notwithstanding paragraph (2), the Administrator may—
(I) in any case where an eligible metropolitan area consists of more than 1 metropolitan
division (as that term is defined by the Office of Management and Budget) designate more
than 1 high-risk urban area within a single eligible metropolitan area; and
(II) designate an area that is not an eligible metropolitan area as a high-risk urban area
based on the assessment by the Administrator of the relative threat, vulnerability, and
consequences from acts of terrorism faced by the area.
(iii) Rule of construction
Nothing in this subsection may be construed to require the Administrator to—
(I) designate all eligible metropolitan areas that submit information to the Administrator
under paragraph (2)(B)(i) as high-risk urban areas; or
(II) designate all areas within an eligible metropolitan area as part of the high-risk urban
area.
(B) Jurisdictions included in high-risk urban areas
(i) In general
In designating high-risk urban areas under subparagraph (A), the Administrator shall
determine which jurisdictions, at a minimum, shall be included in each high-risk urban area.
(ii) Additional jurisdictions
A high-risk urban area designated by the Administrator may, in consultation with the State
or States in which such high-risk urban area is located, add additional jurisdictions to the
high-risk urban area.
(c) Application
(1) In general
An area designated as a high-risk urban area under subsection (b) may apply for a grant under
this section.
(2) Minimum contents of application
In an application for a grant under this section, a high-risk urban area shall submit—
(A) a plan describing the proposed division of responsibilities and distribution of funding
among the local and tribal governments in the high-risk urban area;
(B) the name of an individual to serve as a high-risk urban area liaison with the Department
and among the various jurisdictions in the high-risk urban area; and

(C) such information in support of the application as the Administrator may reasonably
require.
(3) Annual applications
Applicants for grants under this section shall apply or reapply on an annual basis.
(4) State review and transmission
(A) In general
To ensure consistency with State homeland security plans, a high-risk urban area applying for
a grant under this section shall submit its application to each State within which any part of that
high-risk urban area is located for review before submission of such application to the
Department.
(B) Deadline
Not later than 30 days after receiving an application from a high-risk urban area under
subparagraph (A), a State shall transmit the application to the Department.
(C) Opportunity for State comment
If the Governor of a State determines that an application of a high-risk urban area is
inconsistent with the State homeland security plan of that State, or otherwise does not support
the application, the Governor shall—
(i) notify the Administrator, in writing, of that fact; and
(ii) provide an explanation of the reason for not supporting the application at the time of
transmission of the application.
(5) Opportunity to amend
In considering applications for grants under this section, the Administrator shall provide
applicants with a reasonable opportunity to correct defects in the application, if any, before
making final awards.
(d) Distribution of awards
(1) In general
If the Administrator approves the application of a high-risk urban area for a grant under this
section, the Administrator shall distribute the grant funds to the State or States in which that
high-risk urban area is located.
(2) State distribution of funds
(A) In general
Not later than 45 days after the date that a State receives grant funds under paragraph (1), that
State shall provide the high-risk urban area awarded that grant not less than 80 percent of the
grant funds. Any funds retained by a State shall be expended on items, services, or activities
that benefit the high-risk urban area.
(B) Funds retained
A State shall provide each relevant high-risk urban area with an accounting of the items,
services, or activities on which any funds retained by the State under subparagraph (A) were
expended.
(3) Interstate urban areas
If parts of a high-risk urban area awarded a grant under this section are located in 2 or more
States, the Administrator shall distribute to each such State—
(A) a portion of the grant funds in accordance with the proposed distribution set forth in the
application; or
(B) if no agreement on distribution has been reached, a portion of the grant funds determined
by the Administrator to be appropriate.

(4) Certifications regarding distribution of grant funds to high-risk urban areas
A State that receives grant funds under paragraph (1) shall certify to the Administrator that the
State has made available to the applicable high-risk urban area the required funds under paragraph
(2).
(e) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated for grants under this section—
(1) $850,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(2) $950,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(3) $1,050,000,000 for fiscal year 2010;
(4) $1,150,000,000 for fiscal year 2011;
(5) $1,300,000,000 for fiscal year 2012; and
(6) such sums as are necessary for fiscal year 2013, and each fiscal year thereafter.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XX, §2003, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §101, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
274.)

§605. State Homeland Security Grant Program
(a) Establishment
There is established a State Homeland Security Grant Program to assist State, local, and tribal
governments in preventing, preparing for, protecting against, and responding to acts of terrorism.
(b) Application
(1) In general
Each State may apply for a grant under this section, and shall submit such information in
support of the application as the Administrator may reasonably require.
(2) Minimum contents of application
The Administrator shall require that each State include in its application, at a minimum—
(A) the purpose for which the State seeks grant funds and the reasons why the State needs the
grant to meet the target capabilities of that State;
(B) a description of how the State plans to allocate the grant funds to local governments and
Indian tribes; and
(C) a budget showing how the State intends to expend the grant funds.
(3) Annual applications
Applicants for grants under this section shall apply or reapply on an annual basis.
(c) Distribution to local and tribal governments
(1) In general
Not later than 45 days after receiving grant funds, any State receiving a grant under this section
shall make available to local and tribal governments, consistent with the applicable State
homeland security plan—
(A) not less than 80 percent of the grant funds;
(B) with the consent of local and tribal governments, items, services, or activities having a
value of not less than 80 percent of the amount of the grant; or
(C) with the consent of local and tribal governments, grant funds combined with other items,
services, or activities having a total value of not less than 80 percent of the amount of the grant.
(2) Certifications regarding distribution of grant funds to local governments
A State shall certify to the Administrator that the State has made the distribution to local and
tribal governments required under paragraph (1).
(3) Extension of period

The Governor of a State may request in writing that the Administrator extend the period under
paragraph (1) for an additional period of time. The Administrator may approve such a request if
the Administrator determines that the resulting delay in providing grant funding to the local and
tribal governments is necessary to promote effective investments to prevent, prepare for, protect
against, or respond to acts of terrorism.
(4) Exception
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico,
American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, or the Virgin
Islands.
(5) Direct funding
If a State fails to make the distribution to local or tribal governments required under paragraph
(1) in a timely fashion, a local or tribal government entitled to receive such distribution may
petition the Administrator to request that grant funds be provided directly to the local or tribal
government.
(d) Multistate applications
(1) In general
Instead of, or in addition to, any application for a grant under subsection (b), 2 or more States
may submit an application for a grant under this section in support of multistate efforts to prevent,
prepare for, protect against, and respond to acts of terrorism.
(2) Administration of grant
If a group of States applies for a grant under this section, such States shall submit to the
Administrator at the time of application a plan describing—
(A) the division of responsibilities for administering the grant; and
(B) the distribution of funding among the States that are parties to the application.
(e) Minimum allocation
(1) In general
In allocating funds under this section, the Administrator shall ensure that—
(A) except as provided in subparagraph (B), each State receives, from the funds appropriated
for the State Homeland Security Grant Program established under this section, not less than an
amount equal to—
(i) 0.375 percent of the total funds appropriated for grants under this section and section
604 of this title in fiscal year 2008;
(ii) 0.365 percent of the total funds appropriated for grants under this section and section
604 of this title in fiscal year 2009;
(iii) 0.36 percent of the total funds appropriated for grants under this section and section
604 of this title in fiscal year 2010;
(iv) 0.355 percent of the total funds appropriated for grants under this section and section
604 of this title in fiscal year 2011; and
(v) 0.35 percent of the total funds appropriated for grants under this section and section
604 of this title in fiscal year 2012 and in each fiscal year thereafter; and
(B) for each fiscal year, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, Guam, and the Virgin Islands each receive, from the funds appropriated for the State
Homeland Security Grant Program established under this section, not less than an amount equal
to 0.08 percent of the total funds appropriated for grants under this section and section 604 of
this title.
(2) Effect of multistate award on State minimum
Any portion of a multistate award provided to a State under subsection (d) shall be considered
in calculating the minimum State allocation under this subsection.

(f) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated for grants under this section—
(1) $950,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2008 through 2012; and
(2) such sums as are necessary for fiscal year 2013, and each fiscal year thereafter.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XX, §2004, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §101, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
277.)

§606. Grants to directly eligible tribes
(a) In general
Notwithstanding section 605(b) of this title, the Administrator may award grants to directly
eligible tribes under section 605 of this title.
(b) Tribal applications
A directly eligible tribe may apply for a grant under section 605 of this title by submitting an
application to the Administrator that includes, as appropriate, the information required for an
application by a State under section 605(b) of this title.
(c) Consistency with State plans
(1) In general
To ensure consistency with any applicable State homeland security plan, a directly eligible tribe
applying for a grant under section 605 of this title shall provide a copy of its application to each
State within which any part of the tribe is located for review before the tribe submits such
application to the Department.
(2) Opportunity for comment
If the Governor of a State determines that the application of a directly eligible tribe is
inconsistent with the State homeland security plan of that State, or otherwise does not support the
application, not later than 30 days after the date of receipt of that application the Governor shall—
(A) notify the Administrator, in writing, of that fact; and
(B) provide an explanation of the reason for not supporting the application.
(d) Final authority
The Administrator shall have final authority to approve any application of a directly eligible tribe.
The Administrator shall notify each State within the boundaries of which any part of a directly
eligible tribe is located of the approval of an application by the tribe.
(e) Prioritization
The Administrator shall allocate funds to directly eligible tribes in accordance with the factors
applicable to allocating funds among States under section 608 of this title.
(f) Distribution of awards to directly eligible tribes
If the Administrator awards funds to a directly eligible tribe under this section, the Administrator
shall distribute the grant funds directly to the tribe and not through any State.
(g) Minimum allocation
(1) In general
In allocating funds under this section, the Administrator shall ensure that, for each fiscal year,
directly eligible tribes collectively receive, from the funds appropriated for the State Homeland
Security Grant Program established under section 605 of this title, not less than an amount equal to
0.1 percent of the total funds appropriated for grants under sections 604 and 605 of this title.
(2) Exception
This subsection shall not apply in any fiscal year in which the Administrator—

(A) receives fewer than 5 applications under this section; or
(B) does not approve at least 2 applications under this section.
(h) Tribal liaison
A directly eligible tribe applying for a grant under section 605 of this title shall designate an
individual to serve as a tribal liaison with the Department and other Federal, State, local, and
regional government officials concerning preventing, preparing for, protecting against, and
responding to acts of terrorism.
(i) Eligibility for other funds
A directly eligible tribe that receives a grant under section 605 of this title may receive funds for
other purposes under a grant from the State or States within the boundaries of which any part of such
tribe is located and from any high-risk urban area of which it is a part, consistent with the homeland
security plan of the State or high-risk urban area.
(j) State obligations
(1) In general
States shall be responsible for allocating grant funds received under section 605 of this title to
tribal governments in order to help those tribal communities achieve target capabilities not
achieved through grants to directly eligible tribes.
(2) Distribution of grant funds
With respect to a grant to a State under section 605 of this title, an Indian tribe shall be eligible
for funding directly from that State, and shall not be required to seek funding from any local
government.
(3) Imposition of requirements
A State may not impose unreasonable or unduly burdensome requirements on an Indian tribe as
a condition of providing the Indian tribe with grant funds or resources under section 605 of this
title.
(k) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to affect the authority of an Indian tribe that receives
funds under this part.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XX, §2005, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §101, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
279.)

§607. Terrorism prevention
(a) Law enforcement terrorism prevention program
(1) In general
The Administrator shall ensure that not less than 25 percent of the total combined funds
appropriated for grants under sections 604 and 605 of this title is used for law enforcement
terrorism prevention activities.
(2) Law enforcement terrorism prevention activities
Law enforcement terrorism prevention activities include—
(A) information sharing and analysis;
(B) target hardening;
(C) threat recognition;
(D) terrorist interdiction;
(E) training exercises to enhance preparedness for and response to mass casualty and active
shooter incidents and security events at public locations, including airports and mass transit
systems;

(F) overtime expenses consistent with a State homeland security plan, including for the
provision of enhanced law enforcement operations in support of Federal agencies, including for
increased border security and border crossing enforcement;
(G) establishing, enhancing, and staffing with appropriately qualified personnel State, local,
and regional fusion centers that comply with the guidelines established under section 124h(i) of
this title;
(H) paying salaries and benefits for personnel, including individuals employed by the grant
recipient on the date of the relevant grant application, to serve as qualified intelligence analysts;
(I) any other activity permitted under the Fiscal Year 2007 Program Guidance of the
Department for the Law Enforcement Terrorism Prevention Program; and
(J) any other terrorism prevention activity authorized by the Administrator.
(3) Participation of underrepresented communities in fusion centers
The Administrator shall ensure that grant funds described in paragraph (1) are used to support
the participation, as appropriate, of law enforcement and other emergency response providers from
rural and other underrepresented communities at risk from acts of terrorism in fusion centers.
(b) Office for State and Local Law Enforcement
(1) Establishment
There is established in the Policy Directorate of the Department an Office for State and Local
Law Enforcement, which shall be headed by an Assistant Secretary for State and Local Law
Enforcement.
(2) Qualifications
The Assistant Secretary for State and Local Law Enforcement shall have an appropriate
background with experience in law enforcement, intelligence, and other counterterrorism
functions.
(3) Assignment of personnel
The Secretary shall assign to the Office for State and Local Law Enforcement permanent staff
and, as appropriate and consistent with sections 316(c)(2), 381, and 468(d) of this title, other
appropriate personnel detailed from other components of the Department to carry out the
responsibilities under this subsection.
(4) Responsibilities
The Assistant Secretary for State and Local Law Enforcement shall—
(A) lead the coordination of Department-wide policies relating to the role of State and local
law enforcement in preventing, preparing for, protecting against, and responding to natural
disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters within the United States;
(B) serve as a liaison between State, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies and the
Department;
(C) coordinate with the Office of Intelligence and Analysis to ensure the intelligence and
information sharing requirements of State, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies are being
addressed;
(D) work with the Administrator to ensure that law enforcement and terrorism-focused grants
to State, local, and tribal government agencies, including grants under sections 604 and 605 of
this title, the Commercial Equipment Direct Assistance Program, and other grants administered
by the Department to support fusion centers and law enforcement-oriented programs, are
appropriately focused on terrorism prevention activities;
(E) coordinate with the Science and Technology Directorate, the Federal Emergency
Management Agency, the Department of Justice, the National Institute of Justice, law
enforcement organizations, and other appropriate entities to support the development,
promulgation, and updating, as necessary, of national voluntary consensus standards for training
and personal protective equipment to be used in a tactical environment by law enforcement
officers; and

(F) conduct, jointly with the Administrator, a study to determine the efficacy and feasibility
of establishing specialized law enforcement deployment teams to assist State, local, and tribal
governments in responding to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, or other man-made disasters
and report on the results of that study to the appropriate committees of Congress.
(5) Rule of construction
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to diminish, supercede, or replace the
responsibilities, authorities, or role of the Administrator.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XX, §2006, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §101, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
280; amended Pub. L. 114–190, title III, §3602, July 15, 2016, 130 Stat. 665.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2016—Subsec. (a)(2)(E) to (J). Pub. L. 114–190 added subpar. (E) and redesignated former subpars. (E) to
(I) as (F) to (J), respectively.

§608. Prioritization
(a) In general
In allocating funds among States and high-risk urban areas applying for grants under section 604
or 605 of this title, the Administrator shall consider, for each State or high-risk urban area—
(1) its relative threat, vulnerability, and consequences from acts of terrorism, including
consideration of—
(A) its population, including appropriate consideration of military, tourist, and commuter
populations;
(B) its population density;
(C) its history of threats, including whether it has been the target of a prior act of terrorism;
(D) its degree of threat, vulnerability, and consequences related to critical infrastructure (for
all critical infrastructure sectors) or key resources identified by the Administrator or the State
homeland security plan, including threats, vulnerabilities, and consequences related to critical
infrastructure or key resources in nearby jurisdictions;
(E) the most current threat assessments available to the Department;
(F) whether the State has, or the high-risk urban area is located at or near, an international
border;
(G) whether it has a coastline bordering an ocean (including the Gulf of Mexico) or
international waters;
(H) its likely need to respond to acts of terrorism occurring in nearby jurisdictions;
(I) the extent to which it has unmet target capabilities;
(J) in the case of a high-risk urban area, the extent to which that high-risk urban area
includes—
(i) those incorporated municipalities, counties, parishes, and Indian tribes within the
relevant eligible metropolitan area, the inclusion of which will enhance regional efforts to
prevent, prepare for, protect against, and respond to acts of terrorism; and
(ii) other local and tribal governments in the surrounding area that are likely to be called
upon to respond to acts of terrorism within the high-risk urban area; and
(K) such other factors as are specified in writing by the Administrator; and
(2) the anticipated effectiveness of the proposed use of the grant by the State or high-risk urban
area in increasing the ability of that State or high-risk urban area to prevent, prepare for, protect
against, and respond to acts of terrorism, to meet its target capabilities, and to otherwise reduce the

overall risk to the high-risk urban area, the State, or the Nation.
(b) Types of threat
In assessing threat under this section, the Administrator shall consider the following types of threat
to critical infrastructure sectors and to populations in all areas of the United States, urban and rural:
(1) Biological.
(2) Chemical.
(3) Cyber.
(4) Explosives.
(5) Incendiary.
(6) Nuclear.
(7) Radiological.
(8) Suicide bombers.
(9) Such other types of threat determined relevant by the Administrator.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XX, §2007, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §101, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
282.)

§609. Use of funds
(a) Permitted uses
The Administrator shall permit the recipient of a grant under section 604 or 605 of this title to use
grant funds to achieve target capabilities related to preventing, preparing for, protecting against, and
responding to acts of terrorism, consistent with a State homeland security plan and relevant local,
tribal, and regional homeland security plans, including by working in conjunction with a National
Laboratory (as defined in section 15801(3) of title 42), through—
(1) developing and enhancing homeland security, emergency management, or other relevant
plans, assessments, or mutual aid agreements;
(2) designing, conducting, and evaluating training and exercises, including training and
exercises conducted under section 321a of this title and section 748 of this title;
(3) protecting a system or asset included on the prioritized critical infrastructure list established
under section 664(a)(2) of this title;
(4) purchasing, upgrading, storing, or maintaining equipment, including computer hardware and
software;
(5) ensuring operability and achieving interoperability of emergency communications;
(6) responding to an increase in the threat level under the Homeland Security Advisory System,
or to the needs resulting from a National Special Security Event;
(7) establishing, enhancing, and staffing with appropriately qualified personnel State, local, and
regional fusion centers that comply with the guidelines established under section 124h(i) of this
title;
(8) enhancing school preparedness;
(9) enhancing the security and preparedness of secure and nonsecure areas of eligible airports
and surface transportation systems;
(10) supporting public safety answering points;
(11) paying salaries and benefits for personnel, including individuals employed by the grant
recipient on the date of the relevant grant application, to serve as qualified intelligence analysts,
regardless of whether such analysts are current or new full-time employees or contract employees;
(12) paying expenses directly related to administration of the grant, except that such expenses
may not exceed 3 percent of the amount of the grant;
(13) any activity permitted under the Fiscal Year 2007 Program Guidance of the Department for
the State Homeland Security Grant Program, the Urban Area Security Initiative (including
activities permitted under the full-time counterterrorism staffing pilot), or the Law Enforcement
Terrorism Prevention Program;

(14) migrating any online service (as defined in section 3 of the DOTGOV Online Trust in
Government Act of 2020) 1 to the .gov internet domain; and
(15) any other appropriate activity, as determined by the Administrator.
(b) Limitations on use of funds
(1) In general
Funds provided under section 604 or 605 of this title may not be used—
(A) to supplant State or local funds, except that nothing in this paragraph shall prohibit the
use of grant funds provided to a State or high-risk urban area for otherwise permissible uses
under subsection (a) on the basis that a State or high-risk urban area has previously used State
or local funds to support the same or similar uses; or
(B) for any State or local government cost-sharing contribution.
(2) Personnel
(A) In general
Not more than 50 percent of the amount awarded to a grant recipient under section 604 or
605 of this title in any fiscal year may be used to pay for personnel, including overtime and
backfill costs, in support of the permitted uses under subsection (a).
(B) Waiver
At the request of the recipient of a grant under section 604 or 605 of this title, the
Administrator may grant a waiver of the limitation under subparagraph (A).
(3) Limitations on discretion
(A) In general
With respect to the use of amounts awarded to a grant recipient under section 604 or 605 of
this title for personnel costs in accordance with paragraph (2) of this subsection, the
Administrator may not—
(i) impose a limit on the amount of the award that may be used to pay for personnel, or
personnel-related, costs that is higher or lower than the percent limit imposed in paragraph
(2)(A); or
(ii) impose any additional limitation on the portion of the funds of a recipient that may be
used for a specific type, purpose, or category of personnel, or personnel-related, costs.
(B) Analysts
If amounts awarded to a grant recipient under section 604 or 605 of this title are used for
paying salary or benefits of a qualified intelligence analyst under subsection (a)(10),1 the
Administrator shall make such amounts available without time limitations placed on the period
of time that the analyst can serve under the grant.
(4) Construction
(A) In general
A grant awarded under section 604 or 605 of this title may not be used to acquire land or to
construct buildings or other physical facilities.
(B) Exceptions
(i) In general
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), nothing in this paragraph shall prohibit the use of a
grant awarded under section 604 or 605 of this title to achieve target capabilities related to
preventing, preparing for, protecting against, or responding to acts of terrorism, including
through the alteration or remodeling of existing buildings for the purpose of making such
buildings secure against acts of terrorism.
(ii) Requirements for exception

No grant awarded under section 604 or 605 of this title may be used for a purpose
described in clause (i) unless—
(I) specifically approved by the Administrator;
(II) any construction work occurs under terms and conditions consistent with the
requirements under section 5196(j)(9) of title 42; and
(III) the amount allocated for purposes under clause (i) does not exceed the greater of
$1,000,000 or 15 percent of the grant award.
(5) Recreation
Grants awarded under this part may not be used for recreational or social purposes.
(c) Multiple-purpose funds
Nothing in this part shall be construed to prohibit State, local, or tribal governments from using
grant funds under sections 604 and 605 of this title in a manner that enhances preparedness for
disasters unrelated to acts of terrorism, if such use assists such governments in achieving target
capabilities related to preventing, preparing for, protecting against, or responding to acts of terrorism.
(d) Reimbursement of costs
(1) Paid-on-call or volunteer reimbursement
In addition to the activities described in subsection (a), a grant under section 604 or 605 of this
title may be used to provide a reasonable stipend to paid-on-call or volunteer emergency response
providers who are not otherwise compensated for travel to or participation in training or exercises
related to the purposes of this part. Any such reimbursement shall not be considered compensation
for purposes of rendering an emergency response provider an employee under the Fair Labor
Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 201 et seq.).
(2) Performance of Federal duty
An applicant for a grant under section 604 or 605 of this title may petition the Administrator to
use the funds from its grants under those sections for the reimbursement of the cost of any activity
relating to preventing, preparing for, protecting against, or responding to acts of terrorism that is a
Federal duty and usually performed by a Federal agency, and that is being performed by a State or
local government under agreement with a Federal agency.
(e) Flexibility in unspent homeland security grant funds
Upon request by the recipient of a grant under section 604 or 605 of this title, the Administrator
may authorize the grant recipient to transfer all or part of the grant funds from uses specified in the
grant agreement to other uses authorized under this section, if the Administrator determines that such
transfer is in the interests of homeland security.
(f) Equipment standards
If an applicant for a grant under section 604 or 605 of this title proposes to upgrade or purchase,
with assistance provided under that grant, new equipment or systems that do not meet or exceed any
applicable national voluntary consensus standards developed under section 747 of this title, the
applicant shall include in its application an explanation of why such equipment or systems will serve
the needs of the applicant better than equipment or systems that meet or exceed such standards.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XX, §2008, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §101, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
283; amended Pub. L. 110–412, §2, Oct. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 4336; Pub. L. 114–113, div. M, title VII,
§711, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2934; Pub. L. 114–190, title III, §3603, July 15, 2016, 130 Stat. 665;
Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(7)(B), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4180; Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title IX,
§904(c), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2302.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Subsection (a)(10), referred to in subsec. (b)(3)(B), was redesignated subsec. (a)(11) by Pub. L. 114–190,

title III, §3603(1), July 15, 2016, 130 Stat. 665.
Section 3 of the DOTGOV Online Trust in Government Act of 2020, referred to in subsec. (a)(14),
probably means section 903 of title IX of div. U of Pub. L. 116–260, which defines "online service" and is set
out as a note under section 665 of this title.
The Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, referred to in subsec. (d)(1), is act June 25, 1938, ch. 676, 52 Stat.
1060, which is classified generally to chapter 8 (§201 et seq.) of Title 29, Labor. For complete classification of
this Act to the Code, see section 201 of Title 29 and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2020—Subsec. (a)(14), (15). Pub. L. 116–260 added par. (14) and redesignated former par. (14) as (15).
2018—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 115–278 substituted "section 664(a)(2) of this title" for "section 124l(a)(2) of
this title".
2016—Subsec. (a)(9) to (14). Pub. L. 114–190 added par. (9) and redesignated former pars. (9) to (13) as
(10) to (14), respectively.
2015—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 114–113 inserted "including by working in conjunction with a National
Laboratory (as defined in section 15801(3) of title 42)," after "plans," in introductory provisions.
2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–412, §2(1)(A), substituted "The Administrator shall permit the recipient of
a grant under section 604 or 605 of this title to use grant funds" for "Grants awarded under section 604 or 605
of this title may be used" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (a)(10). Pub. L. 110–412, §2(1)(B), inserted ", regardless of whether such analysts are current or
new full-time employees or contract employees" after "analysts".
Subsec. (b)(3) to (5). Pub. L. 110–412, §2(2), added par. (3) and redesignated former pars. (3) and (4) as (4)
and (5), respectively.
1

See References in Text note below.

§609a. Nonprofit Security Grant Program
(a) Establishment
There is established in the Department a program to be known as the "Nonprofit Security Grant
Program" (in this section referred to as the "Program"). Under the Program, the Secretary, acting
through the Administrator, shall make grants to eligible nonprofit organizations described in
subsection (b), through the State in which such organizations are located, for target hardening and
other security enhancements to protect against terrorist attacks.
(b) Eligible recipients
Eligible nonprofit organizations described in this 1 subsection (a) are organizations that are—
(1) described in section 501(c)(3) of title 26 and exempt from tax under section 501(a) of such
title; and
(2) determined to be at risk of a terrorist attack by the Administrator.
(c) Permitted uses
The recipient of a grant under this section may use such grant for any of the following uses:
(1) Target hardening activities, including physical security enhancement equipment and
inspection and screening systems.
(2) Fees for security training relating to physical security and cybersecurity, target hardening,
terrorism awareness, and employee awareness.
(3) Any other appropriate activity, including cybersecurity resilience activities, as determined
by the Administrator.
(d) Period of performance
The Administrator shall make funds provided under this section available for use by a recipient of
a grant for a period of not less than 36 months.
(e) Report

The Administrator shall annually for each of fiscal years 2020 through 2024 submit to the
Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Homeland
Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate a report containing information on the expenditure
by each grant recipient of grant funds made under this section.
(f) Authorization of Appropriations
(1) In general
There is authorized to be appropriated $75 million for each of fiscal years 2020 through 2024 to
carry out this section.
(2) Specification
Of the amounts authorized to be appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1)—
(A) $50 million is authorized for eligible recipients located in jurisdictions that receive
funding under section 604 of this title; and
(B) $25 million is authorized for eligible recipients in jurisdictions not receiving funding
under section 604 of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XX, §2009, as added Pub. L. 116–108, §2(a), Jan. 24, 2020, 133 Stat. 3294.)
1

So in original. The word "this" probably should not appear.

PART B—GRANTS ADMINISTRATION
§611. Administration and coordination
(a) Regional coordination
The Administrator shall ensure that—
(1) all recipients of grants administered by the Department to prevent, prepare for, protect
against, or respond to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, or other man-made disasters (excluding
assistance provided under section 203, title IV, or title V of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief
and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5133, 5170 et seq., and 5191 et seq.)) coordinate, as
appropriate, their prevention, preparedness, and protection efforts with neighboring State, local,
and tribal governments; and
(2) all high-risk urban areas and other recipients of grants administered by the Department to
prevent, prepare for, protect against, or respond to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, or other
man-made disasters (excluding assistance provided under section 203, title IV, or title V of the
Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5133, 5170 et seq.,
and 5191 et seq.)) that include or substantially affect parts or all of more than 1 State coordinate,
as appropriate, across State boundaries, including, where appropriate, through the use of regional
working groups and requirements for regional plans.
(b) Planning committees
(1) In general
Any State or high-risk urban area receiving a grant under section 604 or 605 of this title shall
establish a State planning committee or urban area working group to assist in preparation and
revision of the State, regional, or local homeland security plan or the threat and hazard
identification and risk assessment, as the case may be, and to assist in determining effective
funding priorities for grants under such sections.
(2) Composition
(A) In general

The State planning committees and urban area working groups referred to in paragraph (1)
shall include at least one representative from each of the following significant stakeholders:
(i) Local or tribal government officials.
(ii) Emergency response providers, which shall include representatives of the fire service,
law enforcement, emergency medical services, and emergency managers.
(iii) Public health officials and other appropriate medical practitioners.
(iv) Individuals representing educational institutions, including elementary schools,
community colleges, and other institutions of higher education.
(v) State and regional interoperable communications coordinators, as appropriate.
(vi) State and major urban area fusion centers, as appropriate.
(B) Geographic representation
The members of the State planning committee or urban area working group, as the case may
be, shall be a representative group of individuals from the counties, cities, towns, and Indian
tribes within the State or high-risk urban area, including, as appropriate, representatives of rural,
high-population, and high-threat jurisdictions.
(3) Existing planning committees
Nothing in this subsection may be construed to require that any State or high-risk urban area
create a State planning committee or urban area working group, as the case may be, if that State or
high-risk urban area has established and uses a multijurisdictional planning committee or
commission that meets the requirements of this subsection.
(c) Sense of Congress
It is the sense of Congress that, in order to ensure that the Nation is most effectively able to
prevent, prepare for, protect against, and respond to all hazards, including natural disasters, acts of
terrorism, and other man-made disasters—
(1) the Department should administer a coherent and coordinated system of both
terrorism-focused and all-hazards grants;
(2) there should be a continuing and appropriate balance between funding for terrorism-focused
and all-hazards preparedness, as reflected in the authorizations of appropriations for grants under
the amendments made by titles I and II, as applicable, of the Implementing Recommendations of
the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007; and
(3) with respect to terrorism-focused grants, it is necessary to ensure both that the target
capabilities of the highest risk areas are achieved quickly and that basic levels of preparedness, as
measured by the attainment of target capabilities, are achieved nationwide.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XX, §2021, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §101, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
285; amended Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title XIX, §1911, Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2682; Pub. L.
115–278, §2(g)(7)(C), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4180.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is Pub. L.
93–288, May 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 143. Section 203 of the Act is classified to section 5133 of Title 42, The
Public Health and Welfare. Titles IV and V of the Act are classified generally to subchapters IV (§5170 et
seq.) and IV–A (§5191 et seq.), respectively, of chapter 68 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act
to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5121 of Title 42 and Tables.
The Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007, referred to in subsec. (c)(2), is
Pub. L. 110–53, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 266. Title I of the Act enacted this subchapter and amended sections
318, 321a, 594, 596, and 752 of this title. Title II of the Act amended section 762 of this title and section
5196c of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of titles I and II to the Code, see
Tables.
AMENDMENTS

2018—Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 115–278 redesignated subsec. (d) as (c) and struck out former subsec. (c).
Prior to amendment, subsec. (c) related to interagency coordination.
2016—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 114–328 amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) related
to planning committees to assist in preparation and revision of State, regional, or local homeland security
plans, and to assist in determining effective funding priorities for grants under sections 604 and 605 of this
title.

§612. Accountability
(a) Audits of grant programs
(1) Compliance requirements
(A) Audit requirement
Each recipient of a grant administered by the Department that expends not less than $500,000
in Federal funds during its fiscal year shall submit to the Administrator a copy of the
organization-wide financial and compliance audit report required under chapter 75 of title 31.
(B) Access to information
The Department and each recipient of a grant administered by the Department shall provide
the Comptroller General and any officer or employee of the Government Accountability Office
with full access to information regarding the activities carried out related to any grant
administered by the Department.
(C) Improper payments
Consistent with subchapter IV of chapter 33 of title 31, for each of the grant programs under
sections 604 and 605 of this title and section 762 of this title, the Administrator shall specify
policies and procedures for—
(i) identifying activities funded under any such grant program that are susceptible to
significant improper payments; and
(ii) reporting any improper payments to the Department.
(2) Agency program review
(A) In general
Not less than once every 2 years, the Administrator shall conduct, for each State and
high-risk urban area receiving a grant administered by the Department, a programmatic and
financial review of all grants awarded by the Department to prevent, prepare for, protect
against, or respond to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, or other man-made disasters,
excluding assistance provided under section 203, title IV, or title V of the Robert T. Stafford
Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5133, 5170 et seq., and 5191 et seq.).
(B) Contents
Each review under subparagraph (A) shall, at a minimum, examine—
(i) whether the funds awarded were used in accordance with the law, program guidance,
and State homeland security plans or other applicable plans; and
(ii) the extent to which funds awarded enhanced the ability of a grantee to prevent, prepare
for, protect against, and respond to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made
disasters.
(C) Authorization of appropriations
In addition to any other amounts authorized to be appropriated to the Administrator, there are
authorized to be appropriated to the Administrator for reviews under this paragraph—
(i) $8,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2008, 2009, and 2010; and
(ii) such sums as are necessary for fiscal year 2011, and each fiscal year thereafter.
(3) Performance assessment

In order to ensure that States and high-risk urban areas are using grants administered by the
Department appropriately to meet target capabilities and preparedness priorities, the Administrator
shall—
(A) ensure that any such State or high-risk urban area conducts or participates in exercises
under section 748(b) of this title;
(B) use performance metrics in accordance with the comprehensive assessment system under
section 749 of this title and ensure that any such State or high-risk urban area regularly tests its
progress against such metrics through the exercises required under subparagraph (A);
(C) use the remedial action management program under section 750 of this title; and
(D) ensure that each State receiving a grant administered by the Department submits a report
to the Administrator on its level of preparedness, as required by section 752(c) of this title.
(4) Consideration of assessments
In conducting program reviews and performance audits under paragraph (2), the Administrator
and the Inspector General of the Department shall take into account the performance assessment
elements required under paragraph (3).
(5) Recovery audits
The Administrator shall conduct a recovery audit under section 3352(i) of title 31 for any grant
administered by the Department with a total value of not less than $1,000,000, if the Administrator
finds that—
(A) a financial audit has identified improper payments that can be recouped; and
(B) it is cost effective to conduct a recovery audit to recapture the targeted funds.
(6) Remedies for noncompliance
(A) In general
If, as a result of a review or audit under this subsection or otherwise, the Administrator finds
that a recipient of a grant under this subchapter has failed to substantially comply with any
provision of law or with any regulations or guidelines of the Department regarding eligible
expenditures, the Administrator shall—
(i) reduce the amount of payment of grant funds to the recipient by an amount equal to the
amount of grants funds that were not properly expended by the recipient;
(ii) limit the use of grant funds to programs, projects, or activities not affected by the
failure to comply;
(iii) refer the matter to the Inspector General of the Department for further investigation;
(iv) terminate any payment of grant funds to be made to the recipient; or
(v) take such other action as the Administrator determines appropriate.
(B) Duration of penalty
The Administrator shall apply an appropriate penalty under subparagraph (A) until such time
as the Administrator determines that the grant recipient is in full compliance with the law and
with applicable guidelines or regulations of the Department.
(b) Reports by grant recipients
(1) Quarterly reports on homeland security spending
(A) In general
As a condition of receiving a grant under section 604 or 605 of this title, a State, high-risk
urban area, or directly eligible tribe shall, not later than 30 days after the end of each Federal
fiscal quarter, submit to the Administrator a report on activities performed using grant funds
during that fiscal quarter.
(B) Contents
Each report submitted under subparagraph (A) shall at a minimum include, for the applicable
State, high-risk urban area, or directly eligible tribe, and each subgrantee thereof—

(i) the amount obligated to that recipient under section 604 or 605 of this title in that
quarter;
(ii) the amount of funds received and expended under section 604 or 605 of this title by
that recipient in that quarter; and
(iii) a summary description of expenditures made by that recipient using such funds, and
the purposes for which such expenditures were made.
(C) End-of-year report
The report submitted under subparagraph (A) by a State, high-risk urban area, or directly
eligible tribe relating to the last quarter of any fiscal year shall include—
(i) the amount and date of receipt of all funds received under the grant during that fiscal
year;
(ii) the identity of, and amount provided to, any subgrantee for that grant during that fiscal
year;
(iii) the amount and the dates of disbursements of all such funds expended in compliance
with section 611(a)(1) of this title or under mutual aid agreements or other sharing
arrangements that apply within the State, high-risk urban area, or directly eligible tribe, as
applicable, during that fiscal year; and
(iv) how the funds were used by each recipient or subgrantee during that fiscal year.
(2) Annual report
Any State applying for a grant under section 605 of this title shall submit to the Administrator
annually a State preparedness report, as required by section 752(c) of this title.
(c) Reports by the Administrator
(1) Federal Preparedness Report
The Administrator shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress annually the Federal
Preparedness Report required under section 752(a) of this title.
(2) Risk assessment
(A) In general
For each fiscal year, the Administrator shall provide to the appropriate committees of
Congress a detailed and comprehensive explanation of the methodologies used to calculate risk
and compute the allocation of funds for grants administered by the Department, including—
(i) all variables included in the risk assessment and the weights assigned to each such
variable;
(ii) an explanation of how each such variable, as weighted, correlates to risk, and the basis
for concluding there is such a correlation; and
(iii) any change in the methodologies from the previous fiscal year, including changes in
variables considered, weighting of those variables, and computational methods.
(B) Classified annex
The information required under subparagraph (A) shall be provided in unclassified form to
the greatest extent possible, and may include a classified annex if necessary.
(C) Deadline
For each fiscal year, the information required under subparagraph (A) shall be provided on
the earlier of—
(i) October 31; or
(ii) 30 days before the issuance of any program guidance for grants administered by the
Department.
(3) Tribal funding report
At the end of each fiscal year, the Administrator shall submit to the appropriate committees of
Congress a report setting forth the amount of funding provided during that fiscal year to Indian

tribes under any grant program administered by the Department, whether provided directly or
through a subgrant from a State or high-risk urban area.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XX, §2022, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §101, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat.
287; amended Pub. L. 111–204, §2(h)(6)(B)(iii), July 22, 2010, 124 Stat. 2231; Pub. L. 113–284,
§2(c)(1), (2), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3089; Pub. L. 116–117, §3(b)(2), Mar. 2, 2020, 134 Stat. 133.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(A), is
Pub. L. 93–288, May 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 143. Section 203 of the Act is classified to section 5133 of Title 42,
The Public Health and Welfare. Titles IV and V of the Act are classified generally to subchapters IV (§5170 et
seq.) and IV–A (§5191 et seq.), respectively, of chapter 68 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act
to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5121 of Title 42 and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2020—Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 116–117, §3(b)(2)(A), substituted "Consistent with subchapter IV of
chapter 33 of title 31" for "Consistent with the Improper Payments Information Act of 2002 (31 U.S.C. 3321
note)" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 116–117, §3(b)(2)(B), substituted "section 3352(i) of title 31" for "section 2(h) of
the Improper Payments Elimination and Recovery Act of 2010 (31 U.S.C. 3321 note)" in introductory
provisions.
2014—Subsec. (a)(3) to (7). Pub. L. 113–284 redesignated pars. (4) to (7) as (3) to (6), respectively,
substituted, in par. (4), "paragraph (2)" for "paragraphs (2) and (3)" and "paragraph (3)" for "paragraph (4)",
and struck out former par. (3) which related to Office of Inspector General performance audits.
2010—Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 111–204 substituted "under section 2(h) of the Improper Payments
Elimination and Recovery Act of 2010 (31 U.S.C. 3321 note)" for "(as that term is defined by the Director of
the Office of Management and Budget under section 3561 of title 31)".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2014 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 113–284, §2(c)(3), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3090, provided that: "The amendments made by this
subsection [amending this section] shall take effect on January 1, 2015."

§613. Identification of reporting redundancies and development of performance
metrics
(a) Definition
In this section, the term "covered grants" means grants awarded under section 604 of this title,
grants awarded under section 605 of this title, and any other grants specified by the Administrator.
(b) Initial report
Not later than 90 days after October 12, 2010, the Administrator shall submit to the appropriate
committees of Congress a report that includes—
(1) an assessment of redundant reporting requirements imposed by the Administrator on State,
local, and tribal governments in connection with the awarding of grants, including—
(A) a list of each discrete item of data requested by the Administrator from grant recipients as
part of the process of administering covered grants;
(B) identification of the items of data from the list described in subparagraph (A) that are
required to be submitted by grant recipients on multiple occasions or to multiple systems; and
(C) identification of the items of data from the list described in subparagraph (A) that are not
necessary to be collected in order for the Administrator to effectively and efficiently administer
the programs under which covered grants are awarded;

(2) a plan, including a specific timetable, for eliminating any redundant and unnecessary
reporting requirements identified under paragraph (1); and
(3) a plan, including a specific timetable, for promptly developing a set of quantifiable
performance measures and metrics to assess the effectiveness of the programs under which
covered grants are awarded.
(c) Biennial reports
Not later than 1 year after the date on which the initial report is required to be submitted under
subsection (b), and once every 2 years thereafter, the Administrator shall submit to the appropriate
committees of Congress a grants management report that includes—
(1) the status of efforts to eliminate redundant and unnecessary reporting requirements imposed
on grant recipients, including—
(A) progress made in implementing the plan required under subsection (b)(2);
(B) a reassessment of the reporting requirements to identify and eliminate redundant and
unnecessary requirements;
(2) the status of efforts to develop quantifiable performance measures and metrics to assess the
effectiveness of the programs under which the covered grants are awarded, including—
(A) progress made in implementing the plan required under subsection (b)(3);
(B) progress made in developing and implementing additional performance metrics and
measures for grants, including as part of the comprehensive assessment system required under
section 749 of this title; and
(3) a performance assessment of each program under which the covered grants are awarded,
including—
(A) a description of the objectives and goals of the program;
(B) an assessment of the extent to which the objectives and goals described in subparagraph
(A) have been met, based on the quantifiable performance measures and metrics required under
this section, section 612(a)(4) 1 of this title, and section 749 of this title;
(C) recommendations for any program modifications to improve the effectiveness of the
program, to address changed or emerging conditions; and
(D) an assessment of the experience of recipients of covered grants, including the availability
of clear and accurate information, the timeliness of reviews and awards, and the provision of
technical assistance, and recommendations for improving that experience.
(d) Grants program measurement study
(1) In general
Not later than 30 days after October 12, 2010, the Administrator shall enter into a contract with
the National Academy of Public Administration under which the National Academy of Public
Administration shall assist the Administrator in studying, developing, and implementing—
(A) quantifiable performance measures and metrics to assess the effectiveness of grants
administered by the Department, as required under this section and section 749 of this title; and
(B) the plan required under subsection (b)(3).
(2) Report
Not later than 1 year after the date on which the contract described in paragraph (1) is awarded,
the Administrator shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report that describes
the findings and recommendations of the study conducted under paragraph (1).
(3) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Administrator such sums as may be necessary to
carry out this subsection.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XX, §2023, as added Pub. L. 111–271, §2(a), Oct. 12, 2010, 124 Stat. 2852.)

EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 612(a)(4) of this title, referred to in subsec. (c)(3)(B), was redesignated section 612(a)(3) of this
title by Pub. L. 113–284, §2(c)(2)(A), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3089.
1

See References in Text note below.

SUBCHAPTER XVI—CHEMICAL FACILITY ANTI-TERRORISM
STANDARDS
TERMINATION OF SUBCHAPTER
For termination of subchapter by section 5 of Pub. L. 113–254, see Effective and Termination
Dates note set out under section 621 of this title.

§621. Definitions
In this subchapter—
(1) the term "CFATS regulation" means—
(A) an existing CFATS regulation; and
(B) any regulation or amendment to an existing CFATS regulation issued pursuant to the
authority under section 627 of this title;
(2) the term "chemical facility of interest" means a facility that—
(A) holds, or that the Secretary has a reasonable basis to believe holds, a chemical of interest,
as designated under Appendix A to part 27 of title 6, Code of Federal Regulations, or any
successor thereto, at a threshold quantity set pursuant to relevant risk-related security principles;
and
(B) is not an excluded facility;
(3) the term "covered chemical facility" means a facility that—
(A) the Secretary—
(i) identifies as a chemical facility of interest; and
(ii) based upon review of the facility's Top-Screen, determines meets the risk criteria
developed under section 622(e)(2)(B) of this title; and
(B) is not an excluded facility;
(4) the term "excluded facility" means—
(A) a facility regulated under the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 (Public Law
107–295; 116 Stat. 2064);
(B) a public water system, as that term is defined in section 300f of title 42;
(C) a Treatment Works, as that term is defined in section 1292 of title 33;
(D) a facility owned or operated by the Department of Defense or the Department of Energy;
or
(E) a facility subject to regulation by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, or by a State that
has entered into an agreement with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission under section 2021(b)
of title 42 to protect against unauthorized access of any material, activity, or structure licensed
by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission;

(5) the term "existing CFATS regulation" means—
(A) a regulation promulgated under section 550 of the Department of Homeland Security
Appropriations Act, 2007 (Public Law 109–295; 6 U.S.C. 121 note) that is in effect on the day
before December 18, 2014; and
(B) a Federal Register notice or other published guidance relating to section 550 of the
Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2007 that is in effect on the day before
December 18, 2014;
(6) the term "expedited approval facility" means a covered chemical facility for which the
owner or operator elects to submit a site security plan in accordance with section 622(c)(4) of this
title;
(7) the term "facially deficient", relating to a site security plan, means a site security plan that
does not support a certification that the security measures in the plan address the security
vulnerability assessment and the risk-based performance standards for security for the facility,
based on a review of—
(A) the facility's site security plan;
(B) the facility's Top-Screen;
(C) the facility's security vulnerability assessment; or
(D) any other information that—
(i) the facility submits to the Department; or
(ii) the Department obtains from a public source or other source;
(8) the term "guidance for expedited approval facilities" means the guidance issued under
section 622(c)(4)(B)(i) of this title;
(9) the term "risk assessment" means the Secretary's application of relevant risk criteria
identified in section 622(e)(2)(B) of this title;
(10) the term "terrorist screening database" means the terrorist screening database maintained
by the Federal Government Terrorist Screening Center or its successor;
(11) the term "tier" has the meaning given the term in section 27.105 of title 6, Code of Federal
Regulations, or any successor thereto;
(12) the terms "tiering" and "tiering methodology" mean the procedure by which the Secretary
assigns a tier to each covered chemical facility based on the risk assessment for that covered
chemical facility;
(13) the term "Top-Screen" has the meaning given the term in section 27.105 of title 6, Code of
Federal Regulations, or any successor thereto; and
(14) the term "vulnerability assessment" means the identification of weaknesses in the security
of a chemical facility of interest.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXI, §2101, as added Pub. L. 113–254, §2(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2898.)
TERMINATION OF SECTION
For termination of section by section 5 of Pub. L. 113–254, see Effective and Termination Dates
note below.
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, referred to in par. (4)(A), is Pub. L. 107–295, Nov. 25,
2002, 116 Stat. 2064. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Section 550 of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2007, referred to in par. (5), is
section 550 of Pub. L. 109–295, title V, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1388, which was set out as a note under
section 121 of this title and was repealed by Pub. L. 113–254, §4(b), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2919.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES

EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES
Pub. L. 113–254, §4(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2918, provided that: "This Act [see Short Title of 2014
Amendment note set out under section 101 of this title], and the amendments made by this Act, shall take
effect on the date that is 30 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 18, 2014]."
Pub. L. 113–254, §5, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2919, as amended by Pub. L. 116–2, §2, Jan. 18, 2019, 133
Stat. 5; Pub. L. 116–136, div. B, title VI, §16007, Mar. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 546; Pub. L. 116–150, §1(a), July
22, 2020, 134 Stat. 679, provided that: "The authority provided under title XXI of the Homeland Security Act
of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 621 et seq.], as added by section 2(a), shall terminate on July 27, 2023."
[Pub. L. 116–150, §1(b), July 22, 2020, 134 Stat. 679, provided that: "The amendment made by subsection
(a) [amending section 5 of Pub. L. 113–254, set out above] shall take effect on the date that is 1 day after the
date of enactment of this Act [July 22, 2020]."]
EXECUTIVE DOCUMENTS
EX. ORD. NO. 13650. IMPROVING CHEMICAL FACILITY SAFETY AND SECURITY
Ex. Ord. No. 13650, Aug. 1, 2013, 78 F.R. 48029, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Purpose. Chemicals, and the facilities where they are manufactured, stored, distributed, and
used, are essential to today's economy. Past and recent tragedies have reminded us, however, that the handling
and storage of chemicals are not without risk. The Federal Government has developed and implemented
numerous programs aimed at reducing the safety risks and security risks associated with hazardous chemicals.
However, additional measures can be taken by executive departments and agencies (agencies) with regulatory
authority to further improve chemical facility safety and security in coordination with owners and operators.
SEC. 2. Establishment of the Chemical Facility Safety and Security Working Group. (a) There is established
a Chemical Facility Safety and Security Working Group (Working Group) co-chaired by the Secretary of
Homeland Security, the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and the Secretary of
Labor or their designated representatives at the Assistant Secretary level or higher. In addition, the Working
Group shall consist of the head of each of the following agencies or their designated representatives at the
Assistant Secretary level or higher:
(i) the Department of Justice;
(ii) the Department of Agriculture; and
(iii) the Department of Transportation.
(b) In carrying out its responsibilities under this order, the Working Group shall consult with representatives
from:
(i) the Council on Environmental Quality;
(ii) the National Security Staff;
(iii) the Domestic Policy Council;
(iv) the Office of Science and Technology Policy;
(v) the Office of Management and Budget (OMB);
(vi) the White House Office of Cabinet Affairs; and
(vii) such other agencies and offices as the President may designate.
(c) The Working Group shall meet no less than quarterly to discuss the status of efforts to implement this
order. The Working Group is encouraged to invite other affected agencies, such as the Nuclear Regulatory
Commission, to attend these meetings as appropriate. Additionally, the Working Group shall provide, within
270 days of the date of this order, a status report to the President through the Chair of the Council on
Environmental Quality and the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism.
SEC. 3. Improving Operational Coordination with State, Local, and Tribal Partners. (a) Within 135 days of
the date of this order, the Working Group shall develop a plan to support and further enable efforts by State
regulators, State, local, and tribal emergency responders, chemical facility owners and operators, and local and
tribal communities to work together to improve chemical facility safety and security. In developing this plan,
the Working Group shall:
(i) identify ways to improve coordination among the Federal Government, first responders, and State, local,
and tribal entities;
(ii) take into account the capabilities, limitations, and needs of the first responder community;
(iii) identify ways to ensure that State homeland security advisors, State Emergency Response Commissions
(SERCs), Tribal Emergency Response Commissions (TERCs), Local Emergency Planning Committees

(LEPCs), Tribal Emergency Planning Committees (TEPCs), State regulators, and first responders have ready
access to key information in a useable format, including by thoroughly reviewing categories of chemicals for
which information is provided to first responders and the manner in which it is made available, so as to
prevent, prepare for, and respond to chemical incidents;
(iv) identify areas, in collaboration with State, local, and tribal governments and private sector partners,
where joint collaborative programs can be developed or enhanced, including by better integrating existing
authorities, jurisdictional responsibilities, and regulatory programs in order to achieve a more comprehensive
engagement on chemical risk management;
(v) identify opportunities and mechanisms to improve response procedures and to enhance information
sharing and collaborative planning between chemical facility owners and operators, TEPCs, LEPCs, and first
responders;
(vi) working with the National Response Team (NRT) and Regional Response Teams (RRTs), identify
means for Federal technical assistance to support developing, implementing, exercising, and revising State,
local, and tribal emergency contingency plans, including improved training; and
(vii) examine opportunities to improve public access to information about chemical facility risks consistent
with national security needs and appropriate protection of confidential business information.
(b) Within 90 days of the date of this order, the Attorney General, through the head of the Bureau of
Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), shall assess the feasibility of sharing data related to the
storage of explosive materials with SERCs, TEPCs, and LEPCs.
(c) Within 90 days of the date of this order, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall assess the feasibility
of sharing Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards (CFATS) data with SERCs, TEPCs, and LEPCs on a
categorical basis.
SEC. 4. Enhanced Federal Coordination. In order to enhance Federal coordination regarding chemical
facility safety and security:
(a) Within 45 days of the date of this order, the Working Group shall deploy a pilot program, involving the
EPA, Department of Labor, Department of Homeland Security, and any other appropriate agency, to validate
best practices and to test innovative methods for Federal interagency collaboration regarding chemical facility
safety and security. The pilot program shall operate in at least one region and shall integrate regional Federal,
State, local, and tribal assets, where appropriate. The pilot program shall include innovative and effective
methods of collecting, storing, and using facility information, stakeholder outreach, inspection planning, and,
as appropriate, joint inspection efforts. The Working Group shall take into account the results of the pilot
program in developing integrated standard operating procedures pursuant to subsection (b) of this section.
(b) Within 270 days of the date of this order, the Working Group shall create comprehensive and integrated
standard operating procedures for a unified Federal approach for identifying and responding to risks in
chemical facilities (including during pre-inspection, inspection execution, post-inspection, and post-accident
investigation activities), incident reporting and response procedures, enforcement, and collection, storage, and
use of facility information. This effort shall reflect best practices and shall include agency-to-agency referrals
and joint inspection procedures where possible and appropriate, as well as consultation with the Federal
Emergency Management Agency on post-accident response activities.
(c) Within 90 days of the date of this order, the Working Group shall consult with the Chemical Safety
Board (CSB) and determine what, if any, changes are required to existing memorandums of understanding
(MOUs) and processes between EPA and CSB, ATF and CSB, and the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration and CSB for timely and full disclosure of information. To the extent appropriate, the Working
Group may develop a single model MOU with CSB in lieu of existing agreements.
SEC. 5. Enhanced Information Collection and Sharing. In order to enhance information collection by and
sharing across agencies to support more informed decisionmaking, streamline reporting requirements, and
reduce duplicative efforts:
(a) Within 90 days of the date of this order, the Working Group shall develop an analysis, including
recommendations, on the potential to improve information collection by and sharing between agencies to help
identify chemical facilities which may not have provided all required information or may be non-compliant
with Federal requirements to ensure chemical facility safety. This analysis should consider ongoing
data-sharing efforts, other federally collected information, and chemical facility reporting among agencies
(including information shared with State, local, and tribal governments).
(b) Within 180 days of the date of this order, the Working Group shall produce a proposal for a coordinated,
flexible data-sharing process which can be utilized to track data submitted to agencies for federally regulated
chemical facilities, including locations, chemicals, regulated entities, previous infractions, and other relevant

information. The proposal shall allow for the sharing of information with and by State, local, and tribal entities
where possible, consistent with section 3 of this order, and shall address computer-based and
non-computer-based means for improving the process in the short-term, if they exist.
(c) Within 180 days of the date of this order, the Working Group shall identify and recommend possible
changes to streamline and otherwise improve data collection to meet the needs of the public and Federal,
State, local, and tribal agencies (including those charged with protecting workers and the public), consistent
with the Paperwork Reduction Act and other relevant authorities, including opportunities to lessen the
reporting burden on regulated industries. To the extent feasible, efforts shall minimize the duplicative
collection of information while ensuring that pertinent information is shared with all key entities.
SEC. 6. Policy, Regulation, and Standards Modernization. (a) In order to enhance safety and security in
chemical facilities by modernizing key policies, regulations, and standards, the Working Group shall:
(i) within 90 days of the date of this order, develop options for improved chemical facility safety and
security that identifies improvements to existing risk management practices through agency programs, private
sector initiatives, Government guidance, outreach, standards, and regulations;
(ii) within 90 days of developing the options described in subsection (a)(i) of this section, engage key
stakeholders to discuss the options and other means to improve chemical risk management that may be
available; and
(iii) within 90 days of completing the outreach and consultation effort described in subsection (a)(ii) of this
section, develop a plan for implementing practical and effective improvements to chemical risk management
identified pursuant to subsections (a)(i) and (ii) of this section.
(b) Within 90 days of the date of this order, the Secretary of Homeland Security, the Secretary of Labor,
and the Secretary of Agriculture shall develop a list of potential regulatory and legislative proposals to
improve the safe and secure storage, handling, and sale of ammonium nitrate and identify ways in which
ammonium nitrate safety and security can be enhanced under existing authorities.
(c) Within 90 days of the date of this order, the Administrator of EPA and the Secretary of Labor shall
review the chemical hazards covered by the Risk Management Program (RMP) and the Process Safety
Management Standard (PSM) and determine if the RMP or PSM can and should be expanded to address
additional regulated substances and types of hazards. In addition, the EPA and the Department of Labor shall
develop a plan, including a timeline and resource requirements, to expand, implement, and enforce the RMP
and PSM in a manner that addresses the additional regulated substances and types of hazards.
(d) Within 90 days of the date of this order, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall identify a list of
chemicals, including poisons and reactive substances, that should be considered for addition to the CFATS
Chemicals of Interest list.
(e) Within 90 days of the date of this order, the Secretary of Labor shall:
(i) identify any changes that need to be made in the retail and commercial grade exemptions in the PSM
Standard; and
(ii) issue a Request for Information designed to identify issues related to modernization of the PSM
Standard and related standards necessary to meet the goal of preventing major chemical accidents.
SEC. 7. Identification of Best Practices. The Working Group shall convene stakeholders, including
chemical producers, chemical storage companies, agricultural supply companies, State and local regulators,
chemical critical infrastructure owners and operators, first responders, labor organizations representing
affected workers, environmental and community groups, and consensus standards organizations, in order to
identify and share successes to date and best practices to reduce safety risks and security risks in the
production and storage of potentially harmful chemicals, including through the use of safer alternatives,
adoption of best practices, and potential public-private partnerships.
SEC. 8. General Provisions. (a) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law, including
international trade obligations, and subject to the availability of appropriations.
(b) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to a department, agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of OMB relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its
officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.

BARACK OBAMA.
[Reference to the National Security Staff deemed to be a reference to the National Security Council Staff,
see Ex. Ord. No. 13657, set out as a note under section 3021 of Title 50, War and National Defense.]

§622. Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards Program
(a) Program established
(1) In general
There is in the Department a Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards Program, which shall
be located in the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency.
(2) Requirements
In carrying out the Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards Program, the Secretary shall—
(A) identify—
(i) chemical facilities of interest; and
(ii) covered chemical facilities;
(B) require each chemical facility of interest to submit a Top-Screen and any other
information the Secretary determines necessary to enable the Department to assess the security
risks associated with the facility;
(C) establish risk-based performance standards designed to address high levels of security
risk at covered chemical facilities; and
(D) require each covered chemical facility to—
(i) submit a security vulnerability assessment; and
(ii) develop, submit, and implement a site security plan.
(b) Security measures
(1) In general
A facility, in developing a site security plan as required under subsection (a), shall include
security measures that, in combination, appropriately address the security vulnerability assessment
and the risk-based performance standards for security for the facility.
(2) Employee input
To the greatest extent practicable, a facility's security vulnerability assessment and site security
plan shall include input from at least 1 facility employee and, where applicable, 1 employee
representative from the bargaining agent at that facility, each of whom possesses, in the
determination of the facility's security officer, relevant knowledge, experience, training, or
education as pertains to matters of site security.
(c) Approval or disapproval of site security plans
(1) In general
(A) Review
Except as provided in paragraph (4), the Secretary shall review and approve or disapprove
each site security plan submitted pursuant to subsection (a).
(B) Bases for disapproval
The Secretary—
(i) may not disapprove a site security plan based on the presence or absence of a particular
security measure; and
(ii) shall disapprove a site security plan if the plan fails to satisfy the risk-based
performance standards established pursuant to subsection (a)(2)(C).
(2) Alternative security programs
(A) Authority to approve
(i) In general
The Secretary may approve an alternative security program established by a private sector
entity or a Federal, State, or local authority or under other applicable laws, if the Secretary

determines that the requirements of the program meet the requirements under this section.
(ii) Additional security measures
If the requirements of an alternative security program do not meet the requirements under
this section, the Secretary may recommend additional security measures to the program that
will enable the Secretary to approve the program.
(B) Satisfaction of site security plan requirement
A covered chemical facility may satisfy the site security plan requirement under subsection
(a) by adopting an alternative security program that the Secretary has—
(i) reviewed and approved under subparagraph (A); and
(ii) determined to be appropriate for the operations and security concerns of the covered
chemical facility.
(3) Site security plan assessments
(A) Risk assessment policies and procedures
In approving or disapproving a site security plan under this subsection, the Secretary shall
employ the risk assessment policies and procedures developed under this subchapter.
(B) Previously approved plans
In the case of a covered chemical facility for which the Secretary approved a site security
plan before December 18, 2014, the Secretary may not require the facility to resubmit the site
security plan solely by reason of the enactment of this subchapter.
(4) Expedited approval program
(A) In general
A covered chemical facility assigned to tier 3 or 4 may meet the requirement to develop and
submit a site security plan under subsection (a)(2)(D) by developing and submitting to the
Secretary—
(i) a site security plan and the certification described in subparagraph (C); or
(ii) a site security plan in conformance with a template authorized under subparagraph (H).
(B) Guidance for expedited approval facilities
(i) In general
Not later than 180 days after December 18, 2014, the Secretary shall issue guidance for
expedited approval facilities that identifies specific security measures that are sufficient to
meet the risk-based performance standards.
(ii) Material deviation from guidance
If a security measure in the site security plan of an expedited approval facility materially
deviates from a security measure in the guidance for expedited approval facilities, the site
security plan shall include an explanation of how such security measure meets the risk-based
performance standards.
(iii) Applicability of other laws to development and issuance of initial guidance
During the period before the Secretary has met the deadline under clause (i), in developing
and issuing, or amending, the guidance for expedited approval facilities under this
subparagraph and in collecting information from expedited approval facilities, the Secretary
shall not be subject to—
(I) section 553 of title 5;
(II) subchapter I of chapter 35 of title 44; or
(III) section 627(b) of this title.
(C) Certification
The owner or operator of an expedited approval facility shall submit to the Secretary a
certification, signed under penalty of perjury, that—

(i) the owner or operator is familiar with the requirements of this subchapter and part 27 of
title 6, Code of Federal Regulations, or any successor thereto, and the site security plan being
submitted;
(ii) the site security plan includes the security measures required by subsection (b);
(iii)(I) the security measures in the site security plan do not materially deviate from the
guidance for expedited approval facilities except where indicated in the site security plan;
(II) any deviations from the guidance for expedited approval facilities in the site security
plan meet the risk-based performance standards for the tier to which the facility is assigned;
and
(III) the owner or operator has provided an explanation of how the site security plan meets
the risk-based performance standards for any material deviation;
(iv) the owner or operator has visited, examined, documented, and verified that the
expedited approval facility meets the criteria set forth in the site security plan;
(v) the expedited approval facility has implemented all of the required performance
measures outlined in the site security plan or set out planned measures that will be
implemented within a reasonable time period stated in the site security plan;
(vi) each individual responsible for implementing the site security plan has been made
aware of the requirements relevant to the individual's responsibility contained in the site
security plan and has demonstrated competency to carry out those requirements;
(vii) the owner or operator has committed, or, in the case of planned measures will
commit, the necessary resources to fully implement the site security plan; and
(viii) the planned measures include an adequate procedure for addressing events beyond
the control of the owner or operator in implementing any planned measures.
(D) Deadline
(i) In general
Not later than 120 days after the date described in clause (ii), the owner or operator of an
expedited approval facility shall submit to the Secretary the site security plan and the
certification described in subparagraph (C).
(ii) Date
The date described in this clause is—
(I) for an expedited approval facility that was assigned to tier 3 or 4 under existing
CFATS regulations before December 18, 2014, the date that is 210 days after December
18, 2014; and
(II) for any expedited approval facility not described in subclause (I), the later of—
(aa) the date on which the expedited approval facility is assigned to tier 3 or 4 under
subsection (e)(2)(A); or
(bb) the date that is 210 days after December 18, 2014.
(iii) Notice
An owner or operator of an expedited approval facility shall notify the Secretary of the
intent of the owner or operator to certify the site security plan for the expedited approval
facility not later than 30 days before the date on which the owner or operator submits the site
security plan and certification described in subparagraph (C).
(E) Compliance
(i) In general
For an expedited approval facility submitting a site security plan and certification in
accordance with subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D)—
(I) the expedited approval facility shall comply with all of the requirements of its site
security plan; and
(II) the Secretary—
(aa) except as provided in subparagraph (G), may not disapprove the site security

plan; and
(bb) may audit and inspect the expedited approval facility under subsection (d) to
verify compliance with its site security plan.
(ii) Noncompliance
If the Secretary determines an expedited approval facility is not in compliance with the
requirements of the site security plan or is otherwise in violation of this subchapter, the
Secretary may enforce compliance in accordance with section 624 of this title.
(F) Amendments to site security plan
(i) Requirement
(I) In general
If the owner or operator of an expedited approval facility amends a site security plan
submitted under subparagraph (A), the owner or operator shall submit the amended site
security plan and a certification relating to the amended site security plan that contains the
information described in subparagraph (C).
(II) Technical amendments
For purposes of this clause, an amendment to a site security plan includes any technical
amendment to the site security plan.
(ii) Amendment required
The owner or operator of an expedited approval facility shall amend the site security plan
if—
(I) there is a change in the design, construction, operation, or maintenance of the
expedited approval facility that affects the site security plan;
(II) the Secretary requires additional security measures or suspends a certification and
recommends additional security measures under subparagraph (G); or
(III) the owner or operator receives notice from the Secretary of a change in tiering
under subsection (e)(3).
(iii) Deadline
An amended site security plan and certification shall be submitted under clause (i)—
(I) in the case of a change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance of the
expedited approval facility that affects the security plan, not later than 120 days after the
date on which the change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance occurred;
(II) in the case of the Secretary requiring additional security measures or suspending a
certification and recommending additional security measures under subparagraph (G), not
later than 120 days after the date on which the owner or operator receives notice of the
requirement for additional security measures or suspension of the certification and
recommendation of additional security measures; and
(III) in the case of a change in tiering, not later than 120 days after the date on which the
owner or operator receives notice under subsection (e)(3).
(G) Facially deficient site security plans
(i) Prohibition
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A) or (E), the Secretary may suspend the authority of a
covered chemical facility to certify a site security plan if the Secretary—
(I) determines the certified site security plan or an amended site security plan is facially
deficient; and
(II) not later than 100 days after the date on which the Secretary receives the site
security plan and certification, provides the covered chemical facility with written
notification that the site security plan is facially deficient, including a clear explanation of
each deficiency in the site security plan.

(ii) Additional security measures
(I) In general
If, during or after a compliance inspection of an expedited approval facility, the
Secretary determines that planned or implemented security measures in the site security
plan of the facility are insufficient to meet the risk-based performance standards based on
misrepresentation, omission, or an inadequate description of the site, the Secretary may—
(aa) require additional security measures; or
(bb) suspend the certification of the facility.
(II) Recommendation of additional security measures
If the Secretary suspends the certification of an expedited approval facility under
subclause (I), the Secretary shall—
(aa) recommend specific additional security measures that, if made part of the site
security plan by the facility, would enable the Secretary to approve the site security plan;
and
(bb) provide the facility an opportunity to submit a new or modified site security plan
and certification under subparagraph (A).
(III) Submission; review
If an expedited approval facility determines to submit a new or modified site security
plan and certification as authorized under subclause (II)(bb)—
(aa) not later than 90 days after the date on which the facility receives
recommendations under subclause (II)(aa), the facility shall submit the new or modified
plan and certification; and
(bb) not later than 45 days after the date on which the Secretary receives the new or
modified plan under item (aa), the Secretary shall review the plan and determine
whether the plan is facially deficient.
(IV) Determination not to include additional security measures
(aa) Revocation of certification
If an expedited approval facility does not agree to include in its site security plan
specific additional security measures recommended by the Secretary under subclause
(II)(aa), or does not submit a new or modified site security plan in accordance with
subclause (III), the Secretary may revoke the certification of the facility by issuing an
order under section 624(a)(1)(B) of this title.
(bb) Effect of revocation
If the Secretary revokes the certification of an expedited approval facility under item
(aa) by issuing an order under section 624(a)(1)(B) of this title—
(AA) the order shall require the owner or operator of the facility to submit a site
security plan or alternative security program for review by the Secretary review 1
under subsection (c)(1); and
(BB) the facility shall no longer be eligible to certify a site security plan under this
paragraph.
(V) Facial deficiency
If the Secretary determines that a new or modified site security plan submitted by an
expedited approval facility under subclause (III) is facially deficient—
(aa) not later than 120 days after the date of the determination, the owner or operator
of the facility shall submit a site security plan or alternative security program for review
by the Secretary under subsection (c)(1); and
(bb) the facility shall no longer be eligible to certify a site security plan under this
paragraph.
(H) Templates

(i) In general
The Secretary may develop prescriptive site security plan templates with specific security
measures to meet the risk-based performance standards under subsection (a)(2)(C) for
adoption and certification by a covered chemical facility assigned to tier 3 or 4 in lieu of
developing and certifying its own plan.
(ii) Applicability of other laws to development and issuance of initial site security plan
templates and related guidance
During the period before the Secretary has met the deadline under subparagraph (B)(i),2 in
developing and issuing, or amending, the site security plan templates under this
subparagraph, in issuing guidance for implementation of the templates, and in collecting
information from expedited approval facilities, the Secretary shall not be subject to—
(I) section 553 of title 5;
(II) subchapter I of chapter 35 of title 44; or
(III) section 627(b) of this title.
(iii) Rule of construction
Nothing in this subparagraph shall be construed to prevent a covered chemical facility
from developing and certifying its own security plan in accordance with subparagraph (A).
(I) Evaluation
(i) In general
Not later than 18 months after December 18, 2014, the Secretary shall take any appropriate
action necessary for a full evaluation of the expedited approval program authorized under this
paragraph, including conducting an appropriate number of inspections, as authorized under
subsection (d), of expedited approval facilities.
(ii) Report
Not later than 18 months after December 18, 2014, the Secretary shall submit to the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the
Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the
House of Representatives a report that contains—
(I)(aa) the number of eligible facilities using the expedited approval program authorized
under this paragraph; and
(bb) the number of facilities that are eligible for the expedited approval program but are
using the standard process for developing and submitting a site security plan under
subsection (a)(2)(D);
(II) any costs and efficiencies associated with the expedited approval program;
(III) the impact of the expedited approval program on the backlog for site security plan
approval and authorization inspections;
(IV) an assessment of the ability of expedited approval facilities to submit facially
sufficient site security plans;
(V) an assessment of any impact of the expedited approval program on the security of
chemical facilities; and
(VI) a recommendation by the Secretary on the frequency of compliance inspections that
may be required for expedited approval facilities.
(d) Compliance
(1) Audits and inspections
(A) Definitions
In this paragraph—
(i) the term "nondepartmental"—
(I) with respect to personnel, means personnel that is not employed by the Department;

and
(II) with respect to an entity, means an entity that is not a component or other authority
of the Department; and
(ii) the term "nongovernmental"—
(I) with respect to personnel, means personnel that is not employed by the Federal
Government; and
(II) with respect to an entity, means an entity that is not an agency, department, or other
authority of the Federal Government.
(B) Authority to conduct audits and inspections
The Secretary shall conduct audits or inspections under this subchapter using—
(i) employees of the Department;
(ii) nondepartmental or nongovernmental personnel approved by the Secretary; or
(iii) a combination of individuals described in clauses (i) and (ii).
(C) Support personnel
The Secretary may use nongovernmental personnel to provide administrative and logistical
services in support of audits and inspections under this subchapter.
(D) Reporting structure
(i) Nondepartmental and nongovernmental audits and inspections
Any audit or inspection conducted by an individual employed by a nondepartmental or
nongovernmental entity shall be assigned in coordination with a regional supervisor with
responsibility for supervising inspectors within the Infrastructure Security Compliance
Division of the Department for the region in which the audit or inspection is to be conducted.
(ii) Requirement to report
While an individual employed by a nondepartmental or nongovernmental entity is in the
field conducting an audit or inspection under this subsection, the individual shall report to the
regional supervisor with responsibility for supervising inspectors within the Infrastructure
Security Compliance Division of the Department for the region in which the individual is
operating.
(iii) Approval
The authority to approve a site security plan under subsection (c) or determine if a covered
chemical facility is in compliance with an approved site security plan shall be exercised
solely by the Secretary or a designee of the Secretary within the Department.
(E) Standards for auditors and inspectors
The Secretary shall prescribe standards for the training and retraining of each individual used
by the Department as an auditor or inspector, including each individual employed by the
Department and all nondepartmental or nongovernmental personnel, including—
(i) minimum training requirements for new auditors and inspectors;
(ii) retraining requirements;
(iii) minimum education and experience levels;
(iv) the submission of information as required by the Secretary to enable determination of
whether the auditor or inspector has a conflict of interest;
(v) the proper certification or certifications necessary to handle chemical-terrorism
vulnerability information (as defined in section 27.105 of title 6, Code of Federal
Regulations, or any successor thereto);
(vi) the reporting of any issue of non-compliance with this section to the Secretary within
24 hours; and
(vii) any additional qualifications for fitness of duty as the Secretary may require.
(F) Conditions for nongovernmental auditors and inspectors

If the Secretary arranges for an audit or inspection under subparagraph (B) to be carried out
by a nongovernmental entity, the Secretary shall—
(i) prescribe standards for the qualification of the individuals who carry out such audits and
inspections that are commensurate with the standards for similar Government auditors or
inspectors; and
(ii) ensure that any duties carried out by a nongovernmental entity are not inherently
governmental functions.
(2) Personnel surety
(A) Personnel surety program
For purposes of this subchapter, the Secretary shall establish and carry out a Personnel Surety
Program that—
(i) does not require an owner or operator of a covered chemical facility that voluntarily
participates in the program to submit information about an individual more than 1 time;
(ii) provides a participating owner or operator of a covered chemical facility with relevant
information about an individual based on vetting the individual against the terrorist screening
database, to the extent that such feedback is necessary for the facility to be in compliance
with regulations promulgated under this subchapter; and
(iii) provides redress to an individual—
(I) whose information was vetted against the terrorist screening database under the
program; and
(II) who believes that the personally identifiable information submitted to the
Department for such vetting by a covered chemical facility, or its designated
representative, was inaccurate.
(B) Personnel surety program implementation
To the extent that a risk-based performance standard established under subsection (a) requires
identifying individuals with ties to terrorism—
(i) a covered chemical facility—
(I) may satisfy its obligation under the standard by using any Federal screening program
that periodically vets individuals against the terrorist screening database, or any successor
program, including the Personnel Surety Program established under subparagraph (A); and
(II) shall—
(aa) accept a credential from a Federal screening program described in subclause (I) if
an individual who is required to be screened presents such a credential; and
(bb) address in its site security plan or alternative security program the measures it
will take to verify that a credential or documentation from a Federal screening program
described in subclause (I) is current;
(ii) visual inspection shall be sufficient to meet the requirement under clause (i)(II)(bb),
but the facility should consider other means of verification, consistent with the facility's
assessment of the threat posed by acceptance of such credentials; and
(iii) the Secretary may not require a covered chemical facility to submit any information
about an individual unless the individual—
(I) is to be vetted under the Personnel Surety Program; or
(II) has been identified as presenting a terrorism security risk.
(C) Rights unaffected
Nothing in this section shall supersede the ability—
(i) of a facility to maintain its own policies regarding the access of individuals to restricted
areas or critical assets; or
(ii) of an employing facility and a bargaining agent, where applicable, to negotiate as to
how the results of a background check may be used by the facility with respect to
employment status.

(3) Availability of information
The Secretary shall share with the owner or operator of a covered chemical facility any
information that the owner or operator needs to comply with this section.
(e) Responsibilities of the Secretary
(1) Identification of chemical facilities of interest
In carrying out this subchapter, the Secretary shall consult with the heads of other Federal
agencies, States and political subdivisions thereof, relevant business associations, and public and
private labor organizations to identify all chemical facilities of interest.
(2) Risk assessment
(A) In general
For purposes of this subchapter, the Secretary shall develop a security risk assessment
approach and corresponding tiering methodology for covered chemical facilities that
incorporates the relevant elements of risk, including threat, vulnerability, and consequence.
(B) Criteria for determining security risk
The criteria for determining the security risk of terrorism associated with a covered chemical
facility shall take into account—
(i) relevant threat information;
(ii) potential severe economic consequences and the potential loss of human life in the
event of the facility being subject to attack, compromise, infiltration, or exploitation by
terrorists; and
(iii) vulnerability of the facility to attack, compromise, infiltration, or exploitation by
terrorists.
(3) Changes in tiering
(A) Maintenance of records
The Secretary shall document the basis for each instance in which—
(i) tiering for a covered chemical facility is changed; or
(ii) a covered chemical facility is determined to no longer be subject to the requirements
under this subchapter.
(B) Required information
The records maintained under subparagraph (A) shall include information on whether and
how the Secretary confirmed the information that was the basis for the change or determination
described in subparagraph (A).
(4) Semiannual performance reporting
Not later than 6 months after December 18, 2014, and not less frequently than once every 6
months thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and
Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee
on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report that includes, for the period
covered by the report—
(A) the number of covered chemical facilities in the United States;
(B) information—
(i) describing—
(I) the number of instances in which the Secretary—
(aa) placed a covered chemical facility in a lower risk tier; or
(bb) determined that a facility that had previously met the criteria for a covered
chemical facility under section 621(3) of this title no longer met the criteria; and
(II) the basis, in summary form, for each action or determination under subclause (I);
and

(ii) that is provided in a sufficiently anonymized form to ensure that the information does
not identify any specific facility or company as the source of the information when viewed
alone or in combination with other public information;
(C) the average number of days spent reviewing site security or an alternative security
program for a covered chemical facility prior to approval;
(D) the number of covered chemical facilities inspected;
(E) the average number of covered chemical facilities inspected per inspector; and
(F) any other information that the Secretary determines will be helpful to Congress in
evaluating the performance of the Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards Program.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXI, §2102, as added Pub. L. 113–254, §2(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2900;
amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(8)(A), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4180.)
TERMINATION OF SECTION
For termination of section by section 5 of Pub. L. 113–254, see Effective and Termination Dates
note below.
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 115–278 inserted before period at end ", which shall be located in the
Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES
Section effective on the date that is 30 days after Dec. 18, 2014, and authority provided under this section to
terminate on the date that is 5 years and 3 months after such effective date, see sections 4(a) and 5 of Pub. L.
113–254, set out as notes under section 621 of this title.
1

So in original.

2

So in original. Probably should be "(D)(i),".

§623. Protection and sharing of information
(a) In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, information developed under this subchapter,
including vulnerability assessments, site security plans, and other security related information,
records, and documents shall be given protections from public disclosure consistent with the
protection of similar information under section 70103(d) of title 46.
(b) Sharing of information with States and local governments
Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit the sharing of information developed under
this subchapter, as the Secretary determines appropriate, with State and local government officials
possessing a need to know and the necessary security clearances, including law enforcement officials
and first responders, for the purpose of carrying out this subchapter, provided that such information
may not be disclosed pursuant to any State or local law.
(c) Sharing of information with first responders
(1) Requirement

The Secretary shall provide to State, local, and regional fusion centers (as that term is defined in
section 124h(j)(1) of this title) and State and local government officials, as the Secretary
determines appropriate, such information as is necessary to help ensure that first responders are
properly prepared and provided with the situational awareness needed to respond to security
incidents at covered chemical facilities.
(2) Dissemination
The Secretary shall disseminate information under paragraph (1) through a medium or system
determined by the Secretary to be appropriate to ensure the secure and expeditious dissemination
of such information to necessary selected individuals.
(d) Enforcement proceedings
In any proceeding to enforce this section, vulnerability assessments, site security plans, and other
information submitted to or obtained by the Secretary under this subchapter, and related vulnerability
or security information, shall be treated as if the information were classified information.
(e) Availability of information
Notwithstanding any other provision of law (including section 552(b)(3) of title 5), section 552 of
title 5 (commonly known as the "Freedom of Information Act") shall not apply to information
protected from public disclosure pursuant to subsection (a) of this section.
(f) Sharing of information with Members of Congress
Nothing in this section shall prohibit the Secretary from disclosing information developed under
this subchapter to a Member of Congress in response to a request by a Member of Congress.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXI, §2103, as added Pub. L. 113–254, §2(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2911.)
TERMINATION OF SECTION
For termination of section by section 5 of Pub. L. 113–254, see Effective and Termination Dates
note below.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES
Section effective on the date that is 30 days after Dec. 18, 2014, and authority provided under this section to
terminate on the date that is 5 years and 3 months after such effective date, see sections 4(a) and 5 of Pub. L.
113–254, set out as notes under section 621 of this title.

§624. Civil enforcement
(a) Notice of noncompliance
(1) Notice
If the Secretary determines that a covered chemical facility is not in compliance with this
subchapter, the Secretary shall—
(A) provide the owner or operator of the facility with—
(i) not later than 14 days after date 1 on which the Secretary makes the determination, a
written notification of noncompliance that includes a clear explanation of any deficiency in
the security vulnerability assessment or site security plan; and
(ii) an opportunity for consultation with the Secretary or the Secretary's designee; and
(B) issue to the owner or operator of the facility an order to comply with this subchapter by a
date specified by the Secretary in the order, which date shall be not later than 180 days after the
date on which the Secretary issues the order.
(2) Continued noncompliance

If an owner or operator remains noncompliant after the procedures outlined in paragraph (1)
have been executed, or demonstrates repeated violations of this subchapter, the Secretary may
enter an order in accordance with this section assessing a civil penalty, an order to cease
operations, or both.
(b) Civil penalties
(1) Violations of orders
Any person who violates an order issued under this subchapter shall be liable for a civil penalty
under section 70119(a) of title 46.
(2) Non-reporting chemical facilities of interest
Any owner of a chemical facility of interest who fails to comply with, or knowingly submits
false information under, this subchapter or the CFATS regulations shall be liable for a civil
penalty under section 70119(a) of title 46.
(c) Emergency orders
(1) In general
Notwithstanding subsection (a) or any site security plan or alternative security program
approved under this subchapter, if the Secretary determines that there is an imminent threat of
death, serious illness, or severe personal injury, due to a violation of this subchapter or the risk of
a terrorist incident that may affect a chemical facility of interest, the Secretary—
(A) shall consult with the facility, if practicable, on steps to mitigate the risk; and
(B) may order the facility, without notice or opportunity for a hearing, effective immediately
or as soon as practicable, to—
(i) implement appropriate emergency security measures; or
(ii) cease or reduce some or all operations, in accordance with safe shutdown procedures, if
the Secretary determines that such a cessation or reduction of operations is the most
appropriate means to address the risk.
(2) Limitation on delegation
The Secretary may not delegate the authority under paragraph (1) to any official other than the
Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security.
(3) Limitation on authority
The Secretary may exercise the authority under this subsection only to the extent necessary to
abate the imminent threat determination under paragraph (1).
(4) Due process for facility owner or operator
(A) Written orders
An order issued by the Secretary under paragraph (1) shall be in the form of a written
emergency order that—
(i) describes the violation or risk that creates the imminent threat;
(ii) states the security measures or order issued or imposed; and
(iii) describes the standards and procedures for obtaining relief from the order.
(B) Opportunity for review
After issuing an order under paragraph (1) with respect to a chemical facility of interest, the
Secretary shall provide for review of the order under section 554 of title 5 if a petition for
review is filed not later than 20 days after the date on which the Secretary issues the order.
(C) Expiration of effectiveness of order
If a petition for review of an order is filed under subparagraph (B) and the review under that
paragraph 2 is not completed by the last day of the 30-day period beginning on the date on

which the petition is filed, the order shall vacate automatically at the end of that period unless
the Secretary determines, in writing, that the imminent threat providing a basis for the order
continues to exist.
(d) Right of action
Nothing in this subchapter confers upon any person except the Secretary or his or her designee a
right of action against an owner or operator of a covered chemical facility to enforce any provision of
this subchapter.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXI, §2104, as added Pub. L. 113–254, §2(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2912;
amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(8)(B), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4180.)
TERMINATION OF SECTION
For termination of section by section 5 of Pub. L. 113–254, see Effective and Termination Dates
note below.
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 115–278 substituted "Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security"
for "Under Secretary responsible for overseeing critical infrastructure protection, cybersecurity, and other
related programs of the Department appointed under section 113(a)(1)(H) of this title".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES
Section effective on the date that is 30 days after Dec. 18, 2014, and authority provided under this section to
terminate on the date that is 5 years and 3 months after such effective date, see sections 4(a) and 5 of Pub. L.
113–254, set out as notes under section 621 of this title.
1

So in original. Probably should be preceded by "the".

2

So in original. Probably should be "that subparagraph".

§625. Whistleblower protections
(a) Procedure for reporting problems
(1) Establishment of a reporting procedure
Not later than 180 days after December 18, 2014, the Secretary shall establish, and provide
information to the public regarding, a procedure under which any employee or contractor of a
chemical facility of interest may submit a report to the Secretary regarding a violation of a
requirement under this subchapter.
(2) Confidentiality
The Secretary shall keep confidential the identity of an individual who submits a report under
paragraph (1) and any such report shall be treated as a record containing protected information to
the extent that the report does not consist of publicly available information.
(3) Acknowledgment of receipt
If a report submitted under paragraph (1) identifies the individual making the report, the
Secretary shall promptly respond to the individual directly and shall promptly acknowledge
receipt of the report.
(4) Steps to address problems

The Secretary—
(A) shall review and consider the information provided in any report submitted under
paragraph (1); and
(B) may take action under section 624 of this title if necessary to address any substantiated
violation of a requirement under this subchapter identified in the report.
(5) Due process for facility owner or operator
(A) In general
If, upon the review described in paragraph (4), the Secretary determines that a violation of a
provision of this subchapter, or a regulation prescribed under this subchapter, has occurred, the
Secretary may—
(i) institute a civil enforcement under section 624(a) of this title; or
(ii) if the Secretary makes the determination under section 624(c) of this title, issue an
emergency order.
(B) Written orders
The action of the Secretary under paragraph (4) shall be in a written form that—
(i) describes the violation;
(ii) states the authority under which the Secretary is proceeding; and
(iii) describes the standards and procedures for obtaining relief from the order.
(C) Opportunity for review
After taking action under paragraph (4), the Secretary shall provide for review of the action if
a petition for review is filed within 20 calendar days of the date of issuance of the order for the
action.
(D) Expiration of effectiveness of order
If a petition for review of an action is filed under subparagraph (C) and the review under that
subparagraph is not completed by the end of the 30-day period beginning on the date the
petition is filed, the action shall cease to be effective at the end of such period unless the
Secretary determines, in writing, that the violation providing a basis for the action continues to
exist.
(6) Retaliation prohibited
(A) In general
An owner or operator of a chemical facility of interest or agent thereof may not discharge an
employee or otherwise discriminate against an employee with respect to the compensation
provided to, or terms, conditions, or privileges of the employment of, the employee because the
employee (or an individual acting pursuant to a request of the employee) submitted a report
under paragraph (1).
(B) Exception
An employee shall not be entitled to the protections under this section if the employee—
(i) knowingly and willfully makes any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or
representation; or
(ii) uses any false writing or document knowing the writing or document contains any
false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or entry.
(b) Protected disclosures
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to limit the right of an individual to make any
disclosure—
(1) protected or authorized under section 2302(b)(8) or 7211 of title 5;
(2) protected under any other Federal or State law that shields the disclosing individual against
retaliation or discrimination for having made the disclosure in the public interest; or
(3) to the Special Counsel of an agency, the inspector general of an agency, or any other

employee designated by the head of an agency to receive disclosures similar to the disclosures
described in paragraphs (1) and (2).
(c) Publication of rights
The Secretary, in partnership with industry associations and labor organizations, shall make
publicly available both physically and online the rights that an individual who discloses information,
including security-sensitive information, regarding problems, deficiencies, or vulnerabilities at a
covered chemical facility would have under Federal whistleblower protection laws or this
subchapter.
(d) Protected information
All information contained in a report made under this subsection (a) 1 shall be protected in
accordance with section 623 of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXI, §2105, as added Pub. L. 113–254, §2(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2914.)
TERMINATION OF SECTION
For termination of section by section 5 of Pub. L. 113–254, see Effective and Termination Dates
note below.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES
Section effective on the date that is 30 days after Dec. 18, 2014, and authority provided under this section to
terminate on the date that is 5 years and 3 months after such effective date, see sections 4(a) and 5 of Pub. L.
113–254, set out as notes under section 621 of this title.
1

So in original.

§626. Relationship to other laws
(a) Other Federal laws
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to supersede, amend, alter, or affect any Federal law
that—
(1) regulates (including by requiring information to be submitted or made available) the
manufacture, distribution in commerce, use, handling, sale, other treatment, or disposal of
chemical substances or mixtures; or
(2) authorizes or requires the disclosure of any record or information obtained from a chemical
facility under any law other than this subchapter.
(b) States and political subdivisions
This subchapter shall not preclude or deny any right of any State or political subdivision thereof to
adopt or enforce any regulation, requirement, or standard of performance with respect to chemical
facility security that is more stringent than a regulation, requirement, or standard of performance
issued under this section, or otherwise impair any right or jurisdiction of any State with respect to
chemical facilities within that State, unless there is an actual conflict between this section and the
law of that State.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXI, §2106, as added Pub. L. 113–254, §2(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2915.)
TERMINATION OF SECTION
For termination of section by section 5 of Pub. L. 113–254, see Effective and Termination Dates
note below.

STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES
Section effective on the date that is 30 days after Dec. 18, 2014, and authority provided under this section to
terminate on the date that is 5 years and 3 months after such effective date, see sections 4(a) and 5 of Pub. L.
113–254, set out as notes under section 621 of this title.

§627. CFATS regulations
(a) General authority
The Secretary may, in accordance with chapter 5 of title 5, promulgate regulations or amend
existing CFATS regulations to implement the provisions under this subchapter.
(b) Existing CFATS regulations
(1) In general
Notwithstanding section 4(b) of the Protecting and Securing Chemical Facilities from Terrorist
Attacks Act of 2014, each existing CFATS regulation shall remain in effect unless the Secretary
amends, consolidates, or repeals the regulation.
(2) Repeal
Not later than 30 days after December 18, 2014, the Secretary shall repeal any existing CFATS
regulation that the Secretary determines is duplicative of, or conflicts with, this subchapter.
(c) Authority
The Secretary shall exclusively rely upon authority provided under this subchapter in—
(1) determining compliance with this subchapter;
(2) identifying chemicals of interest; and
(3) determining security risk associated with a chemical facility.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXI, §2107, as added Pub. L. 113–254, §2(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2916.)
TERMINATION OF SECTION
For termination of section by section 5 of Pub. L. 113–254, see Effective and Termination Dates
note below.
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 4(b) of the Protecting and Securing Chemical Facilities from Terrorist Attacks Act of 2014, referred
to in subsec. (b)(1), is section 4(b) of Pub. L. 113–254, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2919, which repealed section
550 of Pub. L. 109–295, formerly set out as a Regulations note under section 121 of this title, effective as of
the date that is 30 days after Dec. 18, 2014.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES
Section effective on the date that is 30 days after Dec. 18, 2014, and authority provided under this section to
terminate on the date that is 5 years and 3 months after such effective date, see sections 4(a) and 5 of Pub. L.
113–254, set out as notes under section 621 of this title.

§628. Small covered chemical facilities
(a) Definition
In this section, the term "small covered chemical facility" means a covered chemical facility

that—
(1) has fewer than 100 employees employed at the covered chemical facility; and
(2) is owned and operated by a small business concern (as defined in section 632 of title 15).
(b) Assistance to facilities
The Secretary may provide guidance and, as appropriate, tools, methodologies, or computer
software, to assist small covered chemical facilities in developing the physical security,
cybersecurity, recordkeeping, and reporting procedures required under this subchapter.
(c) Report
The Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of
the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on Energy and Commerce
of the House of Representatives a report on best practices that may assist small covered chemical
facilities in development of physical security best practices.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXI, §2108, as added Pub. L. 113–254, §2(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2916.)
TERMINATION OF SECTION
For termination of section by section 5 of Pub. L. 113–254, see Effective and Termination Dates
note below.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES
Section effective on the date that is 30 days after Dec. 18, 2014, and authority provided under this section to
terminate on the date that is 5 years and 3 months after such effective date, see sections 4(a) and 5 of Pub. L.
113–254, set out as notes under section 621 of this title.

§629. Outreach to chemical facilities of interest
Not later than 90 days after December 18, 2014, the Secretary shall establish an outreach
implementation plan, in coordination with the heads of other appropriate Federal and State agencies,
relevant business associations, and public and private labor organizations, to—
(1) identify chemical facilities of interest; and
(2) make available compliance assistance materials and information on education and training.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXI, §2109, as added Pub. L. 113–254, §2(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 2916.)
TERMINATION OF SECTION
For termination of section by section 5 of Pub. L. 113–254, see Effective and Termination Dates
note below.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES
Section effective on the date that is 30 days after Dec. 18, 2014, and authority provided under this section to
terminate on the date that is 5 years and 3 months after such effective date, see sections 4(a) and 5 of Pub. L.
113–254, set out as notes under section 621 of this title.

SUBCHAPTER XVII—ANTI-TRAFFICKING TRAINING FOR
DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY PERSONNEL

§641. Definitions
In this subchapter:
(1) Department
The term "Department" means the Department of Homeland Security.
(2) Human trafficking
The term "human trafficking" means an act or practice described in paragraph (9) or (10) 1 of
section 7102 of title 22.
(3) Secretary
The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Homeland Security.
(Pub. L. 114–22, title IX, §901, May 29, 2015, 129 Stat. 264.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this title", meaning title IX of Pub. L. 114–22,
which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title IX to the Code, see
Tables.
Paragraphs (9) and (10) of section 7102 of title 22, referred to in par. (2), were redesignated pars. (11) and
(12), respectively, of section 7102 of title 22 by Pub. L. 115–427, §2(1), Jan. 9, 2019, 132 Stat. 5503.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Justice for Victims of Trafficking Act of 2015, and not as part of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
1

See References in Text note below.

§642. Training for Department personnel to identify human trafficking
(a) In general
Not later than 180 days after May 29, 2015, the Secretary shall implement a program to—
(1) train and periodically retrain relevant Transportation Security Administration, U.S. Customs
and Border Protection, and other Department personnel that the Secretary considers appropriate,
with respect to how to effectively deter, detect, and disrupt human trafficking, and, where
appropriate, interdict a suspected perpetrator of human trafficking, during the course of their
primary roles and responsibilities; and
(2) ensure that the personnel referred to in paragraph (1) regularly receive current information
on matters related to the detection of human trafficking, including information that becomes
available outside of the Department's initial or periodic retraining schedule, to the extent relevant
to their official duties and consistent with applicable information and privacy laws.
(b) Training described
The training referred to in subsection (a) may be conducted through in-class or virtual learning
capabilities, and shall include—
(1) methods for identifying suspected victims of human trafficking and, where appropriate,
perpetrators of human trafficking;
(2) for appropriate personnel, methods to approach a suspected victim of human trafficking,
where appropriate, in a manner that is sensitive to the suspected victim and is not likely to alert a
suspected perpetrator of human trafficking;
(3) training that is most appropriate for a particular location or environment in which the
personnel receiving such training perform their official duties;

(4) other topics determined by the Secretary to be appropriate; and
(5) a post-training evaluation for personnel receiving the training.
(c) Training curriculum review
The Secretary shall annually reassess the training program established under subsection (a) to
ensure it is consistent with current techniques, patterns, and trends associated with human
trafficking.
(Pub. L. 114–22, title IX, §902, May 29, 2015, 129 Stat. 265.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Justice for Victims of Trafficking Act of 2015, and not as part of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

§643. Certification and report to Congress
(a) Certification
Not later than 1 year after May 29, 2015, the Secretary shall certify to Congress that all personnel
referred to in section 402(a) 1 have successfully completed the training required under that section.
(b) Report to Congress
Not later than 1 year after May 29, 2015, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall report to
Congress with respect to the overall effectiveness of the program required by this subchapter, the
number of cases reported by Department personnel in which human trafficking was suspected, and,
of those cases, the number of cases that were confirmed cases of human trafficking.
(Pub. L. 114–22, title IX, §903, May 29, 2015, 129 Stat. 265.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 402(a), referred to in subsec. (a), probably should be a reference to section 902(a), meaning section
902(a) of Pub. L. 114–22, which is classified to section 642(a) of this title. Section 402 of Pub. L. 114–22,
which is classified to section 21301 of Title 34, Crime Control and Law Enforcement, does not contain a
subsec. (a) and does not relate to the training of personnel.
This subchapter, referred to in subsec. (b), was in the original "this title", meaning title IX of Pub. L.
114–22, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title IX to the Code,
see Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Justice for Victims of Trafficking Act of 2015, and not as part of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
1

See References in Text note below.

§644. Assistance to non-Federal entities
The Secretary may provide training curricula to any State, local, or tribal government or private
organization to assist the government or organization in establishing a program of training to identify
human trafficking, upon request from the government or organization.
(Pub. L. 114–22, title IX, §904, May 29, 2015, 129 Stat. 266.)

EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Justice for Victims of Trafficking Act of 2015, and not as part of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

§645. Victim protection training for the Department of Homeland Security
(a) Directive to DHS law enforcement officials and task forces
(1) In general
Not later than 180 days after December 21, 2018, the Secretary shall issue a directive to—
(A) all Federal law enforcement officers and relevant personnel employed by the Department
who may be involved in the investigation of human trafficking offenses; and
(B) members of all task forces led by the Department that participate in the investigation of
human trafficking offenses.
(2) Required instructions
The directive required to be issued under paragraph (1) shall include instructions on—
(A) the investigation of individuals who patronize or solicit human trafficking victims as
being engaged in severe trafficking in persons and how such individuals should be investigated
for their roles in severe trafficking in persons; and
(B) how victims of sex or labor trafficking often engage in criminal acts as a direct result of
severe trafficking in persons and such individuals are victims of a crime and affirmative
measures should be taken to avoid arresting, charging, or prosecuting such individuals for any
offense that is the direct result of their victimization.
(b) Victim screening protocol
(1) In general
Not later than 180 days after December 21, 2018, the Secretary shall issue a screening protocol
for use during all anti-trafficking law enforcement operations in which the Department is
involved.
(2) Requirements
The protocol required to be issued under paragraph (1) shall—
(A) require the individual screening of all adults and children who are suspected of engaging
in commercial sex acts, child labor that is a violation of law, or work in violation of labor
standards to determine whether each individual screened is a victim of human trafficking;
(B) require affirmative measures to avoid arresting, charging, or prosecuting human
trafficking victims for any offense that is the direct result of their victimization;
(C) be developed in consultation with relevant interagency partners and nongovernmental
organizations that specialize in the prevention of human trafficking or in the identification and
support of victims of human trafficking and survivors of human trafficking; and
(D) include—
(i) procedures and practices to ensure that the screening process minimizes trauma or
revictimization of the person being screened; and
(ii) guidelines on assisting victims of human trafficking in identifying and receiving
restorative services.
(c) Mandatory training
The training described in sections 642 and 644 of this title shall include training necessary to
implement—
(1) the directive required under subsection (a); and
(2) the protocol required under subsection (b).

(Pub. L. 114–22, title IX, §906, as added Pub. L. 115–392, §5(a), Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5252.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Justice for Victims of Trafficking Act of 2015, and not as part of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

§645a. Human trafficking assessment
Not later than 1 year after December 21, 2018, and annually thereafter, the Executive Associate
Director of Homeland Security Investigations shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security
and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate, and the Committee on
Homeland Security and the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives a report on
human trafficking investigations undertaken by Homeland Security Investigations that includes—
(1) the number of confirmed human trafficking investigations by category, including labor
trafficking, sex trafficking, and transnational and domestic human trafficking;
(2) the number of victims by category, including—
(A) whether the victim is a victim of sex trafficking or a victim of labor trafficking; and
(B) whether the victim is a minor or an adult; and
(3) an analysis of the data described in paragraphs (1) and (2) and other data available to
Homeland Security Investigations that indicates any general human trafficking or investigatory
trends.
(Pub. L. 115–393, title IV, §403, Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5275.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Trafficking Victims Protection Act of 2017, and not as part of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.

SUBCHAPTER XVIII—CYBERSECURITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE
SECURITY AGENCY

PART A—CYBERSECURITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE SECURITY
§651. Definitions
In this part:
(1) Critical infrastructure information
The term "critical infrastructure information" has the meaning given the term in section 671 of
this title.
(2) Cybersecurity risk
The term "cybersecurity risk" has the meaning given the term in section 659 of this title.
(3) Cybersecurity threat

The term "cybersecurity threat" has the meaning given the term in section 1501(5) of this title.
(4) National cybersecurity asset response activities
The term "national cybersecurity asset response activities" means—
(A) furnishing cybersecurity technical assistance to entities affected by cybersecurity risks to
protect assets, mitigate vulnerabilities, and reduce impacts of cyber incidents;
(B) identifying other entities that may be at risk of an incident and assessing risk to the same
or similar vulnerabilities;
(C) assessing potential cybersecurity risks to a sector or region, including potential cascading
effects, and developing courses of action to mitigate such risks;
(D) facilitating information sharing and operational coordination with threat response; and
(E) providing guidance on how best to utilize Federal resources and capabilities in a timely,
effective manner to speed recovery from cybersecurity risks.
(5) Sector Risk Management Agency
The term "Sector Risk Management Agency" means a Federal department or agency,
designated by law or presidential directive, with responsibility for providing institutional
knowledge and specialized expertise of a sector, as well as leading, facilitating, or supporting
programs and associated activities of its designated critical infrastructure sector in the all hazards
environment in coordination with the Department.
(6) Sharing
The term "sharing" has the meaning given the term in section 659 of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2201, as added Pub. L. 115–278, §2(a), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat.
4168; amended Pub. L. 116–283, div. H, title XC, §9002(c)(2)(C), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4772.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2021—Par. (5). Pub. L. 116–283 substituted "Sector Risk Management Agency" for "Sector-Specific
Agency" in heading and "Sector Risk Management Agency" for "Sector-Specific Agency" in text.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CONSTRUCTION OF PUB. L. 115–278
Pub. L. 115–278, §5, Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4186, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see section 1 of
Pub. L. 115–278, set out as a Short Title of 2018 Amendment note under section 101 of this title] or an
amendment made by this Act may be construed as—
"(1) conferring new authorities to the Secretary of Homeland Security, including programmatic,
regulatory, or enforcement authorities, outside of the authorities in existence on the day before the date of
enactment of this Act [Nov. 16, 2018];
"(2) reducing or limiting the programmatic, regulatory, or enforcement authority vested in any other
Federal agency by statute; or
"(3) affecting in any manner the authority, existing on the day before the date of enactment of this Act,
of any other Federal agency or component of the Department of Homeland Security."
NATIONAL CYBER EXERCISES
Pub. L. 116–283, div. A, title XVII, §1744, Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4135, provided that:
"(a) REQUIREMENT.—Not later than December 31, 2023, the Secretary of Homeland Security, in
coordination with the Director of National Intelligence, the Attorney General, and the Secretary of Defense,
shall conduct an exercise, which may be a tabletop exercise, to test the resilience, response, and recovery of
the United States to a significant cyber incident impacting critical infrastructure. The Secretary shall convene
similar exercises not fewer than three times, in consultation with such officials, until 2033.
"(b) PLANNING AND PREPARATION.—The exercises required under subsection (a) shall be prepared
by—
"(1) appropriate personnel from—

"(A) the Department of Homeland Security;
"(B) the Department of Defense; and
"(C) the Department of Justice; and
"(2) appropriate elements of the intelligence community, identified by the Director of National
Intelligence.
"(c) SUBMISSION TO CONGRESS.—For each fiscal year in which an exercise is planned, the Secretary,
in coordination with the Director of National Intelligence, the Attorney General, and the Secretary of Defense,
shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees a plan for the exercise not later than 180 days prior
to the exercise. Each such plan shall include information regarding the goals of the exercise at issue, how the
exercise is to be carried out, where and when the exercise will take place, how many individuals are expected
to participate from each Federal agency specified in subsection (b), and the costs or other resources associated
with the exercise.
"(d) PARTICIPANTS.—
"(1) FEDERAL GOVERNMENT PARTICIPANTS.—Appropriate personnel from the following
Federal agencies shall participate in each exercise required under subsection (a):
"(A) The Department of Homeland Security.
"(B) The Department of Defense, as identified by the Secretary of Defense.
"(C) Elements of the intelligence community, as identified by the Director of National
Intelligence.
"(D) The Department of Justice, as identified by the Attorney General.
"(E) Sector-specific agencies, as determined by the Secretary of Homeland Security.
"(2) STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS.—The Secretary shall invite representatives from State,
local, and Tribal governments to participate in each exercise required under subsection (a) if the Secretary
determines such is appropriate.
"(3) PRIVATE ENTITIES.—Depending on the nature of an exercise being conducted under
subsection (a), the Secretary, in consultation with the senior representative of the sector-specific agencies
participating in such exercise in accordance with paragraph (1)(E), shall invite the following individuals to
participate:
"(A) Representatives from appropriate private entities.
"(B) Other individuals whom the Secretary determines will best assist the United States in
preparing for, and defending against, a significant cyber incident impacting critical infrastructure.
"(4) INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS.—Depending on the nature of an exercise being conducted
under subsection (a), the Secretary may, in coordination with the Secretary of State, invite allies and
partners of the United States to participate in such exercise.
"(e) OBSERVERS.—The Secretary may invite representatives from the executive and legislative branches
of the Federal Government to observe an exercise required under subsection (a).
"(f) ELEMENTS.—Each exercise required under subsection (a) shall include the following elements:
"(1) Exercising the orchestration of cybersecurity response and the provision of cyber support to
Federal, State, local, and Tribal governments and private entities, including the exercise of the command,
control, and deconfliction of—
"(A) operational responses through interagency coordination processes and response groups; and
"(B) each Federal agency participating in such exercise in accordance with subsection (d)(1).
"(2) Testing of the information sharing needs and capabilities of exercise participants.
"(3) Testing of the relevant policy, guidance, and doctrine, including the National Cyber Incident
Response Plan of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency of the Department of Homeland
Security.
"(4) Testing of the integration and interoperability between the entities participating in the exercise in
accordance with subsection (d).
"(5) Exercising the integration and interoperability of the cybersecurity operation centers of the
Federal Government, as appropriate, in coordination with appropriate cabinet level officials.
"(g) BRIEFING.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 180 days after the date on which each exercise required under
subsection (a) is conducted, the Secretary shall provide to the appropriate congressional committees a
briefing on the exercise.
"(2) CONTENTS.—Each briefing required under paragraph (1) shall include—
"(A) an assessment of the decision and response gaps observed in the exercise at issue;
"(B) proposed recommendations to improve the resilience, response, and recovery of the United
States to a significant cyber attack against critical infrastructure; and

"(C) appropriate plans to address the recommendations proposed under subparagraph (B).
"(h) REPEAL.—[Repealed section 1648(b) of Pub. L. 114–92, 129 Stat. 1119.]
"(i) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
"(1) APPROPRIATE CONGRESSIONAL COMMITTEES.—The term 'appropriate congressional
committees' means—
"(A) the Committee on Armed Services of the Senate;
"(B) the Committee on Armed Services of the House of Representatives;
"(C) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
"(D) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives;
"(E) the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate;
"(F) the Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives;
"(G) the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate;
"(H) the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives;
"(I) the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate;
"(J) the Committee on Science, Space, and Technology of the House of Representatives;
"(K) the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate; and
"(L) the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives.
"(2) ELEMENT OF THE INTELLIGENCE COMMUNITY.—The term 'element of the intelligence
community' means an element specified or designated under section 3 of the National Security Act of 1947
(50 U.S.C. 3003).
"(3) PRIVATE ENTITY.—The term 'private entity' has the meaning given the term in section 102 of
the Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act of 2015 (6 U.S.C. 1501).
"(4) SECRETARY.—The term 'Secretary' means the Secretary of Homeland Security.
"(5) SECTOR-SPECIFIC AGENCY.—The term 'sector-specific agency' has the meaning given the
term 'Sector-Specific Agency' in section 2201 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 651).
"(6) STATE.—The term 'State' means any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam,
American Samoa, and any other territory or possession of the United States."
EXECUTIVE DOCUMENTS
EX. ORD. NO. 13905. STRENGTHENING NATIONAL RESILIENCE THROUGH RESPONSIBLE
USE OF POSITIONING, NAVIGATION, AND TIMING SERVICES
Ex. Ord. No. 13905, Feb. 12, 2020, 85 F.R. 9359, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Purpose. The national and economic security of the United States depends on the reliable and
efficient functioning of critical infrastructure. Since the United States made the Global Positioning System
available worldwide, positioning, navigation, and timing (PNT) services provided by space-based systems
have become a largely invisible utility for technology and infrastructure, including the electrical power grid,
communications infrastructure and mobile devices, all modes of transportation, precision agriculture, weather
forecasting, and emergency response. Because of the widespread adoption of PNT services, the disruption or
manipulation of these services has the potential to adversely affect the national and economic security of the
United States. To strengthen national resilience, the Federal Government must foster the responsible use of
PNT services by critical infrastructure owners and operators.
SEC. 2. Definitions. As used in this order:
(a) "PNT services" means any system, network, or capability that provides a reference to calculate or
augment the calculation of longitude, latitude, altitude, or transmission of time or frequency data, or any
combination thereof.
(b) "Responsible use of PNT services" means the deliberate, risk-informed use of PNT services, including
their acquisition, integration, and deployment, such that disruption or manipulation of PNT services minimally
affects national security, the economy, public health, and the critical functions of the Federal Government.
(c) "Critical infrastructure" means systems and assets, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the United
States that the incapacity or destruction of such systems and assets would have a debilitating impact on
national security, national economic security, national public health or safety, or on any combination of those
matters.
(d) "PNT profile" means a description of the responsible use of PNT services—aligned to standards,
guidelines, and sector-specific requirements—selected for a particular system to address the potential

disruption or manipulation of PNT services.
(e) "Sector-Specific Agency" (SSA) is the executive department or agency that is responsible for providing
institutional knowledge and specialized expertise as well as leading, facilitating, or supporting the security and
resilience programs and associated activities of its designated critical infrastructure sector in the all-hazards
environment. The SSAs are those identified in Presidential Policy Directive 21 of February 12, 2013 (Critical
Infrastructure Security and Resilience).
SEC. 3. Policy. It is the policy of the United States to ensure that disruption or manipulation of PNT
services does not undermine the reliable and efficient functioning of its critical infrastructure. The Federal
Government must increase the Nation's awareness of the extent to which critical infrastructure depends on, or
is enhanced by, PNT services, and it must ensure critical infrastructure can withstand disruption or
manipulation of PNT services.
To this end, the Federal Government shall engage the public and private sectors to identify and promote the
responsible use of PNT services.
SEC. 4. Implementation. (a) Within 1 year of the date of this order [Feb. 12, 2020], the Secretary of
Commerce, in coordination with the heads of SSAs and in consultation, as appropriate, with the private sector,
shall develop and make available, to at least the appropriate agencies and private sector users, PNT profiles.
The PNT profiles will enable the public and private sectors to identify systems, networks, and assets
dependent on PNT services; identify appropriate PNT services; detect the disruption and manipulation of PNT
services; and manage the associated risks to the systems, networks, and assets dependent on PNT services.
Once made available, the PNT profiles shall be reviewed every 2 years and, as necessary, updated.
(b) The Secretary of Defense, Secretary of Transportation, and Secretary of Homeland Security shall refer
to the PNT profiles created pursuant to subsection (a) of this section in updates to the Federal Radionavigation
Plan.
(c) Within 1 year of the date of this order, the Secretary of Homeland Security, in coordination with the
heads of SSAs, shall develop a plan to test the vulnerabilities of critical infrastructure systems, networks, and
assets in the event of disruption and manipulation of PNT services. The results of the tests carried out under
that plan shall be used to inform updates to the PNT profiles identified in subsection (a) of this section.
(d) Within 90 days of the PNT profiles being made available, the heads of SSAs and the heads of other
executive departments and agencies (agencies), as appropriate, through the Secretary of Homeland Security,
shall develop contractual language for inclusion of the relevant information from the PNT profiles in the
requirements for Federal contracts for products, systems, and services that integrate or utilize PNT services,
with the goal of encouraging the private sector to use additional PNT services and develop new robust and
secure PNT services. The heads of SSAs and the heads of other agencies, as appropriate, shall update the
requirements as necessary.
(e) Within 180 days of the completion of any of the duties described in subsection (d) of this section, and
consistent with applicable law and to the maximum extent practicable, the Federal Acquisition Regulatory
Council, in consultation with the heads of SSAs and the heads of other agencies, as appropriate, shall
incorporate the requirements developed under subsection (d) of this section into Federal contracts for
products, systems, and services that integrate or use PNT services.
(f) Within 1 year of the PNT profiles being made available, and biennially thereafter, the heads of SSAs and
the heads of other agencies, as appropriate, through the Secretary of Homeland Security, shall submit a report
to the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs and the Director of the Office of Science and
Technology Policy (OSTP) on the extent to which the PNT profiles have been adopted in their respective
agencies' acquisitions and, to the extent possible, the extent to which PNT profiles have been adopted by
owners and operators of critical infrastructure.
(g) Within 180 days of the date of this order, the Secretary of Transportation, Secretary of Energy, and
Secretary of Homeland Security shall each develop plans to engage with critical infrastructure owners or
operators to evaluate the responsible use of PNT services. Each pilot program shall be completed within 1
year of developing the plan, and the results shall be used to inform the development of the relevant PNT
profile and research and development (R&D) opportunities.
(h) Within 1 year of the date of this order, the Director of OSTP shall coordinate the development of a
national plan, which shall be informed by existing initiatives, for the R&D and pilot testing of additional,
robust, and secure PNT services that are not dependent on global navigation satellite systems (GNSS). The
plan shall also include approaches to integrate and use multiple PNT services to enhance the resilience of
critical infrastructure.
Once the plan is published, the Director of OSTP shall coordinate updates to the plan every 4 years, or as
appropriate.
(i) Within 180 days of the date of this order, the Secretary of Commerce shall make available a

GNSS-independent source of Coordinated Universal Time, to support the needs of critical infrastructure
owners and operators, for the public and private sectors to access.
SEC. 5. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive department or agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget relating to budgetary,
administrative, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of
appropriations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its
officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.

DONALD J. TRUMP.
[Reference to a Sector Specific Agency (including any permutations or conjugations thereof) deemed to be
a reference to the Sector Risk Management Agency of the relevant critical infrastructure sector and have the
meaning give such term in section 651(5) of this title, see section 652a(c)(3) of this title, enacted Jan. 1, 2021.]

§652. Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency
(a) Redesignation
(1) In general
The National Protection and Programs Directorate of the Department shall, on and after
November 16, 2018, be known as the "Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency" (in this
part referred to as the "Agency").
(2) References
Any reference to the National Protection and Programs Directorate of the Department in any
law, regulation, map, document, record, or other paper of the United States shall be deemed to be
a reference to the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency of the Department.
(b) Director
(1) In general
The Agency shall be headed by a Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security (in this
part referred to as the "Director"), who shall report to the Secretary.
(2) Qualifications
(A) In general
The Director shall be appointed from among individuals who have—
(i) extensive knowledge in at least two of the areas specified in subparagraph (B); and
(ii) not fewer than five years of demonstrated experience in efforts to foster coordination
and collaboration between the Federal Government, the private sector, and other entities on
issues related to cybersecurity, infrastructure security, or security risk management.
(B) Specified areas
The areas specified in this subparagraph are the following:
(i) Cybersecurity.
(ii) Infrastructure security.
(iii) Security risk management.
(3) Reference
Any reference to an Under Secretary responsible for overseeing critical infrastructure
protection, cybersecurity, and any other related program of the Department as described in section

113(a)(1)(H) of this title as in effect on the day before November 16, 2018, in any law, regulation,
map, document, record, or other paper of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to the
Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security of the Department.
(c) Responsibilities
The Director shall—
(1) lead cybersecurity and critical infrastructure security programs, operations, and associated
policy for the Agency, including national cybersecurity asset response activities;
(2) coordinate with Federal entities, including Sector-Specific Agencies, and non-Federal
entities, including international entities, to carry out the cybersecurity and critical infrastructure
activities of the Agency, as appropriate;
(3) carry out the responsibilities of the Secretary to secure Federal information and information
systems consistent with law, including subchapter II of chapter 35 of title 44 and the
Cybersecurity Act of 2015 (contained in division N of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016
(Public Law 114–113));
(4) coordinate a national effort to secure and protect against critical infrastructure risks,
consistent with subsection (e)(1)(E);
(5) upon request, provide analyses, expertise, and other technical assistance to critical
infrastructure owners and operators and, where appropriate, provide those analyses, expertise, and
other technical assistance in coordination with Sector-Specific Agencies and other Federal
departments and agencies;
(6) develop and utilize mechanisms for active and frequent collaboration between the Agency
and Sector-Specific Agencies to ensure appropriate coordination, situational awareness, and
communications with Sector-Specific Agencies;
(7) maintain and utilize mechanisms for the regular and ongoing consultation and collaboration
among the Divisions of the Agency to further operational coordination, integrated situational
awareness, and improved integration across the Agency in accordance with this chapter;
(8) develop, coordinate, and implement—
(A) comprehensive strategic plans for the activities of the Agency; and
(B) risk assessments by and for the Agency;
(9) carry out emergency communications responsibilities, in accordance with subchapter XIII;
(10) carry out cybersecurity, infrastructure security, and emergency communications
stakeholder outreach and engagement and coordinate that outreach and engagement with critical
infrastructure Sector-Specific Agencies, as appropriate;
(11) 1 carry out the duties and authorities relating to the .gov internet domain, as described in
section 665 of this title; 2 and 3
(11) 1 appoint a Cybersecurity State Coordinator in each State, as described in section 665c of
this title; 2 and 3
(11) 1 provide education, training, and capacity development to Federal and non-Federal entities
to enhance the security and resiliency of domestic and global cybersecurity and infrastructure
security; and
(12) carry out such other duties and powers prescribed by law or delegated by the Secretary.
(d) Deputy Director
There shall be in the Agency a Deputy Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security who
shall—
(1) assist the Director in the management of the Agency; and
(2) report to the Director.
(e) Cybersecurity and infrastructure security authorities of the Secretary
(1) In general
The responsibilities of the Secretary relating to cybersecurity and infrastructure security shall

include the following:
(A) To access, receive, and analyze law enforcement information, intelligence information,
and other information from Federal Government agencies, State, local, tribal, and territorial
government agencies, including law enforcement agencies, and private sector entities, and to
integrate that information, in support of the mission responsibilities of the Department, in order
to—
(i) identify and assess the nature and scope of terrorist threats to the homeland;
(ii) detect and identify threats of terrorism against the United States; and
(iii) understand those threats in light of actual and potential vulnerabilities of the
homeland.
(B) To carry out comprehensive assessments of the vulnerabilities of the key resources and
critical infrastructure of the United States, including the performance of risk assessments to
determine the risks posed by particular types of terrorist attacks within the United States,
including an assessment of the probability of success of those attacks and the feasibility and
potential efficacy of various countermeasures to those attacks. At the discretion of the
Secretary, such assessments may be carried out in coordination with Sector-Specific Agencies.
(C) To integrate relevant information, analysis, and vulnerability assessments, regardless of
whether the information, analysis, or assessments are provided or produced by the Department,
in order to make recommendations, including prioritization, for protective and support measures
by the Department, other Federal Government agencies, State, local, tribal, and territorial
government agencies and authorities, the private sector, and other entities regarding terrorist
and other threats to homeland security.
(D) To ensure, pursuant to section 122 of this title, the timely and efficient access by the
Department to all information necessary to discharge the responsibilities under this subchapter,
including obtaining that information from other Federal Government agencies.
(E) To develop, in coordination with the Sector-Specific Agencies with available expertise, a
comprehensive national plan for securing the key resources and critical infrastructure of the
United States, including power production, generation, and distribution systems, information
technology and telecommunications systems (including satellites), electronic financial and
property record storage and transmission systems, emergency communications systems, and the
physical and technological assets that support those systems.
(F) To recommend measures necessary to protect the key resources and critical infrastructure
of the United States in coordination with other Federal Government agencies, including
Sector-Specific Agencies, and in cooperation with State, local, tribal, and territorial government
agencies and authorities, the private sector, and other entities.
(G) To review, analyze, and make recommendations for improvements to the policies and
procedures governing the sharing of information relating to homeland security within the
Federal Government and between Federal Government agencies and State, local, tribal, and
territorial government agencies and authorities.
(H) To disseminate, as appropriate, information analyzed by the Department within the
Department to other Federal Government agencies with responsibilities relating to homeland
security and to State, local, tribal, and territorial government agencies and private sector entities
with those responsibilities in order to assist in the deterrence, prevention, or preemption of, or
response to, terrorist attacks against the United States.
(I) To consult with State, local, tribal, and territorial government agencies and private sector
entities to ensure appropriate exchanges of information, including law enforcement-related
information, relating to threats of terrorism against the United States.
(J) To ensure that any material received pursuant to this chapter is protected from
unauthorized disclosure and handled and used only for the performance of official duties.
(K) To request additional information from other Federal Government agencies, State, local,
tribal, and territorial government agencies, and the private sector relating to threats of terrorism
in the United States, or relating to other areas of responsibility assigned by the Secretary,

including the entry into cooperative agreements through the Secretary to obtain such
information.
(L) To establish and utilize, in conjunction with the Chief Information Officer of the
Department, a secure communications and information technology infrastructure, including
data-mining and other advanced analytical tools, in order to access, receive, and analyze data
and information in furtherance of the responsibilities under this section, and to disseminate
information acquired and analyzed by the Department, as appropriate.
(M) To coordinate training and other support to the elements and personnel of the
Department, other Federal Government agencies, and State, local, tribal, and territorial
government agencies that provide information to the Department, or are consumers of
information provided by the Department, in order to facilitate the identification and sharing of
information revealed in their ordinary duties and the optimal utilization of information received
from the Department.
(N) To coordinate with Federal, State, local, tribal, and territorial law enforcement agencies,
and the private sector, as appropriate.
(O) To exercise the authorities and oversight of the functions, personnel, assets, and liabilities
of those components transferred to the Department pursuant to section 121(g) of this title.
(P) To carry out the functions of the national cybersecurity and communications integration
center under section 659 of this title.
(Q) To carry out the requirements of the Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards
Program established under subchapter XVI and the secure handling of ammonium nitrate
program established under part J of subchapter VIII, or any successor programs.
(R) To encourage and build cybersecurity awareness and competency across the United
States and to develop, attract, and retain the cybersecurity workforce necessary for the
cybersecurity related missions of the Department, including by—
(i) overseeing elementary and secondary cybersecurity education and awareness related
programs at the Agency;
(ii) leading efforts to develop, attract, and retain the cybersecurity workforce necessary for
the cybersecurity related missions of the Department;
(iii) encouraging and building cybersecurity awareness and competency across the United
States; and
(iv) carrying out cybersecurity related workforce development activities, including
through—
(I) increasing the pipeline of future cybersecurity professionals through programs
focused on elementary and secondary education, postsecondary education, and workforce
development; and
(II) building awareness of and competency in cybersecurity across the civilian Federal
Government workforce.
(2) Reallocation
The Secretary may reallocate within the Agency the functions specified in sections 653(b) and
654(b) of this title, consistent with the responsibilities provided in paragraph (1), upon certifying
to and briefing the appropriate congressional committees, and making available to the public, at
least 60 days prior to the reallocation that the reallocation is necessary for carrying out the
activities of the Agency.
(3) Staff
(A) In general
The Secretary shall provide the Agency with a staff of analysts having appropriate expertise
and experience to assist the Agency in discharging the responsibilities of the Agency under this
section.
(B) Private sector analysts
Analysts under this subsection may include analysts from the private sector.

(C) Security clearances
Analysts under this subsection shall possess security clearances appropriate for their work
under this section.
(4) Detail of personnel
(A) In general
In order to assist the Agency in discharging the responsibilities of the Agency under this
section, personnel of the Federal agencies described in subparagraph (B) may be detailed to the
Agency for the performance of analytic functions and related duties.
(B) Agencies
The Federal agencies described in this subparagraph are—
(i) the Department of State;
(ii) the Central Intelligence Agency;
(iii) the Federal Bureau of Investigation;
(iv) the National Security Agency;
(v) the National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency;
(vi) the Defense Intelligence Agency;
(vii) Sector-Specific Agencies; and
(viii) any other agency of the Federal Government that the President considers appropriate.
(C) Interagency agreements
The Secretary and the head of a Federal agency described in subparagraph (B) may enter into
agreements for the purpose of detailing personnel under this paragraph.
(D) Basis
The detail of personnel under this paragraph may be on a reimbursable or non-reimbursable
basis.
(f) Composition
The Agency shall be composed of the following divisions:
(1) The Cybersecurity Division, headed by an Assistant Director.
(2) The Infrastructure Security Division, headed by an Assistant Director.
(3) The Emergency Communications Division under subchapter XIII, headed by an Assistant
Director.
(g) Co-location
(1) In general
To the maximum extent practicable, the Director shall examine the establishment of central
locations in geographical regions with a significant Agency presence.
(2) Coordination
When establishing the central locations described in paragraph (1), the Director shall coordinate
with component heads and the Under Secretary for Management to co-locate or partner on any
new real property leases, renewing any occupancy agreements for existing leases, or agreeing to
extend or newly occupy any Federal space or new construction.
(h) Privacy
(1) In general
There shall be a Privacy Officer of the Agency with primary responsibility for privacy policy
and compliance for the Agency.
(2) Responsibilities
The responsibilities of the Privacy Officer of the Agency shall include—
(A) assuring that the use of technologies by the Agency sustain, and do not erode, privacy

protections relating to the use, collection, and disclosure of personal information;
(B) assuring that personal information contained in systems of records of the Agency is
handled in full compliance as specified in section 552a of title 5 (commonly known as the
"Privacy Act of 1974");
(C) evaluating legislative and regulatory proposals involving collection, use, and disclosure
of personal information by the Agency; and
(D) conducting a privacy impact assessment of proposed rules of the Agency on the privacy
of personal information, including the type of personal information collected and the number of
people affected.
(i) Savings
Nothing in this subchapter may be construed as affecting in any manner the authority, existing on
the day before November 16, 2018, of any other component of the Department or any other Federal
department or agency, including the authority provided to the Sector Risk Management Agency
specified in section 61003(c) of division F of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (6
U.S.C. 121 note; Public Law 114–94).
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2202, as added Pub. L. 115–278, §2(a), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat.
4169; amended Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title IX, §904(b)(1)(A), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2298; Pub.
L. 116–283, div. A, title XVII, §§1717(a)(1)(A), 1719(a), (b), div. H, title XC, §§9001(a),
9002(c)(2)(D), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4099, 4105, 4766, 4773.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Cybersecurity Act of 2015, referred to in subsec. (c)(3), is div. N of Pub. L. 114–113, Dec. 18, 2015,
129 Stat. 2935. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section
1501 of this title and Tables.
This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (c)(7) and (e)(1)(J), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L.
107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified
principally to this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out
under section 101 of this title and Tables.
Section 665 of this title, referred to in subsec. (c)(11), was in the original "section 2215", and was translated
as referring to the section 2215 of Pub. L. 107–296 added by section 904(b)(1)(B) of Pub. L. 116–260 relating
to the .gov internet domain, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Section 665c of this title, referred to in subsec. (c)(11), was in the original "section 2215", and was
translated as referring to the section 2215 of Pub. L. 107–296 added by section 1717(a)(1)(A)(iii) of Pub. L.
116–283 relating to Cybersecurity State Coordinator, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
AMENDMENTS
2021—Subsec. (b)(2), (3). Pub. L. 116–283, §9001(a), added par. (2) and redesignated former par. (2) as
(3).
Subsec. (c)(10). Pub. L. 116–283, §1719(b)(1), which directed amendment identical to amendment by Pub.
L. 116–283, §1717(a)(1)(A)(i), could not be executed. See 2021 Amendment note below.
Pub. L. 116–283, §1717(a)(1)(A)(i), which directed amendment of par. (10) by striking out "and" at end,
could not be executed because the word "and" did not appear at end.
Subsec. (c)(11). Pub. L. 116–283, §1719(b)(3), which directed the addition of par. (11) after par. (10), was
executed by adding par. (11) relating to providing education, training, and capacity development to Federal
and non-Federal entities to enhance the security and resiliency of domestic and global cybersecurity and
infrastructure security, after par. (11) relating to appointing a Cybersecurity State Coordinator in each State
and before par. (12), to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 116–283, §1717(a)(1)(A)(iii), which directed the addition of par. (11) after par. (10), was executed
by adding par. (11) relating to appointing a Cybersecurity State Coordinator in each State, after par. (11)
relating to the .gov internet domain and before par. (12), to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (c)(12). Pub. L. 116–283, §1719(b)(2), which directed amendment identical to amendments by Pub.
L. 116–260, §904(b)(1)(A)(ii) and Pub. L. 116–283, §1717(a)(1)(A)(ii), could not be executed. See 2020 and
2021 Amendment notes below.

Pub. L. 116–283, §1717(a)(1)(A)(ii), which directed amendment identical to amendment by Pub. L.
116–260, §904(b)(1)(A)(ii), could not be executed. See 2020 Amendment note below.
Subsec. (e)(1)(R). Pub. L. 116–283, §1719(a), added subpar. (R).
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 116–283, §9002(c)(2)(D), substituted "Sector Risk Management Agency" for
"Sector-Specific Agency".
2020—Subsec. (c)(11), (12). Pub. L. 116–260 added par. (11) relating to the .gov internet domain and
redesignated former par. (11) as (12).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CONSTRUCTION OF 2021 AMENDMENT
Amendment by section 1717(a)(1)(A) of Pub. L. 116–283 not to be construed to affect or otherwise modify
the authority of Federal law enforcement agencies with respect to investigations relating to cybersecurity
incidents, see section 1717(a)(4) of Pub. L. 116–283, set out as a note under section 665c of this title.
UNDER SECRETARY RESPONSIBLE FOR OVERSEEING CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE
PROTECTION, CYBERSECURITY AND RELATED PROGRAMS AUTHORIZED TO SERVE
AS DIRECTOR OF CYBERSECURITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE SECURITY
Pub. L. 115–278, §2(b)(1), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4175, provided that: "The individual serving as the
Under Secretary appointed pursuant to section 103(a)(1)(H) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C.
113(a)(1)(H)) of the Department of Homeland Security on the day before the date of enactment of this Act
[Nov. 16, 2018] may continue to serve as the Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security of the
Department on and after such date."
1

So in original. Three pars. (11) have been enacted.

2

See References in Text note below.

3

So in original. The word "and" probably should not appear.

§652a. Sector Risk Management Agencies
(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Appropriate congressional committees
The term "appropriate congressional committees" means—
(A) the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on Armed Services in the
House of Representatives; and
(B) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on
Armed Services in the Senate.
(2) Critical infrastructure
The term "critical infrastructure" has the meaning given that term in section 5195c(e) of title 42.
(3) Department
The term "Department" means the Department of Homeland Security.
(4) Director
The term "Director" means the Director of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security
Agency of the Department.
(5) Information sharing and analysis organization
The term "information sharing and analysis organization" has the meaning given that term in
section 671(5) of this title.

(6) Secretary
The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Homeland Security.
(7) Sector risk management agency
The term "sector risk management agency" has the meaning given the term "Sector-Specific
Agency" in section 651(5) of this title.1
(b) Critical infrastructure sector designation
(1) Initial review
Not later than 180 days after January 1, 2021, the Secretary, in consultation with the heads of
Sector Risk Management Agencies, shall—
(A) review the current framework for securing critical infrastructure, as described in section
652(c)(4) of this title and Presidential Policy Directive 21; and
(B) submit to the President and appropriate congressional committees a report that includes—
(i) information relating to—
(I) the analysis framework or methodology used to—
(aa) evaluate the current framework for securing critical infrastructure referred to in
subparagraph (A); and
(bb) develop recommendations to—
(AA) revise the current list of critical infrastructure sectors designated pursuant to
Presidential Policy Directive 21, any successor or related document, or policy; or
(BB) identify and designate any subsectors of such sectors;
(II) the data, metrics, and other information used to develop the recommendations
required under clause (ii); and
(ii) recommendations relating to—
(I) revising—
(aa) the current framework for securing critical infrastructure referred to in
subparagraph (A);
(bb) the current list of critical infrastructure sectors designated pursuant to
Presidential Policy Directive 21, any successor or related document, or policy; or
(cc) the identification and designation of any subsectors of such sectors; and
(II) any revisions to the list of designated Federal departments or agencies that serve as
the Sector Risk Management Agency for a sector or subsector of such section, necessary to
comply with paragraph (3)(B).
(2) Periodic evaluation by the Secretary
At least once every five years, the Secretary, in consultation with the Director and the heads of
Sector Risk Management Agencies, shall—
(A) evaluate the current list of designated critical infrastructure sectors and subsectors of such
sectors and the appropriateness of Sector Risk Management Agency designations, as set forth in
Presidential Policy Directive 21, any successor or related document, or policy; and
(B) recommend, as appropriate, to the President—
(i) revisions to the current list of designated critical infrastructure sectors or subsectors of
such sectors; and
(ii) revisions to the designation of any Federal department or agency designated as the
Sector Risk Management Agency for a sector or subsector of such sector.
(3) Review and revision by the President
Not later than 180 days after the Secretary submits a recommendation pursuant to paragraph (1)
or (2), the President shall—
(A) review the recommendation and revise, as appropriate, the designation of a critical

infrastructure sector or subsector or the designation of a Sector Risk Management Agency; and
(B) submit to the appropriate congressional committees, the Majority and Minority Leaders
of the Senate, and the Speaker and Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, a report
that includes—
(i) an explanation with respect to the basis for accepting or rejecting the recommendations
of the Secretary; and
(ii) information relating to the analysis framework, methodology, metrics, and data used
to—
(I) evaluate the current framework for securing critical infrastructure referred to in
paragraph (1)(A); and
(II) develop—
(aa) recommendations to revise—
(AA) the list of critical infrastructure sectors designated pursuant to Presidential
Policy Directive 21, any successor or related document, or policy; or
(BB) the designation of any subsectors of such sectors; and
(bb) the recommendations of the Secretary.
(4) Publication
Any designation of critical infrastructure sectors shall be published in the Federal Register.
(c) Sector risk management agencies
(1) Omitted
(2) Omitted
(3) References
Any reference to a Sector Specific Agency (including any permutations or conjugations thereof)
in any law, regulation, map, document, record, or other paper of the United States shall be deemed
to—
(A) be a reference to the Sector Risk Management Agency of the relevant critical
infrastructure sector; and
(B) have the meaning give such term in section 651(5) of this title.
(4) Omitted
(d) Report and auditing
Not later than two years after January 1, 2021 and every four years thereafter for 12 years, the
Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security of the
House of Representatives and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of
the Senate a report on the effectiveness of Sector Risk Management Agencies in carrying out their
responsibilities under section 665d of this title.
(Pub. L. 116–283, div. H, title XC, §9002, Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4768.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the William M. (Mac) Thornberry National Defense Authorization Act for
Fiscal Year 2021 and not as part of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 which comprises this chapter.
Section is comprised of section 9002 of Pub. L. 116–283. Subsec. (c)(1) of section 9002 of Pub. L. 116–283
enacted section 665d of this title. Subsec. (c)(2) of section 9002 of Pub. L. 116–283 amended sections 195f,
321m, 651, 652, and 664 of this title. Subsec. (c)(4) of section 9002 of Pub. L. 116–283 amended the table of
contents in section 1(b) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002.
1

So in original. Section 651(5) of this title defines "Sector Risk Management Agency".

§653. Cybersecurity Division
(a) Establishment
(1) In general
There is established in the Agency a Cybersecurity Division.
(2) Executive Assistant Director
The Cybersecurity Division shall be headed by an Executive Assistant Director for
Cybersecurity (in this section referred to as "the Executive Assistant Director"), who shall—
(A) be at the level of Assistant Secretary within the Department;
(B) be appointed by the President without the advice and consent of the Senate; and
(C) report to the Director.
(3) Reference
Any reference to the Assistant Secretary for Cybersecurity and Communications or Assistant
Director for Cybersecurity in any law, regulation, map, document, record, or other paper of the
United States shall be deemed to be a reference to the Executive Assistant Director for
Cybersecurity.
(b) Functions
The Executive Assistant Director shall—
(1) direct the cybersecurity efforts of the Agency;
(2) carry out activities, at the direction of the Director, related to the security of Federal
information and Federal information systems consistent with law, including subchapter II of
chapter 35 of title 44 and the Cybersecurity Act of 2015 (contained in division N of the
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016 (Public Law 114–113));
(3) fully participate in the mechanisms required under section 652(c)(7) of this title; and
(4) carry out such other duties and powers as prescribed by the Director.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2203, as added Pub. L. 115–278, §2(a), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat.
4174; amended Pub. L. 116–283, div. H, title XC, §9001(c)(1), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4766.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Cybersecurity Act of 2015, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is div. N of Pub. L. 114–113, Dec. 18, 2015,
129 Stat. 2835. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section
1501 of this title and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2021—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 116–283, §9001(c)(1)(A)(i), in heading, substituted "Executive Assistant
Director" for "Assistant Director" and, in introductory provisions, substituted "Executive Assistant Director
for Cybersecurity" for "Assistant Director for Cybersecurity" and " 'the Executive Assistant Director' " for "the
'Assistant Director' ".
Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 116–283, §9001(c)(1)(A)(ii), inserted "or Assistant Director for Cybersecurity" after
"Assistant Secretary for Cybersecurity" and substituted "Executive Assistant Director for Cybersecurity." for
"Assistant Director for Cybersecurity."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 116–283, §9001(c)(1)(B), substituted "Executive Assistant Director" for "Assistant
Director" in introductory provisions.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CONTINUATION IN OFFICE
Pub. L. 116–283, div. H, title XC, §9001(c)(2), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4767, provided that: "The individual
serving as the Assistant Director for Cybersecurity of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency of
the Department of Homeland Security on the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Jan. 1, 2021] may

serve as the Executive Assistant Director for Cybersecurity on and after that date without the need for
renomination or reappointment."
ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR CYBERSECURITY AND COMMUNICATIONS AUTHORIZED
TO SERVE AS ASSISTANT DIRECTOR FOR CYBERSECURITY
Pub. L. 115–278, §2(b)(3), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4175, provided that: "The individual serving as the
Assistant Secretary for Cybersecurity and Communications on the day before the date of enactment of this Act
[Nov. 16, 2018] may continue to serve as the Assistant Director for Cybersecurity on and after such date."

§654. Infrastructure Security Division
(a) Establishment
(1) In general
There is established in the Agency an Infrastructure Security Division.
(2) Executive Assistant Director
The Infrastructure Security Division shall be headed by an Executive Assistant Director for
Infrastructure Security (in this section referred to as "the Executive Assistant Director"), who
shall—
(A) be at the level of Assistant Secretary within the Department;
(B) be appointed by the President without the advice and consent of the Senate; and
(C) report to the Director.
(3) Reference
Any reference to the Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection or Assistant Director for
Infrastructure Security in any law, regulation, map, document, record, or other paper of the United
States shall be deemed to be a reference to the Executive Assistant Director for Infrastructure
Security.
(b) Functions
The Executive Assistant Director shall—
(1) direct the critical infrastructure security efforts of the Agency;
(2) carry out, at the direction of the Director, the Chemical Facilities Anti-Terrorism Standards
Program established under subchapter XVI and the secure handling of ammonium nitrate program
established under part J of subchapter VIII, or any successor programs;
(3) fully participate in the mechanisms required under section 652(c)(7) of this title; and
(4) carry out such other duties and powers as prescribed by the Director.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2204, as added Pub. L. 115–278, §2(a), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat.
4174; amended Pub. L. 116–283, div. H, title XC, §9001(d)(1), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4767.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2021—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 116–283, §9001(d)(1)(A)(i), in heading, substituted "Executive Assistant
Director" for "Assistant Director" and, in introductory provisions, substituted "Executive Assistant Director
for Infrastructure Security" for "Assistant Director for Infrastructure Security" and "'the Executive Assistant
Director' " for "the 'Assistant Director' ".
Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 116–283, §9001(d)(1)(A)(ii), inserted "or Assistant Director for Infrastructure
Security" after "Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection" and substituted "Executive Assistant
Director for Infrastructure Security." for "Assistant Director for Infrastructure Security."
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 116–283, §9001(d)(1)(B), substituted "Executive Assistant Director" for "Assistant
Director" in introductory provisions.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES

CONTINUATION IN OFFICE
Pub. L. 116–283, div. H, title XC, §9001(d)(2), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4767, provided that: "The individual
serving as the Assistant Director for Infrastructure Security of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security
Agency of the Department of Homeland Security on the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Jan. 1,
2021] may serve as the Executive Assistant Director for Infrastructure Security on and after that date without
the need for renomination or reappointment."
ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR INFRASTRUCTURE PROTECTION AUTHORIZED TO SERVE
AS ASSISTANT DIRECTOR FOR INFRASTRUCTURE SECURITY
Pub. L. 115–278, §2(b)(4), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4175, provided that: "The individual serving as the
Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection on the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 16,
2018] may continue to serve as the Assistant Director for Infrastructure Security on and after such date."

§655. Enhancement of Federal and non-Federal cybersecurity
In carrying out the responsibilities under section 652 of this title, the Director of Cybersecurity
and Infrastructure Security shall—
(1) as appropriate, provide to State and local government entities, and upon request to private
entities that own or operate critical information systems—
(A) analysis and warnings related to threats to, and vulnerabilities of, critical information
systems; and
(B) in coordination with the Under Secretary for Emergency Preparedness and Response,
crisis management support in response to threats to, or attacks on, critical information systems;
(2) as appropriate, provide technical assistance, upon request, to the private sector and other
government entities, in coordination with the Under Secretary for Emergency Preparedness and
Response, with respect to emergency recovery plans to respond to major failures of critical
information systems; and
(3) fulfill the responsibilities of the Secretary to protect Federal information systems under
subchapter II of chapter 35 of title 44.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2205, formerly title II, §223, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2156; Pub. L.
110–53, title V, §531(b)(1)(A), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 334; Pub. L. 113–283, §2(e)(3)(A), Dec. 18,
2014, 128 Stat. 3086; renumbered title XXII, §2205, and amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(I),
(9)(A)(i), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, 4180.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 143 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(i)(I), substituted "section 652 of this title" for "section 121 of this
title" and "Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security" for "Under Secretary appointed under
section 113(a)(1)(H) of this title" in introductory provisions.
Par. (1)(B). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(i)(II), struck out "and" at end.
2014—Pub. L. 113–283, §2(e)(3)(A)(i), (ii), inserted "Federal and" before "non-Federal" in section
catchline and substituted "the Under Secretary appointed under section 113(a)(1)(H) of this title" for "the
Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis, in cooperation with the Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure
Protection" in introductory provisions.
Par. (3). Pub. L. 113–283, §2(e)(3)(A)(iii), (iv), added par. (3).
2007—Pub. L. 110–53 substituted "Under Secretary for Intelligence and Analysis, in cooperation with the
Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection" for "Under Secretary for Information Analysis and
Infrastructure Protection" in introductory provisions.

§656. NET Guard
The Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security may establish a national technology
guard, to be known as "NET Guard", comprised of local teams of volunteers with expertise in
relevant areas of science and technology, to assist local communities to respond and recover from
attacks on information systems and communications networks.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2206, formerly title II, §224, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2156; Pub. L.
110–53, title V, §531(b)(1)(B), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 334; renumbered title XXII, §2206, and
amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), (9)(A)(ii), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, 4180.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 144 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(ii), substituted "Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security"
for "Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection".
2007—Pub. L. 110–53 substituted "Assistant Secretary for Infrastructure Protection" for "Under Secretary
for Information Analysis and Infrastructure Protection".

§657. Cyber Security Enhancement Act of 2002
(a) Short title
This section may be cited as the "Cyber Security Enhancement Act of 2002".
(b) Amendment of sentencing guidelines relating to certain computer crimes
(1) Directive to the United States Sentencing Commission
Pursuant to its authority under section 994(p) of title 28 and in accordance with this subsection,
the United States Sentencing Commission shall review and, if appropriate, amend its guidelines
and its policy statements applicable to persons convicted of an offense under section 1030 of title
18.
(2) Requirements
In carrying out this subsection, the Sentencing Commission shall—
(A) ensure that the sentencing guidelines and policy statements reflect the serious nature of
the offenses described in paragraph (1), the growing incidence of such offenses, and the need
for an effective deterrent and appropriate punishment to prevent such offenses;
(B) consider the following factors and the extent to which the guidelines may or may not
account for them—
(i) the potential and actual loss resulting from the offense;
(ii) the level of sophistication and planning involved in the offense;
(iii) whether the offense was committed for purposes of commercial advantage or private
financial benefit;
(iv) whether the defendant acted with malicious intent to cause harm in committing the
offense;
(v) the extent to which the offense violated the privacy rights of individuals harmed;
(vi) whether the offense involved a computer used by the government in furtherance of
national defense, national security, or the administration of justice;
(vii) whether the violation was intended to or had the effect of significantly interfering
with or disrupting a critical infrastructure; and
(viii) whether the violation was intended to or had the effect of creating a threat to public
health or safety, or injury to any person;

(C) assure reasonable consistency with other relevant directives and with other sentencing
guidelines;
(D) account for any additional aggravating or mitigating circumstances that might justify
exceptions to the generally applicable sentencing ranges;
(E) make any necessary conforming changes to the sentencing guidelines; and
(F) assure that the guidelines adequately meet the purposes of sentencing as set forth in
section 3553(a)(2) of title 18.
(c) Study and report on computer crimes
Not later than May 1, 2003, the United States Sentencing Commission shall submit a brief report
to Congress that explains any actions taken by the Sentencing Commission in response to this section
and includes any recommendations the Commission may have regarding statutory penalties for
offenses under section 1030 of title 18.
(d) Emergency disclosure exception
(1) Omitted
(2) Reporting of disclosures
A government entity that receives a disclosure under section 2702(b) of title 18 shall file, not
later than 90 days after such disclosure, a report to the Attorney General stating the paragraph of
that section under which the disclosure was made, the date of the disclosure, the entity to which
the disclosure was made, the number of customers or subscribers to whom the information
disclosed pertained, and the number of communications, if any, that were disclosed. The Attorney
General shall publish all such reports into a single report to be submitted to Congress 1 year after
November 25, 2002.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2207, formerly title II, §225, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2156;
renumbered title XXII, §2207, Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 145 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.
Section is comprised of section 2207 of Pub. L. 107–296. Subsecs. (d)(1) and (e) to (j) of section 2207 of
Pub. L. 107–296 amended sections 1030, 2511, 2512, 2520, 2701 to 2703, and 3125 of Title 18, Crimes and
Criminal Procedure.

§658. Cybersecurity recruitment and retention
(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Appropriate committees of Congress
The term "appropriate committees of Congress" means the Committee on Homeland Security
and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee
on Homeland Security and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives.
(2) Collective bargaining agreement
The term "collective bargaining agreement" has the meaning given that term in section
7103(a)(8) of title 5.
(3) Excepted service
The term "excepted service" has the meaning given that term in section 2103 of title 5.
(4) Preference eligible

The term "preference eligible" has the meaning given that term in section 2108 of title 5.
(5) Qualified position
The term "qualified position" means a position, designated by the Secretary for the purpose of
this section, in which the incumbent performs, manages, or supervises functions that execute the
responsibilities of the Department relating to cybersecurity.
(6) Senior Executive Service
The term "Senior Executive Service" has the meaning given that term in section 2101a of title 5.
(b) General authority
(1) Establish positions, appoint personnel, and fix rates of pay
(A) General authority
The Secretary may—
(i) establish, as positions in the excepted service, such qualified positions in the
Department as the Secretary determines necessary to carry out the responsibilities of the
Department relating to cybersecurity, including positions formerly identified as—
(I) senior level positions designated under section 5376 of title 5; and
(II) positions in the Senior Executive Service;
(ii) appoint an individual to a qualified position (after taking into consideration the
availability of preference eligibles for appointment to the position); and
(iii) subject to the requirements of paragraphs (2) and (3), fix the compensation of an
individual for service in a qualified position.
(B) Construction with other laws
The authority of the Secretary under this subsection applies without regard to the provisions
of any other law relating to the appointment, number, classification, or compensation of
employees.
(2) Basic pay
(A) Authority to fix rates of basic pay
In accordance with this section, the Secretary shall fix the rates of basic pay for any qualified
position established under paragraph (1) in relation to the rates of pay provided for employees
in comparable positions in the Department of Defense and subject to the same limitations on
maximum rates of pay established for such employees by law or regulation.
(B) Prevailing rate systems
The Secretary may, consistent with section 5341 of title 5, adopt such provisions of that title
as provide for prevailing rate systems of basic pay and may apply those provisions to qualified
positions for employees in or under which the Department may employ individuals described by
section 5342(a)(2)(A) of that title.
(3) Additional compensation, incentives, and allowances
(A) Additional compensation based on title 5 authorities
The Secretary may provide employees in qualified positions compensation (in addition to
basic pay), including benefits, incentives, and allowances, consistent with, and not in excess of
the level authorized for, comparable positions authorized by title 5.
(B) Allowances in nonforeign areas
An employee in a qualified position whose rate of basic pay is fixed under paragraph (2)(A)
shall be eligible for an allowance under section 5941 of title 5, on the same basis and to the
same extent as if the employee was an employee covered by such section 5941, including
eligibility conditions, allowance rates, and all other terms and conditions in law or regulation.

(4) Plan for execution of authorities
Not later than 120 days after December 18, 2014, the Secretary shall submit a report to the
appropriate committees of Congress with a plan for the use of the authorities provided under this
subsection.
(5) Collective bargaining agreements
Nothing in paragraph (1) may be construed to impair the continued effectiveness of a collective
bargaining agreement with respect to an office, component, subcomponent, or equivalent of the
Department that is a successor to an office, component, subcomponent, or equivalent of the
Department covered by the agreement before the succession.
(6) Required regulations
The Secretary, in coordination with the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, shall
prescribe regulations for the administration of this section.
(c) Annual report
Not later than 1 year after December 18, 2014, and every year thereafter for 4 years, the Secretary
shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a detailed report that—
(1) discusses the process used by the Secretary in accepting applications, assessing candidates,
ensuring adherence to veterans' preference, and selecting applicants for vacancies to be filled by
an individual for a qualified position;
(2) describes—
(A) how the Secretary plans to fulfill the critical need of the Department to recruit and retain
employees in qualified positions;
(B) the measures that will be used to measure progress; and
(C) any actions taken during the reporting period to fulfill such critical need;
(3) discusses how the planning and actions taken under paragraph (2) are integrated into the
strategic workforce planning of the Department;
(4) provides metrics on actions occurring during the reporting period, including—
(A) the number of employees in qualified positions hired by occupation and grade and level
or pay band;
(B) the placement of employees in qualified positions by directorate and office within the
Department;
(C) the total number of veterans hired;
(D) the number of separations of employees in qualified positions by occupation and grade
and level or pay band;
(E) the number of retirements of employees in qualified positions by occupation and grade
and level or pay band; and
(F) the number and amounts of recruitment, relocation, and retention incentives paid to
employees in qualified positions by occupation and grade and level or pay band; and
(5) describes the training provided to supervisors of employees in qualified positions at the
Department on the use of the new authorities.
(d) Three-year probationary period
The probationary period for all employees hired under the authority established in this section
shall be 3 years.
(e) Incumbents of existing competitive service positions
(1) In general
An individual serving in a position on December 18, 2014, that is selected to be converted to a
position in the excepted service under this section shall have the right to refuse such conversion.
(2) Subsequent conversion

After the date on which an individual who refuses a conversion under paragraph (1) stops
serving in the position selected to be converted, the position may be converted to a position in the
excepted service.
(f) Study and report
Not later than 120 days after December 18, 2014, the National Protection and Programs
Directorate shall submit a report regarding the availability of, and benefits (including cost savings
and security) of using, cybersecurity personnel and facilities outside of the National Capital Region
(as defined in section 2674 of title 10) to serve the Federal and national need to—
(1) the Subcommittee on Homeland Security of the Committee on Appropriations and the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate; and
(2) the Subcommittee on Homeland Security of the Committee on Appropriations and the
Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2208, formerly title II, §226, as added Pub. L. 113–277, §3(a), Dec.
18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3005; renumbered title XXII, §2208, Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), Nov. 16,
2018, 132 Stat. 4178.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 147 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to National Protection and Programs Directorate of the Department of Homeland Security
deemed to be a reference to the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency of the Department, see
section 652(a)(2) of this title, enacted Nov. 16, 2018.

§659. National cybersecurity and communications integration center
(a) Definitions
In this section—
(1) the term "cybersecurity purpose" has the meaning given that term in section 1501 of this
title;
(2) the term "cybersecurity risk"—
(A) means threats to and vulnerabilities of information or information systems and any
related consequences caused by or resulting from unauthorized access, use, disclosure,
degradation, disruption, modification, or destruction of such information or information
systems, including such related consequences caused by an act of terrorism; and
(B) does not include any action that solely involves a violation of a consumer term of service
or a consumer licensing agreement;
(3) the terms "cyber threat indicator" and "defensive measure" have the meanings given those
terms in section 102 of the Cybersecurity Act of 2015 [6 U.S.C. 1501];
(4) the term "incident" means an occurrence that actually or imminently jeopardizes, without
lawful authority, the integrity, confidentiality, or availability of information on an information
system, or actually or imminently jeopardizes, without lawful authority, an information system;
(5) the term "information sharing and analysis organization" has the meaning given that term in
section 671(5) of this title;
(6) the term "information system" has the meaning given that term in section 3502(8) of title 44;
(7) the term "security vulnerability" has the meaning given that term in section 1501 of this title;

and
(8) the term "sharing" (including all conjugations thereof) means providing, receiving, and
disseminating (including all conjugations of each of such terms).
(b) Center
There is in the Department a national cybersecurity and communications integration center
(referred to in this section as the "Center") to carry out certain responsibilities of the Director. The
Center shall be located in the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency. The head of the
Center shall report to the Assistant Director for Cybersecurity.
(c) Functions
The cybersecurity functions of the Center shall include—
(1) being a Federal civilian interface for the multi-directional and cross-sector sharing of
information related to cyber threat indicators, defensive measures, cybersecurity risks, incidents,
analysis, and warnings for Federal and non-Federal entities, including the implementation of title I
of the Cybersecurity Act of 2015 [6 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.];
(2) providing shared situational awareness to enable real-time, integrated, and operational
actions across the Federal Government and non-Federal entities to address cybersecurity risks and
incidents to Federal and non-Federal entities;
(3) coordinating the sharing of information related to cyber threat indicators, defensive
measures, cybersecurity risks, and incidents across the Federal Government;
(4) facilitating cross-sector coordination to address cybersecurity risks and incidents, including
cybersecurity risks and incidents that may be related or could have consequential impacts across
multiple sectors;
(5)(A) conducting integration and analysis, including cross-sector integration and analysis, of
cyber threat indicators, defensive measures, cybersecurity risks, and incidents; and
(B) sharing the analysis conducted under subparagraph (A) with Federal and non-Federal
entities;
(6) upon request, providing timely technical assistance, risk management support, and incident
response capabilities to Federal and non-Federal entities with respect to cyber threat indicators,
defensive measures, cybersecurity risks, and incidents, which may include attribution, mitigation,
and remediation;
(7) providing information and recommendations on security and resilience measures to Federal
and non-Federal entities, including information and recommendations to—
(A) facilitate information security;
(B) strengthen information systems against cybersecurity risks and incidents; and
(C) sharing 1 cyber threat indicators and defensive measures;
(8) engaging with international partners, in consultation with other appropriate agencies, to—
(A) collaborate on cyber threat indicators, defensive measures, and information related to
cybersecurity risks and incidents; and
(B) enhance the security and resilience of global cybersecurity;
(9) sharing cyber threat indicators, defensive measures, and other information related to
cybersecurity risks and incidents with Federal and non-Federal entities, including across sectors of
critical infrastructure and with State and major urban area fusion centers, as appropriate;
(10) participating, as appropriate, in national exercises run by the Department;
(11) in coordination with the Emergency Communications Division of the Department,
assessing and evaluating consequence, vulnerability, and threat information regarding cyber
incidents to public safety communications to help facilitate continuous improvements to the
security and resiliency of such communications; and
(12) detecting, identifying, and receiving information for a cybersecurity purpose about security
vulnerabilities relating to critical infrastructure in information systems and devices.

(d) Composition
(1) In general
The Center shall be composed of—
(A) appropriate representatives of Federal entities, such as—
(i) sector-specific agencies;
(ii) civilian and law enforcement agencies; and
(iii) elements of the intelligence community, as that term is defined under section 3003(4)
of title 50;
(B) appropriate representatives of non-Federal entities, such as—
(i) State, local, and tribal governments;
(ii) information sharing and analysis organizations, including information sharing and
analysis centers;
(iii) owners and operators of critical information systems; and
(iv) private entities, including cybersecurity specialists;
(C) components within the Center that carry out cybersecurity and communications activities;
(D) a designated Federal official for operational coordination with and across each sector;
(E) an entity that collaborates with State and local governments on cybersecurity risks and
incidents, and has entered into a voluntary information sharing relationship with the Center; and
(F) other appropriate representatives or entities, as determined by the Secretary.
(2) Incidents
In the event of an incident, during exigent circumstances the Secretary may grant a Federal or
non-Federal entity immediate temporary access to the Center.
(e) Principles
In carrying out the functions under subsection (c), the Center shall ensure—
(1) to the extent practicable, that—
(A) timely, actionable, and relevant cyber threat indicators, defensive measures, and
information related to cybersecurity risks, incidents, and analysis is shared;
(B) when appropriate, cyber threat indicators, defensive measures, and information related to
cybersecurity risks, incidents, and analysis is integrated with other relevant information and
tailored to the specific characteristics of a sector;
(C) activities are prioritized and conducted based on the level of risk;
(D) industry sector-specific, academic, and national laboratory expertise is sought and
receives appropriate consideration;
(E) continuous, collaborative, and inclusive coordination occurs—
(i) across sectors; and
(ii) with—
(I) sector coordinating councils;
(II) information sharing and analysis organizations; and
(III) other appropriate non-Federal partners;
(F) as appropriate, the Center works to develop and use mechanisms for sharing information
related to cyber threat indicators, defensive measures, cybersecurity risks, and incidents that are
technology-neutral, interoperable, real-time, cost-effective, and resilient;
(G) the Center works with other agencies to reduce unnecessarily duplicative sharing of
information related to cyber threat indicators, defensive measures, cybersecurity risks, and
incidents; and; 2
(H) the Center designates an agency contact for non-Federal entities;
(2) that information related to cyber threat indicators, defensive measures, cybersecurity risks,

and incidents is appropriately safeguarded against unauthorized access or disclosure; and
(3) that activities conducted by the Center comply with all policies, regulations, and laws that
protect the privacy and civil liberties of United States persons, including by working with the
Privacy Officer appointed under section 142 of this title to ensure that the Center follows the
policies and procedures specified in subsections (b) and (d)(5)(C) of section 105 of the
Cybersecurity Act of 2015 [6 U.S.C. 1504].
(f) Cyber hunt and incident response teams
(1) In general
The Center shall maintain cyber hunt and incident response teams for the purpose of leading
Federal asset response activities and providing timely technical assistance to Federal and
non-Federal entities, including across all critical infrastructure sectors, regarding actual or
potential security incidents, as appropriate and upon request, including—
(A) assistance to asset owners and operators in restoring services following a cyber incident;
(B) identification and analysis of cybersecurity risk and unauthorized cyber activity;
(C) mitigation strategies to prevent, deter, and protect against cybersecurity risks;
(D) recommendations to asset owners and operators for improving overall network and
control systems security to lower cybersecurity risks, and other recommendations, as
appropriate; and
(E) such other capabilities as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(2) Associated metrics
The Center shall—
(A) define the goals and desired outcomes for each cyber hunt and incident response team;
and
(B) develop metrics—
(i) to measure the effectiveness and efficiency of each cyber hunt and incident response
team in achieving the goals and desired outcomes defined under subparagraph (A); and
(ii) that—
(I) are quantifiable and actionable; and
(II) the Center shall use to improve the effectiveness and accountability of, and service
delivery by, cyber hunt and incident response teams.
(3) Cybersecurity specialists
After notice to, and with the approval of, the entity requesting action by or technical assistance
from the Center, the Secretary may include cybersecurity specialists from the private sector on a
cyber hunt and incident response team.
(g) No right or benefit
(1) In general
The provision of assistance or information to, and inclusion in the Center, or any team or
activity of the Center, of, governmental or private entities under this section shall be at the sole
and unreviewable discretion of the Director.
(2) Certain assistance or information
The provision of certain assistance or information to, or inclusion in the Center, or any team or
activity of the Center, of, one governmental or private entity pursuant to this section shall not
create a right or benefit, substantive or procedural, to similar assistance or information for any
other governmental or private entity.
(h) Automated information sharing
(1) In general
The Director, in coordination with industry and other stakeholders, shall develop capabilities
making use of existing information technology industry standards and best practices, as

appropriate, that support and rapidly advance the development, adoption, and implementation of
automated mechanisms for the sharing of cyber threat indicators and defensive measures in
accordance with title I of the Cybersecurity Act of 2015 [6 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.].
(2) Annual report
The Director shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of
the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives an annual
report on the status and progress of the development of the capabilities described in paragraph (1).
Such reports shall be required until such capabilities are fully implemented.
(i) Voluntary information sharing procedures
(1) Procedures
(A) In general
The Center may enter into a voluntary information sharing relationship with any consenting
non-Federal entity for the sharing of cyber threat indicators and defensive measures for
cybersecurity purposes in accordance with this section. Nothing in this subsection may be
construed to require any non-Federal entity to enter into any such information sharing
relationship with the Center or any other entity. The Center may terminate a voluntary
information sharing relationship under this subsection, at the sole and unreviewable discretion
of the Secretary, acting through the Director, for any reason, including if the Center determines
that the non-Federal entity with which the Center has entered into such a relationship has
violated the terms of this subsection.
(B) National security
The Secretary may decline to enter into a voluntary information sharing relationship under
this subsection, at the sole and unreviewable discretion of the Secretary, acting through the
Director, for any reason, including if the Secretary determines that such is appropriate for
national security.
(2) Voluntary information sharing relationships
A voluntary information sharing relationship under this subsection may be characterized as an
agreement described in this paragraph.
(A) Standard agreement
For the use of a non-Federal entity, the Center shall make available a standard agreement,
consistent with this section, on the Department's website.
(B) Negotiated agreement
At the request of a non-Federal entity, and if determined appropriate by the Center, at the sole
and unreviewable discretion of the Secretary, acting through the Director, the Department shall
negotiate a non-standard agreement, consistent with this section.
(C) Existing agreements
An agreement between the Center and a non-Federal entity that is entered into before
December 18, 2015, or such an agreement that is in effect before such date, shall be deemed in
compliance with the requirements of this subsection, notwithstanding any other provision or
requirement of this subsection. An agreement under this subsection shall include the relevant
privacy protections as in effect under the Cooperative Research and Development Agreement
for Cybersecurity Information Sharing and Collaboration, as of December 31, 2014. Nothing in
this subsection may be construed to require a non-Federal entity to enter into either a standard
or negotiated agreement to be in compliance with this subsection.
(j) Direct reporting
The Secretary shall develop policies and procedures for direct reporting to the Secretary by the
Director of the Center regarding significant cybersecurity risks and incidents.

(k) Reports on international cooperation
Not later than 180 days after December 18, 2015, and periodically thereafter, the Secretary of
Homeland Security shall submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs
of the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives a report on
the range of efforts underway to bolster cybersecurity collaboration with relevant international
partners in accordance with subsection (c)(8).
(l) Outreach
Not later than 60 days after December 18, 2015, the Secretary, acting through the Director, shall—
(1) disseminate to the public information about how to voluntarily share cyber threat indicators
and defensive measures with the Center; and
(2) enhance outreach to critical infrastructure owners and operators for purposes of such
sharing.
(m) Cybersecurity outreach
(1) In general
The Secretary may leverage small business development centers to provide assistance to small
business concerns by disseminating information on cyber threat indicators, defense measures,
cybersecurity risks, incidents, analyses, and warnings to help small business concerns in
developing or enhancing cybersecurity infrastructure, awareness of cyber threat indicators, and
cyber training programs for employees.
(2) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection, the terms "small business concern" and "small business
development center" have the meaning given such terms, respectively, under section 632 of title
15.
(n) Coordinated vulnerability disclosure
The Secretary, in coordination with industry and other stakeholders, may develop and adhere to
Department policies and procedures for coordinating vulnerability disclosures.
(o) Subpoena authority
(1) Definition
In this subsection, the term "covered device or system"—
(A) means a device or system commonly used to perform industrial, commercial, scientific,
or governmental functions or processes that relate to critical infrastructure, including
operational and industrial control systems, distributed control systems, and programmable logic
controllers; and
(B) does not include personal devices and systems, such as consumer mobile devices, home
computers, residential wireless routers, or residential internet enabled consumer devices.
(2) Authority
(A) In general
If the Director identifies a system connected to the internet with a specific security
vulnerability and has reason to believe such security vulnerability relates to critical
infrastructure and affects a covered device or system, and the Director is unable to identify the
entity at risk that owns or operates such covered device or system, the Director may issue a
subpoena for the production of information necessary to identify and notify such entity at risk,
in order to carry out a function authorized under subsection (c)(12).
(B) Limit on information
A subpoena issued pursuant to subparagraph (A) may seek information—
(i) only in the categories set forth in subparagraphs (A), (B), (D), and (E) of section
2703(c)(2) of title 18; and
(ii) for not more than 20 covered devices or systems.

(C) Liability protections for disclosing providers
The provisions of section 2703(e) of title 18, shall apply to any subpoena issued pursuant to
subparagraph (A).
(3) Coordination
(A) In general
If the Director exercises the subpoena authority under this subsection, and in the interest of
avoiding interference with ongoing law enforcement investigations, the Director shall
coordinate the issuance of any such subpoena with the Department of Justice, including the
Federal Bureau of Investigation, pursuant to interagency procedures which the Director, in
coordination with the Attorney General, shall develop not later than 60 days after January 1,
2021.
(B) Contents
The inter-agency procedures developed under this paragraph shall provide that a subpoena
issued by the Director under this subsection shall be—
(i) issued to carry out a function described in subsection (c)(12); and
(ii) subject to the limitations specified in this subsection.
(4) Noncompliance
If any person, partnership, corporation, association, or entity fails to comply with any duly
served subpoena issued pursuant to this subsection, the Director may request that the Attorney
General seek enforcement of such subpoena in any judicial district in which such person,
partnership, corporation, association, or entity resides, is found, or transacts business.
(5) Notice
Not later than seven days after the date on which the Director receives information obtained
through a subpoena issued pursuant to this subsection, the Director shall notify any entity
identified by information obtained pursuant to such subpoena regarding such subpoena and the
identified vulnerability.
(6) Authentication
(A) In general
Any subpoena issued pursuant to this subsection shall be authenticated with a cryptographic
digital signature of an authorized representative of the Agency, or other comparable successor
technology, that allows the Agency to demonstrate that such subpoena was issued by the
Agency and has not been altered or modified since such issuance.
(B) Invalid if not authenticated
Any subpoena issued pursuant to this subsection that is not authenticated in accordance with
subparagraph (A) shall not be considered to be valid by the recipient of such subpoena.
(7) Procedures
Not later than 90 days after January 1, 2021, the Director shall establish internal procedures and
associated training, applicable to employees and operations of the Agency, regarding subpoenas
issued pursuant to this subsection, which shall address the following:
(A) The protection of and restriction on dissemination of nonpublic information obtained
through such a subpoena, including a requirement that the Agency not disseminate nonpublic
information obtained through such a subpoena that identifies the party that is subject to such
subpoena or the entity at risk identified by information obtained, except that the Agency may
share the nonpublic information with the Department of Justice for the purpose of enforcing
such subpoena in accordance with paragraph (4), and may share with a Federal agency the
nonpublic information of the entity at risk if—
(i) the Agency identifies or is notified of a cybersecurity incident involving such entity,
which relates to the vulnerability which led to the issuance of such subpoena;

(ii) the Director determines that sharing the nonpublic information with another Federal
department or agency is necessary to allow such department or agency to take a law
enforcement or national security action, consistent with the interagency procedures under
paragraph (3)(A), or actions related to mitigating or otherwise resolving such incident;
(iii) the entity to which the information pertains is notified of the Director's determination,
to the extent practicable consistent with national security or law enforcement interests,
consistent with such interagency procedures; and
(iv) the entity consents, except that the entity's consent shall not be required if another
Federal department or agency identifies the entity to the Agency in connection with a
suspected cybersecurity incident.
(B) The restriction on the use of information obtained through such a subpoena for a
cybersecurity purpose.
(C) The retention and destruction of nonpublic information obtained through such a
subpoena, including—
(i) destruction of such information that the Director determines is unrelated to critical
infrastructure immediately upon providing notice to the entity pursuant to paragraph (5); and
(ii) destruction of any personally identifiable information not later than 6 months after the
date on which the Director receives information obtained through such a subpoena, unless
otherwise agreed to by the individual identified by the subpoena respondent.
(D) The processes for providing notice to each party that is subject to such a subpoena and
each entity identified by information obtained under such a subpoena.
(E) The processes and criteria for conducting critical infrastructure security risk assessments
to determine whether a subpoena is necessary prior to being issued pursuant to this subsection.
(F) The information to be provided to an entity at risk at the time of the notice of the
vulnerability, which shall include—
(i) a discussion or statement that responding to, or subsequent engagement with, the
Agency, is voluntary; and
(ii) to the extent practicable, information regarding the process through which the Director
identifies security vulnerabilities.
(8) Limitation on procedures
The internal procedures established pursuant to paragraph (7) may not require an owner or
operator of critical infrastructure to take any action as a result of a notice of vulnerability made
pursuant to this chapter.
(9) Review of procedures
Not later than 1 year after January 1, 2021, the Privacy Officer of the Agency shall—
(A) review the internal procedures established pursuant to paragraph (7) to ensure that—
(i) such procedures are consistent with fair information practices; and
(ii) the operations of the Agency comply with such procedures; and
(B) notify the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and
the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives of the results of the
review under subparagraph (A).
(10) Publication of information
Not later than 120 days after establishing the internal procedures under paragraph (7), the
Director shall publish information on the website of the Agency regarding the subpoena process
under this subsection, including information regarding the following:
(A) Such internal procedures.
(B) The purpose for subpoenas issued pursuant to this subsection.
(C) The subpoena process.

(D) The criteria for the critical infrastructure security risk assessment conducted prior to
issuing a subpoena.
(E) Policies and procedures on retention and sharing of data obtained by subpoenas.
(F) Guidelines on how entities contacted by the Director may respond to notice of a
subpoena.
(11) Annual reports
The Director shall annually submit to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental
Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives a
report (which may include a classified annex but with the presumption of declassification) on the
use of subpoenas issued pursuant to this subsection, which shall include the following:
(A) A discussion of the following:
(i) The effectiveness of the use of such subpoenas to mitigate critical infrastructure security
vulnerabilities.
(ii) The critical infrastructure security risk assessment process conducted for subpoenas
issued under this subsection.
(iii) The number of subpoenas so issued during the preceding year.
(iv) To the extent practicable, the number of vulnerable covered devices or systems
mitigated under this subsection by the Agency during the preceding year.
(v) The number of entities notified by the Director under this subsection, and their
responses, during the preceding year.
(B) For each subpoena issued pursuant to this subsection, the following:
(i) Information relating to the source of the security vulnerability detected, identified, or
received by the Director.
(ii) Information relating to the steps taken to identify the entity at risk prior to issuing the
subpoena.
(iii) A description of the outcome of the subpoena, including discussion on the resolution
or mitigation of the critical infrastructure security vulnerability.
(12) Publication of the annual reports
The Director shall publish a version of the annual report required under paragraph (11) on the
website of the Agency, which shall, at a minimum, include the findings described in clauses (iii),
(iv), and (v) of subparagraph (A) of such paragraph.
(13) Prohibition on use of information for unauthorized purposes
Any information obtained pursuant to a subpoena issued under this subsection may not be
provided to any other Federal department or agency for any purpose other than a cybersecurity
purpose or for the purpose of enforcing a subpoena issued pursuant to this subsection.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2209, formerly title II, §227, formerly §226, as added Pub. L.
113–282, §3(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3066; renumbered §227 and amended Pub. L. 114–113, div.
N, title II, §§203, 223(a)(3), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2957, 2963; Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title
XVIII, §1841(b), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2663; renumbered title XXII, §2209, and amended Pub. L.
115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), (9)(A)(iii), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, 4180; Pub. L. 116–94, div. L,
§102(a), Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 3089; Pub. L. 116–283, div. A, title XVII, §1716(a), Jan. 1, 2021,
134 Stat. 4094.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Title I of the Cybersecurity Act of 2015, referred to in subsecs. (c)(1) and (h)(1), is title I of Pub. L.
114–113, div. N, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2936, also known as the Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act of
2015, which is classified generally to subchapter I of chapter 6 of this title. For complete classification of title
I to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1501 of this title and Tables.

This chapter, referred to in subsec. (o)(8), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov.
25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this
chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out below and Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 148 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.
AMENDMENTS
2021—Subsec. (a)(1), (2). Pub. L. 116–283, §1716(a)(1)(A), (B), added par. (1) and redesignated former
par. (1) as (2). Former par. (2) redesignated (3).
Subsec. (a)(3) to (6). Pub. L. 116–283, §1716(a)(1)(A), redesignated pars. (2) to (5) as (3) to (6),
respectively. Former par. (6) redesignated (7).
Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 116–283, §1716(a)(1)(E), added par. (7). Former par. (7) redesignated (8).
Pub. L. 116–283, §1716(a)(1)(A), redesignated par. (6) as (7).
Subsec. (a)(8). Pub. L. 116–283, §1716(a)(1)(D), redesignated par. (7) as (8).
Subsec. (c)(12). Pub. L. 116–283, §1716(a)(2), added par. (12).
Subsec. (o). Pub. L. 116–283, §1716(a)(3), added subsec. (o).
2019—Subsec. (d)(1)(B)(iv). Pub. L. 116–94, §102(a)(1), inserted ", including cybersecurity specialists"
after "entities".
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 116–94, §102(a)(3), added subsec. (f). Former subsec. (f) redesignated (g).
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 116–94, §102(a)(2), redesignated subsec. (f) as (g). Former subsec. (g) redesignated
(h).
Subsec. (g)(1), (2). Pub. L. 116–94, §102(a)(4), inserted ", or any team or activity of the Center," after
"Center".
Subsecs. (h) to (n). Pub. L. 116–94, §102(a)(2), redesignated subsecs. (g) to (m) as (h) to (n), respectively.
2018—Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(iii)(I), substituted "Director" for "Under Secretary appointed under
section 113(a)(1)(H) of this title" wherever appearing.
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(iii)(II), substituted "section 671(5) of this title" for "section
131(5) of this title".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(iii)(III), inserted at end "The Center shall be located in the
Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency. The head of the Center shall report to the Assistant
Director for Cybersecurity."
Subsec. (c)(11). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(iii)(IV), substituted "Emergency Communications Division"
for "Office of Emergency Communications".
2016—Subsecs. (l), (m). Pub. L. 114–328 added subsec. (l) and redesignated former subsec. (l) as (m).
2015—Subsec. (a)(1) to (5). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(1)(A), (B), added pars. (1) to (3), redesignated former
pars. (3) and (4) as (4) and (5), respectively, and struck out former pars. (1) and (2), which defined
"cybersecurity risk" and "incident", respectively.
Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(1)(C)–(E), added par. (6).
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(2)(A), inserted "cyber threat indicators, defensive measures," before
"cybersecurity risks" and ", including the implementation of title I of the Cybersecurity Act of 2015" before
semicolon at end.
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(2)(B), substituted "cyber threat indicators, defensive measures,
cybersecurity risks," for "cybersecurity risks".
Subsec. (c)(5)(A). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(2)(C), substituted "cyber threat indicators, defensive measures,
cybersecurity risks," for "cybersecurity risks".
Subsec. (c)(6). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(2)(D), substituted "cyber threat indicators, defensive measures,
cybersecurity risks," for "cybersecurity risks" and struck out "and" at end.
Subsec. (c)(7)(C). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(2)(E), added subpar. (C).
Subsec. (c)(8) to (11). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(2)(F), added pars. (8) to (11).
Subsec. (d)(1)(B)(i). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(3)(A)(i), substituted ", local, and tribal" for "and local".
Subsec. (d)(1)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(3)(A)(ii), substituted ", including information sharing and
analysis centers;" for "; and".
Subsec. (d)(1)(B)(iv). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(3)(A)(iii), (iv), added cl. (iv).
Subsec. (d)(1)(E), (F). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(3)(B)–(D), added subpar. (E) and redesignated former
subpar. (E) as (F).
Subsec. (e)(1)(A). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(4)(A)(i), inserted "cyber threat indicators, defensive measures,
and" before "information".

Subsec. (e)(1)(B). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(4)(A)(ii), inserted "cyber threat indicators, defensive measures,
and" before "information related".
Subsec. (e)(1)(F). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(4)(A)(iii), substituted "cyber threat indicators, defensive
measures, cybersecurity risks," for "cybersecurity risks" and struck out "and" at end.
Subsec. (e)(1)(G). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(4)(A)(iv), substituted "cyber threat indicators, defensive
measures, cybersecurity risks, and incidents; and" for "cybersecurity risks and incidents".
Subsec. (e)(1)(H). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(4)(A)(v), added subpar. (H).
Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(4)(B), substituted "cyber threat indicators, defensive measures,
cybersecurity risks," for "cybersecurity risks" and inserted "or disclosure" after "access".
Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(4)(C), inserted ", including by working with the Privacy Officer
appointed under section 142 of this title to ensure that the Center follows the policies and procedures specified
in subsections (b) and (d)(5)(C) of section 105 of the Cybersecurity Act of 2015" before period at end.
Subsecs. (g) to (l). Pub. L. 114–113, §203(5), added subsecs. (g) to (l).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
RULES OF CONSTRUCTION
Pub. L. 116–283, div. A, title XVII, §1716(b), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4098, provided that:
"(1) PROHIBITION ON NEW REGULATORY AUTHORITY.—Nothing in this section or the
amendments made by this section [amending this section] may be construed to grant the Secretary of
Homeland Security, or the head of any another Federal agency or department, any authority to promulgate
regulations or set standards relating to the cybersecurity of private sector critical infrastructure that was not in
effect on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act [Jan. 1, 2021].
"(2) PRIVATE ENTITIES.—Nothing in this section or the amendments made by this section [amending
this section] may be construed to require any private entity to—
"(A) request assistance from the Director of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency of
the Department of Homeland Security; or
"(B) implement any measure or recommendation suggested by the Director."
Pub. L. 113–282, §8, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3072, provided that:
"(a) PROHIBITION ON NEW REGULATORY AUTHORITY.—Nothing in this Act [see section 1 of Pub.
L. 113–282, set out as a Short Title of 2014 Amendment note under section 101 of this title] or the
amendments made by this Act shall be construed to grant the Secretary [of Homeland Security] any authority
to promulgate regulations or set standards relating to the cybersecurity of private sector critical infrastructure
that was not in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 18, 2014].
"(b) PRIVATE ENTITIES.—Nothing in this Act or the amendments made by this Act shall be construed to
require any private entity—
"(1) to request assistance from the Secretary; or
"(2) that requested such assistance from the Secretary to implement any measure or recommendation
suggested by the Secretary."
DEFINITIONS
Pub. L. 113–282, §2, Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3066, provided that: "In this Act [see section 1 of Pub. L.
113–282, set out as a Short Title of 2014 Amendment note under section 101 of this title]—
"(1) the term 'Center' means the national cybersecurity and communications integration center under
section 226 [renumbered 227 by section 223(a)(3) of Pub. L. 114–113 and renumbered 2209 by section
2(g)(2)(I) of Pub. L. 115–278] of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 659], as added by section 3;
"(2) the term 'critical infrastructure' has the meaning given that term in section 2 of the Homeland
Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 101);
"(3) the term 'cybersecurity risk' has the meaning given that term in section 226 [2209] of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002, as added by section 3;
"(4) the term 'information sharing and analysis organization' has the meaning given that term in section
212(5) [renumbered 2222(5) by section 2(g)(2)(H) of Pub. L. 115–278] of the Homeland Security Act of
2002 ([former] 6 U.S.C. 131(5)) [now 6 U.S.C. 671(5)];
"(5) the term 'information system' has the meaning given that term in section 3502(8) of title 44,
United States Code; and
"(6) the term 'Secretary' means the Secretary of Homeland Security."
1

So in original. Probably should be "share".

2

So in original. The semicolon probably should not appear.

§660. Cybersecurity plans
(a) Definitions
In this section—
(1) the term "agency information system" means an information system used or operated by an
agency or by another entity on behalf of an agency;
(2) the terms "cybersecurity risk" and "information system" have the meanings given those
terms in section 659 of this title;
(3) the term "intelligence community" has the meaning given the term in section 3003(4) of title
50; and
(4) the term "national security system" has the meaning given the term in section 11103 of title
40.
(b) Intrusion assessment plan
(1) Requirement
The Secretary, in coordination with the Director of the Office of Management and Budget,
shall—
(A) develop and implement an intrusion assessment plan to proactively detect, identify, and
remove intruders in agency information systems on a routine basis; and
(B) update such plan as necessary.
(2) Exception
The intrusion assessment plan required under paragraph (1) shall not apply to the Department of
Defense, a national security system, or an element of the intelligence community.
(c) Cyber incident response plan
The Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security shall, in coordination with appropriate
Federal departments and agencies, State and local governments, sector coordinating councils,
information sharing and analysis organizations (as defined in section 671(5) of this title), owners and
operators of critical infrastructure, and other appropriate entities and individuals, develop, regularly
update, maintain, and exercise adaptable cyber incident response plans to address cybersecurity risks
(as defined in section 659 of this title) to critical infrastructure.
(d) National Response Framework
The Secretary, in coordination with the heads of other appropriate Federal departments and
agencies, and in accordance with the National Cybersecurity Incident Response Plan required under
subsection (c), shall regularly update, maintain, and exercise the Cyber Incident Annex to the
National Response Framework of the Department.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2210, formerly title II, §228, as added and amended Pub. L. 114–113,
div. N, title II, §§205, 223(a)(2), (4), (5), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2961, 2963, 2964; renumbered title
XXII, §2210, and amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), (9)(A)(iv), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178,
4181.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 149 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.
Former section 149 of this title, which was transferred and redesignated as subsec. (c) of this section by
Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §223(a)(2), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2963, was based on Pub. L. 107–296,
title II, §227, as added by Pub. L. 113–282, §7(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3070.

AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(iv)(I), substituted "section 659 of this title" for
"section 148 of this title".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(iv), substituted "Director of Cybersecurity and Infrastructure
Security" for "Under Secretary appointed under section 113(a)(1)(H) of this title", "section 671(5) of this title"
for "section 131(5) of this title", and "section 659 of this title" for "section 148 of this title".
2015—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 114–113, §223(a)(5), made technical amendment to reference in original act
which appears in text as reference to section 148 of this title.
Pub. L. 114–113, §223(a)(2), transferred former section 149 of this title to subsec. (c) of this section. See
Codification note above.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 114–113, §205, added subsec. (d).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
RULE OF CONSTRUCTION
Pub. L. 113–282, §7(c), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3072, provided that: "Nothing in the amendment made by
subsection (a) [enacting subsec. (c) of this section and section 150 of this title] or in subsection (b)(1)
[formerly classified as a note under section 3543 of Title 44, Public Printing and Documents, see now section
2(d)(1) of Pub. L. 113–283, set out as a note under section 3553 of Title 44] shall be construed to alter any
authority of a Federal agency or department."

§661. Cybersecurity strategy
(a) In general
Not later than 90 days after December 23, 2016, the Secretary shall develop a departmental
strategy to carry out cybersecurity responsibilities as set forth in law.
(b) Contents
The strategy required under subsection (a) shall include the following:
(1) Strategic and operational goals and priorities to successfully execute the full range of the
Secretary's cybersecurity responsibilities.
(2) Information on the programs, policies, and activities that are required to successfully
execute the full range of the Secretary's cybersecurity responsibilities, including programs,
policies, and activities in furtherance of the following:
(A) Cybersecurity functions set forth in section 659 of this title (relating to the national
cybersecurity and communications integration center).
(B) Cybersecurity investigations capabilities.
(C) Cybersecurity research and development.
(D) Engagement with international cybersecurity partners.
(c) Considerations
In developing the strategy required under subsection (a), the Secretary shall—
(1) consider—
(A) the cybersecurity strategy for the Homeland Security Enterprise published by the
Secretary in November 2011;
(B) the Department of Homeland Security Fiscal Years 2014–2018 Strategic Plan; and
(C) the most recent Quadrennial Homeland Security Review issued pursuant to section 347 of
this title; and
(2) include information on the roles and responsibilities of components and offices of the
Department, to the extent practicable, to carry out such strategy.
(d) Implementation plan
Not later than 90 days after the development of the strategy required under subsection (a), the

Secretary shall issue an implementation plan for the strategy that includes the following:
(1) Strategic objectives and corresponding tasks.
(2) Projected timelines and costs for such tasks.
(3) Metrics to evaluate performance of such tasks.
(e) Congressional oversight
The Secretary shall submit to Congress for assessment the following:
(1) A copy of the strategy required under subsection (a) upon issuance.
(2) A copy of the implementation plan required under subsection (d) upon issuance, together
with detailed information on any associated legislative or budgetary proposals.
(f) Classified information
The strategy required under subsection (a) shall be in an unclassified form but may contain a
classified annex.
(g) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section may be construed as permitting the Department to engage in monitoring,
surveillance, exfiltration, or other collection activities for the purpose of tracking an individual's
personally identifiable information.
(h) Definition
In this section, the term "Homeland Security Enterprise" means relevant governmental and
nongovernmental entities involved in homeland security, including Federal, State, local, and tribal
government officials, private sector representatives, academics, and other policy experts.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2211, formerly title II, §228A, as added Pub. L. 114–328, div. A, title
XIX, §1912(a), Dec. 23, 2016, 130 Stat. 2683; renumbered title XXII, §2211, and amended Pub. L.
115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), (9)(A)(v), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, 4181.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 149a of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(v), substituted "section 659 of this title" for "the
section 148 of this title".

§662. Clearances
The Secretary shall make available the process of application for security clearances under
Executive Order 13549 (75 Fed. Reg. 162; 1 relating to a classified national security information
program) or any successor Executive Order to appropriate representatives of sector coordinating
councils, sector information sharing and analysis organizations (as defined in section 671(5) of this
title), owners and operators of critical infrastructure, and any other person that the Secretary
determines appropriate.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2212, formerly title II, §229, formerly §228, as added Pub. L.
113–282, §7(a), Dec. 18, 2014, 128 Stat. 3070; renumbered §229, Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II,
§223(a)(1), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2963; renumbered title XXII, §2212, and amended Pub. L.
115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), (9)(A)(vi), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, 4181.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Executive Order 13549, referred to in text, is set out as a note under section 3161 of Title 50, War and

National Defense.
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 150 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(vi), substituted "section 671(5) of this title" for "section 131(5) of this
title".
1

So in original. Probably should be "51609;".

§663. Federal intrusion detection and prevention system
(a) Definitions
In this section—
(1) the term "agency" has the meaning given the term in section 3502 of title 44;
(2) the term "agency information" means information collected or maintained by or on behalf of
an agency;
(3) the term "agency information system" has the meaning given the term in section 660 of this
title; and
(4) the terms "cybersecurity risk" and "information system" have the meanings given those
terms in section 659 of this title.
(b) Requirement
(1) In general
Not later than 1 year after December 18, 2015, the Secretary shall deploy, operate, and
maintain, to make available for use by any agency, with or without reimbursement—
(A) a capability to detect cybersecurity risks in network traffic transiting or traveling to or
from an agency information system; and
(B) a capability to prevent network traffic associated with such cybersecurity risks from
transiting or traveling to or from an agency information system or modify such network traffic
to remove the cybersecurity risk.
(2) Regular improvement
The Secretary shall regularly deploy new technologies and modify existing technologies to the
intrusion detection and prevention capabilities described in paragraph (1) as appropriate to
improve the intrusion detection and prevention capabilities.
(c) Activities
In carrying out subsection (b), the Secretary—
(1) may access, and the head of an agency may disclose to the Secretary or a private entity
providing assistance to the Secretary under paragraph (2), information transiting or traveling to or
from an agency information system, regardless of the location from which the Secretary or a
private entity providing assistance to the Secretary under paragraph (2) accesses such information,
notwithstanding any other provision of law that would otherwise restrict or prevent the head of an
agency from disclosing such information to the Secretary or a private entity providing assistance
to the Secretary under paragraph (2);
(2) may enter into contracts or other agreements with, or otherwise request and obtain the
assistance of, private entities to deploy, operate, and maintain technologies in accordance with
subsection (b);
(3) may retain, use, and disclose information obtained through the conduct of activities
authorized under this section only to protect information and information systems from
cybersecurity risks;
(4) shall regularly assess through operational test and evaluation in real world or simulated

environments available advanced protective technologies to improve detection and prevention
capabilities, including commercial and noncommercial technologies and detection technologies
beyond signature-based detection, and acquire, test, and deploy such technologies when
appropriate;
(5) shall establish a pilot through which the Secretary may acquire, test, and deploy, as rapidly
as possible, technologies described in paragraph (4); and
(6) shall periodically update the privacy impact assessment required under section 208(b) of the
E-Government Act of 2002 (44 U.S.C. 3501 note).
(d) Principles
In carrying out subsection (b), the Secretary shall ensure that—
(1) activities carried out under this section are reasonably necessary for the purpose of
protecting agency information and agency information systems from a cybersecurity risk;
(2) information accessed by the Secretary will be retained no longer than reasonably necessary
for the purpose of protecting agency information and agency information systems from a
cybersecurity risk;
(3) notice has been provided to users of an agency information system concerning access to
communications of users of the agency information system for the purpose of protecting agency
information and the agency information system; and
(4) the activities are implemented pursuant to policies and procedures governing the operation
of the intrusion detection and prevention capabilities.
(e) Private entities
(1) Conditions
A private entity described in subsection (c)(2) may not—
(A) disclose any network traffic transiting or traveling to or from an agency information
system to any entity other than the Department or the agency that disclosed the information
under subsection (c)(1), including personal information of a specific individual or information
that identifies a specific individual not directly related to a cybersecurity risk; or
(B) use any network traffic transiting or traveling to or from an agency information system to
which the private entity gains access in accordance with this section for any purpose other than
to protect agency information and agency information systems against cybersecurity risks or to
administer a contract or other agreement entered into pursuant to subsection (c)(2) or as part of
another contract with the Secretary.
(2) Limitation on liability
No cause of action shall lie in any court against a private entity for assistance provided to the
Secretary in accordance with this section and any contract or agreement entered into pursuant to
subsection (c)(2).
(3) Rule of construction
Nothing in paragraph (2) shall be construed to authorize an Internet service provider to break a
user agreement with a customer without the consent of the customer.
(f) Privacy Officer review
Not later than 1 year after December 18, 2015, the Privacy Officer appointed under section 142 of
this title, in consultation with the Attorney General, shall review the policies and guidelines for the
program carried out under this section to ensure that the policies and guidelines are consistent with
applicable privacy laws, including those governing the acquisition, interception, retention, use, and
disclosure of communications.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2213, formerly title II, §230, as added Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title
II, §223(a)(6), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2964; renumbered title XXII, §2213, and amended Pub. L.
115–278, §2(g)(2)(I), (9)(A)(vii), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, 4181.)

EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 208(b) of the E-Government Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (c)(6), is section 208(b) of title II of
Pub. L. 107–347, which is set out in a note under section 3501 of Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 151 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(vii)(I), substituted "section 660 of this title" for
"section 149 of this title".
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(vii)(II), substituted "section 659 of this title" for "section 148
of this title".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY DISCLOSURE OF SECURITY VULNERABILITIES
Pub. L. 115–390, title I, §101, Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5173, provided that:
"(a) VULNERABILITY DISCLOSURE POLICY.—The Secretary of Homeland Security shall establish a
policy applicable to individuals, organizations, and companies that report security vulnerabilities on
appropriate information systems of Department of Homeland Security. Such policy shall include each of the
following:
"(1) The appropriate information systems of the Department that individuals, organizations, and
companies may use to discover and report security vulnerabilities on appropriate information systems.
"(2) The conditions and criteria under which individuals, organizations, and companies may operate to
discover and report security vulnerabilities.
"(3) How individuals, organizations, and companies may disclose to the Department security
vulnerabilities discovered on appropriate information systems of the Department.
"(4) The ways in which the Department may communicate with individuals, organizations, and
companies that report security vulnerabilities.
"(5) The process the Department shall use for public disclosure of reported security vulnerabilities.
"(b) REMEDIATION PROCESS.—The Secretary of Homeland Security shall develop a process for the
Department of Homeland Security to address the mitigation or remediation of the security vulnerabilities
reported through the policy developed in subsection (a).
"(c) CONSULTATION.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—In developing the security vulnerability disclosure policy under subsection (a),
the Secretary of Homeland Security shall consult with each of the following:
"(A) The Attorney General regarding how to ensure that individuals, organizations, and
companies that comply with the requirements of the policy developed under subsection (a) are protected
from prosecution under section 1030 of title 18, United States Code, civil lawsuits, and similar provisions
of law with respect to specific activities authorized under the policy.
"(B) The Secretary of Defense and the Administrator of General Services regarding lessons that
may be applied from existing vulnerability disclosure policies.
"(C) Non-governmental security researchers.
"(2) NONAPPLICABILITY OF FACA.—The Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall
not apply to any consultation under this section.
"(d) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—The Secretary of Homeland Security shall make the policy developed
under subsection (a) publicly available.
"(e) SUBMISSION TO CONGRESS.—
"(1) DISCLOSURE POLICY AND REMEDIATION PROCESS.—Not later than 90 days after the
date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 21, 2018], the Secretary of Homeland Security shall submit to the
appropriate congressional committees a copy of the policy required under subsection (a) and the
remediation process required under subsection (b).
"(2) REPORT AND BRIEFING.—
"(A) REPORT.—Not later than one year after establishing the policy required under subsection
(a), the Secretary of Homeland Security shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report
on such policy and the remediation process required under subsection (b).

"(B) ANNUAL BRIEFINGS.—One year after the date of the submission of the report under
subparagraph (A), and annually thereafter for each of the next three years, the Secretary of Homeland
Security shall provide to the appropriate congressional committees a briefing on the policy required
under subsection (a) and the process required under subsection (b).
"(C) MATTERS FOR INCLUSION.—The report required under subparagraph (A) and the
briefings required under subparagraph (B) shall include each of the following with respect to the policy
required under subsection (a) and the process required under subsection (b) for the period covered by the
report or briefing, as the case may be:
"(i) The number of unique security vulnerabilities reported.
"(ii) The number of previously unknown security vulnerabilities mitigated or remediated.
"(iii) The number of unique individuals, organizations, and companies that reported security
vulnerabilities.
"(iv) The average length of time between the reporting of security vulnerabilities and
mitigation or remediation of such vulnerabilities.
"(f) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
"(1) The term 'security vulnerability' has the meaning given that term in section 102(17) of the
Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act of 2015 (6 U.S.C. 1501(17)), in information technology.
"(2) The term 'information system' has the meaning given that term by section 3502 of title 44, United
States Code.
"(3) The term 'appropriate information system' means an information system that the Secretary of
Homeland Security selects for inclusion under the vulnerability disclosure policy required by subsection (a).
"(4) The term 'appropriate congressional committees' means—
"(A) the Committee on Homeland Security, the Committee on Armed Services, the Committee on
Energy and Commerce, and the Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of
Representatives; and
"(B) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, the Committee on Armed
Services, the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation, and the Select Committee on
Intelligence of the Senate."
DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY BUG BOUNTY PILOT PROGRAM
Pub. L. 115–390, title I, §102, Dec. 21, 2018, 132 Stat. 5175, provided that:
"(a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
"(1) The term 'appropriate congressional committees' means—
"(A) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
"(B) the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate;
"(C) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives; and
"(D) Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives.
"(2) The term 'bug bounty program' means a program under which—
"(A) individuals, organizations, and companies are temporarily authorized to identify and report
vulnerabilities of appropriate information systems of the Department; and
"(B) eligible individuals, organizations, and companies receive compensation in exchange for
such reports.
"(3) The term 'Department' means the Department of Homeland Security.
"(4) The term 'eligible individual, organization, or company' means an individual, organization, or
company that meets such criteria as the Secretary determines in order to receive compensation in
compliance with Federal laws.
"(5) The term 'information system' has the meaning given the term in section 3502 of title 44, United
States Code.
"(6) The term 'pilot program' means the bug bounty pilot program required to be established under
subsection (b)(1).
"(7) The term 'Secretary' means the Secretary of Homeland Security.
"(b) BUG BOUNTY PILOT PROGRAM.—
"(1) ESTABLISHMENT.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 21,
2018], the Secretary shall establish, within the Office of the Chief Information Officer, a bug bounty pilot
program to minimize vulnerabilities of appropriate information systems of the Department.
"(2) RESPONSIBILITIES OF SECRETARY.—In establishing and conducting the pilot program, the
Secretary shall—
"(A) designate appropriate information systems to be included in the pilot program;

"(B) provide compensation to eligible individuals, organizations, and companies for reports of
previously unidentified security vulnerabilities within the information systems designated under
subparagraph (A);
"(C) establish criteria for individuals, organizations, and companies to be considered eligible for
compensation under the pilot program in compliance with Federal laws;
"(D) consult with the Attorney General on how to ensure that approved individuals, organizations,
or companies that comply with the requirements of the pilot program are protected from prosecution
under section 1030 of title 18, United States Code, and similar provisions of law, and civil lawsuits for
specific activities authorized under the pilot program;
"(E) consult with the Secretary of Defense and the heads of other departments and agencies that
have implemented programs to provide compensation for reports of previously undisclosed
vulnerabilities in information systems, regarding lessons that may be applied from such programs; and
"(F) develop an expeditious process by which an individual, organization, or company can
register with the Department, submit to a background check as determined by the Department, and
receive a determination as to eligibility; and
"(G) engage qualified interested persons, including non-government sector representatives, about
the structure of the pilot program as constructive and to the extent practicable.
"(3) CONTRACT AUTHORITY.—In establishing the pilot program, the Secretary, subject to the
availability of appropriations, may award 1 or more competitive contracts to an entity, as necessary, to
manage the pilot program.
"(c) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 180 days after the date on which the pilot program is
completed, the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report on the pilot
program, which shall include—
"(1) the number of individuals, organizations, or companies that participated in the pilot program,
broken down by the number of individuals, organizations, or companies that—
"(A) registered;
"(B) were determined eligible;
"(C) submitted security vulnerabilities; and
"(D) received compensation;
"(2) the number and severity of vulnerabilities reported as part of the pilot program;
"(3) the number of previously unidentified security vulnerabilities remediated as a result of the pilot
program;
"(4) the current number of outstanding previously unidentified security vulnerabilities and Department
remediation plans;
"(5) the average length of time between the reporting of security vulnerabilities and remediation of the
vulnerabilities;
"(6) the types of compensation provided under the pilot program; and
"(7) the lessons learned from the pilot program.
"(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized to be appropriated to the
Department $250,000 for fiscal year 2019 to carry out this section."
AGENCY RESPONSIBILITIES
Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §223(b), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2966, as amended by Pub. L. 115–278,
§2(h)(1)(E), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4182, provided that:
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2)—
"(A) not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 18, 2015] or 2 months after the
date on which the Secretary makes available the intrusion detection and prevention capabilities under
section 2213(b)(1) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 663(b)(1)], whichever is later, the head
of each agency shall apply and continue to utilize the capabilities to all information traveling between an
agency information system and any information system other than an agency information system; and
"(B) not later than 6 months after the date on which the Secretary makes available improvements to the
intrusion detection and prevention capabilities pursuant to section 2213(b)(2) of the Homeland Security Act
of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 663(b)(2)], the head of each agency shall apply and continue to utilize the improved
intrusion detection and prevention capabilities.
"(2) EXCEPTION.—The requirements under paragraph (1) shall not apply to the Department of Defense, a
national security system, or an element of the intelligence community.
"(3) DEFINITION.—Notwithstanding section 222 [6 U.S.C. 1521], in this subsection, the term 'agency
information system' means an information system owned or operated by an agency.

"(4) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to limit an agency from
applying the intrusion detection and prevention capabilities to an information system other than an agency
information system under section 2213(b)(1) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 663(b)(1)], at
the discretion of the head of the agency or as provided in relevant policies, directives, and guidelines."

§664. National asset database
(a) Establishment
(1) National asset database
The Secretary shall establish and maintain a national database of each system or asset that—
(A) the Secretary, in consultation with appropriate homeland security officials of the States,
determines to be vital and the loss, interruption, incapacity, or destruction of which would have
a negative or debilitating effect on the economic security, public health, or safety of the United
States, any State, or any local government; or
(B) the Secretary determines is appropriate for inclusion in the database.
(2) Prioritized critical infrastructure list
In accordance with Homeland Security Presidential Directive–7, as in effect on January 1, 2007,
the Secretary shall establish and maintain a single classified prioritized list of systems and assets
included in the database under paragraph (1) that the Secretary determines would, if destroyed or
disrupted, cause national or regional catastrophic effects.
(b) Use of database
The Secretary shall use the database established under subsection (a)(1) in the development and
implementation of Department plans and programs as appropriate.
(c) Maintenance of database
(1) In general
The Secretary shall maintain and annually update the database established under subsection
(a)(1) and the list established under subsection (a)(2), including—
(A) establishing data collection guidelines and providing such guidelines to the appropriate
homeland security official of each State;
(B) regularly reviewing the guidelines established under subparagraph (A), including by
consulting with the appropriate homeland security officials of States, to solicit feedback about
the guidelines, as appropriate;
(C) after providing the homeland security official of a State with the guidelines under
subparagraph (A), allowing the official a reasonable amount of time to submit to the Secretary
any data submissions recommended by the official for inclusion in the database established
under subsection (a)(1);
(D) examining the contents and identifying any submissions made by such an official that are
described incorrectly or that do not meet the guidelines established under subparagraph (A); and
(E) providing to the appropriate homeland security official of each relevant State a list of
submissions identified under subparagraph (D) for review and possible correction before the
Secretary finalizes the decision of which submissions will be included in the database
established under subsection (a)(1).
(2) Organization of information in database
The Secretary shall organize the contents of the database established under subsection (a)(1)
and the list established under subsection (a)(2) as the Secretary determines is appropriate. Any
organizational structure of such contents shall include the categorization of the contents—
(A) according to the sectors listed in National Infrastructure Protection Plan developed
pursuant to Homeland Security Presidential Directive–7; and
(B) by the State and county of their location.

(3) Private sector integration
The Secretary shall identify and evaluate methods, including the Department's Protected Critical
Infrastructure Information Program, to acquire relevant private sector information for the purpose
of using that information to generate any database or list, including the database established under
subsection (a)(1) and the list established under subsection (a)(2).
(4) Retention of classification
The classification of information required to be provided to Congress, the Department, or any
other department or agency under this section by a Sector Risk Management Agency, including
the assignment of a level of classification of such information, shall be binding on Congress, the
Department, and that other Federal agency.
(d) Reports
(1) Report required
Not later than 180 days after August 3, 2007, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit
to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the
Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives a report on the database
established under subsection (a)(1) and the list established under subsection (a)(2).
(2) Contents of report
Each such report shall include the following:
(A) The name, location, and sector classification of each of the systems and assets on the list
established under subsection (a)(2).
(B) The name, location, and sector classification of each of the systems and assets on such
list that are determined by the Secretary to be most at risk to terrorism.
(C) Any significant challenges in compiling the list of the systems and assets included on
such list or in the database established under subsection (a)(1).
(D) Any significant changes from the preceding report in the systems and assets included on
such list or in such database.
(E) If appropriate, the extent to which such database and such list have been used,
individually or jointly, for allocating funds by the Federal Government to prevent, reduce,
mitigate, or respond to acts of terrorism.
(F) The amount of coordination between the Department and the private sector, through any
entity of the Department that meets with representatives of private sector industries for purposes
of such coordination, for the purpose of ensuring the accuracy of such database and such list.
(G) Any other information the Secretary deems relevant.
(3) Classified information
The report shall be submitted in unclassified form but may contain a classified annex.
(e) National Infrastructure Protection Consortium
The Secretary may establish a consortium to be known as the "National Infrastructure Protection
Consortium". The Consortium may advise the Secretary on the best way to identify, generate,
organize, and maintain any database or list of systems and assets established by the Secretary,
including the database established under subsection (a)(1) and the list established under subsection
(a)(2). If the Secretary establishes the National Infrastructure Protection Consortium, the Consortium
may—
(1) be composed of national laboratories, Federal agencies, State and local homeland security
organizations, academic institutions, or national Centers of Excellence that have demonstrated
experience working with and identifying critical infrastructure and key resources; and
(2) provide input to the Secretary on any request pertaining to the contents of such database or
such list.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2214, formerly title II, §210E, as added Pub. L. 110–53, title X,
§1001(a), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 372; renumbered title XXII, §2214, and amended Pub. L. 115–278,

§2(g)(2)(G), (9)(A)(viii), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, 4181; Pub. L. 116–283, div. H, title XC,
§9002(c)(2)(E), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4773.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 124l of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.
AMENDMENTS
2021—Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 116–283 substituted "Sector Risk Management Agency" for "sector-specific
agency".
2018—Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(A)(viii), redesignated subsec. (f) as (e) and struck out
former subsec. (e). Prior to amendment, text of subsec. (e) read as follows: "By not later than two years after
August 3, 2007, the Inspector General of the Department shall conduct a study of the implementation of this
section."

§665. Duties and authorities relating to .gov internet domain
(a) Definition
In this section, the term "agency" has the meaning given the term in section 3502 of title 44.
(b) Availability of .gov internet domain
The Director shall make .gov internet domain name registration services, as well as any supporting
services described in subsection (e), generally available—
(1) to any Federal, State, local, or territorial government entity, or other publicly controlled
entity, including any Tribal government recognized by the Federal Government or a State
government, that complies with the requirements for registration developed by the Director as
described in subsection (c);
(2) without conditioning registration on the sharing of any information with the Director or any
other Federal entity, other than the information required to meet the requirements described in
subsection (c); and
(3) without conditioning registration on participation in any separate service offered by the
Director or any other Federal entity.
(c) Requirements
The Director, with the approval of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget for
agency .gov internet domain requirements and in consultation with the Director of the Office of
Management and Budget for .gov internet domain requirements for entities that are not agencies,
shall establish and publish on a publicly available website requirements for the registration and
operation of .gov internet domains sufficient to—
(1) minimize the risk of .gov internet domains whose names could mislead or confuse users;
(2) establish that .gov internet domains may not be used for commercial or political campaign
purposes;
(3) ensure that domains are registered and maintained only by authorized individuals; and
(4) limit the sharing or use of any information obtained through the administration of the .gov
internet domain with any other Department component or any other agency for any purpose other
than the administration of the .gov internet domain, the services described in subsection (e), and
the requirements for establishing a .gov inventory described in subsection (h).
(d) Executive branch
(1) In general
The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall establish applicable processes and
guidelines for the registration and acceptable use of .gov internet domains by agencies.

(2) Approval required
The Director shall obtain the approval of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget
before registering a .gov internet domain name for an agency.
(3) Compliance
Each agency shall ensure that any website or digital service of the agency that uses a .gov
internet domain is in compliance with the 21st Century IDEA Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 note) and
implementation guidance issued pursuant to that Act.
(e) Supporting services
(1) In general
The Director may provide services to the entities described in subsection (b)(1) specifically
intended to support the security, privacy, reliability, accessibility, and speed of registered .gov
internet domains.
(2) Rule of construction
Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be construed to—
(A) limit other authorities of the Director to provide services or technical assistance to an
entity described in subsection (b)(1); or
(B) establish new authority for services other than those the purpose of which expressly
supports the operation of .gov internet domains and the needs of .gov internet domain
registrants.
(f) Fees
(1) In general
The Director may provide any service relating to the availability of the .gov internet domain
program, including .gov internet domain name registration services described in subsection (b) and
supporting services described in subsection (e), to entities described in subsection (b)(1) with or
without reimbursement, including variable pricing.
(2) Limitation
The total fees collected for new .gov internet domain registrants or annual renewals of .gov
internet domains shall not exceed the direct operational expenses of improving, maintaining, and
operating the .gov internet domain, .gov internet domain services, and .gov internet domain
supporting services.
(g) Consultation
The Director shall consult with the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, the
Administrator of General Services, other civilian Federal agencies as appropriate, and entities
representing State, local, Tribal, or territorial governments in developing the strategic direction of the
.gov internet domain and in establishing requirements under subsection (c), in particular on matters
of privacy, accessibility, transparency, and technology modernization.
(h) .gov inventory
(1) In general
The Director shall, on a continuous basis—
(A) inventory all hostnames and services in active use within the .gov internet domain; and
(B) provide the data described in subparagraph (A) to domain registrants at no cost.
(2) Requirements
In carrying out paragraph (1)—
(A) data may be collected through analysis of public and non-public sources, including
commercial data sets;
(B) the Director shall share with Federal and non-Federal domain registrants all unique
hostnames and services discovered within the zone of their registered domain;

(C) the Director shall share any data or information collected or used in the management of
the .gov internet domain name registration services relating to Federal executive branch
registrants with the Director of the Office of Management and Budget for the purpose of
fulfilling the duties of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget under section 3553
of title 44;
(D) the Director shall publish on a publicly available website discovered hostnames that
describe publicly accessible agency websites, to the extent consistent with the security of
Federal information systems but with the presumption of disclosure;
(E) the Director may publish on a publicly available website any analysis conducted and data
collected relating to compliance with Federal mandates and industry best practices, to the extent
consistent with the security of Federal information systems but with the presumption of
disclosure; and
(F) the Director shall—
(i) collect information on the use of non-.gov internet domain suffixes by agencies for their
official online services;
(ii) collect information on the use of non-.gov internet domain suffixes by State, local,
Tribal, and territorial governments; and
(iii) publish the information collected under clause (i) on a publicly available website to
the extent consistent with the security of the Federal information systems, but with the
presumption of disclosure.
(3) National security coordination
(A) In general
In carrying out this subsection, the Director shall inventory, collect, and publish hostnames
and services in a manner consistent with the protection of national security information.
(B) Limitation
The Director may not inventory, collect, or publish hostnames or services under this
subsection if the Director, in coordination with other heads of agencies, as appropriate,
determines that the collection or publication would—
(i) disrupt a law enforcement investigation;
(ii) endanger national security or intelligence activities;
(iii) impede national defense activities or military operations; or
(iv) hamper security remediation actions.
(4) Strategy
Not later than 180 days after December 27, 2020, the Director shall develop and submit to the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on Rules and
Administration of the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security, the Committee on
Oversight and Reform, and the Committee on House Administration of the House of
Representatives a strategy to utilize the information collected under this subsection for countering
malicious cyber activity.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2215, as added Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title IX, §904(b)(1)(B), Dec.
27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2298.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The 21st Century IDEA Act, referred to in subsec. (d)(3), is Pub. L. 115–336, Dec. 20, 2018, 132 Stat.
5025, also known as the 21st Century Integrated Digital Experience Act, which is set out as a note under
section 3501 of Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
CODIFICATION
Other sections 2215 of Pub. L. 107–296 are classified to sections 665b, 665c, and 665d of this title.

STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
FINDINGS
Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title IX, §902, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2297, provided that: "Congress finds
that—
"(1) the .gov internet domain reflects the work of United States innovators in inventing the internet and
the role that the Federal Government played in guiding the development and success of the early internet;
"(2) the .gov internet domain is a unique resource of the United States that reflects the history of
innovation and global leadership of the United States;
"(3) when online public services and official communications from any level and branch of
government use the .gov internet domain, they are easily recognized as official and difficult to impersonate;
"(4) the citizens of the United States deserve online public services that are safe, recognizable, and
trustworthy;
"(5) the .gov internet domain should be available at no cost or a negligible cost to any Federal, State,
local, or territorial government-operated or publicly controlled entity, including any Tribal government
recognized by the Federal Government or a State government, for use in their official services, operations,
and communications;
"(6) the .gov internet domain provides a critical service to those Federal, State, local, Tribal, and
territorial governments; and
"(7) the .gov internet domain should be operated transparently and in the spirit of public accessibility,
privacy, and security."
[For definition of "State" as used in section 902 of Pub. L. 116–260, set out above, see section 903 of Pub.
L. 116–260, set out as a note below.]
DUTIES OF DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY
Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title IX, §904(a), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2298, provided that:
"(a) PURPOSE.—The purpose of the .gov internet domain program is to—
"(1) legitimize and enhance public trust in government entities and their online services;
"(2) facilitate trusted electronic communication and connections to and from government entities;
"(3) provide simple and secure registration of .gov internet domains;
"(4) improve the security of the services hosted within these .gov internet domains, and of the .gov
namespace in general; and
"(5) enable the discoverability of government services to the public and to domain registrants."
[For definition of "online service" as used in section 904(a) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out above, see section
903 of Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note below.]
REFERENCE GUIDE
Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title IX, §904(b)(2)(B), Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2301, provided that: "Not later
than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 27, 2020], the Director, in consultation with the
Administrator and entities representing State, local, Tribal, or territorial governments, shall develop and
publish on a publicly available website a reference guide for migrating online services to the .gov internet
domain, which shall include—
"(i) process and technical information on how to carry out a migration of common categories of online
services, such as web and email services;
"(ii) best practices for cybersecurity pertaining to registration and operation of a .gov internet domain;
and
"(iii) references to contract vehicles and other private sector resources vetted by the Director that may
assist in performing the migration."
[For definitions of terms used in section 904(b)(2)(B) of Pub. L. 116–260, set out above, see section 903 of
Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note below.]
TRANSITION
Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title IX, §907, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2303, provided that:
"(a) There shall be transferred to the Director the .gov internet domain program, as operated by the General
Services Administration under title 41, Code of Federal Regulations, on the date on which the Director begins
operational administration of the .gov internet domain program, in accordance with subsection (c).
"(b) Not later than 30 days after the date of enactment of this Act [probably means "this title", approved

Dec. 27, 2020], the Director shall submit a plan for the operational and contractual transition of the .gov
internet domain program to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the
Committee on Rules and Administration of the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security, the
Committee on Oversight and Reform, and the Committee on House Administration of the House of
Representatives.
"(c) Not later than 120 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Director shall begin operationally
administering the .gov internet domain program, and shall publish on a publicly available website the
requirements for domain registrants as described in section 2215(b) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6
U.S.C. 665(b)], as added by section 904(b) of this Act.
"(d) On the date on which the Director begins operational administration of the .gov internet domain
program, in accordance with subsection (c), the Administrator shall rescind the requirements in part 102–173
of title 41, Code of Federal Regulations.
"(e) During the 5-year period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 27, 2020], any fee
charged to entities that are not agencies for new .gov internet domain registrants or annual renewals of .gov
internet domains shall be not more than the amount of the fee charged for such registration or renewal as of
October 1, 2019."
[For definition of "Director" as used in section 907 of Pub. L. 116–260, set out above, see section 903 of
Pub. L. 116–260, set out as a note below.]
DEFINITIONS
Pub. L. 116–260, div. U, title IX, §903, Dec. 27, 2020, 134 Stat. 2298, provided that: "In this Act [probably
means "this title", see Short Title of 2020 Amendment note set out under section 101 of this title]—
"(1) the term 'Administrator' means the Administrator of General Services;
"(2) the term 'agency' has the meaning given the term in section 3502 of title 44, United States Code;
"(3) the term 'Director' means the Director of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency;
"(4) the term 'online service' means any internet-facing service, including a website, email, a virtual
private network, or a custom application; and
"(5) the term 'State' means any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth
of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, and any possession of the United States."

§665a. Intelligence and cybersecurity diversity fellowship program
(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Appropriate committees of Congress
The term "appropriate committees of Congress" means—
(A) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Select
Committee on Intelligence of the Senate; and
(B) the Committee on Homeland Security and the Permanent Select Committee on
Intelligence of the House of Representatives.
(2) Excepted service
The term "excepted service" has the meaning given that term in section 2103 of title 5.
(3) Historically Black college or university
The term "historically Black college or university" has the meaning given the term "part B
institution" in section 1061 of title 20.
(4) Institution of higher education
The term "institution of higher education" has the meaning given that term in section 1001 of
title 20.
(5) Minority-serving institution
The term "minority-serving institution" means an institution of higher education described in
section 1067q(a) of title 20.

(b) Program
The Secretary shall carry out an intelligence and cybersecurity diversity fellowship program (in
this section referred to as the "Program") under which an eligible individual may—
(1) participate in a paid internship at the Department that relates to intelligence, cybersecurity,
or some combination thereof;
(2) receive tuition assistance from the Secretary; and
(3) upon graduation from an institution of higher education and successful completion of the
Program (as defined by the Secretary), receive an offer of employment to work in an intelligence
or cybersecurity position of the Department that is in the excepted service.
(c) Eligibility
To be eligible to participate in the Program, an individual shall—
(1) be a citizen of the United States; and
(2) as of the date of submitting the application to participate in the Program—
(A) have a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.2 on a 4.0 scale;
(B) be a socially disadvantaged individual (as that term in defined in section 124.103 of title
13, Code of Federal Regulations, or successor regulation); and
(C) be a sophomore, junior, or senior at an institution of higher education.
(d) Direct hire authority
If an individual who receives an offer of employment under subsection (b)(3) accepts such offer,
the Secretary shall appoint, without regard to provisions of subchapter I of chapter 33 of title 5
(except for section 3328 of such title) such individual to the position specified in such offer.
(e) Reports
(1) Reports
Not later than 1 year after December 27, 2020, and on an annual basis thereafter, the Secretary
shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report on the Program.
(2) Matters
Each report under paragraph (1) shall include, with respect to the most recent year, the
following:
(A) A description of outreach efforts by the Secretary to raise awareness of the Program
among institutions of higher education in which eligible individuals are enrolled.
(B) Information on specific recruiting efforts conducted by the Secretary to increase
participation in the Program.
(C) The number of individuals participating in the Program, listed by the institution of higher
education in which the individual is enrolled at the time of participation, and information on the
nature of such participation, including on whether the duties of the individual under the
Program relate primarily to intelligence or to cybersecurity.
(D) The number of individuals who accepted an offer of employment under the Program and
an identification of the element within the Department to which each individual was appointed.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XIII, §1333, as added Pub. L. 116–260, div. W, title IV, §404(a), Dec. 27,
2020, 134 Stat. 2378.)
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of title XIII of Pub. L. 107–296, and not as part of title XXII of 107–296 which
comprises this subchapter.

§665b. Joint cyber planning office
(a) Establishment of Office
There is established in the Agency an office for joint cyber planning (in this section referred to as
the "Office") to develop, for public and private sector entities, plans for cyber defense operations,

including the development of a set of coordinated actions to protect, detect, respond to, and recover
from cybersecurity risks or incidents or limit, mitigate, or defend against coordinated, malicious
cyber operations that pose a potential risk to critical infrastructure or national interests. The Office
shall be headed by a senior official of the Agency selected by the Director.
(b) Planning and execution
In leading the development of plans for cyber defense operations pursuant to subsection (a), the
head of the Office shall—
(1) coordinate with relevant Federal departments and agencies to establish processes and
procedures necessary to develop and maintain ongoing coordinated plans for cyber defense
operations;
(2) leverage cyber capabilities and authorities of participating Federal departments and
agencies, as appropriate, in furtherance of plans for cyber defense operations;
(3) ensure that plans for cyber defense operations are, to the greatest extent practicable,
developed in collaboration with relevant private sector entities, particularly in areas in which such
entities have comparative advantages in limiting, mitigating, or defending against a cybersecurity
risk or incident or coordinated, malicious cyber operation;
(4) ensure that plans for cyber defense operations, as appropriate, are responsive to potential
adversary activity conducted in response to United States offensive cyber operations;
(5) facilitate the exercise of plans for cyber defense operations, including by developing and
modeling scenarios based on an understanding of adversary threats to, vulnerability of, and
potential consequences of disruption or compromise of critical infrastructure;
(6) coordinate with and, as necessary, support relevant Federal departments and agencies in the
establishment of procedures, development of additional plans, including for offensive and
intelligence activities in support of cyber defense operations, and creation of agreements necessary
for the rapid execution of plans for cyber defense operations when a cybersecurity risk or incident
or malicious cyber operation has been identified; and
(7) support public and private sector entities, as appropriate, in the execution of plans developed
pursuant to this section.
(c) Composition
The Office shall be composed of—
(1) a central planning staff; and
(2) appropriate representatives of Federal departments and agencies, including—
(A) the Department;
(B) United States Cyber Command;
(C) the National Security Agency;
(D) the Federal Bureau of Investigation;
(E) the Department of Justice; and
(F) the Office of the Director of National Intelligence.
(d) Consultation
In carrying out its responsibilities described in subsection (b), the Office shall regularly consult
with appropriate representatives of non-Federal entities, such as—
(1) State, local, federally-recognized Tribal, and territorial governments;
(2) information sharing and analysis organizations, including information sharing and analysis
centers;
(3) owners and operators of critical information systems;
(4) private entities; and
(5) other appropriate representatives or entities, as determined by the Secretary.
(e) Interagency agreements
The Secretary and the head of a Federal department or agency referred to in subsection (c) may
enter into agreements for the purpose of detailing personnel on a reimbursable or non-reimbursable
basis.

(f) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Cyber defense operation
The term "cyber defense operation" means defensive activities performed for a cybersecurity
purpose.
(2) Cybersecurity purpose
The term "cybersecurity purpose" has the meaning given such term in section 1501 of this title.
(3) Cybersecurity risk; incident
The terms "cybersecurity risk" and "incident" have the meanings given such terms in section
659 of this title.
(4) Information sharing and analysis organization
The term "information sharing and analysis organization" has the meaning given such term in
section 671(5) of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2215, as added Pub. L. 116–283, div. A, title XVII, §1715(a), Jan. 1,
2021, 134 Stat. 4092.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Other sections 2215 of Pub. L. 107–296 are classified to sections 665, 665c, and 665d of this title.

§665c. Cybersecurity State Coordinator
(a) Appointment
The Director shall appoint an employee of the Agency in each State, with the appropriate
cybersecurity qualifications and expertise, who shall serve as the Cybersecurity State Coordinator.
(b) Duties
The duties of a Cybersecurity State Coordinator appointed under subsection (a) shall include—
(1) building strategic public and, on a voluntary basis, private sector relationships, including by
advising on establishing governance structures to facilitate the development and maintenance of
secure and resilient infrastructure;
(2) serving as the Federal cybersecurity risk advisor and supporting preparation, response, and
remediation efforts relating to cybersecurity risks and incidents;
(3) facilitating the sharing of cyber threat information to improve understanding of
cybersecurity risks and situational awareness of cybersecurity incidents;
(4) raising awareness of the financial, technical, and operational resources available from the
Federal Government to non-Federal entities to increase resilience against cyber threats;
(5) supporting training, exercises, and planning for continuity of operations to expedite recovery
from cybersecurity incidents, including ransomware;
(6) serving as a principal point of contact for non-Federal entities to engage, on a voluntary
basis, with the Federal Government on preparing, managing, and responding to cybersecurity
incidents;
(7) assisting non-Federal entities in developing and coordinating vulnerability disclosure
programs consistent with Federal and information security industry standards;
(8) assisting State, local, Tribal, and territorial governments, on a voluntary basis, in the
development of State cybersecurity plans;
(9) coordinating with appropriate officials within the Agency; and
(10) performing such other duties as determined necessary by the Director to achieve the goal of
managing cybersecurity risks in the United States and reducing the impact of cyber threats to

non-Federal entities.
(c) Feedback
The Director shall consult with relevant State, local, Tribal, and territorial officials regarding the
appointment, and State, local, Tribal, and territorial officials and other non-Federal entities regarding
the performance, of the Cybersecurity State Coordinator of a State.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2215, as added Pub. L. 116–283, div. A, title XVII, §1717(a)(1)(B),
Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4099.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Other sections 2215 of Pub. L. 107–296 are classified to sections 665, 665b, and 665d of this title.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
RULE OF CONSTRUCTION
Pub. L. 116–283, div. A, title XVII, §1717(a)(4), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4100, provided that: "Nothing in
this subsection [enacting this section, amending section 652 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a
note below] or the amendments made by this subsection may be construed to affect or otherwise modify the
authority of Federal law enforcement agencies with respect to investigations relating to cybersecurity
incidents."
COORDINATION PLAN
Pub. L. 116–283, div. A, title XVII, §1717(a)(2), Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4100, provided that: "Not later than
60 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Jan. 1, 2021], the Director of the Cybersecurity and
Infrastructure Security Agency of the Department of Homeland Security shall establish and submit to the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs in the Senate and the Committee on Homeland
Security in the House of Representatives a plan describing the reporting structure and coordination processes
and procedures of Cybersecurity State Coordinators within the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security
Agency under section 2215 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [Pub. L. 107–296], as added by paragraph
(1)(B) [6 U.S.C. 665c]."

§665d. Sector risk management agencies
(a) In general
Consistent with applicable law, Presidential directives, Federal regulations, and strategic guidance
from the Secretary, each Sector Risk Management Agency, in coordination with the Director, shall—
(1) provide specialized sector-specific expertise to critical infrastructure owners and operators
within its designated critical infrastructure sector or subsector of such sector; and
(2) support programs and associated activities of such sector or subsector of such sector.
(b) Implementation
In carrying out this section, Sector Risk Management Agencies shall—
(1) coordinate with the Department and, as appropriate, other relevant Federal departments and
agencies;
(2) collaborate with critical infrastructure owners and operators within the designated critical
infrastructure sector or subsector of such sector; and
(3) coordinate with independent regulatory agencies, and State, local, Tribal, and territorial
entities, as appropriate.
(c) Responsibilities
Consistent with applicable law, Presidential directives, Federal regulations, and strategic guidance
from the Secretary, each Sector Risk Management Agency shall utilize its specialized expertise

regarding its designated critical infrastructure sector or subsector of such sector and authorities under
applicable law to—
(1) support sector risk management, in coordination with the Director, including—
(A) establishing and carrying out programs to assist critical infrastructure owners and
operators within the designated sector or subsector of such sector in identifying, understanding,
and mitigating threats, vulnerabilities, and risks to their systems or assets, or within a region,
sector, or subsector of such sector; and
(B) recommending security measures to mitigate the consequences of destruction,
compromise, and disruption of systems and assets;
(2) assess sector risk, in coordination with the Director, including—
(A) identifying, assessing, and prioritizing risks within the designated sector or subsector of
such sector, considering physical security and cybersecurity threats, vulnerabilities, and
consequences; and
(B) supporting national risk assessment efforts led by the Department;
(3) sector coordination, including—
(A) serving as a day-to-day Federal interface for the prioritization and coordination of
sector-specific activities and responsibilities under this title;
(B) serving as the Federal Government coordinating council chair for the designated sector or
subsector of such sector; and
(C) participating in cross-sector coordinating councils, as appropriate;
(4) facilitating, in coordination with the Director, the sharing with the Department and other
appropriate Federal department of information regarding physical security and cybersecurity
threats within the designated sector or subsector of such sector, including—
(A) facilitating, in coordination with the Director, access to, and exchange of, information
and intelligence necessary to strengthen the security of critical infrastructure, including through
information sharing and analysis organizations and the national cybersecurity and
communications integration center established pursuant to section 659 of this title;
(B) facilitating the identification of intelligence needs and priorities of critical infrastructure
owners and operators in the designated sector or subsector of such sector, in coordination with
the Director of National Intelligence and the heads of other Federal departments and agencies,
as appropriate;
(C) providing the Director, and facilitating awareness within the designated sector or
subsector of such sector, of ongoing, and where possible, real-time awareness of identified
threats, vulnerabilities, mitigations, and other actions related to the security of such sector or
subsector of such sector; and
(D) supporting the reporting requirements of the Department under applicable law by
providing, on an annual basis, sector-specific critical infrastructure information;
(5) supporting incident management, including—
(A) supporting, in coordination with the Director, incident management and restoration
efforts during or following a security incident; and
(B) supporting the Director, upon request, in national cybersecurity asset response activities
for critical infrastructure; and
(6) contributing to emergency preparedness efforts, including—
(A) coordinating with critical infrastructure owners and operators within the designated
sector or subsector of such sector and the Director in the development of planning documents
for coordinated action in the event of a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made
disaster or emergency;
(B) participating in and, in coordination with the Director, conducting or facilitating,

exercises and simulations of potential natural disasters, acts of terrorism, or other man-made
disasters or emergencies within the designated sector or subsector of such sector; and
(C) supporting the Department and other Federal departments or agencies in developing
planning documents or conducting exercises or simulations when relevant to the designated
sector or subsector or such sector.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2215, as added Pub. L. 116–283, div. H, title XC, §9002(c)(1), Jan. 1,
2021, 134 Stat. 4770.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Other sections 2215 of Pub. L. 107–296 are classified to sections 665, 665b, and 665c of this title.

§665e. Cybersecurity Advisory Committee
(a) Establishment
The Secretary shall establish within the Agency a Cybersecurity Advisory Committee (referred to
in this section as the "Advisory Committee").
(b) Duties
(1) In general
The Advisory Committee shall advise, consult with, report to, and make recommendations to
the Director, as appropriate, on the development, refinement, and implementation of policies,
programs, planning, and training pertaining to the cybersecurity mission of the Agency.
(2) Recommendations
(A) In general
The Advisory Committee shall develop, at the request of the Director, recommendations for
improvements to advance the cybersecurity mission of the Agency and strengthen the
cybersecurity of the United States.
(B) Recommendations of subcommittees
Recommendations agreed upon by subcommittees established under subsection (d) for any
year shall be approved by the Advisory Committee before the Advisory Committee submits to
the Director the annual report under paragraph (4) for that year.
(3) Periodic reports
The Advisory Committee shall periodically submit to the Director—
(A) reports on matters identified by the Director; and
(B) reports on other matters identified by a majority of the members of the Advisory
Committee.
(4) Annual report
(A) In general
The Advisory Committee shall submit to the Director an annual report providing information
on the activities, findings, and recommendations of the Advisory Committee, including its
subcommittees, for the preceding year.
(B) Publication
Not later than 180 days after the date on which the Director receives an annual report for a
year under subparagraph (A), the Director shall publish a public version of the report describing
the activities of the Advisory Committee and such related matters as would be informative to
the public during that year, consistent with section 552(b) of title 5.

(5) Feedback
Not later than 90 days after receiving any recommendation submitted by the Advisory
Committee under paragraph (2), (3), or (4), the Director shall respond in writing to the Advisory
Committee with feedback on the recommendation. Such a response shall include—
(A) with respect to any recommendation with which the Director concurs, an action plan to
implement the recommendation; and
(B) with respect to any recommendation with which the Director does not concur, a
justification for why the Director does not plan to implement the recommendation.
(6) Congressional notification
Not less frequently than once per year after January 1, 2021, the Director shall provide to the
Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on
Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security, the Committee on Energy
and Commerce, and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives a briefing
on feedback from the Advisory Committee.
(7) Governance rules
The Director shall establish rules for the structure and governance of the Advisory Committee
and all subcommittees established under subsection (d).
(c) Membership
(1) Appointment
(A) In general
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of the Cybersecurity Advisory Committee
Authorization Act of 2020,1 the Director shall appoint the members of the Advisory Committee.
(B) Composition
The membership of the Advisory Committee shall consist of not more than 35 individuals.
(C) Representation
(i) In general
The membership of the Advisory Committee shall satisfy the following criteria:
(I) Consist of subject matter experts.
(II) Be geographically balanced.
(III) Include representatives of State, local, and Tribal governments and of a broad range
of industries, which may include the following:
(aa) Defense.
(bb) Education.
(cc) Financial services and insurance.
(dd) Healthcare.
(ee) Manufacturing.
(ff) Media and entertainment.
(gg) Chemicals.
(hh) Retail.
(ii) Transportation.
(jj) Energy.
(kk) Information Technology.
(ll) Communications.
(mm) Other relevant fields identified by the Director.
(ii) Prohibition
Not fewer than one member nor more than three members may represent any one category
under clause (i)(III).
(iii) Publication of membership list

The Advisory Committee shall publish its membership list on a publicly available website
not less than once per fiscal year and shall update the membership list as changes occur.
(2) Term of office
(A) Terms
The term of each member of the Advisory Committee shall be two years, except that a
member may continue to serve until a successor is appointed.
(B) Removal
The Director may review the participation of a member of the Advisory Committee and
remove such member any time at the discretion of the Director.
(C) Reappointment
A member of the Advisory Committee may be reappointed for an unlimited number of terms.
(3) Prohibition on compensation
The members of the Advisory Committee may not receive pay or benefits from the United
States Government by reason of their service on the Advisory Committee.
(4) Meetings
(A) In general
The Director shall require the Advisory Committee to meet not less frequently than
semiannually, and may convene additional meetings as necessary.
(B) Public meetings
At least one of the meetings referred to in subparagraph (A) shall be open to the public.
(C) Attendance
The Advisory Committee shall maintain a record of the persons present at each meeting.
(5) Member access to classified information
(A) In general
Not later than 60 days after the date on which a member is first appointed to the Advisory
Committee and before the member is granted access to any classified information, the Director
shall determine, for the purposes of the Advisory Committee, if the member should be restricted
from reviewing, discussing, or possessing classified information.
(B) Access
Access to classified materials shall be managed in accordance with Executive Order No.
13526 of December 29, 2009 (75 Fed. Reg. 707), or any subsequent corresponding Executive
Order.
(C) Protections
A member of the Advisory Committee shall protect all classified information in accordance
with the applicable requirements for the particular level of classification of such information.
(D) Rule of construction
Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to affect the security clearance of a member of
the Advisory Committee or the authority of a Federal agency to provide a member of the
Advisory Committee access to classified information.
(6) Chairperson
The Advisory Committee shall select, from among the members of the Advisory Committee—
(A) a member to serve as chairperson of the Advisory Committee; and
(B) a member to serve as chairperson of each subcommittee of the Advisory Committee
established under subsection (d).

(d) Subcommittees
(1) In general
The Director shall establish subcommittees within the Advisory Committee to address
cybersecurity issues, which may include the following:
(A) Information exchange.
(B) Critical infrastructure.
(C) Risk management.
(D) Public and private partnerships.
(2) Meetings and reporting
Each subcommittee shall meet not less frequently than semiannually, and submit to the
Advisory Committee for inclusion in the annual report required under subsection (b)(4)
information, including activities, findings, and recommendations, regarding subject matter
considered by the subcommittee.
(3) Subject matter experts
The chair of the Advisory Committee shall appoint members to subcommittees and shall ensure
that each member appointed to a subcommittee has subject matter expertise relevant to the subject
matter of the subcommittee.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2216, as added Pub. L. 116–283, div. A, title XVII, §1718(a), Jan. 1,
2021, 134 Stat. 4102.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The date of enactment of the Cybersecurity Advisory Committee Authorization Act of 2020, referred to in
subsec. (c)(1)(A), probably means the date of enactment of the William M. (Mac) Thornberry National
Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2021, Pub. L. 116–283, which was approved Jan. 1, 2021. No act
named the Cybersecurity Advisory Committee Authorization Act of 2020 has been enacted. However, a bill,
S. 4024, entitled "Cybersecurity Advisory Committee Authorization Act of 2020" was introduced to Senate on
June 22, 2020.
Executive Order No. 13526, referred to in subsec. (c)(5)(B), is Ex. Ord. No. 13526, Dec. 29, 2009, 75 F.R.
707, set out as a note under section 3161 of Title 50, War and National Defense.
1

See References in Text note below.

§665f. Cybersecurity education and training programs
(a) Establishment
(1) In general
The Cybersecurity Education and Training Assistance Program (referred to in this section as
"CETAP") is established within the Agency.
(2) Purpose
The purpose of CETAP shall be to support the effort of the Agency in building and
strengthening a national cybersecurity workforce pipeline capacity through enabling elementary
and secondary cybersecurity education, including by—
(A) providing foundational cybersecurity awareness and literacy;
(B) encouraging cybersecurity career exploration; and
(C) supporting the teaching of cybersecurity skills at the elementary and secondary education
levels.
(b) Requirements

In carrying out CETAP, the Director shall—
(1) ensure that the program—
(A) creates and disseminates cybersecurity-focused curricula and career awareness materials
appropriate for use at the elementary and secondary education levels;
(B) conducts professional development sessions for teachers;
(C) develops resources for the teaching of cybersecurity-focused curricula described in
subparagraph (A);
(D) provides direct student engagement opportunities through camps and other programming;
(E) engages with State educational agencies and local educational agencies to promote
awareness of the program and ensure that offerings align with State and local curricula;
(F) integrates with existing post-secondary education and workforce development programs
at the Department;
(G) promotes and supports national standards for elementary and secondary cyber education;
(H) partners with cybersecurity and education stakeholder groups to expand outreach; and
(I) any other activity the Director determines necessary to meet the purpose described in
subsection (a)(2); and
(2) enable the deployment of CETAP nationwide, with special consideration for underserved
populations or communities.
(c) Briefings
(1) In general
Not later than 1 year after the establishment of CETAP, and annually thereafter, the Secretary
shall brief the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the
Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives on the program.
(2) Contents
Each briefing conducted under paragraph (1) shall include—
(A) estimated figures on the number of students reached and teachers engaged;
(B) information on outreach and engagement efforts, including the activities described in
subsection (b)(1)(E);
(C) information on new curricula offerings and teacher training platforms; and
(D) information on coordination with post-secondary education and workforce development
programs at the Department.
(d) Mission promotion
The Director may use appropriated amounts to purchase promotional and recognition items and
marketing and advertising services to publicize and promote the mission and services of the Agency,
support the activities of the Agency, and to recruit and retain Agency personnel.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2217, as added Pub. L. 116–283, div. A, title XVII, §1719(c), Jan. 1,
2021, 134 Stat. 4106.)

PART B—CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE INFORMATION
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Subtitle B of title XXII of Pub. L. 107–296, comprising this part, was originally added as subtitle B of title
II of Pub. L. 107–296, and was classified to part B (§131 et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter. Subtitle B of
title II of Pub. L. 107–296 was subsequently redesignated subtitle B of title XXII of Pub. L. 107–296 by Pub.
L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(H), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and transferred to this part.

§671. Definitions
In this part:
(1) Agency
The term "agency" has the meaning given it in section 551 of title 5.
(2) Covered Federal agency
The term "covered Federal agency" means the Department of Homeland Security.
(3) Critical infrastructure information
The term "critical infrastructure information" means information not customarily in the public
domain and related to the security of critical infrastructure or protected systems—
(A) actual, potential, or threatened interference with, attack on, compromise of, or
incapacitation of critical infrastructure or protected systems by either physical or
computer-based attack or other similar conduct (including the misuse of or unauthorized access
to all types of communications and data transmission systems) that violates Federal, State, or
local law, harms interstate commerce of the United States, or threatens public health or safety;
(B) the ability of any critical infrastructure or protected system to resist such interference,
compromise, or incapacitation, including any planned or past assessment, projection, or
estimate of the vulnerability of critical infrastructure or a protected system, including security
testing, risk evaluation thereto, risk management planning, or risk audit; or
(C) any planned or past operational problem or solution regarding critical infrastructure or
protected systems, including repair, recovery, reconstruction, insurance, or continuity, to the
extent it is related to such interference, compromise, or incapacitation.
(4) Critical infrastructure protection program
The term "critical infrastructure protection program" means any component or bureau of a
covered Federal agency that has been designated by the President or any agency head to receive
critical infrastructure information.
(5) Information Sharing and Analysis Organization
The term "Information Sharing and Analysis Organization" means any formal or informal entity
or collaboration created or employed by public or private sector organizations, for purposes of—
(A) gathering and analyzing critical infrastructure information, including information related
to cybersecurity risks and incidents, in order to better understand security problems and
interdependencies related to critical infrastructure, including cybersecurity risks and incidents,
and protected systems, so as to ensure the availability, integrity, and reliability thereof;
(B) communicating or disclosing critical infrastructure information, including cybersecurity
risks and incidents, to help prevent, detect, mitigate, or recover from the effects of a 1
interference, compromise, or a 2 incapacitation problem related to critical infrastructure,
including cybersecurity risks and incidents, or protected systems; and
(C) voluntarily disseminating critical infrastructure information, including cybersecurity risks
and incidents, to its members, State, local, and Federal Governments, or any other entities that
may be of assistance in carrying out the purposes specified in subparagraphs (A) and (B).
(6) Protected system
The term "protected system"—
(A) means any service, physical or computer-based system, process, or procedure that
directly or indirectly affects the viability of a facility of critical infrastructure; and
(B) includes any physical or computer-based system, including a computer, computer system,
computer or communications network, or any component hardware or element thereof, software
program, processing instructions, or information or data in transmission or storage therein,
irrespective of the medium of transmission or storage.
(7) Voluntary

(A) In general
The term "voluntary", in the case of any submittal of critical infrastructure information to a
covered Federal agency, means the submittal thereof in the absence of such agency's exercise of
legal authority to compel access to or submission of such information and may be accomplished
by a single entity or an Information Sharing and Analysis Organization on behalf of itself or its
members.
(B) Exclusions
The term "voluntary"—
(i) in the case of any action brought under the securities laws as is defined in section
78c(a)(47) of title 15—
(I) does not include information or statements contained in any documents or materials
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or with Federal banking regulators,
pursuant to section 78l(i) of title 15; and
(II) with respect to the submittal of critical infrastructure information, does not include
any disclosure or writing that when made accompanied the solicitation of an offer or a sale
of securities; and
(ii) does not include information or statements submitted or relied upon as a basis for
making licensing or permitting determinations, or during regulatory proceedings.
(8) Cybersecurity risk; incident
The terms "cybersecurity risk" and "incident" have the meanings given those terms in section
659 of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2222, formerly title II, §212, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2150; Pub. L.
114–113, div. N, title II, §204, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2961; renumbered title XXII, §2222, and
amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(H), (9)(B)(i), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, 4181.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 131 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Par. (8). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(B)(i), substituted "section 659 of this title" for "section 148 of
this title".
2015—Par. (5)(A). Pub. L. 114–113, §204(1)(A), inserted ", including information related to cybersecurity
risks and incidents," after "critical infrastructure information" and ", including cybersecurity risks and
incidents," after "related to critical infrastructure".
Par. (5)(B). Pub. L. 114–113, §204(1)(B), inserted ", including cybersecurity risks and incidents," after
"critical infrastructure information" and ", including cybersecurity risks and incidents," after "related to critical
infrastructure".
Par. (5)(C). Pub. L. 114–113, §204(1)(C), inserted ", including cybersecurity risks and incidents," after
"critical infrastructure information".
Par. (8). Pub. L. 114–113, §204(2), added par. (8).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
SHORT TITLE
For short title of this part as the "Critical Infrastructure Information Act of 2002", see section 2221 of Pub.
L. 107–296, set out as a note under section 101 of this title.
PROHIBITION ON NEW REGULATORY AUTHORITY
Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §210, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2962, provided that: "Nothing in this
subtitle [subtitle A (§§201–211) of title II of div. N of Pub. L. 114–113, see Short Title of 2015 Amendment

note set out under section 101 of this title] or the amendments made by this subtitle may be construed to grant
the Secretary any authority to promulgate regulations or set standards relating to the cybersecurity of
non-Federal entities, not including State, local, and tribal governments, that was not in effect on the day before
the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 18, 2015]."
DEFINITIONS
Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §202, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2956, as amended by Pub. L. 115–278,
§2(h)(1)(A), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4181, provided that: "In this subtitle [subtitle A (§§201–211) of title II
of div. N of Pub. L. 114–113, see Short Title of 2015 Amendment note set out under section 101 of this title]:
"(1) APPROPRIATE CONGRESSIONAL COMMITTEES.—The term 'appropriate congressional
committees' means—
"(A) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate; and
"(B) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives.
"(2) CYBERSECURITY RISK; INCIDENT.—The terms 'cybersecurity risk' and 'incident' have the
meanings given those terms in section 2209 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 659].
"(3) CYBER THREAT INDICATOR; DEFENSIVE MEASURE.—The terms 'cyber threat indicator'
and 'defensive measure' have the meanings given those terms in section 102 [6 U.S.C. 1501].
"(4) DEPARTMENT.—The term 'Department' means the Department of Homeland Security.
"(5) SECRETARY.—The term 'Secretary' means the Secretary of Homeland Security."
1

So in original. Probably should be "an".

2

So in original. The word "a" probably should not appear.

§672. Designation of critical infrastructure protection program
A critical infrastructure protection program may be designated as such by one of the following:
(1) The President.
(2) The Secretary of Homeland Security.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2223, formerly title II, §213, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2152;
renumbered title XXII, §2223, Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(H), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 132 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.

§673. Protection of voluntarily shared critical infrastructure information
(a) Protection
(1) In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, critical infrastructure information (including the
identity of the submitting person or entity) that is voluntarily submitted to a covered Federal
agency for use by that agency regarding the security of critical infrastructure and protected
systems, analysis, warning, interdependency study, recovery, reconstitution, or other informational
purpose, when accompanied by an express statement specified in paragraph (2)—
(A) shall be exempt from disclosure under section 552 of title 5 (commonly referred to as the
Freedom of Information Act);
(B) shall not be subject to any agency rules or judicial doctrine regarding ex parte
communications with a decision making official;
(C) shall not, without the written consent of the person or entity submitting such information,
be used directly by such agency, any other Federal, State, or local authority, or any third party,

in any civil action arising under Federal or State law if such information is submitted in good
faith;
(D) shall not, without the written consent of the person or entity submitting such information,
be used or disclosed by any officer or employee of the United States for purposes other than the
purposes of this part, except—
(i) in furtherance of an investigation or the prosecution of a criminal act; or
(ii) when disclosure of the information would be—
(I) to either House of Congress, or to the extent of matter within its jurisdiction, any
committee or subcommittee thereof, any joint committee thereof or subcommittee of any
such joint committee; or
(II) to the Comptroller General, or any authorized representative of the Comptroller
General, in the course of the performance of the duties of the Government Accountability
Office.1
(E) shall not, if provided to a State or local government or government agency—
(i) be made available pursuant to any State or local law requiring disclosure of information
or records;
(ii) otherwise be disclosed or distributed to any party by said State or local government or
government agency without the written consent of the person or entity submitting such
information; or
(iii) be used other than for the purpose of protecting critical infrastructure or protected
systems, or in furtherance of an investigation or the prosecution of a criminal act; and
(F) does not constitute a waiver of any applicable privilege or protection provided under law,
such as trade secret protection.
(2) Express statement
For purposes of paragraph (1), the term "express statement", with respect to information or
records, means—
(A) in the case of written information or records, a written marking on the information or
records substantially similar to the following: "This information is voluntarily submitted to the
Federal Government in expectation of protection from disclosure as provided by the provisions
of the Critical Infrastructure Information Act of 2002."; or
(B) in the case of oral information, a similar written statement submitted within a reasonable
period following the oral communication.
(b) Limitation
No communication of critical infrastructure information to a covered Federal agency made
pursuant to this part shall be considered to be an action subject to the requirements of the Federal
Advisory Committee Act.
(c) Independently obtained information
Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect the ability of a State, local, or
Federal Government entity, agency, or authority, or any third party, under applicable law, to obtain
critical infrastructure information in a manner not covered by subsection (a), including any
information lawfully and properly disclosed generally or broadly to the public and to use such
information in any manner permitted by law. For purposes of this section a permissible use of
independently obtained information includes the disclosure of such information under section
2302(b)(8) of title 5.
(d) Treatment of voluntary submittal of information
The voluntary submittal to the Government of information or records that are protected from
disclosure by this part shall not be construed to constitute compliance with any requirement to
submit such information to a Federal agency under any other provision of law.

(e) Procedures
(1) In general
The Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security shall, in consultation with appropriate
representatives of the National Security Council and the Office of Science and Technology Policy,
establish uniform procedures for the receipt, care, and storage by Federal agencies of critical
infrastructure information that is voluntarily submitted to the Government. The procedures shall
be established not later than 90 days after November 25, 2002.
(2) Elements
The procedures established under paragraph (1) shall include mechanisms regarding—
(A) the acknowledgement of receipt by Federal agencies of critical infrastructure information
that is voluntarily submitted to the Government;
(B) the maintenance of the identification of such information as voluntarily submitted to the
Government for purposes of and subject to the provisions of this part;
(C) the care and storage of such information; and
(D) the protection and maintenance of the confidentiality of such information so as to permit
the sharing of such information within the Federal Government and with State and local
governments, and the issuance of notices and warnings related to the protection of critical
infrastructure and protected systems, in such manner as to protect from public disclosure the
identity of the submitting person or entity, or information that is proprietary, business sensitive,
relates specifically to the submitting person or entity, and is otherwise not appropriately in the
public domain.
(f) Penalties
Whoever, being an officer or employee of the United States or of any department or agency
thereof, knowingly publishes, divulges, discloses, or makes known in any manner or to any extent
not authorized by law, any critical infrastructure information protected from disclosure by this part
coming to him in the course of this employment or official duties or by reason of any examination or
investigation made by, or return, report, or record made to or filed with, such department or agency
or officer or employee thereof, shall be fined under title 18, imprisoned not more than 1 year, or
both, and shall be removed from office or employment.
(g) Authority to issue warnings
The Federal Government may provide advisories, alerts, and warnings to relevant companies,
targeted sectors, other governmental entities, or the general public regarding potential threats to
critical infrastructure as appropriate. In issuing a warning, the Federal Government shall take
appropriate actions to protect from disclosure—
(1) the source of any voluntarily submitted critical infrastructure information that forms the
basis for the warning; or
(2) information that is proprietary, business sensitive, relates specifically to the submitting
person or entity, or is otherwise not appropriately in the public domain.
(h) Authority to delegate
The President may delegate authority to a critical infrastructure protection program, designated
under section 672 of this title, to enter into a voluntary agreement to promote critical infrastructure
security, including with any Information Sharing and Analysis Organization, or a plan of action as
otherwise defined in section 4558 of title 50.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2224, formerly title II, §214, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2152; Pub. L.
108–271, §8(b), July 7, 2004, 118 Stat. 814; Pub. L. 112–199, title I, §111, Nov. 27, 2012, 126 Stat.
1472; renumbered title XXII, §2224, and amended Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(H), (9)(B)(ii), Nov. 16,
2018, 132 Stat. 4178, 4181.)
EDITORIAL NOTES

REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Critical Infrastructure Information Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(A), is subtitle B (§2221 et
seq.) of title XXII of Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2150, which is classified generally to this part.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.
The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat.
770, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 133 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(9)(B)(ii), substituted "section 672 of this title" for "section 132
of this title".
2012—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 112–199 inserted at end "For purposes of this section a permissible use of
independently obtained information includes the disclosure of such information under section 2302(b)(8) of
title 5."
2004—Subsec. (a)(1)(D)(ii)(II). Pub. L. 108–271 substituted "Government Accountability Office" for
"General Accounting Office".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2012 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 112–199 effective 30 days after Nov. 27, 2012, see section 202 of Pub. L. 112–199,
set out as a note under section 1204 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
1

So in original. The period probably should be a semicolon.

§674. No private right of action
Nothing in this part may be construed to create a private right of action for enforcement of any
provision of this chapter.
(Pub. L. 107–296, title XXII, §2225, formerly title II, §215, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2155;
renumbered title XXII, §2225, Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(H), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, known as the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which is classified principally to this chapter.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title
and Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 134 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 115–278.

CHAPTER 2—NATIONAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
Sec.

701.

Definitions.
SUBCHAPTER I—PERSONNEL PROVISIONS
PART A—FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY PERSONNEL

711.

Surge Capacity Force.

PART B—EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT CAPABILITIES

721.
722.
723.
724.
725.
726.
727.
728.

Evacuation preparedness technical assistance.
Urban Search and Rescue Response System.
Metropolitan Medical Response Grant Program.
Logistics.
Prepositioned equipment program.
Basic life supporting first aid and education.
Improvements to information technology systems.
Disclosure of certain information to law enforcement agencies.
SUBCHAPTER II—COMPREHENSIVE PREPAREDNESS SYSTEM
PART A—NATIONAL PREPAREDNESS SYSTEM

741.
742.
743.
744.
745.
746.
747.
748.
748a.
749.
750.
751.
752.
753.
754.

Definitions.
National preparedness.
National preparedness goal.
Establishment of national preparedness system.
National planning scenarios.
Target capabilities and preparedness priorities.
Equipment and training standards.
Training and exercises.
Prioritization of facilities.
Comprehensive assessment system.
Remedial action management program.
Federal response capability inventory.
Reporting requirements.
Federal preparedness.
Use of existing resources.
PART B—ADDITIONAL PREPAREDNESS

761.
762.
763.
763a.
764.
765.

Emergency Management Assistance Compact grants.
Emergency management performance grants program.
Transfer of Noble Training Center.
Training for Federal Government, foreign governments, or private entities.
National exercise simulation center.
Real property transactions.
PART C—MISCELLANEOUS AUTHORITIES

771.
772.
773.
774.
775.
776.
777.

National Disaster Recovery Strategy.
National Disaster Housing Strategy.
Individuals with disabilities guidelines.
Reunification.
National Emergency Family Registry and Locator System.
Individuals and households pilot program.
Public assistance pilot program.
PART D—PREVENTION OF FRAUD, WASTE, AND ABUSE

791.
792.
793.
794.
795.
796.
797.

Advance contracting.
Limitations on tiering of subcontractors.
Oversight and accountability of Federal disaster expenditures.
Limitation on length of certain noncompetitive contracts.
Fraud, waste, and abuse controls.
Registry of disaster response contractors.
Fraud prevention training program.
PART E—AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS

811.

Authorization of appropriations.

§701. Definitions
In this title— 1
(1) the term "Administrator" means the Administrator of the Agency;
(2) the term "Agency" means the Federal Emergency Management Agency;
(3) the term "appropriate committees of Congress" means—
(A) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate; and
(B) those committees of the House of Representatives that the Speaker of the House of
Representatives determines appropriate;
(4) the term "catastrophic incident" means any natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other
man-made disaster that results in extraordinary levels of casualties or damage or disruption
severely affecting the population (including mass evacuations), infrastructure, environment,
economy, national morale, or government functions in an area;
(5) the term "Department" means the Department of Homeland Security;
(6) the terms "emergency" and "major disaster" have the meanings given the terms in section
5122 of title 42;
(7) the term "emergency management" means the governmental function that coordinates and
integrates all activities necessary to build, sustain, and improve the capability to prepare for,
protect against, respond to, recover from, or mitigate against threatened or actual natural disasters,
acts of terrorism, or other man-made disasters;
(8) the term "emergency response provider" has the meaning given the term in section 101 of
this title;
(9) the term "Federal coordinating officer" means a Federal coordinating officer as described in
section 5143 of title 42;
(10) the term "individual with a disability" has the meaning given the term in section 12102 of
title 42;
(11) the terms "local government" and "State" have the meaning given the terms in section 101
of this title;
(12) the term "National Incident Management System" means a system to enable effective,
efficient, and collaborative incident management;
(13) the term "National Response Plan" means the National Response Plan or any successor
plan prepared under section 314(a)(6) of this title;
(14) the term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Homeland Security;
(15) the term "surge capacity" means the ability to rapidly and substantially increase the
provision of search and rescue capabilities, food, water, medicine, shelter and housing, medical
care, evacuation capacity, staffing (including disaster assistance employees), and other resources
necessary to save lives and protect property during a catastrophic incident; and
(16) the term "tribal government" means the government of an Indian tribe or authorized tribal
organization, or in Alaska a Native village or Alaska Regional Native Corporation.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §602, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1394.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This title, referred to in text, is title VI of Pub. L. 109–295, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1355, known as the
Post-Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006. For complete classification of title VI to the Code,
see Short Title note set out below and Tables.
Section 314(a)(6) of this title, referred to in par. (13), was in the original "section 502(a)(6) of the
Homeland Security Act 2002" and was translated as meaning section 502 of Pub. L. 107–296 prior to its
redesignation as section 504 by Pub. L. 109–295, §611(8), and not section 506 of Pub. L. 107–296 which was
redesignated section 502 by Pub. L. 109–295, §611(9), and is classified to section 312 of this title, to reflect
the probable intent of Congress.

STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Any reference to the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency in title VI of Pub. L.
109–295 or an amendment by title VI to be considered to refer and apply to the Director of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency until Mar. 31, 2007, see section 612(f)(2) of Pub. L. 109–295, set out as a
note under section 313 of this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §614, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1411, provided that:
"(a) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subsection (b), this title [see Tables for classification] and the
amendments made by this title shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 4, 2006].
"(b) EXCEPTIONS.—The following shall take effect on March 31, 2007:
"(1) The amendments made by section 611(11) [enacting section 313 of this title].
"(2) The amendments made by section 611(12) [amending section 314 of this title].
"(3) Sections 505, 507, 508, and 514 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [sections 315, 317, 318,
and 321c of this title], as amended by section 611(13) of this Act.
"(4) The amendments made by subsection (a) [sic].
"(5) The amendments made by subsection (b)(1) [sic]."
SHORT TITLE OF 2020 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 116–272, §1, Dec. 31, 2020, 134 Stat. 3349, provided that: "This Act [amending section 791 of this
title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 791 of this title] may be cited as the 'Federal
Advance Contracts Enhancement Act' or the 'FACE Act'."
SHORT TITLE OF 2019 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 116–64, §1, Oct. 9, 2019, 133 Stat. 1122, provided that: "This Act [amending section 748 of this
title] may be cited as the 'Terrorist and Foreign Fighter Travel Exercise Act of 2019'."
SHORT TITLE
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §601, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1394, provided that: "This title [see Tables for
classification] may be cited as the 'Post-Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006'."
CLARIFICATION OF CONGRESSIONAL INTENT
Pub. L. 110–53, title XXII, §2202, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 541, provided that: "The Federal departments
and agencies (including independent agencies) identified under the provisions of this title [enacting provisions
set out as notes under section 194 of this title and section 247d–3a of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare,
and amending provisions set out as a note under section 309 of Title 47, Telecommunications] and title III of
this Act [enacting sections 579 and 580 of this title and amending sections 194 and 572 of this title] and title
VI of Public Law 109–295 [see Short Title note set out above] shall carry out their respective duties and
responsibilities in a manner that does not impede the implementation of requirements specified under this title
and title III of this Act and title VI of Public Law 109–295. Notwithstanding the obligations under section
1806 of Public Law 109–295 [probably means Pub. L. 107–296; 6 U.S.C. 576], the provisions of this title and
title III of this Act and title VI of Public Law 109–295 shall not preclude or obstruct any such department or
agency from exercising its other authorities related to emergency communications matters."
NATIONAL WEATHER SERVICE
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §613, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1411, provided that: "Nothing in this title [see
Tables for classification] shall alter or otherwise affect the authorities and activities of the National Weather
Service to protect life and property, including under the Act of October 1, 1890 (26 Stat. 653-55) [15 U.S.C.
312 et seq.]."
REFERENCES IN PUB. L. 109–295
Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §699A, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1463, provided that: "Except as expressly
provided otherwise, any reference to 'this Act' contained in this title [see Tables for classification] shall be
treated as referring only to the provisions of this title."
1

See References in Text note below.

SUBCHAPTER I—PERSONNEL PROVISIONS

PART A—FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY
PERSONNEL
§711. Surge Capacity Force
(a) Establishment
(1) In general
Not later than 6 months after October 4, 2006, the Administrator shall prepare and submit to the
appropriate committees of Congress a plan to establish and implement a Surge Capacity Force for
deployment of individuals to respond to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made
disasters, including catastrophic incidents.
(2) Authority
(A) In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the plan shall provide for individuals in the Surge
Capacity Force to be trained and deployed under the authorities set forth in the Robert T.
Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act [42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.].
(B) Exception
If the Administrator determines that the existing authorities are inadequate for the training
and deployment of individuals in the Surge Capacity Force, the Administrator shall report to
Congress as to the additional statutory authorities that the Administrator determines necessary.
(b) Employees designated to serve
The plan shall include procedures under which the Secretary shall designate employees of the
Department who are not employees of the Agency and shall, in conjunction with the heads of other
Executive agencies, designate employees of those other Executive agencies, as appropriate, to serve
on the Surge Capacity Force.
(c) Capabilities
The plan shall ensure that the Surge Capacity Force—
(1) includes a sufficient number of individuals credentialed in accordance with section 320 of
this title that are capable of deploying rapidly and efficiently after activation to prepare for,
respond to, and recover from natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters,
including catastrophic incidents; and
(2) includes a sufficient number of full-time, highly trained individuals credentialed in
accordance with section 320 of this title to lead and manage the Surge Capacity Force.
(d) Training
The plan shall ensure that the Administrator provides appropriate and continuous training to
members of the Surge Capacity Force to ensure such personnel are adequately trained on the
Agency's programs and policies for natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made
disasters.
(e) No impact on agency personnel ceiling
Surge Capacity Force members shall not be counted against any personnel ceiling applicable to
the Federal Emergency Management Agency.

(f) Expenses
The Administrator may provide members of the Surge Capacity Force with travel expenses,
including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates authorized for employees of agencies under
subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5 for the purpose of participating in any training that relates to
service as a member of the Surge Capacity Force.
(g) Immediate implementation of Surge Capacity Force involving Federal employees
As soon as practicable after October 4, 2006, the Administrator shall develop and implement—
(1) the procedures under subsection (b); and
(2) other elements of the plan needed to establish the portion of the Surge Capacity Force
consisting of individuals designated under those procedures.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §624, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1419.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(A), is
Pub. L. 93–288, May 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 143, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 68 (§5121
et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see
Short Title note set out under section 5121 of Title 42 and Tables.

PART B—EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT CAPABILITIES
§721. Evacuation preparedness technical assistance
The Administrator, in coordination with the heads of other appropriate Federal agencies, shall
provide evacuation preparedness technical assistance to State, local, and tribal governments,
including the preparation of hurricane evacuation studies and technical assistance in developing
evacuation plans, assessing storm surge estimates, evacuation zones, evacuation clearance times,
transportation capacity, and shelter capacity.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §632, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1421.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
GUIDANCE ON EVACUATION ROUTES
Pub. L. 115–254, div. D, §1209, Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3441, provided that:
"(a) IN GENERAL.—
"(1) IDENTIFICATION.—The Administrator [of the Federal Emergency Management Agency], in
coordination with the Administrator of the Federal Highway Administration, shall develop and issue
guidance for State, local, and Indian tribal governments regarding the identification of evacuation routes.
"(2) GUIDANCE.—The Administrator of the Federal Highway Administration, in coordination with
the Administrator, shall revise existing guidance or issue new guidance as appropriate for State, local, and
Indian tribal governments regarding the design, construction, maintenance, and repair of evacuation routes.
"(b) CONSIDERATIONS.—
"(1) IDENTIFICATION.—In developing the guidance under subsection (a)(1), the Administrator shall
consider—
"(A) whether evacuation routes have resisted impacts and recovered quickly from disasters,
regardless of cause;
"(B) the need to evacuate special needs populations, including—
"(i) individuals with a physical or mental disability;
"(ii) individuals in schools, daycare centers, mobile home parks, prisons, nursing homes and
other long-term care facilities, and detention centers;

"(iii) individuals with limited-English proficiency;
"(iv) the elderly; and
"(v) individuals who are tourists, seasonal workers, or homeless;
"(C) the sharing of information and other public communications with evacuees during
evacuations;
"(D) the sheltering of evacuees, including the care, protection, and sheltering of animals;
"(E) the return of evacuees to their homes; and
"(F) such other items the Administrator considers appropriate.
"(2) DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR.—In revising or issuing
guidance under subsection (a)(2), the Administrator of the Federal Highway Administration shall
consider—
"(A) methods that assist evacuation routes to—
"(i) withstand likely risks to viability, including flammability and hydrostatic forces;
"(ii) improve durability, strength (including the ability to withstand tensile stresses and
compressive stresses), and sustainability; and
"(iii) provide for long-term cost savings;
"(B) the ability of evacuation routes to effectively manage contraflow operations;
"(C) for evacuation routes on public lands, the viewpoints of the applicable Federal land
management agency regarding emergency operations, sustainability, and resource protection; and
"(D) such other items the Administrator of the Federal Highway Administration considers
appropriate.
"(c) STUDY.—The Administrator, in coordination with the Administrator of the Federal Highway
Administration and State, local, territorial, and Indian tribal governments, may—
"(1) conduct a study of the adequacy of available evacuation routes to accommodate the flow of
evacuees; and
"(2) submit recommendations on how to help with anticipated evacuation route flow, based on the
study conducted under paragraph (1), to—
"(A) the Federal Highway Administration;
"(B) the [Federal Emergency Management] Agency;
"(C) State, local, territorial, and Indian tribal governments; and
"(D) Congress."
[For definition of "State", as used in section 1209 of Pub. L. 115–254, set out above, see section 1203 of
Pub. L. 115–254, set out as a note under section 5122 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.]

§722. Urban Search and Rescue Response System
(a) In general
There is in the Agency a system known as the Urban Search and Rescue Response System.
(b) Authorization of appropriations
There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out the system for fiscal year 2008, an amount
equal to the amount appropriated for the system for fiscal year 2007 and an additional $20,000,000.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §634, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1421.)

§723. Metropolitan Medical Response Grant Program
(a) In general
There is a Metropolitan Medical Response Program.
(b) Purposes
The program shall include each purpose of the program as it existed on June 1, 2006.
(c) Authorization of appropriations
There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out the program for fiscal year 2008, an amount
equal to the amount appropriated for the program for fiscal year 2007 and an additional $30,000,000.

(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §635, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1421.)

§724. Logistics
The Administrator shall develop an efficient, transparent, and flexible logistics system for
procurement and delivery of goods and services necessary for an effective and timely response to
natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters and for real-time visibility of items
at each point throughout the logistics system.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §636, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1422.)

§725. Prepositioned equipment program
(a) In general
The Administrator shall establish a prepositioned equipment program to preposition standardized
emergency equipment in at least 11 locations to sustain and replenish critical assets used by State,
local, and tribal governments in response to (or rendered inoperable by the effects of) natural
disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters.
(b) Notice
The Administrator shall notify State, local, and tribal officials in an area in which a location for
the prepositioned equipment program will be closed not later than 60 days before the date of such
closure.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §637, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1422.)

§726. Basic life supporting first aid and education
The Administrator shall enter into agreements with organizations to provide funds to emergency
response providers to provide education and training in life supporting first aid to children.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §639, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1423.)

§727. Improvements to information technology systems
(a) Measures to improve information technology systems
The Administrator, in coordination with the Chief Information Officer of the Department, shall
take appropriate measures to update and improve the information technology systems of the Agency,
including measures to—
(1) ensure that the multiple information technology systems of the Agency (including the
National Emergency Management Information System, the Logistics Information Management
System III, and the Automated Deployment Database) are, to the extent practicable, fully
compatible and can share and access information, as appropriate, from each other;
(2) ensure technology enhancements reach the headquarters and regional offices of the Agency
in a timely fashion, to allow seamless integration;
(3) develop and maintain a testing environment that ensures that all system components are
properly and thoroughly tested before their release;
(4) ensure that the information technology systems of the Agency have the capacity to track
disaster response personnel, mission assignments task orders, commodities, and supplies used in
response to a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster;
(5) make appropriate improvements to the National Emergency Management Information
System to address shortcomings in such system on October 4, 2006; and
(6) provide training, manuals, and guidance on information technology systems to personnel,

including disaster response personnel, to help ensure employees can properly use information
technology systems.
(b) Report
Not later than 270 days after October 4, 2006, the Administrator shall submit to the appropriate
committees of Congress a report describing the implementation of this section, including a
description of any actions taken, improvements made, and remaining problems and a description of
any additional funding needed to make necessary and appropriate improvements to the information
technology systems of the Agency.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §640, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1423.)

§728. Disclosure of certain information to law enforcement agencies
In the event of circumstances requiring an evacuation, sheltering, or mass relocation, the
Administrator may disclose information in any individual assistance database of the Agency in
accordance with section 552a(b) of title 5 (commonly referred to as the "Privacy Act") to any law
enforcement agency of the Federal Government or a State, local, or tribal government in order to
identify illegal conduct or address public safety or security issues, including compliance with sex
offender notification laws.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §640a, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1424.)

SUBCHAPTER II—COMPREHENSIVE PREPAREDNESS SYSTEM

PART A—NATIONAL PREPAREDNESS SYSTEM
§741. Definitions
In this part:
(1) Capability
The term "capability" means the ability to provide the means to accomplish one or more tasks
under specific conditions and to specific performance standards. A capability may be achieved
with any combination of properly planned, organized, equipped, trained, and exercised personnel
that achieves the intended outcome.
(2) Credentialed; credentialing
The terms "credentialed" and "credentialing" have the meanings given those terms in section
311 of this title.
(3) Hazard
The term "hazard" has the meaning given that term under section 5195a(a)(1) of title 42.
(4) Mission assignment
The term "mission assignment" means a work order issued to a Federal agency by the Agency,
directing completion by that agency of a specified task and setting forth funding, other managerial
controls, and guidance.
(5) National preparedness goal
The term "national preparedness goal" means the national preparedness goal established under
section 743 of this title.

(6) National preparedness system
The term "national preparedness system" means the national preparedness system established
under section 744 of this title.
(7) National training program
The term "national training program" means the national training program established under
section 748(a) of this title.
(8) Operational readiness
The term "operational readiness" means the capability of an organization, an asset, a system, or
equipment to perform the missions or functions for which it is organized or designed.
(9) Performance measure
The term "performance measure" means a quantitative or qualitative characteristic used to
gauge the results of an outcome compared to its intended purpose.
(10) Performance metric
The term "performance metric" means a particular value or characteristic used to measure the
outcome that is generally expressed in terms of a baseline and a target.
(11) Prevention
The term "prevention" means any activity undertaken to avoid, prevent, or stop a threatened or
actual act of terrorism.
(12) Resources
The term "resources" has the meaning given that term in section 311 of this title.
(13) Type
The term "type" means a classification of resources that refers to the capability of a resource.
(14) Typed; typing
The terms "typed" and "typing" have the meanings given those terms in section 311 of this title.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §641, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1424; Pub. L. 110–53, title IV, §401(b),
Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 302.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2007—Pars. (2) to (14). Pub. L. 110–53 added pars. (2) and (12) to (14) and redesignated former pars. (2)
to (10) as (3) to (11), respectively.

§742. National preparedness
In order to prepare the Nation for all hazards, including natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and
other man-made disasters, the President, consistent with the declaration of policy under section 5195
of title 42 and title V of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 311 et seq.), as amended by
this Act, shall develop a national preparedness goal and a national preparedness system.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §642, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1425.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Homeland Security Act of 2002, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135,
as amended. Title V of the Act is classified generally to subchapter V (§311 et seq.) of chapter 1 of this title.
For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title

and Tables.
This Act, referred to in text, means title VI of Pub. L. 109–295, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1394, known as the
Post-Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006. For complete classification of this Act to the
Code, see Short Title and References in Pub. L. 109–295 notes set out under section 701 of this title and
Tables.

§743. National preparedness goal
(a) Establishment
The President, acting through the Administrator, shall complete, revise, and update, as necessary,
a national preparedness goal that defines the target level of preparedness to ensure the Nation's
ability to prevent, respond to, recover from, and mitigate against natural disasters, acts of terrorism,
and other man-made disasters.
(b) National Incident Management System and National Response Plan
The national preparedness goal, to the greatest extent practicable, shall be consistent with the
National Incident Management System and the National Response Plan.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §643, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1425.)

§744. Establishment of national preparedness system
(a) Establishment
The President, acting through the Administrator, shall develop a national preparedness system to
enable the Nation to meet the national preparedness goal.
(b) Components
The national preparedness system shall include the following components:
(1) Target capabilities and preparedness priorities.
(2) Equipment and training standards.
(3) Training and exercises.
(4) Comprehensive assessment system.
(5) Remedial action management program.
(6) Federal response capability inventory.
(7) Reporting requirements.
(8) Federal preparedness.
(c) National planning scenarios
The national preparedness system may include national planning scenarios.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §644, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1425.)

§745. National planning scenarios
(a) In general
The Administrator, in coordination with the heads of appropriate Federal agencies and the
National Advisory Council, may develop planning scenarios to reflect the relative risk requirements
presented by all hazards, including natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters,
in order to provide the foundation for the flexible and adaptive development of target capabilities and
the identification of target capability levels to meet the national preparedness goal.
(b) Development
In developing, revising, and replacing national planning scenarios, the Administrator shall ensure
that the scenarios—

(1) reflect the relative risk of all hazards and illustrate the potential scope, magnitude, and
complexity of a broad range of representative hazards; and
(2) provide the minimum number of representative scenarios necessary to identify and define
the tasks and target capabilities required to respond to all hazards.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §645, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1425.)

§746. Target capabilities and preparedness priorities
(a) Establishment of guidelines on target capabilities
Not later than 180 days after October 4, 2006, the Administrator, in coordination with the heads of
appropriate Federal agencies, the National Council on Disability, and the National Advisory Council,
shall complete, revise, and update, as necessary, guidelines to define risk-based target capabilities for
Federal, State, local, and tribal government preparedness that will enable the Nation to prevent,
respond to, recover from, and mitigate against all hazards, including natural disasters, acts of
terrorism, and other man-made disasters.
(b) Distribution of guidelines
The Administrator shall ensure that the guidelines are provided promptly to the appropriate
committees of Congress and the States.
(c) Objectives
The Administrator shall ensure that the guidelines are specific, flexible, and measurable.
(d) Terrorism risk assessment
With respect to analyzing and assessing the risk of acts of terrorism, the Administrator shall
consider—
(1) the variables of threat, vulnerability, and consequences related to population (including
transient commuting and tourist populations), areas of high population density, critical
infrastructure, coastline, and international borders; and
(2) the most current risk assessment available from the Chief Intelligence Officer of the
Department of the threats of terrorism against the United States.
(e) Preparedness priorities
In establishing the guidelines under subsection (a), the Administrator shall establish preparedness
priorities that appropriately balance the risk of all hazards, including natural disasters, acts of
terrorism, and other man-made disasters, with the resources required to prevent, respond to, recover
from, and mitigate against the hazards.
(f) Mutual aid agreements
The Administrator may provide support for the development of mutual aid agreements within
States.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §646, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1426.)

§747. Equipment and training standards
(a) Equipment standards
(1) In general
The Administrator, in coordination with the heads of appropriate Federal agencies and the
National Advisory Council, shall support the development, promulgation, and updating, as
necessary, of national voluntary consensus standards for the performance, use, and validation of
equipment used by Federal, State, local, and tribal governments and nongovernmental emergency
response providers.

(2) Requirements
The national voluntary consensus standards shall—
(A) be designed to achieve equipment and other capabilities consistent with the national
preparedness goal, including the safety and health of emergency response providers;
(B) to the maximum extent practicable, be consistent with existing national voluntary
consensus standards;
(C) take into account, as appropriate, threats that may not have been contemplated when the
existing standards were developed; and
(D) focus on maximizing operability, interoperability, interchangeability, durability,
flexibility, efficiency, efficacy, portability, sustainability, and safety.
(b) Training standards
The Administrator shall—
(1) support the development, promulgation, and regular updating, as necessary, of national
voluntary consensus standards for training; and
(2) ensure that the training provided under the national training program is consistent with the
standards.
(c) Consultation with standards organizations
In carrying out this section, the Administrator shall consult with representatives of relevant public
and private sector national voluntary consensus standards development organizations.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §647, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1426.)

§748. Training and exercises
(a) National training program
(1) In general
Beginning not later than 180 days after October 4, 2006, the Administrator, in coordination with
the heads of appropriate Federal agencies, the National Council on Disability, and the National
Advisory Council, shall carry out a national training program to implement the national
preparedness goal, National Incident Management System, National Response Plan, and other
related plans and strategies.
(2) Training partners
In developing and implementing the national training program, the Administrator shall—
(A) work with government training facilities, academic institutions, private organizations,
and other entities that provide specialized, state-of-the-art training for emergency managers or
emergency response providers; and
(B) utilize, as appropriate, training courses provided by community colleges, State and local
public safety academies, State and private universities, and other facilities.
(b) National exercise program
(1) In general
Beginning not later than 180 days after October 4, 2006, the Administrator, in coordination with
the heads of appropriate Federal agencies, the National Council on Disability, and the National
Advisory Council, shall carry out a national exercise program to test and evaluate the national
preparedness goal, National Incident Management System, National Response Plan, and other
related plans and strategies.
(2) Requirements
The national exercise program—
(A) shall be—
(i) as realistic as practicable, based on current risk assessments, including credible and

emerging threats, vulnerabilities, and consequences, and designed to stress the national
preparedness system;
(ii) designed, as practicable, to simulate the partial or complete incapacitation of a State,
local, or tribal government;
(iii) carried out, as appropriate, with a minimum degree of notice to involved parties
regarding the timing and details of such exercises, consistent with safety considerations;
(iv) designed to provide for the systematic evaluation of readiness and enhance operational
understanding of the incident command system and relevant mutual aid agreements;
(v) designed to address the unique requirements of populations with special needs,
including the elderly; and
(vi) designed to promptly develop after-action reports and plans for quickly incorporating
lessons learned into future operations; and
(B) shall include a selection of model exercises that State, local, and tribal governments can
readily adapt for use and provide assistance to State, local, and tribal governments with the
design, implementation, and evaluation of exercises (whether a model exercise program or an
exercise designed locally) that—
(i) conform to the requirements under subparagraph (A);
(ii) are consistent with any applicable State, local, or tribal strategy or plan; and
(iii) provide for systematic evaluation of readiness.
(3) National level exercises
The Administrator shall periodically, but not less than biennially, perform national exercises for
the following purposes:
(A) To test and evaluate the capability of Federal, State, local, and tribal governments to
detect, disrupt, and prevent threatened or actual catastrophic acts of terrorism, especially those
involving weapons of mass destruction.
(B) To test and evaluate the readiness of Federal, State, local, and tribal governments to
respond and recover in a coordinated and unified manner to catastrophic incidents.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §648, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1427; Pub. L. 110–53, title IV, §§402, 403,
Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 302, 303; Pub. L. 116–64, §3, Oct. 9, 2019, 133 Stat. 1123.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2019—Subsec. (b)(2)(A)(i). Pub. L. 116–64 inserted "and emerging" after "credible".
2007—Subsec. (b)(2)(A)(iv) to (vi). Pub. L. 110–53, §402, added cls. (iv) to (vi) and struck out former cls.
(iv) and (v) which read as follows:
"(iv) designed to provide for systematic evaluation of readiness; and
"(v) designed to address the unique requirements of populations with special needs; and".
Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 110–53, §403, in introductory provisions, substituted "shall include a selection of
model exercises that State, local, and tribal governments can readily adapt for use and provide assistance to
State, local, and tribal governments with the design, implementation, and evaluation of exercises (whether a
model exercise program or an exercise designed locally)" for "shall provide assistance to State, local, and
tribal governments with the design, implementation, and evaluation of exercises".

§748a. Prioritization of facilities
Not later than 180 days after October 5, 2018, the Administrator shall provide guidance and
training on an annual basis to State, local, and Indian tribal governments, first responders, and utility
companies on—
(1) the need to prioritize assistance to hospitals, nursing homes, and other long-term care
facilities to ensure that such health care facilities remain functioning or return to functioning as

soon as practicable during power outages caused by natural hazards, including severe weather
events;
(2) how hospitals, nursing homes and other long-term care facilities should adequately prepare
for power outages during a major disaster or emergency, as those terms are defined in section
5122 of title 42; and
(3) how State, local, and Indian tribal governments, first responders, utility companies,
hospitals, nursing homes, and other long-term care facilities should develop a strategy to
coordinate emergency response plans, including the activation of emergency response plans, in
anticipation of a major disaster, including severe weather events.
(Pub. L. 115–254, div. D, §1208, Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3441.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Disaster Recovery Reform Act of 2018 and also as part of the FAA
Reauthorization Act of 2018, and not as part of the Post-Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006
which comprises this chapter.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
DEFINITIONS
For definitions of "Administrator" and "State" as used in this section, see section 1203 of Pub. L. 115–254,
set out as a note under section 5122 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.

§749. Comprehensive assessment system
(a) Establishment
The Administrator, in coordination with the National Council on Disability and the National
Advisory Council, shall establish a comprehensive system to assess, on an ongoing basis, the
Nation's prevention capabilities and overall preparedness, including operational readiness.
(b) Performance metrics and measures
The Administrator shall ensure that each component of the national preparedness system, National
Incident Management System, National Response Plan, and other related plans and strategies, and
the reports required under section 752 of this title is developed, revised, and updated with clear and
quantifiable performance metrics, measures, and outcomes.
(c) Contents
The assessment system established under subsection (a) shall assess—
(1) compliance with the national preparedness system, National Incident Management System,
National Response Plan, and other related plans and strategies;
(2) capability levels at the time of assessment against target capability levels defined pursuant to
the guidelines established under section 746(a) of this title;
(3) resource needs to meet the desired target capability levels defined pursuant to the guidelines
established under section 746(a) of this title; and
(4) performance of training, exercises, and operations.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §649, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1428.)

§750. Remedial action management program
The Administrator, in coordination with the National Council on Disability and the National
Advisory Council, shall establish a remedial action management program to—

(1) analyze training, exercises, and real-world events to identify and disseminate lessons learned
and best practices;
(2) generate and disseminate, as appropriate, after action reports to participants in exercises and
real-world events; and
(3) conduct remedial action tracking and long-term trend analysis.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §650, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1428.)

§751. Federal response capability inventory
(a) In general
In accordance with section 5196(h)(1)(C) of title 42, the Administrator shall accelerate the
completion of the inventory of Federal response capabilities.
(b) Contents
For each Federal agency with responsibilities under the National Response Plan, the inventory
shall include—
(1) for each capability—
(A) the performance parameters of the capability;
(B) the timeframe within which the capability can be brought to bear on an incident; and
(C) the readiness of the capability to respond to all hazards, including natural disasters, acts
of terrorism, and other man-made disasters;
(2) a list of personnel credentialed in accordance with section 320 of this title;
(3) a list of resources typed in accordance with section 320 of this title; and
(4) emergency communications assets maintained by the Federal Government and, if
appropriate, State, local, and tribal governments and the private sector.
(c) Department of Defense
The Administrator, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense, shall develop a list of
organizations and functions within the Department of Defense that may be used, pursuant to the
authority provided under the National Response Plan and sections 5170a, 5170b, and 5192 of title
42, to provide support to civil authorities during natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other
man-made disasters.
(d) Database
The Administrator shall establish an inventory database to allow—
(1) real-time exchange of information regarding—
(A) capabilities;
(B) readiness;
(C) the compatibility of equipment;
(D) credentialed personnel; and
(E) typed resources;
(2) easy identification and rapid deployment of capabilities, credentialed personnel, and typed
resources during an incident; and
(3) the sharing of the inventory described in subsection (a) with other Federal agencies, as
appropriate.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §651, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1429; Pub. L. 110–53, title IV, §405, Aug.
3, 2007, 121 Stat. 303.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS

2007—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–53, §405(1)(A), substituted "For each Federal agency with responsibilities
under the National Response Plan, the inventory" for "The inventory" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (b)(2) to (4). Pub. L. 110–53, §405(1)(B)–(D), added pars. (2) and (3) and redesignated former par.
(2) as (4).
Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 110–53, §405(2)(A), substituted "regarding—" for "regarding capabilities, readiness,
or the compatibility of equipment;" in introductory provisions and added subpars. (A) to (E).
Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 110–53, §405(2)(B), inserted "of capabilities, credentialed personnel, and typed
resources" after "rapid deployment".
Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 110–53, §405(2)(C), substituted "the inventory described in subsection (a)" for
"inventories".

§752. Reporting requirements
(a) Federal preparedness report
(1) In general
Not later than 12 months after October 4, 2006, and annually thereafter, the Administrator, in
coordination with the heads of appropriate Federal agencies, shall submit to the appropriate
committees of Congress a report on the Nation's level of preparedness for all hazards, including
natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made disasters.
(2) Contents
Each report shall include—
(A) an assessment of how Federal assistance supports the national preparedness system;
(B) the results of the comprehensive assessment carried out under section 749 of this title;
(C) a review of the inventory described in section 751 of this title, including the number and
type of credentialed personnel in each category of personnel trained and ready to respond to a
natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster;
(D) an assessment of resource needs to meet preparedness priorities established under section
746(e) of this title, including—
(i) an estimate of the amount of Federal, State, local, and tribal expenditures required to
attain the preparedness priorities; and
(ii) the extent to which the use of Federal assistance during the preceding fiscal year
achieved the preparedness priorities;
(E) an evaluation of the extent to which grants administered by the Department, including
grants under title XX of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 601 et seq.]—
(i) have contributed to the progress of State, local, and tribal governments in achieving
target capabilities; and
(ii) have led to the reduction of risk from natural disasters, acts of terrorism, or other
man-made disasters nationally and in State, local, and tribal jurisdictions; and
(F) a discussion of whether the list of credentialed personnel of the Agency described in
section 751(b)(2) of this title—
(i) complies with the strategic human capital plan developed under section 10102 of title 5;
and
(ii) is sufficient to respond to a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made
disaster, including a catastrophic incident.
(b) Catastrophic resource report
(1) In general
The Administrator shall develop and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress annually
an estimate of the resources of the Agency and other Federal agencies needed for and devoted
specifically to developing the capabilities of Federal, State, local, and tribal governments

necessary to respond to a catastrophic incident.
(2) Contents
Each estimate under paragraph (1) shall include the resources both necessary for and devoted
to—
(A) planning;
(B) training and exercises;
(C) Regional Office enhancements;
(D) staffing, including for surge capacity during a catastrophic incident;
(E) additional logistics capabilities;
(F) other responsibilities under the catastrophic incident annex and the catastrophic incident
supplement of the National Response Plan;
(G) State, local, and tribal government catastrophic incident preparedness; and
(H) covering increases in the fixed costs or expenses of the Agency, including rent or
property acquisition costs or expenses, taxes, contributions to the working capital fund of the
Department, and security costs for the year after the year in which such estimate is submitted.
(c) State preparedness report
(1) In general
Not later than 15 months after October 4, 2006, and annually thereafter, a State receiving
Federal preparedness assistance administered by the Department shall submit a report to the
Administrator on the State's level of preparedness.
(2) Contents
Each report shall include—
(A) an assessment of State compliance with the national preparedness system, National
Incident Management System, National Response Plan, and other related plans and strategies;
(B) an assessment of current capability levels and a description of target capability levels;
and
(C) a discussion of the extent to which target capabilities identified in the applicable State
homeland security plan and other applicable plans remain unmet and an assessment of resources
needed to meet the preparedness priorities established under section 746(e) of this title,
including—
(i) an estimate of the amount of expenditures required to attain the preparedness priorities;
and
(ii) the extent to which the use of Federal assistance during the preceding fiscal year
achieved the preparedness priorities.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §652, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1429; Pub. L. 110–53, title I, §103, title IV,
§406, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 293, 304.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Homeland Security Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (a)(2)(E), is Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135. Title XX of the Act is classified generally to subchapter XV (§601 et seq.) of chapter 1 of this
title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this
title and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2007—Subsec. (a)(2)(C). Pub. L. 110–53, §406(1), substituted "section 751 of this title, including the
number and type of credentialed personnel in each category of personnel trained and ready to respond to a
natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster" for "section 751(a) of this title".
Subsec. (a)(2)(E). Pub. L. 110–53, §103(a), added subpar. (E).
Subsec. (a)(2)(F). Pub. L. 110–53, §406(2)–(4), added subpar. (F).
Subsec. (c)(2)(C). Pub. L. 110–53, §103(b), which directed amendment of subpar. (D) by substituting "a

discussion of the extent to which target capabilities identified in the applicable State homeland security plan
and other applicable plans remain unmet and an assessment of resources needed" for "an assessment of
resource needs", was executed by making the substitution in subpar. (C) to reflect the probable intent of
Congress.

§753. Federal preparedness
(a) Agency responsibility
In support of the national preparedness system, the President shall ensure that each Federal agency
with responsibilities under the National Response Plan—
(1) has the operational capability to meet the national preparedness goal, including—
(A) the personnel to make and communicate decisions;
(B) organizational structures that are assigned, trained, and exercised for the missions of the
agency;
(C) sufficient physical resources; and
(D) the command, control, and communication channels to make, monitor, and communicate
decisions;
(2) complies with the National Incident Management System, including credentialing of
personnel and typing of resources likely needed to respond to a natural disaster, act of terrorism,
or other man-made disaster in accordance with section 320 of this title;
(3) develops, trains, and exercises rosters of response personnel to be deployed when the agency
is called upon to support a Federal response;
(4) develops deliberate operational plans and the corresponding capabilities, including crisis
planning, to respond effectively to natural disasters, acts of terrorism, and other man-made
disasters in support of the National Response Plan to ensure a coordinated Federal response; and
(5) regularly updates, verifies the accuracy of, and provides to the Administrator the
information in the inventory required under section 751 of this title.
(b) Operational plans
An operations plan developed under subsection (a)(4) shall meet the following requirements:
(1) The operations plan shall be coordinated under a unified system with a common
terminology, approach, and framework.
(2) The operations plan shall be developed, in coordination with State, local, and tribal
government officials, to address both regional and national risks.
(3) The operations plan shall contain, as appropriate, the following elements:
(A) Concepts of operations.
(B) Critical tasks and responsibilities.
(C) Detailed resource and personnel requirements, together with sourcing requirements.
(D) Specific provisions for the rapid integration of the resources and personnel of the agency
into the overall response.
(4) The operations plan shall address, as appropriate, the following matters:
(A) Support of State, local, and tribal governments in conducting mass evacuations,
including—
(i) transportation and relocation;
(ii) short- and long-term sheltering and accommodation;
(iii) provisions for populations with special needs, keeping families together, and
expeditious location of missing children; and
(iv) policies and provisions for pets.
(B) The preparedness and deployment of public health and medical resources, including
resources to address the needs of evacuees and populations with special needs.

(C) The coordination of interagency search and rescue operations, including land, water, and
airborne search and rescue operations.
(D) The roles and responsibilities of the Senior Federal Law Enforcement Official with
respect to other law enforcement entities.
(E) The protection of critical infrastructure.
(F) The coordination of maritime salvage efforts among relevant agencies.
(G) The coordination of Department of Defense and National Guard support of civilian
authorities.
(H) To the extent practicable, the utilization of Department of Defense, National Air and
Space Administration, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and commercial
aircraft and satellite remotely sensed imagery.
(I) The coordination and integration of support from the private sector and nongovernmental
organizations.
(J) The safe disposal of debris, including hazardous materials, and, when practicable, the
recycling of debris.
(K) The identification of the required surge capacity.
(L) Specific provisions for the recovery of affected geographic areas.
(c) Mission assignments
To expedite the provision of assistance under the National Response Plan, the President shall
ensure that the Administrator, in coordination with Federal agencies with responsibilities under the
National Response Plan, develops prescripted mission assignments, including logistics,
communications, mass care, health services, and public safety.
(d) Certification
The President shall certify to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of
the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on Transportation and
Infrastructure of the House of Representatives on an annual basis that each Federal agency with
responsibilities under the National Response Plan complies with subsections (a) and (b).
(e) Construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the authority of the Secretary of Defense with
regard to—
(1) the command, control, training, planning, equipment, exercises, or employment of
Department of Defense forces; or
(2) the allocation of Department of Defense resources.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §653, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1430; Pub. L. 110–53, title IV, §407, Aug.
3, 2007, 121 Stat. 304.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2007—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–53, §407(1)(A), struck out "coordinating, primary, or supporting" before
"responsibilities" in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 110–53, §407(1)(B), inserted ", including credentialing of personnel and typing of
resources likely needed to respond to a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster in
accordance with section 320 of this title" before semicolon at end.
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 110–53, §407(1)(C)–(E), added par. (5).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–53, §407(2), inserted "to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental
Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on Transportation and
Infrastructure of the House of Representatives" after "certify" and struck out "coordinating, primary, or
supporting" before "responsibilities".

§754. Use of existing resources

In establishing the national preparedness goal and national preparedness system, the Administrator
shall use existing preparedness documents, planning tools, and guidelines to the extent practicable
and consistent with this Act.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §654, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1432.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in text, means title VI of Pub. L. 109–295, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1394, known as the
Post-Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006. For complete classification of title VI to the Code,
see Short Title note set out under section 701 of this title and Tables.

PART B—ADDITIONAL PREPAREDNESS
§761. Emergency Management Assistance Compact grants
(a) In general
The Administrator may make grants to administer the Emergency Management Assistance
Compact consented to by the Joint Resolution entitled "Joint Resolution granting the consent of
Congress to the Emergency Management Assistance Compact" (Public Law 104–321; 110 Stat.
3877).
(b) Uses
A grant under this section shall be used—
(1) to carry out recommendations identified in the Emergency Management Assistance
Compact after-action reports for the 2004 and 2005 hurricane season;
(2) to administer compact operations on behalf of all member States and territories;
(3) to continue coordination with the Agency and appropriate Federal agencies;
(4) to continue coordination with State, local, and tribal government entities and their respective
national organizations; and
(5) to assist State and local governments, emergency response providers, and organizations
representing such providers with credentialing emergency response providers and the typing of
emergency response resources.
(c) Coordination
The Administrator shall consult with the Administrator of the Emergency Management Assistance
Compact to ensure effective coordination of efforts in responding to requests for assistance.
(d) Authorization
There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $4,000,000 for each of fiscal years
2018 through 2022. Such sums shall remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §661, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1432; Pub. L. 115–254, div. D, §1217(b),
Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3451.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Joint Resolution entitled "Joint Resolution granting the consent of Congress to the Emergency
Management Assistance Compact", referred to in subsec. (a), is Pub. L. 104–321, Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat.
3877, which is not classified to the Code.

AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 115–254 substituted "for each of fiscal years 2018 through 2022" for "for fiscal
year 2008".

§762. Emergency management performance grants program
(a) Definitions
In this section—
(1) the term "program" means the emergency management performance grants program
described in subsection (b); and
(2) the term "State" has the meaning given that term in section 102 of the Robert T. Stafford
Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5122).
(b) In general
The Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency shall continue implementation
of an emergency management performance grants program, to make grants to States to assist State,
local, and tribal governments in preparing for all hazards, as authorized by the Robert T. Stafford
Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.).
(c) Federal share
Except as otherwise specifically provided by title VI of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and
Emergency Assistance Act [42 U.S.C. 5195 et seq.], the Federal share of the cost of an activity
carried out using funds made available under the program shall not exceed 50 percent.
(d) Apportionment
For fiscal year 2008, and each fiscal year thereafter, the Administrator shall apportion the amounts
appropriated to carry out the program among the States as follows:
(1) Baseline amount
The Administrator shall first apportion 0.25 percent of such amounts to each of American
Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, and the Virgin Islands and
0.75 percent of such amounts to each of the remaining States.
(2) Remainder
The Administrator shall apportion the remainder of such amounts in the ratio that—
(A) the population of each State; bears to
(B) the population of all States.
(e) Consistency in allocation
Notwithstanding subsection (d), in any fiscal year before fiscal year 2013 in which the
appropriation for grants under this section is equal to or greater than the appropriation for emergency
management performance grants in fiscal year 2007, no State shall receive an amount under this
section for that fiscal year less than the amount that State received in fiscal year 2007.
(f) Authorization of appropriations
There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out the program, for each of fiscal years 2018
through 2022, $950,000,000.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §662, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1433; Pub. L. 110–53, title II, §201, Aug. 3,
2007, 121 Stat. 294; Pub. L. 115–254, div. D, §1217(c), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3451.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, referred to in subsecs. (b) and (c), is
Pub. L. 93–288, May 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 143, which is classified principally to chapter 68 (§5121 et seq.) of

Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. Title VI of the Act is classified generally to subchapter IV–B (§5195
et seq.) of chapter 68 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set
out under section 5121 of Title 42 and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 115–254 substituted "the program, for each of fiscal years 2018 through 2022"
for "the program—
"(1) for fiscal year 2008, $400,000,000;
"(2) for fiscal year 2009, $535,000,000;
"(3) for fiscal year 2010, $680,000,000;
"(4) for fiscal year 2011, $815,000,000; and
"(5) for fiscal year 2012".
2007—Pub. L. 110–53 amended section catchline and text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as
follows: "There is authorized to be appropriated for the Emergency Management Performance Grants Program
for fiscal year 2008, an amount equal to the amount appropriated for the program for fiscal year 2007 and an
additional $175,000,000."

§763. Transfer of Noble Training Center
The Noble Training Center is transferred to the Center for Domestic Preparedness. The Center for
Domestic Preparedness shall integrate the Noble Training Center into the program structure of the
Center for Domestic Preparedness.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §663, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1433.)

§763a. Training for Federal Government, foreign governments, or private
entities
In fiscal year 2013 and thereafter: (a) the Center for Domestic Preparedness may provide training
to emergency response providers from the Federal Government, foreign governments, or private
entities, if the Center for Domestic Preparedness is reimbursed for the cost of such training, and any
reimbursement under this subsection shall be credited to the account from which the expenditure
being reimbursed was made and shall be available, without fiscal year limitation, for the purposes for
which amounts in the account may be expended; (b) the head of the Center for Domestic
Preparedness shall ensure that any training provided under (a) does not interfere with the primary
mission of the Center to train State and local emergency response providers; and (c) subject to (b),
nothing in (a) prohibits the Center for Domestic Preparedness from providing training to employees
of the Federal Emergency Management Agency in existing chemical, biological, radiological,
nuclear, explosives, mass casualty, and medical surge courses pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 4103 without
reimbursement for the cost of such training.
(Pub. L. 113–6, div. D, title III, Mar. 26, 2013, 127 Stat. 359.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2013, and not as
part of the Post-Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006 which comprises this chapter.

§764. National exercise simulation center
The President shall establish a national exercise simulation center that—
(1) uses a mix of live, virtual, and constructive simulations to—
(A) prepare elected officials, emergency managers, emergency response providers, and

emergency support providers at all levels of government to operate cohesively;
(B) provide a learning environment for the homeland security personnel of all Federal
agencies;
(C) assist in the development of operational procedures and exercises, particularly those
based on catastrophic incidents; and
(D) allow incident commanders to exercise decisionmaking in a simulated environment; and
(2) uses modeling and simulation for training, exercises, and command and control functions at
the operational level.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §664, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1433.)

§765. Real property transactions
(a) Reports to the Armed Services Committees
The Director of the Office of Civil and Defense Mobilization, or his designee, may not enter into
any of the following listed transactions by or for the use of that agency until after the expiration of
thirty days from the date upon which a report of the facts concerning the proposed transaction is
submitted to the Committees on Armed Services of the Senate and House of Representatives:
(1) An acquisition of fee title to any real property, if the estimated price is more than $50,000.
(2) A lease of any real property to the United States, if the estimated annual rental is more than
$50,000.
(3) A lease of real property owned by the United States, if the estimated annual rental is more
than $50,000.
(4) A transfer of real property owned by the United States to another Federal agency or to a
State, if the estimated value is more than $50,000.
(5) A report of excess real property owned by the United States to a disposal agency, if the
estimated value is more than $50,000.
If a transaction covered by clause (1) or (2) is part of a project, the report must include a
summarization of the general plan for that project, including an estimate of the total cost of the lands
to be acquired or leases to be made.
(b) Annual reports to Armed Services Committees
The Director of the Office of Civil and Defense Mobilization shall report annually to the
Committees on Armed Services of the Senate and the House of Representatives on transactions
described in subsection (a) that involve an estimated value of more than $5,000 but not more than
$50,000.
(c) Real property governed by this section
This section applies only to real property in the States of the Union, the District of Columbia, and
Puerto Rico. It does not apply to real property for river and harbor projects or flood-control projects,
or to leases of Government-owned real property for agricultural or grazing purposes.
(d) Recital of compliance in instrument of conveyance as conclusive
A statement in an instrument of conveyance, including a lease, that the requirements of this
section have been met, or that the conveyance is not subject to this section, is conclusive.
(Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, §43, 70A Stat. 636; Pub. L. 86–70, §37, June 25, 1959, 73 Stat. 150; Pub.
L. 86–500, title V, §512, June 8, 1960, 74 Stat. 187; Pub. L. 86–624, §38, June 12, 1960, 74 Stat.
421; Pub. L. 96–470, title II, §202(c), Oct. 19, 1980, 94 Stat. 2242.)
CODIFICATION
Section was formerly classified to section 2285 of the former Appendix to Title 50, War and National
Defense, prior to editorial reclassification and renumbering as this section.
Prior to classification as section 2285, section was formerly classified to section 171x of Title 5 prior to the

general revision and enactment of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, by Pub. L. 89–554, §1,
Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 378.
Section was enacted as a part of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, and not as part of the Post-Katrina Emergency
Management Reform Act of 2006 which comprises this chapter.
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
1980—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–470 substituted "annually" for "quarterly".
1960—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 86–500 substituted "Director of the Office of Civil and Defense Mobilization"
for "Administrator of the Federal Civil Defense Administration", prohibited the Director from entering into
any of the transactions listed in subsec. (a) until after the expiration of 30 days from the date upon which a
report of the facts concerning the proposed transaction is submitted to the Committees on Armed Services of
the Senate and House of Representatives, and increased the amounts in cls. (1) to (5) from $25,000 to
$50,000.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 86–500 substituted "Director of the Office of Civil and Defense Mobilization" for
"Administrator" and "$50,000" for "$25,000".
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 86–624 substituted "States of the Union, the District of Columbia" for "United States,
Hawaii."
Pub. L. 86–500 struck out ", Hawaii," after "United States".
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 86–500 reenacted subsection without change.
1959—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 86–70 struck out "Alaska," after "United States,".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
TERMINATION OF REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions of law requiring submittal to Congress of any
annual, semiannual, or other regular periodic report listed in House Document No. 103–7 (in which a report
required under 50 U.S.C. app. 2285(b) (now subsec. (b) of this section) is listed as the 10th item on page 169),
see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and
Finance.
TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Pub. L. 85–763, Aug. 26, 1958, 72 Stat. 861, amended Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1958 by redesignating Office
of Defense and Civilian Mobilization as Office of Civil and Defense Mobilization.
Pub. L. 87–296, Sept. 22, 1961, 75 Stat. 630, amended Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1958 by redesignating Office
of Civil and Defense Mobilization as Office of Emergency Planning.
Office of Emergency Planning renamed Office of Emergency Preparedness pursuant to section 402 of Pub.
L. 90–608, Oct. 21, 1968, 82 Stat. 1194, which provided that references to Office of Emergency Planning after
Oct. 21, 1968, should be deemed references to Office of Emergency Preparedness.
For transfer of all functions, personnel, assets, components, authorities, grant programs, and liabilities of the
Federal Emergency Management Agency, including the functions of the Under Secretary for Federal
Emergency Management relating thereto, to the Federal Emergency Management Agency, see section
315(a)(1) of this title.
For transfer of functions, personnel, assets, and liabilities of the Federal Emergency Management Agency,
including the functions of the Director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency relating thereto, to the
Secretary of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see former section 313(1) and
sections 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of this title, and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan
of November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of this title.
EXECUTIVE DOCUMENTS
TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions of Federal Civil Defense Administration transferred to President by section 1 of Reorg. Plan No.
1 of 1958, eff. July 1, 1958, 23 F.R. 4991, 72 Stat. 1799, as amended, set out as a note under section 5195 of
Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. The Plan created a new agency in Executive Office of President
known as Office of Defense and Civilian Mobilization.

Office of Emergency Preparedness, including offices of Director, Deputy Director, Assistant Directors, and
Regional Directors, abolished and functions vested by law in Office of Emergency Preparedness or Director of
Office of Emergency Preparedness transferred to President by sections 1 and 3(a)(1) of Reorg. Plan No. 1 of
1973, eff. July 1, 1973, 38 F.R. 9579, 87 Stat. 1089, set out as a note under section 5195 of Title 42, The
Public Health and Welfare.
Functions vested in Director of Office of Emergency Preparedness as of June 30, 1973, by Executive Order,
proclamation, or other directive issued by or on behalf of President or otherwise, with certain exceptions,
transferred to Administrator of General Services, effective July 1, 1973, by Ex. Ord. No. 11725, §3, eff. June
29, 1973, 38 F.R. 17175, formerly set out as a note under section 2271 of the former Appendix to Title 50,
War and National Defense.
Functions of Administrator of Federal Civil Defense Administration under this section, previously
transferred to President, delegated to Director of Federal Emergency Management Agency by section 4–105
of Ex. Ord. No. 12148, July 20, 1979, 44 F.R. 43242, set out as a note under section 5195 of Title 42, The
Public Health and Welfare.

PART C—MISCELLANEOUS AUTHORITIES
§771. National Disaster Recovery Strategy
(a) In general
The Administrator, in coordination with the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, the
Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Secretary of Agriculture, the Secretary
of Commerce, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Transportation, the Administrator of
the Small Business Administration, the Assistant Secretary for Indian Affairs of the Department of
the Interior, and the heads of other appropriate Federal agencies, State, local, and tribal government
officials (including through the National Advisory Council), and representatives of appropriate
nongovernmental organizations shall develop, coordinate, and maintain a National Disaster Recovery
Strategy to serve as a guide to recovery efforts after major disasters and emergencies.
(b) Contents
The National Disaster Recovery Strategy shall—
(1) outline the most efficient and cost-effective Federal programs that will meet the recovery
needs of States, local and tribal governments, and individuals and households affected by a major
disaster;
(2) clearly define the role, programs, authorities, and responsibilities of each Federal agency
that may be of assistance in providing assistance in the recovery from a major disaster;
(3) promote the use of the most appropriate and cost-effective building materials (based on the
hazards present in an area) in any area affected by a major disaster, with the goal of encouraging
the construction of disaster-resistant buildings; and
(4) describe in detail the programs that may be offered by the agencies described in paragraph
(2), including—
(A) discussing funding issues;
(B) detailing how responsibilities under the National Disaster Recovery Strategy will be
shared; and
(C) addressing other matters concerning the cooperative effort to provide recovery assistance.
(c) Report
(1) In general
Not later than 270 days after October 4, 2006, the Administrator shall submit to the appropriate
committees of Congress a report describing in detail the National Disaster Recovery Strategy and
any additional authorities necessary to implement any portion of the National Disaster Recovery
Strategy.

(2) Update
The Administrator shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report updating the
report submitted under paragraph (1)—
(A) on the same date that any change is made to the National Disaster Recovery Strategy; and
(B) on a periodic basis after the submission of the report under paragraph (1), but not less
than once every 5 years after the date of the submission of the report under paragraph (1).
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §682, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1445.)

§772. National Disaster Housing Strategy
(a) In general
The Administrator, in coordination with representatives of the Federal agencies, governments, and
organizations listed in subsection (b)(2) of this section, the National Advisory Council, the National
Council on Disability, and other entities at the Administrator's discretion, shall develop, coordinate,
and maintain a National Disaster Housing Strategy.
(b) Contents
The National Disaster Housing Strategy shall—
(1) outline the most efficient and cost effective Federal programs that will best meet the
short-term and long-term housing needs of individuals and households affected by a major
disaster;
(2) clearly define the role, programs, authorities, and responsibilities of each entity in providing
housing assistance in the event of a major disaster, including—
(A) the Agency;
(B) the Department of Housing and Urban Development;
(C) the Department of Agriculture;
(D) the Department of Veterans Affairs;
(E) the Department of Health and Human Services;
(F) the Bureau of Indian Affairs;
(G) any other Federal agency that may provide housing assistance in the event of a major
disaster;
(H) the American Red Cross; and
(I) State, local, and tribal governments;
(3) describe in detail the programs that may be offered by the entities described in paragraph
(2), including—
(A) outlining any funding issues;
(B) detailing how responsibilities under the National Disaster Housing Strategy will be
shared; and
(C) addressing other matters concerning the cooperative effort to provide housing assistance
during a major disaster;
(4) consider methods through which housing assistance can be provided to individuals and
households where employment and other resources for living are available;
(5) describe programs directed to meet the needs of special needs and low-income populations
and ensure that a sufficient number of housing units are provided for individuals with disabilities;
(6) describe plans for the operation of clusters of housing provided to individuals and
households, including access to public services, site management, security, and site density;
(7) describe plans for promoting the repair or rehabilitation of existing rental housing, including
through lease agreements or other means, in order to improve the provision of housing to
individuals and households under section 408 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and
Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5174); and

(8) describe any additional authorities necessary to carry out any portion of the strategy.
(c) Guidance
The Administrator should develop and make publicly available guidance on—
(1) types of housing assistance available under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and
Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.) to individuals and households affected by an
emergency or major disaster;
(2) eligibility for such assistance (including, where appropriate, the continuation of such
assistance); and
(3) application procedures for such assistance.
(d) Report
(1) In general
Not later than 270 days after October 4, 2006, the Administrator shall submit to the appropriate
committees of Congress a report describing in detail the National Disaster Housing Strategy,
including programs directed to meeting the needs of special needs populations.
(2) Updated report
The Administrator shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report updating the
report submitted under paragraph (1)—
(A) on the same date that any change is made to the National Disaster Housing Strategy; and
(B) on a periodic basis after the submission of the report under paragraph (1), but not less
than once every 5 years after the date of the submission of the report under paragraph (1).
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §683, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1446.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is Pub.
L. 93–288, May 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 143, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 68 (§5121 et
seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short
Title note set out under section 5121 of Title 42 and Tables.

§773. Individuals with disabilities guidelines
Not later than 90 days after October 4, 2006, and in coordination with the National Advisory
Council, the National Council on Disability, the Interagency Coordinating Council on Preparedness
and Individuals With Disabilities established under Executive Order No. 13347, and the Disability
Coordinator (established under section 321b of this title), the Administrator shall develop guidelines
to accommodate individuals with disabilities, which shall include guidelines for—
(1) the accessibility of, and communications and programs in, shelters, recovery centers, and
other facilities; and
(2) devices used in connection with disaster operations, including first aid stations, mass feeding
areas, portable payphone stations, portable toilets, and temporary housing.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §689(a), Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1448.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Executive Order No. 13347, referred to in text, is set out as a note under section 314 of this title.

§774. Reunification

(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Child Locator Center
The term "Child Locator Center" means the National Emergency Child Locator Center
established under subsection (b).
(2) Declared event
The term "declared event" means a major disaster or emergency.
(3) Displaced adult
The term "displaced adult" means an individual 21 years of age or older who is displaced from
the habitual residence of that individual as a result of a declared event.
(4) Displaced child
The term "displaced child" means an individual under 21 years of age who is displaced from the
habitual residence of that individual as a result of a declared event.
(b) National Emergency Child Locator Center
(1) In general
Not later than 180 days after October 4, 2006, the Administrator, in coordination with the
Attorney General of the United States, shall establish within the National Center for Missing and
Exploited Children the National Emergency Child Locator Center. In establishing the National
Emergency Child Locator Center, the Administrator shall establish procedures to make all relevant
information available to the National Emergency Child Locator Center in a timely manner to
facilitate the expeditious identification and reunification of children with their families.
(2) Purposes
The purposes of the Child Locator Center are to—
(A) enable individuals to provide to the Child Locator Center the name of and other
identifying information about a displaced child or a displaced adult who may have information
about the location of a displaced child;
(B) enable individuals to receive information about other sources of information about
displaced children and displaced adults; and
(C) assist law enforcement in locating displaced children.
(3) Responsibilities and duties
The responsibilities and duties of the Child Locator Center are to—
(A) establish a toll-free telephone number to receive reports of displaced children and
information about displaced adults that may assist in locating displaced children;
(B) create a website to provide information about displaced children;
(C) deploy its staff to the location of a declared event to gather information about displaced
children;
(D) assist in the reunification of displaced children with their families;
(E) provide information to the public about additional resources for disaster assistance;
(F) work in partnership with Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies;
(G) provide technical assistance in locating displaced children;
(H) share information on displaced children and displaced adults with governmental agencies
and nongovernmental organizations providing disaster assistance;
(I) use its resources to gather information about displaced children;
(J) refer reports of displaced adults to—
(i) an entity designated by the Attorney General to provide technical assistance in locating
displaced adults; and
(ii) the National Emergency Family Registry and Locator System as defined under section
775(a) of this title;

(K) enter into cooperative agreements with Federal and State agencies and other
organizations such as the American Red Cross as necessary to implement the mission of the
Child Locator Center; and
(L) develop an emergency response plan to prepare for the activation of the Child Locator
Center.
(c) Omitted
(d) Report
Not later than 270 days after October 4, 2006, the Administrator shall submit to the Committee on
Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs and the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate and
the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure and the Committee on the Judiciary of the House
of Representatives a report describing in detail the status of the Child Locator Center, including
funding issues and any difficulties or issues in establishing the Center or completing the cooperative
agreements described in subsection (b)(3)(K).
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §689b, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1449.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section is comprised of section 689b of Pub. L. 109–295. Subsec. (c) of section 689b of Pub. L. 109–295
amended section 11292 of Title 34, Crime Control and Law Enforcement.

§775. National Emergency Family Registry and Locator System
(a) Definitions
In this section—
(1) the term "displaced individual" means an individual displaced by an emergency or major
disaster; and
(2) the term "National Emergency Family Registry and Locator System" means the National
Emergency Family Registry and Locator System established under subsection (b).
(b) Establishment
Not later than 180 days after October 4, 2006, the Administrator shall establish a National
Emergency Family Registry and Locator System to help reunify families separated after an
emergency or major disaster.
(c) Operation of System
The National Emergency Family Registry and Locator System shall—
(1) allow a displaced adult (including medical patients) to voluntarily register (and allow an
adult that is the parent or guardian of a displaced child to register such child), by submitting
personal information to be entered into a database (such as the name, current location of residence,
and any other relevant information that could be used by others seeking to locate that individual);
(2) ensure that information submitted under paragraph (1) is accessible to those individuals
named by a displaced individual and to those law enforcement officials;
(3) be accessible through the Internet and through a toll-free number, to receive reports of
displaced individuals; and
(4) include a means of referring displaced children to the National Emergency Child Locator
Center established under section 774 of this title.
(d) Publication of information
Not later than 210 days after October 4, 2006, the Administrator shall establish a mechanism to
inform the public about the National Emergency Family Registry and Locator System and its

potential usefulness for assisting to reunite displaced individuals with their families.
(e) Coordination
Not later than 90 days after October 4, 2006, the Administrator shall enter a memorandum of
understanding with the Department of Justice, the National Center for Missing and Exploited
Children, the Department of Health and Human Services, and the American Red Cross and other
relevant private organizations that will enhance the sharing of information to facilitate reuniting
displaced individuals (including medical patients) with their families.
(f) Report
Not later than 270 days after October 4, 2006, the Administrator shall submit to the appropriate
committees of Congress a report describing in detail the status of the National Emergency Family
Registry and Locator System, including any difficulties or issues in establishing the System,
including funding issues.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §689c, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1451.)

§776. Individuals and households pilot program
(a) Pilot program
(1) In general
The President, acting through the Administrator, in coordination with State, local, and tribal
governments, shall establish and conduct a pilot program. The pilot program shall be designed to
make better use of existing rental housing, located in areas covered by a major disaster
declaration, in order to provide timely and cost-effective temporary housing assistance to
individuals and households eligible for assistance under section 5174 of title 42 where alternative
housing options are less available or less cost-effective.
(2) Administration
(A) In general
For the purposes of the pilot program under this section, the Administrator may—
(i) enter into lease agreements with owners of multi-family rental property located in areas
covered by a major disaster declaration to house individuals and households eligible for
assistance under section 5174 of title 42;
(ii) make improvements to properties under such lease agreements;
(iii) use the pilot program where the program is cost effective in that the cost to the
Government for the lease agreements is in proportion to the savings to the Government by
not providing alternative housing; and
(iv) limit repairs to those required to ensure that the housing units shall meet Federal
housing quality standards.
(B) Improvements to leased properties
Under the terms of any lease agreement for a property described under subparagraph (A)(ii),
the value of the contribution of the Agency to such improvements—
(i) shall be deducted from the value of the lease agreement; and
(ii) may not exceed the value of the lease agreement.
(3) Consultation
In administering the pilot program under this section, the Administrator may consult with State,
local, and tribal governments.
(4) Report
(A) In general
Not later than March 31, 2009, the Administrator shall submit to the appropriate committees

of Congress a report regarding the effectiveness of the pilot program.
(B) Contents
The Administrator shall include in the report—
(i) an assessment of the effectiveness of the pilot program under this section, including an
assessment of cost-savings to the Federal Government and any benefits to individuals and
households eligible for assistance under section 5174 of title 42 under the pilot program;
(ii) findings and conclusions of the Administrator with respect to the pilot program;
(iii) an assessment of additional authorities needed to aid the Agency in its mission of
providing disaster housing assistance to individuals and households eligible for assistance
under section 5174 of title 42, either under the pilot program under this section or other
potential housing programs; and
(iv) any recommendations of the Administrator for additional authority to continue or
make permanent the pilot program.
(b) Pilot program project approval
The Administrator shall not approve a project under the pilot program after December 31, 2008.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §689i, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1454.)

§777. Public assistance pilot program
(a) Pilot program
(1) In general
The President, acting through the Administrator, and in coordination with State and local
governments, shall establish and conduct a pilot program to—
(A) reduce the costs to the Federal Government of providing assistance to States and local
governments under sections 5170b(a)(3)(A), 5172, and 5173 of title 42;
(B) increase flexibility in the administration of sections 5170b(a)(3)(A), 5172, and 5173 of
title 42; and
(C) expedite the provision of assistance to States and local governments provided under
sections 5170b(a)(3)(A), 5172, and 5173 of title 42.
(2) Participation
Only States and local governments that elect to participate in the pilot program may participate
in the pilot program for a particular project.
(3) Innovative administration
(A) In general
For purposes of the pilot program, the Administrator shall establish new procedures to
administer assistance provided under the sections referred to in paragraph (1).
(B) New procedures
The new procedures established under subparagraph (A) may include 1 or more of the
following:
(i) Notwithstanding section 5172(c)(1)(A) of title 42, providing an option for a State or
local government to elect to receive an in-lieu contribution in an amount equal to 90 percent
of the Federal share of the Federal estimate of the cost of repair, restoration, reconstruction,
or replacement of a public facility owned or controlled by the State or local government and
of management expenses.
(ii) Making grants on the basis of estimates agreed to by the local government (or where no
local government is involved, by the State government) and the Administrator to provide

financial incentives and disincentives for the local government (or where no local
government is involved, for the State government) for the timely or cost effective completion
of projects under sections 5170b(a)(3)(A), 5172, and 5173 of title 42.
(iii) Increasing the Federal share for removal of debris and wreckage for States and local
governments that have a debris management plan approved by the Administrator and have
pre-qualified 1 or more debris and wreckage removal contractors before the date of
declaration of the major disaster.
(iv) Using a sliding scale for the Federal share for removal of debris and wreckage based
on the time it takes to complete debris and wreckage removal.
(v) Using a financial incentive to recycle debris.
(vi) Reimbursing base wages for employees and extra hires of a State or local government
involved in or administering debris and wreckage removal.
(4) Waiver
The Administrator may waive such regulations or rules applicable to the provisions of
assistance under the sections referred to in paragraph (1) as the Administrator determines are
necessary to carry out the pilot program under this section.
(b) Report
(1) In general
Not later than March 31, 2009, the Administrator shall submit to the appropriate committees of
Congress a report regarding the effectiveness of the pilot program under this section.
(2) Contents
The report submitted under paragraph (1) shall include—
(A) an assessment by the Administrator of any administrative or financial benefits of the pilot
program;
(B) an assessment by the Administrator of the effect, including any savings in time and cost,
of the pilot program;
(C) any identified legal or other obstacles to increasing the amount of debris recycled after a
major disaster;
(D) any other findings and conclusions of the Administrator with respect to the pilot
program; and
(E) any recommendations of the Administrator for additional authority to continue or make
permanent the pilot program.
(c) Deadline for initiation of implementation
The Administrator shall initiate implementation of the pilot program under this section not later
than 90 days after October 4, 2006.
(d) Pilot program project duration
The Administrator may not approve a project under the pilot program under this section after
December 31, 2008.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §689j, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1455.)

PART D—PREVENTION OF FRAUD, WASTE, AND ABUSE
§791. Advance contracting
(a) Initial report
(1) In general

Not later than 180 days after October 4, 2006, the Administrator shall submit a report under
paragraph (2) identifying—
(A) recurring disaster response requirements, including specific goods and services, for
which the Agency is capable of contracting for in advance of a natural disaster or act of
terrorism or other man-made disaster in a cost effective manner;
(B) recurring disaster response requirements, including specific goods and services, for which
the Agency can not contract in advance of a natural disaster or act of terrorism or other
man-made disaster in a cost effective manner; and
(C) a contracting strategy that maximizes the use of advance contracts to the extent practical
and cost-effective.
(2) Submission
The report under paragraph (1) shall be submitted to the appropriate committees of Congress.
(b) Entering into contracts
(1) In general
Not later than 1 year after October 4, 2006, the Administrator shall enter into 1 or more
contracts for each type of goods or services identified under subsection (a)(1)(A), and in
accordance with the contracting strategy identified in subsection (a)(1)(C). Any contract for goods
or services identified in subsection (a)(1)(A) previously awarded may be maintained in fulfilling
this requirement.
(2) Considered factors
Before entering into any contract under this subsection, the Administrator shall consider section
5150 of title 42.
(3) Prenegotiated Federal contracts for goods and services
The Administrator, in coordination with State and local governments and other Federal
agencies, shall establish a process to ensure that Federal prenegotiated contracts for goods and
services are coordinated with State and local governments, as appropriate.
(4) Prenegotiated State and local contracts for goods and services
The Administrator shall encourage State and local governments to establish prenegotiated
contracts with vendors for goods and services in advance of natural disasters and acts of terrorism
or other man-made disasters.
(c) Maintenance of contracts
After the date described under subsection (b), the Administrator shall have the responsibility to
maintain contracts for appropriate levels of goods and services in accordance with subsection
(a)(1)(C).
(d) Report on contracts not using competitive procedures
At the end of each fiscal quarter, beginning with the first fiscal quarter occurring at least 90 days
after October 4, 2006, the Administrator shall submit a report on each disaster assistance contract
entered into by the Agency by other than competitive procedures to the appropriate committees of
Congress.
(e) Updated report
Not later than 180 days after December 31, 2020, the Administrator shall submit to the appropriate
committees of Congress an updated report that contains—
(1) the information required in the initial report under subparagraphs (A) and (B) of subsection
(a)(1); and
(2) an updated strategy described in subsection (a)(1)(C) that clearly defines—
(A) the objectives of advance contracts;
(B) how advance contracts contribute to disaster response operations of the Agency;
(C) how to maximize the award of advance contracts to small business concerns, as defined

in section 632 of title 15; and
(D) whether and how advance contracts should be prioritized in relation to new post-disaster
contract awards.
(f) Additional Duties of the Administrator
(1) Head of contracting
The Administrator shall ensure that the head of contracting activity of the Agency—
(A) not later than 270 days after December 31, 2020, updates the Disaster Contracting Desk
Guide of the Agency to provide specific guidance—
(i) on whether and under what circumstances contracting officers should consider using
existing advance contracts entered into in accordance with this section prior to making new
post-disaster contract awards, and include this guidance in existing semi-annual training
given to contracting officers; and
(ii) for contracting officers to perform outreach to State and local governments on the
potential benefits of establishing their own pre-negotiated advance contracts;
(B) adheres to hard copy contract file management requirements in effect to ensure that the
files relating to advance contracts entered into in accordance with this section are complete and
up to date, whether the files will be transferred into the Electronic Contract Filing System of the
Agency or remain in hard copy format;
(C) notifies contracting officers of the 3-day time frame requirement for entering completed
award documentation into the contract writing system of the Agency when executing notice to
proceed documentation;
(D) not later than 180 days after December 31, 2020, revises the reporting methodology of
the Agency to ensure that all disaster contracts are included in each quarterly report submitted
to the appropriate congressional committees under this section on disaster contract actions;
(E) identifies a single centralized resource listing advance contracts entered into under this
section and ensures that source is current and up to date and includes all available advance
contracts; and
(F) communicates complete and up-to-date information on available advance contracts to
State and local governments to inform their advance contracting efforts.
(2) Master acquisition planning schedule
Not later than 180 days after December 31, 2020, the Administrator shall update and implement
guidance for program office and acquisition personnel of the Agency to—
(A) identify acquisition planning time frames and considerations across the entire acquisition
planning process of the Agency; and
(B) clearly communicate the purpose and use of a master acquisition planning schedule.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §691, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1457; Pub. L. 116–272, §3(a), Dec. 31,
2020, 134 Stat. 3349.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2020—Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 116–272 added subsecs. (e) and (f).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
FINDINGS
Pub. L. 116–272, §2, Dec. 31, 2020, 134 Stat. 3349, provided that:
"Congress finds that—
"(1) the Post-Katrina Emergency Management and Reform Act of 2006 [Post-Katrina Emergency
Management Reform Act of 2006] (Public Law 109–925 [Pub. L. 109–295, title VI]; 120 Stat. 1394)

required the Federal Emergency Management Agency to establish advance contracts, which are established
prior to disasters and are typically needed to quickly provide life-sustaining goods and services in the
immediate aftermath of a disaster;
"(2) the catastrophic hurricanes and wildfires in the United States in 2017 highlighted the importance
of these advance contracts in disaster response;
"(3) in a report issued by the Government Accountability Office entitled '2017 Disaster Contracting:
Action Needed to Better Ensure More Effective Use and Management of Advance Contracts', the
Government Accountability Office identified a number of challenges with advance contracts and
recommended actions to improve management by the Federal Emergency Management Agency of these
contracts for future disasters; and
"(4) section 691 of the Post-Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006 (6 U.S.C. 791)
should be amended to incorporate the recommendations made by the report described in paragraph (3) to
ensure more effective use and management of advance contracts."
REPORT
Pub. L. 116–272, §3(b), Dec. 31, 2020, 134 Stat. 3351, provided that: "The Administrator of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency shall regularly update the appropriate committees of Congress (as defined in
section 602 of the Post-Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006 (6 U.S.C. 701)) on the progress
of the Federal Emergency Management Agency in implementing the recommendations of the Government
Accountability Office in the report entitled '2017 Disaster Contracting: Action Needed to Better Ensure More
Effective Use and Management of Advance Contracts', as required under section 691 of the Post-Katrina
Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006 (6 U.S.C. 791), as amended by subsection (a)."

§792. Limitations on tiering of subcontractors
(a) Regulations
The Secretary shall promulgate regulations applicable to contracts described in subsection (c) to
minimize the excessive use by contractors of subcontractors or tiers of subcontractors to perform the
principal work of the contract.
(b) Specific requirement
At a minimum, the regulations promulgated under subsection (a) shall preclude a contractor from
using subcontracts for more than 65 percent of the cost of the contract or the cost of any individual
task or delivery order (not including overhead and profit), unless the Secretary determines that such
requirement is not feasible or practicable.
(c) Covered contracts
This section applies to any cost-reimbursement type contract or task or delivery order in an
amount greater than the simplified acquisition threshold (as defined by section 134 of title 41)
entered into by the Department to facilitate response to or recovery from a natural disaster or act of
terrorism or other man-made disaster.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §692, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1458.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
In subsec. (c), "section 134 of title 41" substituted for "section 4 of the Office of Federal Procurement
Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 403)" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act
enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.

§793. Oversight and accountability of Federal disaster expenditures
(a) Authority of Administrator to designate funds for oversight activities
The Administrator may designate up to 1 percent of the total amount provided to a Federal agency

for a mission assignment as oversight funds to be used by the recipient agency for performing
oversight of activities carried out under the Agency reimbursable mission assignment process. Such
funds shall remain available until expended.
(b) Use of funds
(1) Types of oversight activities
Oversight funds may be used for the following types of oversight activities related to Agency
mission assignments:
(A) Monitoring, tracking, and auditing expenditures of funds.
(B) Ensuring that sufficient management and internal control mechanisms are available so
that Agency funds are spent appropriately and in accordance with all applicable laws and
regulations.
(C) Reviewing selected contracts and other activities.
(D) Investigating allegations of fraud involving Agency funds.
(E) Conducting and participating in fraud prevention activities with other Federal, State, and
local government personnel and contractors.
(2) Plans and reports
Oversight funds may be used to issue the plans required under subsection (e) and the reports
required under subsection (f).
(c) Restriction on use of funds
Oversight funds may not be used to finance existing agency oversight responsibilities related to
direct agency appropriations used for disaster response, relief, and recovery activities.
(d) Methods of oversight activities
(1) In general
Oversight activities may be carried out by an agency under this section either directly or by
contract. Such activities may include evaluations and financial and performance audits.
(2) Coordination of oversight activities
To the extent practicable, evaluations and audits under this section shall be performed by the
inspector general of the agency.
(e) Development of oversight plans
(1) In general
If an agency receives oversight funds for a fiscal year, the head of the agency shall prepare a
plan describing the oversight activities for disaster response, relief, and recovery anticipated to be
undertaken during the subsequent fiscal year.
(2) Selection of oversight activities
In preparing the plan, the head of the agency shall select oversight activities based upon a risk
assessment of those areas that present the greatest risk of fraud, waste, and abuse.
(3) Schedule
The plan shall include a schedule for conducting oversight activities, including anticipated dates
of completion.
(f) Federal disaster assistance accountability reports
A Federal agency receiving oversight funds under this section shall submit annually to the
Administrator and the appropriate committees of Congress a consolidated report regarding the use of
such funds, including information summarizing oversight activities and the results achieved.
(g) Definition
In this section, the term "oversight funds" means funds referred to in subsection (a) that are
designated for use in performing oversight activities.

(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §693, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1458.)

§794. Limitation on length of certain noncompetitive contracts
(a) Regulations
The Secretary shall promulgate regulations applicable to contracts described in subsection (c) to
restrict the contract period of any such contract entered into using procedures other than competitive
procedures pursuant to the exception provided in paragraph (2) of section 3304(a) of title 41 to the
minimum contract period necessary—
(1) to meet the urgent and compelling requirements of the work to be performed under the
contract; and
(2) to enter into another contract for the required goods or services through the use of
competitive procedures.
(b) Specific contract period
The regulations promulgated under subsection (a) shall require the contract period to not to
exceed 1 150 days, unless the Secretary determines that exceptional circumstances apply.
(c) Covered contracts
This section applies to any contract in an amount greater than the simplified acquisition threshold
(as defined by section 134 of title 41) entered into by the Department to facilitate response to or
recovery from a natural disaster, act of terrorism, or other man-made disaster.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §695, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1460.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
In subsec. (a), "paragraph (2) of section 3304(a) of title 41" substituted for "paragraph (2) of section 303(c)
of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 253(c))" on authority of Pub. L.
111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
In subsec. (c), "section 134 of title 41" substituted for "section 4 of the Office of Federal Procurement
Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 403)" on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act
enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
1

So in original. Probably should be "period not to exceed".

§795. Fraud, waste, and abuse controls
(a) In general
The Administrator shall ensure that—
(1) all programs within the Agency administering Federal disaster relief assistance develop and
maintain proper internal management controls to prevent and detect fraud, waste, and abuse;
(2) application databases used by the Agency to collect information on eligible recipients must
record disbursements;
(3) such tracking is designed to highlight and identify ineligible applications; and
(4) the databases used to collect information from applications for such assistance must be
integrated with disbursements and payment records.
(b) Audits and reviews required
The Administrator shall ensure that any database or similar application processing system for
Federal disaster relief assistance programs administered by the Agency undergoes a review by the
Inspector General of the Agency to determine the existence and implementation of such internal

controls required under this section and the amendments made by this section.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §696, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1460.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
For the amendments made by this section, referred to in subsec. (b), see Codification note below.
CODIFICATION
Section is comprised of section 696 of Pub. L. 109–295. Subsec. (c) of section 696 of Pub. L. 109–295
amended section 5174 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.

§796. Registry of disaster response contractors
(a) Definitions
In this section—
(1) the term "registry" means the registry created under subsection (b); and
(2) the terms "small business concern", "small business concern owned and controlled by
socially and economically disadvantaged individuals", "small business concern owned and
controlled by women", and "small business concern owned and controlled by service-disabled
veterans" have the meanings given those terms under the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 631 et
seq.).
(b) Registry
(1) In general
The Administrator shall establish and maintain a registry of contractors who are willing to
perform debris removal, distribution of supplies, reconstruction, and other disaster or emergency
relief activities.
(2) Contents
The registry shall include, for each business concern—
(A) the name of the business concern;
(B) the location of the business concern;
(C) the area served by the business concern;
(D) the type of good or service provided by the business concern;
(E) the bonding level of the business concern; and
(F) whether the business concern is—
(i) a small business concern;
(ii) a small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically
disadvantaged individuals;
(iii) a small business concern owned and controlled by women; or
(iv) a small business concern owned and controlled by service-disabled veterans.
(3) Source of information
(A) Submission
Information maintained in the registry shall be submitted on a voluntary basis and be kept
current by the submitting business concerns.
(B) Attestation
Each business concern submitting information to the registry shall submit—
(i) an attestation that the information is true; and
(ii) documentation supporting such attestation.
(C) Verification

The Administrator shall verify that the documentation submitted by each business concern
supports the information submitted by that business concern.
(4) Availability of registry
The registry shall be made generally available on the Internet site of the Agency.
(5) Consultation of registry
As part of the acquisition planning for contracting for debris removal, distribution of supplies in
a disaster, reconstruction, and other disaster or emergency relief activities, a Federal agency shall
consult the registry.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §697, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1461.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Small Business Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is Pub. L. 85–536, §2(1 et seq.), July 18, 1958, 72
Stat. 384, which is classified generally to chapter 14A (§631 et seq.) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. For
complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 631 of Title 15 and
Tables.

§797. Fraud prevention training program
The Administrator shall develop and implement a program to provide training on the prevention of
waste, fraud, and abuse of Federal disaster relief assistance relating to the response to or recovery
from natural disasters and acts of terrorism or other man-made disasters and ways to identify such
potential waste, fraud, and abuse.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §698, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1462.)

PART E—AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS
§811. Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this title 1 and the amendments made by this
title for the administration and operations of the Agency—
(1) for fiscal year 2008, an amount equal to the amount appropriated for fiscal year 2007 for
administration and operations of the Agency, multiplied by 1.1;
(2) for fiscal year 2009, an amount equal to the amount described in paragraph (1), multiplied
by 1.1; and
(3) for fiscal year 2010, an amount equal to the amount described in paragraph (2), multiplied
by 1.1.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title VI, §699, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1462.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This title, referred to in text, is title VI of Pub. L. 109–295, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1355, known as the
Post-Katrina Emergency Management Reform Act of 2006. For complete classification of title VI to the Code,
see Short Title note set out under section 701 of this title and Tables.
1

See References in Text note below.

CHAPTER 3—SECURITY AND ACCOUNTABILITY FOR EVERY PORT
Sec.

901.

Definitions.
SUBCHAPTER I—SECURITY OF UNITED STATES SEAPORTS
PART A—PORT SECURITY GRANTS; TRAINING AND EXERCISE PROGRAMS

911.
912.
913.

Repealed.
Port Security Exercise Program.
Facility exercise requirements.
PART B—PORT OPERATIONS

921.
921a.
922.
923.
924.
925.
926.

Domestic radiation detection and imaging.
Integration of detection equipment and technologies.
Repealed.
Random searches of containers.
Threat assessment screening of port truck drivers.
Border Patrol unit for United States Virgin Islands.
Center of Excellence for Maritime Domain Awareness.
SUBCHAPTER II—SECURITY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SUPPLY CHAIN
PART A—GENERAL PROVISIONS

941.
942.
943.
944.
945.

Strategic plan to enhance the security of the international supply chain.
Post-incident resumption of trade.
Automated Targeting System.
Container security standards and procedures.
Container Security Initiative.
PART B—CUSTOMS–TRADE PARTNERSHIP AGAINST TERRORISM

961.
962.
963.
964.
965.
966.
967.
968.
969.
970.
971.
972.
973.

Establishment.
Eligible entities.
Minimum requirements.
Tier 1 participants in C–TPAT.
Tier 2 participants in C–TPAT.
Tier 3 participants in C–TPAT.
Consequences for lack of compliance.
Third party validations.
Revalidation.
Noncontainerized cargo.
C–TPAT program management.
Additional personnel.
Authorization of appropriations.
PART C—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

981.
981a.
982.
983.
984.
985.
1001.
1002.
1003.

Pilot integrated scanning system.
Pilot integrated scanning system.
Screening and scanning of cargo containers.
Inspection technology and training.
Repealed.
Information sharing relating to supply chain security cooperation.
SUBCHAPTER III—ADMINISTRATION
Designation of liaison office of Department of State.
Homeland Security Science and Technology Advisory Committee.
Research, development, test, and evaluation efforts in furtherance of maritime and
cargo security.

§901. Definitions
In this Act:
(1) Appropriate congressional committees
Except as otherwise provided, the term "appropriate congressional committees" means—
(A) the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate;
(B) the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate;
(C) the Committee on Finance of the Senate;
(D) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
(E) the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives;
(F) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives;
(G) the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives;
(H) the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives; and
(I) other congressional committees, as appropriate.
(2) Commercial Operations Advisory Committee
The term "Commercial Operations Advisory Committee" means the Advisory Committee
established pursuant to section 9503(c) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987 (19
U.S.C. 2071 note) 1 or any successor committee.
(3) Commercial seaport personnel
The term "commercial seaport personnel" includes any person engaged in an activity relating to
the loading or unloading of cargo or passengers, the movement or tracking of cargo, the
maintenance and repair of intermodal equipment, the operation of cargo-related equipment
(whether or not integral to the vessel), and the handling of mooring lines on the dock when a
vessel is made fast or let go in the United States.
(4) Commissioner
The term "Commissioner" means the Commissioner responsible for the United States Customs
and Border Protection of the Department of Homeland Security.
(5) Container
The term "container" has the meaning given the term in the International Convention for Safe
Containers, with annexes, done at Geneva, December 2, 1972 (29 UST 3707).
(6) Container security device
The term "container security device" means a device, or system, designed, at a minimum, to
identify positively a container, to detect and record the unauthorized intrusion of a container, and
to secure a container against tampering throughout the supply chain. Such a device, or system,
shall have a low false alarm rate as determined by the Secretary.
(7) Department
The term "Department" means the Department of Homeland Security.
(8) Examination
The term "examination" means an inspection of cargo to detect the presence of misdeclared,
restricted, or prohibited items that utilizes nonintrusive imaging and detection technology.
(9) Inspection
The term "inspection" means the comprehensive process used by the United States Customs and
Border Protection to assess goods entering the United States to appraise them for duty purposes, to
detect the presence of restricted or prohibited items, and to ensure compliance with all applicable
laws. The process may include screening, conducting an examination, or conducting a search.
(10) International supply chain
The term "international supply chain" means the end-to-end process for shipping goods to or

from the United States beginning at the point of origin (including manufacturer, supplier, or
vendor) through a point of distribution to the destination.
(11) Radiation detection equipment
The term "radiation detection equipment" means any technology that is capable of detecting or
identifying nuclear and radiological material or nuclear and radiological explosive devices.
(12) Scan
The term "scan" means utilizing nonintrusive imaging equipment, radiation detection
equipment, or both, to capture data, including images of a container.
(13) Screening
The term "screening" means a visual or automated review of information about goods, including
manifest or entry documentation accompanying a shipment being imported into the United States,
to determine the presence of misdeclared, restricted, or prohibited items and assess the level of
threat posed by such cargo.
(14) Search
The term "search" means an intrusive examination in which a container is opened and its
contents are devanned and visually inspected for the presence of misdeclared, restricted, or
prohibited items.
(15) Secretary
The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Homeland Security.
(16) Transportation disruption
The term "transportation disruption" means any significant delay, interruption, or stoppage in
the flow of trade caused by a natural disaster, heightened threat level, an act of terrorism, or any
transportation security incident (as defined in section 70101(6) 1 of title 46).
(17) Transportation security incident
The term "transportation security incident" has the meaning given the term in section 70101(6)
of title 46.
(Pub. L. 109–347, §2, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1886.)
1

EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 109–347, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1884, known as the Security and
Accountability For Every Port Act of 2006 or the SAFE Port Act. For complete classification of this Act to the
Code, see Tables.
Section 9503(c) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987, referred to in par. (2), is section
9503(c) of title IX of Pub. L. 100–203, which was set out as a note under section 2071 of Title 19, Customs
Duties, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 114–125, title I, §109(g)(1), Feb. 24, 2016, 130 Stat. 137. For establishment
of successor committee, see section 4316(a) of Title 19.
Section 70101(6) of title 46, referred to in pars. (16) and (17), was redesignated section 70101(7) of title 46
by Pub. L. 115–254, div. J, §1805(b)(1), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3534.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
SHORT TITLE
Pub. L. 109–347, §1(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1884, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for
classification] may be cited as the 'Security and Accountability For Every Port Act of 2006' or the 'SAFE Port
Act'."
1

See References in Text note below.

SUBCHAPTER I—SECURITY OF UNITED STATES SEAPORTS

PART A—PORT SECURITY GRANTS; TRAINING AND EXERCISE
PROGRAMS
§911. Repealed. Pub. L. 111–281, title VIII, §821(b), Oct. 15, 2010, 124 Stat. 3003
Section, Pub. L. 109–347, title I, §113, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1895, established the Port Security Training
Program and its requirements.

§912. Port Security Exercise Program
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Preparedness and in coordination with the
Commandant of the Coast Guard, shall establish a Port Security Exercise Program (referred to in this
section as the "Exercise Program") for the purpose of testing and evaluating the capabilities of
Federal, State, local, and foreign governments, commercial seaport personnel and management,
governmental and nongovernmental emergency response providers, the private sector, or any other
organization or entity, as the Secretary determines to be appropriate, to prevent, prepare for, mitigate
against, respond to, and recover from acts of terrorism, natural disasters, and other emergencies at
facilities required to submit a plan under section 70103(c) of title 46.
(b) Requirements
The Secretary shall ensure that the Exercise Program—
(1) conducts, on a periodic basis, port security exercises at such facilities that are—
(A) scaled and tailored to the needs of each facility;
(B) live, in the case of the most at-risk facilities;
(C) as realistic as practicable and based on current risk assessments, including credible
threats, vulnerabilities, and consequences;
(D) consistent with the National Incident Management System, the National Response Plan,
the National Infrastructure Protection Plan, the National Preparedness Guidance, the National
Preparedness Goal, the National Maritime Transportation Security Plan, and other such national
initiatives;
(E) evaluated against clear and consistent performance measures;
(F) assessed to learn best practices, which shall be shared with appropriate Federal, State, and
local officials, commercial seaport personnel and management, governmental and
nongovernmental emergency response providers, and the private sector; and
(G) followed by remedial action in response to lessons learned; and
(2) assists State and local governments and facilities in designing, implementing, and evaluating
exercises that—
(A) conform to the requirements of paragraph (1); and
(B) are consistent with any applicable Area Maritime Transportation Security Plan and State
or Urban Area Homeland Security Plan.
(c) Improvement plan
The Secretary shall establish a port security exercise improvement plan process to—
(1) identify and analyze each port security exercise for lessons learned and best practices;

(2) disseminate lessons learned and best practices to participants in the Exercise Program;
(3) monitor the implementation of lessons learned and best practices by participants in the
Exercise Program; and
(4) conduct remedial action tracking and long-term trend analysis.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title I, §114, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1896.)

§913. Facility exercise requirements
The Secretary of the Department in which the Coast Guard is operating shall require each high
risk facility to conduct live or full-scale exercises described in section 105.220(c) of title 33, Code of
Federal Regulations, not less frequently than once every 2 years, in accordance with the facility
security plan required under section 70103(c) of title 46.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title I, §115, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1897.)

PART B—PORT OPERATIONS
§921. Domestic radiation detection and imaging
(a) Scanning containers
Subject to section 1318 of title 19, not later than December 31, 2007, all containers entering the
United States through the 22 ports through which the greatest volume of containers enter the United
States by vessel shall be scanned for radiation. To the extent practicable, the Secretary shall deploy
next generation radiation detection technology.
(b) Strategy
The Secretary shall develop a strategy for the deployment of radiation detection capabilities that
includes—
(1) a risk-based prioritization of ports of entry at which radiation detection equipment will be
deployed;
(2) a proposed timeline of when radiation detection equipment will be deployed at each port of
entry identified under paragraph (1);
(3) the type of equipment to be used at each port of entry identified under paragraph (1),
including the joint deployment and utilization of radiation detection equipment and nonintrusive
imaging equipment;
(4) standard operating procedures for examining containers with such equipment, including
sensor alarming, networking, and communications and response protocols;
(5) operator training plans;
(6) an evaluation of the environmental health and safety impacts of nonintrusive imaging
technology and a radiation risk reduction plan, in consultation with the Nuclear Regulatory
Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health, that seeks to minimize radiation exposure of workers and the
public to levels as low as reasonably achievable;
(7) the policy of the Department for using nonintrusive imaging equipment in tandem with
radiation detection equipment; and
(8) a classified annex that—
(A) details plans for covert testing; and
(B) outlines the risk-based prioritization of ports of entry identified under paragraph (1).
(c) Standards
The Secretary, acting through the Director for Domestic Nuclear Detection 1 and in collaboration

with the National Institute of Standards and Technology, shall publish technical capability standards
and recommended standard operating procedures for the use of nonintrusive imaging and radiation
detection equipment in the United States. Such standards and procedures—
(1) should take into account relevant standards and procedures utilized by other Federal
departments or agencies as well as those developed by international bodies; and
(2) shall not be designed so as to endorse specific companies or create sovereignty conflicts
with participating countries.
(d) Implementation
Not later than 3 years after October 13, 2006, the Secretary shall fully implement the strategy
developed under subsection (b).
(e) Expansion to other United States ports of entry
(1) In general
As soon as practicable after—
(A) implementation of the program for the examination of containers for radiation at ports of
entry described in subsection (a); and
(B) submission of the strategy developed under subsection (b),
but not later than December 31, 2008, the Secretary shall expand the strategy developed under
subsection (b), in a manner consistent with the requirements of subsection (b), to provide for the
deployment of radiation detection capabilities at all other United States ports of entry not covered
by the strategy developed under subsection (b).
(2) Risk assessment
In expanding the strategy under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall identify and assess the risks
to those other ports of entry in order to determine what equipment and practices will best mitigate
the risks.
(f) Intermodal Rail Radiation Detection Test Center
(1) Establishment
In accordance with subsection (b), and in order to comply with this section, the Secretary shall
establish an Intermodal Rail Radiation Detection Test Center (referred to in this subsection as the
"Test Center").
(2) Projects
The Secretary shall conduct multiple, concurrent projects at the Test Center to rapidly identify
and test concepts specific to the challenges posed by on-dock rail.
(3) Location
The Test Center shall be located within a public port facility at which a majority of the
containerized cargo is directly laden from (or unladen to) on-dock, intermodal rail.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title I, §121, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1898; Pub. L. 115–254, div. J, §1816(b),
Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3541.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsecs. (c) to (e). Pub. L. 115–254, §1816(b)(1), (2), redesignated subsecs. (f) to (h) as (c) to (e),
respectively, and struck out former subsecs. (c) to (e). Prior to amendment, subsecs. (c) to (e) read as follows:
"(c) REPORT.—Not later than 90 days after October 13, 2006, the Secretary shall submit the strategy
developed under subsection (b) to the appropriate congressional committees.
"(d) UPDATE.—Not later than 180 days after the date of the submission of the report under subsection (c),
the Secretary shall provide a more complete evaluation under subsection (b)(6).
"(e) OTHER WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION THREATS.—Not later than 180 days after October

13, 2006, the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report on the feasibility of,
and a strategy for, the development of equipment to detect and prevent shielded nuclear and radiological threat
material and chemical, biological, and other weapons of mass destruction from entering the United States."
Subsec. (e)(1)(B). Pub. L. 115–254, §1816(b)(3), struck out "(and updating, if any, of that strategy under
subsection (c))" after "under subsection (b)".
Subsecs. (f) to (i). Pub. L. 115–254, §1816(b)(2), redesignated subsecs. (f) to (i) as (c) to (f), respectively.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to the Director for Domestic Nuclear Detection deemed to be a reference to the Assistant
Secretary for the Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office, see section 2(b)(1)(B) of Pub. L. 115–387,
set out as a note under section 591 of this title.
1

See Change of Name note below.

§921a. Integration of detection equipment and technologies
(a) Responsibility of Secretary
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall have responsibility for ensuring that domestic chemical,
biological, radiological, and nuclear detection equipment and technologies are integrated, as
appropriate, with other border security systems and detection technologies.
(b) Report
Not later than 6 months after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall submit a report to Congress that
contains a plan to develop a departmental technology assessment process to determine and certify the
technology readiness levels of chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear detection technologies
before the full deployment of such technologies within the United States.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XI, §1104, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 380.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007,
and not as part of the Security and Accountability For Every Port Act of 2006, also known as the SAFE Port
Act, which comprises this chapter.

§922. Repealed. Pub. L. 115–254, div. J, §1816(c), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3541
Section, Pub. L. 109–347, title I, §122, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1899, related to inspection of car ferries
entering from abroad.

§923. Random searches of containers
Not later than 1 year after October 13, 2006, the Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall
develop and implement a plan, utilizing best practices for empirical scientific research design and
random sampling, to conduct random searches of containers in addition to any targeted or
preshipment inspection of such containers required by law or regulation or conducted under any
other program conducted by the Secretary. Nothing in this section shall be construed to mean that
implementation of the random sampling plan precludes additional searches of containers not
inspected pursuant to the plan.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title I, §123, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1899.)

§924. Threat assessment screening of port truck drivers
Not later than 90 days after October 13, 2006, the Secretary shall implement a threat assessment
screening, including name-based checks against terrorist watch lists and immigration status check,
for all port truck drivers with access to secure areas of a port who have a commercial driver's license
but do not have a current and valid hazardous materials endorsement issued in accordance with
section 1572 1 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, that is the same as the threat assessment
screening required for facility employees and longshoremen by the Commandant of the Coast Guard
under Coast Guard Notice USCG–2006–24189 (Federal Register, Vol. 71, No. 82, Friday, April 28,
2006).
(Pub. L. 109–347, title I, §125, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1900.)
1

So in original. Probably should be "part 1572".

§925. Border Patrol unit for United States Virgin Islands
(a) In general
The Secretary may establish at least 1 Border Patrol unit for the United States Virgin Islands.
(b) Report
Not later than 180 days after October 13, 2006, the Secretary shall submit a report to the
appropriate congressional committees that includes the schedule, if any, for carrying out subsection
(a).
(Pub. L. 109–347, title I, §126, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1900.)

§926. Center of Excellence for Maritime Domain Awareness
(a) Establishment
The Secretary shall establish a university-based Center for Excellence for Maritime Domain
Awareness following the merit-review processes and procedures that have been established by the
Secretary for selecting university program centers of excellence.
(b) Duties
The Center established under subsection (a) shall—
(1) prioritize its activities based on the "National Plan To Improve Maritime Domain
Awareness" published by the Department in October 2005;
(2) recognize the extensive previous and ongoing work and existing competence in the field of
maritime domain awareness at numerous academic and research institutions, such as the Naval
Postgraduate School;
(3) leverage existing knowledge and continue development of a broad base of expertise within
academia and industry in maritime domain awareness; and
(4) provide educational, technical, and analytical assistance to Federal agencies with
responsibilities for maritime domain awareness, including the Coast Guard, to focus on the need
for interoperability, information sharing, and common information technology standards and
architecture.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title I, §128, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1900.)

SUBCHAPTER II—SECURITY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SUPPLY CHAIN

PART A—GENERAL PROVISIONS
§941. Strategic plan to enhance the security of the international supply chain
(a) Strategic plan
The Secretary, in consultation with appropriate Federal, State, local, and tribal government
agencies and private sector stakeholders responsible for security matters that affect or relate to the
movement of containers through the international supply chain, shall develop, implement, and
update, triennially, a strategic plan to enhance the security of the international supply chain.
(b) Requirements
The strategic plan required under subsection (a) shall—
(1) describe the roles, responsibilities, and authorities of Federal, State, local, and tribal
government agencies and private-sector stakeholders that relate to the security of the movement of
containers through the international supply chain;
(2) identify and address gaps and unnecessary overlaps in the roles, responsibilities, or
authorities described in paragraph (1);
(3) identify and make recommendations regarding legislative, regulatory, and organizational
changes necessary to improve coordination among the entities or to enhance the security of the
international supply chain;
(4) provide measurable goals, including objectives, mechanisms, and a schedule, for furthering
the security of commercial operations from point of origin to point of destination;
(5) build on available resources and consider costs and benefits;
(6) provide incentives for additional voluntary measures to enhance cargo security, as
recommended by the Commissioner;
(7) consider the impact of supply chain security requirements on small- and medium-sized
companies;
(8) include a process for sharing intelligence and information with private-sector stakeholders to
assist in their security efforts;
(9) identify a framework for prudent and measured response in the event of a transportation
security incident involving the international supply chain;
(10) provide protocols for the expeditious resumption of the flow of trade in accordance with
section 942 of this title;
(11) consider the linkages between supply chain security and security programs within other
systems of movement, including travel security and terrorism finance programs; and
(12) expand upon and relate to existing strategies and plans, including the National Response
Plan, the National Maritime Transportation Security Plan, the National Strategy for Maritime
Security, and the 8 supporting plans of the Strategy, as required by Homeland Security
Presidential Directive 13.
(c) Consultation
In developing protocols under subsection (b)(10), the Secretary shall consult with Federal, State,
local, and private sector stakeholders, including the National Maritime Security Advisory Committee
and the Commercial Operations Advisory Committee.
(d) Communication
To the extent practicable, the strategic plan developed under subsection (a) shall provide for
coordination with, and lines of communication among, appropriate Federal, State, local, and
private-sector stakeholders on law enforcement actions, intermodal rerouting plans, and other

strategic infrastructure issues resulting from a transportation security incident or transportation
disruption.
(e) Utilization of Advisory Committees
As part of the consultations described in subsection (a), the Secretary shall, to the extent
practicable, utilize the Homeland Security Advisory Committee, the National Maritime Security
Advisory Committee, and the Commercial Operations Advisory Committee to review, as necessary,
the draft strategic plan and any subsequent updates to the strategic plan.
(f) International standards and practices
In furtherance of the strategic plan required under subsection (a), the Secretary is encouraged to
consider proposed or established standards and practices of foreign governments and international
organizations, including the International Maritime Organization, the World Customs Organization,
the International Labor Organization, and the International Organization for Standardization, as
appropriate, to establish standards and best practices for the security of containers moving through
the international supply chain.
(g) Reports
(1) Initial report
Not later than 270 days after October 13, 2006, the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate
congressional committees a report that contains the strategic plan required by subsection (a).
(2) Updates
Not later than 270 days after October 5, 2018, and triennially thereafter, the Secretary shall
submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report that contains any updates to the
strategic plan under subsection (a) since the prior report.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §201, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1901; Pub. L. 115–254, div. J, §1804, Oct.
5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3533.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 115–254, §1804(1), substituted "triennially" for "as appropriate".
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 115–254, §1804(2)(A), substituted "Reports" for "Report" in heading.
Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 115–254, §1804(2)(B), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as
follows: "Not later than 3 years after the date on which the strategic plan is submitted under paragraph (1), the
Secretary shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees that contains an update of the
strategic plan."

§942. Post-incident resumption of trade
(a) In general
The Secretary shall develop and update, as necessary, protocols for the resumption of trade in
accordance with section 941(b)(10) of this title in the event of a transportation disruption or a
transportation security incident. The protocols shall include—
(1) the identification of the appropriate initial incident commander, if the Commandant of the
Coast Guard is not the appropriate person, and lead departments, agencies, or offices to execute
such protocols;
(2) a plan to redeploy resources and personnel, as necessary, to reestablish the flow of trade;
(3) a plan to provide training for the periodic instruction of personnel of the United States
Customs and Border Protection, the Coast Guard, and the Transportation Security Administration
in trade resumption functions and responsibilities; and
(4) appropriate factors for establishing prioritization of vessels and cargo determined by the
President to be critical for response and recovery, including factors relating to public health,

national security, and economic need.
(b) Vessels
In determining the prioritization of vessels accessing facilities (as defined under section 70101 of
title 46), the Commandant of the Coast Guard may, to the extent practicable and consistent with the
protocols and plans required under this section to ensure the safe and secure transit of vessels to ports
in the United States after a transportation security incident, give priority to a vessel—
(1) that has an approved security plan under section 70103(c) of title 46 or a valid international
ship security certificate, as provided under part 104 of title 33, Code of Federal Regulations;
(2) that is manned by individuals who are described in section 70105(b)(2)(B) of title 46; and
(3) that is operated by validated participants in the Customs-Trade Partnership Against
Terrorism program.
(c) Cargo
In determining the prioritization of the resumption of the flow of cargo and consistent with the
protocols established under this section, the Commissioner may give preference to cargo—
(1) entering a port of entry directly from a foreign seaport designated under the Container
Security Initiative;
(2) from the supply chain of a validated C–TPAT participant and other private sector entities, as
appropriate; or
(3) that has undergone—
(A) a nuclear or radiological detection scan;
(B) an x-ray, density, or other imaging scan; and
(C) a system to positively identify the container at the last port of departure prior to arrival in
the United States, which data has been evaluated and analyzed by personnel of the United States
Customs and Border Protection.
(d) Coordination
The Secretary shall ensure that there is appropriate coordination among the Commandant of the
Coast Guard, the Commissioner, and other Federal officials following a maritime disruption or
maritime transportation security incident in order to provide for the resumption of trade.
(e) Communication
Consistent with section 941 of this title, the Commandant of the Coast Guard, Commissioner, and
other appropriate Federal officials, shall promptly communicate any revised procedures or
instructions intended for the private sector following a maritime disruption or maritime
transportation security incident.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §202, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1903.)

§943. Automated Targeting System
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall—
(1) identify and seek the submission of data related to the movement of a shipment of cargo
through the international supply chain; and
(2) analyze the data described in paragraph (1) to identify high-risk cargo for inspection.
(b) Requirement
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall require the electronic transmission to the
Department of additional data elements for improved high-risk targeting, including appropriate
security elements of entry data, as determined by the Secretary, to be provided as advanced
information with respect to cargo destined for importation into the United States prior to loading of
such cargo on vessels at foreign seaports.
(c) Consideration

The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall—
(1) consider the cost, benefit, and feasibility of—
(A) requiring additional nonmanifest documentation;
(B) reducing the time period allowed by law for revisions to a container cargo manifest;
(C) reducing the time period allowed by law for submission of certain elements of entry data,
for vessel or cargo; and
(D) such other actions the Secretary considers beneficial for improving the information relied
upon for the Automated Targeting System and any successor targeting system in furthering the
security and integrity of the international supply chain; and
(2) consult with stakeholders, including the Commercial Operations Advisory Committee, and
identify to them the need for such information, and the appropriate timing of its submission.
(d) Regulations
The Secretary shall promulgate regulations to carry out this section. In promulgating such
regulations, the Secretary shall adhere to the parameters applicable to the development of regulations
under section 343(a) of the Trade Act of 2002 (19 U.S.C. 2071 note),1 including provisions relating
to consultation, technology, analysis, use of information, confidentiality, and timing requirements.
(e) System improvements
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall—
(1) conduct, through an independent panel, a review of the effectiveness and capabilities of the
Automated Targeting System;
(2) consider future iterations of the Automated Targeting System, which would incorporate
smart features, such as more complex algorithms and real-time intelligence, instead of relying
solely on rule sets that are periodically updated;
(3) ensure that the Automated Targeting System has the capability to electronically compare
manifest and other available data for cargo entered into or bound for the United States to detect
any significant anomalies between such data and facilitate the resolution of such anomalies;
(4) ensure that the Automated Targeting System has the capability to electronically identify,
compile, and compare select data elements for cargo entered into or bound for the United States
following a maritime transportation security incident, in order to efficiently identify cargo for
increased inspection or expeditious release; and
(5) develop a schedule to address the recommendations of the Comptroller General of the
United States, the Inspector General of the Department of the Treasury, and the Inspector General
of the Department with respect to the operation of the Automated Targeting System.
(f) Secure transmission of certain information
All information required by the Department from supply chain partners shall be transmitted in a
secure fashion, as determined by the Secretary, so as to protect the information from unauthorized
access.
(g) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to the United States Customs and Border Protection to
carry out the Automated Targeting System for identifying high-risk oceanborne container cargo for
inspection—
(1) $33,200,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(2) $35,700,000 for fiscal year 2009; and
(3) $37,485,000 for fiscal year 2010.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §203, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1904.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT

Section 343(a) of the Trade Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (d), is section 343(a) of Pub. L. 107–210,
which was set out as a note under section 2071 of Title 19, Customs Duties, prior to editorial transfer to
section 1415(a) of Title 19.
1

See References in Text note below.

§944. Container security standards and procedures
(a) Establishment
(1) In general
Not later than 90 days after October 13, 2006, the Secretary shall initiate a rulemaking
proceeding to establish minimum standards and procedures for securing containers in transit to the
United States.
(2) Interim rule
Not later than 180 days after October 13, 2006, the Secretary shall issue an interim final rule
pursuant to the proceeding described in paragraph (1).
(3) Missed deadline
If the Secretary is unable to meet the deadline established pursuant to paragraph (2), the
Secretary shall submit a letter to the appropriate congressional committees explaining why the
Secretary is unable to meet that deadline and describing what must be done before such minimum
standards and procedures can be established.
(4) Deadline for enforcement
(A) Enforcement of rule
Not later than 2 years after the date on which the standards and procedures are established
pursuant to paragraph (1), all containers bound for ports of entry in the United States shall meet
such standards and procedures.
(B) Interim requirement
If the interim final rule described in paragraph (2) is not issued by April 1, 2008, then—
(i) effective not later than October 15, 2008, all containers in transit to the United States
shall be required to meet the requirements of International Organization for Standardization
Publicly Available Specification 17712 standard for sealing containers; and
(ii) the requirements of this subparagraph shall cease to be effective upon the effective date
of the interim final rule issued pursuant to this subsection.
(b) Review and enhancement
The Secretary shall regularly review and enhance the standards and procedures established
pursuant to subsection (a), as appropriate, based on tests of technologies as they become
commercially available to detect container intrusion and the highest consequence threats, particularly
weapons of mass destruction.
(c) International cargo security standards
The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Energy, and other
Federal Government officials, as appropriate, and with the Commercial Operations Advisory
Committee, the Homeland Security Advisory Committee, and the National Maritime Security
Advisory Committee, is encouraged to promote and establish international standards for the security
of containers moving through the international supply chain with foreign governments and
international organizations, including the International Maritime Organization, the International
Organization for Standardization, the International Labor Organization, and the World Customs
Organization.

(d) International trade and other obligations
In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall consult with appropriate Federal departments and
agencies and private sector stakeholders and ensure that actions under this section do not violate
international trade obligations or other international obligations of the United States.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §204, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1905; Pub. L. 110–53, title XVII, §1701(b),
Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 491.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2007—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 110–53, which directed amendment of par. (4) by substituting "(1) Deadline
for enforcement" and subpar. (A) designation and heading for "(1) Deadline for enforcement", was executed
by inserting the subpar. (A) designation and heading before "Not later than" and making no change in the par.
designation or heading, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (a)(4)(B). Pub. L. 110–53, §1701(b)(2), added subpar. (B).

§945. Container Security Initiative
(a) Establishment
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall establish and implement a program
(referred to in this section as the "Container Security Initiative" or "CSI") to identify and examine or
search maritime containers that pose a security risk before loading such containers in a foreign port
for shipment to the United States, either directly or through a foreign port.
(b) Assessment
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, may designate foreign seaports to participate in
the Container Security Initiative after the Secretary has assessed the costs, benefits, and other factors
associated with such designation, including—
(1) the level of risk for the potential compromise of containers by terrorists, or other threats as
determined by the Secretary;
(2) the volume of cargo being imported to the United States directly from, or being transshipped
through, the foreign seaport;
(3) the results of the Coast Guard assessments conducted pursuant to section 70108 of title 46;
(4) the commitment of the government of the country in which the foreign seaport is located to
cooperating with the Department in sharing critical data and risk management information and to
maintain programs to ensure employee integrity; and
(5) the potential for validation of security practices at the foreign seaport by the Department.
(c) Notification
The Secretary shall notify the appropriate congressional committees of the designation of a foreign
port under the Container Security Initiative or the revocation of such a designation before notifying
the public of such designation or revocation.
(d) Negotiations
The Secretary, in cooperation with the Secretary of State and in consultation with the United
States Trade Representative, may enter into negotiations with the government of each foreign nation
in which a seaport is designated under the Container Security Initiative to ensure full compliance
with the requirements under the Container Security Initiative.
(e) Overseas inspections
(1) Requirements and procedures
The Secretary shall—
(A) establish minimum technical capability criteria and standard operating procedures for the

use of nonintrusive inspection and nuclear and radiological detection systems in conjunction
with CSI;
(B) require each port designated under CSI to operate nonintrusive inspection and nuclear
and radiological detection systems in accordance with the technical capability criteria and
standard operating procedures established under subparagraph (A);
(C) continually monitor the technologies, processes, and techniques used to inspect cargo at
ports designated under CSI to ensure adherence to such criteria and the use of such procedures;
and
(D) consult with the Secretary of Energy in establishing the minimum technical capability
criteria and standard operating procedures established under subparagraph (A) pertaining to
radiation detection technologies to promote consistency in detection systems at foreign ports
designated under CSI.
(2) Constraints
The criteria and procedures established under paragraph (1)(A)—
(A) shall be consistent, as practicable, with relevant standards and procedures utilized by
other Federal departments or agencies, or developed by international bodies if the United States
consents to such standards and procedures;
(B) shall not apply to activities conducted under the Megaports Initiative of the Department
of Energy; and
(C) shall not be designed to endorse the product or technology of any specific company or to
conflict with the sovereignty of a country in which a foreign seaport designated under the
Container Security Initiative is located.
(f) Savings provision
The authority of the Secretary under this section shall not affect any authority or duplicate any
efforts or responsibilities of the Federal Government with respect to the deployment of radiation
detection equipment outside of the United States.
(g) Coordination
The Secretary shall—
(1) coordinate with the Secretary of Energy, as necessary, to provide radiation detection
equipment required to support the Container Security Initiative through the Department of
Energy's Second Line of Defense Program and Megaports Initiative; or
(2) work with the private sector or host governments, when possible, to obtain radiation
detection equipment that meets the Department's and the Department of Energy's technical
specifications for such equipment.
(h) Staffing
The Secretary shall develop a human capital management plan to determine adequate staffing
levels in the United States and in foreign seaports including, as appropriate, the remote location of
personnel in countries in which foreign seaports are designated under the Container Security
Initiative.
(i) Annual discussions
The Secretary, in coordination with the appropriate Federal officials, shall hold annual discussions
with foreign governments of countries in which foreign seaports designated under the Container
Security Initiative are located regarding best practices, technical assistance, training needs, and
technological developments that will assist in ensuring the efficient and secure movement of
international cargo.
(j) Lesser risk port
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, may treat cargo loaded in a foreign seaport
designated under the Container Security Initiative as presenting a lesser risk than similar cargo
loaded in a foreign seaport that is not designated under the Container Security Initiative, for the
purpose of clearing such cargo into the United States.

(k) Prohibition
(1) In general
The Secretary shall issue a "do not load" order, using existing authorities, to prevent the onload
of any cargo loaded at a port designated under CSI that has been identified as high risk, including
by the Automated Targeting System, unless the cargo is determined to no longer be high risk
through—
(A) a scan of the cargo with nonintrusive imaging equipment and radiation detection
equipment;
(B) a search of the cargo; or
(C) additional information received by the Department.
(2) Rule of construction
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to interfere with the ability of the Secretary to
deny entry of any cargo into the United States.
(l) Report
Not later than 270 days after October 5, 2018, the Secretary, acting through the Commissioner,
shall, in consultation with other appropriate government officials and the Commercial Operations
Advisory Committee, submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees on the
effectiveness of, and the need for any improvements to, the Container Security Initiative. The report
shall include—
(1) a description of the technical assistance delivered to, as well as needed at, each designated
seaport;
(2) a description of the human capital management plan at each designated seaport;
(3) a summary of the requests made by the United States to foreign governments to conduct
physical or nonintrusive inspections of cargo at designated seaports, and whether each such
request was granted or denied by the foreign government;
(4) an assessment of the effectiveness of screening, scanning, and inspection protocols and
technologies utilized at designated seaports and the effect on the flow of commerce at such
seaports, as well as any recommendations for improving the effectiveness of screening, scanning,
and inspection protocols and technologies utilized at designated seaports;
(5) a description and assessment of the outcome of any security incident involving a foreign
seaport designated under the Container Security Initiative;
(6) the rationale for the continuance of each port designated under CSI;
(7) a description of the potential for remote targeting to decrease the number of personnel who
are deployed at foreign ports under CSI; and
(8) a summary and assessment of the aggregate number and extent of trade compliance lapses at
each seaport designated under the Container Security Initiative.
(m) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to the United States Customs and Border Protection to
carry out the provisions of this section—
(1) $144,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(2) $146,000,000 for fiscal year 2009; and
(3) $153,300,000 for fiscal year 2010.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §205, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1906; Pub. L. 115–254, div. J, §1812, Oct.
5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3539.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 115–254 struck out par. (1) designation and heading, substituted "Not later than
270 days after October 5, 2018," for "Not later than September 30, 2007," in introductory provisions,

redesignated subpars. (A) to (H) of former par. (1) as pars. (1) to (8), respectively, and struck out former par.
(2). Prior to amendment, text of par. (2) read as follows: "Not later than September 30, 2010, the Secretary,
acting through the Commissioner, shall, in consultation with other appropriate government officials and the
Commercial Operations Advisory Committee, submit an updated report to the appropriate congressional
committees on the effectiveness of, and the need for any improvements to, the Container Security Initiative.
The updated report shall address each of the elements required to be included in the report provided for under
paragraph (1)."
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
INTERNATIONAL PORT AND FACILITY INSPECTION COORDINATION
Pub. L. 111–281, title VIII, §825, Oct. 15, 2010, 124 Stat. 3004, as amended by Pub. L. 114–120, title III,
§320, Feb. 8, 2016, 130 Stat. 66, provided that:
"(a) COORDINATION.—The Secretary of Homeland Security shall, to the extent practicable, conduct the
assessments required by the following provisions of law concurrently, or develop a process by which the
assessments are coordinated between the Coast Guard and Customs and Border Protection:
"(1) Section 205 of the SAFE Port Act (6 U.S.C. 945).
"(2) Section 213 of that Act (6 U.S.C. 964 [963]).
"(3) Section 70108 of title 46, United States Code.
"(b) LIMITATION.—Nothing in subsection (a) shall be construed to affect or diminish the Secretary's
authority or discretion—
"(1) to conduct an assessment of a foreign port at any time;
"(2) to compel the Secretary to conduct an assessment of a foreign port so as to ensure that 2 or more
assessments are conducted concurrently; or
"(3) to cancel an assessment of a foreign port if the Secretary is unable to conduct 2 or more
assessments concurrently.
"(c) MULTIPLE ASSESSMENT REPORT.—The Secretary shall provide written notice to the Committee
on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate and the Committees on Transportation and
Infrastructure and Homeland Security of the House of Representatives whenever the Secretary conducts 2 or
more assessments of the same port within a 3-year period."

PART B—CUSTOMS–TRADE PARTNERSHIP AGAINST TERRORISM
§961. Establishment
(a) Establishment
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, is authorized to establish a voluntary
government-private sector program (to be known as the "Customs–Trade Partnership Against
Terrorism" or "C–TPAT") to strengthen and improve the overall security of the international supply
chain and United States border security, and to facilitate the movement of secure cargo through the
international supply chain, by providing benefits to participants meeting or exceeding the program
requirements. Participants in C–TPAT shall include Tier 1 participants, Tier 2 participants, and Tier
3 participants.
(b) Minimum security requirements
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall review the minimum security requirements
of C–TPAT at least once every year and update such requirements as necessary.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §211, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1909.)

§962. Eligible entities
Importers, customs brokers, forwarders, air, sea, land carriers, contract logistics providers, and

other entities in the international supply chain and intermodal transportation system are eligible to
apply to voluntarily enter into partnerships with the Department under C–TPAT.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §212, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1909.)

§963. Minimum requirements
An applicant seeking to participate in C–TPAT shall—
(1) demonstrate a history of moving cargo in the international supply chain;
(2) conduct an assessment of its supply chain based upon security criteria established by the
Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, including—
(A) business partner requirements;
(B) container security;
(C) physical security and access controls;
(D) personnel security;
(E) procedural security;
(F) security training and threat awareness; and
(G) information technology security;
(3) implement and maintain security measures and supply chain security practices meeting
security criteria established by the Commissioner; and
(4) meet all other requirements established by the Commissioner, in consultation with the
Commercial Operations Advisory Committee.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §213, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1909.)

§964. Tier 1 participants in C–TPAT
(a) Benefits
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall offer limited benefits to a Tier 1 participant
who has been certified in accordance with the guidelines referred to in subsection (b). Such benefits
may include a reduction in the score assigned pursuant to the Automated Targeting System of not
greater than 20 percent of the high-risk threshold established by the Secretary.
(b) Guidelines
Not later than 180 days after October 13, 2006, the Secretary, acting through the Commissioner,
shall update the guidelines for certifying a C–TPAT participant's security measures and supply chain
security practices under this section. Such guidelines shall include a background investigation and
extensive documentation review.
(c) Timeframe
To the extent practicable, the Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall complete the Tier
1 certification process within 90 days of receipt of an application for participation in C–TPAT.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §214, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1910.)

§965. Tier 2 participants in C–TPAT
(a) Validation
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall validate the security measures and supply
chain security practices of a Tier 1 participant in accordance with the guidelines referred to in
subsection (c). Such validation shall include on-site assessments at appropriate foreign locations
utilized by the Tier 1 participant in its supply chain and shall, to the extent practicable, be completed
not later than 1 year after certification as a Tier 1 participant.

(b) Benefits
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall extend benefits to each C–TPAT
participant that has been validated as a Tier 2 participant under this section, which may include—
(1) reduced scores in the Automated Targeting System;
(2) reduced examinations of cargo; and
(3) priority searches of cargo.
(c) Guidelines
Not later than 180 days after October 13, 2006, the Secretary, acting through the Commissioner,
shall develop a schedule and update the guidelines for validating a participant's security measures
and supply chain security practices under this section.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §215, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1910.)

§966. Tier 3 participants in C–TPAT
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall establish a third tier of C–TPAT
participation that offers additional benefits to participants who demonstrate a sustained commitment
to maintaining security measures and supply chain security practices that exceed the guidelines
established for validation as a Tier 2 participant in C–TPAT under section 965 of this title.
(b) Criteria
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall designate criteria for validating a C–TPAT
participant as a Tier 3 participant under this section. Such criteria may include—
(1) compliance with any additional guidelines established by the Secretary that exceed the
guidelines established pursuant to section 965 of this title for validating a C–TPAT participant as a
Tier 2 participant, particularly with respect to controls over access to cargo throughout the supply
chain;
(2) submission of additional information regarding cargo prior to loading, as determined by the
Secretary;
(3) utilization of container security devices, technologies, policies, or practices that meet
standards and criteria established by the Secretary; and
(4) compliance with any other cargo requirements established by the Secretary.
(c) Benefits
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, in consultation with the Commercial Operations
Advisory Committee and the National Maritime Security Advisory Committee, shall extend benefits
to each C–TPAT participant that has been validated as a Tier 3 participant under this section, which
may include—
(1) the expedited release of a Tier 3 participant's cargo in destination ports within the United
States during all threat levels designated by the Secretary;
(2) further reduction in examinations of cargo;
(3) priority for examinations of cargo; and
(4) further reduction in the risk score assigned pursuant to the Automated Targeting System;
and
(5) inclusion in joint incident management exercises, as appropriate.
(d) Deadline
Not later than 2 years after October 13, 2006, the Secretary, acting through the Commissioner,
shall designate appropriate criteria pursuant to subsection (b) and provide benefits to validated Tier 3
participants pursuant to subsection (c).
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §216, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1910.)

§967. Consequences for lack of compliance
(a) In general
If at any time a C–TPAT participant's security measures and supply chain security practices fail to
meet any of the requirements under this part, the Commissioner may deny the participant benefits
otherwise available under this part, in whole or in part. The Commissioner shall develop procedures
that provide appropriate protections to C–TPAT participants before benefits are revoked. Such
procedures may not limit the ability of the Commissioner to take actions to protect the national
security of the United States.
(b) False or misleading information
If a C–TPAT participant knowingly provides false or misleading information to the Commissioner
during the validation process provided for under this part, the Commissioner shall suspend or expel
the participant from C–TPAT for an appropriate period of time. The Commissioner, after the
completion of the process under subsection (c), may publish in the Federal Register a list of
participants who have been suspended or expelled from C–TPAT pursuant to this subsection, and
may make such list available to C–TPAT participants.
(c) Right of appeal
(1) In general
A C–TPAT participant may appeal a decision of the Commissioner pursuant to subsection (a).
Such appeal shall be filed with the Secretary not later than 90 days after the date of the decision,
and the Secretary shall issue a determination not later than 180 days after the appeal is filed.
(2) Appeals of other decisions
A C–TPAT participant may appeal a decision of the Commissioner pursuant to subsection (b).
Such appeal shall be filed with the Secretary not later than 30 days after the date of the decision,
and the Secretary shall issue a determination not later than 180 days after the appeal is filed.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §217, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1911.)

§968. Third party validations
(a) Plan
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall develop a plan to implement a 1-year
voluntary pilot program to test and assess the feasibility, costs, and benefits of using third party
entities to conduct validations of C–TPAT participants.
(b) Consultations
Not later than 120 days after October 13, 2006, after consulting with private sector stakeholders,
including the Commercial Operations Advisory Committee, the Secretary shall submit a report to the
appropriate congressional committees on the plan described in subsection (a).
(c) Pilot program
(1) In general
Not later than 1 year after the consultations described in subsection (b), the Secretary shall carry
out the 1-year pilot program to conduct validations of C–TPAT participants using third party
entities described in subsection (a).
(2) Authority of the Secretary
The decision to validate a C–TPAT participant is solely within the discretion of the Secretary,
or the Secretary's designee.
(d) Certification of third party entities
The Secretary shall certify a third party entity to conduct validations under subsection (c) if the

entity—
(1) demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the entity has the ability to perform
validations in accordance with standard operating procedures and requirements designated by the
Secretary; and
(2) agrees—
(A) to perform validations in accordance with such standard operating procedures and
requirements (and updates to such procedures and requirements); and
(B) to maintain liability insurance coverage at policy limits and in accordance with conditions
to be established by the Secretary; and
(3) signs an agreement to protect all proprietary information of C–TPAT participants with
respect to which the entity will conduct validations.
(e) Information for establishing limits of liability insurance
A third party entity seeking a certificate under subsection (d) shall submit to the Secretary
necessary information for establishing the limits of liability insurance required to be maintained by
the entity under this Act.
(f) Additional requirements
The Secretary shall ensure that—
(1) any third party entity certified under this section does not have—
(A) any beneficial interest in or any direct or indirect control over the C–TPAT participant
for which the validation services are performed; or
(B) any other conflict of interest with respect to the C–TPAT participant; and
(2) the C–TPAT participant has entered into a contract with the third party entity under which
the C–TPAT participant agrees to pay all costs associated with the validation.
(g) Monitoring
(1) In general
The Secretary shall regularly monitor and inspect the operations of a third party entity
conducting validations under subsection (c) to ensure that the entity is meeting the minimum
standard operating procedures and requirements for the validation of C–TPAT participants
established by the Secretary and all other applicable requirements for validation services.
(2) Revocation
If the Secretary determines that a third party entity is not meeting the minimum standard
operating procedures and requirements designated by the Secretary under subsection (d)(1), the
Secretary shall—
(A) revoke the entity's certificate of conformance issued under subsection (d)(1); and
(B) review any validations conducted by the entity.
(h) Limitation on authority
The Secretary may only grant a C–TPAT validation by a third party entity pursuant to subsection
(c) if the C–TPAT participant voluntarily submits to validation by such third party entity.
(i) Report
Not later than 30 days after the completion of the pilot program conducted pursuant to subsection
(c), the Secretary shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees that contains—
(1) the results of the pilot program, including the extent to which the pilot program ensured
sufficient protection for proprietary commercial information;
(2) the cost and efficiency associated with validations under the pilot program;
(3) the impact of the pilot program on the rate of validations conducted under C–TPAT;
(4) any impact on national security of the pilot program; and
(5) any recommendations by the Secretary based upon the results of the pilot program.

(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §218, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1912.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in subsec. (e), is Pub. L. 109–347, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1884, known as the
Security and Accountability For Every Port Act of 2006 or the SAFE Port Act. For complete classification of
this Act to the Code, see Tables.

§969. Revalidation
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall develop and implement—
(1) a revalidation process for Tier 2 and Tier 3 participants;
(2) a framework based upon objective criteria for identifying participants for periodic
revalidation not less frequently than once during each 4-year period following the initial
validation; and
(3) an annual plan for revalidation that includes—
(A) performance measures;
(B) an assessment of the personnel needed to perform the revalidations; and
(C) the number of participants that will be revalidated during the following year.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §219, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1913.)

§970. Noncontainerized cargo
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall consider the potential for participation in
C–TPAT by importers of noncontainerized cargoes that otherwise meet the requirements under this
part.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §220, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1914.)

§971. C–TPAT program management
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall establish sufficient internal quality controls
and record management to support the management systems of C–TPAT. In managing the program,
the Secretary shall ensure that the program includes:
(1) Strategic plan
A 5-year plan to identify outcome-based goals and performance measures of the program.
(2) Annual plan
An annual plan for each fiscal year designed to match available resources to the projected
workload.
(3) Standardized work program
A standardized work program to be used by agency personnel to carry out the certifications,
validations, and revalidations of participants. The Secretary shall keep records and monitor staff
hours associated with the completion of each such review.
(b) Documentation of reviews
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall maintain a record management system to
document determinations on the reviews of each C–TPAT participant, including certifications,
validations, and revalidations.

(c) Confidential information safeguards
In consultation with the Commercial Operations Advisory Committee, the Secretary, acting
through the Commissioner, shall develop and implement procedures to ensure the protection of
confidential data collected, stored, or shared with government agencies or as part of the application,
certification, validation, and revalidation processes.
(d) Resource management staffing plan
The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner, shall—
(1) develop a staffing plan to recruit and train staff (including a formalized training program) to
meet the objectives identified in the strategic plan of the C–TPAT program; and
(2) provide cross-training in postincident trade resumption for personnel who administer the
C–TPAT program.
(e) Report to Congress
In connection with the President's annual budget submission for the Department, the Secretary
shall report to the appropriate congressional committees on the progress made by the Commissioner
to certify, validate, and revalidate C–TPAT participants. Such report shall be due on the same date
that the President's budget is submitted to the Congress.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §221, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1914.)

§972. Additional personnel
For fiscal years 2008 and 2009, the Commissioner shall increase by not less than 50 the number of
full-time personnel engaged in the validation and revalidation of C–TPAT participants (over the
number of such personnel on the last day of the previous fiscal year), and shall provide appropriate
training and support to such additional personnel.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §222, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1914.)

§973. Authorization of appropriations
(a) C–TPAT
There are authorized to be appropriated to the United States Customs and Border Protection to
carry out the provisions of sections 961 through 971 of this title to remain available until expended—
(1) $65,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(2) $72,000,000 for fiscal year 2009; and
(3) $75,600,000 for fiscal year 2010.
(b) Additional personnel
In addition to any amounts otherwise appropriated to the United States Customs and Border
Protection, there are authorized to be appropriated for the purpose of meeting the staffing
requirement provided for in section 972 of this title, to remain available until expended—
(1) $8,500,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(2) $17,600,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(3) $19,000,000 for fiscal year 2010;
(4) $20,000,000 for fiscal year 2011; and
(5) $21,000,000 for fiscal year 2012.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §223, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1915.)

PART C—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

§981. Pilot integrated scanning system
(a) Designations
Not later than 90 days after October 13, 2006, the Secretary shall designate 3 foreign seaports
through which containers pass or are transshipped to the United States for the establishment of pilot
integrated scanning systems that couple nonintrusive imaging equipment and radiation detection
equipment. In making the designations under this subsection, the Secretary shall consider 3 distinct
ports with unique features and differing levels of trade volume.
(b) Coordination
The Secretary shall—
(1) coordinate with the Secretary of Energy, as necessary, to provide radiation detection
equipment through the Department of Energy's Second Line of Defense and Megaports programs;
or
(2) work with the private sector or, when possible, host governments to obtain radiation
detection equipment that meets both the Department's and the Department of Energy's technical
specifications for such equipment.
(c) Pilot system implementation
Not later than 1 year after October 13, 2006, the Secretary shall achieve a full-scale
implementation of the pilot integrated scanning system at the ports designated under subsection (a),
which—
(1) shall scan all containers destined for the United States that are loaded in such ports;
(2) shall electronically transmit the images and information to appropriate United States
Government personnel in the country in which the port is located or in the United States for
evaluation and analysis;
(3) shall resolve every radiation alarm according to established Department procedures;
(4) shall utilize the information collected to enhance the Automated Targeting System or other
relevant programs;
(5) shall store the information for later retrieval and analysis; and
(6) may provide an automated notification of questionable or high-risk cargo as a trigger for
further inspection by appropriately trained personnel.
(d) Report
Not later than 180 days after achieving full-scale implementation under subsection (c), the
Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of State and, as appropriate, the Secretary of Energy,
shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees, that includes—
(1) an evaluation of the lessons derived from the pilot system implemented under this
subsection;
(2) an analysis of the efficacy of the Automated Targeting System or other relevant programs in
utilizing the images captured to examine high-risk containers;
(3) an evaluation of the effectiveness of the integrated scanning system in detecting shielded
and unshielded nuclear and radiological material;
(4) an evaluation of software and other technologies that are capable of automatically
identifying potential anomalies in scanned containers; and
(5) an analysis of the need and feasibility of expanding the integrated scanning system to other
container security initiative ports, including—
(A) an analysis of the infrastructure requirements;
(B) a projection of the effect on current average processing speed of containerized cargo;
(C) an evaluation of the scalability of the system to meet both current and future forecasted
trade flows;
(D) the ability of the system to automatically maintain and catalog appropriate data for
reference and analysis in the event of a transportation disruption;
(E) an analysis of requirements, including costs, to install and maintain an integrated

scanning system;
(F) the ability of administering personnel to efficiently manage and utilize the data produced
by a nonintrusive scanning system;
(G) the ability to safeguard commercial data generated by, or submitted to, a nonintrusive
scanning system; and
(H) an assessment of the reliability of currently available technology to implement an
integrated scanning system.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §231, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1915.)

§981a. Pilot integrated scanning system
(a) Designations
(1) In general
Not later than 90 days after October 4, 2006, the Secretary of Homeland Security (referred to in
this section as the "Secretary") shall designate three foreign seaports through which containers
pass or are transshipped to the United States to pilot an integrated scanning system that couples
nonintrusive imaging equipment and radiation detection equipment, which may be provided by the
Megaports Initiative of the Department of Energy. In making designations under this subsection,
the Secretary shall consider three distinct ports with unique features and differing levels of trade
volume.
(2) Collaboration and cooperation
The Secretary shall collaborate with the Secretary of Energy and cooperate with the private
sector and host foreign government to implement the pilot program under this subsection.
(b) Implementation
Not later than one year after October 4, 2006, the Secretary shall achieve a full-scale
implementation of the pilot integrated screening system, which shall—
(1) scan all containers destined for the United States that transit through the terminal;
(2) electronically transmit the images and information to the container security initiative
personnel in the host country and/or Customs and Border Protection personnel in the United States
for evaluation and analysis;
(3) resolve every radiation alarm according to established Department procedures;
(4) utilize the information collected to enhance the Automated Targeting System or other
relevant programs; and
(5) store the information for later retrieval and analysis.
(c) Evaluation
The Secretary shall evaluate the pilot program in subsection (b) to determine whether such a
system—
(1) has a sufficiently low false alarm rate for use in the supply chain;
(2) is capable of being deployed and operated at ports overseas, including consideration of cost,
personnel, and infrastructure required to operate the system;
(3) is capable of integrating, where necessary, with existing systems;
(4) does not significantly impact trade capacity and flow of cargo at foreign or United States
ports; and
(5) provides an automated notification of questionable or high-risk cargo as a trigger for further
inspection by appropriately trained personnel.
(d) Report
Not later than 120 days after achieving full-scale implementation under subsection (b), the
Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Energy and the Secretary of State, shall submit a
report, to the appropriate congressional committees, that includes—

(1) an evaluation of the lessons derived from the pilot program implemented under this section;
(2) an analysis of the efficacy of the Automated Targeted System or other relevant programs in
utilizing the images captured to examine high-risk containers;
(3) an evaluation of software that is capable of automatically identifying potential anomalies in
scanned containers; and
(4) a plan and schedule to expand the integrated scanning system developed under this section
to other container security initiative ports.
(e) Implementation
If the Secretary determines the available technology meets the criteria outlined in subsection (c),
the Secretary, in cooperation with the Secretary of State, shall seek to secure the cooperation of
foreign governments to initiate and maximize the use of such technology at foreign ports to scan all
cargo bound for the United States as quickly as possible.
(Pub. L. 109–295, title V, §558, Oct. 4, 2006, 120 Stat. 1392.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, 2007, and not as
part of the Security and Accountability For Every Port Act of 2006, also known as the SAFE Port Act, which
comprises this chapter.

§982. Screening and scanning of cargo containers
(a) One hundred percent screening of cargo containers and 100 percent scanning of high-risk
containers
(1) Screening of cargo containers
The Secretary shall ensure that 100 percent of the cargo containers originating outside the
United States and unloaded at a United States seaport undergo a screening to identify high-risk
containers.
(2) Scanning of high-risk containers
The Secretary shall ensure that 100 percent of the containers that have been identified as
high-risk under paragraph (1), or through other means, are scanned or searched before such
containers leave a United States seaport facility.
(b) Full-scale implementation
(1) In general
A container that was loaded on a vessel in a foreign port shall not enter the United States (either
directly or via a foreign port) unless the container was scanned by nonintrusive imaging
equipment and radiation detection equipment at a foreign port before it was loaded on a vessel.
(2) Application
Paragraph (1) shall apply with respect to containers loaded on a vessel in a foreign country on
or after the earlier of—
(A) July 1, 2012; or
(B) such other date as may be established by the Secretary under paragraph (3).
(3) Establishment of earlier deadline
The Secretary shall establish a date under (2)(B) 1 pursuant to the lessons learned through the
pilot integrated scanning systems established under section 981 of this title.
(4) Extensions

The Secretary may extend the date specified in paragraph (2)(A) or (2)(B) for 2 years, and may
renew the extension in additional 2-year increments, for containers loaded in a port or ports, if the
Secretary certifies to Congress that at least two of the following conditions exist:
(A) Systems to scan containers in accordance with paragraph (1) are not available for
purchase and installation.
(B) Systems to scan containers in accordance with paragraph (1) do not have a sufficiently
low false alarm rate for use in the supply chain.
(C) Systems to scan containers in accordance with paragraph (1) cannot be purchased,
deployed, or operated at ports overseas, including, if applicable, because a port does not have
the physical characteristics to install such a system.
(D) Systems to scan containers in accordance with paragraph (1) cannot be integrated, as
necessary, with existing systems.
(E) Use of systems that are available to scan containers in accordance with paragraph (1) will
significantly impact trade capacity and the flow of cargo.
(F) Systems to scan containers in accordance with paragraph (1) do not adequately provide an
automated notification of questionable or high-risk cargo as a trigger for further inspection by
appropriately trained personnel.
(5) Exemption for military cargo
Notwithstanding any other provision in the section, supplies bought by the Secretary of Defense
and transported in compliance section 2631 of title 10 and military cargo of foreign countries are
exempt from the requirements of this section.
(6) Report on extensions
An extension under paragraph (4) for a port or ports shall take effect upon the expiration of the
60-day period beginning on the date the Secretary provides a report to Congress that—
(A) states what container traffic will be affected by the extension;
(B) provides supporting evidence to support the Secretary's certification of the basis for the
extension; and
(C) explains what measures the Secretary is taking to ensure that scanning can be
implemented as early as possible at the port or ports that are the subject of the report.
(7) Report on renewal of extension
If an extension under paragraph (4) takes effect, the Secretary shall, after one year, submit a
report to Congress on whether the Secretary expects to seek to renew the extension.
(8) Scanning technology standards
In implementing paragraph (1), the Secretary shall—
(A) establish technological and operational standards for systems to scan containers;
(B) ensure that the standards are consistent with the global nuclear detection architecture
developed under the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 101 et seq.]; and
(C) coordinate with other Federal agencies that administer scanning or detection programs at
foreign ports.
(9) International trade and other obligations
In carrying out this subsection, the Secretary shall consult with appropriate Federal departments
and agencies and private sector stakeholders, and ensure that actions under this section do not
violate international trade obligations, and are consistent with the World Customs Organization
framework, or other international obligations of the United States.
(c) Report
Not later than 6 months after the submission of a report under section 981(d) of this title, and
every 6 months thereafter, the Secretary shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional
committees describing the status of full-scale deployment under subsection (b) and the cost of
deploying the system at each foreign port at which the integrated scanning systems are deployed.

(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §232, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1916; Pub. L. 110–53, title XVII, §1701(a),
Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 489.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Homeland Security Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (b)(8)(B), is Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002,
116 Stat. 2135, which is classified principally to chapter 1 (§101 et seq.) of this title. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title and Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2007—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–53 reenacted heading without change and amended text of subsec. (b)
generally. Prior to amendment, text related to full deployment of an integrated scanning system after the
Secretary had determined that such system had met section 981(c) requirements, had a sufficiently low false
alarm rate, was capable of being deployed overseas, was capable of integrating with existing systems, would
not significantly impact trade flow, and had provided for automated notification of high-risk cargo.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CARGO CONTAINER SCANNING TECHNOLOGY REVIEW
Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §1979, Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3618, provided that:
"(a) DESIGNATIONS.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 5, 2018], and
not less frequently than once every 5 years thereafter until the date of full-scale implementation of 100
percent screening of cargo containers and 100 percent scanning of high-risk containers required under
section 232 of the SAFE Port Act (6 U.S.C. 982), the Secretary [of Homeland Security] shall solicit
proposals for scanning technologies, consistent with the standards under subsection (b)(8) of that section, to
improve scanning of cargo at domestic ports.
"(2) EVALUATION.—In soliciting proposals under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall establish
measures to assess the performance of the proposed scanning technologies, including—
"(A) the rate of false positives;
"(B) the delays in processing times; and
"(C) the impact on the supply chain.
"(b) PILOT PROGRAM.—
"(1) ESTABLISHMENT.—The Secretary may establish a pilot program to determine the efficacy of a
scanning technology referred to in subsection (a).
"(2) APPLICATION PROCESS.—In carrying out the pilot program under this subsection, the
Secretary shall—
"(A) solicit applications from domestic ports;
"(B) select up to 4 domestic ports to participate in the pilot program; and
"(C) select ports with unique features and differing levels of trade volume.
"(3) REPORT.—Not later than 1 year after initiating a pilot program under paragraph (1), the
Secretary shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress [Committees on Commerce, Science and
Transportation and Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and Committee on
Homeland Security of the House of Representatives] a report on the pilot program, including—
"(A) an evaluation of the scanning technologies proposed to improve security at domestic ports
and to meet the full-scale implementation requirement;
"(B) the costs to implement a pilot program;
"(C) the benefits of the proposed scanning technologies;
"(D) the impact of the pilot program on the supply chain; and
"(E) recommendations for implementation of advanced cargo scanning technologies at domestic
ports.
"(4) SHARING PILOT PROGRAM TESTING RESULTS.—The results of the pilot testing of
advanced cargo scanning technologies shall be shared, as appropriate, with government agencies and
private stakeholders whose responsibilities encompass the secure transport of cargo."
1

So in original. Probably should be "paragraph (2)(B)".

§983. Inspection technology and training
(a) In general
The Secretary, in coordination with the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Energy, and
appropriate representatives of other Federal agencies, may provide technical assistance, equipment,
and training to facilitate the implementation of supply chain security measures at ports designated
under the Container Security Initiative.
(b) Acquisition and training
Unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Secretary may—
(1) lease, loan, provide, or otherwise assist in the deployment of nonintrusive inspection and
radiation detection equipment at foreign land and sea ports under such terms and conditions as the
Secretary prescribes, including nonreimbursable loans or the transfer of ownership of equipment;
and
(2) provide training and technical assistance for domestic or foreign personnel responsible for
operating or maintaining such equipment.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §233(a), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1917; Pub. L. 115–254, div. J,
§1816(e)(1), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3541.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Pub. L. 115–254, which directed the general amendment of "section 233 of the Security and
Accountability for Every Port Act of 2006 (6 U.S.C. 983)", was executed by generally amending section
233(a) of the Security and Accountability for Every Port Act of 2006, which comprises this section, to reflect
the probable intent of Congress. Prior to amendment, section read as follows:
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, in coordination with the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Energy,
and appropriate representatives of other Federal agencies, may provide technical assistance, equipment, and
training to facilitate the implementation of supply chain security measures at ports designated under the
Container Security Initiative.
"(2) ACQUISITION AND TRAINING.—Unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Secretary may—
"(A) lease, loan, provide, or otherwise assist in the deployment of nonintrusive inspection and
radiation detection equipment at foreign land and sea ports under such terms and conditions as the Secretary
prescribes, including nonreimbursable loans or the transfer of ownership of equipment; and
"(B) provide training and technical assistance for domestic or foreign personnel responsible for
operating or maintaining such equipment."

§984. Repealed. Pub. L. 115–254, div. J, §1816(f), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3541
Section, Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §235, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1919, related to pilot program to improve
the security of empty containers.

§985. Information sharing relating to supply chain security cooperation
(a) Purposes
The purposes of this section are—
(1) to establish continuing liaison and to provide for supply chain security cooperation between
Department and the private sector; and
(2) to provide for regular and timely interchange of information between the private sector and
the Department concerning developments and security risks in the supply chain environment.
(b) System

The Secretary shall develop a system to collect from and share appropriate risk information related
to the supply chain with the private sector entities determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(c) Consultation
In developing the system under subsection (b), the Secretary shall consult with the Commercial
Operations Advisory Committee and a broad range of public and private sector entities likely to
utilize the system, including importers, exporters, carriers, customs brokers, and freight forwarders,
among other parties.
(d) Independently obtained information
Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect the ability of a Federal, State,
or local government entity, under applicable law, to obtain supply chain security information,
including any information lawfully and properly disclosed generally or broadly to the public and to
use such information in any manner permitted by law.
(e) Authority to issue warnings
The Secretary may provide advisories, alerts, and warnings to relevant companies, targeted
sectors, other governmental entities, or the general public regarding potential risks to the supply
chain as appropriate. In issuing a warning, the Secretary shall take appropriate actions to protect
from disclosure—
(1) the source of any voluntarily submitted supply chain security information that forms the
basis for the warning; and
(2) information that is proprietary, business sensitive, relates specifically to the submitting
person or entity, or is otherwise not appropriately in the public domain.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title II, §236, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1919.)

SUBCHAPTER III—ADMINISTRATION
§1001. Designation of liaison office of Department of State
The Secretary of State shall designate a liaison office within the Department of State to assist the
Secretary, as appropriate, in negotiating cargo security-related international agreements.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title III, §301(b), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1920.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
RULE OF CONSTRUCTION
Nothing in this section to be construed to affect the authorities, functions, or capabilities of the Coast Guard
to perform its missions or the requirement under section 468 of this title that those authorities, functions, and
capabilities be maintained intact, see section 301(c) of Pub. L. 109–347, set out as a note under section 239 of
this title.

§1002. Homeland Security Science and Technology Advisory Committee
The Under Secretary for Science and Technology shall utilize the Homeland Security Science and
Technology Advisory Committee, as appropriate, to provide outside expertise in advancing cargo
security technology.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title III, §302(c), Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1921.)

§1003. Research, development, test, and evaluation efforts in furtherance of
maritime and cargo security
(a) In general
The Secretary shall—
(1) direct research, development, testing, and evaluation efforts in furtherance of maritime and
cargo security;
(2) coordinate with public and private sector entities to develop and test technologies, and
process innovations in furtherance of these objectives; and
(3) evaluate such technologies.
(b) Coordination
The Secretary, in coordination with the Under Secretary for Science and Technology, the Assistant
Secretary for Policy, the Commandant of the Coast Guard, the Director for Domestic Nuclear
Detection,1 the Chief Financial Officer, and the heads of other appropriate offices or entities of the
Department, shall ensure that—
(1) research, development, testing, and evaluation efforts funded by the Department in
furtherance of maritime and cargo security are coordinated within the Department and with other
appropriate Federal agencies to avoid duplication of efforts; and
(2) the results of such efforts are shared throughout the Department and with other Federal,
State, and local agencies, as appropriate.
(Pub. L. 109–347, title III, §303, Oct. 13, 2006, 120 Stat. 1921.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to the Director for Domestic Nuclear Detection deemed to be a reference to the Assistant
Secretary for the Countering Weapons of Mass Destruction Office, see section 2(b)(1)(B) of Pub. L. 115–387,
set out as a note under section 591 of this title.
1

See Change of Name note below.

CHAPTER 4—TRANSPORTATION SECURITY
SUBCHAPTER I—TRANSPORTATION SECURITY PLANNING AND INFORMATION
SHARING
Sec.

1101.
1102.
1103.
1104.
1111.
1112.
1113.
1114.
1115.
1116.
1117.
1118.
1119.

Definitions.
National Domestic Preparedness Consortium.
National Transportation Security Center of Excellence.
Immunity for reports of suspected terrorist activity or suspicious behavior and response.
SUBCHAPTER II—TRANSPORTATION SECURITY ENHANCEMENTS
Definitions.
Authorization of Visible Intermodal Prevention and Response teams.
Surface transportation security inspectors.
Surface transportation security technology information sharing.
TSA personnel limitations.
National explosives detection canine team training program.
Roles of the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Transportation.
Biometrics expansion.
Voluntary use of credentialing.

1131.
1132.
1133.
1134.
1135.
1136.
1137.
1138.
1139.
1140.
1141.
1142.
1143.
1144.

SUBCHAPTER III—PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION SECURITY
Definitions.
Findings.
National Strategy for Public Transportation Security.
Security assessments and plans.
Public transportation security assistance.
Security exercises.
Public transportation security training program.
Public transportation research and development.
Information sharing.
Threat assessments.
Reporting requirements.
Public transportation employee protections.
Security background checks of covered individuals for public transportation.
Limitation on fines and civil penalties.
SUBCHAPTER IV—SURFACE TRANSPORTATION SECURITY
PART A—GENERAL PROVISIONS

1151.
1152.
1153.
1154.
1155.
1156.

Definitions.
Oversight and grant procedures.
Authorization of appropriations.
Public awareness.
Security awareness program.
Nuclear material and explosive detection technology.
PART B—RAILROAD SECURITY

1161.
1162.
1163.
1164.
1165.
1166.
1167.
1168.
1169.
1170.
1171.
1172.

Railroad transportation security risk assessment and National Strategy.
Railroad carrier assessments and plans.
Railroad security assistance.
Systemwide Amtrak security upgrades.
Fire and life safety improvements.
Railroad carrier exercises.
Railroad security training program.
Railroad security research and development.
Railroad tank car security testing.
Security background checks of covered individuals.
International railroad security program.
Railroad security enhancements; Model State legislation.
PART C—OVER-THE-ROAD BUS AND TRUCKING SECURITY

1181.
1182.
1183.
1184.
1185.
1186.

Over-the-road bus security assessments and plans.
Over-the-road bus security assistance.
Over-the-road bus exercises.
Over-the-road bus security training program.
Over-the-road bus security research and development.
Memorandum of Understanding annex.

1201.
1202.
1203.
1204.
1205.
1206.
1207.
1208.

Railroad routing of security-sensitive materials.
Railroad security-sensitive material tracking.
Hazardous materials highway routing.
Motor carrier security-sensitive material tracking.
Hazardous materials security inspections and study.
Use of transportation security card in hazmat licensing.
Pipeline security inspections and enforcement.
Pipeline security and incident recovery plan.

PART D—HAZARDOUS MATERIAL AND PIPELINE SECURITY

SUBCHAPTER I—TRANSPORTATION SECURITY PLANNING AND
INFORMATION SHARING
§1101. Definitions
For purposes of this subchapter, the following terms apply:
(1) Department
The term "Department" means the Department of Homeland Security.
(2) Secretary
The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Homeland Security.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XII, §1201, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 381.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this title", meaning title XII of Pub. L. 110–53,
Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 381, which enacted this subchapter, amended section 114 of Title 49, Transportation,
and enacted provisions set out as a note under section 114 of Title 49. For complete classification of title XII
to the Code, see Tables.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
SHORT TITLE
Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1401, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 400, provided that: "This title [enacting
subchapter III of this chapter] may be cited as the 'National Transit Systems Security Act of 2007'."
EXECUTIVE DOCUMENTS
EX. ORD. NO. 13416. STRENGTHENING SURFACE TRANSPORTATION SECURITY
Ex. Ord. No. 13416, Dec. 5, 2006, 71 F.R. 71033, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
and to strengthen the security of the Nation's surface transportation systems and thereby enhance the
protection of the people, property, and territory of the United States of America against terrorist attacks, it is
hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. The security of our Nation's surface transportation systems is a national priority, vital
to our economy, and essential to the security of our Nation. Federal, State, local, and tribal governments, the
private sector, and the public share responsibility for the security of surface transportation. It is the policy of
the United States to protect the people, property, and territory of the United States by facilitating the
implementation of a comprehensive, coordinated, and efficient security program to protect surface
transportation systems within and adjacent to the United States against terrorist attacks.
SEC. 2. Definitions. For purposes of this order:
(a) "agencies" means those executive departments enumerated in 5 U.S.C. 101, independent establishments
as defined by 5 U.S.C. 104(1), government corporations as defined by 5 U.S.C. 103(1), and the United States
Postal Service;
(b) "Secretary" means the Secretary of Homeland Security;
(c) "security guideline" means any security-related guidance that the Secretary recommends, for
implementation on a voluntary basis, to enhance the security of surface transportation;
(d) "security requirement" means any "regulatory action" as defined in section 3 of Executive Order 12866
of September 30, 1993, as amended (Regulatory Planning and Review), including security directives when
appropriate, to implement measures to enhance the security of surface transportation;
(e) "surface transportation modes" means mass transit, commuter and long-distance passenger rail, freight
rail, commercial vehicles (including intercity buses), and pipelines, and related infrastructure (including roads
and highways), that are within the territory of the United States, but does not include electric grids; and

(f) "surface transportation" means any conveyance of people, goods, or commodities using one or more
surface transportation modes.
SEC. 3. Functions of the Secretary of Homeland Security. The Secretary is the principal Federal official
responsible for infrastructure protection activities for surface transportation. To implement the policy set forth
in section 1 of this order, the Secretary shall, consistent with the National Infrastructure Protection Plan
(NIPP), in coordination with the Secretary of Transportation, and in consultation with the heads of other
relevant agencies:
(a) assess the security of each surface transportation mode and evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of
current Federal Government surface transportation security initiatives;
(b) building upon current security initiatives, not later than December 31, 2006, develop a comprehensive
transportation systems sector specific plan, as defined in the NIPP;
(c) not later than 90 days after the comprehensive transportation systems sector specific plan is completed,
develop an annex to such plan that addresses each surface transportation mode, which shall also include, at a
minimum—
(i) an identification of existing security guidelines and security requirements and any security gaps, a
description of how the transportation systems sector specific plan will be implemented for such mode, and the
respective roles, responsibilities, and authorities of Federal, State, local, and tribal governments and the
private sector;
(ii) schedules and protocols for annual reviews of the effectiveness of surface transportation security-related
information sharing mechanisms in bringing about the timely exchange of surface transportation security
information among Federal, State, local, and tribal governments and the private sector, as appropriate; and
(iii) a process for assessing (A) compliance with any security guidelines and security requirements issued
by the Secretary for surface transportation, and (B) the need for revision of such guidelines and requirements
to ensure their continuing effectiveness;
(d) in consultation with State, local, and tribal government officials and the private sector, not later than 180
days after the date of this order, identify surface transportation modes, or components thereof, that are subject
to high risk of terrorist attack, draft appropriate security guidelines or security requirements to mitigate such
risks, and ensure that, prior to their issuance, draft security requirements are transmitted to the Office of
Management and Budget for review in accordance with Executive Order 12866 and draft security guidelines
receive appropriate interagency review;
(e) develop, implement, and lead a process, in collaboration with other agencies, State, local, and tribal
governments, and the private sector, as appropriate, to coordinate research, development, testing, and
evaluation of technologies (including alternative uses for commercial off-the-shelf technologies and products)
relating to the protection of surface transportation, including—
(i) determining product and technology needs to inform the requirements for and prioritization of research,
development, testing, and evaluation, based on the security guidelines and security requirements developed
pursuant to subsection (c) of this section and evolving terrorist threats to the security of surface transportation;
(ii) collecting information on existing and planned research, development, testing, and evaluation efforts;
and
(iii) not later than 180 days after the date of this order, consistent with section 313 of the Homeland
Security Act of 2002, as amended (6 U.S.C. 193), establishing and making available to Federal, State, local,
and tribal government entities, and private sector owners and operators of surface transportation systems, lists
of available technologies and products relating to the protection of surface transportation; and
(f) use security grants authorized by law to assist in implementing security requirements and security
guidelines issued pursuant to law and consistent with subsection (c) of this section.
SEC. 4. Duties of Heads of Other Agencies. Heads of agencies, as appropriate, shall provide such assistance
and information as the Secretary may request to implement this order.
SEC. 5. General Provisions. This order:
(a) shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and the authorities of agencies, or heads of
agencies, vested by law, and subject to the availability of appropriations;
(b) shall not be construed to impair or otherwise affect the functions of the Director of the Office of
Management and Budget relating to budget, administrative, and legislative proposals; and
(c) is not intended to, and does not, create any rights or benefits, substantive or procedural, enforceable at
law or in equity by a party against the United States, its agencies, instrumentalities, or entities, its officers,
employees, or agents, or any other person.

GEORGE W. BUSH.

§1102. National Domestic Preparedness Consortium
(a) In general
The Secretary is authorized to establish, operate, and maintain a National Domestic Preparedness
Consortium within the Department.
(b) Members
Members of the National Domestic Preparedness Consortium shall consist of—
(1) the Center for Domestic Preparedness;
(2) the National Energetic Materials Research and Testing Center, New Mexico Institute of
Mining and Technology;
(3) the National Center for Biomedical Research and Training, Louisiana State University;
(4) the National Emergency Response and Rescue Training Center, Texas A&M University;
(5) the National Exercise, Test, and Training Center, Nevada Test Site;
(6) the Transportation Technology Center, Incorporated, in Pueblo, Colorado; and
(7) the National Disaster Preparedness Training Center, University of Hawaii.
(c) Duties
The National Domestic Preparedness Consortium shall identify, develop, test, and deliver training
to State, local, and tribal emergency response providers, provide on-site and mobile training at the
performance and management and planning levels, and facilitate the delivery of training by the
training partners of the Department.
(d) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary—
(1) for the Center for Domestic Preparedness—
(A) $57,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(B) $60,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(C) $63,000,000 for fiscal year 2010; and
(D) $66,000,000 for fiscal year 2011; and
(2) for the National Energetic Materials Research and Testing Center, the National Center for
Biomedical Research and Training, the National Emergency Response and Rescue Training
Center, the National Exercise, Test, and Training Center, the Transportation Technology Center,
Incorporated, and the National Disaster Preparedness Training Center each—
(A) $22,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(B) $23,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(C) $24,000,000 for fiscal year 2010; and
(D) $25,500,000 for fiscal year 2011.
(e) Savings provision
From the amounts appropriated pursuant to this section, the Secretary shall ensure that future
amounts provided to each of the following entities are not less than the amounts provided to each
such entity for participation in the Consortium in fiscal year 2007—
(1) the Center for Domestic Preparedness;
(2) the National Energetic Materials Research and Testing Center, New Mexico Institute of
Mining and Technology;
(3) the National Center for Biomedical Research and Training, Louisiana State University;
(4) the National Emergency Response and Rescue Training Center, Texas A&M University;
and
(5) the National Exercise, Test, and Training Center, Nevada Test Site.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XII, §1204, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 386.)

§1103. National Transportation Security Center of Excellence
(a) Establishment
The Secretary shall establish a National Transportation Security Center of Excellence to conduct
research and education activities, and to develop or provide professional security training, including
the training of transportation employees and transportation professionals.
(b) Designation
The Secretary shall select one of the institutions identified in subsection (c) as the lead institution
responsible for coordinating the National Transportation Security Center of Excellence.
(c) Member institutions
(1) Consortium
The institution of higher education selected under subsection (b) shall execute agreements with
the other institutions of higher education identified in this subsection and other institutions
designated by the Secretary to develop a consortium to assist in accomplishing the goals of the
Center.
(2) Members
The National Transportation Security Center of Excellence shall consist of—
(A) Texas Southern University in Houston, Texas;
(B) the National Transit Institute at Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey;
(C) Tougaloo College;
(D) the Connecticut Transportation Institute at the University of Connecticut;
(E) the Homeland Security Management Institute, Long Island University;
(F) the Mack-Blackwell National Rural Transportation Study Center at the University of
Arkansas; and
(G) any additional institutions or facilities designated by the Secretary.
(3) Certain inclusions
To the extent practicable, the Secretary shall ensure that an appropriate number of any
additional consortium colleges or universities designated by the Secretary under this subsection
are Historically Black Colleges and Universities, Hispanic Serving Institutions, and Indian
Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities.
(d) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section—
(1) $18,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(2) $18,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(3) $18,000,000 for fiscal year 2010; and
(4) $18,000,000 for fiscal year 2011.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XII, §1205, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 387.)

§1104. Immunity for reports of suspected terrorist activity or suspicious behavior
and response
(a) Immunity for reports of suspected terrorist activity or suspicious behavior
(1) In general
Any person who, in good faith and based on objectively reasonable suspicion, makes, or causes
to be made, a voluntary report of covered activity to an authorized official shall be immune from
civil liability under Federal, State, and local law for such report.
(2) False reports
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any report that the person knew to be false or was made with

reckless disregard for the truth at the time that person made that report.
(b) Immunity for response
(1) In general
Any authorized official who observes, or receives a report of, covered activity and takes
reasonable action in good faith to respond to such activity shall have qualified immunity from civil
liability for such action, consistent with applicable law in the relevant jurisdiction. An authorized
official as defined by subsection (d)(1)(A) not entitled to assert the defense of qualified immunity
shall nevertheless be immune from civil liability under Federal, State, and local law if such
authorized official takes reasonable action, in good faith, to respond to the reported activity.
(2) Savings clause
Nothing in this subsection shall affect the ability of any authorized official to assert any
defense, privilege, or immunity that would otherwise be available, and this subsection shall not be
construed as affecting any such defense, privilege, or immunity.
(c) Attorney fees and costs
Any person or authorized official found to be immune from civil liability under this section shall
be entitled to recover from the plaintiff all reasonable costs and attorney fees.
(d) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Authorized official
The term "authorized official" means—
(A) any employee or agent of a passenger transportation system or other person with
responsibilities relating to the security of such systems;
(B) any officer, employee, or agent of the Department of Homeland Security, the Department
of Transportation, or the Department of Justice with responsibilities relating to the security of
passenger transportation systems; or
(C) any Federal, State, or local law enforcement officer.
(2) Covered activity
The term "covered activity" means any suspicious transaction, activity, or occurrence that
involves, or is directed against, a passenger transportation system or vehicle or its passengers
indicating that an individual may be engaging, or preparing to engage, in a violation of law
relating to—
(A) a threat to a passenger transportation system or passenger safety or security; or
(B) an act of terrorism (as that term is defined in section 3077 of title 18).
(3) Passenger transportation
The term "passenger transportation" means—
(A) public transportation, as defined in section 5302 of title 49;
(B) over-the-road bus transportation, as defined in subchapter IV, and school bus
transportation;
(C) intercity passenger rail 1 transportation 2 as defined in section 24102 of title 49;
(D) the transportation of passengers onboard a passenger vessel 2 as defined in section 2101
of title 46;
(E) other regularly scheduled waterborne transportation service of passengers by vessel of at
least 20 gross tons; and
(F) air transportation, as defined in section 40102 of title 49, of passengers.
(4) Passenger transportation system
The term "passenger transportation system" means an entity or entities organized to provide
passenger transportation using vehicles, including the infrastructure used to provide such
transportation.

(5) Vehicle
The term "vehicle" has the meaning given to that term in section 1992(16) 3 of title 18.
(e) Effective date
This section shall take effect on October 1, 2006, and shall apply to all activities and claims
occurring on or after such date.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XII, §1206, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 388.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Subchapter IV, referred to in subsec. (d)(3)(B), was in the original "title XV of this Act", meaning title XV
of Pub. L. 110–53, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 422, which is classified principally to subchapter IV (§1151 et
seq.) of this chapter. For complete classification of title XV to the Code, see References in Text note set out
under section 1151 of this title and Tables.
1

So in original. Probably should be "intercity rail passenger".

2

So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma.

3

So in original. Probably should be section "1992(d)(16)".

SUBCHAPTER II—TRANSPORTATION SECURITY ENHANCEMENTS
§1111. Definitions
For purposes of this subchapter, the following terms apply:
(1) Appropriate congressional committees
The term "appropriate congressional committees" means the Committee on Commerce, Science,
and Transportation, the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs, and the Committee
on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Homeland
Security and the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the House of Representatives.
(2) Department
The term "Department" means the Department of Homeland Security.
(3) Secretary
The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Homeland Security.
(4) State
The term "State" means any one of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the
Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and any other territory or
possession of the United States.
(5) Terrorism
The term "terrorism" has the meaning that term has in section 101 of this title.
(6) United States
The term "United States" means the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the
Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and any other territory or
possession of the United States.

(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIII, §1301, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 389.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this title", meaning title XIII of Pub. L. 110–53,
Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 389, which enacted this subchapter and amended section 70105 of Title 46, Shipping,
and sections 114 and 46301 of Title 49, Transportation. For complete classification of title XIII to the Code,
see Tables.

§1112. Authorization of Visible Intermodal Prevention and Response teams
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration,
may develop Visible Intermodal Prevention and Response (referred to in this section as "VIPR")
teams to augment the security of any mode of transportation at any location within the United States.
In forming a VIPR team, the Secretary—
(1) may use any asset of the Department, including Federal air marshals, surface transportation
security inspectors, canine detection teams, and advanced screening technology;
(2) may determine when a VIPR team shall be deployed, as well as the duration of the
deployment;
(3) shall, prior to and during the deployment, consult with local security and law enforcement
officials in the jurisdiction where the VIPR team is or will be deployed, to develop and agree upon
the appropriate operational protocols and provide relevant information about the mission of the
VIPR team, as appropriate;
(4) shall, prior to and during the deployment, consult with all transportation entities directly
affected by the deployment of a VIPR team as to specific locations and times within the facilities
of such entities at which VIPR teams are to be deployed to maximize the effectiveness of such
deployment, as appropriate, including railroad carriers, air carriers, airport owners, over-the-road
bus operators and terminal owners and operators, motor carriers, public transportation agencies,
owners or operators of highways, port operators and facility owners, vessel owners and operators
and pipeline operators; and
(5) shall require, as appropriate based on risk, in the case of a VIPR team deployed to an airport,
that the VIPR team conduct operations—
(A) in the sterile area and any other areas to which only individuals issued security
credentials have unescorted access; and
(B) in nonsterile areas.
(b) Performance measures
Not later than 1 year after October 5, 2018, the Administrator shall develop and implement a
system of qualitative performance measures and objectives by which to assess the roles, activities,
and effectiveness of VIPR team operations on an ongoing basis, including a mechanism through
which the transportation entities referred to in subsection (a)(4) may submit feedback on VIPR team
operations involving their systems or facilities.
(c) Plan
Not later than 1 year after October 5, 2018, the Administrator shall develop and implement a plan
for ensuring the interoperability of communications among VIPR team participants and between
VIPR teams and any transportation entities with systems or facilities that are involved in VIPR team
operations. Such plan shall include an analysis of the costs and resources required to carry out such
plan.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIII, §1303, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 392; Pub. L. 114–190, title III, §3601,
July 15, 2016, 130 Stat. 664; Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §§1930(b), 1968(b), Oct. 5, 2018, 132

Stat. 3569, 3608.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 115–254, §1968(b)(1), substituted "team as to specific locations and times
within the facilities of such entities at which VIPR teams are to be deployed to maximize the effectiveness of
such deployment," for "team,".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 115–254, §1968(b)(2), added subsec. (b) and struck out former subsec. (b). Prior to
amendment, text read as follows: "There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary to carry out this
section such sums as necessary, including funds to develop not more than 60 VIPR teams, for fiscal years
2016 through 2018."
Pub. L. 115–254, §1930(b), which directed amendment of "section 1303(b) of the National Transit Systems
Security Act of 2007 (6 U.S.C. 1112(b))" by substituting "such sums as necessary, including funds to develop
at least 30, but not more than 60, VIPR teams, for fiscal years 2019 through 2021" for "to the extent
appropriated, including funds to develop not more than 60 VIPR teams, for fiscal years 2016 through 2018",
could not be executed to this section, which is section 1303(b) of the Implementing Recommendations of the
9/11 Commission Act of 2007, because the words to be substituted for did not appear.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 115–254, §1968(b)(2), added subsec. (c).
2016—Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 114–190, §3601(1), added par. (5).
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 114–190, §3601(2), substituted "such sums as necessary, including funds to develop
not more than 60 VIPR teams, for fiscal years 2016 through 2018" for "such sums as necessary for fiscal years
2007 through 2011".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
VIPR TEAM STATISTICS
Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §1930(a), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3568, provided that:
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 5, 2018], and
annually thereafter, the Administrator [of the Transportation Security Administration] shall notify the
appropriate committees of Congress [Committees on Commerce, Science and Transportation and Homeland
Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and Committee on Homeland Security of the House of
Representatives] of the number of VIPR teams available for deployment at transportation facilities,
including—
"(A) the number of VIPR team operations that include explosive detection canine teams; and
"(B) the distribution of VIPR team operations deployed across different modes of transportation.
"(2) ANNEX.—The notification under paragraph (1) may contain a classified annex.
"(3) DEFINITION OF VIPR TEAM.—In this subsection, the term 'VIPR' means a Visible Intermodal
Prevention and Response team authorized under section 1303 of the National Transit Systems Security Act of
2007 [probably means section 1303 of the Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of
2007] (6 U.S.C. 1112)."
[For definition of "explosive detection canine teams" as used in section 1930(a) of Pub. L. 115–254, set out
above, see section 1902 of Pub. L. 115–254, set out as a note under section 101 of Title 49, Transportation.]

§1113. Surface transportation security inspectors
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration, is
authorized to train, employ, and utilize surface transportation security inspectors.
(b) Mission
The Secretary shall use surface transportation security inspectors to assist surface transportation
carriers, operators, owners, entities, and facilities to enhance their security against terrorist attack and
other security threats and to assist the Secretary in enforcing applicable surface transportation
security regulations and directives.

(c) Authorities
Surface transportation security inspectors employed pursuant to this section shall be authorized
such powers and delegated such responsibilities as the Secretary determines appropriate, subject to
subsection (e).
(d) Requirements
The Secretary shall require that surface transportation security inspectors have relevant
transportation experience and other security and inspection qualifications, as determined appropriate.
(e) Limitations
(1) Inspectors
Surface transportation inspectors shall be prohibited from issuing fines to public transportation
agencies, as defined in subchapter III, for violations of the Department's regulations or orders
except through the process described in paragraph (2).
(2) Civil penalties
The Secretary shall be prohibited from assessing civil penalties against public transportation
agencies, as defined in subchapter III, for violations of the Department's regulations or orders,
except in accordance with the following:
(A) In the case of a public transportation agency that is found to be in violation of a
regulation or order issued by the Secretary, the Secretary shall seek correction of the violation
through a written notice to the public transportation agency and shall give the public
transportation agency reasonable opportunity to correct the violation or propose an alternative
means of compliance acceptable to the Secretary.
(B) If the public transportation agency does not correct the violation or propose an alternative
means of compliance acceptable to the Secretary within a reasonable time period that is
specified in the written notice, the Secretary may take any action authorized in section 114 of
title 49.
(3) Limitation on Secretary
The Secretary shall not initiate civil enforcement actions for violations of administrative and
procedural requirements pertaining to the application for, and expenditure of, funds awarded under
transportation security grant programs under this Act.
(f) Number of inspectors
The Secretary shall employ up to a total of—
(1) 100 surface transportation security inspectors in fiscal year 2007;
(2) 150 surface transportation security inspectors in fiscal year 2008;
(3) 175 surface transportation security inspectors in fiscal year 2009; and
(4) 200 surface transportation security inspectors in fiscal years 2010 and 2011.
(g) Coordination
The Secretary shall ensure that the mission of the surface transportation security inspectors is
consistent with any relevant risk assessments required by this Act or completed by the Department,
the modal plans required under section 114(t) 1 of title 49, the Memorandum of Understanding
between the Department and the Department of Transportation on Roles and Responsibilities, dated
September 28, 2004, and any and all subsequent annexes to this Memorandum of Understanding, and
other relevant documents setting forth the Department's transportation security strategy, as
appropriate.
(h) Consultation
The Secretary shall periodically consult with the surface transportation entities which are or may
be inspected by the surface transportation security inspectors, including, as appropriate, railroad
carriers, over-the-road bus operators and terminal owners and operators, motor carriers, public
transportation agencies, owners or operators of highways, and pipeline operators on—

(1) the inspectors' duties, responsibilities, authorities, and mission; and
(2) strategies to improve transportation security and to ensure compliance with transportation
security requirements.
(i) Report
Not later than September 30, 2008, the Department of Homeland Security Inspector General shall
transmit a report to the appropriate congressional committees on the performance and effectiveness
of surface transportation security inspectors, whether there is a need for additional inspectors, and
other recommendations.
(j) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary to carry out this section—
(1) $11,400,000 for fiscal year 2007;
(2) $17,100,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(3) $19,950,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(4) $22,800,000 for fiscal year 2010; and
(5) $22,800,000 for fiscal year 2011.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIII, §1304, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 393.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in subsecs. (e)(3) and (g), is Pub. L. 110–53, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 266, known as the
Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007, which enacted this chapter and
enacted and amended numerous other sections and notes in the Code. For complete classification of this Act to
the Code, see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note set out under section 101 of this title and Tables.
Section 114(t) of title 49, referred to in subsec. (g), was redesignated section 114(s) of title 49 by Pub. L.
110–161, div. E, title V, §568(a), Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2092.
1

See References in Text note below.

§1114. Surface transportation security technology information sharing
(a) In general
(1) Information sharing
The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Transportation, shall establish a program to
provide appropriate information that the Department has gathered or developed on the
performance, use, and testing of technologies that may be used to enhance railroad, public
transportation, and surface transportation security to surface transportation entities, including
railroad carriers, over-the-road bus operators and terminal owners and operators, motor carriers,
public transportation agencies, owners or operators of highways, pipeline operators, and State,
local, and tribal governments that provide security assistance to such entities.
(2) Designation of qualified antiterrorism technologies
The Secretary shall include in such information provided in paragraph (1) whether the
technology is designated as a qualified antiterrorism technology under the Support Anti-terrorism
by Fostering Effective Technologies Act of 2002 (Public Law 107–296) [6 U.S.C. 441 et seq.], as
appropriate.
(b) Purpose
The purpose of the program is to assist eligible grant recipients under this Act and others, as
appropriate, to purchase and use the best technology and equipment available to meet the security
needs of the Nation's surface transportation system.

(c) Coordination
The Secretary shall ensure that the program established under this section makes use of and is
consistent with other Department technology testing, information sharing, evaluation, and
standards-setting programs, as appropriate.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIII, §1305, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 394.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Support Anti-Terrorism by Fostering Effective Technologies Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (a)(2),
is subtitle G (§§861–865) of title VIII of Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2238, also known as the
SAFETY Act, which is classified generally to part G (§441 et seq.) of subchapter VIII of chapter 1 of this
title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this
title and Tables.
This Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 110–53, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 266, known as the
Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007, which enacted this chapter and
enacted and amended numerous other sections and notes in the Code. For complete classification of this Act to
the Code, see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note set out under section 101 of this title and Tables.

§1115. TSA personnel limitations
Any statutory limitation on the number of employees in the Transportation Security
Administration does not apply to employees carrying out this chapter.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIII, §1306, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 395.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original a reference to titles XII, XIII, XIV, and XV of Pub. L.
110–53, which enacted this chapter, amended section 1992 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure,
section 70105 of Title 46, Shipping, and sections 114, 5103a, 14504, 20106, 20109, 24301, 28101, 31105, and
46301 of Title 49, Transportation, enacted provisions set out as notes under section 1101 of this title and
sections 114, 13908, and 14504 of Title 49, and amended provisions set out as a note under section 14504 of
Title 49. For complete classification of titles XII to XV to the Code, see Tables.

§1116. National explosives detection canine team training program
(a) Definitions
For purposes of this section, the term "explosives detection canine team" means a canine and a
canine handler that are trained to detect explosives, radiological materials, chemical, nuclear or
biological weapons, or other threats as defined by the Secretary.
(b) In general
(1) Increased capacity
Not later than 180 days after August 3, 2007, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall—
(A) begin to increase the number of explosives detection canine teams certified by the
Transportation Security Administration for the purposes of transportation-related security by up
to 200 canine teams annually by the end of 2010; and
(B) encourage State, local, and tribal governments and private owners of high-risk
transportation facilities to strengthen security through the use of highly trained explosives
detection canine teams.
(2) Explosives detection canine teams

The Secretary of Homeland Security shall increase the number of explosives detection canine
teams by—
(A) using the Transportation Security Administration's National Explosives Detection Canine
Team Training Center, including expanding and upgrading existing facilities, procuring and
breeding additional canines, and increasing staffing and oversight commensurate with the
increased training and deployment capabilities;
(B) partnering with other Federal, State, or local agencies, nonprofit organizations,
universities, or the private sector to increase the training capacity for canine detection teams;
(C) procuring explosives detection canines trained by nonprofit organizations, universities, or
the private sector provided they are trained in a manner consistent with the standards and
requirements developed pursuant to subsection (c) or other criteria developed by the Secretary;
or
(D) a combination of subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C), as appropriate.
(c) Standards for explosives detection canine teams
(1) In general
Based on the feasibility in meeting the ongoing demand for quality explosives detection canine
teams, the Secretary shall establish criteria, including canine training curricula, performance
standards, and other requirements approved by the Transportation Security Administration
necessary to ensure that explosives detection canine teams trained by nonprofit organizations,
universities, and private sector entities are adequately trained and maintained.
(2) Expansion
In developing and implementing such curriculum, performance standards, and other
requirements, the Secretary shall—
(A) coordinate with key stakeholders, including international, Federal, State, and local
officials, and private sector and academic entities to develop best practice guidelines for such a
standardized program, as appropriate;
(B) require that explosives detection canine teams trained by nonprofit organizations,
universities, or private sector entities that are used or made available by the Secretary be trained
consistent with specific training criteria developed by the Secretary; and
(C) review the status of the private sector programs on at least an annual basis to ensure
compliance with training curricula, performance standards, and other requirements.
(d) Deployment
The Secretary shall—
(1) use the additional explosives detection canine teams as part of the Department's efforts to
strengthen security across the Nation's transportation network, and may use the canine teams on a
more limited basis to support other homeland security missions, as determined appropriate by the
Secretary;
(2) make available explosives detection canine teams to all modes of transportation, for
high-risk areas or to address specific threats, on an as-needed basis and as otherwise determined
appropriate by the Secretary;
(3) encourage, but not require, any transportation facility or system to deploy TSA-certified
explosives detection canine teams developed under this section; and
(4) consider specific needs and training requirements for explosives detection canine teams to
be deployed across the Nation's transportation network, including in venues of multiple modes of
transportation, as appropriate.
(e) Canine procurement
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration,
shall work to ensure that explosives detection canine teams are procured as efficiently as possible
and at the best price, while maintaining the needed level of quality, including, if appropriate, through
increased domestic breeding.

(f) Study
Not later than 1 year after August 3, 2007, the Comptroller General shall report to the appropriate
congressional committees on the utilization of explosives detection canine teams to strengthen
security and the capacity of the national explosive detection canine team program.
(g) Authorization
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary such sums as may be necessary to carry
out this section for fiscal years 2007 through 2011.
(h) Third party canine teams for air cargo security
(1) In general
In order to enhance the screening of air cargo and ensure that third party explosives detection
canine assets are leveraged for such purpose, the Administrator shall, not later than 180 days after
October 5, 2018—
(A) develop and issue standards for the use of such third party explosives detection canine
assets for the primary screening of air cargo;
(B) develop a process to identify qualified non-Federal entities that will certify canine assets
that meet the standards established by the Administrator under subparagraph (A);
(C) ensure that entities qualified to certify canine assets shall be independent from entities
that will train and provide canines to end users of such canine assets;
(D) establish a system of Transportation Security Administration audits of the process
developed under subparagraph (B); and
(E) provide that canines certified for the primary screening of air cargo can be used by air
carriers, foreign air carriers, freight forwarders, and shippers.
(2) Implementation
Beginning on the date that the development of the process under paragraph (1)(B) is complete,
the Administrator shall—
(A) facilitate the deployment of such assets that meet the certification standards of the
Administration, as determined by the Administrator;
(B) make such standards available to vendors seeking to train and deploy third party
explosives detection canine assets; and
(C) ensure that all costs for the training and certification of canines, and for the use of
supplied canines, are borne by private industry and not the Federal Government.
(3) Definitions
In this subsection:
(A) Air carrier
The term "air carrier" has the meaning given the term in section 40102 of title 49.
(B) Foreign air carrier
The term "foreign air carrier" has the meaning given the term in section 40102 of title 49.
(C) Third party explosives detection canine asset
The term "third party explosives detection canine asset" means any explosives detection
canine or handler not owned or employed, respectively, by the Transportation Security
Administration.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIII, §1307, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 395; Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I,
§1941, Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3582.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 115–254 added subsec. (h).

STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
PUBLIC AREA SECURITY
Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §§1926–1929, Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3564–3568, provided that:
"SEC. 1926. DEFINITIONS.
"In this subtitle [subtitle C (§§1926–1936) of title I of div. K of Pub. L. 115–254, amending section 1112 of
this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1112 of this title and sections 114 and 44903 of
Title 49, Transportation]:
"(1) BEHAVIORAL STANDARDS.—The term 'behavioral standards' means standards for the
evaluation of explosives detection working canines for certain factors, including canine temperament, work
drive, suitability for training, environmental factors used in evaluations, and canine familiarity with natural
or man-made surfaces or working conditions relevant to the canine's expected work area.
"(2) MEDICAL STANDARDS.—The term 'medical standards' means standards for the evaluation of
explosives detection working canines for certain factors, including canine health, management of heredity
health conditions, breeding practices, genetics, pedigree, and long-term health tracking.
"(3) TECHNICAL STANDARDS.—The term 'technical standards' means standards for the evaluation
of explosives detection working canines for certain factors, including canine search techniques,
handler-canine communication, detection testing conditions and logistics, and learned explosive odor
libraries.
"SEC. 1927. EXPLOSIVES DETECTION CANINE CAPACITY BUILDING.
"(a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 5, 2018], the
Administrator [of the Transportation Security Administration] shall establish a working group to determine
ways to support decentralized, non-Federal domestic canine breeding capacity to produce high quality
explosives detection canines and modernize canine training standards.
"(b) WORKING GROUP COMPOSITION.—The working group established under subsection (a) shall be
comprised of representatives from the following:
"(1) The TSA [Transportation Security Administration].
"(2) The Science and Technology Directorate of the Department [of Homeland Security].
"(3) National domestic canine associations with expertise in breeding and pedigree.
"(4) Universities with expertise related to explosives detection canines and canine breeding.
"(5) Domestic canine breeders and vendors.
"(c) CHAIRPERSONS.—The Administrator shall approve of 2 individuals from among the representatives
of the working group specified in subsection (b) to serve as the Chairpersons of the working group as follows:
"(1) One Chairperson shall be from an entity specified in paragraph (1) or (2) of that subsection.
"(2) One Chairperson shall be from an entity specified in paragraph (3), (4), or (5) of that subsection.
"(d) PROPOSED STANDARDS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.—Not later than 180 days after the date
the working group is established under subsection (a), the working group shall submit to the Administrator—
"(1) proposed behavioral standards, medical standards, and technical standards for domestic canine
breeding and canine training described in that subsection; and
"(2) recommendations on how the TSA can engage stakeholders to further the development of such
domestic non-Federal canine breeding capacity and training.
"(e) STRATEGY.—Not later than 180 days after the date the recommendations are submitted under
subsection (d), the Administrator shall develop and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress
[Committees on Commerce, Science and Transportation and Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of
the Senate and Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives] a strategy for working with
non-Federal stakeholders to facilitate expanded [sic] the domestic canine breeding capacity described in
subsection (a), based on such recommendations.
"(f) CONSULTATION.—In developing the strategy under subsection (e), the Administrator shall consult
with the Under Secretary for Science and Technology of the Department [of Homeland Security], the
Commissioner for U.S. Customs and Border Protection, the Director of the United States Secret Service, and
the heads of such other Federal departments or agencies as the Administrator considers appropriate to
incorporate, to the extent practicable, mission needs across the Department for an expanded non-Federal
domestic explosives detection canine breeding capacity that can be leveraged to help meet the Department's
operational needs.
"(g) TERMINATION.—The working group established under subsection (a) shall terminate on the date

that the strategy is submitted under subsection (e), unless the Administrator extends the termination date for
the purposes of section 1928.
"(h) NONAPPLICABILITY OF FEDERAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE ACT.—The Federal Advisory
Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall not apply to the working group established under this Act [see Short
Title of 2018 Amendment note set out under section 40101 of Title 49].
"SEC. 1928. THIRD PARTY DOMESTIC CANINES.
"(a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 5, 2018], to enhance
the efficiency and efficacy of transportation security by increasing the supply of canine teams for use by the
TSA [Transportation Security Administration] and transportation stakeholders, the Administrator [of the
Transportation Security Administration] shall develop and issue behavioral standards, medical standards, and
technical standards, based on the recommendations of the working group under section 1927, that a third party
explosives detection canine must satisfy to be certified for the screening of individuals and property, including
detection of explosive vapors among individuals and articles of property, in public areas of an airport under
section 44901 of title 49, United States Code.
"(b) AUGMENTING PUBLIC AREA SECURITY.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall develop guidance on the coordination of development
and deployment of explosives detection canine teams for use by transportation stakeholders to enhance
public area security at transportation hubs, including airports.
"(2) CONSULTATION.—In developing the guidance under paragraph (1), the Administrator shall
consult with—
"(A) the working group established under section 1927;
"(B) the officials responsible for carrying out section 1941 [amending this section]; and
"(C) such transportation stakeholders, canine providers, law enforcement, privacy groups, and
transportation security providers as the Administrator considers relevant.
"(c) AGREEMENT.—Subject to subsections (d), (e), and (f), not later than 270 days after the issuance of
standards under subsection (a), the Administrator shall, to the extent possible, enter into an agreement with at
least 1 third party to test and certify the capabilities of canines in accordance with the standards under
subsection (a).
"(d) EXPEDITED DEPLOYMENT.—In entering into an agreement under subsection (c), the Administrator
shall use—
"(1) the other transaction authority under section 114(m) of title 49, United States Code; or
"(2) such other authority of the Administrator as the Administrator considers appropriate to expedite
the deployment of additional canine teams.
"(e) PROCESS.—Before entering into an agreement under subsection (c), the Administrator shall—
"(1) evaluate and verify the third party's ability to effectively evaluate the capabilities of canines;
"(2) designate key elements required for appropriate evaluation venues where third parties may
conduct testing; and
"(3) periodically assess the program at evaluation centers to ensure the proficiency of the canines
beyond the initial testing and certification by the third party.
"(f) CONSULTATION.—To determine best practices for the use of third parties to test and certify the
capabilities of canines, the Administrator shall consult with the following persons before entering into an
agreement under subsection (c):
"(1) The Secretary of State.
"(2) The Secretary of Defense.
"(3) Non-profit organizations that train, certify, and provide the services of canines for various
purposes.
"(4) Institutions of higher education with research programs related to use of canines for the screening
of individuals and property, including detection of explosive vapors among individuals and articles of
property.
"(g) THIRD PARTY EXPLOSIVES DETECTION CANINE PROVIDER LIST.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 90 days after the date the Administrator enters into an agreement
under subsection (c), the Administrator shall develop and maintain a list of the names of each third party
from which the TSA procures explosive detection canines, including for each such third party the relevant
contractual period of performance.
"(2) DISTRIBUTION.—The Administrator shall make the list under paragraph (1) available to
appropriate transportation stakeholders in such form and manner as the Administrator prescribes.
"(h) OVERSIGHT.—The Administrator shall establish a process to ensure appropriate oversight of the
certification program and compliance with the standards under subsection (a), including periodic audits of

participating third parties.
"(i) AUTHORIZATION.—
"(1) TSA.—The Administrator shall develop and implement a process for the TSA to procure third
party explosives detection canines certified under this section.
"(2) AVIATION STAKEHOLDERS.—
"(A) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall authorize an aviation stakeholder, under the
oversight of and in coordination with the Federal Security Director at an applicable airport, to contract
with, procure or purchase, and deploy one or more third party explosives detection canines certified
under this section to augment public area security at that airport.
"(B) APPLICABLE LARGE HUB AIRPORTS.—
"(i) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided under subparagraph [clause] (ii), notwithstanding
any law to the contrary, and subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, an applicable large hub
airport may provide a certified canine described in subparagraph (A) on an in-kind basis to the TSA to
be deployed as a passenger screening canine at that airport unless the applicable large hub airport
consents to the use of that certified canine elsewhere.
"(ii) EXCEPTION.—The Administrator may, on a case-by-case basis, deploy a certified
canine described in subparagraph (A) to a transportation facility other than the applicable large hub
airport described in clause (i) for not more than 90 days per year if the Administrator—
"(I) determines that such deployment is necessary to meet operational or security needs; and
"(II) notifies the applicable large hub airport described in clause (i).
"(iii) NONDEPLOYABLE CANINES.—Any certified canine provided to the TSA under
clause (i) that does not complete training for deployment under that clause shall be the responsibility of
the large hub airport unless the TSA agrees to a different outcome.
"(C) HANDLERS.—Not later than 30 days before a canine begins training to become a certified
canine under subparagraph (B), the airport shall notify the TSA of such training and the Administrator
shall assign a TSA canine handler to participate in the training with that canine, as appropriate.
"(D) LIMITATION.—The Administrator may not reduce the staffing allocation model for an
applicable large hub airport based on that airport's provision of a certified canine under this paragraph.
"(j) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
"(1) APPLICABLE LARGE HUB AIRPORT.—The term 'applicable large hub airport' means a large
hub airport (as defined in section 40102 of title 49, United States Code) that has less than 100 percent of the
allocated passenger screening canine teams staffed by the TSA.
"(2) AVIATION STAKEHOLDER.—The term 'aviation stakeholder' includes an airport, airport
operator, and air carrier.
"SEC. 1929. TRACKING AND MONITORING OF CANINE TRAINING AND TESTING.
"Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 5, 2018], the Administrator [of the
Transportation Security Administration] shall use, to the extent practicable, a digital monitoring system for all
training, testing, and validation or certification of public and private canine assets utilized or funded by the
TSA [Transportation Security Administration] to facilitate improved review, data analysis, and record keeping
of canine testing performance and program administration."

EXPANSION OF NATIONAL EXPLOSIVES DETECTION CANINE TEAM PROGRAM
Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §1971, Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3613, provided that:
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary [of Homeland Security], where appropriate, shall encourage State,
local, and tribal governments and private owners of high-risk transportation facilities to strengthen security
through the use of explosives detection canine teams.
"(b) INCREASED CAPACITY.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Before the date the Inspector General of the Department [of Homeland Security]
submits the report under section 1970 [132 Stat. 3612], the Administrator [of the Transportation Security
Administration] may increase the number of State and local surface and maritime transportation canines by
not more than 70 explosives detection canine teams.
"(2) ADDITIONAL TEAMS.—Beginning on the date the Inspector General of the Department
submits the report under section 1970, the Secretary may increase the State and local surface and maritime
transportation canines up to 200 explosives detection canine teams unless more are identified in the
risk-based surface transportation security strategy under section 1964 [enacting provisions set out as a note
under section 114 of Title 49, Transportation], consistent with section 1965 [enacting provisions set out as a
note under section 114 of Title 49] or with the President's most recent budget submitted under section 1105
of title 31, United States Code.

"(3) RECOMMENDATIONS.—Before initiating any increase in the number of explosives detection
teams under paragraph (2), the Secretary shall consider any recommendations in the report under section
1970 on the efficacy and management of the explosives detection canine program.
"(c) DEPLOYMENT.—The Secretary shall—
"(1) use the additional explosives detection canine teams, as described in subsection (b)(1), as part of
the Department's efforts to strengthen security across the Nation's surface and maritime transportation
networks;
"(2) make available explosives detection canine teams to all modes of transportation, subject to the
requirements under section 1968 [amending section 1112 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a
note under section 114 of Title 49], to address specific vulnerabilities or risks, on an as-needed basis and as
otherwise determined appropriate by the Secretary; and
"(3) consider specific needs and training requirements for explosives detection canine teams to be
deployed across the Nation's surface and maritime transportation networks, including in venues of multiple
modes of transportation, as the Secretary considers appropriate.
"(d) AUTHORIZATION.—There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary to the extent of
appropriations to carry out this section for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2021."
[For definition of "explosives detection canine teams" as used in section 1971 of Pub. L. 115–254, set out
above, see section 1902 of Pub. L. 115–254, set out as a note under section 101 of Title 49, Transportation.]

§1117. Roles of the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of
Transportation
The Secretary of Homeland Security is the principal Federal official responsible for transportation
security. The roles and responsibilities of the Department of Homeland Security and the Department
of Transportation in carrying out this chapter are the roles and responsibilities of such Departments
pursuant to the Aviation and Transportation Security Act (Public Law 107–71); the Intelligence
Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (Public Law 108–458); the National Infrastructure
Protection Plan required by Homeland Security Presidential Directive–7; The 1 Homeland Security
Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 101 et seq.]; The 1 National Response Plan; Executive Order No. 13416:
Strengthening Surface Transportation Security, dated December 5, 2006; the Memorandum of
Understanding between the Department and the Department of Transportation on Roles and
Responsibilities, dated September 28, 2004, and any and all subsequent annexes to this
Memorandum of Understanding; and any other relevant agreements between the two Departments.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIII, §1310, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 400.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original a reference to titles XII, XIII, XIV, and XV of Pub. L.
110–53, which enacted this chapter, amended section 1992 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure,
section 70105 of Title 46, Shipping, and sections 114, 5103a, 14504, 20106, 20109, 24301, 28101, 31105, and
46301 of Title 49, Transportation, enacted provisions set out as notes under section 1101 of this title and
sections 114, 13908, and 14504 of Title 49, and amended provisions set out as a note under section 14504 of
Title 49. For complete classification of titles XII to XV to the Code, see Tables.
The Aviation and Transportation Security Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 107–71, Nov. 19, 2001, 115
Stat. 597. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 2001 Amendment note set out
under section 40101 of Title 49, Transportation, and Tables.
The Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 108–458, Dec.
17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3638. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The Homeland Security Act of 2002, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2135,
which is classified principally to chapter 1 (§101 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to
the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 101 of this title and Tables.
Executive Order No. 13416, referred to in text, is set out as a note under section 1101 of this title.

1

So in original. Probably should not be capitalized.

§1118. Biometrics expansion
(a) In general
The Administrator and the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall consult
with each other on the deployment of biometric technologies.
(b) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to permit the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border
Protection to facilitate or expand the deployment of biometric technologies, or otherwise collect, use,
or retain biometrics, not authorized by any provision of or amendment made by the Intelligence
Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (Public Law 108–458; 118 Stat. 3638) or the
Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007 (Public Law 110–53; 121
Stat. 266).
(c) Report required
Not later than 270 days after October 5, 2018, the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate
committees of Congress, and to any Member of Congress upon the request of that Member, a report
that includes specific assessments from the Administrator and the Commissioner of U.S. Customs
and Border Protection with respect to the following:
(1) The operational and security impact of using biometric technology to identify travelers.
(2) The potential effects on privacy of the expansion of the use of biometric technology under
paragraph (1), including methods proposed or implemented to mitigate any risks to privacy
identified by the Administrator or the Commissioner related to the active or passive collection of
biometric data.
(3) Methods to analyze and address any matching performance errors related to race, gender, or
age identified by the Administrator with respect to the use of biometric technology, including the
deployment of facial recognition technology; 1
(4) With respect to the biometric entry-exit program, the following:
(A) Assessments of—
(i) the error rates, including the rates of false positives and false negatives, and accuracy of
biometric technologies;
(ii) the effects of biometric technologies, to ensure that such technologies do not unduly
burden categories of travelers, such as a certain race, gender, or nationality;
(iii) the extent to which and how biometric technologies could address instances of
travelers to the United States overstaying their visas, including—
(I) an estimate of how often biometric matches are contained in an existing database;
(II) an estimate of the rate at which travelers using fraudulent credentials identifications
are accurately rejected; and
(III) an assessment of what percentage of the detection of fraudulent identifications
could have been accomplished using conventional methods;
(iv) the effects on privacy of the use of biometric technologies, including methods to
mitigate any risks to privacy identified by the Administrator or the Commissioner of U.S.
Customs and Border Protection related to the active or passive collection of biometric data;
and
(v) the number of individuals who stay in the United States after the expiration of their
visas each year.
(B) A description of—
(i) all audits performed to assess—

(I) error rates in the use of biometric technologies; or
(II) whether the use of biometric technologies and error rates in the use of such
technologies disproportionately affect a certain race, gender, or nationality; and
(ii) the results of the audits described in clause (i).
(C) A description of the process by which domestic travelers are able to opt-out of scanning
using biometric technologies.
(D) A description of—
(i) what traveler data is collected through scanning using biometric technologies, what
agencies have access to such data, and how long the agencies possess such data;
(ii) specific actions that the Department and other relevant Federal departments and
agencies take to safeguard such data; and
(iii) a short-term goal for the prompt deletion of the data of individual United States
citizens after such data is used to verify traveler identities.
(d) Publication of assessments
The Secretary, the Administrator, and the Commissioner shall, if practicable, publish a public
version of the assessment required by subsection (c)(2) on the Internet website of the TSA and of the
U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
(Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §1919, Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3559.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L.
108–458, Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3638. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007, referred to in subsec. (b), is
Pub. L. 110–53, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 266. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the TSA Modernization Act and also as part of the FAA Reauthorization Act
of 2018, and not as part of the Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007 which
comprises this chapter.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
DEFINITIONS
For definitions of "Administrator", "appropriate committees of Congress", "Department", "Secretary", and
"TSA" as used in this section, see section 1902 of Pub. L. 115–254, set out as a note under section 101 of Title
49, Transportation.
1

So in original. The semicolon probably should be a period.

§1119. Voluntary use of credentialing
(a) In general
An applicable individual who is subject to credentialing or a background investigation may satisfy
that requirement by obtaining a valid transportation security card.
(b) Issuance of cards
The Secretary of Homeland Security—
(1) shall expand the transportation security card program, consistent with section 70105 of title

46, to allow an applicable individual who is subject to credentialing or a background investigation
to apply for a transportation security card; and
(2) may charge reasonable fees, in accordance with section 469(a) of this title, for providing the
necessary credentialing and background investigation.
(c) Vetting
The Administrator shall develop and implement a plan to utilize, in addition to any background
check required for initial issue, the Federal Bureau of Investigation's Rap Back Service and other
vetting tools as appropriate, including the No-Fly and Selectee lists, to get immediate notification of
any criminal activity relating to any person with a valid transportation security card.
(d) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Applicable individual who is subject to credentialing or a background investigation
The term "applicable individual who is subject to credentialing or a background investigation"
means only an individual who—
(A) because of employment is regulated by the Transportation Security Administration,
Department of Transportation, or Coast Guard and is required to have a background records
check to obtain a hazardous materials endorsement on a commercial driver's license issued by a
State under section 5103a of title 49; or
(B) is required to have a credential and background records check under section 622(d)(2) of
this title at a facility with activities that are regulated by the Transportation Security
Administration, Department of Transportation, or Coast Guard.
(2) Valid transportation security card
The term "valid transportation security card" means a transportation security card that is—
(A) issued under section 70105 of title 46;
(B) not expired;
(C) shows 1 no signs of tampering; and
(D) bears 1 a photograph of the individual representing such card.
(Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §1977, Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3617.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the TSA Modernization Act and also as part of the FAA Reauthorization Act
of 2018, and not as part of the Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007 which
comprises this chapter.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
DEFINITION
For definition of "Administrator" as used in this section, see section 1902 of Pub. L. 115–254, set out as a
note under section 101 of Title 49, Transportation.
1

So in original.

SUBCHAPTER III—PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION SECURITY
§1131. Definitions

For purposes of this subchapter, the following terms apply:
(1) Appropriate congressional committees
The term "appropriate congressional committees" means the Committee on Banking, Housing,
and Urban Affairs, and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the
Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on Transportation and
Infrastructure of the House of Representatives.
(2) Department
The term "Department" means the Department of Homeland Security.
(3) Disadvantaged businesses concerns
The term "disadvantaged business concerns" means small businesses that are owned and
controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals as defined in section 1 124, title
13, Code of Federal Regulations.
(4) Frontline employee
The term "frontline employee" means an employee of a public transportation agency who is a
transit vehicle driver or operator, dispatcher, maintenance and maintenance support employee,
station attendant, customer service employee, security employee, or transit police, or any other
employee who has direct contact with riders on a regular basis, and any other employee of a public
transportation agency that the Secretary determines should receive security training under section
1137 of this title.
(5) Public transportation agency
The term "public transportation agency" means a publicly owned operator of public
transportation eligible to receive Federal assistance under chapter 53 of title 49.
(6) Secretary
The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Homeland Security.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1402, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 400.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
SHORT TITLE
For short title of this subchapter as the "National Transit Systems Security Act of 2007", see section 1401
of Pub. L. 110–53, set out as a note under section 1101 of this title.
1

So in original. Probably should be "part".

§1132. Findings
Congress finds that—
(1) 182 public transportation systems throughout the world have been primary targets of
terrorist attacks;
(2) more than 6,000 public transportation agencies operate in the United States;
(3) people use public transportation vehicles 33,000,000 times each day;
(4) the Federal Transit Administration has invested $93,800,000,000 since 1992 for construction
and improvements;
(5) the Federal investment in transit security has been insufficient; and
(6) greater Federal investment in transit security improvements per passenger boarding is
necessary to better protect the American people, given transit's vital importance in creating
mobility and promoting our Nation's economy.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1403, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 401.)

§1133. National Strategy for Public Transportation Security
(a) National Strategy
Not later than 9 months after August 3, 2007, and based upon the previous and ongoing security
assessments conducted by the Department and the Department of Transportation, the Secretary,
consistent with and as required by section 114(t) 1 of title 49, shall develop and implement the modal
plan for public transportation, entitled the "National Strategy for Public Transportation Security".
(b) Purpose
(1) Guidelines
In developing the National Strategy for Public Transportation Security, the Secretary shall
establish guidelines for public transportation security that—
(A) minimize security threats to public transportation systems; and
(B) maximize the abilities of public transportation systems to mitigate damage resulting from
terrorist attack or other major incident.
(2) Assessments and consultations
In developing the National Strategy for Public Transportation Security, the Secretary shall—
(A) use established and ongoing public transportation security assessments as the basis of the
National Strategy for Public Transportation Security; and
(B) consult with all relevant stakeholders, including public transportation agencies, nonprofit
labor organizations representing public transportation employees, emergency responders, public
safety officials, and other relevant parties.
(c) Contents
In the National Strategy for Public Transportation Security, the Secretary shall describe prioritized
goals, objectives, policies, actions, and schedules to improve the security of public transportation.
(d) Responsibilities
The Secretary shall include in the National Strategy for Public Transportation Security a
description of the roles, responsibilities, and authorities of Federal, State, and local agencies, tribal
governments, and appropriate stakeholders. The plan shall also include—
(1) the identification of, and a plan to address, gaps and unnecessary overlaps in the roles,
responsibilities, and authorities of Federal agencies; and
(2) a process for coordinating existing or future security strategies and plans for public
transportation, including the National Infrastructure Protection Plan required by Homeland
Security Presidential Directive–7; Executive Order No. 13416: Strengthening Surface
Transportation Security dated December 5, 2006; the Memorandum of Understanding between the
Department and the Department of Transportation on Roles and Responsibilities dated September
28, 2004; and subsequent annexes and agreements.
(e) Adequacy of existing plans and strategies
In developing the National Strategy for Public Transportation Security, the Secretary shall use
relevant existing risk assessments and strategies developed by the Department or other Federal
agencies, including those developed or implemented pursuant to section 114(t) 1 of title 49 or
Homeland Security Presidential Directive–7.
(f) Funding
There is authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary to carry out this section $2,000,000 for
fiscal year 2008.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1404, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 401.)
EDITORIAL NOTES

REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 114(t) of title 49, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (e), was redesignated section 114(s) of title 49 by
Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V, §568(a), Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2092.
Executive Order No. 13416, referred to in subsec. (d)(2), is set out as a note under section 1101 of this title.
1

See References in Text note below.

§1134. Security assessments and plans
(a) Public transportation security assessments
(1) Submission
Not later than 30 days after August 3, 2007, the Administrator of the Federal Transit
Administration of the Department of Transportation shall submit all public transportation security
assessments and all other relevant information to the Secretary.
(2) Secretarial review
Not later than 60 days after receiving the submission under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall
review and augment the security assessments received, and conduct additional security
assessments as necessary to ensure that at a minimum, all high risk public transportation agencies,
as determined by the Secretary, will have a completed security assessment.
(3) Content
The Secretary shall ensure that each completed security assessment includes—
(A) identification of critical assets, infrastructure, and systems and their vulnerabilities; and
(B) identification of any other security weaknesses, including weaknesses in emergency
response planning and employee training.
(b) Bus and rural public transportation systems
Not later than 180 days after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall—
(1) conduct security assessments, based on a representative sample, to determine the specific
needs of—
(A) local bus-only public transportation systems; and
(B) public transportation systems that receive funds under section 5311 of title 49; and
(2) make the representative assessments available for use by similarly situated systems.
(c) Security plans
(1) Requirement for plan
(A) High risk agencies
The Secretary shall require public transportation agencies determined by the Secretary to be
at high risk for terrorism to develop a comprehensive security plan. The Secretary shall provide
technical assistance and guidance to public transportation agencies in preparing and
implementing security plans under this section.
(B) Other agencies
Provided that no public transportation agency that has not been designated high risk shall be
required to develop a security plan, the Secretary may also establish a security program for
public transportation agencies not designated high risk by the Secretary, to assist those public
transportation agencies which request assistance, including—
(i) guidance to assist such agencies in conducting security assessments and preparing and
implementing security plans; and
(ii) a process for the Secretary to review and approve such assessments and plans, as

appropriate.
(2) Contents of plan
The Secretary shall ensure that security plans include, as appropriate—
(A) a prioritized list of all items included in the public transportation agency's security
assessment that have not yet been addressed;
(B) a detailed list of any additional capital and operational improvements identified by the
Department or the public transportation agency and a certification of the public transportation
agency's technical capacity for operating and maintaining any security equipment that may be
identified in such list;
(C) specific procedures to be implemented or used by the public transportation agency in
response to a terrorist attack, including evacuation and passenger communication plans and
appropriate evacuation and communication measures for the elderly and individuals with
disabilities;
(D) a coordinated response plan that establishes procedures for appropriate interaction with
State and local law enforcement agencies, emergency responders, and Federal officials in order
to coordinate security measures and plans for response in the event of a terrorist attack or other
major incident;
(E) a strategy and timeline for conducting training under section 1137 of this title;
(F) plans for providing redundant and other appropriate backup systems necessary to ensure
the continued operation of critical elements of the public transportation system in the event of a
terrorist attack or other major incident;
(G) plans for providing service capabilities throughout the system in the event of a terrorist
attack or other major incident in the city or region which the public transportation system
serves;
(H) methods to mitigate damage within a public transportation system in case of an attack on
the system, including a plan for communication and coordination with emergency responders;
and
(I) other actions or procedures as the Secretary determines are appropriate to address the
security of the public transportation system.
(3) Review
Not later than 6 months after receiving the plans required under this section, the Secretary
shall—
(A) review each security plan submitted;
(B) require the public transportation agency to make any amendments needed to ensure that
the plan meets the requirements of this section; and
(C) approve any security plan that meets the requirements of this section.
(4) Exemption
The Secretary shall not require a public transportation agency to develop a security plan under
paragraph (1) if the agency does not receive a grant under section 1135 of this title.
(5) Waiver
The Secretary may waive the exemption provided in paragraph (4) to require a public
transportation agency to develop a security plan under paragraph (1) in the absence of grant funds
under section 1135 of this title if not less than 3 days after making the determination the Secretary
provides the appropriate congressional committees and the public transportation agency written
notification detailing the need for the security plan, the reasons grant funding has not been made
available, and the reason the agency has been designated high risk.
(d) Consistency with other plans
The Secretary shall ensure that the security plans developed by public transportation agencies
under this section are consistent with the security assessments developed by the Department and the
National Strategy for Public Transportation Security developed under section 1133 of this title.

(e) Updates
Not later than September 30, 2008, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall—
(1) update the security assessments referred to in subsection (a);
(2) update the security improvement priorities required under subsection (f); and
(3) require public transportation agencies to update the security plans required under subsection
(c) as appropriate.
(f) Security improvement priorities
(1) In general
Beginning in fiscal year 2008 and each fiscal year thereafter, the Secretary, after consultation
with management and nonprofit employee labor organizations representing public transportation
employees as appropriate, and with appropriate State and local officials, shall utilize the
information developed or received in this section to establish security improvement priorities
unique to each individual public transportation agency that has been assessed.
(2) Allocations
The Secretary shall use the security improvement priorities established in paragraph (1) as the
basis for allocating risk-based grant funds under section 1135 of this title, unless the Secretary
notifies the appropriate congressional committees that the Secretary has determined an adjustment
is necessary to respond to an urgent threat or other significant national security factors.
(g) Shared facilities
The Secretary shall encourage the development and implementation of coordinated assessments
and security plans to the extent a public transportation agency shares facilities (such as tunnels,
bridges, stations, or platforms) with another public transportation agency, a freight or passenger
railroad carrier, or over-the-road bus operator that are geographically close or otherwise co-located.
(h) Nondisclosure of information
(1) Submission of information to Congress
Nothing in this section shall be construed as authorizing the withholding of any information
from Congress.
(2) Disclosure of independently furnished information
Nothing in this section shall be construed as affecting any authority or obligation of a Federal
agency to disclose any record or information that the Federal agency obtains from a public
transportation agency under any other Federal law.
(i) Determination
In response to a petition by a public transportation agency or at the discretion of the Secretary, the
Secretary may recognize existing procedures, protocols, and standards of a public transportation
agency that the Secretary determines meet all or part of the requirements of this section regarding
security assessments or security plans.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1405, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 402.)

§1135. Public transportation security assistance
(a) Security assistance program
(1) In general
The Secretary shall establish a program for making grants to eligible public transportation
agencies for security improvements described in subsection (b).
(2) Eligibility
A public transportation agency is eligible for a grant under this section if the Secretary has

performed a security assessment or the agency has developed a security plan under section 1134 of
this title. Grant funds shall only be awarded for permissible uses under subsection (b) to—
(A) address items included in a security assessment; or
(B) further a security plan.
(b) Uses of funds
A recipient of a grant under subsection (a) shall use the grant funds for one or more of the
following:
(1) Capital uses of funds, including—
(A) tunnel protection systems;
(B) perimeter protection systems, including access control, installation of improved lighting,
fencing, and barricades;
(C) redundant critical operations control systems;
(D) chemical, biological, radiological, or explosive detection systems, including the
acquisition of canines used for such detection;
(E) surveillance equipment;
(F) communications equipment, including mobile service equipment to provide access to
wireless Enhanced 911 (E911) emergency services in an underground fixed guideway system;
(G) emergency response equipment, including personal protective equipment;
(H) fire suppression and decontamination equipment;
(I) global positioning or tracking and recovery equipment, and other
automated-vehicle-locator-type system equipment;
(J) evacuation improvements;
(K) purchase and placement of bomb-resistant trash cans throughout public transportation
facilities, including subway exits, entrances, and tunnels;
(L) capital costs associated with security awareness, security preparedness, and security
response training, including training under section 1137 of this title and exercises under section
1136 of this title;
(M) security improvements for public transportation systems, including extensions thereto, in
final design or under construction;
(N) security improvements for stations and other public transportation infrastructure,
including stations and other public transportation infrastructure owned by State or local
governments; and
(O) other capital security improvements determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(2) Operating uses of funds, including—
(A) security training, including training under section 1137 of this title and training
developed by institutions of higher education and by nonprofit employee labor organizations,
for public transportation employees, including frontline employees;
(B) live or simulated exercises under section 1136 of this title;
(C) public awareness campaigns for enhanced public transportation security;
(D) canine patrols for chemical, radiological, biological, or explosives detection;
(E) development of security plans under section 1134 of this title;
(F) overtime reimbursement including reimbursement of State, local, and tribal governments,
for costs for enhanced security personnel during significant national and international public
events;
(G) operational costs, including reimbursement of State, local, and tribal governments for
costs for personnel assigned to full-time or part-time security or counterterrorism duties related
to public transportation, provided that this expense totals no more than 10 percent of the total
grant funds received by a public transportation agency in any 1 year; and
(H) other operational security costs determined appropriate by the Secretary, excluding
routine, ongoing personnel costs, other than those set forth in this section.
(c) Department of Homeland Security responsibilities

In carrying out the responsibilities under subsection (a), the Secretary shall—
(1) determine the requirements for recipients of grants under this section, including application
requirements;
(2) pursuant to subsection (a)(2), select the recipients of grants based solely on risk; and
(3) pursuant to subsection (b), establish the priorities for which grant funds may be used under
this section.
(d) Distribution of grants
Not later than 90 days after August 3, 2007, the Secretary and the Secretary of Transportation
shall determine the most effective and efficient way to distribute grant funds to the recipients of
grants determined by the Secretary under subsection (a). Subject to the determination made by the
Secretaries, the Secretary may transfer funds to the Secretary of Transportation for the purposes of
disbursing funds to the grant recipient.
(e) Subject to certain terms and conditions
Except as otherwise specifically provided in this section, a grant provided under this section shall
be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to a grant made under section 5307 of title 49, as in
effect on January 1, 2007, and such other terms and conditions as are determined necessary by the
Secretary.
(f) Limitation on uses of funds
Grants made under this section may not be used to make any State or local government
cost-sharing contribution under any other Federal law.
(g) Annual reports
Each recipient of a grant under this section shall report annually to the Secretary on the use of the
grant funds.
(h) Guidelines
Before distribution of funds to recipients of grants, the Secretary shall issue guidelines to ensure
that, to the extent that recipients of grants under this section use contractors or subcontractors, such
recipients shall use small, minority, women-owned, or disadvantaged business concerns as
contractors or subcontractors to the extent practicable.
(i) Coordination with State homeland security plans
In establishing security improvement priorities under section 1134 of this title and in awarding
grants for capital security improvements and operational security improvements under subsection
(b), the Secretary shall act consistently with relevant State homeland security plans.
(j) Multistate transportation systems
In cases in which a public transportation system operates in more than one State, the Secretary
shall give appropriate consideration to the risks of the entire system, including those portions of the
States into which the system crosses, in establishing security improvement priorities under section
1134 of this title and in awarding grants for capital security improvements and operational security
improvements under subsection (b).
(k) Congressional notification
Not later than 3 days before the award of any grant under this section, the Secretary shall notify
simultaneously, the appropriate congressional committees of the intent to award such grant.
(l) Return of misspent grant funds
The Secretary shall establish a process to require the return of any misspent grant funds received
under this section determined to have been spent for a purpose other than those specified in the grant
award.
(m) Authorization of appropriations
(1) There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary to make grants under this section—

(A) such sums as are necessary for fiscal year 2007;
(B) $650,000,000 for fiscal year 2008, except that not more than 50 percent of such funds may
be used for operational costs under subsection (b)(2);
(C) $750,000,000 for fiscal year 2009, except that not more than 30 percent of such funds may
be used for operational costs under subsection (b)(2);
(D) $900,000,000 for fiscal year 2010, except that not more than 20 percent of such funds may
be used for operational costs under subsection (b)(2); and
(E) $1,100,000,000 for fiscal year 2011, except that not more than 10 percent of such funds may
be used for operational costs under subsection (b)(2).
(2) PERIOD OF AVAILABILITY.—Sums appropriated to carry out this section shall remain
available until expended.
(3) WAIVER.—The Secretary may waive the limitation on operational costs specified in
subparagraphs (B) through (E) of paragraph (1) if the Secretary determines that such a waiver is
required in the interest of national security, and if the Secretary provides a written justification to the
appropriate congressional committees prior to any such action.
(4) EFFECTIVE DATE.—Funds provided for fiscal year 2007 transit security grants under Public
Law 110–28 shall be allocated based on security assessments that are in existence as of August 3,
2007.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1406, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 405.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Public Law 110–28, referred to in subsec. (m)(4), is Pub. L. 110–28, May 25, 2007, 121 Stat. 112, known
as the U.S. Troop Readinesss, Veterans' Care, Katrina Recovery, and Iraq Accountability Appropriations Act,
2007. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.

§1136. Security exercises
(a) In general
The Secretary shall establish a program for conducting security exercises for public transportation
agencies for the purpose of assessing and improving the capabilities of entities described in
subsection (b) to prevent, prepare for, mitigate against, respond to, and recover from acts of
terrorism.
(b) Covered entities
Entities to be assessed under the program shall include—
(1) Federal, State, and local agencies and tribal governments;
(2) public transportation agencies;
(3) governmental and nongovernmental emergency response providers and law enforcement
personnel, including transit police; and
(4) any other organization or entity that the Secretary determines appropriate.
(c) Requirements
The Secretary shall ensure that the program—
(1) requires, for public transportation agencies which the Secretary deems appropriate, exercises
to be conducted that are—
(A) scaled and tailored to the needs of specific public transportation systems, and include
taking into account the needs of the elderly and individuals with disabilities;
(B) live;
(C) coordinated with appropriate officials;
(D) as realistic as practicable and based on current risk assessments, including credible

threats, vulnerabilities, and consequences;
(E) inclusive, as appropriate, of frontline employees and managers; and
(F) consistent with the National Incident Management System, the National Response Plan,
the National Infrastructure Protection Plan, the National Preparedness Guidance, the National
Preparedness Goal, and other such national initiatives;
(2) provides that exercises described in paragraph (1) will be—
(A) evaluated by the Secretary against clear and consistent performance measures;
(B) assessed by the Secretary to learn best practices, which shall be shared with appropriate
Federal, State, local, and tribal officials, governmental and nongovernmental emergency
response providers, law enforcement personnel, including railroad and transit police, and
appropriate stakeholders; and
(C) followed by remedial action by covered entities in response to lessons learned;
(3) involves individuals in neighborhoods around the infrastructure of a public transportation
system; and
(4) assists State, local, and tribal governments and public transportation agencies in designing,
implementing, and evaluating exercises that conform to the requirements of paragraph (2).
(d) National Exercise Program
The Secretary shall ensure that the exercise program developed under subsection (a) is a
component of the National Exercise Program established under section 748 of this title.
(e) Ferry system exemption
This section does not apply to any ferry system for which drills are required to be conducted
pursuant to section 70103 of title 46.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1407, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 408.)

§1137. Public transportation security training program
(a) In general
Not later than 90 days after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall develop and issue detailed interim
final regulations, and not later than 1 year after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall develop and issue
detailed final regulations, for a public transportation security training program to prepare public
transportation employees, including frontline employees, for potential security threats and
conditions.
(b) Consultation
The Secretary shall develop the interim final and final regulations under subsection (a) in
consultation with—
(1) appropriate law enforcement, fire service, security, and terrorism experts;
(2) representatives of public transportation agencies; and
(3) nonprofit employee labor organizations representing public transportation employees or
emergency response personnel.
(c) Program elements
The interim final and final regulations developed under subsection (a) shall require security
training programs to include, at a minimum, elements to address the following:
(1) Determination of the seriousness of any occurrence or threat.
(2) Crew and passenger communication and coordination.
(3) Appropriate responses to defend oneself, including using nonlethal defense devices.
(4) Use of personal protective devices and other protective equipment.
(5) Evacuation procedures for passengers and employees, including individuals with disabilities
and the elderly.

(6) Training related to behavioral and psychological understanding of, and responses to,
terrorist incidents, including the ability to cope with hijacker behavior, and passenger responses.
(7) Live situational training exercises regarding various threat conditions, including tunnel
evacuation procedures.
(8) Recognition and reporting of dangerous substances and suspicious packages, persons, and
situations.
(9) Understanding security incident procedures, including procedures for communicating with
governmental and nongovernmental emergency response providers and for on scene interaction
with such emergency response providers.
(10) Operation and maintenance of security equipment and systems.
(11) Other security training activities that the Secretary deems appropriate.
(d) Required programs
(1) Development and submission to Secretary
Not later than 90 days after a public transportation agency meets the requirements under
subsection (e), each such public transportation agency shall develop a security training program in
accordance with the regulations developed under subsection (a) and submit the program to the
Secretary for approval.
(2) Approval
Not later than 60 days after receiving a security training program proposal under this
subsection, the Secretary shall approve the program or require the public transportation agency
that developed the program to make any revisions to the program that the Secretary determines
necessary for the program to meet the requirements of the regulations. A public transportation
agency shall respond to the Secretary's comments within 30 days after receiving them.
(3) Training
Not later than 1 year after the Secretary approves a security training program proposal in
accordance with this subsection, the public transportation agency that developed the program shall
complete the training of all employees covered under the program.
(4) Updates of regulations and program revisions
The Secretary shall periodically review and update, as appropriate, the training regulations
issued under subsection (a) to reflect new or changing security threats. Each public transportation
agency shall revise its training program accordingly and provide additional training as necessary
to its workers within a reasonable time after the regulations are updated.
(e) Applicability
A public transportation agency that receives a grant award under this subchapter shall be required
to develop and implement a security training program pursuant to this section.
(f) Long-term training requirement
Any public transportation agency required to develop a security training program pursuant to this
section shall provide routine and ongoing training for employees covered under the program,
regardless of whether the public transportation agency receives subsequent grant awards.
(g) National Training Program
The Secretary shall ensure that the training program developed under subsection (a) is a
component of the National Training Program established under section 748 of this title.
(h) Ferry exemption
This section shall not apply to any ferry system for which training is required to be conducted
pursuant to section 70103 of title 46.
(i) Report
Not later than 2 years after the date of issuance of the final regulation, the Comptroller General
shall review implementation of the training program, including interviewing a representative sample

of public transportation agencies and employees, and report to the appropriate congressional
committees, on the number of reviews conducted and the results. The Comptroller General may
submit the report in both classified and redacted formats as necessary.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1408, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 409.)

§1138. Public transportation research and development
(a) Establishment of research and development program
The Secretary shall carry out a research and development program through the Homeland Security
Advanced Research Projects Agency in the Science and Technology Directorate and in consultation
with the Transportation Security Administration and with the Federal Transit Administration, for the
purpose of improving the security of public transportation systems.
(b) Grants and contracts authorized
The Secretary shall award grants or contracts to public or private entities to conduct research and
demonstrate technologies and methods to reduce and deter terrorist threats or mitigate damages
resulting from terrorist attacks against public transportation systems.
(c) Use of funds
Grants or contracts awarded under subsection (a)—
(1) shall be coordinated with activities of the Homeland Security Advanced Research Projects
Agency; and
(2) may be used to—
(A) research chemical, biological, radiological, or explosive detection systems that do not
significantly impede passenger access;
(B) research imaging technologies;
(C) conduct product evaluations and testing;
(D) improve security and redundancy for critical communications, electrical power, and
computer and train control systems;
(E) develop technologies for securing tunnels, transit bridges and aerial structures;
(F) research technologies that mitigate damages in the event of a cyber attack; and
(G) research other technologies or methods for reducing or deterring terrorist attacks against
public transportation systems, or mitigating damage from such attacks.
(d) Privacy and civil rights and civil liberties issues
(1) Consultation
In carrying out research and development projects under this section, the Secretary shall consult
with the Chief Privacy Officer of the Department and the Officer for Civil Rights and Civil
Liberties of the Department, as appropriate, and in accordance with section 142 of this title.
(2) Privacy impact assessments
In accordance with sections 142 and 345 of this title, the Chief Privacy Officer shall conduct
privacy impact assessments and the Officer for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties shall conduct
reviews, as appropriate, for research and development initiatives developed under this section.
(e) Reporting requirement
Each entity that is awarded a grant or contract under this section shall report annually to the
Department on the use of grant or contract funds received under this section to ensure that the awards
made are expended in accordance with the purposes of this subchapter and the priorities developed
by the Secretary.
(f) Coordination
The Secretary shall ensure that the research is consistent with the priorities established in the
National Strategy for Public Transportation Security and is coordinated, to the extent practicable,

with other Federal, State, local, tribal, and private sector public transportation, railroad, commuter
railroad, and over-the-road bus research initiatives to leverage resources and avoid unnecessary
duplicative efforts.
(g) Return of misspent grant or contract funds
If the Secretary determines that a grantee or contractor used any portion of the grant or contract
funds received under this section for a purpose other than the allowable uses specified under
subsection (c), the grantee or contractor shall return any amount so used to the Treasury of the
United States.
(h) Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary to make grants under this section—
(1) such sums as necessary for fiscal year 2007;
(2) $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(3) $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(4) $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2010; and
(5) $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2011.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1409, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 411.)

§1139. Information sharing
(a) Intelligence sharing
The Secretary shall ensure that the Department of Transportation receives appropriate and timely
notification of all credible terrorist threats against public transportation assets in the United States.
(b) Information Sharing and Analysis Center
(1) Authorization
The Secretary shall provide for the reasonable costs of the Information Sharing and Analysis
Center for Public Transportation (referred to in this subsection as the "ISAC").
(2) Participation
The Secretary—
(A) shall require public transportation agencies that the Secretary determines to be at high
risk of terrorist attack to participate in the ISAC;
(B) shall encourage all other public transportation agencies to participate in the ISAC;
(C) shall encourage the participation of nonprofit employee labor organizations representing
public transportation employees, as appropriate; and
(D) shall not charge a fee for participating in the ISAC.
(c) Report
The Comptroller General shall report, not less than 3 years after August 3, 2007, to the appropriate
congressional committees, as to the value and efficacy of the ISAC along with any other public
transportation information-sharing programs ongoing at the Department. The report shall include an
analysis of the user satisfaction of public transportation agencies on the state of information-sharing
and the value that each system provides the user, the costs and benefits of all centers and programs,
the coordination among centers and programs, how each center or program contributes to
implementing the information sharing plan under section 1203,1 and analysis of the extent to which
the ISAC is duplicative with the Department's information-sharing program.
(d) Authorization
(1) In general
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary to carry out this section—
(A) $600,000 for fiscal year 2008;

(B) $600,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(C) $600,000 for fiscal year 2010; and
(D) such sums as may be necessary for 2011, provided the report required in subsection (c) of
this section has been submitted to Congress.
(2) Availability of funds
Such sums shall remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1410, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 412.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 1203, referred to in subsec. (c), is section 1203 of title XII of Pub. L. 110–53, Aug. 3, 2007, 121
Stat. 383, which amended section 114 of Title 49, Transportation, and enacted provisions set out as a note
under section 114 of Title 49.
1

See References in Text note below.

§1140. Threat assessments
Not later than 1 year after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall complete a name-based security
background check against the consolidated terrorist watchlist and an immigration status check for all
public transportation frontline employees, similar to the threat assessment screening program
required for facility employees and longshoremen by the Commandant of the Coast Guard under
Coast Guard Notice USCG–2006–24189 (71 Fed. Reg. 25066 (April 8, 2006)).
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1411, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 413.)

§1141. Reporting requirements
(a) Annual report to Congress
(1) In general
Not later than March 31 of each year, the Secretary shall submit a report, containing the
information described in paragraph (2), to the appropriate congressional committees.
(2) Contents
The report submitted under paragraph (1) shall include—
(A) a description of the implementation of the provisions of this subchapter;
(B) the amount of funds appropriated to carry out the provisions of this subchapter that have
not been expended or obligated;
(C) the National Strategy for Public Transportation Security required under section 1133 of
this title;
(D) an estimate of the cost to implement the National Strategy for Public Transportation
Security which shall break out the aggregated total cost of needed capital and operational
security improvements for fiscal years 2008–2018; and
(E) the state of public transportation security in the United States, which shall include
detailing the status of security assessments, the progress being made around the country in
developing prioritized lists of security improvements necessary to make public transportation
facilities and passengers more secure, the progress being made by agencies in developing
security plans and how those plans differ from the security assessments and a prioritized list of
security improvements being compiled by other agencies, as well as a random sample of an
equal number of large- and small-scale projects currently underway.

(3) Format
The Secretary may submit the report in both classified and redacted formats if the Secretary
determines that such action is appropriate or necessary.
(b) Annual report to Governors
(1) In general
Not later than March 31 of each year, the Secretary shall submit a report to the Governor of
each State with a public transportation agency that has received a grant under this Act.
(2) Contents
The report submitted under paragraph (1) shall specify—
(A) the amount of grant funds distributed to each such public transportation agency; and
(B) the use of such grant funds.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1412, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 413.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is Pub. L. 110–53, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 266, known as the
Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007, which enacted this chapter and
enacted and amended numerous other sections and notes in the Code. For complete classification of this Act to
the Code, see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note set out under section 101 of this title and Tables.

§1142. Public transportation employee protections
(a) In general
A public transportation agency, a contractor or a subcontractor of such agency, or an officer or
employee of such agency, shall not discharge, demote, suspend, reprimand, or in any other way
discriminate against an employee if such discrimination is due, in whole or in part, to the employee's
lawful, good faith act done, or perceived by the employer to have been done or about to be done—
(1) to provide information, directly cause information to be provided, or otherwise directly
assist in any investigation regarding any conduct which the employee reasonably believes
constitutes a violation of any Federal law, rule, or regulation relating to public transportation
safety or security, or fraud, waste, or abuse of Federal grants or other public funds intended to be
used for public transportation safety or security, if the information or assistance is provided to or
an investigation stemming from the provided information is conducted by—
(A) a Federal, State, or local regulatory or law enforcement agency (including an office of the
Inspector General under the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.; Public Law
95–452); 1
(B) any Member of Congress, any Committee of Congress, or the Government
Accountability Office; or
(C) a person with supervisory authority over the employee or such other person who has the
authority to investigate, discover, or terminate the misconduct;
(2) to refuse to violate or assist in the violation of any Federal law, rule, or regulation relating to
public transportation safety or security;
(3) to file a complaint or directly cause to be brought a proceeding related to the enforcement of
this section or to testify in that proceeding;
(4) to cooperate with a safety or security investigation by the Secretary of Transportation, the
Secretary of Homeland Security, or the National Transportation Safety Board; or
(5) to furnish information to the Secretary of Transportation, the Secretary of Homeland
Security, the National Transportation Safety Board, or any Federal, State, or local regulatory or

law enforcement agency as to the facts relating to any accident or incident resulting in injury or
death to an individual or damage to property occurring in connection with public transportation.
(b) Hazardous safety or security conditions
(1) A public transportation agency, or a contractor or a subcontractor of such agency, or an officer
or employee of such agency, shall not discharge, demote, suspend, reprimand, or in any other way
discriminate against an employee for—
(A) reporting a hazardous safety or security condition;
(B) refusing to work when confronted by a hazardous safety or security condition related to the
performance of the employee's duties, if the conditions described in paragraph (2) exist; or
(C) refusing to authorize the use of any safety- or security-related equipment, track, or
structures, if the employee is responsible for the inspection or repair of the equipment, track, or
structures, when the employee believes that the equipment, track, or structures are in a hazardous
safety or security condition, if the conditions described in paragraph (2) of this subsection exist.
(2) A refusal is protected under paragraph (1)(B) and (C) if—
(A) the refusal is made in good faith and no reasonable alternative to the refusal is available to
the employee;
(B) a reasonable individual in the circumstances then confronting the employee would conclude
that—
(i) the hazardous condition presents an imminent danger of death or serious injury; and
(ii) the urgency of the situation does not allow sufficient time to eliminate the danger without
such refusal; and
(C) the employee, where possible, has notified the public transportation agency of the existence
of the hazardous condition and the intention not to perform further work, or not to authorize the
use of the hazardous equipment, track, or structures, unless the condition is corrected immediately
or the equipment, track, or structures are repaired properly or replaced.
(3) In this subsection, only subsection (b)(1)(A) shall apply to security personnel, including transit
police, employed or utilized by a public transportation agency to protect riders, equipment, assets, or
facilities.
(c) Enforcement action
(1) Filing and notification
A person who believes that he or she has been discharged or otherwise discriminated against by
any person in violation of subsection (a) or (b) may, not later than 180 days after the date on
which such violation occurs, file (or have any person file on his or her behalf) a complaint with the
Secretary of Labor alleging such discharge or discrimination. Upon receipt of a complaint filed
under this paragraph, the Secretary of Labor shall notify, in writing, the person named in the
complaint and the person's employer of the filing of the complaint, of the allegations contained in
the complaint, of the substance of evidence supporting the complaint, and of the opportunities that
will be afforded to such person under paragraph (2).
(2) Investigation; preliminary order
(A) In general
Not later than 60 days after the date of receipt of a complaint filed under paragraph (1) and
after affording the person named in the complaint an opportunity to submit to the Secretary of
Labor a written response to the complaint and an opportunity to meet with a representative of
the Secretary of Labor to present statements from witnesses, the Secretary of Labor shall
conduct an investigation and determine whether there is reasonable cause to believe that the
complaint has merit and notify, in writing, the complainant and the person alleged to have
committed a violation of subsection (a) or (b) of the Secretary of Labor's findings. If the
Secretary of Labor concludes that there is a reasonable cause to believe that a violation of

subsection (a) or (b) has occurred, the Secretary of Labor shall accompany the Secretary of
Labor's findings with a preliminary order providing the relief prescribed by paragraph (3)(B).
Not later than 30 days after the date of notification of findings under this paragraph, either the
person alleged to have committed the violation or the complainant may file objections to the
findings or preliminary order, or both, and request a hearing on the record. The filing of such
objections shall not operate to stay any reinstatement remedy contained in the preliminary
order. Such hearings shall be conducted expeditiously. If a hearing is not requested in such
30-day period, the preliminary order shall be deemed a final order that is not subject to judicial
review.
(B) Requirements
(i) Required showing by complainant
The Secretary of Labor shall dismiss a complaint filed under this subsection and shall not
conduct an investigation otherwise required under subparagraph (A) unless the complainant
makes a prima facie showing that any behavior described in subsection (a) or (b) was a
contributing factor in the unfavorable personnel action alleged in the complaint.
(ii) Showing by employer
Notwithstanding a finding by the Secretary of Labor that the complainant has made the
showing required under clause (i), no investigation otherwise required under paragraph (A)
shall be conducted if the employer demonstrates, by clear and convincing evidence, that the
employer would have taken the same unfavorable personnel action in the absence of that
behavior.
(iii) Criteria for determination by Secretary of Labor
The Secretary of Labor may determine that a violation of subsection (a) or (b) has occurred
only if the complainant demonstrates that any behavior described in subsection (a) or (b) was
a contributing factor in the unfavorable personnel action alleged in the complaint.
(iv) Prohibition
Relief may not be ordered under paragraph (A) if the employer demonstrates by clear and
convincing evidence that the employer would have taken the same unfavorable personnel
action in the absence of that behavior.
(3) Final order
(A) Deadline for issuance; settlement agreements
Not later than 120 days after the date of conclusion of a hearing under paragraph (2), the
Secretary of Labor shall issue a final order providing the relief prescribed by this paragraph or
denying the complaint. At any time before issuance of a final order, a proceeding under this
subsection may be terminated on the basis of a settlement agreement entered into by the
Secretary of Labor, the complainant, and the person alleged to have committed the violation.
(B) Remedy
If, in response to a complaint filed under paragraph (1), the Secretary of Labor determines
that a violation of subsection (a) or (b) has occurred, the Secretary of Labor shall order the
person who committed such violation to—
(i) take affirmative action to abate the violation; and
(ii) provide the remedies described in subsection (d).
(C) Order
If an order is issued under subparagraph (B), the Secretary of Labor, at the request of the
complainant, shall assess against the person against whom the order is issued a sum equal to the
aggregate amount of all costs and expenses (including attorney and expert witness fees)
reasonably incurred, as determined by the Secretary of Labor, by the complainant for, or in
connection with, bringing the complaint upon which the order was issued.

(D) Frivolous complaints
If the Secretary of Labor finds that a complaint under paragraph (1) is frivolous or has been
brought in bad faith, the Secretary of Labor may award to the prevailing employer reasonable
attorney fees not exceeding $1,000.
(4) Review
(A) Appeal to Court of Appeals
Any person adversely affected or aggrieved by an order issued under paragraph (3) may
obtain review of the order in the United States Court of Appeals for the circuit in which the
violation, with respect to which the order was issued, allegedly occurred or the circuit in which
the complainant resided on the date of such violation. The petition for review must be filed not
later than 60 days after the date of the issuance of the final order of the Secretary of Labor.
Review shall conform to chapter 7 of title 5. The commencement of proceedings under this
subparagraph shall not, unless ordered by the court, operate as a stay of the order.
(B) Limitation on collateral attack
An order of the Secretary of Labor with respect to which review could have been obtained
under subparagraph (A) shall not be subject to judicial review in any criminal or other civil
proceeding.
(5) Enforcement of order by Secretary of Labor
Whenever any person has failed to comply with an order issued under paragraph (3), the
Secretary of Labor may file a civil action in the United States district court for the district in which
the violation was found to occur to enforce such order. In actions brought under this paragraph,
the district courts shall have jurisdiction to grant all appropriate relief including, but not limited to,
injunctive relief and compensatory damages.
(6) Enforcement of order by parties
(A) Commencement of action
A person on whose behalf an order was issued under paragraph (3) may commence a civil
action against the person to whom such order was issued to require compliance with such order.
The appropriate United States district court shall have jurisdiction, without regard to the amount
in controversy or the citizenship of the parties, to enforce such order.
(B) Attorney fees
The court, in issuing any final order under this paragraph, may award costs of litigation
(including reasonable attorney and expert witness fees) to any party whenever the court
determines such award is appropriate.
(7) De novo review
With respect to a complaint under paragraph (1), if the Secretary of Labor has not issued a final
decision within 210 days after the filing of the complaint and if the delay is not due to the bad
faith of the employee, the employee may bring an original action at law or equity for de novo
review in the appropriate district court of the United States, which shall have jurisdiction over
such an action without regard to the amount in controversy, and which action shall, at the request
of either party to such action, be tried by the court with a jury. The action shall be governed by the
same legal burdens of proof specified in paragraph (2)(B) for review by the Secretary of Labor.
(d) Remedies
(1) In general
An employee prevailing in any action under subsection (c) shall be entitled to all relief
necessary to make the employee whole.
(2) Damages
Relief in an action under subsection (c) (including an action described in (c)(7)) 2 shall

include—
(A) reinstatement with the same seniority status that the employee would have had, but for
the discrimination;
(B) any backpay, with interest; and
(C) compensatory damages, including compensation for any special damages sustained as a
result of the discrimination, including litigation costs, expert witness fees, and reasonable
attorney fees.
(3) Possible relief
Relief in any action under subsection (c) may include punitive damages in an amount not to
exceed $250,000.
(e) Election of remedies
An employee may not seek protection under both this section and another provision of law for the
same allegedly unlawful act of the public transportation agency.
(f) No preemption
Nothing in this section preempts or diminishes any other safeguards against discrimination,
demotion, discharge, suspension, threats, harassment, reprimand, retaliation, or any other manner of
discrimination provided by Federal or State law.
(g) Rights retained by employee
Nothing in this section shall be construed to diminish the rights, privileges, or remedies of any
employee under any Federal or State law or under any collective bargaining agreement. The rights
and remedies in this section may not be waived by any agreement, policy, form, or condition of
employment.
(h) Disclosure of identity
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection, or with the written consent of the
employee, the Secretary of Transportation or the Secretary of Homeland Security may not disclose
the name of an employee who has provided information described in subsection (a)(1).
(2) The Secretary of Transportation or the Secretary of Homeland Security shall disclose to the
Attorney General the name of an employee described in paragraph (1) of this subsection if the matter
is referred to the Attorney General for enforcement. The Secretary making such disclosure shall
provide reasonable advance notice to the affected employee if disclosure of that person's identity or
identifying information is to occur.
(i) Process for reporting security problems to the Department of Homeland Security
(1) Establishment of process
The Secretary shall establish through regulations after an opportunity for notice and comment,
and provide information to the public regarding, a process by which any person may submit a
report to the Secretary regarding public transportation security problems, deficiencies, or
vulnerabilities.
(2) Acknowledgment of receipt
If a report submitted under paragraph (1) identifies the person making the report, the Secretary
shall respond promptly to such person and acknowledge receipt of the report.
(3) Steps to address problem
The Secretary shall review and consider the information provided in any report submitted under
paragraph (1) and shall take appropriate steps to address any problems or deficiencies identified.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1413, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 414.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT

The Inspector General Act of 1978, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(A), is Pub. L. 95–452, Oct. 12, 1978, 92
Stat. 1101, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
1

So in original. The semicolon probably should be preceded by an additional closing
parenthesis.
2

So in original. Probably should be "subsection (c)(7))".

§1143. Security background checks of covered individuals for public
transportation
(a) Definitions
In this section, the following definitions apply:
(1) Security background check
The term "security background check" means reviewing the following for the purpose of
identifying individuals who may pose a threat to transportation security, national security, or of
terrorism:
(A) Relevant criminal history databases.
(B) In the case of an alien (as defined in section 101 of the Immigration and Nationality Act
(8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(3))), the relevant databases to determine the status of the alien under the
immigration laws of the United States.
(C) Other relevant information or databases, as determined by the Secretary.
(2) Covered individual
The term "covered individual" means an employee of a public transportation agency or a
contractor or subcontractor of a public transportation agency.
(b) Guidance
(1) Any guidance, recommendations, suggested action items, or any other widely disseminated
voluntary action item issued by the Secretary to a public transportation agency or a contractor or
subcontractor of a public transportation agency relating to performing a security background check
of a covered individual shall contain recommendations on the appropriate scope and application of
such a security background check, including the time period covered, the types of disqualifying
offenses, and a redress process for adversely impacted covered individuals consistent with
subsections (c) and (d) of this section.
(2) Not later than 60 days after August 3, 2007, any guidance, recommendations, suggested action
items, or any other widely disseminated voluntary action item issued by the Secretary prior to
August 3, 2007, to a public transportation agency or a contractor or subcontractor of a public
transportation agency relating to performing a security background check of a covered individual
shall be updated in compliance with paragraph (b)(1).
(3) If a public transportation agency or a contractor or subcontractor of a public transportation
agency performs a security background check on a covered individual to fulfill guidance issued by
the Secretary under paragraph (1) or (2), the Secretary shall not consider such guidance fulfilled
unless an adequate redress process as described in subsection (d) is provided to covered individuals.
(c) Requirements
If the Secretary issues a rule, regulation or directive requiring a public transportation agency or
contractor or subcontractor of a public transportation agency to perform a security background check
of a covered individual, then the Secretary shall prohibit a public transportation agency or contractor
or subcontractor of a public transportation agency from making an adverse employment decision,

including removal or suspension of the employee, due to such rule, regulation, or directive with
respect to a covered individual unless the public transportation agency or contractor or subcontractor
of a public transportation agency determines that the covered individual—
(1) has been convicted of, has been found not guilty of by reason of insanity, or is under want,
warrant, or indictment for a permanent disqualifying criminal offense listed in part 1572 of title
49, Code of Federal Regulations;
(2) was convicted of or found not guilty by reason of insanity of an interim disqualifying
criminal offense listed in part 1572 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, within 7 years of the
date that the public transportation agency or contractor or subcontractor of the public
transportation agency performs the security background check; or
(3) was incarcerated for an interim disqualifying criminal offense listed in part 1572 of title 49,
Code of Federal Regulations, and released from incarceration within 5 years of the date that the
public transportation agency or contractor or subcontractor of a public transportation agency
performs the security background check.
(d) Redress process
If the Secretary issues a rule, regulation, or directive requiring a public transportation agency or
contractor or subcontractor of a public transportation agency to perform a security background check
of a covered individual, the Secretary shall—
(1) provide an adequate redress process for a covered individual subjected to an adverse
employment decision, including removal or suspension of the employee, due to such rule,
regulation, or directive that is consistent with the appeals and waiver process established for
applicants for commercial motor vehicle hazardous materials endorsements and transportation
workers at ports, as required by section 70105(c) of title 49; 1 and
(2) have the authority to order an appropriate remedy, including reinstatement of the covered
individual, should the Secretary determine that a public transportation agency or contractor or
subcontractor of a public transportation agency wrongfully made an adverse employment decision
regarding a covered individual pursuant to such rule, regulation, or directive.
(e) False statements
A public transportation agency or a contractor or subcontractor of a public transportation agency
may not knowingly misrepresent to an employee or other relevant person, including an arbiter
involved in a labor arbitration, the scope, application, or meaning of any rules, regulations,
directives, or guidance issued by the Secretary related to security background check requirements for
covered individuals when conducting a security background check. Not later than 1 year after August
3, 2007, the Secretary shall issue a regulation that prohibits a public transportation agency or a
contractor or subcontractor of a public transportation agency from knowingly misrepresenting to an
employee or other relevant person, including an arbiter involved in a labor arbitration, the scope,
application, or meaning of any rules, regulations, directives, or guidance issued by the Secretary
related to security background check requirements for covered individuals when conducting a
security background check.
(f) Rights and responsibilities
Nothing in this section shall be construed to abridge a public transportation agency's or a
contractor or subcontractor of a public transportation agency's rights or responsibilities to make
adverse employment decisions permitted by other Federal, State, or local laws. Nothing in the 2
section shall be construed to abridge rights and responsibilities of covered individuals, a public
transportation agency, or a contractor or subcontractor of a public transportation agency under any
other Federal, State, or local laws or collective bargaining agreement.
(g) No preemption of Federal or State law
Nothing in this section shall be construed to preempt a Federal, State, or local law that requires
criminal history background checks, immigration status checks, or other background checks of
covered individuals.

(h) Statutory construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to affect the process for review established under section
70105(c) of title 46, including regulations issued pursuant to such section.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1414, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 419.)
1

So in original. Probably should be title "46;".

2

So in original. Probably should be "this".

§1144. Limitation on fines and civil penalties
(a) Inspectors
Surface transportation inspectors shall be prohibited from issuing fines to public transportation
agencies for violations of the Department's regulations or orders except through the process
described in subsection (b).
(b) Civil penalties
The Secretary shall be prohibited from assessing civil penalties against public transportation
agencies for violations of the Department's regulations or orders, except in accordance with the
following:
(1) In the case of a public transportation agency that is found to be in violation of a regulation or
order issued by the Secretary, the Secretary shall seek correction of the violation through a written
notice to the public transportation agency and shall give the public transportation agency
reasonable opportunity to correct the violation or propose an alternative means of compliance
acceptable to the Secretary.
(2) If the public transportation agency does not correct the violation or propose an alternative
means of compliance acceptable to the Secretary within a reasonable time period that is specified
in the written notice, the Secretary may take any action authorized in section 114 of title 49.
(c) Limitation on Secretary
The Secretary shall not initiate civil enforcement actions for violations of administrative and
procedural requirements pertaining to the application for and expenditure of funds awarded under
transportation security grant programs under this subchapter.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XIV, §1415, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 422.)

SUBCHAPTER IV—SURFACE TRANSPORTATION SECURITY

PART A—GENERAL PROVISIONS
§1151. Definitions
In this subchapter, the following definitions apply:
(1) Appropriate congressional committees
The term "appropriate congressional committees" means the Committee on Commerce, Science,
and Transportation and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the
Senate and the Committee on Homeland Security and the Committee on Transportation and
Infrastructure of the House of Representatives.

(2) Secretary
The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Homeland Security.
(3) Department
The term "Department" means the Department of Homeland Security.
(4) Over-the-road bus
The term "over-the-road bus" means a bus characterized by an elevated passenger deck located
over a baggage compartment.
(5) Over-the-road bus frontline employees
In this section,1 the term "over-the-road bus frontline employees" means over-the-road bus
drivers, security personnel, dispatchers, maintenance and maintenance support personnel, ticket
agents, other terminal employees, and other employees of an over-the-road bus operator or
terminal owner or operator that the Secretary determines should receive security training under
this subchapter.
(6) Railroad frontline employees
In this section,1 the term "railroad frontline employees" means security personnel, dispatchers,
locomotive engineers, conductors, trainmen, other onboard employees, maintenance and
maintenance support personnel, bridge tenders, and any other employees of railroad carriers that
the Secretary determines should receive security training under this subchapter.
(7) Railroad
The term "railroad" has the meaning that term has in section 20102 of title 49.
(8) Railroad carrier
The term "railroad carrier" has the meaning that term has in section 20102 of title 49.
(9) State
The term "State" means any one of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the
Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and any other territory or
possession of the United States.
(10) Terrorism
The term "terrorism" has the meaning that term has in section 101 of this title.
(11) Transportation
The term "transportation", as used with respect to an over-the-road bus, means the movement of
passengers or property by an over-the-road bus—
(A) in the jurisdiction of the United States between a place in a State and a place outside the
State (including a place outside the United States); or
(B) in a State that affects trade, traffic, and transportation described in subparagraph (A).
(12) United States
The term "United States" means the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the
Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and any other territory or
possession of the United States.
(13) Security-sensitive material
The term "security-sensitive material" means a material, or a group or class of material, in a
particular amount and form that the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of
Transportation, determines, through a rulemaking with opportunity for public comment, poses a
significant risk to national security while being transported in commerce due to the potential use
of the material in an act of terrorism. In making such a designation, the Secretary shall, at a
minimum, consider the following:
(A) Class 7 radioactive materials.

(B) Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 explosives.
(C) Materials poisonous or toxic by inhalation, including Division 2.3 gases and Division 6.1
materials.
(D) A select agent or toxin regulated by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention under
part 73 of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations.
(14) Disadvantaged business concerns
The term "disadvantaged business concerns" means small businesses that are owned and
controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals as defined in section 124,2 of
title 13, Code of Federal Regulations.
(15) Amtrak
The term "Amtrak" means the National Railroad Passenger Corporation.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1501, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 422.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this title", meaning title XV of Pub. L. 110–53,
Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 422, which enacted this subchapter, amended section 1992 of Title 18, Crimes and
Criminal Procedure, and sections 114, 5103a, 14504, 20106, 20109, 24301, 28101, and 31105 of Title 49,
Transportation, enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 13908 and 14504 of Title 49, and amended
provisions set out as a note under section 14504 of Title 49. For complete classification of title XV to the
Code, see Tables.
1

So in original. "In this section," probably should not appear.

2

So in original. Probably should be "part 124,".

§1152. Oversight and grant procedures
(a) Secretarial oversight
The Secretary, in coordination with 1 Secretary of Transportation for grants awarded to Amtrak,
shall establish necessary procedures, including monitoring and audits, to ensure that grants made
under this subchapter are expended in accordance with the purposes of this subchapter and the
priorities and other criteria developed by the Secretary.
(b) Additional audits and reviews
The Secretary, and the Secretary of Transportation for grants awarded to Amtrak, may award
contracts to undertake additional audits and reviews of the safety, security, procurement,
management, and financial compliance of a recipient of amounts under this subchapter.
(c) Procedures for grant award
Not later than 180 days after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall prescribe procedures and
schedules for the awarding of grants under this subchapter, including application and qualification
procedures, and a record of decision on applicant eligibility. The procedures shall include the
execution of a grant agreement between the grant recipient and the Secretary and shall be consistent,
to the extent practicable, with the grant procedures established under section 70107(i) and (j) of title
46.
(d) Additional authority
(1) Issuance
The Secretary may issue non-binding letters of intent to recipients of a grant under this

subchapter, to commit funding from future budget authority of an amount, not more than the
Federal Government's share of the project's cost, for a capital improvement project.
(2) Schedule
The letter of intent under this subsection shall establish a schedule under which the Secretary
will reimburse the recipient for the Government's share of the project's costs, as amounts become
available, if the recipient, after the Secretary issues that letter, carries out the project without
receiving amounts under a grant issued under this subchapter.
(3) Notice to Secretary
A recipient that has been issued a letter of intent under this section shall notify the Secretary of
the recipient's intent to carry out a project before the project begins.
(4) Notice to Congress
The Secretary shall transmit to the appropriate congressional committees a written notification
at least 5 days before the issuance of a letter of intent under this subsection.
(5) Limitations
A letter of intent issued under this subsection is not an obligation of the Federal Government
under section 1501 of title 31, and the letter is not deemed to be an administrative commitment for
financing. An obligation or administrative commitment may be made only as amounts are
provided in authorization and appropriations laws.
(e) Return of misspent grant funds
As part of the grant agreement under subsection (c), the Secretary shall require grant applicants to
return any misspent grant funds received under this subchapter that the Secretary considers to have
been spent for a purpose other than those specified in the grant award. The Secretary shall take all
necessary actions to recover such funds.
(f) Congressional notification
Not later than 5 days before the award of any grant is made under this subchapter, the Secretary
shall notify the appropriate congressional committees of the intent to award such grant.
(g) Guidelines
The Secretary shall ensure, to the extent practicable, that grant recipients under this subchapter
who use contractors or subcontractors use small, minority, women-owned, or disadvantaged business
concerns as contractors or subcontractors when appropriate.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1502, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 424.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this title", meaning title XV of Pub. L. 110–53,
which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title XV to the Code, see
References in Text note under section 1151 of this title and Tables.
1

So in original. The word "the" probably should appear.

§1153. Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary of Transportation to carry out section
1165 of this title—
(1) $38,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(2) $40,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(3) $55,000,000 for fiscal year 2010; and

(4) $70,000,000 for fiscal year 2011.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1503(b), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 425.)

§1154. Public awareness
Not later than 180 days after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall develop a national plan for
railroad and over-the-road bus security public outreach and awareness. Such a plan shall be designed
to increase awareness of measures that the general public, passengers, and employees of railroad
carriers and over-the-road bus operators can take to increase the security of the national railroad and
over-the-road bus transportation systems. Such a plan shall also provide outreach to railroad carriers
and over-the-road bus operators and their employees to improve their awareness of available
technologies, ongoing research and development efforts, and available Federal funding sources to
improve security. Not later than 9 months after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall implement the
plan developed under this section.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1504, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 425.)

§1155. Security awareness program
(a) Establishment
The Administrator shall establish a program to promote surface transportation security through the
training of surface transportation operators and frontline employees on each of the skills identified in
subsection (c).
(b) Application
The program established under subsection (a) shall apply to all modes of surface transportation,
including public transportation, rail, highway, motor carrier, and pipeline.
(c) Training
The program established under subsection (a) shall cover, at a minimum, the skills necessary to
recognize, assess, and respond to suspicious items or actions that could indicate a threat to
transportation.
(d) Assessment
(1) In general
The Administrator shall conduct an assessment of current training programs for surface
transportation operators and frontline employees.
(2) Contents
The assessment shall identify—
(A) whether other training is being provided, either voluntarily or in response to other Federal
requirements; and
(B) whether there are any gaps in existing training.
(e) Updates
The Administrator shall ensure the program established under subsection (a) is updated as
necessary to address changes in risk and terrorist methods and to close any gaps identified in the
assessment under subsection (d).
(f) Suspicious activity reporting
(1) In general
The Secretary shall maintain a national telephone number for an individual to use to report
suspicious activity under this section to the Administration.

(2) Procedures
The Administrator shall establish procedures for the Administration—
(A) to review and follow-up, as necessary, on each report received under paragraph (1); and
(B) to share, as necessary and in accordance with law, the report with appropriate Federal,
State, local, and tribal entities.
(3) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section may be construed to—
(A) replace or affect in any way the use of 9–1–1 services in an emergency; or
(B) replace or affect in any way the security training program requirements specified in
sections 1137, 1167, and 1184 of this title.
(g) Definition of frontline employee
In this section, the term "frontline employee" includes—
(1) an employee of a public transportation agency who is a transit vehicle driver or operator,
dispatcher, maintenance and maintenance support employee, station attendant, customer service
employee, security employee, or transit police, or any other employee who has direct contact with
riders on a regular basis, and any other employee of a public transportation agency that the
Administrator determines should receive security training under this section or that is receiving
security training under other law;
(2) over-the-road bus drivers, security personnel, dispatchers, maintenance and maintenance
support personnel, ticket agents, other terminal employees, and other employees of an
over-the-road bus operator or terminal owner or operator that the Administrator determines should
receive security training under this section or that is receiving security training under other law; or
(3) security personnel, dispatchers, locomotive engineers, conductors, trainmen, other onboard
employees, maintenance and maintenance support personnel, bridge tenders, and any other
employees of railroad carriers that the Administrator determines should receive security training
under this section or that is receiving security training under other law.
(Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §1976, Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3616.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the TSA Modernization Act and also as part of the FAA Reauthorization Act
of 2018, and not as part of the Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007 which
comprises this chapter.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
DEFINITIONS
For definitions of "Administrator" and "Secretary" as used in this section, see section 1902 of Pub. L.
115–254, set out as a note under section 101 of Title 49, Transportation.

§1156. Nuclear material and explosive detection technology
The Secretary, in coordination with the Director of the National Institute of Standards and
Technology and the head of each relevant Federal department or agency researching nuclear material
detection systems or explosive detection systems, shall research, facilitate, and, to the extent
practicable, deploy next generation technologies, including active neutron interrogation, to detect
nuclear material and explosives in transportation systems and transportation facilities.
(Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §1984, Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3621.)

EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the TSA Modernization Act and also as part of the FAA Reauthorization Act
of 2018, and not as part of the Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007 which
comprises this chapter.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
DEFINITION
For definition of "Secretary" as used in this section, see section 1902 of Pub. L. 115–254, set out as a note
under section 101 of Title 49, Transportation.

PART B—RAILROAD SECURITY
§1161. Railroad transportation security risk assessment and National Strategy
(a) Risk assessment
The Secretary shall establish a Federal task force, including the Transportation Security
Administration and other agencies within the Department, the Department of Transportation, and
other appropriate Federal agencies, to complete, within 6 months of August 3, 2007, a nationwide
risk assessment of a terrorist attack on railroad carriers. The assessment shall include—
(1) a methodology for conducting the risk assessment, including timelines, that addresses how
the Department will work with the entities described in subsection (c) and make use of existing
Federal expertise within the Department, the Department of Transportation, and other appropriate
agencies;
(2) identification and evaluation of critical assets and infrastructure, including tunnels used by
railroad carriers in high-threat urban areas;
(3) identification of risks to those assets and infrastructure;
(4) identification of risks that are specific to the transportation of hazardous materials via
railroad;
(5) identification of risks to passenger and cargo security, transportation infrastructure
protection systems, operations, communications systems, and any other area identified by the
assessment;
(6) an assessment of employee training and emergency response planning;
(7) an assessment of public and private operational recovery plans, taking into account the plans
for the maritime sector required under section 70103 of title 46, to expedite, to the maximum
extent practicable, the return of an adversely affected railroad transportation system or facility to
its normal performance level after a major terrorist attack or other security event on that system or
facility; and
(8) an account of actions taken or planned by both public and private entities to address
identified railroad security issues and an assessment of the effective integration of such actions.
(b) National Strategy
(1) Requirement
Not later than 9 months after August 3, 2007, and based upon the assessment conducted under
subsection (a), the Secretary, consistent with and as required by section 114(t) 1 of title 49, shall
develop and implement the modal plan for railroad transportation, entitled the "National Strategy
for Railroad Transportation Security".
(2) Contents

The modal plan shall include prioritized goals, actions, objectives, policies, mechanisms, and
schedules for, at a minimum—
(A) improving the security of railroad tunnels, railroad bridges, railroad switching and car
storage areas, other railroad infrastructure and facilities, information systems, and other areas
identified by the Secretary as posing significant railroad-related risks to public safety and the
movement of interstate commerce, taking into account the impact that any proposed security
measure might have on the provision of railroad service or on operations served or otherwise
affected by railroad service;
(B) deploying equipment and personnel to detect security threats, including those posed by
explosives and hazardous chemical, biological, and radioactive substances, and any appropriate
countermeasures;
(C) consistent with section 1167 of this title, training railroad employees in terrorism
prevention, preparedness, passenger evacuation, and response activities;
(D) conducting public outreach campaigns for railroads regarding security, including
educational initiatives designed to inform the public on how to prevent, prepare for, respond to,
and recover from a terrorist attack on railroad transportation;
(E) providing additional railroad security support for railroads at high or severe threat levels
of alert;
(F) ensuring, in coordination with freight and intercity and commuter passenger railroads, the
continued movement of freight and passengers in the event of an attack affecting the railroad
system, including the possibility of rerouting traffic due to the loss of critical infrastructure,
such as a bridge, tunnel, yard, or station;
(G) coordinating existing and planned railroad security initiatives undertaken by the public
and private sectors;
(H) assessing—
(i) the usefulness of covert testing of railroad security systems;
(ii) the ability to integrate security into infrastructure design; and
(iii) the implementation of random searches of passengers and baggage; and
(I) identifying the immediate and long-term costs of measures that may be required to address
those risks and public and private sector sources to fund such measures.
(3) Responsibilities
The Secretary shall include in the modal plan a description of the roles, responsibilities, and
authorities of Federal, State, and local agencies, government-sponsored entities, tribal
governments, and appropriate stakeholders described in subsection (c). The plan shall also
include—
(A) the identification of, and a plan to address, gaps and unnecessary overlaps in the roles,
responsibilities, and authorities described in this paragraph;
(B) a methodology for how the Department will work with the entities described in
subsection (c), and make use of existing Federal expertise within the Department, the
Department of Transportation, and other appropriate agencies;
(C) a process for facilitating security clearances for the purpose of intelligence and
information sharing with the entities described in subsection (c), as appropriate;
(D) a strategy and timeline, coordinated with the research and development program
established under section 1168 of this title, for the Department, the Department of
Transportation, other appropriate Federal agencies and private entities to research and develop
new technologies for securing railroad systems; and
(E) a process for coordinating existing or future security strategies and plans for railroad
transportation, including the National Infrastructure Protection Plan required by Homeland
Security Presidential Directive–7; Executive Order No. 13416: "Strengthening Surface
Transportation Security" dated December 5, 2006; the Memorandum of Understanding between

the Department and the Department of Transportation on Roles and Responsibilities dated
September 28, 2004, and any and all subsequent annexes to this Memorandum of
Understanding, and any other relevant agreements between the two Departments.
(c) Consultation with stakeholders
In developing the National Strategy required under this section, the Secretary shall consult with
railroad management, nonprofit employee organizations representing railroad employees, owners or
lessors of railroad cars used to transport hazardous materials, emergency responders, offerors of
security-sensitive materials, public safety officials, and other relevant parties.
(d) Adequacy of existing plans and strategies
In developing the risk assessment and National Strategy required under this section, the Secretary
shall utilize relevant existing plans, strategies, and risk assessments developed by the Department or
other Federal agencies, including those developed or implemented pursuant to section 114(t) 1 of title
49 or Homeland Security Presidential Directive–7, and, as appropriate, assessments developed by
other public and private stakeholders.
(e) Report
(1) Contents
Not later than 1 year after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall transmit to the appropriate
congressional committees a report containing—
(A) the assessment and the National Strategy required by this section; and
(B) an estimate of the cost to implement the National Strategy.
(2) Format
The Secretary may submit the report in both classified and redacted formats if the Secretary
determines that such action is appropriate or necessary.
(f) Annual updates
Consistent with the requirements of section 114(t) 1 of title 49, the Secretary shall update the
assessment and National Strategy each year and transmit a report, which may be submitted in both
classified and redacted formats, to the appropriate congressional committees containing the updated
assessment and recommendations.
(g) Funding
Out of funds appropriated pursuant to section 114(w) 1 of title 49, there shall be made available to
the Secretary to carry out this section $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2008.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1511, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 426.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 114(t) of title 49, referred to in subsecs. (b)(1), (d), and (f), was redesignated section 114(s) of title
49 by Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title V, §568(a), Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2092.
Executive Order No. 13416, referred to in subsec. (b)(3)(E), is set out as a note under section 1101 of this
title.
Section 114(w) of title 49, referred to in subsec. (g), was redesignated section 114(v) of title 49 by Pub. L.
115–254, div. K, §1904(b)(1)(I), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3545.
1

See References in Text note below.

§1162. Railroad carrier assessments and plans
(a) In general

Not later than 12 months after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall issue regulations that—
(1) require each railroad carrier assigned to a high-risk tier under this section to—
(A) conduct a vulnerability assessment in accordance with subsections (c) and (d); and
(B) to 1 prepare, submit to the Secretary for approval, and implement a security plan in
accordance with this section that addresses security performance requirements; and
(2) establish standards and guidelines, based on and consistent with the risk assessment and
National Strategy for Railroad Transportation Security developed under section 1161 of this title,
for developing and implementing the vulnerability assessments and security plans for railroad
carriers assigned to high-risk tiers.
(b) Non high-risk programs
The Secretary may establish a security program for railroad carriers not assigned to a high-risk
tier, including—
(1) guidance for such carriers in conducting vulnerability assessments and preparing and
implementing security plans, as determined appropriate by the Secretary; and
(2) a process to review and approve such assessments and plans, as appropriate.
(c) Deadline for submission
Not later than 9 months after the date of issuance of the regulations under subsection (a), the
vulnerability assessments and security plans required by such regulations for railroad carriers
assigned to a high-risk tier shall be completed and submitted to the Secretary for review and
approval.
(d) Vulnerability assessments
(1) Requirements
The Secretary shall provide technical assistance and guidance to railroad carriers in conducting
vulnerability assessments under this section and shall require that each vulnerability assessment of
a railroad carrier assigned to a high-risk tier under this section, include, as applicable—
(A) identification and evaluation of critical railroad carrier assets and infrastructure, including
platforms, stations, intermodal terminals, tunnels, bridges, switching and storage areas, and
information systems as appropriate;
(B) identification of the vulnerabilities to those assets and infrastructure;
(C) identification of strengths and weaknesses in—
(i) physical security;
(ii) passenger and cargo security, including the security of security-sensitive materials
being transported by railroad or stored on railroad property;
(iii) programmable electronic devices, computers, or other automated systems which are
used in providing the transportation;
(iv) alarms, cameras, and other protection systems;
(v) communications systems and utilities needed for railroad security purposes, including
dispatching and notification systems;
(vi) emergency response planning;
(vii) employee training; and
(viii) such other matters as the Secretary determines appropriate; and
(D) identification of redundant and backup systems required to ensure the continued
operation of critical elements of a railroad carrier's system in the event of an attack or other
incident, including disruption of commercial electric power or communications network.
(2) Threat information
The Secretary shall provide in a timely manner to the appropriate employees of a railroad
carrier, as designated by the railroad carrier, threat information that is relevant to the carrier when
preparing and submitting a vulnerability assessment and security plan, including an assessment of

the most likely methods that could be used by terrorists to exploit weaknesses in railroad security.
(e) Security plans
(1) Requirements
The Secretary shall provide technical assistance and guidance to railroad carriers in preparing
and implementing security plans under this section, and shall require that each security plan of a
railroad carrier assigned to a high-risk tier under this section include, as applicable—
(A) identification of a security coordinator having authority—
(i) to implement security actions under the plan;
(ii) to coordinate security improvements; and
(iii) to receive immediate communications from appropriate Federal officials regarding
railroad security;
(B) a list of needed capital and operational improvements;
(C) procedures to be implemented or used by the railroad carrier in response to a terrorist
attack, including evacuation and passenger communication plans that include individuals with
disabilities as appropriate;
(D) identification of steps taken with State and local law enforcement agencies, emergency
responders, and Federal officials to coordinate security measures and plans for response to a
terrorist attack;
(E) a strategy and timeline for conducting training under section 1167 of this title;
(F) enhanced security measures to be taken by the railroad carrier when the Secretary
declares a period of heightened security risk;
(G) plans for providing redundant and backup systems required to ensure the continued
operation of critical elements of the railroad carrier's system in the event of a terrorist attack or
other incident;
(H) a strategy for implementing enhanced security for shipments of security-sensitive
materials, including plans for quickly locating and securing such shipments in the event of a
terrorist attack or security incident; and
(I) such other actions or procedures as the Secretary determines are appropriate to address the
security of railroad carriers.
(2) Security coordinator requirements
The Secretary shall require that the individual serving as the security coordinator identified in
paragraph (1)(A) is a citizen of the United States. The Secretary may waive this requirement with
respect to an individual if the Secretary determines that it is appropriate to do so based on a
background check of the individual and a review of the consolidated terrorist watchlist.
(3) Consistency with other plans
The Secretary shall ensure that the security plans developed by railroad carriers under this
section are consistent with the risk assessment and National Strategy for Railroad Transportation
Security developed under section 1161 of this title.
(f) Deadline for review process
Not later than 6 months after receiving the assessments and plans required under this section, the
Secretary shall—
(1) review each vulnerability assessment and security plan submitted to the Secretary in
accordance with subsection (c);
(2) require amendments to any security plan that does not meet the requirements of this section;
and
(3) approve any vulnerability assessment or security plan that meets the requirements of this
section.
(g) Interim security measures
The Secretary may require railroad carriers, during the period before the deadline established

under subsection (c), to submit a security plan under subsection (e) to implement any necessary
interim security measures essential to providing adequate security of the railroad carrier's system. An
interim plan required under this subsection will be superseded by a plan required under subsection
(e).
(h) Tier assignment
Utilizing the risk assessment and National Strategy for Railroad Transportation Security required
under section 1161 of this title, the Secretary shall assign each railroad carrier to a risk-based tier
established by the Secretary:
(1) Provision of information
The Secretary may request, and a railroad carrier shall provide, information necessary for the
Secretary to assign a railroad carrier to the appropriate tier under this subsection.
(2) Notification
Not later than 60 days after the date a railroad carrier is assigned to a tier under this subsection,
the Secretary shall notify the railroad carrier of the tier to which it is assigned and the reasons for
such assignment.
(3) High-risk tiers
At least one of the tiers established by the Secretary under this subsection shall be designated a
tier for high-risk railroad carriers.
(4) Reassignment
The Secretary may reassign a railroad carrier to another tier, as appropriate, in response to
changes in risk. The Secretary shall notify the railroad carrier not later than 60 days after such
reassignment and provide the railroad carrier with the reasons for such reassignment.
(i) Nondisclosure of information
(1) Submission of information to Congress
Nothing in this section shall be construed as authorizing the withholding of any information
from Congress.
(2) Disclosure of independently furnished information
Nothing in this section shall be construed as affecting any authority or obligation of a Federal
agency to disclose any record or information that the Federal agency obtains from a railroad
carrier under any other Federal law.
(j) Existing procedures, protocols and standards
(1) Determination
In response to a petition by a railroad carrier or at the discretion of the Secretary, the Secretary
may determine that existing procedures, protocols, and standards meet all or part of the
requirements of this section, including regulations issued under subsection (a), regarding
vulnerability assessments and security plans.
(2) Election
Upon review and written determination by the Secretary that existing procedures, protocols, or
standards of a railroad carrier satisfy the requirements of this section, the railroad carrier may elect
to comply with those procedures, protocols, or standards instead of the requirements of this
section.
(3) Partial approval
If the Secretary determines that the existing procedures, protocols, or standards of a railroad
carrier satisfy only part of the requirements of this section, the Secretary may accept such

submission, but shall require submission by the railroad carrier of any additional information
relevant to the vulnerability assessment and security plan of the railroad carrier to ensure that the
remaining requirements of this section are fulfilled.
(4) Notification
If the Secretary determines that particular existing procedures, protocols, or standards of a
railroad carrier under this subsection do not satisfy the requirements of this section, the Secretary
shall provide to the railroad carrier a written notification that includes an explanation of the
determination.
(5) Review
Nothing in this subsection shall relieve the Secretary of the obligation—
(A) to review the vulnerability assessment and security plan submitted by a railroad carrier
under this section; and
(B) to approve or disapprove each submission on an individual basis.
(k) Periodic evaluation by railroad carriers required
(1) Submission of evaluation
Not later than 3 years after the date on which a vulnerability assessment or security plan
required to be submitted to the Secretary under subsection (c) is approved, and at least once every
5 years thereafter (or on such a schedule as the Secretary may establish by regulation), a railroad
carrier who submitted a vulnerability assessment and security plan and who is still assigned to the
high-risk tier must also submit to the Secretary an evaluation of the adequacy of the vulnerability
assessment and security plan that includes a description of any material changes made to the
vulnerability assessment or security plan.
(2) Review of evaluation
Not later than 180 days after the date on which an evaluation is submitted, the Secretary shall
review the evaluation and notify the railroad carrier submitting the evaluation of the Secretary's
approval or disapproval of the evaluation.
(l) Shared facilities
The Secretary may permit under this section the development and implementation of coordinated
vulnerability assessments and security plans to the extent that a railroad carrier shares facilities with,
or is colocated with, other transportation entities or providers that are required to develop
vulnerability assessments and security plans under Federal law.
(m) Consultation
In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall consult with railroad carriers, nonprofit employee
labor organizations representation railroad employees, and public safety and law enforcement
officials.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1512, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 429.)
1

So in original. The word "to" probably should not appear.

§1163. Railroad security assistance
(a) Security improvement grants
(1) The Secretary, in consultation with the Administrator of the Transportation Security
Administration and other appropriate agencies or officials, is authorized to make grants to railroad
carriers, the Alaska Railroad, security-sensitive materials offerors who ship by railroad, owners of
railroad cars used in the transportation of security-sensitive materials, State and local governments

(for railroad passenger facilities and infrastructure not owned by Amtrak), and Amtrak for intercity
passenger railroad and freight railroad security improvements described in subsection (b) as
approved by the Secretary.
(2) A railroad carrier is eligible for a grant under this section if the carrier has completed a
vulnerability assessment and developed a security plan that the Secretary has approved in accordance
with section 1162 of this title.
(3) A recipient of a grant under this section may use grant funds only for permissible uses under
subsection (b) to further a railroad security plan that meets the requirements of paragraph (2).
(4) Notwithstanding the requirement for eligibility and uses of funds in paragraphs (2) and (3), a
railroad carrier is eligible for a grant under this section if the applicant uses the funds solely for the
development of assessments or security plans under section 1162 of this title.
(5) Notwithstanding the requirements for eligibility and uses of funds in paragraphs (2) and (3),
prior to the earlier of 1 year after the date of issuance of final regulations requiring vulnerability
assessments and security plans under section 1162 of this title or 3 years after August 3, 2007, the
Secretary may award grants under this section for rail security improvements listed under subsection
(b) based upon railroad carrier vulnerability assessments and security plans that the Secretary
determines are sufficient for the purposes of this section but have not been approved by the Secretary
in accordance with section 1162 of this title.
(b) Uses of funds
A recipient of a grant under this section shall use the grant funds for one or more of the following:
(1) Security and redundancy for critical communications, computer, and train control systems
essential for secure railroad operations, including communications interoperability where
appropriate with relevant outside agencies and entities.
(2) Accommodation of railroad cargo or passenger security inspection facilities, related
infrastructure, and operations at or near United States international borders or other ports of entry.
(3) The security of security-sensitive materials transportation by railroad.
(4) Chemical, biological, radiological, or explosive detection, including canine patrols for such
detection.
(5) The security and preparedness of intercity passenger railroad stations, trains, and
infrastructure, including security capital improvement projects that the Secretary determines
enhance railroad station security.
(6) Technologies to reduce the vulnerabilities of railroad cars, including structural modification
of railroad cars transporting security-sensitive materials to improve their resistance to acts of
terrorism.
(7) The sharing of intelligence and information about security threats and preparedness,
including connectivity to the National Terrorist Screening Center.
(8) To obtain train tracking and communications equipment, including equipment that is
interoperable with Federal, State, and local agencies and tribal governments.
(9) To hire, train, and employ police, security, and preparedness officers, including canine units,
assigned to full-time security or counterterrorism duties related to railroad transportation.
(10) Overtime reimbursement, including reimbursement of State, local, and tribal governments
for costs, for enhanced security personnel assigned to duties related to railroad security during
periods of high or severe threat levels and National Special Security Events or other periods of
heightened security as determined by the Secretary.
(11) Perimeter protection systems, including access control, installation of improved lighting,
fencing, and barricades at railroad facilities.
(12) Tunnel protection systems.
(13) Passenger evacuation and evacuation-related capital improvements.
(14) Railroad security inspection technologies, including verified visual inspection technologies
using hand-held readers.
(15) Surveillance equipment.
(16) Cargo or passenger screening equipment.
(17) Emergency response equipment, including fire suppression and decontamination

equipment, personal protective equipment, and defibrillators.
(18) Operating and capital costs associated with security awareness, preparedness, and response
training, including training under section 1167 of this title, and training developed by universities,
institutions of higher education, and nonprofit employee labor organizations, for railroad
employees, including frontline employees.
(19) Live or simulated exercises, including exercises described in section 1166 of this title.
(20) Public awareness campaigns for enhanced railroad security.
(21) Development of assessments or security plans under section 1162 of this title.
(22) Other security improvements—
(A) identified, required, or recommended under sections 1161 and 1162 of this title, including
infrastructure, facilities, and equipment upgrades; or
(B) that the Secretary considers appropriate.
(c) Department of Homeland Security responsibilities
In carrying out the responsibilities under subsection (a), the Secretary shall—
(1) determine the requirements for recipients of grants;
(2) establish priorities for uses of funds for grant recipients;
(3) award the funds authorized by this section based on risk, as identified by the plans required
under sections 1161 and 1162 of this title, or assessment or plan described in subsection (a)(5);
(4) take into account whether stations or facilities are used by commuter railroad passengers as
well as intercity railroad passengers in reviewing grant applications;
(5) encourage non-Federal financial participation in projects funded by grants; and
(6) not later than 5 business days after awarding a grant to Amtrak under this section, transfer
grant funds to the Secretary of Transportation to be disbursed to Amtrak.
(d) Multiyear awards
Grant funds awarded under this section may be awarded for projects that span multiple years.
(e) Limitation on uses of funds
A grant made under this section may not be used to make any State or local government
cost-sharing contribution under any other Federal law.
(f) Annual reports
Each recipient of a grant under this section shall report annually to the Secretary on the use of
grant funds.
(g) Non-Federal match study
Not later than 240 days after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall provide a report to the
appropriate congressional committees on the feasibility and appropriateness of requiring a
non-Federal match for grants awarded to freight railroad carriers and other private entities under this
section.
(h) Subject to certain standards
A recipient of a grant under this section and sections 1164 and 1165 of this title shall be required
to comply with the standards of section 24312 of title 49, as in effect on January 1, 2007, with
respect to the project in the same manner as Amtrak is required to comply with such standards for
construction work financed under an agreement made under section 24308(a) of that title.
(i) Authorization of appropriations
(1) In general
Out of funds appropriated pursuant to section 114(w) 1 of title 49, there shall be made available
to the Secretary to carry out this section—
(A) $300,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(B) $300,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(C) $300,000,000 for fiscal year 2010; and

(D) $300,000,000 for fiscal year 2011.
(2) Period of availability
Sums appropriated to carry out this section shall remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1513, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 433; Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I,
§1973(a), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3614.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 114(w) of title 49, referred to in subsec. (i)(1), was redesignated section 114(v) of title 49 by Pub.
L. 115–254, div. K, §1904(b)(1)(I), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3545.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 115–254, §1973(a)(1), substituted ", including communications
interoperability where appropriate with relevant outside agencies and entities." for period at end.
Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 115–254, §1973(a)(2), substituted "security and preparedness of" for "security of".
Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 115–254, §1973(a)(3), substituted "security threats and preparedness, including
connectivity to the National Terrorist Screening Center" for "security threats".
Subsec. (b)(9). Pub. L. 115–254, §1973(a)(4), substituted ", security, and preparedness officers" for "and
security officers".
1

See References in Text note below.

§1164. Systemwide Amtrak security upgrades
(a) In general
(1) Grants
Subject to subsection (b), the Secretary, in consultation with the Administrator of the
Transportation Security Administration, is authorized to make grants to Amtrak in accordance
with the provisions of this section.
(2) General purposes
The Secretary may make such grants for the purposes of—
(A) protecting underwater and underground assets and systems;
(B) protecting high-risk and high-consequence assets identified through systemwide risk
assessments;
(C) providing counterterrorism or security training;
(D) providing both visible and unpredictable deterrence; and
(E) conducting emergency preparedness drills and exercises.
(3) Specific projects
The Secretary shall make such grants—
(A) to secure major tunnel access points and ensure tunnel integrity in New York, New
Jersey, Maryland, and Washington, DC;
(B) to secure Amtrak trains;
(C) to secure Amtrak stations;
(D) to obtain a watchlist identification system approved by the Secretary, or to connect to the
National Terrorism Screening Center watchlist;
(E) to obtain train tracking and interoperable communications systems that are coordinated
with Federal, State, and local agencies and tribal governments to the maximum extent possible;
(F) to hire, train, and employ police and security officers, including canine units, assigned to
full-time security or counterterrorism duties related to railroad transportation;

(G) for operating and capital costs associated with security awareness, preparedness, and
response training, including training under section 1167 of this title, and training developed by
universities, institutions of higher education, and nonprofit employee labor organizations, for
railroad employees, including frontline employees;
(H) for live or simulated exercises, including exercises described in section 1166 of this title;
(I) for improvements to passenger verification systems;
(J) for improvements to employee and contractor verification systems, including identity
verification technology; or
(K) for improvements to the security of Amtrak computer systems, including cybersecurity
assessments and programs.
(b) Conditions
The Secretary shall award grants to Amtrak under this section for projects contained in a
systemwide security plan approved by the Secretary developed pursuant to section 1162 of this title.
Not later than 5 business days after awarding a grant to Amtrak under this section, the Secretary shall
transfer the grant funds to the Secretary of Transportation to be disbursed to Amtrak.
(c) Equitable geographic allocation
The Secretary shall ensure that, subject to meeting the highest security needs on Amtrak's entire
system and consistent with the risk assessment required under section 1161 of this title and Amtrak's
vulnerability assessment and security plan developed under section 1162 of this title, stations and
facilities located outside of the Northeast Corridor receive an equitable share of the security funds
authorized by this section.
(d) Availability of funds
(1) In general
Out of funds appropriated pursuant to section 114(w) 1 of title 49, there shall be made available
to the Secretary and the Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration to carry out
this section—
(A) $150,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(B) $150,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(C) $175,000,000 for fiscal year 2010; and
(D) $175,000,000 for fiscal year 2011.
(2) Availability of appropriated funds
Amounts appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1) shall remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1514, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 435; Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I,
§1973(b), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3614.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 114(w) of title 49, referred to in subsec. (d)(1), was redesignated section 114(v) of title 49 by Pub.
L. 115–254, div. K, §1904(b)(1)(I), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3545.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a)(3)(D). Pub. L. 115–254, §1973(b)(1), inserted ", or to connect to the National Terrorism
Screening Center watchlist" after "Secretary".
Subsec. (a)(3)(I) to (K). Pub. L. 115–254, §1973(b)(2)–(4), added subpars. (I) to (K).
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
PASSENGER RAIL VETTING
Pub. L. 115–254, div. K, title I, §1974, Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3615, provided that:
"(a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 180 days after the date on which the Amtrak Board of Directors

submits a request to the Administrator [of the Transportation Security Administration], the Administrator shall
issue a decision on the use by Amtrak of the Transportation Security Administration's Secure Flight Program
or a similar passenger vetting system to enhance passenger rail security.
"(b) CONSIDERATIONS.—In making a decision under subsection (a), the Administrator shall—
"(1) consider the technological, privacy, operational, and security impacts of such a decision; and
"(2) describe such impacts in any strategic plan developed under subsection (c).
"(c) STRATEGIC PLAN.—If the Administrator decides to grant the request by Amtrak under subsection
(a), the decision shall include a strategic plan for working with rail stakeholders to enhance passenger rail
security by—
"(1) vetting passengers using terrorist watch lists maintained by the Federal Government or a similar
passenger vetting system maintained by the Transportation Security Administration; and
"(2) where applicable and in consultation with the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border
Protection, assessing whether the vetting process should be integrated into preclearance operations
established under section 813 of the Trade Facilitation and Trade Enforcement Act of 2015 (19 U.S.C.
4432).
"(d) NOTICES.—The Administrator shall notify the appropriate committees of Congress [Committees on
Commerce, Science and Transportation and Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and
Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives] of any decision made under subsection (a)
and the details of the strategic plan under subsection (c).
"(e) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the Administrator's
authority to set the access to, or terms and conditions of using, the Secure Flight Program or a similar
passenger vetting system."
1

See References in Text note below.

§1165. Fire and life safety improvements
(a) Life-safety needs
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary of Transportation for making grants to
Amtrak for the purpose of carrying out projects to make fire and life safety improvements to Amtrak
tunnels on the Northeast Corridor the following amounts:
(1) For the 6 New York and New Jersey tunnels to provide ventilation, electrical, and fire safety
technology improvements, emergency communication and lighting systems, and emergency
access and egress for passengers—
(A) $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(B) $30,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(C) $45,000,000 for fiscal year 2010; and
(D) $60,000,000 for fiscal year 2011.
(2) For the Baltimore Potomac Tunnel and the Union Tunnel, together, to provide adequate
drainage and ventilation, communication, lighting, standpipe, and passenger egress
improvements—
(A) $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(B) $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(C) $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2010; and
(D) $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2011.
(3) For the Union Station tunnels in the District of Columbia to improve ventilation,
communication, lighting, and passenger egress improvements—
(A) $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(B) $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(C) $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2010; and
(D) $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2011.

(b) Infrastructure upgrades
Out of funds appropriated pursuant to section 1153 of this title, there shall be made available to
the Secretary of Transportation for fiscal year 2008, $3,000,000 for the preliminary design of options
for a new tunnel on a different alignment to augment the capacity of the existing Baltimore tunnels.
(c) Availability of amounts
Amounts appropriated pursuant to this section shall remain available until expended.
(d) Plans required
The Secretary of Transportation may not make amounts available to Amtrak for obligation or
expenditure under subsection (a)—
(1) until Amtrak has submitted to the Secretary of Transportation, and the Secretary of
Transportation has approved, an engineering and financial plan for such projects; and
(2) unless, for each project funded pursuant to this section, the Secretary of Transportation has
approved a project management plan prepared by Amtrak.
(e) Review of plans
(1) In general
The Secretary of Transportation shall complete the review of a plan required under subsection
(d) and approve or disapprove the plan within 45 days after the date on which each such plan is
submitted by Amtrak.
(2) Incomplete or deficient plan
If the Secretary of Transportation determines that a plan is incomplete or deficient, the
Secretary of Transportation shall notify Amtrak of the incomplete items or deficiencies and
Amtrak shall, within 30 days after receiving the Secretary of Transportation's notification, submit
a modified plan for the Secretary of Transportation's review.
(3) Approval of plan
Within 15 days after receiving additional information on items previously included in the plan,
and within 45 days after receiving items newly included in a modified plan, the Secretary of
Transportation shall either approve the modified plan, or if the Secretary of Transportation finds
the plan is still incomplete or deficient, the Secretary of Transportation shall—
(A) identify in writing to the appropriate congressional committees the portions of the plan
the Secretary finds incomplete or deficient;
(B) approve all other portions of the plan;
(C) obligate the funds associated with those portions; and
(D) execute an agreement with Amtrak within 15 days thereafter on a process for resolving
the remaining portions of the plan.
(f) Financial contribution from other tunnel users
The Secretary of Transportation, taking into account the need for the timely completion of all
portions of the tunnel projects described in subsection (a), shall—
(1) consider the extent to which railroad carriers other than Amtrak use or plan to use the
tunnels;
(2) consider the feasibility of seeking a financial contribution from those other railroad carriers
toward the costs of the projects; and
(3) obtain financial contributions or commitments from such other railroad carriers at levels
reflecting the extent of their use or planned use of the tunnels, if feasible.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1515, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 437.)

§1166. Railroad carrier exercises
(a) In general

The Secretary shall establish a program for conducting security exercises for railroad carriers for
the purpose of assessing and improving the capabilities of entities described in subsection (b) to
prevent, prepare for, mitigate, respond to, and recover from acts of terrorism.
(b) Covered entities
Entities to be assessed under the program shall include—
(1) Federal, State, and local agencies and tribal governments;
(2) railroad carriers;
(3) governmental and nongovernmental emergency response providers, law enforcement
agencies, and railroad and transit police, as appropriate; and
(4) any other organization or entity that the Secretary determines appropriate.
(c) Requirements
The Secretary shall ensure that the program—
(1) consolidates existing security exercises for railroad carriers administered by the Department
and the Department of Transportation, as jointly determined by the Secretary and the Secretary of
Transportation, unless the Secretary waives this consolidation requirement as appropriate;
(2) consists of exercises that are—
(A) scaled and tailored to the needs of the carrier, including addressing the needs of the
elderly and individuals with disabilities;
(B) live, in the case of the most at-risk facilities to a terrorist attack;
(C) coordinated with appropriate officials;
(D) as realistic as practicable and based on current risk assessments, including credible
threats, vulnerabilities, and consequences;
(E) inclusive, as appropriate, of railroad frontline employees; and
(F) consistent with the National Incident Management System, the National Response Plan,
the National Infrastructure Protection Plan, the National Preparedness Guidance, the National
Preparedness Goal, and other such national initiatives;
(3) provides that exercises described in paragraph (2) will be—
(A) evaluated by the Secretary against clear and consistent performance measures;
(B) assessed by the Secretary to identify best practices, which shall be shared, as appropriate,
with railroad carriers, nonprofit employee organizations that represent railroad carrier
employees, Federal, State, local, and tribal officials, governmental and nongovernmental
emergency response providers, law enforcement personnel, including railroad carrier and transit
police, and other stakeholders; and
(C) used to develop recommendations, as appropriate, from the Secretary to railroad carriers
on remedial action to be taken in response to lessons learned;
(4) allows for proper advanced notification of communities and local governments in which
exercises are held, as appropriate; and
(5) assists State, local, and tribal governments and railroad carriers in designing, implementing,
and evaluating additional exercises that conform to the requirements of paragraph (1) 1.
(d) National Exercise Program
The Secretary shall ensure that the exercise program developed under subsection (c) is a
component of the National Exercise Program established under section 748 of this title.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1516, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 438.)
1

So in original. Probably should be "(2)".

§1167. Railroad security training program

(a) In general
Not later than 6 months after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall develop and issue regulations for
a training program to prepare railroad frontline employees for potential security threats and
conditions. The regulations shall take into consideration any current security training requirements or
best practices.
(b) Consultation
The Secretary shall develop the regulations under subsection (a) in consultation with—
(1) appropriate law enforcement, fire service, emergency response, security, and terrorism
experts;
(2) railroad carriers;
(3) railroad shippers; and
(4) nonprofit employee labor organizations representing railroad employees or emergency
response personnel.
(c) Program elements
The regulations developed under subsection (a) shall require security training programs described
in subsection (a) to include, at a minimum, elements to address the following, as applicable:
(1) Determination of the seriousness of any occurrence or threat.
(2) Crew and passenger communication and coordination.
(3) Appropriate responses to defend or protect oneself.
(4) Use of personal and other protective equipment.
(5) Evacuation procedures for passengers and railroad employees, including individuals with
disabilities and the elderly.
(6) Psychology, behavior, and methods of terrorists, including observation and analysis.
(7) Training related to psychological responses to terrorist incidents, including the ability to
cope with hijacker behavior and passenger responses.
(8) Live situational training exercises regarding various threat conditions, including tunnel
evacuation procedures.
(9) Recognition and reporting of dangerous substances, suspicious packages, and situations.
(10) Understanding security incident procedures, including procedures for communicating with
governmental and nongovernmental emergency response providers and for on-scene interaction
with such emergency response providers.
(11) Operation and maintenance of security equipment and systems.
(12) Other security training activities that the Secretary considers appropriate.
(d) Required programs
(1) Development and submission to Secretary
Not later than 90 days after the Secretary issues regulations under subsection (a), each railroad
carrier shall develop a security training program in accordance with this section and submit the
program to the Secretary for approval.
(2) Approval or disapproval
Not later than 60 days after receiving a security training program proposal under this
subsection, the Secretary shall approve the program or require the railroad carrier that developed
the program to make any revisions to the program that the Secretary considers necessary for the
program to meet the requirements of this section. A railroad carrier shall respond to the Secretary's
comments within 30 days after receiving them.
(3) Training
Not later than 1 year after the Secretary approves a security training program in accordance with
this subsection, the railroad carrier that developed the program shall complete the training of all
railroad frontline employees who were hired by a carrier more than 30 days preceding such date.
For such employees employed less than 30 days by a carrier preceding such date, training shall be
completed within the first 60 days of employment.

(4) Updates of regulations and program revisions
The Secretary shall periodically review and update as appropriate the training regulations issued
under subsection (a) to reflect new or changing security threats. Each railroad carrier shall revise
its training program accordingly and provide additional training as necessary to its frontline
employees within a reasonable time after the regulations are updated.
(e) National Training Program
The Secretary shall ensure that the training program developed under subsection (a) is a
component of the National Training Program established under section 748 of this title.
(f) Reporting requirements
Not later than 2 years after the date of regulation issuance, the Secretary shall review
implementation of the training program of a representative sample of railroad carriers and railroad
frontline employees, and report to the appropriate congressional committees on the number of
reviews conducted and the results of such reviews. The Secretary may submit the report in both
classified and redacted formats as necessary.
(g) Other employees
The Secretary shall issue guidance and best practices for a railroad shipper employee security
program containing the elements listed under subsection (c).
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1517, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 439.)

§1168. Railroad security research and development
(a) Establishment of research and development program
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Science and Technology and the
Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration, shall carry out a research and
development program for the purpose of improving the security of railroad transportation systems.
(b) Eligible projects
The research and development program may include projects—
(1) to reduce the vulnerability of passenger trains, stations, and equipment to explosives and
hazardous chemical, biological, and radioactive substances, including the development of
technology to screen passengers in large numbers at peak commuting times with minimal
interference and disruption;
(2) to test new emergency response and recovery techniques and technologies, including those
used at international borders;
(3) to develop improved railroad security technologies, including—
(A) technologies for sealing or modifying railroad tank cars;
(B) automatic inspection of railroad cars;
(C) communication-based train control systems;
(D) emergency response training, including training in a tunnel environment;
(E) security and redundancy for critical communications, electrical power, computer, and
train control systems; and
(F) technologies for securing bridges and tunnels;
(4) to test wayside detectors that can detect tampering;
(5) to support enhanced security for the transportation of security-sensitive materials by
railroad;
(6) to mitigate damages in the event of a cyber attack; and
(7) to address other vulnerabilities and risks identified by the Secretary.
(c) Coordination with other research initiatives
The Secretary—

(1) shall ensure that the research and development program is consistent with the National
Strategy for Railroad Transportation Security developed under section 1161 of this title and any
other transportation security research and development programs required by this Act;
(2) shall, to the extent practicable, coordinate the research and development activities of the
Department with other ongoing research and development security-related initiatives, including
research being conducted by—
(A) the Department of Transportation, including University Transportation Centers and other
institutes, centers, and simulators funded by the Department of Transportation;
(B) the National Academy of Sciences;
(C) the Technical Support Working Group;
(D) other Federal departments and agencies; and
(E) other Federal and private research laboratories, research entities, and universities and
institutions of higher education, including Historically Black Colleges and Universities,
Hispanic Serving Institutions, or Indian Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities;
(3) shall carry out any research and development project authorized by this section through a
reimbursable agreement with an appropriate Federal agency, if the agency—
(A) is currently sponsoring a research and development project in a similar area; or
(B) has a unique facility or capability that would be useful in carrying out the project;
(4) may award grants, or enter into cooperative agreements, contracts, other transactions, or
reimbursable agreements to the entities described in paragraph (2) and the eligible grant recipients
under section 1163 of this title; and
(5) shall make reasonable efforts to enter into memoranda of understanding, contracts, grants,
cooperative agreements, or other transactions with railroad carriers willing to contribute both
physical space and other resources.
(d) Privacy and civil rights and civil liberties issues
(1) Consultation
In carrying out research and development projects under this section, the Secretary shall consult
with the Chief Privacy Officer of the Department and the Officer for Civil Rights and Civil
Liberties of the Department as appropriate and in accordance with section 142 of this title.
(2) Privacy impact assessments
In accordance with sections 142 and 345 of this title, the Chief Privacy Officer shall conduct
privacy impact assessments and the Officer for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties shall conduct
reviews, as appropriate, for research and development initiatives developed under this section that
the Secretary determines could have an impact on privacy, civil rights, or civil liberties.
(e) Authorization of appropriations
(1) In general
Out of funds appropriated pursuant to section 114(w) 1 of title 49, there shall be made available
to the Secretary to carry out this section—
(A) $33,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(B) $33,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(C) $33,000,000 for fiscal year 2010; and
(D) $33,000,000 for fiscal year 2011.
(2) Period of availability
Such sums shall remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1518, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 441.)
EDITORIAL NOTES

REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is Pub. L. 110–53, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 266, known as the
Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007, which enacted this chapter and
enacted and amended numerous other sections and notes in the Code. For complete classification of this Act to
the Code, see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note set out under section 101 of this title and Tables.
Section 114(w) of title 49, referred to in subsec. (e)(1), was redesignated section 114(v) of title 49 by Pub.
L. 115–254, div. K, §1904(b)(1)(I), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3545.
1

See References in Text note below.

§1169. Railroad tank car security testing
(a) Railroad tank car vulnerability assessment
(1) Assessment
The Secretary shall assess the likely methods of a deliberate terrorist attack against a railroad
tank car used to transport toxic-inhalation-hazard materials, and for each method assessed, the
degree to which it may be successful in causing death, injury, or serious adverse effects to human
health, the environment, critical infrastructure, national security, the national economy, or public
welfare.
(2) Threats
In carrying out paragraph (1), the Secretary shall consider the most current threat information as
to likely methods of a successful terrorist attack on a railroad tank car transporting
toxic-inhalation-hazard materials, and may consider the following:
(A) Explosive devices placed along the tracks or attached to a railroad tank car.
(B) The use of missiles, grenades, rockets, mortars, or other high-caliber weapons against a
railroad tank car.
(3) Physical testing
In developing the assessment required under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall conduct physical
testing of the vulnerability of railroad tank cars used to transport toxic-inhalation-hazard materials
to different methods of a deliberate attack, using technical information and criteria to evaluate the
structural integrity of railroad tank cars.
(4) Report
Not later than 30 days after the completion of the assessment under paragraph (1), the Secretary
shall provide to the appropriate congressional committees a report, in the appropriate format, on
such assessment.
(b) Railroad tank car dispersion modeling
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the National Infrastructure Simulation and Analysis Center, shall
conduct an air dispersion modeling analysis of release scenarios of toxic-inhalation-hazard
materials resulting from a terrorist attack on a loaded railroad tank car carrying such materials in
urban and rural environments.
(2) Considerations
The analysis under this subsection shall take into account the following considerations:
(A) The most likely means of attack and the resulting dispersal rate.
(B) Different times of day, to account for differences in cloud coverage and other
atmospheric conditions in the environment being modeled.
(C) Differences in population size and density.
(D) Historically accurate wind speeds, temperatures, and wind directions.
(E) Differences in dispersal rates or other relevant factors related to whether a railroad tank

car is in motion or stationary.
(F) Emergency response procedures by local officials.
(G) Any other considerations the Secretary believes would develop an accurate, plausible
dispersion model for toxic-inhalation-hazard materials released from a railroad tank car as a
result of a terrorist act.
(3) Consultation
In conducting the dispersion modeling under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall consult with the
Secretary of Transportation, hazardous materials experts, railroad carriers, nonprofit employee
labor organizations representing railroad employees, appropriate State, local, and tribal officials,
and other Federal agencies, as appropriate.
(4) Information sharing
Upon completion of the analysis required under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall share the
information developed with the appropriate stakeholders, given appropriate information protection
provisions as may be required by the Secretary.
(5) Report
Not later than 30 days after completion of all dispersion analyses under paragraph (1), the
Secretary shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report detailing the
Secretary's conclusions and findings in an appropriate format.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1519, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 443.)

§1170. Security background checks of covered individuals
(a) Definitions
In this section, the following definitions apply:
(1) Security background check
The term "security background check" means reviewing, for the purpose of identifying
individuals who may pose a threat to transportation security or national security, or of terrorism—
(A) relevant criminal history databases;
(B) in the case of an alien (as defined in the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C.
1101(a)(3)),1 the relevant databases to determine the status of the alien under the immigration
laws of the United States; and
(C) other relevant information or databases, as determined by the Secretary.
(2) Covered individual
The term "covered individual" means an employee of a railroad carrier or a contractor or
subcontractor of a railroad carrier.
(b) Guidance
(1) Any guidance, recommendations, suggested action items, or any other widely disseminated
voluntary action items issued by the Secretary to a railroad carrier or a contractor or subcontractor of
a railroad carrier relating to performing a security background check of a covered individual shall
contain recommendations on the appropriate scope and application of such a security background
check, including the time period covered, the types of disqualifying offenses, and a redress process
for adversely impacted covered individuals consistent with subsections (c) and (d) of this section.
(2) Within 60 days after August 3, 2007, any guidance, recommendations, suggested action items,
or any other widely disseminated voluntary action item issued by the Secretary prior to August 3,
2007, to a railroad carrier or a contractor or subcontractor of a railroad carrier relating to performing
a security background check of a covered individual shall be updated in compliance with paragraph
(1).
(3) If a railroad carrier or a contractor or subcontractor of a railroad carrier performs a security

background check on a covered individual to fulfill guidance issued by the Secretary under
paragraph (1) or (2), the Secretary shall not consider such guidance fulfilled unless an adequate
redress process as described in subsection (d) is provided to covered individuals.
(c) Requirements
If the Secretary issues a rule, regulation, or directive requiring a railroad carrier or contractor or
subcontractor of a railroad carrier to perform a security background check of a covered individual,
then the Secretary shall prohibit the railroad carrier or contractor or subcontractor of a railroad
carrier from making an adverse employment decision, including removal or suspension of the
covered individual, due to such rule, regulation, or directive with respect to a covered individual
unless the railroad carrier or contractor or subcontractor of a railroad carrier determines that the
covered individual—
(1) has been convicted of, has been found not guilty by reason of insanity, or is under want,
warrant, or indictment for a permanent disqualifying criminal offense listed in part 1572 of title
49, Code of Federal Regulations;
(2) was convicted of or found not guilty by reason of insanity of an interim disqualifying
criminal offense listed in part 1572 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, within 7 years of the
date that the railroad carrier or contractor or subcontractor of a railroad carrier performs the
security background check; or
(3) was incarcerated for an interim disqualifying criminal offense listed in part 1572 of title 49,
Code of Federal Regulations, and released from incarceration within 5 years of the date that the
railroad carrier or contractor or subcontractor of a railroad carrier performs the security
background check.
(d) Redress process
If the Secretary issues a rule, regulation, or directive requiring a railroad carrier or contractor or
subcontractor of a railroad carrier to perform a security background check of a covered individual,
the Secretary shall—
(1) provide an adequate redress process for a covered individual subjected to an adverse
employment decision, including removal or suspension of the employee, due to such rule,
regulation, or directive that is consistent with the appeals and waiver process established for
applicants for commercial motor vehicle hazardous materials endorsements and transportation
employees at ports, as required by section 70105(c) of title 46; and
(2) have the authority to order an appropriate remedy, including reinstatement of the covered
individual, should the Secretary determine that a railroad carrier or contractor or subcontractor of a
railroad carrier wrongfully made an adverse employment decision regarding a covered individual
pursuant to such rule, regulation, or directive.
(e) False statements
A railroad carrier or a contractor or subcontractor of a railroad carrier may not knowingly
misrepresent to an employee or other relevant person, including an arbiter involved in a labor
arbitration, the scope, application, or meaning of any rules, regulations, directives, or guidance
issued by the Secretary related to security background check requirements for covered individuals
when conducting a security background check. Not later than 1 year after August 3, 2007, the
Secretary shall issue a regulation that prohibits a railroad carrier or a contractor or subcontractor of a
railroad carrier from knowingly misrepresenting to an employee or other relevant person, including
an arbiter involved in a labor arbitration, the scope, application, or meaning of any rules, regulations,
directives, or guidance issued by the Secretary related to security background check requirements for
covered individuals when conducting a security background check.
(f) Rights and responsibilities
Nothing in this section shall be construed to abridge a railroad carrier's or a contractor or
subcontractor of a railroad carrier's rights or responsibilities to make adverse employment decisions
permitted by other Federal, State, or local laws. Nothing in the section shall be construed to abridge
rights and responsibilities of covered individuals, a railroad carrier, or a contractor or subcontractor

of a railroad carrier, under any other Federal, State, or local laws or under any collective bargaining
agreement.
(g) No preemption of Federal or State law
Nothing in this section shall be construed to preempt a Federal, State, or local law that requires
criminal history background checks, immigration status checks, or other background checks, of
covered individuals.
(h) Statutory construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to affect the process for review established under section
70105(c) of title 46, including regulations issued pursuant to such section.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1522, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 448.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Immigration and Nationality Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(B), is act June 27, 1952, ch. 477, 66 Stat.
163, which is classified principally to chapter 12 (§1101 et seq.) of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality. The term
"alien" is defined in section 101(a)(3) of the Act which is classified to section 1101(a)(3) of Title 8. For
complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1101 of Title 8 and
Tables.
1

So in original. Another closing parenthesis probably should precede the comma.

§1171. International railroad security program
(a) In general
(1) The Secretary shall develop a system to detect both undeclared passengers and contraband,
with a primary focus on the detection of nuclear and radiological materials entering the United
States by railroad.
(2) SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS.—In developing the system under paragraph (1), the Secretary
may, in consultation with the Domestic Nuclear Detection Office,1 Customs and Border
Protection, and the Transportation Security Administration—
(A) deploy radiation detection equipment and nonintrusive imaging equipment at locations
where railroad shipments cross an international border to enter the United States;
(B) consider the integration of radiation detection technologies with other nonintrusive
inspection technologies where feasible;
(C) ensure appropriate training, operations, and response protocols are established for
Federal, State, and local personnel;
(D) implement alternative procedures to check railroad shipments at locations where the
deployment of nonintrusive inspection imaging equipment is determined to not be practicable;
(E) ensure, to the extent practicable, that such technologies deployed can detect terrorists or
weapons, including weapons of mass destruction; and
(F) take other actions, as appropriate, to develop the system.
(b) Additional information
The Secretary shall—
(1) identify and seek the submission of additional data elements for improved high-risk
targeting related to the movement of cargo through the international supply chain utilizing a
railroad prior to importation into the United States;
(2) utilize data collected and maintained by the Secretary of Transportation in the targeting of
high-risk cargo identified under paragraph (1); and
(3) analyze the data provided in this subsection to identify high-risk cargo for inspection.

(c) Report to Congress
Not later than September 30, 2008, the Secretary shall transmit to the appropriate congressional
committees a report that describes the progress of the system being developed under subsection (a).
(d) Definitions
In this section:
(1) International supply chain
The term "international supply chain" means the end-to-end process for shipping goods to or
from the United States, beginning at the point of origin (including manufacturer, supplier, or
vendor) through a point of distribution to the destination.
(2) Radiation detection equipment
The term "radiation detection equipment" means any technology that is capable of detecting or
identifying nuclear and radiological material or nuclear and radiological explosive devices.
(3) Inspection
The term "inspection" means the comprehensive process used by Customs and Border
Protection to assess goods entering the United States to appraise them for duty purposes, to detect
the presence of restricted or prohibited items, and to ensure compliance with all applicable laws.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1524, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 451.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to the Domestic Nuclear Detection Office deemed to be a reference to the Countering Weapons
of Mass Destruction Office, see section 2(b)(1)(A) of Pub. L. 115–387, set out as a note under section 591 of
this title.
1

See Change of Name note below.

§1172. Railroad security enhancements; Model State legislation
Not later than November 2, 2007, the Secretary of Transportation shall develop and make
available to States model legislation to address the problem of entities that claim to be railroad
carriers in order to establish and run a police force when the entities do not in fact provide railroad
transportation. In developing the model State legislation the Secretary shall solicit the input of the
States, railroads carriers, and railroad carrier employees. The Secretary shall review and, if
necessary, revise such model State legislation periodically.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1526(b), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 452.)

PART C—OVER-THE-ROAD BUS AND TRUCKING SECURITY
§1181. Over-the-road bus security assessments and plans
(a) In general
Not later than 18 months after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall issue regulations that—
(1) require each over-the-road bus operator assigned to a high-risk tier under this section—
(A) to conduct a vulnerability assessment in accordance with subsections (c) and (d); and
(B) to prepare, submit to the Secretary for approval, and implement a security plan in

accordance with subsection (e); and
(2) establish standards and guidelines for developing and implementing the vulnerability
assessments and security plans for carriers assigned to high-risk tiers consistent with this section.
(b) Non high-risk programs
The Secretary may establish a security program for over-the-road bus operators not assigned to a
high-risk tier, including—
(1) guidance for such operators in conducting vulnerability assessments and preparing and
implementing security plans, as determined appropriate by the Secretary; and
(2) a process to review and approve such assessments and plans, as appropriate.
(c) Deadline for submission
Not later than 9 months after the date of issuance of the regulations under subsection (a), the
vulnerability assessments and security plans required by such regulations for over-the-road bus
operators assigned to a high-risk tier shall be completed and submitted to the Secretary for review
and approval.
(d) Vulnerability assessments
(1) Requirements
The Secretary shall provide technical assistance and guidance to over-the-road bus operators in
conducting vulnerability assessments under this section and shall require that each vulnerability
assessment of an operator assigned to a high-risk tier under this section includes, as appropriate—
(A) identification and evaluation of critical assets and infrastructure, including platforms,
stations, terminals, and information systems;
(B) identification of the vulnerabilities to those assets and infrastructure; and
(C) identification of weaknesses in—
(i) physical security;
(ii) passenger and cargo security;
(iii) the security of programmable electronic devices, computers, or other automated
systems which are used in providing over-the-road bus transportation;
(iv) alarms, cameras, and other protection systems;
(v) communications systems and utilities needed for over-the-road bus security purposes,
including dispatching systems;
(vi) emergency response planning;
(vii) employee training; and
(viii) such other matters as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(2) Threat information
The Secretary shall provide in a timely manner to the appropriate employees of an over-the-road
bus operator, as designated by the over-the-road bus operator, threat information that is relevant to
the operator when preparing and submitting a vulnerability assessment and security plan,
including an assessment of the most likely methods that could be used by terrorists to exploit
weaknesses in over-the-road bus security.
(e) Security plans
(1) Requirements
The Secretary shall provide technical assistance and guidance to over-the-road bus operators in
preparing and implementing security plans under this section and shall require that each security
plan of an over-the-road bus operator assigned to a high-risk tier under this section includes, as
appropriate—
(A) the identification of a security coordinator having authority—
(i) to implement security actions under the plan;
(ii) to coordinate security improvements; and

(iii) to receive communications from appropriate Federal officials regarding over-the-road
bus security;
(B) a list of needed capital and operational improvements;
(C) procedures to be implemented or used by the over-the-road bus operator in response to a
terrorist attack, including evacuation and passenger communication plans that include
individuals with disabilities, as appropriate;
(D) the identification of steps taken with State and local law enforcement agencies,
emergency responders, and Federal officials to coordinate security measures and plans for
response to a terrorist attack;
(E) a strategy and timeline for conducting training under section 1184 of this title;
(F) enhanced security measures to be taken by the over-the-road bus operator when the
Secretary declares a period of heightened security risk;
(G) plans for providing redundant and backup systems required to ensure the continued
operation of critical elements of the over-the-road bus operator's system in the event of a
terrorist attack or other incident; and
(H) such other actions or procedures as the Secretary determines are appropriate to address
the security of over-the-road bus operators.
(2) Security coordinator requirements
The Secretary shall require that the individual serving as the security coordinator identified in
paragraph (1)(A) is a citizen of the United States. The Secretary may waive this requirement with
respect to an individual if the Secretary determines that it is appropriate to do so based on a
background check of the individual and a review of the consolidated terrorist watchlist.
(f) Deadline for review process
Not later than 6 months after receiving the assessments and plans required under this section, the
Secretary shall—
(1) review each vulnerability assessment and security plan submitted to the Secretary in
accordance with subsection (c);
(2) require amendments to any security plan that does not meet the requirements of this section;
and
(3) approve any vulnerability assessment or security plan that meets the requirements of this
section.
(g) Interim security measures
The Secretary may require over-the-road bus operators, during the period before the deadline
established under subsection (c), to submit a security plan to implement any necessary interim
security measures essential to providing adequate security of the over-the-road bus operator's system.
An interim plan required under this subsection shall be superseded by a plan required under
subsection (c).
(h) Tier assignment
The Secretary shall assign each over-the-road bus operator to a risk-based tier established by the
Secretary:
(1) Provision of information
The Secretary may request, and an over-the-road bus operator shall provide, information
necessary for the Secretary to assign an over-the-road bus operator to the appropriate tier under
this subsection.
(2) Notification
Not later than 60 days after the date an over-the-road bus operator is assigned to a tier under this
section, the Secretary shall notify the operator of the tier to which it is assigned and the reasons for
such assignment.

(3) High-risk tiers
At least one of the tiers established by the Secretary under this section shall be a tier designated
for high-risk over-the-road bus operators.
(4) Reassignment
The Secretary may reassign an over-the-road bus operator to another tier, as appropriate, in
response to changes in risk and the Secretary shall notify the over-the-road bus operator within 60
days after such reassignment and provide the operator with the reasons for such reassignment.
(i) Existing procedures, protocols, and standards
(1) Determination
In response to a petition by an over-the-road bus operator or at the discretion of the Secretary,
the Secretary may determine that existing procedures, protocols, and standards meet all or part of
the requirements of this section regarding vulnerability assessments and security plans.
(2) Election
Upon review and written determination by the Secretary that existing procedures, protocols, or
standards of an over-the-road bus operator satisfy the requirements of this section, the
over-the-road bus operator may elect to comply with those procedures, protocols, or standards
instead of the requirements of this section.
(3) Partial approval
If the Secretary determines that the existing procedures, protocols, or standards of an
over-the-road bus operator satisfy only part of the requirements of this section, the Secretary may
accept such submission, but shall require submission by the operator of any additional information
relevant to the vulnerability assessment and security plan of the operator to ensure that the
remaining requirements of this section are fulfilled.
(4) Notification
If the Secretary determines that particular existing procedures, protocols, or standards of an
over-the-road bus operator under this subsection do not satisfy the requirements of this section, the
Secretary shall provide to the operator a written notification that includes an explanation of the
reasons for nonacceptance.
(5) Review
Nothing in this subsection shall relieve the Secretary of the obligation—
(A) to review the vulnerability assessment and security plan submitted by an over-the-road
bus operator under this section; and
(B) to approve or disapprove each submission on an individual basis.
(j) Periodic evaluation by over-the-road bus provider required
(1) Submission of evaluation
Not later than 3 years after the date on which a vulnerability assessment or security plan
required to be submitted to the Secretary under subsection (c) is approved, and at least once every
5 years thereafter (or on such a schedule as the Secretary may establish by regulation), an
over-the-road bus operator who submitted a vulnerability assessment and security plan and who is
still assigned to the high-risk tier shall also submit to the Secretary an evaluation of the adequacy
of the vulnerability assessment and security plan that includes a description of any material
changes made to the vulnerability assessment or security plan.
(2) Review of evaluation
Not later than 180 days after the date on which an evaluation is submitted, the Secretary shall
review the evaluation and notify the over-the-road bus operator submitting the evaluation of the
Secretary's approval or disapproval of the evaluation.
(k) Shared facilities

The Secretary may permit under this section the development and implementation of coordinated
vulnerability assessments and security plans to the extent that an over-the-road bus operator shares
facilities with, or is colocated with, other transportation entities or providers that are required to
develop vulnerability assessments and security plans under Federal law.
(l) Nondisclosure of information
(1) Submission of information to Congress
Nothing in this section shall be construed as authorizing the withholding of any information
from Congress.
(2) Disclosure of independently furnished information
Nothing in this section shall be construed as affecting any authority or obligation of a Federal
agency to disclose any record or information that the Federal agency obtains from an
over-the-road bus operator under any other Federal law.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1531, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 454.)

§1182. Over-the-road bus security assistance
(a) In general
The Secretary shall establish a program for making grants to eligible private operators providing
transportation by an over-the-road bus for security improvements described in subsection (b).
(b) Uses of funds
A recipient of a grant received under subsection (a) shall use the grant funds for one or more of the
following:
(1) Constructing and modifying terminals, garages, and facilities, including terminals and other
over-the-road bus facilities owned by State or local governments, to increase their security.
(2) Modifying over-the-road buses to increase their security.
(3) Protecting or isolating the driver of an over-the-road bus.
(4) Acquiring, upgrading, installing, or operating equipment, software, or accessorial services
for collection, storage, or exchange of passenger and driver information through ticketing systems
or other means and for information links with government agencies, for security purposes.
(5) Installing cameras and video surveillance equipment on over-the-road buses and at
terminals, garages, and over-the-road bus facilities.
(6) Establishing and improving an emergency communications system linking drivers and
over-the-road buses to the recipient's operations center or linking the operations center to law
enforcement and emergency personnel.
(7) Implementing and operating passenger screening programs for weapons and explosives.
(8) Public awareness campaigns for enhanced over-the-road bus security.
(9) Operating and capital costs associated with over-the-road bus security awareness,
preparedness, and response training, including training under section 1184 of this title and training
developed by institutions of higher education and by nonprofit employee labor organizations, for
over-the-road bus employees, including frontline employees.
(10) Chemical, biological, radiological, or explosive detection, including canine patrols for such
detection.
(11) Overtime reimbursement, including reimbursement of State, local, and tribal governments
for costs, for enhanced security personnel assigned to duties related to over-the-road bus security
during periods of high or severe threat levels, National Special Security Events, or other periods of
heightened security as determined by the Secretary.
(12) Live or simulated exercises, including those described in section 1183 of this title.
(13) Operational costs to hire, train, and employ police and security officers, including canine
units, assigned to full-time security or counterterrorism duties related to over-the-road bus
transportation, including reimbursement of State, local, and tribal government costs for such

personnel.
(14) Development of assessments or security plans under section 1181 of this title.
(15) Such other improvements as the Secretary considers appropriate.
(c) Due consideration
In making grants under this section, the Secretary shall prioritize grant funding based on security
risks to bus passengers and the ability of a project to reduce, or enhance response to, that risk, and
shall not penalize private operators of over-the-road buses that have taken measures to enhance
over-the-road bus transportation security prior to September 11, 2001.
(d) Department of Homeland Security responsibilities
In carrying out the responsibilities under subsection (a), the Secretary shall—
(1) determine the requirements for recipients of grants under this section, including application
requirements;
(2) select grant recipients;
(3) award the funds authorized by this section based on risk, as identified by the plans required
under section 1181 of this title or assessment or plan described in subsection (f)(2); and
(4) pursuant to subsection (c), establish priorities for the use of funds for grant recipients.
(e) Distribution of grants
Not later than 90 days after August 3, 2007, the Secretary and the Secretary of Transportation
shall determine the most effective and efficient way to distribute grant funds to the recipients of
grants determined by the Secretary under subsection (a). Subject to the determination made by the
Secretaries, the Secretary may transfer funds to the Secretary of Transportation for the purposes of
disbursing funds to the grant recipient.
(f) Eligibility
(1) A private operator providing transportation by an over-the-road bus is eligible for a grant under
this section if the operator has completed a vulnerability assessment and developed a security plan
that the Secretary has approved under section 1181 of this title. Grant funds may only be used for
permissible uses under subsection (b) to further an over-the-road bus security plan.
(2) Notwithstanding the requirements for eligibility and uses in paragraph (1), prior to the earlier
of 1 year after the date of issuance of final regulations requiring vulnerability assessments and
security plans under section 1181 of this title or 3 years after August 3, 2007, the Secretary may
award grants under this section for over-the-road bus security improvements listed under subsection
(b) based upon over-the-road bus vulnerability assessments and security plans that the Secretary
deems are sufficient for the purposes of this section but have not been approved by the Secretary in
accordance with section 1181 of this title.
(g) Subject to certain terms and conditions
Except as otherwise specifically provided in this section, a grant made under this section shall be
subject to the terms and conditions applicable to subrecipients who provide over-the-road bus
transportation under section 5311(f) of title 49 and such other terms and conditions as are determined
necessary by the Secretary.
(h) Limitation on uses of funds
A grant made under this section may not be used to make any State or local government
cost-sharing contribution under any other Federal law.
(i) Annual reports
Each recipient of a grant under this section shall report annually to the Secretary and on the use of
such grant funds.
(j) Consultation
In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall consult with over-the-road bus operators and
nonprofit employee labor organizations representing over-the-road bus employees, public safety and
law enforcement officials.

(k) Authorization
(1) In general
From the amounts appropriated pursuant to section 114(w) 1 of title 49, there shall be made
available to the Secretary to make grants under this section—
(A) $12,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(B) $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(C) $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2010; and
(D) $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2011.
(2) Period of availability
Sums appropriated to carry out this section shall remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1532, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 457.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 114(w) of title 49, referred to in subsec. (k)(1), was redesignated section 114(v) of title 49 by Pub.
L. 115–254, div. K, §1904(b)(1)(I), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3545.
1

See References in Text note below.

§1183. Over-the-road bus exercises
(a) In general
The Secretary shall establish a program for conducting security exercises for over-the-road bus
transportation for the purpose of assessing and improving the capabilities of entities described in
subsection (b) to prevent, prepare for, mitigate, respond to, and recover from acts of terrorism.
(b) Covered entities
Entities to be assessed under the program shall include—
(1) Federal, State, and local agencies and tribal governments;
(2) over-the-road bus operators and over-the-road bus terminal owners and operators;
(3) governmental and nongovernmental emergency response providers and law enforcement
agencies; and
(4) any other organization or entity that the Secretary determines appropriate.
(c) Requirements
The Secretary shall ensure that the program—
(1) consolidates existing security exercises for over-the-road bus operators and terminals
administered by the Department and the Department of Transportation, as jointly determined by
the Secretary and the Secretary of Transportation, unless the Secretary waives this consolidation
requirement, as appropriate;
(2) consists of exercises that are—
(A) scaled and tailored to the needs of the over-the-road bus operators and terminals,
including addressing the needs of the elderly and individuals with disabilities;
(B) live, in the case of the most at-risk facilities to a terrorist attack;
(C) coordinated with appropriate officials;
(D) as realistic as practicable and based on current risk assessments, including credible
threats, vulnerabilities, and consequences;
(E) inclusive, as appropriate, of over-the-road bus frontline employees; and
(F) consistent with the National Incident Management System, the National Response Plan,
the National Infrastructure Protection Plan, the National Preparedness Guidance, the National

Preparedness Goal, and other such national initiatives;
(3) provides that exercises described in paragraph (2) will be—
(A) evaluated by the Secretary against clear and consistent performance measures;
(B) assessed by the Secretary to identify best practices, which shall be shared, as appropriate,
with operators providing over-the-road bus transportation, nonprofit employee organizations
that represent over-the-road bus employees, Federal, State, local, and tribal officials,
governmental and nongovernmental emergency response providers, and law enforcement
personnel; and
(C) used to develop recommendations, as appropriate, provided to over-the-road bus
operators and terminal owners and operators on remedial action to be taken in response to
lessons learned;
(4) allows for proper advanced notification of communities and local governments in which
exercises are held, as appropriate; and
(5) assists State, local, and tribal governments and over-the-road bus operators and terminal
owners and operators in designing, implementing, and evaluating additional exercises that
conform to the requirements of paragraph (2).
(d) National Exercise Program
The Secretary shall ensure that the exercise program developed under subsection (c) is consistent
with the National Exercise Program established under section 748 of this title.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1533, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 460.)

§1184. Over-the-road bus security training program
(a) In general
Not later than 6 months after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall develop and issue regulations for
an over-the-road bus training program to prepare over-the-road bus frontline employees for potential
security threats and conditions. The regulations shall take into consideration any current security
training requirements or best practices.
(b) Consultation
The Secretary shall develop regulations under subsection (a) in consultation with—
(1) appropriate law enforcement, fire service, emergency response, security, and terrorism
experts;
(2) operators providing over-the-road bus transportation; and
(3) nonprofit employee labor organizations representing over-the-road bus employees and
emergency response personnel.
(c) Program elements
The regulations developed under subsection (a) shall require security training programs, to
include, at a minimum, elements to address the following, as applicable:
(1) Determination of the seriousness of any occurrence or threat.
(2) Driver and passenger communication and coordination.
(3) Appropriate responses to defend or protect oneself.
(4) Use of personal and other protective equipment.
(5) Evacuation procedures for passengers and over-the-road bus employees, including
individuals with disabilities and the elderly.
(6) Psychology, behavior, and methods of terrorists, including observation and analysis.
(7) Training related to psychological responses to terrorist incidents, including the ability to
cope with hijacker behavior and passenger responses.
(8) Live situational training exercises regarding various threat conditions, including tunnel

evacuation procedures.
(9) Recognition and reporting of dangerous substances, suspicious packages, and situations.
(10) Understanding security incident procedures, including procedures for communicating with
emergency response providers and for on-scene interaction with such emergency response
providers.
(11) Operation and maintenance of security equipment and systems.
(12) Other security training activities that the Secretary considers appropriate.
(d) Required programs
(1) Development and submission to Secretary
Not later than 90 days after the Secretary issues the regulations under subsection (a), each
over-the-road bus operator shall develop a security training program in accordance with such
regulations and submit the program to the Secretary for approval.
(2) Approval
Not later than 60 days after receiving a security training program under this subsection, the
Secretary shall approve the program or require the over-the-road bus operator that developed the
program to make any revisions to the program that the Secretary considers necessary for the
program to meet the requirements of the regulations. An over-the-road bus operator shall respond
to the Secretary's comments not later than 30 days after receiving them.
(3) Training
Not later than 1 year after the Secretary approves a security training program in accordance with
this subsection, the over-the-road bus operator that developed the program shall complete the
training of all over-the-road bus frontline employees who were hired by the operator more than 30
days preceding such date. For such employees employed less than 30 days by an operator
preceding such date, training shall be completed within the first 60 days of employment.
(4) Updates of regulations and program revisions
The Secretary shall periodically review and update, as appropriate, the training regulations
issued under subsection (a) to reflect new or changing security threats. Each over-the-road bus
operator shall revise its training program accordingly and provide additional training as necessary
to its employees within a reasonable time after the regulations are updated.
(e) National Training Program
The Secretary shall ensure that the training program developed under subsection (a) is a
component of the National Training Program established under section 748 of this title.
(f) Reporting requirements
Not later than 2 years after the date of regulation issuance, the Secretary shall review
implementation of the training program of a representative sample of over-the-road bus operators
and over-the-road bus frontline employees, and report to the appropriate congressional committees of
such reviews. The Secretary may submit the report in both classified and redacted formats as
necessary.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1534, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 461.)

§1185. Over-the-road bus security research and development
(a) Establishment of research and development program
The Secretary, acting through the Under Secretary for Science and Technology and the
Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration, shall carry out a research and
development program for the purpose of improving the security of over-the-road buses.
(b) Eligible projects

The research and development program may include projects—
(1) to reduce the vulnerability of over-the-road buses, stations, terminals, and equipment to
explosives and hazardous chemical, biological, and radioactive substances, including the
development of technology to screen passengers in large numbers with minimal interference and
disruption;
(2) to test new emergency response and recovery techniques and technologies, including those
used at international borders;
(3) to develop improved technologies, including those for—
(A) emergency response training, including training in a tunnel environment, if appropriate;
and
(B) security and redundancy for critical communications, electrical power, computer, and
over-the-road bus control systems; and
(4) to address other vulnerabilities and risks identified by the Secretary.
(c) Coordination with other research initiatives
The Secretary—
(1) shall ensure that the research and development program is consistent with the other
transportation security research and development programs required by this Act;
(2) shall, to the extent practicable, coordinate the research and development activities of the
Department with other ongoing research and development security-related initiatives, including
research being conducted by—
(A) the Department of Transportation, including University Transportation Centers and other
institutes, centers, and simulators funded by the Department of Transportation;
(B) the National Academy of Sciences;
(C) the Technical Support Working Group;
(D) other Federal departments and agencies; and
(E) other Federal and private research laboratories, research entities, and institutions of higher
education, including Historically Black Colleges and Universities, Hispanic Serving
Institutions, and Indian Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities;
(3) shall carry out any research and development project authorized by this section through a
reimbursable agreement with an appropriate Federal agency, if the agency—
(A) is currently sponsoring a research and development project in a similar area; or
(B) has a unique facility or capability that would be useful in carrying out the project;
(4) may award grants and enter into cooperative agreements, contracts, other transactions, or
reimbursable agreements to the entities described in paragraph (2) and eligible recipients under
section 1182 of this title; and
(5) shall make reasonable efforts to enter into memoranda of understanding, contracts, grants,
cooperative agreements, or other transactions with private operators providing over-the-road bus
transportation willing to contribute assets, physical space, and other resources.
(d) Privacy and civil rights and civil liberties issues
(1) Consultation
In carrying out research and development projects under this section, the Secretary shall consult
with the Chief Privacy Officer of the Department and the Officer for Civil Rights and Civil
Liberties of the Department as appropriate and in accordance with section 142 of this title.
(2) Privacy impact assessments
In accordance with sections 142 and 345 of this title, the Chief Privacy Officer shall conduct
privacy impact assessments and the Officer for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties shall conduct
reviews, as appropriate, for research and development initiatives developed under this section that
the Secretary determines could have an impact on privacy, civil rights, or civil liberties.

(e) Authorization of appropriations
(1) In general
From the amounts appropriated pursuant to section 114(w) 1 of title 49, there shall be made
available to the Secretary to carry out this section—
(A) $2,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(B) $2,000,000 for fiscal year 2009;
(C) $2,000,000 for fiscal year 2010; and
(D) $2,000,000 for fiscal year 2011.
(2) Period of availability
Such sums shall remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1535, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 462.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is Pub. L. 110–53, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 266, known as the
Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007, which enacted this chapter and
enacted and amended numerous other sections and notes in the Code. For complete classification of this Act to
the Code, see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note set out under section 101 of this title and Tables.
Section 114(w) of title 49, referred to in subsec. (e)(1), was redesignated section 114(v) of title 49 by Pub.
L. 115–254, div. K, §1904(b)(1)(I), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3545.
1

See References in Text note below.

§1186. Memorandum of Understanding annex
Not later than 1 year after August 3, 2007, the Secretary of Transportation and the Secretary shall
execute and develop an annex to the Memorandum of Understanding between the two departments
signed on September 28, 2004, governing the specific roles, delineations of responsibilities,
resources, and commitments of the Department of Transportation and the Department of Homeland
Security, respectively, in addressing motor carrier transportation security matters, including
over-the-road bus security matters, and shall cover the processes the Departments will follow to
promote communications, efficiency, and nonduplication of effort.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1541, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 469.)

PART D—HAZARDOUS MATERIAL AND PIPELINE SECURITY
§1201. Railroad routing of security-sensitive materials
(a) In general
Not later than 9 months after August 3, 2007, the Secretary of Transportation, in consultation with
the Secretary, shall publish a final rule based on the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety
Administration's Notice of Proposed Rulemaking published on December 21, 2006, entitled
"Hazardous Materials: Enhancing Railroad Transportation Safety and Security for Hazardous
Materials Shipments". The final rule shall incorporate the requirements of this section and, as
appropriate, public comments received during the comment period of the rulemaking.
(b) Security-sensitive materials commodity data

The Secretary of Transportation shall ensure that the final rule requires each railroad carrier
transporting security-sensitive materials in commerce to, no later than 90 days after the end of each
calendar year, compile security-sensitive materials commodity data. Such data must be collected by
route, line segment, or series of line segments, as aggregated by the railroad carrier. Within the
railroad carrier selected route, the commodity data must identify the geographic location of the route
and the total number of shipments by the United Nations identification number for the
security-sensitive materials.
(c) Railroad transportation route analysis for security-sensitive materials
The Secretary of Transportation shall ensure that the final rule requires each railroad carrier
transporting security-sensitive materials in commerce to, for each calendar year, provide a written
analysis of the safety and security risks for the transportation routes identified in the
security-sensitive materials commodity data collected as required by subsection (b). The safety and
security risks present shall be analyzed for the route, railroad facilities, railroad storage facilities, and
high-consequence targets along or in proximity to the route.
(d) Alternative route analysis for security-sensitive materials
The Secretary of Transportation shall ensure that the final rule requires each railroad carrier
transporting security-sensitive materials in commerce to—
(1) for each calendar year—
(A) identify practicable alternative routes over which the railroad carrier has authority to
operate as compared to the current route for such a shipment analyzed under subsection (c); and
(B) perform a safety and security risk assessment of the alternative route for comparison to
the route analysis specified in subsection (c);
(2) ensure that the analysis under paragraph (1) includes—
(A) identification of safety and security risks for an alternative route;
(B) comparison of those risks identified under subparagraph (A) to the primary railroad
transportation route, including the risk of a catastrophic release from a shipment traveling along
the alternate route compared to the primary route;
(C) any remediation or mitigation measures implemented on the primary or alternative route;
and
(D) potential economic effects of using an alternative route; and
(3) consider when determining the practicable alternative routes under paragraph (1)(A) the use
of interchange agreements with other railroad carriers.
(e) Alternative route selection for security-sensitive materials
The Secretary of Transportation shall ensure that the final rule requires each railroad carrier
transporting security-sensitive materials in commerce to use the analysis required by subsections (c)
and (d) to select the safest and most secure route to be used in transporting security-sensitive
materials.
(f) Review
The Secretary of Transportation shall ensure that the final rule requires each railroad carrier
transporting security-sensitive materials in commerce to annually review and select the practicable
route posing the least overall safety and security risk in accordance with this section. The railroad
carrier must retain in writing all route review and selection decision documentation and restrict the
distribution, disclosure, and availability of information contained in the route analysis to appropriate
persons. This documentation should include, but is not limited to, comparative analyses, charts,
graphics, or railroad system maps.
(g) Retrospective analysis
The Secretary of Transportation shall ensure that the final rule requires each railroad carrier
transporting security-sensitive materials in commerce to, not less than once every 3 years, analyze

the route selection determinations required under this section. Such an analysis shall include a
comprehensive, systemwide review of all operational changes, infrastructure modifications, traffic
adjustments, changes in the nature of high-consequence targets located along or in proximity to the
route, or other changes affecting the safety and security of the movements of security-sensitive
materials that were implemented since the previous analysis was completed.
(h) Consultation
In carrying out subsection (c), railroad carriers transporting security-sensitive materials in
commerce shall seek relevant information from State, local, and tribal officials, as appropriate,
regarding security risks to high-consequence targets along or in proximity to a route used by a
railroad carrier to transport security-sensitive materials.
(i) Definitions
In this section:
(1) The term "route" includes storage facilities and trackage used by railroad cars in
transportation in commerce.
(2) The term "high-consequence target" means a property, natural resource, location, area, or
other target designated by the Secretary that is a viable terrorist target of national significance,
which may include a facility or specific critical infrastructure, the attack of which by railroad
could result in—
(A) catastrophic loss of life;
(B) significant damage to national security or defense capabilities; or
(C) national economic harm.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1551, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 469.)

§1202. Railroad security-sensitive material tracking
(a) Communications
(1) In general
In conjunction with the research and development program established under section 1168 of
this title and consistent with the results of research relating to wireless and other tracking
technologies, the Secretary, in consultation with the Administrator of the Transportation Security
Administration, shall develop a program that will encourage the equipping of railroad cars
transporting security-sensitive materials, as defined in section 1151 of this title, with technology
that provides—
(A) car position location and tracking capabilities; and
(B) notification of railroad car depressurization, breach, unsafe temperature, or release of
hazardous materials, as appropriate.
(2) Coordination
In developing the program required by paragraph (1), the Secretary shall—
(A) consult with the Secretary of Transportation to coordinate the program with any ongoing
or planned efforts for railroad car tracking at the Department of Transportation; and
(B) ensure that the program is consistent with recommendations and findings of the
Department of Homeland Security's hazardous material railroad tank car tracking pilot
programs.
(b) Funding
From the amounts appropriated pursuant to 114(w) of title 49, there shall be made available to the
Secretary to carry out this section—
(1) $3,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(2) $3,000,000 for fiscal year 2009; and
(3) $3,000,000 for fiscal year 2010.

(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1552, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 471.)

§1203. Hazardous materials highway routing
(a) Route plan guidance
Not later than 1 year after August 3, 2007, the Secretary of Transportation, in consultation with the
Secretary, shall—
(1) document existing and proposed routes for the transportation of radioactive and
nonradioactive hazardous materials by motor carrier, and develop a framework for using a
geographic information system-based approach to characterize routes in the national hazardous
materials route registry;
(2) assess and characterize existing and proposed routes for the transportation of radioactive and
nonradioactive hazardous materials by motor carrier for the purpose of identifying measurable
criteria for selecting routes based on safety and security concerns;
(3) analyze current route-related hazardous materials regulations in the United States, Canada,
and Mexico to identify cross-border differences and conflicting regulations;
(4) document the safety and security concerns of the public, motor carriers, and State, local,
territorial, and tribal governments about the highway routing of hazardous materials;
(5) prepare guidance materials for State officials to assist them in identifying and reducing both
safety concerns and security risks when designating highway routes for hazardous materials
consistent with the 13 safety-based nonradioactive materials routing criteria and radioactive
materials routing criteria in subpart C part 397 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations;
(6) develop a tool that will enable State officials to examine potential routes for the highway
transportation of hazardous materials, assess specific security risks associated with each route, and
explore alternative mitigation measures; and
(7) transmit to the appropriate congressional committees a report on the actions taken to fulfill
paragraphs (1) through (6) and any recommended changes to the routing requirements for the
highway transportation of hazardous materials in part 397 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations.
(b) Route plans
(1) Assessment
Not later than 1 year after August 3, 2007, the Secretary of Transportation shall complete an
assessment of the safety and national security benefits achieved under existing requirements for
route plans, in written or electronic format, for explosives and radioactive materials. The
assessment shall, at a minimum—
(A) compare the percentage of Department of Transportation recordable incidents and the
severity of such incidents for shipments of explosives and radioactive materials for which such
route plans are required with the percentage of recordable incidents and the severity of such
incidents for shipments of explosives and radioactive materials not subject to such route plans;
and
(B) quantify the security and safety benefits, feasibility, and costs of requiring each motor
carrier that is required to have a hazardous material safety permit under part 385 of title 49,
Code of Federal Regulations, to maintain, follow, and carry such a route plan that meets the
requirements of section 397.101 of that title when transporting the type and quantity of
hazardous materials described in section 385.403, taking into account the various segments of
the motor carrier industry, including tank truck, truckload and less than truckload carriers.
(2) Report
Not later than 1 year after August 3, 2007, the Secretary of Transportation shall submit a report
to the appropriate congressional committees containing the findings and conclusions of the
assessment.
(c) Requirement

The Secretary shall require motor carriers that have a hazardous material safety permit under part
385 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, to maintain, follow, and carry a route plan, in written or
electronic format, that meets the requirements of section 397.101 of that title when transporting the
type and quantity of hazardous materials described in section 385.403 if the Secretary determines,
under the assessment required in subsection (b), that such a requirement would enhance security and
safety without imposing unreasonable costs or burdens upon motor carriers.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1553, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 472.)

§1204. Motor carrier security-sensitive material tracking
(a) Communications
(1) In general
Not later than 6 months after August 3, 2007, consistent with the findings of the Transportation
Security Administration's hazardous materials truck security pilot program, the Secretary, through
the Administrator of the Transportation Security Administration and in consultation with the
Secretary of Transportation, shall develop a program to facilitate the tracking of motor carrier
shipments of security-sensitive materials and to equip vehicles used in such shipments with
technology that provides—
(A) frequent or continuous communications;
(B) vehicle position location and tracking capabilities; and
(C) a feature that allows a driver of such vehicles to broadcast an emergency distress signal.
(2) Considerations
In developing the program required by paragraph (1), the Secretary shall—
(A) consult with the Secretary of Transportation to coordinate the program with any ongoing
or planned efforts for motor carrier or security-sensitive materials tracking at the Department of
Transportation;
(B) take into consideration the recommendations and findings of the report on the hazardous
material safety and security operational field test released by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Administration on November 11, 2004; and
(C) evaluate—
(i) any new information related to the costs and benefits of deploying, equipping, and
utilizing tracking technology, including portable tracking technology, for motor carriers
transporting security-sensitive materials not included in the hazardous material safety and
security operational field test report released by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Administration on November 11, 2004;
(ii) the ability of tracking technology to resist tampering and disabling;
(iii) the capability of tracking technology to collect, display, and store information
regarding the movement of shipments of security-sensitive materials by commercial motor
vehicles;
(iv) the appropriate range of contact intervals between the tracking technology and a
commercial motor vehicle transporting security-sensitive materials;
(v) technology that allows the installation by a motor carrier of concealed electronic
devices on commercial motor vehicles that can be activated by law enforcement authorities to
disable the vehicle or alert emergency response resources to locate and recover
security-sensitive materials in the event of loss or theft of such materials;
(vi) whether installation of the technology described in clause (v) should be incorporated
into the program under paragraph (1);
(vii) the costs, benefits, and practicality of such technology described in clause (v) in the
context of the overall benefit to national security, including commerce in transportation; and
(viii) other systems and information the Secretary determines appropriate.
(b) Funding

From the amounts appropriated pursuant to section 114(w) 1 of title 49, there shall be made
available to the Secretary to carry out this section—
(1) $7,000,000 for fiscal year 2008 of which $3,000,000 may be used for equipment;
(2) $7,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 of which $3,000,000 may be used for equipment; and
(3) $7,000,000 for fiscal year 2010 of which $3,000,000 may be used for equipment.
(c) Report
Not later than 1 year after the issuance of regulations under subsection (a), the Secretary shall
issue a report to the appropriate congressional committees on the program developed and evaluation
carried out under this section.
(d) Limitation
The Secretary may not mandate the installation or utilization of a technology described under this
section without additional congressional authority provided after August 3, 2007.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1554, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 473.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 114(w) of title 49, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), was redesignated section 114(v) of title 49 by Pub.
L. 115–254, div. K, §1904(b)(1)(I), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3545.
1

See References in Text note below.

§1205. Hazardous materials security inspections and study
(a) In general
The Secretary of Transportation shall consult with the Secretary to limit, to the extent practicable,
duplicative reviews of the hazardous materials security plans required under part 172, title 49, Code
of Federal Regulations.
(b) Transportation costs study
Within 1 year after August 3, 2007, the Secretary of Transportation, in conjunction with the
Secretary, shall study to what extent the insurance, security, and safety costs borne by railroad
carriers, motor carriers, pipeline carriers, air carriers, and maritime carriers associated with the
transportation of hazardous materials are reflected in the rates paid by offerors of such commodities
as compared to the costs and rates, respectively, for the transportation of nonhazardous materials.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1555, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 475.)

§1206. Use of transportation security card in hazmat licensing
(1) Background check
An individual who has a valid transportation employee identification card issued by the Secretary
under section 70105 of title 46 shall be deemed to have met the background records check required
under section 5103a of title 49.
(2) State review
Nothing in this section prevents or preempts a State from conducting a criminal records check of
an individual that has applied for a license to operate a motor vehicle transporting in commerce a
hazardous material.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1556(b), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 475.)

§1207. Pipeline security inspections and enforcement
(a) In general
Not later than 9 months after August 3, 2007, consistent with the Annex to the Memorandum of
Understanding executed on August 9, 2006, between the Department of Transportation and the
Department, the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Transportation, shall establish a
program for reviewing pipeline operator adoption of recommendations of the September 5, 2002,
Department of Transportation Research and Special Programs Administration's Pipeline Security
Information Circular, including the review of pipeline security plans and critical facility inspections.
(b) Review and inspection
Not later than 12 months after August 3, 2007, the Secretary and the Secretary of Transportation
shall develop and implement a plan for reviewing the pipeline security plans and an inspection of the
critical facilities of the 100 most critical pipeline operators covered by the September 5, 2002,
circular, where such facilities have not been inspected for security purposes since September 5, 2002,
by either the Department or the Department of Transportation.
(c) Compliance review methodology
In reviewing pipeline operator compliance under subsections (a) and (b), risk assessment
methodologies shall be used to prioritize risks and to target inspection and enforcement actions to the
highest risk pipeline assets.
(d) Regulations
Not later than 18 months after August 3, 2007, the Secretary and the Secretary of Transportation
shall develop and transmit to pipeline operators security recommendations for natural gas and
hazardous liquid pipelines and pipeline facilities. If the Secretary determines that regulations are
appropriate, the Secretary shall consult with the Secretary of Transportation on the extent of risk and
appropriate mitigation measures, and the Secretary or the Secretary of Transportation, consistent
with the Annex to the Memorandum of Understanding executed on August 9, 2006, shall promulgate
such regulations and carry out necessary inspection and enforcement actions. Any regulations shall
incorporate the guidance provided to pipeline operators by the September 5, 2002, Department of
Transportation Research and Special Programs Administration's Pipeline Security Information
Circular and contain additional requirements as necessary based upon the results of the inspections
performed under subsection (b). The regulations shall include the imposition of civil penalties for
noncompliance.
(e) Funding
From the amounts appropriated pursuant to section 114(w) 1 of title 49, there shall be made
available to the Secretary to carry out this section—
(1) $2,000,000 for fiscal year 2008;
(2) $2,000,000 for fiscal year 2009; and
(3) $2,000,000 for fiscal year 2010.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1557, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 475.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 114(w) of title 49, referred to in subsec. (e)(1), was redesignated section 114(v) of title 49 by Pub.
L. 115–254, div. K, §1904(b)(1)(I), Oct. 5, 2018, 132 Stat. 3545.
1

See References in Text note below.

§1208. Pipeline security and incident recovery plan
(a) In general
The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Transportation and the Administrator of the
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, and in accordance with the Annex to the
Memorandum of Understanding executed on August 9, 2006, the National Strategy for
Transportation Security, and Homeland Security Presidential Directive–7, shall develop a pipeline
security and incident recovery protocols plan. The plan shall include—
(1) for the Government to provide increased security support to the most critical interstate and
intrastate natural gas and hazardous liquid transmission pipeline infrastructure and operations as
determined under section 1207 of this title when—
(A) under severe security threat levels of alert; or
(B) under specific security threat information relating to such pipeline infrastructure or
operations exists; and
(2) an incident recovery protocol plan, developed in conjunction with interstate and intrastate
transmission and distribution pipeline operators and terminals and facilities operators connected to
pipelines, to develop protocols to ensure the continued transportation of natural gas and hazardous
liquids to essential markets and for essential public health or national defense uses in the event of
an incident affecting the interstate and intrastate natural gas and hazardous liquid transmission and
distribution pipeline system, which shall include protocols for restoring essential services
supporting pipelines and granting access to pipeline operators for pipeline infrastructure repair,
replacement, or bypass following an incident.
(b) Existing private and public sector efforts
The plan shall take into account actions taken or planned by both private and public entities to
address identified pipeline security issues and assess the effective integration of such actions.
(c) Consultation
In developing the plan under subsection (a), the Secretary shall consult with the Secretary of
Transportation, interstate and intrastate transmission and distribution pipeline operators, nonprofit
employee organizations representing pipeline employees, emergency responders, offerors, State
pipeline safety agencies, public safety officials, and other relevant parties.
(d) Report
(1) Contents
Not later than 2 years after August 3, 2007, the Secretary shall transmit to the appropriate
congressional committees a report containing the plan required by subsection (a), including an
estimate of the private and public sector costs to implement any recommendations.
(2) Format
The Secretary may submit the report in both classified and redacted formats if the Secretary
determines that such action is appropriate or necessary.
(Pub. L. 110–53, title XV, §1558, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 476.)

CHAPTER 5—BORDER INFRASTRUCTURE AND TECHNOLOGY
MODERNIZATION
Sec.

1401.
Definitions.
1402 to 1404. Repealed.
1405.
Authorization of appropriations.

§1401. Definitions
In this chapter:
(1) Commissioner
The term "Commissioner" means the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection of
the Department of Homeland Security.
(2) Maquiladora
The term "maquiladora" means an entity located in Mexico that assembles and produces goods
from imported parts for export to the United States.
(3) Northern border
The term "northern border" means the international border between the United States and
Canada.
(4) Secretary
The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security.
(5) Southern border
The term "southern border" means the international border between the United States and
Mexico.
(Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title VI, §602, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2094.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
SHORT TITLE
Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title VI, §601, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2094, provided that: "This title [enacting
this chapter] may be cited as the 'Border Infrastructure and Technology Modernization Act of 2007'."

§§1402, 1403. Repealed. Pub. L. 113–188, title X, §1001(b), Nov. 26, 2014, 128
Stat. 2022
Section 1402, Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title VI, §603, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2094, related to the Port of
Entry Infrastructure Assessment Study.
Section 1403, Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title VI, §604, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2095, related to the National
Land Border Security Plan.

§1404. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–4, title V, §566, Mar. 4, 2015, 129 Stat. 73
Section, Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title VI, §605, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2096, related to the port of entry
technology demonstration program.

§1405. Authorization of appropriations
(a) In general
In addition to any funds otherwise available, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as
may be necessary to carry out this chapter for fiscal years 2009 through 2013.
(b) International agreements
Funds authorized to be appropriated under this chapter may be used for the implementation of
projects described in the Declaration on Embracing Technology and Cooperation to Promote the
Secure and Efficient Flow of People and Commerce across our Shared Border between the United
States and Mexico, agreed to March 22, 2002, Monterrey, Mexico (commonly known as the Border

Partnership Action Plan) or the Smart Border Declaration between the United States and Canada,
agreed to December 12, 2001, Ottawa, Canada that are consistent with the provisions of this chapter.
(Pub. L. 110–161, div. E, title VI, §606, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2097.)

CHAPTER 6—CYBERSECURITY
SUBCHAPTER I—CYBERSECURITY INFORMATION SHARING
Sec.

1500.
1501.
1502.
1503.
1504.
1505.
1506.
1507.
1508.
1509.
1510.
1521.
1522.
1523.
1524.
1525.
1531.
1532.
1533.

National Cyber Director.
Definitions.
Sharing of information by the Federal Government.
Authorizations for preventing, detecting, analyzing, and mitigating cybersecurity
threats.
Sharing of cyber threat indicators and defensive measures with the Federal
Government.
Protection from liability.
Oversight of government activities.
Construction and preemption.
Report on cybersecurity threats.
Exception to limitation on authority of Secretary of Defense to disseminate certain
information.
Effective period.
SUBCHAPTER II—FEDERAL CYBERSECURITY ENHANCEMENT
Definitions.
Advanced internal defenses.
Federal cybersecurity requirements.
Assessment; reports.
Termination.
SUBCHAPTER III—OTHER CYBER MATTERS
Apprehension and prosecution of international cyber criminals.
Enhancement of emergency services.
Improving cybersecurity in the health care industry.
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES

LIMITATION RELATING TO ESTABLISHMENT OR SUPPORT OF CYBERSECURITY UNIT
WITH THE RUSSIAN FEDERATION
Pub. L. 116–92, div. E, title LXVII, §6701, Dec. 20, 2019, 133 Stat. 2221, provided that:
"(a) APPROPRIATE CONGRESSIONAL COMMITTEES DEFINED.—In this section, the term
'appropriate congressional committees' means—
"(1) the congressional intelligence committees;
"(2) the Committee on Armed Services of the Senate and the Committee on Armed Services of the
House of Representatives; and
"(3) the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the
House of Representatives.
"(b) LIMITATION.—
"(1) IN GENERAL.—No amount may be expended by the Federal Government, other than the
Department of Defense, to enter into or implement any bilateral agreement between the United States and
the Russian Federation regarding cybersecurity, including the establishment or support of any cybersecurity
unit, unless, at least 30 days prior to the conclusion of any such agreement, the Director of National
Intelligence submits to the appropriate congressional committees a report on such agreement that includes
the elements required by subsection (c).
"(2) DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE AGREEMENTS.—Any agreement between the Department of
Defense and the Russian Federation regarding cybersecurity shall be conducted in accordance with section

1232 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2017 (Public Law 114–328) [130 Stat.
2488], as amended by section 1231 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2018 (Public
Law 115–91) [131 Stat. 1657].
"(c) ELEMENTS.—If the Director submits a report under subsection (b) with respect to an agreement, such
report shall include a discussion of each of the following:
"(1) The purpose of the agreement.
"(2) The nature of any intelligence to be shared pursuant to the agreement.
"(3) The expected value to national security resulting from the implementation of the agreement.
"(4) Such counterintelligence concerns associated with the agreement as the Director may have and
such measures as the Director expects to be taken to mitigate such concerns.
"(d) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—This section shall not be construed to affect any existing authority of
the Director of National Intelligence, the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency, or another head of an
element of the intelligence community, to share or receive foreign intelligence on a case-by-case basis."
[For definitions of "congressional intelligence committees" and "intelligence community" as used in section
6701 of div. E of Pub. L. 116–92, set out above, see section 5003 of div. E of Pub. L. 116–92, set out as a note
under section 3003 of Title 50, War and National Defense.]
EXECUTIVE DOCUMENTS
EX. ORD. NO. 13800. STRENGTHENING THE CYBERSECURITY OF FEDERAL NETWORKS
AND CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE
Ex. Ord. No. 13800, May 11, 2017, 82 F.R. 22391, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
and to protect American innovation and values, it is hereby ordered as follows:
SECTION 1. Cybersecurity of Federal Networks.
(a) Policy. The executive branch operates its information technology (IT) on behalf of the American people.
Its IT and data should be secured responsibly using all United States Government capabilities. The President
will hold heads of executive departments and agencies (agency heads) accountable for managing
cybersecurity risk to their enterprises. In addition, because risk management decisions made by agency heads
can affect the risk to the executive branch as a whole, and to national security, it is also the policy of the
United States to manage cybersecurity risk as an executive branch enterprise.
(b) Findings.
(i) Cybersecurity risk management comprises the full range of activities undertaken to protect IT and data
from unauthorized access and other cyber threats, to maintain awareness of cyber threats, to detect anomalies
and incidents adversely affecting IT and data, and to mitigate the impact of, respond to, and recover from
incidents. Information sharing facilitates and supports all of these activities.
(ii) The executive branch has for too long accepted antiquated and difficult-to-defend IT.
(iii) Effective risk management involves more than just protecting IT and data currently in place. It also
requires planning so that maintenance, improvements, and modernization occur in a coordinated way and with
appropriate regularity.
(iv) Known but unmitigated vulnerabilities are among the highest cybersecurity risks faced by executive
departments and agencies (agencies). Known vulnerabilities include using operating systems or hardware
beyond the vendor's support lifecycle, declining to implement a vendor's security patch, or failing to execute
security-specific configuration guidance.
(v) Effective risk management requires agency heads to lead integrated teams of senior executives with
expertise in IT, security, budgeting, acquisition, law, privacy, and human resources.
(c) Risk Management.
(i) Agency heads will be held accountable by the President for implementing risk management measures
commensurate with the risk and magnitude of the harm that would result from unauthorized access, use,
disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of IT and data. They will also be held accountable by the
President for ensuring that cybersecurity risk management processes are aligned with strategic, operational,
and budgetary planning processes, in accordance with chapter 35, subchapter II of title 44, United States
Code.
(ii) Effective immediately, each agency head shall use The Framework for Improving Critical Infrastructure
Cybersecurity (the Framework) developed by the National Institute of Standards and Technology, or any
successor document, to manage the agency's cybersecurity risk. Each agency head shall provide a risk
management report to the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Director of the Office of Management and
Budget (OMB) within 90 days of the date of this order. The risk management report shall:

(A) document the risk mitigation and acceptance choices made by each agency head as of the date of
this order, including:
(1) the strategic, operational, and budgetary considerations that informed those choices; and
(2) any accepted risk, including from unmitigated vulnerabilities; and
(B) describe the agency's action plan to implement the Framework.
(iii) The Secretary of Homeland Security and the Director of OMB, consistent with chapter 35, subchapter
II of title 44, United States Code, shall jointly assess each agency's risk management report to determine
whether the risk mitigation and acceptance choices set forth in the reports are appropriate and sufficient to
manage the cybersecurity risk to the executive branch enterprise in the aggregate (the determination).
(iv) The Director of OMB, in coordination with the Secretary of Homeland Security, with appropriate
support from the Secretary of Commerce and the Administrator of General Services, and within 60 days of
receipt of the agency risk management reports outlined in subsection (c)(ii) of this section, shall submit to the
President, through the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, the following:
(A) the determination; and
(B) a plan to:
(1) adequately protect the executive branch enterprise, should the determination identify
insufficiencies;
(2) address immediate unmet budgetary needs necessary to manage risk to the executive branch
enterprise;
(3) establish a regular process for reassessing and, if appropriate, reissuing the determination, and
addressing future, recurring unmet budgetary needs necessary to manage risk to the executive branch
enterprise;
(4) clarify, reconcile, and reissue, as necessary and to the extent permitted by law, all policies,
standards, and guidelines issued by any agency in furtherance of chapter 35, subchapter II of title 44, United
States Code, and, as necessary and to the extent permitted by law, issue policies, standards, and guidelines
in furtherance of this order; and
(5) align these policies, standards, and guidelines with the Framework.
(v) The agency risk management reports described in subsection (c)(ii) of this section and the determination
and plan described in subsections (c)(iii) and (iv) of this section may be classified in full or in part, as
appropriate.
(vi) Effective immediately, it is the policy of the executive branch to build and maintain a modern, secure,
and more resilient executive branch IT architecture.
(A) Agency heads shall show preference in their procurement for shared IT services, to the extent
permitted by law, including email, cloud, and cybersecurity services.
(B) The Director of the American Technology Council shall coordinate a report to the President from
the Secretary of Homeland Security, the Director of OMB, and the Administrator of General Services, in
consultation with the Secretary of Commerce, as appropriate, regarding modernization of Federal IT. The
report shall:
(1) be completed within 90 days of the date of this order; and
(2) describe the legal, policy, and budgetary considerations relevant to—as well as the technical
feasibility and cost effectiveness, including timelines and milestones, of—transitioning all agencies, or a
subset of agencies, to:
(aa) one or more consolidated network architectures; and
(bb) shared IT services, including email, cloud, and cybersecurity services.
(C) The report described in subsection (c)(vi)(B) of this section shall assess the effects of transitioning
all agencies, or a subset of agencies, to shared IT services with respect to cybersecurity, including by
making recommendations to ensure consistency with [former] section 227 [now 2209] of the Homeland
Security Act ([former] 6 U.S.C. 148) [now 6 U.S.C. 659] and compliance with policies and practices issued
in accordance with section 3553 of title 44, United States Code. All agency heads shall supply such
information concerning their current IT architectures and plans as is necessary to complete this report on
time.
(vii) For any National Security System, as defined in section 3552(b)(6) of title 44, United States Code, the
Secretary of Defense and the Director of National Intelligence, rather than the Secretary of Homeland Security
and the Director of OMB, shall implement this order to the maximum extent feasible and appropriate. The
Secretary of Defense and the Director of National Intelligence shall provide a report to the Assistant to the
President for National Security Affairs and the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and

Counterterrorism describing their implementation of subsection (c) of this section within 150 days of the date
of this order. The report described in this subsection shall include a justification for any deviation from the
requirements of subsection (c), and may be classified in full or in part, as appropriate.
SEC. 2. Cybersecurity of Critical Infrastructure.
(a) Policy. It is the policy of the executive branch to use its authorities and capabilities to support the
cybersecurity risk management efforts of the owners and operators of the Nation's critical infrastructure (as
defined in section 5195c(e) of title 42, United States Code) (critical infrastructure entities), as appropriate.
(b) Support to Critical Infrastructure at Greatest Risk. The Secretary of Homeland Security, in coordination
with the Secretary of Defense, the Attorney General, the Director of National Intelligence, the Director of the
Federal Bureau of Investigation, the heads of appropriate sector-specific agencies, as defined in Presidential
Policy Directive 21 of February 12, 2013 (Critical Infrastructure Security and Resilience) (sector-specific
agencies), and all other appropriate agency heads, as identified by the Secretary of Homeland Security, shall:
(i) identify authorities and capabilities that agencies could employ to support the cybersecurity efforts of
critical infrastructure entities identified pursuant to section 9 of Executive Order 13636 of February 12, 2013
(Improving Critical Infrastructure Cybersecurity), to be at greatest risk of attacks that could reasonably result
in catastrophic regional or national effects on public health or safety, economic security, or national security
(section 9 entities);
(ii) engage section 9 entities and solicit input as appropriate to evaluate whether and how the authorities and
capabilities identified pursuant to subsection (b)(i) of this section might be employed to support cybersecurity
risk management efforts and any obstacles to doing so;
(iii) provide a report to the President, which may be classified in full or in part, as appropriate, through the
Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, within 180 days of the date of this
order, that includes the following:
(A) the authorities and capabilities identified pursuant to subsection (b)(i) of this section;
(B) the results of the engagement and determination required pursuant to subsection (b)(ii) of this
section; and
(C) findings and recommendations for better supporting the cybersecurity risk management efforts of
section 9 entities; and
(iv) provide an updated report to the President on an annual basis thereafter.
(c) Supporting Transparency in the Marketplace. The Secretary of Homeland Security, in coordination with
the Secretary of Commerce, shall provide a report to the President, through the Assistant to the President for
Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, that examines the sufficiency of existing Federal policies and
practices to promote appropriate market transparency of cybersecurity risk management practices by critical
infrastructure entities, with a focus on publicly traded critical infrastructure entities, within 90 days of the date
of this order.
(d) Resilience Against Botnets and Other Automated, Distributed Threats. The Secretary of Commerce and
the Secretary of Homeland Security shall jointly lead an open and transparent process to identify and promote
action by appropriate stakeholders to improve the resilience of the internet and communications ecosystem
and to encourage collaboration with the goal of dramatically reducing threats perpetrated by automated and
distributed attacks (e.g., botnets). The Secretary of Commerce and the Secretary of Homeland Security shall
consult with the Secretary of Defense, the Attorney General, the Director of the Federal Bureau of
Investigation, the heads of sector-specific agencies, the Chairs of the Federal Communications Commission
and Federal Trade Commission, other interested agency heads, and appropriate stakeholders in carrying out
this subsection. Within 240 days of the date of this order, the Secretary of Commerce and the Secretary of
Homeland Security shall make publicly available a preliminary report on this effort. Within 1 year of the date
of this order, the Secretaries shall submit a final version of this report to the President.
(e) Assessment of Electricity Disruption Incident Response Capabilities. The Secretary of Energy and the
Secretary of Homeland Security, in consultation with the Director of National Intelligence, with State, local,
tribal, and territorial governments, and with others as appropriate, shall jointly assess:
(i) the potential scope and duration of a prolonged power outage associated with a significant cyber
incident, as defined in Presidential Policy Directive 41 of July 26, 2016 (United States Cyber Incident
Coordination), against the United States electric subsector;
(ii) the readiness of the United States to manage the consequences of such an incident; and
(iii) any gaps or shortcomings in assets or capabilities required to mitigate the consequences of such an
incident.
The assessment shall be provided to the President, through the Assistant to the President for Homeland
Security and Counterterrorism, within 90 days of the date of this order, and may be classified in full or in part,
as appropriate.

(f) Department of Defense Warfighting Capabilities and Industrial Base. Within 90 days of the date of this
order, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Homeland Security, and the Director of the Federal Bureau of
Investigation, in coordination with the Director of National Intelligence, shall provide a report to the
President, through the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs and the Assistant to the
President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, on cybersecurity risks facing the defense industrial
base, including its supply chain, and United States military platforms, systems, networks, and capabilities, and
recommendations for mitigating these risks. The report may be classified in full or in part, as appropriate.
SEC. 3. Cybersecurity for the Nation.
(a) Policy. To ensure that the internet remains valuable for future generations, it is the policy of the
executive branch to promote an open, interoperable, reliable, and secure internet that fosters efficiency,
innovation, communication, and economic prosperity, while respecting privacy and guarding against
disruption, fraud, and theft. Further, the United States seeks to support the growth and sustainment of a
workforce that is skilled in cybersecurity and related fields as the foundation for achieving our objectives in
cyberspace.
(b) Deterrence and Protection. Within 90 days of the date of this order, the Secretary of State, the Secretary
of the Treasury, the Secretary of Defense, the Attorney General, the Secretary of Commerce, the Secretary of
Homeland Security, and the United States Trade Representative, in coordination with the Director of National
Intelligence, shall jointly submit a report to the President, through the Assistant to the President for National
Security Affairs and the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, on the
Nation's strategic options for deterring adversaries and better protecting the American people from cyber
threats.
(c) International Cooperation. As a highly connected nation, the United States is especially dependent on a
globally secure and resilient internet and must work with allies and other partners toward maintaining the
policy set forth in this section. Within 45 days of the date of this order, the Secretary of State, the Secretary of
the Treasury, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Commerce, and the Secretary of Homeland Security,
in coordination with the Attorney General and the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, shall
submit reports to the President on their international cybersecurity priorities, including those concerning
investigation, attribution, cyber threat information sharing, response, capacity building, and cooperation.
Within 90 days of the submission of the reports, and in coordination with the agency heads listed in this
subsection, and any other agency heads as appropriate, the Secretary of State shall provide a report to the
President, through the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, documenting
an engagement strategy for international cooperation in cybersecurity.
(d) Workforce Development. In order to ensure that the United States maintains a long-term cybersecurity
advantage:
(i) The Secretary of Commerce and the Secretary of Homeland Security, in consultation with the Secretary
of Defense, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Education, the Director of the Office of Personnel
Management, and other agencies identified jointly by the Secretary of Commerce and the Secretary of
Homeland Security, shall:
(A) jointly assess the scope and sufficiency of efforts to educate and train the American cybersecurity
workforce of the future, including cybersecurity-related education curricula, training, and apprenticeship
programs, from primary through higher education; and
(B) within 120 days of the date of this order, provide a report to the President, through the Assistant to
the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, with findings and recommendations regarding
how to support the growth and sustainment of the Nation's cybersecurity workforce in both the public and
private sectors.
(ii) The Director of National Intelligence, in consultation with the heads of other agencies identified by the
Director of National Intelligence, shall:
(A) review the workforce development efforts of potential foreign cyber peers in order to help identify
foreign workforce development practices likely to affect long-term United States cybersecurity
competitiveness; and
(B) within 60 days of the date of this order, provide a report to the President through the Assistant to
the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism on the findings of the review carried out
pursuant to subsection (d)(ii)(A) of this section.
(iii) The Secretary of Defense, in coordination with the Secretary of Commerce, the Secretary of Homeland
Security, and the Director of National Intelligence, shall:
(A) assess the scope and sufficiency of United States efforts to ensure that the United States maintains
or increases its advantage in national-security-related cyber capabilities; and
(B) within 150 days of the date of this order, provide a report to the President, through the Assistant to

the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, with findings and recommendations on the
assessment carried out pursuant to subsection (d)(iii)(A) of this section.
(iv) The reports described in this subsection may be classified in full or in part, as appropriate.
SEC. 4. Definitions. For the purposes of this order:
(a) The term "appropriate stakeholders" means any non-executive-branch person or entity that elects to
participate in an open and transparent process established by the Secretary of Commerce and the Secretary of
Homeland Security under section 2(d) of this order.
(b) The term "information technology" (IT) has the meaning given to that term in section 11101(6) of title
40, United States Code, and further includes hardware and software systems of agencies that monitor and
control physical equipment and processes.
(c) The term "IT architecture" refers to the integration and implementation of IT within an agency.
(d) The term "network architecture" refers to the elements of IT architecture that enable or facilitate
communications between two or more IT assets.
SEC. 5. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive department or agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of OMB relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of
appropriations.
(c) All actions taken pursuant to this order shall be consistent with requirements and authorities to protect
intelligence and law enforcement sources and methods. Nothing in this order shall be construed to supersede
measures established under authority of law to protect the security and integrity of specific activities and
associations that are in direct support of intelligence or law enforcement operations.
(d) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its
officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.

DONALD J. TRUMP.
EX. ORD. NO. 13870. AMERICA'S CYBERSECURITY WORKFORCE
Ex. Ord. No. 13870, May 2, 2019, 84 F.R. 20523, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
and to better ensure continued American economic prosperity and national security, it is hereby ordered as
follows:
SECTION 1. Policy. (a) America's cybersecurity workforce is a strategic asset that protects the American
people, the homeland, and the American way of life. The National Cyber Strategy, the President's 2018
Management Agenda, and Executive Order 13800 of May 11, 2017 (Strengthening the Cybersecurity of
Federal Networks and Critical Infrastructure) [set out above], each emphasize [sic] that a superior
cybersecurity workforce will promote American prosperity and preserve peace. America's cybersecurity
workforce is a diverse group of practitioners who govern, design, defend, analyze, administer, operate, and
maintain the data, systems, and networks on which our economy and way of life depend. Whether they are
employed in the public or private sectors, they are guardians of our national and economic security.
(b) The United States Government must enhance the workforce mobility of America's cybersecurity
practitioners to improve America's national cybersecurity. During their careers, America's cybersecurity
practitioners will serve in various roles for multiple and diverse entities. United States Government policy
must facilitate the seamless movement of cybersecurity practitioners between the public and private sectors,
maximizing the contributions made by their diverse skills, experiences, and talents to our Nation.
(c) The United States Government must support the development of cybersecurity skills and encourage
ever-greater excellence so that America can maintain its competitive edge in cybersecurity. The United States
Government must also recognize and reward the country's highest-performing cybersecurity practitioners and
teams.
(d) The United States Government must create the organizational and technological tools required to
maximize the cybersecurity talents and capabilities of American workers—especially when those talents and
capabilities can advance our national and economic security. The Nation is experiencing a shortage of
cybersecurity talent and capability, and innovative approaches are required to improve access to training that
maximizes individuals' cybersecurity knowledge, skills, and abilities. Training opportunities, such as
work-based learning, apprenticeships, and blended learning approaches, must be enhanced for both new
workforce entrants and those who are advanced in their careers.
(e) In accordance with Executive Order 13800, the President will continue to hold heads of executive
departments and agencies (agencies) accountable for managing cybersecurity risk to their enterprises, which

includes ensuring the effectiveness of their cybersecurity workforces.
SEC. 2. Strengthening the Federal Cybersecurity Workforce. (a) To grow the cybersecurity capability of the
United States Government, increase integration of the Federal cybersecurity workforce, and strengthen the
skills of Federal information technology and cybersecurity practitioners, the Secretary of Homeland Security,
in consultation with the Director of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and the Director of the
Office of Personnel Management (OPM), shall establish a cybersecurity rotational assignment program, which
will serve as a mechanism for knowledge transfer and a development program for cybersecurity practitioners.
Within 90 days of the date of this order [May 2, 2019], the Secretary of Homeland Security, in consultation
with the Directors of OMB and OPM, shall provide a report to the President that describes the proposed
program, identifies its resource implications, and recommends actions required for its implementation. The
report shall evaluate how to achieve the following objectives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, as part
of the program:
(i) The non-reimbursable detail of information technology and cybersecurity employees, who are nominated
by their employing agencies, to serve at the Department of Homeland Security (DHS);
(ii) The non-reimbursable detail of experienced cybersecurity DHS employees to other agencies to assist in
improving those agencies' cybersecurity risk management;
(iii) The use of the National Initiative for Cybersecurity Education Cybersecurity Workforce Framework
(NICE Framework) as the basis for cybersecurity skill requirements for program participants;
(iv) The provision of training curricula and expansion of learning experiences to develop participants' skill
levels; and
(v) Peer mentoring to enhance workforce integration.
(b) Consistent with applicable law and to the maximum extent practicable, the Administrator of General
Services, in consultation with the Director of OMB and the Secretary of Commerce, shall:
(i) Incorporate the NICE Framework lexicon and taxonomy into workforce knowledge and skill
requirements used in contracts for information technology and cybersecurity services;
(ii) Ensure that contracts for information technology and cybersecurity services include reporting
requirements that will enable agencies to evaluate whether personnel have the necessary knowledge and skills
to perform the tasks specified in the contract, consistent with the NICE Framework; and
(iii) Provide a report to the President, within 1 year of the date of this order, that describes how the NICE
Framework has been incorporated into contracts for information technology and cybersecurity services,
evaluates the effectiveness of this approach in improving services provided to the United States Government,
and makes recommendations to increase the effective use of the NICE Framework by United States
Government contractors.
(c) Within 180 days of the date of this order, the Director of OPM, in consultation with the Secretary of
Commerce, the Secretary of Homeland Security, and the heads of other agencies as appropriate, shall identify
a list of cybersecurity aptitude assessments for agencies to use in identifying current employees with the
potential to acquire cybersecurity skills for placement in reskilling programs to perform cybersecurity work.
Agencies shall incorporate one or more of these assessments into their personnel development programs, as
appropriate and consistent with applicable law.
(d) Agencies shall ensure that existing awards and decorations for the uniformed services and civilian
personnel recognize performance and achievements in the areas of cybersecurity and cyber-operations,
including by ensuring the availability of awards and decorations equivalent to citations issued pursuant to
Executive Order 10694 of January 10, 1957 (Authorizing the Secretaries of the Army, Navy, and Air Force To
Issue Citations in the Name of the President of the United States to Military and Naval Units for Outstanding
Performance in Action) [22 F.R. 253], as amended. Where necessary and appropriate, agencies shall establish
new awards and decorations to recognize performance and achievements in the areas of cybersecurity and
cyber-operations. The Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs may recommend to agencies
that any cyber unified coordination group or similar ad hoc interagency group that has addressed a significant
cybersecurity or cyber-operations-related national security crisis, incident, or effort be recognized for
appropriate awards and decorations.
(e) The Secretary of Homeland Security, in consultation with the Secretary of Defense, the Director of the
Office of Science and Technology Policy, the Director of OMB, and the heads of other appropriate agencies,
shall develop a plan for an annual cybersecurity competition (President's Cup Cybersecurity Competition) for
Federal civilian and military employees. The goal of the competition shall be to identify, challenge, and
reward the United States Government's best cybersecurity practitioners and teams across offensive and
defensive cybersecurity disciplines. The plan shall be submitted to the President within 90 days of the date of
this order. The first competition shall be held no later than December 31, 2019, and annually thereafter. The
plan for the competition shall address the following:

(i) The challenges and benefits of inviting advisers, participants, or observers from non-Federal entities to
observe or take part in the competition and recommendations for including them in future competitions, as
appropriate;
(ii) How the Department of Energy, through the National Laboratories, in consultation with the
Administrator of the United States Digital Service, can provide expert technical advice and assistance to
support the competition, as appropriate;
(iii) The parameters for the competition, including the development of multiple individual and team events
that test cybersecurity skills related to the NICE Framework and other relevant skills, as appropriate. These
parameters should include competition categories involving individual and team events, software reverse
engineering and exploitation, network operations, forensics, big data analysis, cyber analysis, cyber defense,
cyber exploitation, secure programming, obfuscated coding, cyber-physical systems, and other disciplines;
(iv) How to encourage agencies to select their best cybersecurity practitioners as individual and team
participants. Such practitioners should include Federal employees and uniformed services personnel from
Federal civilian agencies, as well as Department of Defense active duty military personnel, civilians, and those
serving in a drilling reserve capacity in the Armed Forces Reserves or National Guard;
(v) The extent to which agencies, as well as uniformed services, may develop a President's Cup awards
program that is consistent with applicable law and regulations governing awards and that allows for the
provision of cash awards of not less than $25,000. Any such program shall require the agency to establish an
awards program before allowing its employees to participate in the President's Cup Cybersecurity
Competition. In addition, any such program may not preclude agencies from recognizing winning and
non-winning participants through other means, including honorary awards, informal recognition awards,
rating-based cash awards, time-off awards, Quality Step Increases, or other agency-based compensation
flexibilities as appropriate and consistent with applicable law; and
(vi) How the uniformed services, as appropriate and consistent with applicable law, may designate service
members who win these competitions as having skills at a time when there is a critical shortage of such skills
within the uniformed services. The plan should also address how the uniformed services may provide winning
service members with a combination of bonuses, advancements, and meritorious recognition to be determined
by the Secretaries of the agencies concerned.
(f) The Director of OMB shall, in consultation with appropriate agencies, develop annually a list of
agencies and subdivisions related to cybersecurity that have a primary function of intelligence,
counterintelligence, investigative, or national security work, including descriptions of such functions. The
Director of OMB shall provide this list to the President, through the Deputy Assistant to the President for
Homeland Security and Counterterrorism (DAPHSCT), every year starting September 1, 2019, for
consideration of whether those agencies or subdivisions should be exempted from coverage under the Federal
Labor-Management Relations Program, consistent with the requirements of section 7103(b)(1) of title 5,
United States Code.
SEC. 3. Strengthening the Nation's Cybersecurity Workforce. (a) The Secretary of Commerce and the
Secretary of Homeland Security (Secretaries), in coordination with the Secretary of Education and the heads
of other agencies as the Secretaries determine is appropriate, shall execute, consistent with applicable law and
to the greatest extent practicable, the recommendations from the report to the President on Supporting the
Growth and Sustainment of the Nation's Cybersecurity Workforce (Workforce Report) developed pursuant to
Executive Order 13800. The Secretaries shall develop a consultative process that includes Federal, State,
territorial, local, and tribal governments, academia, private-sector stakeholders, and other relevant partners to
assess and make recommendations to address national cybersecurity workforce needs and to ensure greater
mobility in the American cybersecurity workforce. To fulfill the Workforce Report's vision of preparing,
growing, and sustaining a national cybersecurity workforce that safeguards and promotes America's national
security and economic prosperity, priority consideration will be given to the following imperatives:
(i) To launch a national Call to Action to draw attention to and mobilize public- and private-sector
resources to address cybersecurity workforce needs;
(ii) To transform, elevate, and sustain the cybersecurity learning environment to grow a dynamic and
diverse cybersecurity workforce;
(iii) To align education and training with employers' cybersecurity workforce needs, improve coordination,
and prepare individuals for lifelong careers; and
(iv) To establish and use measures that demonstrate the effectiveness and impact of cybersecurity
workforce investments.
(b) To strengthen the ability of the Nation to identify and mitigate cybersecurity vulnerabilities in critical
infrastructure and defense systems, particularly cyber-physical systems for which safety and reliability depend
on secure control systems, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Transportation, the Secretary of Energy,

and the Secretary of Homeland Security, in coordination with the Director of OPM and the Secretary of
Labor, shall provide a report to the President, through the DAPHSCT, within 180 days of the date of this order
that:
(i) Identifies and evaluates skills gaps in Federal and non-Federal cybersecurity personnel and training gaps
for specific critical infrastructure sectors, defense critical infrastructure, and the Department of Defense's
platform information technologies; and
(ii) Recommends curricula for closing the identified skills gaps for Federal personnel and steps the United
States Government can take to close such gaps for non-Federal personnel by, for example, supporting the
development of similar curricula by education or training providers.
(c) Within 1 year of the date of this order, the Secretary of Education, in consultation with the DAPHSCT
and the National Science Foundation, shall develop and implement, consistent with applicable law, an annual
Presidential Cybersecurity Education Award to be presented to one elementary and one secondary school
educator per year who best instill skills, knowledge, and passion with respect to cybersecurity and
cybersecurity-related subjects. In developing and implementing this award, the Secretary of Education shall
emphasize demonstrated superior educator accomplishment—without respect to research, scholarship, or
technology development—as well as academic achievement by the educator's students.
(d) The Secretary of Commerce, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Education, the Secretary of
Homeland Security, and the heads of other appropriate agencies shall encourage the voluntary integration of
the NICE Framework into existing education, training, and workforce development efforts undertaken by
State, territorial, local, tribal, academic, non-profit, and private-sector entities, consistent with applicable law.
The Secretary of Commerce shall provide annual updates to the President regarding effective uses of the
NICE Framework by non-Federal entities and make recommendations for improving the application of the
NICE Framework in cybersecurity education, training, and workforce development.
SEC. 4. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive department or agency, or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of OMB relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of
appropriations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its
officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.

DONALD J. TRUMP.

SUBCHAPTER I—CYBERSECURITY INFORMATION SHARING
§1500. National Cyber Director
(a) Establishment
There is established, within the Executive Office of the President, the Office of the National Cyber
Director (in this section referred to as the "Office").
(b) National Cyber Director
(1) In general
The Office shall be headed by the National Cyber Director (in this section referred to as the
"Director") who shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the
Senate.
(2) Position
The Director shall hold office at the pleasure of the President.
(3) Pay and allowances
The Director shall be entitled to receive the same pay and allowances as are provided for level
II of the Executive Schedule under section 5313 of title 5.

(c) Duties of the National Cyber Director
(1) In general
Subject to the authority, direction, and control of the President, the Director shall—
(A) serve as the principal advisor to the President on cybersecurity policy and strategy
relating to the coordination of—
(i) information security and data protection;
(ii) programs and policies intended to improve the cybersecurity posture of the United
States;
(iii) efforts to understand and deter malicious cyber activity;
(iv) efforts to increase the security of information and communications technology and
services and to promote national supply chain risk management and vendor security;
(v) diplomatic and other efforts to develop norms and international consensus around
responsible state behavior in cyberspace;
(vi) awareness and adoption of emerging technology that may enhance, augment, or
degrade the cybersecurity posture of the United States; and
(vii) such other cybersecurity matters as the President considers appropriate;
(B) offer advice and consultation to the National Security Council and its staff, the Homeland
Security Council and its staff, and relevant Federal departments and agencies, for their
consideration, relating to the development and coordination of national cyber policy and
strategy, including the National Cyber Strategy;
(C) lead the coordination of implementation of national cyber policy and strategy, including
the National Cyber Strategy, by—
(i) in coordination with the heads of relevant Federal departments or agencies, monitoring
and assessing the effectiveness, including cost-effectiveness, of the implementation of such
national cyber policy and strategy by Federal departments and agencies;
(ii) making recommendations, relevant to changes in the organization, personnel, and
resource allocation and to policies of Federal departments and agencies, to the heads of
relevant Federal departments and agencies in order to implement such national cyber policy
and strategy;
(iii) reviewing the annual budget proposals for relevant Federal departments and agencies
and advising the heads of such departments and agencies whether such proposals are
consistent with such national cyber policy and strategy;
(iv) continuously assessing and making relevant recommendations to the President on the
appropriate level of integration and interoperability across the Federal cyber centers;
(v) coordinating with the Attorney General, the Federal Chief Information Officer, the
Director of the Office of Management and Budget, the Director of National Intelligence, and
the Director of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, on the streamlining of
Federal policies and guidelines, including with respect to implementation of subchapter II of
chapter 35 of title 44, and, as appropriate or applicable, regulations relating to cybersecurity;
(vi) reporting annually to the President, the Assistant to the President for National Security
Affairs, and Congress on the state of the cybersecurity posture of the United States, the
effectiveness of such national cyber policy and strategy, and the status of the implementation
of such national cyber policy and strategy by Federal departments and agencies; and
(vii) such other activity as the President considers appropriate to further such national
cyber policy and strategy;
(D) lead coordination of the development and ensuring implementation by the Federal
Government of integrated incident response to cyberattacks and cyber campaigns of significant
consequence, including—
(i) ensuring and facilitating coordination among relevant Federal departments and agencies
in the development of integrated operational plans, processes, and playbooks, including for
incident response, that feature—

(I) clear lines of authority and lines of effort across the Federal Government;
(II) authorities that have been delegated to an appropriate level to facilitate effective
operational responses across the Federal Government; and
(III) support for the integration of defensive cyber plans and capabilities with offensive
cyber plans and capabilities in a manner consistent with improving the cybersecurity
posture of the United States;
(ii) ensuring the exercising of defensive operational plans, processes, and playbooks for
incident response;
(iii) ensuring the updating of defensive operational plans, processes, and playbooks for
incident response as needed to keep them updated; and
(iv) reviewing and ensuring that defensive operational plans, processes, and playbooks
improve coordination with relevant private sector entities, as appropriate;
(E) preparing the response by the Federal Government to cyberattacks and cyber campaigns
of significant consequence across Federal departments and agencies with responsibilities
pertaining to cybersecurity and with the relevant private sector entities, including—
(i) developing for the approval of the President, in coordination with the Assistant to the
President for National Security Affairs and the heads of relevant Federal departments and
agencies, operational priorities, requirements, and plans;
(ii) ensuring incident response is executed consistent with the plans described in clause (i);
and
(iii) ensuring relevant Federal department and agency consultation with relevant private
sector entities in incident response;
(F) coordinate and consult with private sector leaders on cybersecurity and emerging
technology issues in support of, and in coordination with, the Director of the Cybersecurity and
Infrastructure Security Agency, the Director of National Intelligence, and the heads of other
Federal departments and agencies, as appropriate;
(G) annually report to Congress on cybersecurity threats and issues facing the United States,
including any new or emerging technologies that may affect national security, economic
prosperity, or enforcing the rule of law; and
(H) be responsible for such other functions as the President may direct.
(2) Delegation of authority
(A) The Director may—
(i) serve as the senior representative to any organization that the President may establish for
the purpose of providing the President advice on cybersecurity;
(ii) subject to subparagraph (B), be included as a participant in preparations for and, when
appropriate, the execution of domestic and international summits and other international
meetings at which cybersecurity is a major topic;
(iii) delegate any of the Director's functions, powers, and duties to such officers and
employees of the Office as the Director considers appropriate; and
(iv) authorize such successive re-delegations of such functions, powers, and duties to such
officers and employees of the Office as the Director considers appropriate.
(B) In acting under subparagraph (A)(ii) in the case of a summit or a meeting with an
international partner, the Director shall act in coordination with the Secretary of State.
(d) Omitted
(e) Powers of the Director
The Director may, for the purposes of carrying out the functions of the Director under this
section—
(1) subject to the civil service and classification laws, select, appoint, employ, and fix the

compensation of such officers and employees as are necessary and prescribe their duties, except
that not more than 75 individuals may be employed without regard to any provision of law
regulating the employment or compensation at rates not to exceed the basic rate of basic pay
payable for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5;
(2) employ experts and consultants in accordance with section 3109 of title 5, and compensate
individuals so employed for each day (including travel time) at rates not in excess of the
maximum rate of basic pay for grade GS–15 as provided in section 5332 of such title, and while
such experts and consultants are so serving away from their homes or regular place of business, to
pay such employees travel expenses and per diem in lieu of subsistence at rates authorized by
section 5703 of such title 5 for persons in Federal Government service employed intermittently;
(3) promulgate such rules and regulations as may be necessary to carry out the functions,
powers, and duties vested in the Director;
(4) utilize, with their consent, the services, personnel, and facilities of other Federal agencies;
(5) enter into and perform such contracts, leases, cooperative agreements, or other transactions
as may be necessary in the conduct of the work of the Office and on such terms as the Director
may determine appropriate, with any Federal agency, or with any public or private person or
entity;
(6) accept voluntary and uncompensated services, notwithstanding the provisions of section
1342 of title 31;
(7) adopt an official seal, which shall be judicially noticed; and
(8) provide, where authorized by law, copies of documents to persons at cost, except that any
funds so received shall be credited to, and be available for use from, the account from which
expenditures relating thereto were made.
(f) Rules of construction
Nothing in this section may be construed as—
(1) modifying any authority or responsibility, including any operational authority or
responsibility of any head of a Federal department or agency;
(2) authorizing the Director or any person acting under the authority of the Director to interfere
with or to direct a criminal or national security investigation, arrest, search, seizure, or disruption
operation;
(3) amending a legal restriction that was in effect on the day before January 1, 2021 that
requires a law enforcement agency to keep confidential information learned in the course of a
criminal or national security investigation;
(4) authorizing the Director or any person acting under the authority of the Director to interfere
with or to direct a military operation;
(5) authorizing the Director or any person acting under the authority of the Director to interfere
with or to direct any diplomatic or consular activity;
(6) authorizing the Director or any person acting under the authority of the Director to interfere
with or to direct an intelligence activity, resource, or operation; or
(7) authorizing the Director or any person acting under the authority of the Director to modify
the classification of intelligence information.
(g) Definitions
In this section:
(1) The term "cybersecurity posture" means the ability to identify, to protect against, to detect,
to respond to, and to recover from an intrusion in an information system the compromise of which
could constitute a cyber attack or cyber campaign of significant consequence.
(2) The term "cyber attack and cyber campaign of significant consequence" means an incident
or series of incidents that has the purpose or effect of—
(A) causing a significant disruption to the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of a
Federal information system;
(B) harming, or otherwise significantly compromising the provision of service by, a computer
or network of computers that support one or more entities in a critical infrastructure sector;

(C) significantly compromising the provision of services by one or more entities in a critical
infrastructure sector;
(D) causing a significant misappropriation of funds or economic resources, trade secrets,
personal identifiers, or financial information for commercial or competitive advantage or private
financial gain; or
(E) otherwise constituting a significant threat to the national security, foreign policy, or
economic health or financial stability of the United States.
(3) The term "incident" has the meaning given such term in section 3552 of title 44.
(4) The term "incident response" means a government or private sector activity that detects,
mitigates, or recovers from a cyber attack or cyber campaign of significant consequence.
(5) The term "information security" has the meaning given such term in section 3552 of title 44.
(6) The term "intelligence" has the meaning given such term in section 3003 of title 50.
(Pub. L. 116–283, div. A, title XVII, §1752, Jan. 1, 2021, 134 Stat. 4144.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section was enacted as part of the William M. (Mac) Thornberry National Defense Authorization Act for
Fiscal Year 2021, and not as part of the Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act of 2015 which comprises this
subchapter and not as part of the Cybersecurity Act of 2015 which comprises this chapter.
Section is comprised of section 1752 of Pub. L. 116–283. Subsec. (d) of section 1752 of Pub. L. 116–283
amended section 3021 of Title 50, War and National Defense.

§1501. Definitions
In this subchapter:
(1) Agency
The term "agency" has the meaning given the term in section 3502 of title 44.
(2) Antitrust laws
The term "antitrust laws"—
(A) has the meaning given the term in section 12 of title 15;
(B) includes section 45 of title 15 to the extent that section 45 of title 15 applies to unfair
methods of competition; and
(C) includes any State antitrust law, but only to the extent that such law is consistent with the
law referred to in subparagraph (A) or the law referred to in subparagraph (B).
(3) Appropriate Federal entities
The term "appropriate Federal entities" means the following:
(A) The Department of Commerce.
(B) The Department of Defense.
(C) The Department of Energy.
(D) The Department of Homeland Security.
(E) The Department of Justice.
(F) The Department of the Treasury.
(G) The Office of the Director of National Intelligence.
(4) Cybersecurity purpose
The term "cybersecurity purpose" means the purpose of protecting an information system or
information that is stored on, processed by, or transiting an information system from a
cybersecurity threat or security vulnerability.
(5) Cybersecurity threat

(A) In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term "cybersecurity threat" means an action, not
protected by the First Amendment to the Constitution of the United States, on or through an
information system that may result in an unauthorized effort to adversely impact the security,
availability, confidentiality, or integrity of an information system or information that is stored
on, processed by, or transiting an information system.
(B) Exclusion
The term "cybersecurity threat" does not include any action that solely involves a violation of
a consumer term of service or a consumer licensing agreement.
(6) Cyber threat indicator
The term "cyber threat indicator" means information that is necessary to describe or identify—
(A) malicious reconnaissance, including anomalous patterns of communications that appear
to be transmitted for the purpose of gathering technical information related to a cybersecurity
threat or security vulnerability;
(B) a method of defeating a security control or exploitation of a security vulnerability;
(C) a security vulnerability, including anomalous activity that appears to indicate the
existence of a security vulnerability;
(D) a method of causing a user with legitimate access to an information system or
information that is stored on, processed by, or transiting an information system to unwittingly
enable the defeat of a security control or exploitation of a security vulnerability;
(E) malicious cyber command and control;
(F) the actual or potential harm caused by an incident, including a description of the
information exfiltrated as a result of a particular cybersecurity threat;
(G) any other attribute of a cybersecurity threat, if disclosure of such attribute is not
otherwise prohibited by law; or
(H) any combination thereof.
(7) Defensive measure
(A) In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term "defensive measure" means an action,
device, procedure, signature, technique, or other measure applied to an information system or
information that is stored on, processed by, or transiting an information system that detects,
prevents, or mitigates a known or suspected cybersecurity threat or security vulnerability.
(B) Exclusion
The term "defensive measure" does not include a measure that destroys, renders unusable,
provides unauthorized access to, or substantially harms an information system or information
stored on, processed by, or transiting such information system not owned by—
(i) the private entity operating the measure; or
(ii) another entity or Federal entity that is authorized to provide consent and has provided
consent to that private entity for operation of such measure.
(8) Federal entity
The term "Federal entity" means a department or agency of the United States or any component
of such department or agency.
(9) Information system
The term "information system"—
(A) has the meaning given the term in section 3502 of title 44; and
(B) includes industrial control systems, such as supervisory control and data acquisition
systems, distributed control systems, and programmable logic controllers.
(10) Local government

The term "local government" means any borough, city, county, parish, town, township, village,
or other political subdivision of a State.
(11) Malicious cyber command and control
The term "malicious cyber command and control" means a method for unauthorized remote
identification of, access to, or use of, an information system or information that is stored on,
processed by, or transiting an information system.
(12) Malicious reconnaissance
The term "malicious reconnaissance" means a method for actively probing or passively
monitoring an information system for the purpose of discerning security vulnerabilities of the
information system, if such method is associated with a known or suspected cybersecurity threat.
(13) Monitor
The term "monitor" means to acquire, identify, or scan, or to possess, information that is stored
on, processed by, or transiting an information system.
(14) Non-Federal entity
(A) In general
Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the term "non-Federal entity" means any
private entity, non-Federal government agency or department, or State, tribal, or local
government (including a political subdivision, department, or component thereof).
(B) Inclusions
The term "non-Federal entity" includes a government agency or department of the District of
Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam,
American Samoa, the Northern Mariana Islands, and any other territory or possession of the
United States.
(C) Exclusion
The term "non-Federal entity" does not include a foreign power as defined in section 1801 of
title 50.
(15) Private entity
(A) In general
Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the term "private entity" means any person or
private group, organization, proprietorship, partnership, trust, cooperative, corporation, or other
commercial or nonprofit entity, including an officer, employee, or agent thereof.
(B) Inclusion
The term "private entity" includes a State, tribal, or local government performing utility
services, such as electric, natural gas, or water services.
(C) Exclusion
The term "private entity" does not include a foreign power as defined in section 1801 of title
50.
(16) Security control
The term "security control" means the management, operational, and technical controls used to
protect against an unauthorized effort to adversely affect the confidentiality, integrity, and
availability of an information system or its information.
(17) Security vulnerability
The term "security vulnerability" means any attribute of hardware, software, process, or
procedure that could enable or facilitate the defeat of a security control.
(18) Tribal

The term "tribal" has the meaning given the term "Indian tribe" in section 5304 of title 25.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title I, §102, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2936.)
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
SHORT TITLE
Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, §1(a), Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2935, provided that: "This division [enacting this
chapter and sections 149 and 151 of this title, amending sections 131, 148, 149, and 150 of this title, section
1029 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, and sections 3553 and 3554 of Title 44, Public Printing and
Documents, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 101, 131, and 151 of this title
and section 301 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees] may be cited as the 'Cybersecurity Act
of 2015'."
Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title I, §101, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2936, provided that: "This title [enacting this
subchapter] may be cited as the 'Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act of 2015'."
Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §221, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2963, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle
B (§§221–229) of title II of div. N of Pub. L. 114–113, enacting subchapter II of this chapter and sections 149
and 151 of this title, amending sections 148, 149, and 150 of this title and sections 3553 and 3554 of Title 44,
Public Printing and Documents, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 151 of this title] may
be cited as the 'Federal Cybersecurity Enhancement Act of 2015'."

§1502. Sharing of information by the Federal Government
(a) In general
Consistent with the protection of classified information, intelligence sources and methods, and
privacy and civil liberties, the Director of National Intelligence, the Secretary of Homeland Security,
the Secretary of Defense, and the Attorney General, in consultation with the heads of the appropriate
Federal entities, shall jointly develop and issue procedures to facilitate and promote—
(1) the timely sharing of classified cyber threat indicators and defensive measures in the
possession of the Federal Government with representatives of relevant Federal entities and
non-Federal entities that have appropriate security clearances;
(2) the timely sharing with relevant Federal entities and non-Federal entities of cyber threat
indicators, defensive measures, and information relating to cybersecurity threats or authorized uses
under this subchapter, in the possession of the Federal Government that may be declassified and
shared at an unclassified level;
(3) the timely sharing with relevant Federal entities and non-Federal entities, or the public if
appropriate, of unclassified, including controlled unclassified, cyber threat indicators and
defensive measures in the possession of the Federal Government;
(4) the timely sharing with Federal entities and non-Federal entities, if appropriate, of
information relating to cybersecurity threats or authorized uses under this subchapter, in the
possession of the Federal Government about cybersecurity threats to such entities to prevent or
mitigate adverse effects from such cybersecurity threats; and
(5) the periodic sharing, through publication and targeted outreach, of cybersecurity best
practices that are developed based on ongoing analyses of cyber threat indicators, defensive
measures, and information relating to cybersecurity threats or authorized uses under this
subchapter, in the possession of the Federal Government, with attention to accessibility and
implementation challenges faced by small business concerns (as defined in section 632 of title 15).
(b) Development of procedures
(1) In general
The procedures developed under subsection (a) shall—
(A) ensure the Federal Government has and maintains the capability to share cyber threat
indicators and defensive measures in real time consistent with the protection of classified
information;

(B) incorporate, to the greatest extent practicable, existing processes and existing roles and
responsibilities of Federal entities and non-Federal entities for information sharing by the
Federal Government, including sector specific information sharing and analysis centers;
(C) include procedures for notifying, in a timely manner, Federal entities and non-Federal
entities that have received a cyber threat indicator or defensive measure from a Federal entity
under this subchapter that is known or determined to be in error or in contravention of the
requirements of this subchapter or another provision of Federal law or policy of such error or
contravention;
(D) include requirements for Federal entities sharing cyber threat indicators or defensive
measures to implement and utilize security controls to protect against unauthorized access to or
acquisition of such cyber threat indicators or defensive measures;
(E) include procedures that require a Federal entity, prior to the sharing of a cyber threat
indicator—
(i) to review such cyber threat indicator to assess whether such cyber threat indicator
contains any information not directly related to a cybersecurity threat that such Federal entity
knows at the time of sharing to be personal information of a specific individual or
information that identifies a specific individual and remove such information; or
(ii) to implement and utilize a technical capability configured to remove any information
not directly related to a cybersecurity threat that the Federal entity knows at the time of
sharing to be personal information of a specific individual or information that identifies a
specific individual; and
(F) include procedures for notifying, in a timely manner, any United States person whose
personal information is known or determined to have been shared by a Federal entity in
violation of this subchapter.
(2) Consultation
In developing the procedures required under this section, the Director of National Intelligence,
the Secretary of Homeland Security, the Secretary of Defense, and the Attorney General shall
consult with appropriate Federal entities, including the Small Business Administration and the
National Laboratories (as defined in section 15801 of title 42), to ensure that effective protocols
are implemented that will facilitate and promote the sharing of cyber threat indicators by the
Federal Government in a timely manner.
(c) Submittal to Congress
Not later than 60 days after December 18, 2015, the Director of National Intelligence, in
consultation with the heads of the appropriate Federal entities, shall submit to Congress the
procedures required by subsection (a).
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title I, §103, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2939.)

§1503. Authorizations for preventing, detecting, analyzing, and mitigating
cybersecurity threats
(a) Authorization for monitoring
(1) In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a private entity may, for cybersecurity purposes,
monitor—
(A) an information system of such private entity;
(B) an information system of another non-Federal entity, upon the authorization and written
consent of such other entity;
(C) an information system of a Federal entity, upon the authorization and written consent of
an authorized representative of the Federal entity; and

(D) information that is stored on, processed by, or transiting an information system monitored
by the private entity under this paragraph.
(2) Construction
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed—
(A) to authorize the monitoring of an information system, or the use of any information
obtained through such monitoring, other than as provided in this subchapter; or
(B) to limit otherwise lawful activity.
(b) Authorization for operation of defensive measures
(1) In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a private entity may, for cybersecurity purposes,
operate a defensive measure that is applied to—
(A) an information system of such private entity in order to protect the rights or property of
the private entity;
(B) an information system of another non-Federal entity upon written consent of such entity
for operation of such defensive measure to protect the rights or property of such entity; and
(C) an information system of a Federal entity upon written consent of an authorized
representative of such Federal entity for operation of such defensive measure to protect the
rights or property of the Federal Government.
(2) Construction
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed—
(A) to authorize the use of a defensive measure other than as provided in this subsection; or
(B) to limit otherwise lawful activity.
(c) Authorization for sharing or receiving cyber threat indicators or defensive measures
(1) In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2) and notwithstanding any other provision of law, a
non-Federal entity may, for a cybersecurity purpose and consistent with the protection of
classified information, share with, or receive from, any other non-Federal entity or the Federal
Government a cyber threat indicator or defensive measure.
(2) Lawful restriction
A non-Federal entity receiving a cyber threat indicator or defensive measure from another
non-Federal entity or a Federal entity shall comply with otherwise lawful restrictions placed on the
sharing or use of such cyber threat indicator or defensive measure by the sharing non-Federal
entity or Federal entity.
(3) Construction
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed—
(A) to authorize the sharing or receiving of a cyber threat indicator or defensive measure
other than as provided in this subsection; or
(B) to limit otherwise lawful activity.
(d) Protection and use of information
(1) Security of information
A non-Federal entity monitoring an information system, operating a defensive measure, or
providing or receiving a cyber threat indicator or defensive measure under this section shall
implement and utilize a security control to protect against unauthorized access to or acquisition of
such cyber threat indicator or defensive measure.
(2) Removal of certain personal information
A non-Federal entity sharing a cyber threat indicator pursuant to this subchapter shall, prior to
such sharing—

(A) review such cyber threat indicator to assess whether such cyber threat indicator contains
any information not directly related to a cybersecurity threat that the non-Federal entity knows
at the time of sharing to be personal information of a specific individual or information that
identifies a specific individual and remove such information; or
(B) implement and utilize a technical capability configured to remove any information not
directly related to a cybersecurity threat that the non-Federal entity knows at the time of sharing
to be personal information of a specific individual or information that identifies a specific
individual.
(3) Use of cyber threat indicators and defensive measures by non-Federal entities
(A) In general
Consistent with this subchapter, a cyber threat indicator or defensive measure shared or
received under this section may, for cybersecurity purposes—
(i) be used by a non-Federal entity to monitor or operate a defensive measure that is
applied to—
(I) an information system of the non-Federal entity; or
(II) an information system of another non-Federal entity or a Federal entity upon the
written consent of that other non-Federal entity or that Federal entity; and
(ii) be otherwise used, retained, and further shared by a non-Federal entity subject to—
(I) an otherwise lawful restriction placed by the sharing non-Federal entity or Federal
entity on such cyber threat indicator or defensive measure; or
(II) an otherwise applicable provision of law.
(B) Construction
Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to authorize the use of a cyber threat indicator or
defensive measure other than as provided in this section.
(4) Use of cyber threat indicators by State, tribal, or local government
(A) Law enforcement use
A State, tribal, or local government that receives a cyber threat indicator or defensive
measure under this subchapter may use such cyber threat indicator or defensive measure for the
purposes described in section 1504(d)(5)(A) of this title.
(B) Exemption from disclosure
A cyber threat indicator or defensive measure shared by or with a State, tribal, or local
government, including a component of a State, tribal, or local government that is a private
entity, under this section shall be—
(i) deemed voluntarily shared information; and
(ii) exempt from disclosure under any provision of State, tribal, or local freedom of
information law, open government law, open meetings law, open records law, sunshine law,
or similar law requiring disclosure of information or records.
(C) State, tribal, and local regulatory authority
(i) In general
Except as provided in clause (ii), a cyber threat indicator or defensive measure shared with
a State, tribal, or local government under this subchapter shall not be used by any State,
tribal, or local government to regulate, including an enforcement action, the lawful activity of
any non-Federal entity or any activity taken by a non-Federal entity pursuant to mandatory
standards, including an activity relating to monitoring, operating a defensive measure, or
sharing of a cyber threat indicator.
(ii) Regulatory authority specifically relating to prevention or mitigation of
cybersecurity threats

A cyber threat indicator or defensive measure shared as described in clause (i) may,
consistent with a State, tribal, or local government regulatory authority specifically relating to
the prevention or mitigation of cybersecurity threats to information systems, inform the
development or implementation of a regulation relating to such information systems.
(e) Antitrust exemption
(1) In general
Except as provided in section 1507(e) of this title, it shall not be considered a violation of any
provision of antitrust laws for 2 or more private entities to exchange or provide a cyber threat
indicator or defensive measure, or assistance relating to the prevention, investigation, or mitigation
of a cybersecurity threat, for cybersecurity purposes under this subchapter.
(2) Applicability
Paragraph (1) shall apply only to information that is exchanged or assistance provided in order
to assist with—
(A) facilitating the prevention, investigation, or mitigation of a cybersecurity threat to an
information system or information that is stored on, processed by, or transiting an information
system; or
(B) communicating or disclosing a cyber threat indicator to help prevent, investigate, or
mitigate the effect of a cybersecurity threat to an information system or information that is
stored on, processed by, or transiting an information system.
(f) No right or benefit
The sharing of a cyber threat indicator or defensive measure with a non-Federal entity under this
subchapter shall not create a right or benefit to similar information by such non-Federal entity or any
other non-Federal entity.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title I, §104, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2940.)

§1504. Sharing of cyber threat indicators and defensive measures with the
Federal Government
(a) Requirement for policies and procedures
(1) Interim policies and procedures
Not later than 60 days after December 18, 2015, the Attorney General and the Secretary of
Homeland Security shall, in consultation with the heads of the appropriate Federal entities, jointly
develop and submit to Congress interim policies and procedures relating to the receipt of cyber
threat indicators and defensive measures by the Federal Government.
(2) Final policies and procedures
Not later than 180 days after December 18, 2015, the Attorney General and the Secretary of
Homeland Security shall, in consultation with the heads of the appropriate Federal entities, jointly
issue and make publicly available final policies and procedures relating to the receipt of cyber
threat indicators and defensive measures by the Federal Government.
(3) Requirements concerning policies and procedures
Consistent with the guidelines required by subsection (b), the policies and procedures developed
or issued under this subsection shall—
(A) ensure that cyber threat indicators shared with the Federal Government by any
non-Federal entity pursuant to section 1503(c) of this title through the real-time process
described in subsection (c) of this section—
(i) are shared in an automated manner with all of the appropriate Federal entities;
(ii) are only subject to a delay, modification, or other action due to controls established for
such real-time process that could impede real-time receipt by all of the appropriate Federal

entities when the delay, modification, or other action is due to controls—
(I) agreed upon unanimously by all of the heads of the appropriate Federal entities;
(II) carried out before any of the appropriate Federal entities retains or uses the cyber
threat indicators or defensive measures; and
(III) uniformly applied such that each of the appropriate Federal entities is subject to the
same delay, modification, or other action; and
(iii) may be provided to other Federal entities;
(B) ensure that cyber threat indicators shared with the Federal Government by any
non-Federal entity pursuant to section 1503 of this title in a manner other than the real-time
process described in subsection (c) of this section—
(i) are shared as quickly as operationally practicable with all of the appropriate Federal
entities;
(ii) are not subject to any unnecessary delay, interference, or any other action that could
impede receipt by all of the appropriate Federal entities; and
(iii) may be provided to other Federal entities; and
(C) ensure there are—
(i) audit capabilities; and
(ii) appropriate sanctions in place for officers, employees, or agents of a Federal entity who
knowingly and willfully conduct activities under this subchapter in an unauthorized manner.
(4) Guidelines for entities sharing cyber threat indicators with Federal Government
(A) In general
Not later than 60 days after December 18, 2015, the Attorney General and the Secretary of
Homeland Security shall jointly develop and make publicly available guidance to assist entities
and promote sharing of cyber threat indicators with Federal entities under this subchapter.
(B) Contents
The guidelines developed and made publicly available under subparagraph (A) shall include
guidance on the following:
(i) Identification of types of information that would qualify as a cyber threat indicator
under this subchapter that would be unlikely to include information that—
(I) is not directly related to a cybersecurity threat; and
(II) is personal information of a specific individual or information that identifies a
specific individual.
(ii) Identification of types of information protected under otherwise applicable privacy
laws that are unlikely to be directly related to a cybersecurity threat.
(iii) Such other matters as the Attorney General and the Secretary of Homeland Security
consider appropriate for entities sharing cyber threat indicators with Federal entities under
this subchapter.
(b) Privacy and civil liberties
(1) Interim guidelines
Not later than 60 days after December 18, 2015, the Attorney General and the Secretary of
Homeland Security shall, in consultation with heads of the appropriate Federal entities and in
consultation with officers designated under section 2000ee–1 of title 42, jointly develop, submit to
Congress, and make available to the public interim guidelines relating to privacy and civil liberties
which shall govern the receipt, retention, use, and dissemination of cyber threat indicators by a
Federal entity obtained in connection with activities authorized in this subchapter.
(2) Final guidelines

(A) In general
Not later than 180 days after December 18, 2015, the Attorney General and the Secretary of
Homeland Security shall, in coordination with heads of the appropriate Federal entities and in
consultation with officers designated under section 2000ee–1 of title 42 and such private entities
with industry expertise as the Attorney General and the Secretary consider relevant, jointly issue
and make publicly available final guidelines relating to privacy and civil liberties which shall
govern the receipt, retention, use, and dissemination of cyber threat indicators by a Federal
entity obtained in connection with activities authorized in this subchapter.
(B) Periodic review
The Attorney General and the Secretary of Homeland Security shall, in coordination with
heads of the appropriate Federal entities and in consultation with officers and private entities
described in subparagraph (A), periodically, but not less frequently than once every 2 years,
jointly review the guidelines issued under subparagraph (A).
(3) Content
The guidelines required by paragraphs (1) and (2) shall, consistent with the need to protect
information systems from cybersecurity threats and mitigate cybersecurity threats—
(A) limit the effect on privacy and civil liberties of activities by the Federal Government
under this subchapter;
(B) limit the receipt, retention, use, and dissemination of cyber threat indicators containing
personal information of specific individuals or information that identifies specific individuals,
including by establishing—
(i) a process for the timely destruction of such information that is known not to be directly
related to uses authorized under this subchapter; and
(ii) specific limitations on the length of any period in which a cyber threat indicator may be
retained;
(C) include requirements to safeguard cyber threat indicators containing personal information
of specific individuals or information that identifies specific individuals from unauthorized
access or acquisition, including appropriate sanctions for activities by officers, employees, or
agents of the Federal Government in contravention of such guidelines;
(D) consistent with this subchapter, any other applicable provisions of law, and the fair
information practice principles set forth in appendix A of the document entitled "National
Strategy for Trusted Identities in Cyberspace" and published by the President in April 2011,
govern the retention, use, and dissemination by the Federal Government of cyber threat
indicators shared with the Federal Government under this subchapter, including the extent, if
any, to which such cyber threat indicators may be used by the Federal Government;
(E) include procedures for notifying entities and Federal entities if information received
pursuant to this section is known or determined by a Federal entity receiving such information
not to constitute a cyber threat indicator;
(F) protect the confidentiality of cyber threat indicators containing personal information of
specific individuals or information that identifies specific individuals to the greatest extent
practicable and require recipients to be informed that such indicators may only be used for
purposes authorized under this subchapter; and
(G) include steps that may be needed so that dissemination of cyber threat indicators is
consistent with the protection of classified and other sensitive national security information.
(c) Capability and process within the Department of Homeland Security
(1) In general
Not later than 90 days after December 18, 2015, the Secretary of Homeland Security, in
coordination with the heads of the appropriate Federal entities, shall develop and implement a
capability and process within the Department of Homeland Security that—
(A) shall accept from any non-Federal entity in real time cyber threat indicators and

defensive measures, pursuant to this section;
(B) shall, upon submittal of the certification under paragraph (2) that such capability and
process fully and effectively operates as described in such paragraph, be the process by which
the Federal Government receives cyber threat indicators and defensive measures under this
subchapter that are shared by a non-Federal entity with the Federal Government through
electronic mail or media, an interactive form on an Internet website, or a real time, automated
process between information systems except—
(i) consistent with section 1503 of this title, communications between a Federal entity and
a non-Federal entity regarding a previously shared cyber threat indicator to describe the
relevant cybersecurity threat or develop a defensive measure based on such cyber threat
indicator; and
(ii) communications by a regulated non-Federal entity with such entity's Federal regulatory
authority regarding a cybersecurity threat;
(C) ensures that all of the appropriate Federal entities receive in an automated manner such
cyber threat indicators and defensive measures shared through the real-time process within the
Department of Homeland Security;
(D) is in compliance with the policies, procedures, and guidelines required by this section;
and
(E) does not limit or prohibit otherwise lawful disclosures of communications, records, or
other information, including—
(i) reporting of known or suspected criminal activity, by a non-Federal entity to any other
non-Federal entity or a Federal entity, including cyber threat indicators or defensive measures
shared with a Federal entity in furtherance of opening a Federal law enforcement
investigation;
(ii) voluntary or legally compelled participation in a Federal investigation; and
(iii) providing cyber threat indicators or defensive measures as part of a statutory or
authorized contractual requirement.
(2) Certification and designation
(A) Certification of capability and process
Not later than 90 days after December 18, 2015, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall, in
consultation with the heads of the appropriate Federal entities, submit to Congress a
certification as to whether the capability and process required by paragraph (1) fully and
effectively operates—
(i) as the process by which the Federal Government receives from any non-Federal entity a
cyber threat indicator or defensive measure under this subchapter; and
(ii) in accordance with the interim policies, procedures, and guidelines developed under
this subchapter.
(B) Designation
(i) In general
At any time after certification is submitted under subparagraph (A), the President may
designate an appropriate Federal entity, other than the Department of Defense (including the
National Security Agency), to develop and implement a capability and process as described
in paragraph (1) in addition to the capability and process developed under such paragraph by
the Secretary of Homeland Security, if, not fewer than 30 days before making such
designation, the President submits to Congress a certification and explanation that—
(I) such designation is necessary to ensure that full, effective, and secure operation of a
capability and process for the Federal Government to receive from any non-Federal entity
cyber threat indicators or defensive measures under this subchapter;
(II) the designated appropriate Federal entity will receive and share cyber threat
indicators and defensive measures in accordance with the policies, procedures, and

guidelines developed under this subchapter, including subsection (a)(3)(A); and
(III) such designation is consistent with the mission of such appropriate Federal entity
and improves the ability of the Federal Government to receive, share, and use cyber threat
indicators and defensive measures as authorized under this subchapter.
(ii) Application to additional capability and process
If the President designates an appropriate Federal entity to develop and implement a
capability and process under clause (i), the provisions of this subchapter that apply to the
capability and process required by paragraph (1) shall also be construed to apply to the
capability and process developed and implemented under clause (i).
(3) Public notice and access
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall ensure there is public notice of, and access to, the
capability and process developed and implemented under paragraph (1) so that—
(A) any non-Federal entity may share cyber threat indicators and defensive measures through
such process with the Federal Government; and
(B) all of the appropriate Federal entities receive such cyber threat indicators and defensive
measures in real time with receipt through the process within the Department of Homeland
Security consistent with the policies and procedures issued under subsection (a).
(4) Other Federal entities
The process developed and implemented under paragraph (1) shall ensure that other Federal
entities receive in a timely manner any cyber threat indicators and defensive measures shared with
the Federal Government through such process.
(d) Information shared with or provided to the Federal Government
(1) No waiver of privilege or protection
The provision of cyber threat indicators and defensive measures to the Federal Government
under this subchapter shall not constitute a waiver of any applicable privilege or protection
provided by law, including trade secret protection.
(2) Proprietary information
Consistent with section 1503(c)(2) of this title and any other applicable provision of law, a
cyber threat indicator or defensive measure provided by a non-Federal entity to the Federal
Government under this subchapter shall be considered the commercial, financial, and proprietary
information of such non-Federal entity when so designated by the originating non-Federal entity
or a third party acting in accordance with the written authorization of the originating non-Federal
entity.
(3) Exemption from disclosure
A cyber threat indicator or defensive measure shared with the Federal Government under this
subchapter shall be—
(A) deemed voluntarily shared information and exempt from disclosure under section 552 of
title 5 and any State, tribal, or local provision of law requiring disclosure of information or
records; and
(B) withheld, without discretion, from the public under section 552(b)(3)(B) of title 5 and any
State, tribal, or local provision of law requiring disclosure of information or records.
(4) Ex parte communications
The provision of a cyber threat indicator or defensive measure to the Federal Government under
this subchapter shall not be subject to a rule of any Federal agency or department or any judicial
doctrine regarding ex parte communications with a decision-making official.
(5) Disclosure, retention, and use
(A) Authorized activities
Cyber threat indicators and defensive measures provided to the Federal Government under

this subchapter may be disclosed to, retained by, and used by, consistent with otherwise
applicable provisions of Federal law, any Federal agency or department, component, officer,
employee, or agent of the Federal Government solely for—
(i) a cybersecurity purpose;
(ii) the purpose of identifying—
(I) a cybersecurity threat, including the source of such cybersecurity threat; or
(II) a security vulnerability;
(iii) the purpose of responding to, or otherwise preventing or mitigating, a specific threat of
death, a specific threat of serious bodily harm, or a specific threat of serious economic harm,
including a terrorist act or a use of a weapon of mass destruction;
(iv) the purpose of responding to, investigating, prosecuting, or otherwise preventing or
mitigating, a serious threat to a minor, including sexual exploitation and threats to physical
safety; or
(v) the purpose of preventing, investigating, disrupting, or prosecuting an offense arising
out of a threat described in clause (iii) or any of the offenses listed in—
(I) sections 1028 through 1030 of title 18 (relating to fraud and identity theft);
(II) chapter 37 of such title (relating to espionage and censorship); and
(III) chapter 90 of such title (relating to protection of trade secrets).
(B) Prohibited activities
Cyber threat indicators and defensive measures provided to the Federal Government under
this subchapter shall not be disclosed to, retained by, or used by any Federal agency or
department for any use not permitted under subparagraph (A).
(C) Privacy and civil liberties
Cyber threat indicators and defensive measures provided to the Federal Government under
this subchapter shall be retained, used, and disseminated by the Federal Government—
(i) in accordance with the policies, procedures, and guidelines required by subsections (a)
and (b);
(ii) in a manner that protects from unauthorized use or disclosure any cyber threat
indicators that may contain—
(I) personal information of a specific individual; or
(II) information that identifies a specific individual; and
(iii) in a manner that protects the confidentiality of cyber threat indicators containing—
(I) personal information of a specific individual; or
(II) information that identifies a specific individual.
(D) Federal regulatory authority
(i) In general
Except as provided in clause (ii), cyber threat indicators and defensive measures provided
to the Federal Government under this subchapter shall not be used by any Federal, State,
tribal, or local government to regulate, including an enforcement action, the lawful activities
of any non-Federal entity or any activities taken by a non-Federal entity pursuant to
mandatory standards, including activities relating to monitoring, operating defensive
measures, or sharing cyber threat indicators.
(ii) Exceptions
(I) Regulatory authority specifically relating to prevention or mitigation of
cybersecurity threats
Cyber threat indicators and defensive measures provided to the Federal Government
under this subchapter may, consistent with Federal or State regulatory authority
specifically relating to the prevention or mitigation of cybersecurity threats to information

systems, inform the development or implementation of regulations relating to such
information systems.
(II) Procedures developed and implemented under this subchapter
Clause (i) shall not apply to procedures developed and implemented under this
subchapter.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title I, §105, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2943.)

§1505. Protection from liability
(a) Monitoring of information systems
No cause of action shall lie or be maintained in any court against any private entity, and such
action shall be promptly dismissed, for the monitoring of an information system and information
under section 1503(a) of this title that is conducted in accordance with this subchapter.
(b) Sharing or receipt of cyber threat indicators
No cause of action shall lie or be maintained in any court against any private entity, and such
action shall be promptly dismissed, for the sharing or receipt of a cyber threat indicator or defensive
measure under section 1503(c) of this title if—
(1) such sharing or receipt is conducted in accordance with this subchapter; and
(2) in a case in which a cyber threat indicator or defensive measure is shared with the Federal
Government, the cyber threat indicator or defensive measure is shared in a manner that is
consistent with section 1504(c)(1)(B) of this title and the sharing or receipt, as the case may be,
occurs after the earlier of—
(A) the date on which the interim policies and procedures are submitted to Congress under
section 1504(a)(1) of this title and guidelines are submitted to Congress under section
1504(b)(1) of this title; or
(B) the date that is 60 days after December 18, 2015.
(c) Construction
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed—
(1) to create—
(A) a duty to share a cyber threat indicator or defensive measure; or
(B) a duty to warn or act based on the receipt of a cyber threat indicator or defensive
measure; or
(2) to undermine or limit the availability of otherwise applicable common law or statutory
defenses.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title I, §106, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2950.)

§1506. Oversight of government activities
(a) Report on implementation
(1) In general
Not later than 1 year after December 18, 2015, the heads of the appropriate Federal entities shall
jointly submit to Congress a detailed report concerning the implementation of this subchapter.
(2) Contents
The report required by paragraph (1) may include such recommendations as the heads of the
appropriate Federal entities may have for improvements or modifications to the authorities,
policies, procedures, and guidelines under this subchapter and shall include the following:
(A) An evaluation of the effectiveness of real-time information sharing through the capability

and process developed under section 1504(c) of this title, including any impediments to such
real-time sharing.
(B) An assessment of whether cyber threat indicators or defensive measures have been
properly classified and an accounting of the number of security clearances authorized by the
Federal Government for the purpose of sharing cyber threat indicators or defensive measures
with the private sector.
(C) The number of cyber threat indicators or defensive measures received through the
capability and process developed under section 1504(c) of this title.
(D) A list of Federal entities that have received cyber threat indicators or defensive measures
under this subchapter.
(b) Biennial report on compliance
(1) In general
Not later than 2 years after December 18, 2015 and not less frequently than once every 2 years
thereafter, the inspectors general of the appropriate Federal entities, in consultation with the
Inspector General of the Intelligence Community and the Council of Inspectors General on
Financial Oversight, shall jointly submit to Congress an interagency report on the actions of the
executive branch of the Federal Government to carry out this subchapter during the most recent
2-year period.
(2) Contents
Each report submitted under paragraph (1) shall include, for the period covered by the report,
the following:
(A) An assessment of the sufficiency of the policies, procedures, and guidelines relating to
the sharing of cyber threat indicators within the Federal Government, including those policies,
procedures, and guidelines relating to the removal of information not directly related to a
cybersecurity threat that is personal information of a specific individual or information that
identifies a specific individual.
(B) An assessment of whether cyber threat indicators or defensive measures have been
properly classified and an accounting of the number of security clearances authorized by the
Federal Government for the purpose of sharing cyber threat indicators or defensive measures
with the private sector.
(C) A review of the actions taken by the Federal Government based on cyber threat indicators
or defensive measures shared with the Federal Government under this subchapter, including a
review of the following:
(i) The appropriateness of subsequent uses and disseminations of cyber threat indicators or
defensive measures.
(ii) Whether cyber threat indicators or defensive measures were shared in a timely and
adequate manner with appropriate entities, or, if appropriate, were made publicly available.
(D) An assessment of the cyber threat indicators or defensive measures shared with the
appropriate Federal entities under this subchapter, including the following:
(i) The number of cyber threat indicators or defensive measures shared through the
capability and process developed under section 1504(c) of this title.
(ii) An assessment of any information not directly related to a cybersecurity threat that is
personal information of a specific individual or information identifying a specific individual
and was shared by a non-Federal government 1 entity with the Federal government 1 in
contravention of this subchapter, or was shared within the Federal Government in
contravention of the guidelines required by this subchapter, including a description of any
significant violation of this subchapter.
(iii) The number of times, according to the Attorney General, that information shared
under this subchapter was used by a Federal entity to prosecute an offense listed in section
1504(d)(5)(A) of this title.

(iv) A quantitative and qualitative assessment of the effect of the sharing of cyber threat
indicators or defensive measures with the Federal Government on privacy and civil liberties
of specific individuals, including the number of notices that were issued with respect to a
failure to remove information not directly related to a cybersecurity threat that was personal
information of a specific individual or information that identified a specific individual in
accordance with the procedures required by section 1504(b)(3)(E) of this title.
(v) The adequacy of any steps taken by the Federal Government to reduce any adverse
effect from activities carried out under this subchapter on the privacy and civil liberties of
United States persons.
(E) An assessment of the sharing of cyber threat indicators or defensive measures among
Federal entities to identify inappropriate barriers to sharing information.
(3) Recommendations
Each report submitted under this subsection may include such recommendations as the
inspectors general may have for improvements or modifications to the authorities and processes
under this subchapter.
(c) Independent report on removal of personal information
Not later than 3 years after December 18, 2015, the Comptroller General of the United States shall
submit to Congress a report on the actions taken by the Federal Government to remove personal
information from cyber threat indicators or defensive measures pursuant to this subchapter. Such
report shall include an assessment of the sufficiency of the policies, procedures, and guidelines
established under this subchapter in addressing concerns relating to privacy and civil liberties.
(d) Form of reports
Each report required under this section shall be submitted in an unclassified form, but may include
a classified annex.
(e) Public availability of reports
The unclassified portions of the reports required under this section shall be made available to the
public.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title I, §107, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2951.)
1

So in original. Probably should be capitalized.

§1507. Construction and preemption
(a) Otherwise lawful disclosures
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed—
(1) to limit or prohibit otherwise lawful disclosures of communications, records, or other
information, including reporting of known or suspected criminal activity, by a non-Federal entity
to any other non-Federal entity or the Federal Government under this subchapter; or
(2) to limit or prohibit otherwise lawful use of such disclosures by any Federal entity, even
when such otherwise lawful disclosures duplicate or replicate disclosures made under this
subchapter.
(b) Whistle blower protections
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to prohibit or limit the disclosure of information
protected under section 2302(b)(8) of title 5 (governing disclosures of illegality, waste, fraud, abuse,
or public health or safety threats), section 7211 of title 5 (governing disclosures to Congress), section
1034 of title 10 (governing disclosure to Congress by members of the military), section 3234 of title
50 (governing disclosure by employees of elements of the intelligence community), or any similar
provision of Federal or State law.

(c) Protection of sources and methods
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed—
(1) as creating any immunity against, or otherwise affecting, any action brought by the Federal
Government, or any agency or department thereof, to enforce any law, executive order, or
procedure governing the appropriate handling, disclosure, or use of classified information;
(2) to affect the conduct of authorized law enforcement or intelligence activities; or
(3) to modify the authority of a department or agency of the Federal Government to protect
classified information and sources and methods and the national security of the United States.
(d) Relationship to other laws
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to affect any requirement under any other provision
of law for a non-Federal entity to provide information to the Federal Government.
(e) Prohibited conduct
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to permit price-fixing, allocating a market between
competitors, monopolizing or attempting to monopolize a market, boycotting, or exchanges of price
or cost information, customer lists, or information regarding future competitive planning.
(f) Information sharing relationships
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed—
(1) to limit or modify an existing information sharing relationship;
(2) to prohibit a new information sharing relationship;
(3) to require a new information sharing relationship between any non-Federal entity and a
Federal entity or another non-Federal entity; or
(4) to require the use of the capability and process within the Department of Homeland Security
developed under section 1504(c) of this title.
(g) Preservation of contractual obligations and rights
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed—
(1) to amend, repeal, or supersede any current or future contractual agreement, terms of service
agreement, or other contractual relationship between any non-Federal entities, or between any
non-Federal entity and a Federal entity; or
(2) to abrogate trade secret or intellectual property rights of any non-Federal entity or Federal
entity.
(h) Anti-tasking restriction
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to permit a Federal entity—
(1) to require a non-Federal entity to provide information to a Federal entity or another
non-Federal entity;
(2) to condition the sharing of cyber threat indicators with a non-Federal entity on such entity's
provision of cyber threat indicators to a Federal entity or another non-Federal entity; or
(3) to condition the award of any Federal grant, contract, or purchase on the provision of a cyber
threat indicator to a Federal entity or another non-Federal entity.
(i) No liability for non-participation
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to subject any entity to liability for choosing not to
engage in the voluntary activities authorized in this subchapter.
(j) Use and retention of information
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to authorize, or to modify any existing authority of, a
department or agency of the Federal Government to retain or use any information shared under this
subchapter for any use other than permitted in this subchapter.
(k) Federal preemption
(1) In general
This subchapter supersedes any statute or other provision of law of a State or political

subdivision of a State that restricts or otherwise expressly regulates an activity authorized under
this subchapter.
(2) State law enforcement
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to supersede any statute or other provision of law
of a State or political subdivision of a State concerning the use of authorized law enforcement
practices and procedures.
(l) Regulatory authority
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed—
(1) to authorize the promulgation of any regulations not specifically authorized to be issued
under this subchapter;
(2) to establish or limit any regulatory authority not specifically established or limited under this
subchapter; or
(3) to authorize regulatory actions that would duplicate or conflict with regulatory requirements,
mandatory standards, or related processes under another provision of Federal law.
(m) Authority of Secretary of Defense to respond to malicious cyber activity carried out by
foreign powers
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to limit the authority of the Secretary of Defense
under section 394 of title 10.
(n) Criminal prosecution
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to prevent the disclosure of a cyber threat indicator
or defensive measure shared under this subchapter in a case of criminal prosecution, when an
applicable provision of Federal, State, tribal, or local law requires disclosure in such case.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title I, §108, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2953; Pub. L. 115–232, div. A, title
XVI, §1631(b), Aug. 13, 2018, 132 Stat. 2123.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 115–232 substituted "section 394" for "section 130g".

§1508. Report on cybersecurity threats
(a) Report required
Not later than 180 days after December 18, 2015, the Director of National Intelligence, in
coordination with the heads of other appropriate elements of the intelligence community, shall
submit to the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate and the Permanent Select Committee
on Intelligence of the House of Representatives a report on cybersecurity threats, including cyber
attacks, theft, and data breaches.
(b) Contents
The report required by subsection (a) shall include the following:
(1) An assessment of the current intelligence sharing and cooperation relationships of the
United States with other countries regarding cybersecurity threats, including cyber attacks, theft,
and data breaches, directed against the United States and which threaten the United States national
security interests and economy and intellectual property, specifically identifying the relative utility
of such relationships, which elements of the intelligence community participate in such
relationships, and whether and how such relationships could be improved.
(2) A list and an assessment of the countries and nonstate actors that are the primary threats of
carrying out a cybersecurity threat, including a cyber attack, theft, or data breach, against the
United States and which threaten the United States national security, economy, and intellectual

property.
(3) A description of the extent to which the capabilities of the United States Government to
respond to or prevent cybersecurity threats, including cyber attacks, theft, or data breaches,
directed against the United States private sector are degraded by a delay in the prompt notification
by private entities of such threats or cyber attacks, theft, and data breaches.
(4) An assessment of additional technologies or capabilities that would enhance the ability of
the United States to prevent and to respond to cybersecurity threats, including cyber attacks, theft,
and data breaches.
(5) An assessment of any technologies or practices utilized by the private sector that could be
rapidly fielded to assist the intelligence community in preventing and responding to cybersecurity
threats.
(c) Form of report
The report required by subsection (a) shall be made available in classified and unclassified forms.
(d) Intelligence community defined
In this section, the term "intelligence community" has the meaning given that term in section 3003
of title 50.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title I, §109, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2955.)

§1509. Exception to limitation on authority of Secretary of Defense to
disseminate certain information
Notwithstanding subsection (c)(3) of section 393 of title 10, the Secretary of Defense may
authorize the sharing of cyber threat indicators and defensive measures pursuant to the policies,
procedures, and guidelines developed or issued under this subchapter.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title I, §110, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2956.)

§1510. Effective period
(a) In general
Except as provided in subsection (b), this subchapter and the amendments made by this subchapter
shall be effective during the period beginning on December 18, 2015 and ending on September 30,
2025.
(b) Exception
With respect to any action authorized by this subchapter or information obtained pursuant to an
action authorized by this subchapter, which occurred before the date on which the provisions referred
to in subsection (a) cease to have effect, the provisions of this subchapter shall continue in effect.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title I, §111, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2956.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The amendments made by this subchapter, referred to in subsec. (a), was in the original "the amendments
made by this title", meaning title I of div. N of Pub. L. 114–113, which is classified generally to this
subchapter.

SUBCHAPTER II—FEDERAL CYBERSECURITY ENHANCEMENT

§1521. Definitions
In this subchapter:
(1) Agency
The term "agency" has the meaning given the term in section 3502 of title 44.
(2) Agency information system
The term "agency information system" has the meaning given the term in section 660 of this
title.
(3) Appropriate congressional committees
The term "appropriate congressional committees" means—
(A) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate; and
(B) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives.
(4) Cybersecurity risk; information system
The terms "cybersecurity risk" and "information system" have the meanings given those terms
in section 659 of this title.
(5) Director
The term "Director" means the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
(6) Intelligence community
The term "intelligence community" has the meaning given the term in section 3003(4) of title
50.
(7) National security system
The term "national security system" has the meaning given the term in section 11103 of title 40.
(8) Secretary
The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Homeland Security.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §222, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2963; Pub. L. 115–278, §2(h)(1)(D),
Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4182.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this subtitle", meaning subtitle B (§§221–229) of
title II of div. N of Pub. L. 114–113, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete
classification of subtitle B to the Code, see Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Par. (2). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(h)(1)(D)(i), substituted "section 660 of this title" for "section 149 of
this title, as added by section 223(a)(4) of this division".
Par. (4). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(h)(1)(D)(ii), substituted "section 659 of this title" for "section 148 of this title,
as so redesignated by section 223(a)(3) of this division".

§1522. Advanced internal defenses
(a) Advanced network security tools
(1) In general
The Secretary shall include, in the efforts of the Department to continuously diagnose and
mitigate cybersecurity risks, advanced network security tools to improve visibility of network
activity, including through the use of commercial and free or open source tools, and to detect and
mitigate intrusions and anomalous activity.

(2) Development of plan
The Director shall develop and the Secretary shall implement a plan to ensure that each agency
utilizes advanced network security tools, including those described in paragraph (1), to detect and
mitigate intrusions and anomalous activity.
(b) Prioritizing advanced security tools
The Director and the Secretary, in consultation with appropriate agencies, shall—
(1) review and update Government-wide policies and programs to ensure appropriate
prioritization and use of network security monitoring tools within agency networks; and
(2) brief appropriate congressional committees on such prioritization and use.
(c) Improved metrics
The Secretary, in collaboration with the Director, shall review and update the metrics used to
measure security under section 3554 of title 44 to include measures of intrusion and incident
detection and response times.
(d) Transparency and accountability
The Director, in consultation with the Secretary, shall increase transparency to the public on
agency cybersecurity posture, including by increasing the number of metrics available on Federal
Government performance websites and, to the greatest extent practicable, displaying metrics for
department components, small agencies, and micro-agencies.
(e) Omitted
(f) Exception
The requirements under this section shall not apply to the Department of Defense, a national
security system, or an element of the intelligence community.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §224, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2967.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
CODIFICATION
Section is comprised of section 224 of title II of div. N of Pub. L. 114–113. Subsec. (e) of section 224 of
title II of div. N of Pub. L. 114–113 amended section 3553 of Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.

§1523. Federal cybersecurity requirements
(a) Implementation of Federal cybersecurity standards
Consistent with section 3553 of title 44, the Secretary, in consultation with the Director, shall
exercise the authority to issue binding operational directives to assist the Director in ensuring timely
agency adoption of and compliance with policies and standards promulgated under section 11331 of
title 40 for securing agency information systems.
(b) Cybersecurity requirements at agencies
(1) In general
Consistent with policies, standards, guidelines, and directives on information security under
subchapter II of chapter 35 of title 44 and the standards and guidelines promulgated under section
11331 of title 40 and except as provided in paragraph (2), not later than 1 year after December 18,
2015, the head of each agency shall—
(A) identify sensitive and mission critical data stored by the agency consistent with the
inventory required under the first subsection (c) (relating to the inventory of major information
systems) and the second subsection (c) (relating to the inventory of information systems) of
section 3505 of title 44;
(B) assess access controls to the data described in subparagraph (A), the need for readily

accessible storage of the data, and individuals' need to access the data;
(C) encrypt or otherwise render indecipherable to unauthorized users the data described in
subparagraph (A) that is stored on or transiting agency information systems;
(D) implement a single sign-on trusted identity platform for individuals accessing each public
website of the agency that requires user authentication, as developed by the Administrator of
General Services in collaboration with the Secretary; and
(E) implement identity management consistent with section 7464 of title 15, including
multi-factor authentication, for—
(i) remote access to an agency information system; and
(ii) each user account with elevated privileges on an agency information system.
(2) Exception
The requirements under paragraph (1) shall not apply to an agency information system for
which—
(A) the head of the agency has personally certified to the Director with particularity that—
(i) operational requirements articulated in the certification and related to the agency
information system would make it excessively burdensome to implement the cybersecurity
requirement;
(ii) the cybersecurity requirement is not necessary to secure the agency information system
or agency information stored on or transiting it; and
(iii) the agency has taken all necessary steps to secure the agency information system and
agency information stored on or transiting it; and
(B) the head of the agency or the designee of the head of the agency has submitted the
certification described in subparagraph (A) to the appropriate congressional committees and the
agency's authorizing committees.
(3) Construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to alter the authority of the Secretary, the Director, or
the Director of the National Institute of Standards and Technology in implementing subchapter II
of chapter 35 of title 44. Nothing in this section shall be construed to affect the National Institute
of Standards and Technology standards process or the requirement under section 3553(a)(4) of
such title or to discourage continued improvements and advancements in the technology,
standards, policies, and guidelines used to promote Federal information security.
(c) Exception
The requirements under this section shall not apply to the Department of Defense, a national
security system, or an element of the intelligence community.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §225, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2967.)

§1524. Assessment; reports
(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Agency information
The term "agency information" has the meaning given the term in section 2213 of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 663].
(2) Cyber threat indicator; defensive measure
The terms "cyber threat indicator" and "defensive measure" have the meanings given those
terms in section 1501 of this title.
(3) Intrusion assessments
The term "intrusion assessments" means actions taken under the intrusion assessment plan to

identify and remove intruders in agency information systems.
(4) Intrusion assessment plan
The term "intrusion assessment plan" means the plan required under section 2210(b)(1) of the
Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 660(b)(1)].
(5) Intrusion detection and prevention capabilities
The term "intrusion detection and prevention capabilities" means the capabilities required under
section 2213(b) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 663(b)].
(b) Third-party assessment
Not later than 3 years after December 18, 2015, the Comptroller General of the United States shall
conduct a study and publish a report on the effectiveness of the approach and strategy of the Federal
Government to securing agency information systems, including the intrusion detection and
prevention capabilities and the intrusion assessment plan.
(c) Reports to Congress
(1) Intrusion detection and prevention capabilities
(A) Secretary of Homeland Security report
Not later than 6 months after December 18, 2015, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall
submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report on the status of implementation of
the intrusion detection and prevention capabilities, including—
(i) a description of privacy controls;
(ii) a description of the technologies and capabilities utilized to detect cybersecurity risks
in network traffic, including the extent to which those technologies and capabilities include
existing commercial and noncommercial technologies;
(iii) a description of the technologies and capabilities utilized to prevent network traffic
associated with cybersecurity risks from transiting or traveling to or from agency information
systems, including the extent to which those technologies and capabilities include existing
commercial and noncommercial technologies;
(iv) a list of the types of indicators or other identifiers or techniques used to detect
cybersecurity risks in network traffic transiting or traveling to or from agency information
systems on each iteration of the intrusion detection and prevention capabilities and the
number of each such type of indicator, identifier, and technique;
(v) the number of instances in which the intrusion detection and prevention capabilities
detected a cybersecurity risk in network traffic transiting or traveling to or from agency
information systems and the number of times the intrusion detection and prevention
capabilities blocked network traffic associated with cybersecurity risk; and
(vi) a description of the pilot established under section 2213(c)(5) of the Homeland
Security Act of 2002 [6 U.S.C. 663(c)(5)], including the number of new technologies tested
and the number of participating agencies.
(B) OMB report
Not later than 18 months after December 18, 2015, and annually thereafter, the Director shall
submit to Congress, as part of the report required under section 3553(c) of title 44, an analysis
of agency application of the intrusion detection and prevention capabilities, including—
(i) a list of each agency and the degree to which each agency has applied the intrusion
detection and prevention capabilities to an agency information system; and
(ii) a list by agency of—
(I) the number of instances in which the intrusion detection and prevention capabilities
detected a cybersecurity risk in network traffic transiting or traveling to or from an agency
information system and the types of indicators, identifiers, and techniques used to detect
such cybersecurity risks; and
(II) the number of instances in which the intrusion detection and prevention capabilities

prevented network traffic associated with a cybersecurity risk from transiting or traveling
to or from an agency information system and the types of indicators, identifiers, and
techniques used to detect such agency information systems.
(C) Chief information officer
Not earlier than 18 months after December 18, 2015, and not later than 2 years after
December 18, 2015, the Federal Chief Information Officer shall review and submit to the
appropriate congressional committees a report assessing the intrusion detection and intrusion
prevention capabilities, including—
(i) the effectiveness of the system in detecting, disrupting, and preventing cyber-threat
actors, including advanced persistent threats, from accessing agency information and agency
information systems;
(ii) whether the intrusion detection and prevention capabilities, continuous diagnostics and
mitigation, and other systems deployed under subtitle D 1 of title II of the Homeland Security
Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 231 et seq.) are effective in securing Federal information systems;
(iii) the costs and benefits of the intrusion detection and prevention capabilities, including
as compared to commercial technologies and tools and including the value of classified cyber
threat indicators; and
(iv) the capability of agencies to protect sensitive cyber threat indicators and defensive
measures if they were shared through unclassified mechanisms for use in commercial
technologies and tools.
(2) OMB report on development and implementation of intrusion assessment plan, advanced
internal defenses, and Federal cybersecurity requirements
The Director shall—
(A) not later than 6 months after December 18, 2015, and 30 days after any update thereto,
submit the intrusion assessment plan to the appropriate congressional committees;
(B) not later than 1 year after December 18, 2015, and annually thereafter, submit to
Congress, as part of the report required under section 3553(c) of title 44—
(i) a description of the implementation of the intrusion assessment plan;
(ii) the findings of the intrusion assessments conducted pursuant to the intrusion
assessment plan;
(iii) a description of the advanced network security tools included in the efforts to
continuously diagnose and mitigate cybersecurity risks pursuant to section 1522(a)(1) of this
title; and
(iv) a list by agency of compliance with the requirements of section 1523(b) of this title;
and
(C) not later than 1 year after December 18, 2015, submit to the appropriate congressional
committees—
(i) a copy of the plan developed pursuant to section 1522(a)(2) of this title; and
(ii) the improved metrics developed pursuant to section 1522(c) of this title.
(d) Form
Each report required under this section shall be submitted in unclassified form, but may include a
classified annex.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §226, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2969; Pub. L. 115–278, §2(h)(1)(F),
Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4182.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Subtitle D of title II of the Homeland Security Act of 2002, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(C)(ii), is subtitle D
(§§231–237) of title II of Pub. L. 107–296, Nov. 25, 2002, 116 Stat. 2159, which enacted part D (§161 et seq.)

of subchapter II of chapter 1 of this title and amended sections 10102 and 10122 of Title 34, Crime Control
and Law Enforcement. Subtitle D was redesignated subtitle C of title II of the Homeland Security Act of 2002
by Pub. L. 115–278, §2(g)(2)(K), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4178, and is classified principally to part C (§161
et seq.) of subchapter II of chapter 1 of this title. For complete classification of subtitle C to the Code, see
Tables.
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(h)(1)(F)(i)(I), substituted "section 2213" for "section 230" and
struck out before period at end ", as added by section 223(a)(6) of this division".
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(h)(1)(F)(i)(II), substituted "section 2210(b)(1)" for "section 228(b)(1)"
and struck out before period at end ", as added by section 223(a)(4) of this division".
Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(h)(1)(F)(i)(III), substituted "section 2213(b)" for "section 230(b)" and
struck out before period at end ", as added by section 223(a)(6) of this division".
Subsec. (c)(1)(A)(vi). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(h)(1)(F)(ii), substituted "section 2213(c)(5)" for "section
230(c)(5)" and struck out ", as added by section 223(a)(6) of this division" after "Homeland Security Act of
2002".
1

See References in Text note below.

§1525. Termination
(a) In general
The authority provided under section 663 of this title, and the reporting requirements under section
1524(c) of this title shall terminate on the date that is 7 years after December 18, 2015.
(b) Rule of construction
Nothing in subsection (a) shall be construed to affect the limitation of liability of a private entity
for assistance provided to the Secretary under section 663(d)(2) 1 of this title, if such assistance was
rendered before the termination date under subsection (a) or otherwise during a period in which the
assistance was authorized.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title II, §227, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2971; Pub. L. 115–278, §2(h)(1)(G),
Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4182.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(h)(1)(G)(i), substituted "section 663 of this title" for "section 151
of this title, as added by section 223(a)(6) of this division,".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(h)(1)(G)(ii), substituted "section 663(d)(2) of this title" for "section
151(d)(2) of this title, as added by section 223(a)(6) of this division,".
1

So in original. Probably should be "663(c)(2)".

SUBCHAPTER III—OTHER CYBER MATTERS
§1531. Apprehension and prosecution of international cyber criminals
(a) International cyber criminal defined
In this section, the term "international cyber criminal" means an individual—
(1) who is believed to have committed a cybercrime or intellectual property crime against the

interests of the United States or the citizens of the United States; and
(2) for whom—
(A) an arrest warrant has been issued by a judge in the United States; or
(B) an international wanted notice (commonly referred to as a "Red Notice") has been
circulated by Interpol.
(b) Consultations for noncooperation
The Secretary of State, or designee, shall consult with the appropriate government official of each
country from which extradition is not likely due to the lack of an extradition treaty with the United
States or other reasons, in which one or more international cyber criminals are physically present, to
determine what actions the government of such country has taken—
(1) to apprehend and prosecute such criminals; and
(2) to prevent such criminals from carrying out cybercrimes or intellectual property crimes
against the interests of the United States or its citizens.
(c) Annual report
(1) In general
The Secretary of State shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees an annual
report that includes—
(A) the number of international cyber criminals located in other countries, disaggregated by
country, and indicating from which countries extradition is not likely due to the lack of an
extradition treaty with the United States or other reasons;
(B) the nature and number of significant discussions by an official of the Department of State
on ways to thwart or prosecute international cyber criminals with an official of another country,
including the name of each such country; and
(C) for each international cyber criminal who was extradited to the United States during the
most recently completed calendar year—
(i) his or her name;
(ii) the crimes for which he or she was charged;
(iii) his or her previous country of residence; and
(iv) the country from which he or she was extradited into the United States.
(2) Form
The report required by this subsection shall be in unclassified form to the maximum extent
possible, but may include a classified annex.
(3) Appropriate congressional committees
For purposes of this subsection, the term "appropriate congressional committees" means—
(A) the Committee on Foreign Relations, the Committee on Appropriations, the Committee
on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, the Committee on Banking, Housing, and
Urban Affairs, the Select Committee on Intelligence, and the Committee on the Judiciary of the
Senate; and
(B) the Committee on Foreign Affairs, the Committee on Appropriations, the Committee on
Homeland Security, the Committee on Financial Services, the Permanent Select Committee on
Intelligence, and the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title IV, §403, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2979.)

§1532. Enhancement of emergency services
(a) Collection of data
Not later than 90 days after December 18, 2015, the Secretary of Homeland Security, acting
through the center established under section 659 of this title, in coordination with appropriate Federal
entities and the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, shall establish a process by

which a Statewide Interoperability Coordinator may report data on any cybersecurity risk or incident
involving any information system or network used by emergency response providers (as defined in
section 101 of this title) within the State.
(b) Analysis of data
Not later than 1 year after December 18, 2015, the Secretary of Homeland Security, acting through
the Director of the National Cybersecurity and Communications Integration Center, in coordination
with appropriate entities and the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, and in
consultation with the Secretary of Commerce, acting through the Director of the National Institute of
Standards and Technology, shall conduct integration and analysis of the data reported under
subsection (a) to develop information and recommendations on security and resilience measures for
any information system or network used by State emergency response providers.
(c) Best practices
(1) In general
Using the results of the integration and analysis conducted under subsection (b), and any other
relevant information, the Director of the National Institute of Standards and Technology shall, on
an ongoing basis, facilitate and support the development of methods for reducing cybersecurity
risks to emergency response providers using the process described in section 272(e) of title 15.
(2) Report
The Director of the National Institute of Standards and Technology shall submit to Congress a
report on the result of the activities of the Director under paragraph (1), including any methods
developed by the Director under such paragraph, and shall make such report publicly available on
the website of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
(d) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to—
(1) require a State to report data under subsection (a); or
(2) require a non-Federal entity (as defined in section 1501 of this title) to—
(A) adopt a recommended measure developed under subsection (b); or
(B) follow the result of the activities carried out under subsection (c), including any methods
developed under such subsection.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title IV, §404, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2980; Pub. L. 115–278,
§2(h)(1)(H), Nov. 16, 2018, 132 Stat. 4183.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
AMENDMENTS
2018—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(h)(1)(H), substituted "section 659 of this title" for "section 148 of
this title, as redesignated by section 223(a)(3) of this division," and "Assistant Director for Emergency
Communications" for "Director for Emergency Communications".
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 115–278, §2(h)(1)(H)(ii), substituted "Assistant Director for Emergency
Communications" for "Director for Emergency Communications".
STATUTORY NOTES AND RELATED SUBSIDIARIES
CHANGE OF NAME
Reference to the Assistant Director for Emergency Communications deemed to be a reference to the
Executive Assistant Director for Emergency Communications, see section 571(g) of this title, enacted Jan. 1,
2021.

§1533. Improving cybersecurity in the health care industry

(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Appropriate congressional committees
The term "appropriate congressional committees" means—
(A) the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions, the Committee on Homeland
Security and Governmental Affairs, and the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate; and
(B) the Committee on Energy and Commerce, the Committee on Homeland Security, and the
Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives.
(2) Business associate
The term "business associate" has the meaning given such term in section 160.103 of title 45,
Code of Federal Regulations (as in effect on the day before December 18, 2015).
(3) Covered entity
The term "covered entity" has the meaning given such term in section 160.103 of title 45, Code
of Federal Regulations (as in effect on the day before December 18, 2015).
(4) Cybersecurity threat; cyber threat indicator; defensive measure; Federal entity;
non-Federal entity; private entity
The terms "cybersecurity threat", "cyber threat indicator", "defensive measure", "Federal
entity", "non-Federal entity", and "private entity" have the meanings given such terms in section
1501 of this title.
(5) Health care clearinghouse; health care provider; health plan
The terms "health care clearinghouse", "health care provider", and "health plan" have the
meanings given such terms in section 160.103 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (as in effect
on the day before December 18, 2015).
(6) Health care industry stakeholder
The term "health care industry stakeholder" means any—
(A) health plan, health care clearinghouse, or health care provider;
(B) advocate for patients or consumers;
(C) pharmacist;
(D) developer or vendor of health information technology;
(E) laboratory;
(F) pharmaceutical or medical device manufacturer; or
(G) additional stakeholder the Secretary determines necessary for purposes of subsection
(b)(1), (c)(1), (c)(3), or (d)(1).
(7) Secretary
The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(b) Report
(1) In general
Not later than 1 year after December 18, 2015, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on
Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and
Commerce of the House of Representatives a report on the preparedness of the Department of
Health and Human Services and health care industry stakeholders in responding to cybersecurity
threats.
(2) Contents of report
With respect to the internal response of the Department of Health and Human Services to
emerging cybersecurity threats, the report under paragraph (1) shall include—
(A) a clear statement of the official within the Department of Health and Human Services to
be responsible for leading and coordinating efforts of the Department regarding cybersecurity

threats in the health care industry; and
(B) a plan from each relevant operating division and subdivision of the Department of Health
and Human Services on how such division or subdivision will address cybersecurity threats in
the health care industry, including a clear delineation of how each such division or subdivision
will divide responsibility among the personnel of such division or subdivision and communicate
with other such divisions and subdivisions regarding efforts to address such threats.
(c) Health care industry cybersecurity task force
(1) In general
Not later than 90 days after December 18, 2015, the Secretary, in consultation with the Director
of the National Institute of Standards and Technology and the Secretary of Homeland Security,
shall convene health care industry stakeholders, cybersecurity experts, and any Federal agencies or
entities the Secretary determines appropriate to establish a task force to—
(A) analyze how industries, other than the health care industry, have implemented strategies
and safeguards for addressing cybersecurity threats within their respective industries;
(B) analyze challenges and barriers private entities (excluding any State, tribal, or local
government) in the health care industry face securing themselves against cyber attacks;
(C) review challenges that covered entities and business associates face in securing
networked medical devices and other software or systems that connect to an electronic health
record;
(D) provide the Secretary with information to disseminate to health care industry stakeholders
of all sizes for purposes of improving their preparedness for, and response to, cybersecurity
threats affecting the health care industry;
(E) establish a plan for implementing subchapter I of this chapter, so that the Federal
Government and health care industry stakeholders may in real time, share actionable cyber
threat indicators and defensive measures; and
(F) report to the appropriate congressional committees on the findings and recommendations
of the task force regarding carrying out subparagraphs (A) through (E).
(2) Termination
The task force established under this subsection shall terminate on the date that is 1 year after
the date on which such task force is established.
(3) Dissemination
Not later than 60 days after the termination of the task force established under this subsection,
the Secretary shall disseminate the information described in paragraph (1)(D) to health care
industry stakeholders in accordance with such paragraph.
(d) Aligning health care industry security approaches
(1) In general
The Secretary shall establish, through a collaborative process with the Secretary of Homeland
Security, health care industry stakeholders, the Director of the National Institute of Standards and
Technology, and any Federal entity or non-Federal entity the Secretary determines appropriate, a
common set of voluntary, consensus-based, and industry-led guidelines, best practices,
methodologies, procedures, and processes that—
(A) serve as a resource for cost-effectively reducing cybersecurity risks for a range of health
care organizations;
(B) support voluntary adoption and implementation efforts to improve safeguards to address
cybersecurity threats;
(C) are consistent with—
(i) the standards, guidelines, best practices, methodologies, procedures, and processes
developed under section 272(c)(15) of title 15;
(ii) the security and privacy regulations promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. 1320d–2 note); and

(iii) the provisions of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical
Health Act (title XIII of division A, and title IV of division B, of Public Law 111–5), and the
amendments made by such Act; and
(D) are updated on a regular basis and applicable to a range of health care organizations.
(2) Limitation
Nothing in this subsection shall be interpreted as granting the Secretary authority to—
(A) provide for audits to ensure that health care organizations are in compliance with this
subsection; or
(B) mandate, direct, or condition the award of any Federal grant, contract, or purchase, on
compliance with this subsection.
(3) No liability for nonparticipation
Nothing in this section shall be construed to subject a health care industry stakeholder to
liability for choosing not to engage in the voluntary activities authorized or guidelines developed
under this subsection.
(e) Incorporating ongoing activities
In carrying out the activities under this section, the Secretary may incorporate activities that are
ongoing as of the day before December 18, 2015 and that are consistent with the objectives of this
section.
(f) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the antitrust exemption under section 1503(e) of
this title or the protection from liability under section 1505 of this title.
(Pub. L. 114–113, div. N, title IV, §405, Dec. 18, 2015, 129 Stat. 2981.)
EDITORIAL NOTES
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, referred to subsec.
(d)(1)(C)(ii), is section 264(c) of Pub. L. 104–191, which is set out as a note under section 1320d–2 of Title
42, The Public Health and Welfare.
The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, referred to in subsec.
(d)(1)(C)(iii), is title XIII of div. A and title IV of div. B of Pub. L. 111–5, Feb. 17, 2009, 123 Stat. 226, 467,
also known as the HITECH Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 2009
Amendment note set out under section 201 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and Tables.